His Divine Grace Śrīla Bhakti Rakṣaka
Śrīdhara Deva Goswāmī Mahārāja
65 combined
transcripts, 83.09.22.C_83.09.23.A
to 83.12.30.B_84.01.08.A
83.09.22.C_83.09.23.A
/ 83.09.28.C_83.10.05.A / 83.10.05.B / 83.10.11.A / 83.10.13.A /
83.10.13.B_83.10.14.A
/ 83.10.14.B_83.10.16.A / 83.10.16.B / 83.10.18.A_83.10.20.A /
83.10.20.B_21.A_22.A
/ 83.10.22.B_83.10.23.A / 83.10.23.B / 83.10.25.A_83.10.27.A / 83.10.27.B /
83.10.27.C_83.10.28.A
/ 83.10.28.B_83.10.29.A / 83.10.29.B / 83.10.29.C / 83.10.29.D / 83.10.30.A /
83.10.30.C_83.10.31.A
/ 83.11.01.B / 83.11.01.C_83.10.30 / 83.11.02.A / 83.11.02.B_83.11.04.A /
83.11.04.A_83.11.05.A
/ 83.11.04.B / 83.11.04.C ? / 83.11.04.D [Same as 83.11.04.A_83.11.05.A] /
83.11.05.B_83.11.06.A
/ 83.11.06.B_83.11.07.A / 83.11.07.B / 83.11.07.C_83.11.08.A /
83.11.08.B_83.11.09.A
/ 83.11.09.B / 83.11.09.C / 83.11.11.B / 83.11.11.C_83.11.12.A / 83.11.12.B /
83.11.13.A / 83.11.13.B_83.11.14.A
/ 83.11.14.A_83.11.15.A / 83.11.14.B / 83.11.14.C / 83.11.15.B /
83.11.15.C /
83.11.19.A / 83.11.19.B_83.11.22.A / 83.11.22.B_83.11.23.A
/ 83.11.23.B /
83.11.23.C_83.11.24.A
/ 83.11.24.B_83.11.26.A / 83.11.26.B_83.11.27.A / 83.11.27.B_83.11.28.A /
83.12.04.A_83.12.09.A
/ 83.12.09.B_83.12.14.A / 83.12.15.A_83.12.19.A / 83.12.19.B_83.12.20.A /
83.12.20.B /
83.12.22.A / 83.12.22.B / 83.12.23.B / 83.12.23.C / 83.12.27.A_83.12.29.A /
83.12.29.B_83.12.30.A
/ 83.12.30.B_84.01.08.A
83.09.22.C_83.09.23.A
Dayādhara
Gaurāṅga: ...people who
live around the temple they think it’s a very good bargain. They like
Mahānanda Prabhu’s prasādam.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: But if it’s meant that these rich dishes can be
distributed to the people, and it will be easy to have intimacy with them, and
we shall get them for the service of the Lord, then that will fetch another
meaning. Not for himself, but to entrap the persons by good dishes and to try
to engage them for higher service. Then it has got its justification in another
way.
Dayādhara
Gaurāṅga: That may be
his...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Or if for only his tongue, of course it is not good.
Dayādhara
Gaurāṅga: No, not at all.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: But if it is unavoidable it is better to offer and
then to take. The relation is there.
Dayādhara
Gaurāṅga: Yes, yes, yes.
He’s doing for the preaching, but he’s not averse to relishing it himself.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha.
Dayādhara
Gaurāṅga: Ha, ha, ha. But
he does not want to...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Mahāprabhu’s general direction to
Raghunātha dāsa. Mahāprabhu gave him instruction that, “I
appoint Svarūpa Dāmodara for your spiritual education.”
Then still
[Raghunātha] Dāsa Goswāmī he was roaming about.
“What do you
want?”
“I want some
direct advice from You how I shall go, how I’m to go on.”
Then
Mahāprabhu, “I’ve already given you in the custody of Svarūpa
Dāmodara. He knows much, even more than Myself. Still if you’ve got
special regard for My advice I generally give this advice to you.”
grāmya-kathā nā śunibe,
grāmya-vārtā nā kahibe
[bhāla nā khāibe āra bhāla
nā paribe
amānī mānada hañā kṛṣṇa-nāma
sadā la'be
vraje rādhā-kṛṣṇa-sevā
mānase karibe]
[Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu told Raghunātha Dāsa
Goswāmī: “Don’t indulge in worldly talk, don’t hear worldly talk. Try
your best to avoid mundane matters. Don’t eat delicious dishes, but take
whatever ordinary food may come of its own accord; and don’t dress luxuriously.
Always try to take the Name of Kṛṣṇa with the attitude of
giving respect to others, without expecting respect from anyone. Be humble, but
never aspire after respectful dealings from others. In this way, try to take
the Name of Kṛṣṇa constantly. And within, try to serve
Śrī Śrī Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa in Vṛndāvana.
Mentally, be in Vṛndāvana rendering Service to Śrī
Śrī Rādhā- Kṛṣṇa-līlā.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Antya-līlā, 6.236-7]
“Don’t allow
yourself to mix with these mundane topics, neither listen nor participate. Nā
śunibe, grāmya-vārtā nā kahibe. Bhāla
nā khāibe āra bhāla. Don’t eat anything tasteful. And
don’t use any gorgeous dress, rich dress. Amānī mānada
hañā kṛṣṇa-nāma sadā la'be. And you try to
take the Name of Kṛṣṇa constantly with the attitude of such
humility that don’t disturb anybody, and don’t allow you to be disturbed by the
behaviour of others. Amānī mānada. Don’t hanker for any
respect outside, and neither you lack giving respect to others. Always give
respect to others, and don’t hanker respect from anyone. Amānī
mānada. In this attitude you go on taking the Name of Kṛṣṇa
incessantly. And vraje rādhā-kṛṣṇa-sevā
mānase. And in the middle, within your heart, try to understand what
is Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa sevā.
Rādhā-Govinda sevā, that is not to give vent to others,
to advertise. Keep it within the core of your heart. And there you try serve
Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa.”
And that was
the concise advice to Dāsa Goswāmī by Mahāprabhu. So
bhāla khāra bhāla para, good dress and good eating, it is
not good generally. At the same time Mahāprabhu says somewhere,
Akonta bhuliya khara prasādam seva utka kori nama
sankirtan [?] “Fill your belly as much as you can, up to throat. And also,
don’t be miser to use your energy fullest, and cry aloud ‘Kṛṣṇa,
Kṛṣṇa, ___________ [?]’ To use your energy to the fullest
degree, and take from the store of Kṛṣṇa as much as you can,
take it. Utilise energy for the service of Kṛṣṇa in any stage
of life. And don’t be self centred, be God centred.”
Elephant and
ant. Elephant eats much but gives her service also. And ant cannot eat much but
may bite a devotee. So less eating is not very important thing. Nor in the
store of Kṛṣṇa no want of things, supply. So whatever suits
you take that sort of energy and use it to the fullest extent for the service
of Kṛṣṇa in any duty. But generally from your particular case
you are tempted by the taste, and this,
atyāhāraḥ prayāsaś ca,
[prajalpo niyamāgrahaḥ
jana-saṅgaś ca laulyaṁ ca, ṣaḍbhir
bhaktir vinaśyati]
[“One’s
devotional service is spoiled when he becomes too entangled in the following
six activities: (1) atyāhāra - eating more than necessary or
collecting more funds than required; (2) prayāsa -
over-endeavouring for mundane things that are very difficult to obtain; (3) prajalpa
- talking unnecessarily about mundane subject matters; (4) niyamāgraha
- practising the scriptural rules and regulations only for the sake of
following them and not for the sake of spiritual advancement, or rejecting the
rules and regulations of the scripture and working independently or
whimsically; (5) jana-saṅga - associating with worldly-minded
persons who are not interested in Kṛṣṇa consciousness; and
(6) laulyaṁ - being greedy for mundane achievements.”] [Śrī
Upadeśāmṛta, 2]
Three vega,
udara-upastha, jihvā vega. Tongue wants to eat sweet things,
tasteful things. And belly also wants to get more, to fill up, this is udara
vega. Jihvā, udara, and they produce some bad effect in the
union of men and women, upastha vega, they generally produce.
[vāco vegaṁ manasaḥ krodha-vegaṁ,
jihvā-vegam udaroprastha-vegam
etān vegān yo viṣaheta dhīraḥ,
sarvām apīmāṁ pṛthivīṁ sa śiṣyāt]
[“A sober
person who can control the urge to speak, the mind’s demands, the actions of
anger and the urges of the tongue, belly and genitals is qualified to make
disciples all over the world.”]
[Śrī
Upadeśāmṛta, 1]
So by
controlling the food we can also - it may be help to control the other senses
also. So generally we shall not eat much. But if independent of other misuse we
can utilise the full food energy for the service of the Lord no objection. The
very spirit of the thing should be taken, and not only form. The amount of
service, the quality service.
In our Maṭha,
those that did brain work they were given some milk. And those ordinary
physical, they may eat this curry and this dāl, sufficient for
them. But those that will have to do this writing and this reading, all these
things, some milk food is necessary for their brain. In this way, this is yukta-vairāgya,
according to necessity. Anyhow the purpose will be the service of Kṛṣṇa
and the Vaiṣṇava.
Dayādhara Gaurāṅga: Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura says, “Vaida
bhaktas should guard themselves against offence in serving God and chanting
Nāma. Offences arising during service, and offences arising while
chanting Nāma, are shown separately.”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura also has written in Kṛṣṇa-saṁhitā
in the end. Bhāvagrāhi, sāragrāhī, two
sections. There is a section who bears the burden in the memory so many advices
of the scripture, one section, bears the burden in the memory. Another who
understand the very gist, the substance of the advice, sāragrāhī.
The sāragrāhī section also may be divided into many
sections, though even apparently they’re engaged in the physical affairs, but
at heart they’re there. It is possible. Doing, even as a king he’s conducting
the government administration outwardly, but inwardly he may have his life in Vṛndāvana,
even in the secret camp of Rādhārāṇī, Kṛṣṇa,
service. It is also possible.
Dayādhara Gaurāṅga: So his understanding is more developed, than the one
carrying in the memory.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah. Carrying in the memory, lower. But who has got
the very gist, very substance within, they can withdraw from the physical
connection and devote most intensely for the service of the Lord. And when they
come outside then he’s also conducting administration and so many business
also. It is also possible they say. They’re sāragrāhī.
Double phase of life is also possible. Though they’re seen in the public works
and affairs, or in his family affairs, so much engaged, but it’s possible that
when they have finally got that pure conclusion, this is all mortal and that is
real. And when they attain that real they can do it fully, and their existence
in the outside is formal one. It is also possible.
So in
different type of cases, but real thing is that the degree of purity in the
surrender and service, whatever be the outward adjustment. The internal
adjustment is independent of outward expression. It is possible, but not
always. Specially in the lower case, physical adjustment helps the inner. We
shall try to convert our valuation of the physical things to help us to reach
the internal valuation of everything.
Dayādhara Gaurāṅga: He says, Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura says,
“According to Varāha-Purāṇa and Padma- Purāṇa,
offence of service is five-fold.” And then the first one he says, “Want of
taking care according to ones mite.” He’s talking about Deity service, or he’s
talking about vaida bhakta, more generally. He says, “Want of taking
care according to ones mite.” And then he explains. “There is wealth but no
timely festival is performed about the Deity. In spite of ability service is
made by inferior kinds of materials.”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Vittha śāthya, to deal miserly.
Dayādhara Gaurāṅga: Yes. So he’s saying, “You have ability to serve
Deity nicer...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: “But you do not care.” That is you are not using
yourself fully, not dedicating fully according to your capacity. That is
miserly dealing about that. Of course that is bad.
Dayādhara Gaurāṅga: But then on the next page he says, “During service
you should consider yourself as the most humble servant of God. Without doing
this, if you praise yourself or consider yourself as superior worshipper, there
will be pride at the time of service. If you worship with many materials with
pomp and show, thereby thinking yourself great, then it is also a pride in
service.”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes, of course. The common thing that is according
to your surrender everything will be useful. Your understanding, your
realisation about truth, the real realisation, it will depend on that, the
common thing. So many stages it may take.
Dayādhara Gaurāṅga: These items that I wanted use in Deity service, they
were items I had bought in order to sell to make money. But I was unable to
sell and make a profit, so...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Not only money making business, it should not be
thought so low, it has got its benefit, but still it is meant for the lower
section of devotee.
Dayādhara Gaurāṅga: Yes, yes, yes, yes. But I had done this.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja:
arcayam eva haraye, pūjām yaḥ
śraddhāyehate
na tad-bhakteṣu cānyeṣu, sa bhaktaḥ
prākṛtaḥ smṛtaḥ
[“A devotee
who faithfully worships the Deity, but does not properly respect the Vaiṣṇavas
or the people in general is called a materialistic devotee, and is considered
to be in the lowest position of devotional service.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.2.47]
Who are
making much of the idol worship, and disregard the devotees, they’re of lower
type. But the higher type they’ll regard more the devotee than the Arcā.
Because in the devotee also there is also expression of the Deity in more
original form. In the heart of the devotee there is the Deity Who is guiding
him always. And that is higher expression of the Deity than in the physical
plane. So the middle class of devotee he will have greater appreciation for the
devotee than the Śrī Mūrti. Ignoring devotee, if he goes
to worship the Deity that commits offence.
When I first
came to the Gauḍīya Maṭha there in Calcutta in a hired house,
Mahāprabhu’s Mūrti was in an out room. And our Guru
Mahārāja used to live on the first floor, only one room there on the
roof, and he used to stay there.
I asked one
day one gentleman, I’m coming and going, “This Mūrti of
Mahāprabhu it is made of the wood, or earth, or minerals, what is it?”
He was
enraged with me. “What do you say? Sākṣād Mahāprabhu,
He’s Mahāprabhu Himself. Don’t think of wood and this or that.”
“Is it?”
“Yes.
Mahāprabhu Himself is there. Don’t think otherwise.”
“And if
Mahāprabhu Himself is here, then who is the best devotee amongst you, your
Gurudeva, he must remain with Mahāprabhu. Can we not expect like that?
Mahāprabhu Himself is there, and best devotee amongst you he must be with
Mahāprabhu. But he has engaged one of his junior devotees to take care of
Mahāprabhu, and he’s above. What is the reason?”
Then he told
me. I could catch somewhat. “That he’s also near Mahāprabhu always in his
heart. And that is the higher expression of Mahāprabhu, than this.” I
could follow somewhat.
So in the
heart of the devotee there is also Mahāprabhu. And that is more living
Mahāprabhu than in this Deity. So Mahāprabhu, Kṛṣṇa,
all, it is going to the natural conception of sat, cit, ānanda,
cetan, spiritual. And He has come down for the lowest section in this
form to take physical service from us. He has come down to attract the lowest
type of devotees He has come down. But higher form of devotee, without the Śrī
Mūrti, they can go on with their services. And the highest class,
everywhere they cannot see anything which is not connected with God. Everything
connected with God. The highest class all connected with God. In this way. Hare
Kṛṣṇa.
Whenever any
forest He sees, “O, Vṛndāvana.” Any hillock, “O, Govardhana.” Gives
that sort of impression in Him, and He enjoys that līlā,
everything.
A naughty boy
is moving here and there against the memory of Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa
was such, ha, ha. Very over energetic, and doing this and that, and destroying,
breaking so many utensils. And so many things wasting. And disturbing mother. A
little boy Kṛṣṇa. These things will come. Gaura Hari bol. So
I close here.
...
Dayādhara Gaurāṅga: The devotee is always going to worship, do bhajan
in the evening. But if he chances on Hari kathā then he does
not care for the bhajan, the pūjā, the arcana,
like this, if he happens on Hari kathā. Because all of these things
are - the goal is Hari kathā.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Kīrtana is better than arcana.
He’s engaged in Hari kathā with a devotee, and the time of āratīk
or sandhyā that is crossed.
That He won’t
mind it, the Lord won’t mind it. “You’re engaged in another form of worship. He
was talking, he was also making a pūjā of Mine in another
form.” He’ll take like that.
That
sincerity of the heart, that is all. Ha, ha. You see, once Kṛṣṇa
was guest at Vidura’s house, Vidura was out for begging, and Vidura’s wife was
there. Kṛṣṇa suddenly came. And Vidura’s wife perhaps was in
the bathroom, she was forgetful of the... Kṛṣṇa has come, His
voice perhaps she could catch, and she... they were very poor, their style of
life was very, very poor, no cloth. But she’s forgetful of her own position
she’s coming out. Kṛṣṇa has to throw His over cloth to her
body, and then was wrapping her body with that cloth. She came to Kṛṣṇa
and after making Kṛṣṇa to sit somewhere, then how to serve
Him? Apparently nothing they had in the room, only some plantain fruit. Then
she took that plantain and she’s uncovering the plantain and instead of giving
the fruit to His hand she’s giving the cover to His hand. And Kṛṣṇa
is eating that cover of that plantain.
Just at that time Vidura and Nārada, both
of them reached there and they found this scenery.
Then Vidura
cried aloud, “What are you doing? Leaving the fruit you are giving the cover to
Kṛṣṇa and He’s eating.”
But He’s
unconscious about that. “Yes, am I doing like that?”
Then
Nārada remarked, “Here she’s forgetful of her own self with the joy
suddenly finding Kṛṣṇa in her house, overjoyed, lost all her
senses. I don’t blame her. But our Lord, what He’s doing? How He’s eating the
cover? Why He cannot suggest that, “O, give the fruit not the cover.” I blame
not the devotee but the Lord.”
Then Kṛṣṇa
remarked, “Nārada, I’m neither eating the fruit nor the cover. I’m eating
her devotional sentiment.”
Then how to
assert things, what is what?
patraṁ puṣpaṁ phalaṁ toyaṁ,
yo me bhaktyā prayacchati
tad ahaṁ bhakty-upahṛtam, aśnāmi
prayatātmanaḥ
[“Certainly,
if one offers Me with devotion a leaf, flower, fruit, and water, I partake of
that whole offering from such a pure hearted and affectionate devotee of Mine.
With heartfelt love, I graciously accept.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
9.26]
“Whether it
is a leaf, or it is a flower, or it is fruit, or it is water, it does not
matter. But what is given, offered to Me with devotion, with dedication, I
accept that. Bhāva-grāhī-janārdanaḥ. Only I
take that mental emotion, that regard towards Me. I eat that, and not the outer
representation.”
Something
like that. Gaura Hari bol. So I close here. Eh?
Dayādhara Gaurāṅga: I had one more question.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha, ha, ha. What is that?
Dayādhara Gaurāṅga: I just wondered if you could elaborate. Because the
first time I ever hear of this, Bhaktivinoda is telling that there are, he
says, “Knowledge by senses is possible to all jīvas having senses.
Knowledge of feelings of the external world is carried by senses through the
nerves to the brain. These feelings are carried from the external world by the
first faculty of mind which is the inner sense. Then, by the second faculty of
mind these feelings are kept in memory. By the third faculty they are united
and separated.”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Assimilation.
Dayādhara Gaurāṅga: Ah. “Resulting in imagination and contemplation. The
fourth faculty determines the quality of these feelings and minimises their
number.” Differentiation I suppose. “And again dividing these feelings increase
their number. By the fifth faculty a common meaning is obtained from these
assorted feelings. This is called reasoning.”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. Psychological analysis. That is applied in the
experience of this world. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Dayādhara Gaurāṅga: This is all the subtle body. So, but I never hear
this division before, five faculties. But then he goes on to say that, “Man is
not satisfied by that.”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: This is inductive process. But deductive process is
independent of this. Knowledge coming down from higher to lower. This is the āroha-panthā,
the ascending method, from the world of experience it is going for higher
utility in the human plane. Not possible in the animals also with such
analysis. But the deductive knowledge is something else, deductive, descending
from higher to lower, śrauta siddhānta. It captures the centre
and then it comes to the senses. From higher to lower. And this can help to
certain extent, to help the people of the worldly scholars, these analytical
things may be used. They’re collected from outside and through this particular
process it comes to some universal position, and reckoned that this is this,
this is that, of different kinds. They’re all deeply ascending method collected
from outside. But the descending process first captures the centre heart, and
then it extends itself to every quarter and corner, to the physical plane, then
come to the senses also. And without coming to the level of senses also it can
fill up the whole heart and whole mental system.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Ke?
...
Dayādhara Gaurāṅga: ... appears contradictory. It’s confusing to me. He
says something about power.
“In the
original decision of tattva, or truth, there is no other independent
being than God. He’s all powerful. Out His unthinkable infinite power all jīvas
and jagat have sprung up. Power is not different from the powerful.
When jīva and jagat are the evolution or pariṇāma
of God’s power, then they cannot be separate entities if judged from the
angle of root or first cause. But if judged impartially power cannot be said as
powerful.”
One he says,
“Power is the same as the powerful.” Then he says...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That is applicable everywhere. Every stage that is
applicable. Taṭa-stha, a relative and absolute consideration. Acintya
bhedābheda. So Mahāprabhu in a generalised statement He
represented that everywhere there is common and difference. And that is acintya,
unthinkable, because that depends on the sweet will of the Lord. Everything is
different in some way, and common in some. You can compare anything with
everything, something common something different.
Dayādhara Gaurāṅga: Hmm. Depending on angle of vision.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And depending on the sweet will, so it is acintya,
not comprehensible within you in any time.
mayā tatam idaṁ sarvaṁ, jagad
avyakta-mūrtinā
mat-sthāni sarva-bhūtāni, na cāhaṁ
teṣv avasthitaḥ.
na ca mat-sthāni bhūtāni, paśya me
yogam aiśvaram
[bhūta-bhṛn na ca bhūta-stho,
mamātmā bhūta-bhāvanaḥ]
[“In an
unmanifest manner, I pervade this entire universe, and everything conceivable
is situated within Me - and yet, I am not situated within that total entity.”]
[“And again, that is also not situated in Me. Just behold My inconceivable
simultaneous one and different (acintya-bhedābheda) nature as the
perfect, omnipotent, omniscient originator and Lord of the universe! Although
My very Self is the mainstay and guardian of all beings, I am not implicated by
them.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 9. 4-5]
“I’m
everywhere, I’m nowhere. Everything in Me, nothing in Me. Try to understand My
peculiar position, you Arjuna, what am I.”
This is
inconceivable, the relative and absolute principle, it depends on His sweet
will. The key in His hand. It’s applicable everywhere, from gross to
subtle-most.
Dayādhara Gaurāṅga: So we’re independent, but yet we’re slave.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Also slave, both existing together, sometimes this
side, sometimes that side. Everything is possible.
Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura
has written in one place that, “Even if He wishes the whole plane of jīva
śakti, the jīva potency, may be destroyed.”
In
philosophical jugglery also, “God is free, can He commit suicide?” Ha, ha, ha.
The questions were there. “If He’s free then He can commit suicide. And if He
committed suicide then He’s no more.” Ha, ha. These are fallacies, disease of
the thought. But in other words He commits suicide in Brahmaloka. In Brahmaloka
is there, non-differentiated plane, there is suicide, after suicide He’s
represented there, as non-differentiated Brahman. And highest assertion in Kṛṣṇa
conception.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari. Nitāi. Nitāi.
This is a
very peculiar śloka and the basis of all philosophical thought.
“I’m
everywhere, I’m nowhere. Everything in Me, nothing in Me.”
Contradiction, a pure, straight contradiction, and that is harmonised.
Dayādhara Gaurāṅga: Inconceivable.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: “Try to understand what is My peculiar position,
Arjuna. I’m not mad that I’m giving contradictory statements to you. The inner
substance try to catch. Everywhere, I’m everything, I’m nothing. Everything in
Me, nothing in Me. What is this? Pure contradiction. I’m there.”
Then what am
I? Try to adjust. What can go beyond the jurisdiction of this statement?
Nothing.
_____________________________________ [?] So I take
leave of you. I shall go to shave.
...
... intact,
to purify spiritually, Ganges water. So Vaiṣṇava not baring mentally
or physically he should be weighed. But soul’s property is devotion. Vaiṣṇavism
is souls function, the quality of the soul, neither the mental system nor the
physical system. Physically he may be blind, he may be lame. Mentally also he
may be little lower, and little greedy also. But that won’t disturb his Vaiṣṇava
characteristic, that is faith, faith in Kṛṣṇa.
dṛṣṭaiḥ svabhāva-janitair
[vapuṣaś ca doṣair
na prākṛtatvam iha bhakta-janasya
paśyet
gaṅgāmbhasāṁ na khalu
budbuda-phena-paṅkair
brahma-dravatvam apagacchati nīra-dharmaiḥ]
[“Being
situated in his original Kṛṣṇa conscious position, a pure
devotee does not identify with the body. Such a devotee should not be seen from
a materialistic point of view. Indeed, one should overlook a devotee’s having a
body born in a low family, a body with a bad complexion, a deformed body, or a
diseased or infirm body. According to ordinary vision, such imperfections may
seem prominent in the body of a pure devotee, but despite such seeming defects,
the body of a pure devotee cannot be polluted. It is exactly like the waters of
the Ganges, which sometimes during the rainy season are full of bubbles, foam
and mud. The Ganges waters do not become polluted. Those who are advanced in
spiritual understanding will bathe in the Ganges without considering the
condition of the water.”] [Śrī Upadeśāmṛta, 6]
Svabhāva means
that nature. Vapuṣaś ca doṣair. And physical defects,
deficiency. Na prākṛtatvam iha bhakta-janasya. We should not
go to give our judgement seeing all these things taking into account. ‘Why a
Vaiṣṇava should be blind? Why the Vaiṣṇava should be
lame, or deaf? Why that Vasudeva Vipra was attacked with leprosy? Why that
Sanātana Goswāmī had so many itches oozing so much bad juice
from the body? Why that Vaiṣṇava is attacked with fever? Why
Mahāprabhu had fever when He was going to Gayā?’ All these things not
to be accounted.
Just as Kṛṣṇa
also told, “O, I have got a severe headache.” Kṛṣṇa also told
of His headache, also in Vṛndāvana, sometimes told, “The dust of the
holy feet of My devotee will cure.”
And here also
Mahāprabhu told, “The foot-wash water of the brāhmaṇas will
cure My fever.” When going to Gayā.
And Vṛndāvana
also wants Kṛṣṇa, he fainted. And in another body He came as
a physician, and He came to see and He expressed the opinion, “O, a serious
disease, and it can only be cured by a medicine, but for that medicine some
water is necessary carried from Yamunā by one lady who is chaste beyond
any doubt. She should carry by an earthen pot which has so many pores, thousand
pores, in an earthen pot. And a chaste lady will carry water from Yamunā
in that pot. It is necessary, and I shall give some medicine, then the boy will
be cured. Otherwise no further.”
Then
Yaśodā she looked around. She asked Kuṭilā and Jaṭilā,
[Rādhārāṇī’s mother-in-law and sister-in-law] they
were blaming Rādhārāṇī always for Her character. So
Yaśodā she found among the crowd that Kuṭilā and Jaṭilā.
With folded palms she prayed to Jaṭilā, she was advanced stage, age.
“Your
character is beyond all suspicion. Please save my Son. Go with this porous pot
and carry some water from Yamunā.”
Then Jaṭilā
told, “How is it possible? So many holes, pores, how water can...?”
Then the
physician, Kṛṣṇa, told, “Yes, it will be possible if one is a
chaste lady, then she’s be able to do.”
Then Jaṭilā
anyhow entreated by Yaśodā extremely, she tried but no water. She’s
taking water but the water going away through the pores, holes. Then
impossible, what to do, so many followers also went. Then next Yaśodā
appealed to her daughter Kuṭilā.
She also, “This is absurd, impossible. How
can anyone fetch water in a porous pot?” So anyhow by the request of
Yaśodā she cannot avoid, so much earnest appeal. She tried, but the
same thing. Then no one in the crowd agrees to go to fetch water...
83.09.28.C_83.10.05.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...your knowledge will come, will try to do here. It
is above. And all sincerity. No pleading of the barristers or advocates about
law. Simple, sincere. No diplomacy. Everything is there, but not like this.
Diplomacy is also there, but all sweet. Just as the leaf of this neem tree,
tamarind little sour, the neem is bitter, but if it is made of sugar, then it
is not bitter, it is not sour. Something like that. All possible fashions there
but the very material is sugar. The cost is the highest cost; wholesale
presentation, then you can get. Not partial value, that I shall purchase that
thing partially. Existence, independent existence cannot be maintained. Nor
treachery may enter there. Through sincerity, it is sincerity of such a degree
that treachery is not possible. Wholesale giving, wholesale surrender. The land
of wholesale surrender, and there is play of diplomacy. No separate interest,
all show. _________ [?] Difficult. But looking at the other stages of existence
we have to be assured of that highest goal. Aprākṛta. Prākṛta vat, the difficulty is there, we have to differ from sahajiyā
section. Prākṛtavat, just like
mundane, there’s the trouble, the highest transcendental quarter is very
similar to this mundane. They’re extremely selfish, that extremity; and
extremely God-ward, Godly. That extremity, extremely, there is the similarity.
Extremely selfish and extremely Godly. In that extremity, there is some
similarity. But just opposite.
[ataeva
kāma-preme bahuta antara]
kāma--andhatamaḥ,
prema--nirmmala bhāskara
[“There is a gulf of difference between lust
and love; lust is dense darkness, love is the brightest sun.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Ādi-līlā, 4.171]
Farthest distance, but similarity, that
extremely in character, extreme character. Enjoyment, exploitation at its
highest intensity. And that is also sacrifice for the highest extreme pleasure
of Kṛṣṇa. So Mahāprabhu
said,
brahmāṇḍa
brhamite kona bhāgyavān jīva, guru-kṛṣṇa-prasāde
[pāya bhakti-latā-bīja]
[“Wandering throughout the material
universe, the very fortunate living entity who receives the grace of Guru and Kṛṣṇa
receives the seed of the creeper of devotional service.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.151]
Bhāgyavān, unknown good
fortune which is not to be traced now, the seed of good fortune. Guru-kṛṣṇa-
prasāde pāya bhakti-latā-bīja.
mālī
hañā kare sei bīja āropaṇa, śravaṇa-kīrttana-jale
karaye secana
[“When a person receives the seed of
devotional service, he should take care of it by becoming a gardener and sowing
the seed in his heart. If he waters the seed gradually by the process of śravaṇa
and kīrtana, the seed will begin to sprout.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.152]
upajiyā
bāḍe latā 'brahmāṇḍa' bhedi' yāya,
'virajā,' 'brahmaloka,' bhedi' 'para-vyoma' pāya
tabe yāya
tad upari 'goloka-vṛndāvana', ['kṛṣṇa-caraṇa'-kalpavṛkṣe
kare ārohana]
[“The creeper of devotion is born, and grows
to pierce the wall of the universe. It crosses the Virajā river and the
Brahman plane, and reaches to the Vaikuṇṭha plane. Then it grows
further up to Goloka Vṛndāvana, finally reaching to embrace the
wish-yielding tree of Kṛṣṇa's Lotus Feet.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.153-4]
To dive deep into reality, I told.
Mahāprabhu’s characteristic showed us how one can dive deep. How much
diving into the depth is possible, that is shown clearly in the life of
Mahāprabhu in His search for Kṛṣṇa. He’s unconsciously
jumping in the ocean, thinking Yamunā. The thorny place He’s running
through. Sometimes unconsciously hands and feet enter into the body, and
falling on the gate of Jagannātha. Sometimes rubbing His face on the
walls, can’t find any door. Sometimes crossing over unconsciously with the
compound walls and running hither, thither. How much withdrawn consciousness,
withdrawn from the world of our reality. Dive deep into where? Kṛṣṇa
consciousness, how powerful it is.
And so sweet consciousness He’s experiencing
there, when He comes out to this worldly consciousness by the attraction of the
Kṛṣṇa Nāma uttered by Svarūpa Dāmodara
and higher grade of their personality.
“Oh, this noise! How sweet experience,
inconceivable, I was feeling, and where have you taken here? And you were
creating some noise in My ears, disturbance.”
Diving deep into Kṛṣṇa
consciousness to what degree, what intensity? It is possible.
We go to have a darśana of
Jagannātha. Mahāprabhu when came to have darśana of Jagannātha
first, from few, one or two miles began to run by the attraction. Entered
surprisingly in the temple, and went to embrace the body but fell, fainted. He
was not a fool. Even in the external sense, the brightest scholar of the
ordinary historian, wrote it. Born of a brāhmaṇa family at
Navadwīpa and was the brightest scholar of the day. And His jñāna-śūnya-bhakti,
that jñāna, that scholarship, where? Running to embrace the Deity
and fainted. How deep, what sort of depth is there? Dive deep into reality, to
have the experience of the holy pastimes of the Lord. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. And He says,
na prema-gandho
'sti [darāpi me harau, krandāmi saubhāgya-bharaṁ
prakāśitum
vaṁśī-vilāsy-ānana-lokanaṁ
vinā, vibharmmi yat prāṇa-pataṅgakān vṛthā]
[Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu
said: “My dear friends, I have not the slightest tinge of love of Godhead
within My heart. When you see Me crying in separation, I am just falsely
exhibiting a demonstration of My great fortune. Indeed, not seeing the
beautiful face of Kṛṣṇa playing His flute, I continue to live
My life like an insect, without purpose.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 2.45]
“Not a little drop of divine love is within
Me. I’m shedding tears so much. It is all show, all show to capture popularity,
that I have got. That rare divine jewel I have got in My possession. To canvass
to the people, this is My mercantile hypocrisy, to canvass Me to the people,
“I’m a devotee.”
Then where the standard of purity lies? Pavitra,
śuddha-bhakti, where is the standard? Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Inconceivable, acintya,acintya bhedābheda. So bhakti,pure
devotion to Kṛṣṇa is somewhat of this type. We may not make
any bad bargain, beware of bad bargain.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
ātmārāmāś
ca munayo, nirgranthā apy urukrame
[kurvanty
ahaitukīṁ bhaktim, ittham-bhūta guṇo hariḥ]
[“Those sages who, being merged in the bliss
of the spirit soul, are totally free from the binding knot of mental images -
they too engage in the unmotivated service of Śrī Kṛṣṇa,
the performer of marvellous deeds. This is but one of the qualities of the
Supreme Lord Hari, who charms the entire world.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.7.10] & [Śrī Śrī Prapanna-jīvanāmṛtam,
p 176]
Śukadeva in his assembly of the great
religious scholars, “It is unknown and unknowable, but still there are signs
here and there, where the stalwarts, who commands the great religious prestige,
they are attracted towards that, somewhat, in some corner in the spiritual
world. Ātmārāma, self-satisfied. Nothing within this
mundane world but they feel attraction towards that. My case is so, such. I’m
clear, my life is clear to you all. I have no affinity for this world,
anything. But some regard for transcendental has captured me wholly.”
prāyeṇa
munayo rājan, nivṛttā vidhi-ṣedhataḥ
nairguṇya-sthā ramante sma, guṇānukathane hareḥ
[“O King Parīkṣit, mainly the
topmost transcendentalists, who are above the regulative principles and
restrictions, take pleasure in describing the glories of the Lord.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
2.1.7]
Like this mundane līlā,
activity, play. But it’s towards some higher unknown quarter it is to be
located. That central and pure, divine quarter. Such is the thing. Throw off
this Veda, the Upaniṣads, there is so many scriptures, holy
scriptures. Aham iha nandaṁ vande, yasyālinde.
[śrutim
apare smṛtim itare, bhāratam anye bhajantu bhava-bhītāḥ
aham iha nandaṁ
vande, yasyālinde paraṁ brahma]
[“Those who fear material existence worship Veda,
some worship Smṛti, and others worship the Mahābhārata.
But I choose to worship Mahārāja Nanda, because in his courtyard the
Supreme Cosmic Truth, Param Brahma is playing.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.96] & [Padyāvalī, 126]
They’re all interested people who want to
get above this mortal world, they are after this Veda, Upaniṣad,
Koran, Bible. But who has got no fear of this mundane, I want to
fall on the feet of Nanda Mahārāja. Where the Parabrahman, tale of
the wonderful story is crawling on the ground and sucking the breast of
Yaśodā. In such a concrete way it can be handled, impossible. Why I
should go to read Koran, Bible etc.? I find here concrete thing.
That Parabrahman, the wonder of the wonderful. So anyhow, leaving everything
aside I want to take shelter of that Nanda and Yaśodā. The direct
attempt. Why the indirect path I shall lose my, waste my labour? Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Jñāna-śūnya bhakti. Anyhow fortunately try to have a
devotee’s association and nothing will be necessary. By following him you will
be able, through that quarter, the shortest route. Jñāna-śūnya.
“Eho bāhya āge kaha āra.”
Eho bāhya, eho bāhya, eho bāhya [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 8.59]
They may connect gradually or may not
connect. May take other way. But if I accept this path, life is ensured.
Devotion, pure devotion, pure devotee. Company, association, service of the
pure devotee, life is ensured. And in other processes, may or may not be, many
troubles, difficulties.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari
bol. Gaura Nityānanda. Such Gaurāṅga, Nityānanda wants to
distribute to us. From door to door He’s wandering, door to door in this Navadwīpa
Dhāma. “Anyhow have some recognition, have some relationship with
Gaurāṅga. You don’t know what gain you will have in future life!
Accept Gaurāṅga, He has come here to your door.” With folded palm
Nityānanda appealing fervently. “Only connect, have any connection with
Gaurāṅga, My Lord Gaurāṅga. And nothing you will have to
do, only some connection with Gaurāṅga you have. You do not know
what highest thing is wandering by your door here.” Nityānanda Prabhu, He
appealed in the fervent way, fullest degree of His heart. “Anyhow don’t dismiss
Gaurāṅga. He has come to your door. You do not know what you can get
in your future life. What fulfilment of life He has taken for you. You souls
fortunate.” Navadwīpa in the banks of the Ganges Nityānanda was
wandering, roaming.
bhaja
gaurāṅga, kaha gaurāṅga laha gauranger nāma,
yei jana
gaurāṅga bhaje sei amāra prāna
[Worship Gaurāṅga, speak of
Gaurāṅga, chant Gaurāṅga’s Name. Whoever worships
Śrī Gaurāṅga is My life and soul. Come straight to the
campaign of Śrī Caitanya and you will safely attain Vṛndāvana.”]
“My very inner life and bosom, if you
connect yourself anyhow with Gaurāṅga, your place is in the throne
of My heart. I shall worship you.”
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari.
Nitāi. Nitāi Doyal. Nitāi Doyal.
preme matta
nityānanda kṛpā-avatāra, uttama adhama kichu nā kare
vicāra
ye āge paḍaye
tāre karaye nistāra, ataeva nistārilā mo-hena
durācāra
[Kṛṣṇadāsa
Kavirāja Goswāmī says: “Lord Nityānanda, who is always
intoxicated by divine love, is the great saviour of destitute jīvas and
the magnanimous incarnation of divine mercy. His benevolent nature does not
discriminate between high and low, or qualified and unqualified.”] [“He simply
delivers, from material existence, anyone who comes before Him and falls at His
lotus feet surrendering themselves to Him with all sincerity. Therefore He also
mercifully delivered me who am so fallen and disqualified.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Ādi-līlā, 5.208-9]
Whoever is coming across His view, He cannot
but connect, grace, show His grace towards him. His grace means Gaurāṅga’s
grace. Gaurāṅga’s grace means Rādhā-Govinda, in different,
common and little distinction in the play, of same rasa. In one place
They’re tasting One Another, in another place it is being distributed to
others, the same rasa.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura
Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Jaya Nityānanda
Prabhu.
I close here.
...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ... Caran dāsa’s Guru was Bhāgavata
Bābājī. They are disciple of Jagannātha Dāsa
Bābājī. Bhāgavata Dāsa Bābājī, he
accepted anyhow, he was not really pure, but still the Rāmadāsa
Bābājī, he came in the line of Bhāgavata dāsa Bābājī
and Caran dāsa Bābājī. And that Caran dāsa, he devised
that, nitāi gaur rādhe syāma hare kṛṣṇa
hare rāma, nitāi-rādhā, gaur-syāma. So this
fundamental blunder in the siddhānta, that can never be encouraged,
so we cannot have any connection with them.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
So Bhāgavata Mahārāja was veśaguru of?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Bhāgavata and Gaura Kiśora
Bābājī they were Godbrothers in veśa from
Jagannātha Bābājī. Two disciples, Bhāgavata dāsa
and from Bhāgavata dāsa came Caran dāsa. From Caran dāsa
came Rāmadāsa. Caran dāsa he founded that mantram and different
things, so he was ___________ [?]
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
And Bhāgavata Mahārāja was veśa śiṣya of
Jagannātha Dāsa, no?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Bhāgavata dāsa he was a ______ [?]
criminal pleader in Mymensingh court. Then he left and went to Vṛndāvana
and took veśa from Jagannātha Dāsa Bābājī.
But Caran dāsa, his history is
otherwise. He was a __________ [?] something, and he was working under the zamīndār
of Jessore. And there was a riot, and that gentleman, what his name was
previously, that Caran dāsa, he committed a murder. And he absconded, and
in the meantime he was in Vṛndāvana in disguise. Then when after
twelve years he was safe from criminal orders, then he again went to home and
after a few days he again came back. So this took veśa from that
Bhāgavata dāsa. And he began to preach very forcefully. He was a man
of gigantic type. And of high voice, he began to chant and dance, and he
created that nitāi-gaur-rādhe-syāma, all these things.
And he wanted Prabhupāda also to support him, Bhaktisiddhānta...
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Yeah, but Prabhupāda smashed him.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ... from the beginning he approached him and asked
him “Where have you got this? Is it mentioned in the śāstra?
You have created a new mantram?” And so many things were charged.
And that man was also characterless. He
asked that, “You should not build a paka latrine.” Meaning that don’t marry.
“Whenever there is necessity to pass stool, wherever you are, you may pass the
stool. But don’t built any permanent latrine. That is, don’t marry.” That was
his idea we’re told.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
So that Bhāgavata Mahārāja was veśa śiṣya
of Jagannātha Dāsa then, is it?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Bhāgavata dāsa Mahārāja and
Gaura Kiśora Bābājī, both took their
bābājī veśa from Jagannatha Dāsa
Bābājī. And Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura later he connected
with Jagannātha Dāsa Bābājī, directly. Jagannātha
Dāsa Bābājī lived for one hundred and twenty five years,
very, very old.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Yes, I heard it. We were told that Gaura Kiśora Dāsa
Bābājī and Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura were good friends, as
brotherly friends.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Godbrothers. Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura, later
he took veśa from Jagannātha Dāsa Bābājī.
And Gaura Kiśora Dāsa he took veśa from Bhāgavata
dāsa Bābājī, so little junior. Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura
took veśa direct from Jagannātha Dāsa
Bābājī, so he comes in the standard of Bhāgavata dāsa
realm, Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura. And Gaura Kiśora Dāsa
Bābājī comes from Bhāgavata dāsa, so a little lower
rank. And Gaura Kiśora Bābājī he used to hear Bhāgavatam
from Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura in Svānanda-sukhada- kuñja,
in Godrumadwīpa. There is a small paka, room is built there in Godruma
where Gaur Kiśora Bābājī used to take his seat and hear Bhāgavata
explanation from Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Then if these people would give up that conception, then we could allow them to
stay with us?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: If they disassociate with them, they may be
accepted. _____________ [?]
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Yeah. I was worried about that. I knew there was something wrong, nasty. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
That we shall see. Caran dāsa. And Sakhībhekī is another, not
the same one?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Sakhībhekī was another. Lalitā
Sakhī. He was also living in the same place, that ____________ [?] same
place, Sakhībhekī. I saw him, before joining Gauḍīya Maṭha,
once I visited this Navadwīpa to find out any sādhu, if I can
take initiation. I went to see Caran dāsa’s camp and I found that
Sakhībhekī, Lalitā Sakhī, he passed in the name of
Lalitā Sakhī..
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
So he was a friend of Caran dāsa.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Contemporary. So in Navadwīpa we see now and then quite a few bābājīs
are walking around. They’re in that line, or maybe Lalitā Prasāda
line?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: All mixed together. Some others came, disciples of
so many Goswāmīs, the flesh Goswāmīs.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Yes. They wear this Rādhā kuṇḍa, not gopī candana
tilaka. And of course we adore Rādhā kuṇḍa tilaka,
but then we see on them and it gives it aslisa dosa. What can be done?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: We may say we are generally, not particularly
Rādhā kuṇḍa, it is very, very high. But we may not
disregard it, Rādhā kuṇḍa.
Don’t venture to assert that I’m holding
such and such position, because it is uncertain. Super subjective. Always we
must think like that. That wherever I am, that is a grant, a gracious grant. If
necessary, next moment I may be thrust down from that world of thought, pushed
down.
pūjāla
rāgapaṭha gaurava bāṅge [mattala sādhu-jana viṣaya
range]
[“The path of
divine love is worshippable to us
and should be
held overhead as our highest aspiration.”]
vicakṣaṇa
kari', dekhite cāhile haya, haya ākhi-agocara
[Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura
says, “Suddenly a flash came, but when I tried to see that, it disappeared. It
was withdrawn.”]
Rāmānanda, tabe sei-kṣaṇa-ghaṭī-pala.
“I have worshipped the time, to fix it, so automatically the Kṛṣṇa
conception will be in the background. If I can make the time a little
permanent, propitiate the time, and to make it stand, wait for some time.”
Hare Kṛṣṇa. ___________
[?] Strategy, what is strategy? What is the meaning of strategy?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Adopting some very intelligent method, some very clever course of approach,
special approach.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The cleverness in this line we hear that we shall
try to see that it is the property of my Gurudeva, not mine. He’s there. Guru
jana sine puna sobha pai sata guna [?] Shines very beautifully on the head of
Gurudeva. We are required the regulate our vision in that way, that he’s there.
So Guru jana sine puna sobha pai sata guṇa [?] Very beautifully that can
be seen, can be traced there, on the head of my Gurudeva, there his abode. But
just beyond my touch, transcendental. Come very close to Gurudeva, he has come
down, so far.
Gurudeva in his personal capacity in Vṛndāvana
līlā, he may be seen as a particular mañjarī.
Prabhupāda told once that, “My
Gurudeva is Guṇa Mañjarī, Gaura Kiśora. But if we can look at
him at heart, in a very spacious way, very generous way, then I can find
Rādhārāṇī in her.” Mañjarī, they are
supposed to represent the partial līlā, not the general. But
he told, “If I look with a very high tension, broader outlook, I can find
Rādhārāṇī in her.”
Antaryāmī, in that way.
She’s representing Her, Her whole heart is devoted to Rādhārāṇī.
In that way we can follow. And everywhere we can, if possible, everywhere we
can see that. Mahaprabhu says, “You are mahā-bhāgavata.” – to
Rāmānanda Rāya. “Wherever you cast your glance, you find Kṛṣṇa
easily.”
[rādhā-kṛṣṇe
tomāra mahā-prema haya] yāhāṅ tāhāṅ
rādhā-kṛṣṇa tomāre sphuraya
[Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu continued,
“My dear Rāya, you are an advanced devotee and are always filled with
ecstatic love for Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa. Therefore
whatever you see — anywhere and everywhere — simply awakens your Kṛṣṇa
consciousness.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā,
8.277]
Deeper sight, insight, eliminating,
everything, when we are thinking of Her. By Her grace it is possible, it may be
possible for us to think about Her. And that may be more intense, spacious, by
which we can have some estimation or some conception of Her. In this way
everything, Vaikuṇṭha darśana means this,
transcendental view. But something, some sort of ecstasy is there that these
so-called concrete things does not capture our mind, our heart. And that is
more than imagination, that can attract us, so that is reality.
And this is rubbish, these concrete things,
they seem to be rubbish for their character, the mortal characteristic and so
many other. This is our opposition. Soul will have contact with soul; that is
natural. But soul, forced to come down in the material conception; that is
abnormal, that is māyā, illusion. Soul cannot feel himself.
Soul is forced to focus to feel fossil. What is this? Soul cannot move in his
own soil? Soul is forced to move in the soil of the fossil, that’s abnormal. Then
soul must live in his own soil and then he can go up to the higher soil.
Even we’re told in this worldly kāma
śāstra of Bharata bhumi, the lady-love, they’re also, ladies are
also classified, and men are also classified.
Generally in four headings; men, arsrajatiya
[?], the lowest, in the type of horse. Then the next higher is visajatiya
[?], ox-class section, that is little better. And then mrgujatiya [?],
this deer, they’re second class. And the first class sasojatiya [?].
Saso means carcase [?], hare. The four classes of men.
And the women are also four classes; hastini
[?], the most crude class, fourth class, hastini [?]. Then next
higher is sankini [?] And the second class is citragnini [?] And
the first class is padini [?]
And the classification is according to their
temperament of gratification in the gross. And the higher class, their union
and their pleasure is only singing, dancing and talking, not gross sense
experience. Higher class, only they are satisfied with talking, conversation,
these things, giving, taking; in this way. And the grossest sense experience,
carnal desire, that is in the lowest. So accordingly that has been classified.
So the fine things satisfy us, that must be higher class, not existing in the fossil
world. High thinking men they’re always busy. Newton, Einstein, in their zone
they’re always engaged with fine things, not so very gross things here.
So in this way it may be conducted in the
spiritual side. Their satisfaction is therein with the fine things. They do not
require for their satisfaction anything gross. That existence is higher
existence. Satisfied with the high ideals, they can live, move, everything.
Always, twenty-four hours they can retain that position and from there again to
higher, in this way. But a gross mentality they cannot maintain that sort of
life in the very subtle world. They want gross things for the tongue, for the
nose, this sensual attraction is the main thing in their life. Some more
attached towards tongue, some towards touch, some towards sight, in this way,
in the level of the sense experience. But higher type of creation they find
their satisfaction in the higher plane. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura
Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
So Prabhupada told, “If I look at my Gurudeva
with some higher aspiration I can find Rādhārāṇī in
her.” That was his expression. “In her.” That look deeply at his heart, inner
existence...
83.10.05.B
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...in the service of Rādhārāṇī. In this way.
Rādhārāṇī means this aṣṭa-nayikā, their different departmental service, of
departmental sentiments etc, full found in Rādhārāṇī.
Others a partial distribution, not holding all the rasa to serve Kṛṣṇa. Partial presentation more or less.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Aṣṭa-nayikā. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
At the same time
Prabhupāda uttered, “What other mañjarīs do I don’t know. I’m
indifferent to that. But in my Gurudeva, though he’s externally mañjarī,
I can find in there full thing in his heart. But what the other mañjarīs,
what are they doing, and what position they hold, I do not know. I’m quiet
indifferent.” That also. High things. Ha, ha. But relative to Absolute.
_____________________________________________ [?]
Devotees: __________________________________________________________________
[?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That gentleman from Samājbhari [?] he may be given if he lives here and takes some
food, may be given this cultivation, activity outside. Not connecting with the
Deity or food, prasādam, not that connection. External, just like
labour.
Samājmeans samādhi, tomb. From the tomb of Caran dāsa it has
got the name of Samājbhari.
VidagdhaMādhava: Are doubts after one has begun the process of devotional service, are
doubts necessarily bad or are they part of developing faith? A deeper faith? If
doubts come...
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: _________________ [?] Is it necessary, or if we still have some doubt,
when even advancing, progressing, it seems, is it necessary that doubt will
also be there? Will it help us?
VidagdhaMādhava: Is it good or bad or...
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: __________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Doubt?
Devotees: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What does he say? In the progress, when I’m in the progress a doubt
may continue?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes.
VidagdhaMādhava: Different ones may come sometimes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Different planes, doubt, according to plane it may change. Some
quarter is unknown, and which is unknown, there may be some doubt. Possible
doubt may enter there.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Na
prema-gandho 'sti darāpi me harau, [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 2.45] That is also a kind of doubt?
______________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: “I don’t know Him. I can’t
know him. Can’t get Him.”
Chidyante sarva-saṁśayāḥ [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 1.2.21
& 11.20.30] In a general way, all doubts cleared. That may be
applied to the basic, or fundamental position, if there is no God, yes God is,
and God is almighty. In the basic understanding no doubt. And I’m His slave,
servant. I’m subordinate and He’s master. These things clear. But how much He’s
gracious to what type of devotion, all these things, still it will be unknown.
And where there is the unknown relation there may come doubt.
Even so many Vaiṣṇava
Ācāryas, Madhvācārya did not speak of any Svayaṁ-Bhagavān. Rāmānuja also, that Kṛṣṇa is incarnation
of Nārāyaṇa, that is their feeling. So about the general
fundamental principles they are beyond doubt. Rāmānuja’s position,
but still for the highest conception there is doubt, there is misconception. In
this way.
Vyāsadeva gave so many
things, even Gītā, Vedānta, but still when Bhāgavata
came, he told plainly that, “What I gave so long, that is not everything,
not perfect. Now what I’m going to give, that is perfect.”
In this way gradation is always
there. Guru-tattva is not limited, Vyāsadeva not limited, Bhagavān
not limited.
As Caru Swāmī says,
‘Yesterday’s Guru, today’s Guru and tomorrow’s Guru.’
Every day’s Guru may give some
new light, a dynamic, living Guru. But static Guru, dull Guru, that may be
static, stereotype. Disciple also living, Gurudeva also living. Living means
progressing. And a śiṣya means
new light he’ll receive and make progress towards the high. And the highest
position has got no limit.
As Mahāprabhu says that,
“I do not get even a drop of prema.”
This is the idea. As Newton
told that, “I’m just on the verge of the ocean of knowledge.”
That should be the practice.
Who says ‘I know everything,’ he does not know anything.
‘I do not know’ - there is
possibility of my...
Because the known thing is
infinite, and who is making assertion, he’s finite only. So as much as he’s in
connection with the infinite, there he’s true. And detached from the infinite,
there he’s undone.
All crying, Mahāprabhu and
Rādhārāṇī, the highest ideal of two types. What do
They say?
“I can’t have.”
Rādhārāṇī also says, “They say that I’m in connection
with Kṛṣṇa. But My heartfelt cry that I did not come to touch
His feet.”
So much hankering, so much
degree of hunger is there for the service. Personality representing infinite,
what is this? Everything is infinite if it’s to be looked to from that standpoint.
Kṛṣṇa is infinite, and Rādhārāṇī is
also infinite to us, to Kṛṣṇa also, in something.
Infinite minus infinite is
infinite. Infinite plus infinite is infinite. If we take infinite from
infinite, minus, that is infinite. What is this? Only from the position of zero
we can follow to certain degree. A zero added to zero is zero. A zero minus
zero is zero. Zero into zero is zero. Zero divided by zero is zero. That we can
understand.
But opposite, infinite, un
understandable, it is so. So dealings of the infinite, to approach that,
everything is infinite, every point is infinite, everywhere there is.
In Māyā’s Essay
we read, “Everywhere there is centre, nowhere circumference.” The position of
infinite has been given in Māyā’s Essay, we read in school.
That everywhere there is centre and nowhere circumference. We may approach to
infinite with such idea. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Still it is not
imagination, it is reality. And not only that, that is controlling everything.
So we have got our interest. We can’t reject its relationship.
Athāto
brahma-jijñāsā. It is the demand of our reason to understand the infinite. Where from I
have come, where I am living, where to go? Any sane man cannot avoid all these
questions. So, if we’re to go on little reasonably and systematically then it
comes tobrahma-jijñāsā, or kṛṣṇānusandhāna, culminating. If it is
reasonable it is rational, that to enquire about the environment where we are.
If it is rational, then it is rational that we search after Kṛṣṇa.
And Kṛṣṇa is raso vai saḥ.
[raso vai saḥ. rasaṁ hyevāyaṁ
labdhānandī bhavati
ko hyevānyāt kaḥ prāṇyāt yadeṣa
ākāśa ānando na syāt eṣa hyevānandayati]
[“Śrī Kṛṣṇa
is the embodiment of all ecstatic bliss; He is the reservoir of all pleasure.
Having derived ecstasy from Him, the individual souls become blissful. For, who
indeed, could breath, who could be alive if this Blissful Lord were not present
within the hearts of all souls. He alone bestows ecstasy.”]
[Taittirīya-Upaniṣad,
2.7]
We cannot eliminate our
hankering for pleasure, for happiness from us. And that is search for Kṛṣṇa,
in a systematic way, search for Kṛṣṇa. What is, that our
intrinsic, born of our innate tendency to get pleasure, or joy, or happiness,
or something like that. If it is true then it must become scientifically to the
extent of search for Kṛṣṇa. Only a developed conception of
our innate, most innate unavoidable tendency or existence within. That is
search after Kṛṣṇa, on the systematic and developed position.
That is our life extended, what we are, if that is analysed and developed, then
it cannot but come to search for Kṛṣṇa. None can deny, that I
don’t want it. But your very existence is that. You can’t deny. Your material
hankering, self-satisfaction. Self-satisfaction, you are trying.
Śrī Guru and His Grace, in my article, I wrote it
in Madras. I began, “To err is human. Not to err is also an internal tendency
in him. Then how not to err? To seek that process, Guru comes. From where I am
to get that, that I may not err?”
Professor Sanyal appreciated
the article very much. “Oh, so much argumentative article Śrīdhara
Mahārāja can write.” Ha, ha. He expressed his astonishment.
So began from that plane. To
err and not to err. We’re in want but we’re also to remove that want. Two
phases, that we’re in want, and also our inner tendency to remove that want. We
can’t deny it. And from there it will take birth, and when in a systematic
developed form, it cannot but come to search for Kṛṣṇa. The brahma-jijñāsā, Paramātmā jijñāsā, Vāsudeva, Nārāyaṇa, all passing in the way. And
the acme it will come as Kṛṣṇa, He’s autocrat, He’s all-good,
He’s independent, so many things will come to constitute He’s Kṛṣṇa.
akhila-rasāmṛta-mūrtiḥ [prasṛmara-ruci-ruddha-tārakā-pāliḥ
kalita-śyāmā-lalito rādhā-preyān vidhur jayati]
[“ ‘Let
Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, be glorified! By
virtue of His expanding attractive features, He subjugated the gopīs named
Tārakā and Pāli and absorbed the minds of Śyāmā
and Lalitā. He is the most attractive lover of Śrīmatī
Rādhārāṇī and is the reservoir of pleasure for
devotees in all transcendental mellows.’] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 8.142]
So it is unavoidable,
inevitable. It is not thrust on anyone’s brain and that by brainwashing it will
vanish. It is not of that type. It cannot be oust of one’s sane brain.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
...
... wanted to send me to the
foreign countries for preaching.
But I hesitated that, “I’m not
fit to preach in the west.” I replied. “So anyhow, but if you order I must go.”
That was my expression.
Then he sent some other
gentleman who has established a Maṭha in London, Vinode Vani Maṭha.
That Vinode Vani [dāsī], Mrs [Daisy] Bowtell, she took Hari Nāma in nineteen thirty six, and she dedicated
her house for the Maṭha purpose, and still that is there. Only one brahmacārī
from Bagh Bazaar temple, he’s in protection of that place.
But in my last days, though I’m
here, but anyhow the burden of preaching to the west automatically came to my head.
Swāmī
Mahārāja also requested several times to go to the west. Even so
that, “You take the chair of the president, I shall work under you, or along
with you.”
But I did not feel any
inspiration from the upper. “No, it is not possible.” In young age I avoided,
and in old age it is not possible. But the divine will is otherwise. He’s
thrusting over me some sort of service for the westerners. And what to do? As
much as I can I’m trying to help them.
Devotee: Kṛṣṇa could not keep back the
treasure.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: This is the position. And they’re taking so many tapes from here and
preaching outside. In this way it has begun. But some sort of party feeling has
grown. And ISKCON, instead of thinking me as their friend, they’re thinking
otherwise, to my great misfortune.
Anyhow, who are coming to me, I
cannot but to help something, as little as I’ve got for my own. That is my
position. Poor man, passing my days with the scriptures, at this time. Through
the scripture we get the association of the higher past nobles, and my life is
mainly like that. To associate with the noble personages of the ancient time
through their voice, through their writings. In this way I’m passing my days,
generally. And by their grace I also find many a time a new light within them.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari bol.
This Bhakti Sudhīra
Mahārāja, he was the pushing man. He began preaching in my
favour there in the beginning. He collected the tapes from the time of
Swāmī Mahārāja. He was in charge of an important centre
where the tapes recorded in the time of Swāmī Mahārāja were
preserved, I heard. And finding those tapes he got impression and he began to
preach in my favour.
Swāmī
Mahārāja also was very intimately connected with me. When he was in Allahabad
as agent of a big medical firm I met him first there. And connection
with this Maṭha began at that time. After that in Allahabad he took
initiation from Guru Mahārāja. Then afterwards he took, he moved,
when he was in Bombay, then left Allahabad and went to Bombay for business
purpose. There also I’m in charge of Bombay Maṭha in closer connection.
Then leaving Bombay, came to Calcutta, began his business, laboratory. And just
the next building of his house, dwelling house, there was his laboratory. Ground
floor laboratory and first floor, four rooms we took on rent and lived there
for some time. At that time closer connection with him. He was translating Gītā
and Back to Godhead first issue published from there. And my article
was there, nineteen forty three, four, something like that. In closer
connection. After preaching for some, from the west he came here direct, so
many photos are there, group photos. I tried to give here a reception from the
municipal office, from Navadwīpa municipality. I made arrangement to
receive him, gave reception.
And I also suggested Acyutānanda
selected the place where now ISKCON temple Chaitanya Candrodaya, I
selected the plot for him, tried to acquire land there in that place. And with Acyutānanda. And Jayapatāka says that I also just reached the helm at that time. And both of them
acquired land there. And gradually going. Several times I was to visit
Swāmī Mahārāja when he used to come. He used to take me
there. Closer connection.
...
Devotee: I have met one disciple of Śrīla
Prabhupāda, one old disciple, first time he has heard of you. I have given
him some tape in Vṛndāvana and he was immediately attracted.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: We were attracted by the teachings of our Guru Mahārāja.
Only attracted by the principle he was preaching, we came. Especially myself,
attracted by the ontological aspect. Where we are, what is our destination, how
to attain that destination? Sambandha, abhideya, prayojana.
The Vedic literature has tried to understand things in this way; three
divisions, sambandha, abhideya, prayojana. In sambandha,
where we are, what I am, what is my position in the whole, in the absolute? And
the second; what is amiss with me, wrong with me, how to redress that? And then
the third; what is the highest end of our life, what is the destination, prayojana,
the aim of life? Who are we, what is the highest position, and how to attain
that? Three things to be considered, and it is necessary for everyone to try to
live in eternity, to have conception of eternal life. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Who are we? Hare Kṛṣṇa. In Bhagavad-gītā and
Upaniṣad,
indriyāṇi parāṇy āhur, [indriyebhyaḥ
paraṁ manaḥ
manasas tu parā buddhir, buddher yaḥ paratas tu saḥ]
[“The learned proclaim that the
senses are superior to inert objects, the mind is superior to the senses, and
the faculty of resolute intelligence is superior to the mind. And he who is
superior to the intelligence is the soul himself.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
3.42]
Who are we? To help us to
understand. You see the world of experience, but your senses are more
important. Without your senses the world is nothing to you, in which you think
you are living. So your senses are more important than the outer world. Indriyāṇi
parāṇy āhur, indriyebhyaḥ paraṁ manaḥ.
Then your mind, mental faculty; to take something, to dismiss something, that
principle within you that is more important than your senses. That is sitting
in the centre, and through the channels of your senses you are introduced to
the environment. Manasas tu parā buddhir. Then the faculty of
judgement is higher than your mind. Your mind only wants something, and does
not want something. But judgement faculty, reason will say “Don’t want this,
you try to get that.” That is higher thing within you, try to understand that. Buddher
yaḥ paratas tu saḥ. That is intelligence, and go further up;
there you are. You are not the world of your experience, not the senses,
neither you are in the mental impulse, nor you are in the reason. But above
that, beyond that, try to enquire who are you. Buddhir ātmā maham
para. And in Gītā, buddher yaḥ paratas tu saḥ.
Saḥ eva, you are there. What is above intelligence, you are there,
your personality, your person. Try to understand what is that thing. That is
like a spark of consciousness, spark of light, the feeler who can feel, bhokta.
kārya-kāraṇa-kartṛtve, hetuḥ prakṛtir
ucyate
puruṣaḥ sukha-duḥkhānāṁ, bhoktṛtve
hetur ucyate
[“Material nature has been
delineated as responsible for the cause of the domineering force of the senses,
and the effect as the material body; and the (conditioned) soul himself is
known to be responsible for his accrued happiness and unhappiness.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
13.21]
The feeler is the puruṣa,
the person, puruṣa ete, who is living. This is all abode. And who
is living in this abode, in the house, the person, he’s the enjoyer, of good
and bad, peace and pain, peace and trouble, something. The feeler, that is puruṣa,
that is you, a person is that. And what is felt, that is prakṛti.
Energy is prakṛti, potency. And the feeler of all the activities,
that is the person, you are that, soul. Soul is the feeler, sukha duḥkha, pain and pleasure, the
feeler, you are the feeler. And whatever is being done here, that is the result
of prakṛti, potency.
kārya-kāraṇa-kartṛtve, hetuḥ prakṛtir
ucyate
puruṣaḥ sukha-duḥkhānāṁ, bhoktṛtve
hetur ucyate
Combined by these two;
energetic-al movement and the feeler of that movement. So whatever is going on,
happening here, they are all development of energy, prakṛti,
force. And categorically different thing is the feeler, the onlooker of all
these happenings, events. Drāṣṭā, śrotā,
bhokta, that is the qualification of a person. Take him out, this is all
blind movement, no purpose. But that puruṣa, that feeler is in
relativity with this mundane. He’s attacked with some mania, to become ‘monarch
of all I survey.’ Exploitation, that ‘I must be master and everything, whatever
I feel, I see, that must be subservient to me.’ That tendency is the root of
all his evils, has taken him in connection with this mortal world, treacherous
world. Now this; now that, changing its position every second, frustrating us.
Frustrating, and when we’re in connection with this exploiting atmosphere,
we’re fettered by ignorance and we’re influenced by a force of action and
reaction. By exploiting we’re losing our intrinsic position, incurring loan.
Enjoy means to take loan from the environment, and to clear up the loan we’re
to go down, to clear. I’m in higher position I’m exploiting that of the lower
position, and to clear the loan I shall have to go to lower position, and he’s
coming higher and exacting the loan.
ābrahma-bhuvanāl lokāḥ, punar āvartino ‘rjuna
[mām upetya tu kaunteya, punar janma na vidyate]
[“O Arjuna, from the planet of
Lord Brahmā downwards, the residents of all planets are naturally
subjected to repeated birth and death. But, O Kaunteya, upon reaching Me, there
is no rebirth.”]
[Bhagavad-gītā,
8.16]
In this vicious circle, going
up and down; action, reaction, action, reaction. Vicious circle. To get out of
that vicious circle, that is to get out of the mania of exploitation. ‘I am
master.’ No.
Buddistic, Śaṅkarites
school, they try to show the path of renunciation. ‘Disconnect you with this
evil vicious circle. Give up the principle of exploitation. Don’t allow
yourself to exploit anything. Retire in the deep slumber-like position, samādhi.
Don’t awake in this mischievous world. They will all attract you to enjoy,
offer, ‘Enjoy me!’ And you’re in the trap when you’re going to enjoy and then
you’re being enjoyed. So don’t allow yourself to be enticed by the mania of
exploitation or enjoyment. But try to retire finally, no charm. ‘I don’t like
this useless movement, action reaction. I am disgusted. So slumber, deep
slumber. Never rise from sleep.’
But the Vaiṣṇava
school, they are the fortunate who got connection of the superior world. From
soul, Supersoul, that can come down, he cannot go up. And when they come down
here, gave some news of the upper position, and they then come to know that
there is just a opposite form of life. Life of exploitation, life of
dedication, the opposite, that is the positive and proper life. And this is a
vitiated, where everyone wants to live at the flesh of another, at the cost of
another, wants to live. That is a vitiated, a lower form of, mean form of life.
But the higher, noble form of life is to give, to dedicate. There is higher,
noble life on the upper world. The soul, Supersoul, Super-Supersoul, in this
way.
Here also has developed the
ether, the air, the fire, the water, the earth. And from earth also some mud,
stone, developed in the material. There also in the spiritual higher substance
there is also development, developed condition. Then Brahmaloka,
Vāsudeva-loka, Vaikuṇṭha-loka, Ayodhyā,
Dvārakā; Vṛndāvana; all going up. And the standard is of
dedication. As much as dedication, self-surrender, he will get more and more.
And dedication not temporary, not wilful dedication for the time being, but
eternal. And eternal life in that plane is possible. Die to live. As much as
you can forget, be self-forgetful of your nasty present ego, it is dissolved,
higher form will come from within, higher self. Noble self can come within and
you’ll find that that is the member of that world.
In this way we can, with the
help of the sādhu, Guru, we can have real progress in that line.
This what seems to be concrete to us at present, this will vanish. Everyone,
the scientists as well as spiritualists, they all say that this was created and
this will be dissolved. But that fine thing, that is not to be dissolved; it is
eternal, not created. So no possibility. So if we can find our position in that
subtle world, that is really a real world. That is concrete and this is all
illusion.
yā niśā sarva-bhūtānāṁ, tasyāṁ
jāgarti saṁyamī
yasyāṁ jāgrati bhūtāni, sā niśā
paśyato muneḥ
[“While spiritual awareness is
like night for the living beings enchanted by materialism, the self-realised
soul remains awake, directly relishing the divine ecstasy of his uninterrupted
spiritual intelligence. On the contrary, the wakefulness of materialistic
persons addicted to sense enjoyment is night for the self-realised person who
is completely indifferent to such pursuits. The realised souls, indifferent to
the mundane, are ever joyful in the divine ecstatic plane, while the general
mass is infatuated by fleeting mundane fancies devoid of spiritual joy.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
2.69]
The materialists they’re awake
in this world of matter which is sure to be dissolved. And the spiritualists
they try to live in a subtle form which is like imaginary at present, but that
is concrete, not to be dissolved. And if we can develop our internal self to
that extent, then we...
83.10.11.A
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...portion of my own inner self, I’ll be sure that
the paraphernalia is also similarly sure and concrete and reality. So dive deep
into reality. This is outer cases, eliminate this body of flesh and blood, all
external. Go on within, in the mind, from mind to intelligence, from
intelligence ātmā, from ātmā to
Paramātmā, Vāsudeva, then Vaikuṇṭha, Lakṣmī-Nārāyaṇa,
in this way rasāmṛta-murtiḥ. The rasa, inner demand everywhere is for
ecstasy, is for ānandam, that is happiness, joy. That is the
inner-most principle everywhere. Everyone is searching for maximum pleasure,
joy. And according to that the standard will be measured, what is what.
Just as gold
is the standard, the mark is there, and the rouble, the pound, the dollar, but
the common measurement is gold. Something which as got real value, instead of
papers and stamp.
So the rasa
is the measurement like gold standard. And thereby we’re to judge the value
of things, how much rasa. Rasa is the most intrinsic necessity,
necessary thing for our satisfaction, not knowledge. And rasa is mercy,
or beauty, or love, rasa - similar thing. And our inner hankering, our
inner cry is for that rasa, that beauty. Reality the Beautiful, and
Reality the Love Divine, harmony. So that is the inner hankering, demand, or
cry, and we must march towards that, consciously not blindly, eliminating all
unnecessary things of different gradation.
That from Bhāgavatam
the full fledged theism, Śrī Caitanyadeva came, Kṛṣṇa
as Caitanya came and pointed out. “This is your destination My boy, My friends,
this is your destination. Try - eliminate all other proposals that will
come to you on the way.”
anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyaṁ,
jñāna-karmādy-anāvṛtam / ānukūlyena-kṛṣṇānu-śīlanaṁ
bhaktir uttamā
[“One should
render transcendental loving service to the Supreme Lord Kṛṣṇa
favourably and without desire for material profit or gain through fruitive
activities or philosophical speculation. That is called pure devotional
service.”] [Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindu, 1.1.11] & [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19-167]
& [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.21.11, purport]
Gaura Hari
bol. So who will come to seek the same thing, the destination, they’re our
friends. By mutual help we shall march towards that. That is our campaign. This
is ISKCON. Search for Śrī Kṛṣṇa. In Vedānta
search for Brahman. Brahman means all accommodating, all comprehensive
Brahman, athāto brahma- jijñāsā. And Mahāprabhu,
when that brahma-jijñāsā of Vedānta came in the
hand of Mahāprabhu He gave kṛṣṇānusandhāna,
the living Brahman, not abstract. Not only the power of knowledge, but power of
heart. Heart is the main thing, not the brain. Brain utilised for many things,
but the recipient is the heart. Heart’s satisfaction can really give us
fulfilment. So when that brahma-jijñāsā, the enquiry after the
all comprehensive which is comprehending everything, what is that, where we
are? When it came to Mahāprabhu it became ‘where is Kṛṣṇa?’
My beloved friend, the Lord of My heart.’ That was transformed into Kṛṣṇa,
Brahman, the Lord heart. Brahma Vedānta, brahma-jijñāsā,
that intellectualism came here in the form of service for the Lord, dedication
for the Lord wholesale, and to be gratified, enlivened, got life. The Vedānta
got life in Bhāgavatam. And Mahāprabhu’s Personality came,
how to do that practically. He hinted, came and by His own practice He taught
us. In this way we shall go on Kṛṣṇa. Through the Name,
through the service of the devotees, śravaṇa, kīrtana,
Name, and everything connecting this heart’s satisfaction. Kṛṣṇānusandhāna.
Lord of our heart, we must search for Him.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Kṛṣṇa.
Kṛṣṇa.
...
...automatically, we may not care for these little comforts here and
there, more than that.
Devotee: Yes, something
higher. Yet such high comfort you’re giving us, we cannot compare to the best
comfort in the material world.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: A sincere man will look after that. That is all.
Anyhow to go on with this material life, but our attention will be towards
that. Food and comfort for the self. Bodily comfort and food etc anyhow of
middle class, not very bad and not very good. Anyhow to...
Devotee: We found very
good. We’ve already feasted three times. Very good food here, everything.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Gaura Hari.
Devotee: Because of Your
Grace we’re having this hope of proceeding towards what you have described to
us. Otherwise we could not go on, because we would not see where we’re going.
But you’re describing to us where we’re going. Therefore by Your Grace we’re
feeling some necessity to go that way.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa. Nitāi Gaura Hari
bol. Kṛṣṇa is dealing correspondingly with you. As we deserve
so we have.
Devotee: Ha, ha, ha. I do
not deserve but by causeless mercy He’s brought me here.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Then what has taken you here? Eh? You don’t be
ungrateful to your inner hankering. So many things to hanker after. That noble
awakening within you, ignoring the charming environment and taking you to
somewhere else. Śraddhā, faith, that is our guide, faith.
Devotee: I have no
choice. By your charm you have forced me.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ________ [?] easily got.
brahmāṇḍa brhamite kona
bhāgyavān jīva, [guru-kṛṣṇa-prasāde
pāya bhakti-latā-bīja]
[“Wandering
throughout the material universe, the very fortunate living entity who receives
the grace of Guru and Kṛṣṇa receives the seed of the creeper
of devotional service.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.151]
While
wandering through the eighty four lākhs of species, so many
different births, innumerable, very fortunately can get, have, a point of that
faith, a drop. A drop of that faith, that is acquired unconsciously by the
grace of the devotees, the divine agents, anyhow acquired, differently. Suppose
I’m a cow, my milk is taken for the service of Kṛṣṇa: I’m a
creeper, my body has been cooked for the curry of Kṛṣṇa: in
this way unconsciously I have collected. Anyhow my energy is taken towards Kṛṣṇa’s
service by the so many agents that are moving here to distribute Kṛṣṇa.
In this way we have collected that faith, sukṛti. Sukṛti can
produce that faith, and when faith comes we associate with persons that have
similar faith. And then by their help, glory.
brahmāṇḍa brhamite kona
bhāgyavān jīva, guru-kṛṣṇa-prasāde
pāya bhakti-latā-bīja
mālī
hañā kare sei bīja āropaṇa, śravaṇa-kīrttana-jale
karaye secana
[“When a person receives the seed of
devotional service, he should take care of it by becoming a gardener and sowing
the seed in his heart. If he waters the seed gradually by the process of śravaṇa
and kīrtana, the seed will begin to sprout.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.152]
upajiyā
bāḍe latā 'brahmāṇḍa' bhedi' yāya,
['virajā,' 'brahmaloka,' bhedi' 'para-vyoma' pāya
tabe yāya
tad upari 'goloka-vṛndāvana', 'kṛṣṇa-caraṇa'-kalpavṛkṣe
kare ārohana]
[“The creeper of devotion is born, and grows
to pierce the wall of the universe. It crosses the Virajā river and the
Brahman plane, and reaches to the Vaikuṇṭha plane. Then it grows
further up to Goloka Vṛndāvana, finally reaching to embrace the
wish-yielding tree of Kṛṣṇa's Lotus Feet.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.153-4]
Different
stages of this material life of exploitation here we’re to pass through and
goes to Vaikuṇṭha, then to Goloka, in this way. So you also should
be grateful to your faith that was acquired by the grace of so many sādhus,
saints, in your past. It is their grace, accumulated, combined, has opened your
inner tendency. And that is searching for the proper soil, that is discoursed,
opened, the inner hankering, and that is trying for his own soil, where we can
live, where we can thrive. In the association of the sādhu I can
thrive. Inner __________ [?] crops, from the seed the first sprout, that sprout
has come and wants the soil where I shall live and grow.
Gaura Hari.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
So valuable
thing, that śraddhā, so śraddhā is a most
valuable thing which has differentiated from the world outside, ____________
[?] of the world, crying for exploitation of different types, madly running for
exploitation tendency facility outside. And to try to save from that struggle,
and in a peaceful way to grow so that to catch the Holy Feet of the Lord for
service. The affection, the friendly Lord, not Lord, Fatherhood of Godhead.
“Lord, Father, give me bread.” Not only that, enter into the family of God.
Eternal service, family service, very intimate service of God. Mayātma-bhūyāya
ca kalpate.
[martyo yadā tyakta-samasta-karmā,
niveditātmā vicikīrṣito me
tadāmṛtatvaṁ pratipadyamāno,
mayātma-bhūyāya ca kalpate vai]
[“One who is
subjected to birth and death attains immortality when he gives up all material
activities, dedicates his life to the execution of My order, and acts according
to My directions. In this way, he becomes fit to enjoy the spiritual bliss
derived from exchanging loving mellows with Me.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.29.34]
“They come
and enter Me, that enters My family, enters My group, and gets the confidential
service.”
Always under
the guidance of the higher eternal servitors they can attain that, that
friendly life ____ [?] different group, Rādhārāṇī.
Eh?
Devotee: ___________ [?]
83.10.13.A
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...and joined the allied party, thinking that the
allied party is sure to win the war. So you may, if you join this recruitment
list, then you’ll have great prospect in your future life. You students
consider and come. In the first great wartime Wilson was the President, and the
second perhaps Roosevelt, maybe? Second great war? Who was the President,
Roosevelt? And the General in the second great war was Eisenhower was the
Commander in Chief of the whole allied party. And the first great war General
_____________ [?] he was the Commander in Chief of the whole of the allied
party.
And Kaiser,
then Makinson [?], Goering. No, Goering with Hitler. Kaiser, his Makinson [?],
I forget.
With Hitler,
Goering, Goebbels, the Generals. And the first was Hindenburg, he was the
General appointed on the eastern side. And he captured twenty thousand perhaps
of Russian soldiers in ________ [?] Hindenburg. And there was revolt in Russia
at that time. Hindenburg, big General on the eastern side fighting with Russia.
Czar at that time.
His part came
from very small occasion. Serbia and Austria. Austria a very big area. Serbia
was small. But Austrian Prince went to visit Serbia - he married there, and
anyhow Austrian Prince was __________ [?]
And that was the spark of the conflagration of that
first great war. Austria declared war against Serbia. And Serbia is that Slav
country, Slav nationality. So Russia came to side Serbia. As Russia came,
Germany at once sided Austria, Austria and them combined at that time, a big
area, Austria __ [?] When German Kaiser came to help Austria, then France
joined Russia, that Serbia. British kept aloof for the time being. But Kaiser,
German nation they’re very gifted nation, Germany.
Badrinārāyaṇa: Guru Mahārāja. Śyāmānanda
prabhu is German by birth.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah. Some mystic connection there is between Germany
and myself. I do not know why. When I was a student in the school, when I read
about Germany, some sort of mystic connection. Later I knew that they’re great
appreciator of the Hindu civilisation, Hindu culture, Vedic culture. They’re
called Huns. “Furious Frank and fiery Huns.” I read in an English poem.
“Furious Frank and fiery Huns.”
['Tis morn, but scarce yon lurid sun, can pierce the
war-clouds, rolling dun,
where furious Frank and fiery Hun, shout in their sulphurous canopy.]
[From the poem Hohenlinden (1803) by
Scottish poet Thomas Campbell,
1777–1844]
They’re known
as Huns. Huns means haṁsa. In the beginning there were two
sections in the civilised nation, two developed, haṁsa and
paramahaṁsa. In Bhāgavatam we find in the beginning of
the first Satya- yuga there were only two divisions in caste, paramahaṁsa
and haṁsa. Hans, haṁsa has been known as Hans.
Rajaput they’re also told they come out of Hans origin.
And
Swāmī Mahārāja has told that when Paraśurāma He
began to exterminate the kṣatriyas from India, many kṣatriyas
they migrated towards Germany and settled there. They’re of Indian origin,
direct.
Hans, fiery
Huns, so they’re appreciator of Indian culture.
I loved
Hitler also, liked him very much, because for his social reformation.
He asked all
the ladies, “Go to the family, from the office and other positions. Go to the
family, give me good children, I shall reward you.” He sent all the ladies back
to the family. “I want good children.”
And also he
ordered to sterilise the diseased and ordinary undesirable persons for
marriage.
“No. I don’t
want that Germany will be filled up with diseased persons. I want that Germany
will be filled with brilliant and able young men.”
Devotee: ____________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Oh. These were very appealing to me, that quality
I... At that time I was preaching in Karachi, I had a discussion with some
British officer. I told him that I appreciate these dealings of Hitler very
much. He’s sending the ladies to the family, and he wants to sterilise the
undesirable persons, not allowed to produce any bad defective children in the
country.
“I want that
the whole country will be filled up with strong and brilliant young men.”
Prajar grha-medhinah [?]. Marriage is not for sense
pleasure. Marriage is meant to produce children. And children, that should be
the aim of marriage. The aim of marriage will be to get good children. Prajar
grha-medhinah. Where it is in Bhāgavatam. Prajar grha-medhinah,
Raghu vaṁśa, and
_____________ [?] in Bhāgavatam. The marriage meant not for sense
pleasure but to produce good children.
And in Gītā
[10.28] also prajanaś cāśmi kandarpaḥ. “I am kandarpaḥ. I am that lust, that principle, but only where it is
required for - to produce children, and not for any sense pleasure.”
In Bhāgavatam,
kāmasya
nendriya-prītir, lābho jīveta yāvatā [jīvasya
tattva-jijñāsā nārtho yaś ceha karmabhiḥ]
[“Life’s
desires should never be directed toward sense gratification. One should desire
only a healthy life, or self-preservation, since a human being is meant for
enquiry about the Absolute Truth. Nothing else should be the goal of one’s
works.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.2.10]
Sense
pleasure is not the object of life anywhere.
So Hitler did
it. “I want good children in Germany, and not for sense pleasure. Who has got
money he will marry and diseased children he’ll produce, I can’t tolerate that,
barred.” That was his idea.
German
thoroughness, there is an expression, German thoroughness. What they do they do
perfectly. In British period also here, Japan gave things very cheaply but
they’re not very useful. You want, get, supply good things but costly. Cheap
and good things supplied only Germany.
After first
great war Germany of course was bound to pay an innumerable quantity of loan,
debt to clear. It was the burden of great debt, to cover the cost of the war
was thrown on his head. What to do? He’ll have to clear. But anyhow he managed,
Germany, she managed that. “I shall pay off the debt as you’ve fixed, not by
money but by supplying industrial things.”
They had to
agree otherwise at present that devastated Germany how can she pay by money. So
industrial things they wanted, they admitted that. “Yes, you’ll give up things.”
But German
commodities as loan they took, England, France, they took, and when they began
to sell in the market that had the first choice. And their own industry began
to die. Ha, ha, ha. So much so that at last they abolished that, “No, we don’t want
any loan from you. No industrial things we’re going to take. Our market is
finished.”
Germany. And
that Hitler classification. Clever and industrious. He told, “I try to fill up
all my worker’s position from this section.” He classified them. “Clever and
industrious, clever and lazy. Stupid and industrious, stupid and lazy.” Four
classifications.
“So clever
and industrious I want to fill up my whole acting campaign. And clever and
lazy, I want to make them as leader of the department.” A peculiar thing.
“Because they’re clever they’ll be able to manage the office, and lazy, they’ll
not be spent up, their energy will be saved. They’ll always save their energy,
at the time of need I shall get their help. So I make them the officer class,
from the clever and lazy, officer class.” This is peculiar thing, clever and
lazy, from that section officers are selected. “And clever and industrious they
fill up the general workmen.”
“And stupid
and lazy, if I can I shall try to find something, some job for them. But stupid
and industrious, I keep them far away. Because industrious they must do
something, and stupid they’ll do wrong. So another group will be necessary to
undo their action. So stupid and industrious I keep very far away.”
And we also
think stupid and industrious is the karmī class. And stupid and
lazy is the jñānī, the renunciationist, stupid and lazy. And
clever and industrious are the Vaiṣṇavas. And clever and lazy is Kṛṣṇa.
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha, ha. One Vaiṣṇava classified in
this way. Ha, ha, ha.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Eisenhower he
was a German by birth, but he had that task to fight against Germany. He was
German by birth, Eisenhower.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
And Einstein, first he was in Germany, but afterwards he fled from there. He
was Yehudi by birth. So when Yehudi murdering campaign, that is a very black
spot on Hitler, heinous actions. Because in the first great war Yehudis they
betrayed Germany. I was told at that time. So in this second great war Hitler
was very much, too much anti Yehudi. So much so that heinously murdering them
in cold blood. Ke?
Badrinārāyaṇa: Akṣayānanda Mahārāja.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Oh. At last Akṣay...
...
...if some
filth thrown that side, that will surely come over my body and make me dirty.
So these
Ācāryas are direct appointment of Swāmī Mahārāja.
In the first occasion I...
...
Wholesale
faith and wholesale surrendered to the divine idea, personified in one place.
And I’m asked, just as we can give up one suit or shoe, leaving one and take
another. To change Guru like that is horrible thing. Crush the innermost
sentiment of the soul. The finest sentiment in the soul will be there, and if
that is to be plagued like this that is very, very intolerable, disastrous,
unfortunate. What can we do?
Gaura Hari
bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
Then the next
man is Kīrtanānanda...
...
Ha, ha, ha.
Hand shaking of different kinds. It may be formal. Suppose Reagan comes to see
the Russian President, for courtesy, formality sake, may shake hands, but the
opposite.
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: It may be formal, and it may be real, hand shaking.
When Lal
Bahadur Shastri, for one year he was the Prime Minister, he went to visit
Russia, and he gave namas te, not hand shaking, namas te. And
that was very much appreciated by them. By hand shaking and the courtesy as namas
te, folded palms from far away without touching the body. Some made some
remark there may be some contagious disease also by hand shaking. That is not
very good. But namas te from far away, that sort of courtesy that is
well and good.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Giving fitting honour to our leaders from a
distance.
Mahārāja, I also have one letter from Mañjuālī.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. What is that?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: She’s in England now.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: How long, how many days?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: She hopes to leave London by the sixteenth or
seventeenth, that’s within only three or four days.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: She’s expected here?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: No. To leave there, to leave London.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: To leave London.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Sixteenth or seventeenth.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Sixteenth or seventeenth. Then from there to India?
Direct?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes. But the plane ticket is a little uncertain. So
- got this letter from America.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Any possibility of her meeting with Jayatīrtha
Mahārāja?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Doesn’t say that.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Or Vaiṣṇava Charan?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: No.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Jayatīrtha Mahārāja may try to see
Vaiṣṇava Charan at least.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: She’s staying with Aranya Mahārāja and
maybe with Mr. Sharma.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hmm, that’s good. Gaura Hari.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: But the men of Jayatīrtha are giving some
trouble to Aranya Mahārāja.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Jayatīrtha?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yeah. They want one of his - he had a big
painting, a life size photograph of Swāmī Mahārāja. Aranya
Mahārāja has got that. So Jayatīrtha’s men say that ‘You must
give us that big picture, otherwise we’ll go to court.’ Childish dealings.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: They’re asking Aranya Mahārāja?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yeah. They’re threatening him.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: “You’ve no right to keep Swāmī
Mahārāja’s photo.”
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yeah. It’s a special picture which they like very
much also. It’s a like, big like.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes, but Aranya Mahārāja he’s continuing
to be the disciple of Swāmī Mahārāja.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yeah. Of course.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Then, why? They may go to court, but how they can
ask him to remove that?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Idle brāhmaṇa. Also one letter
from Sudhīra Mahārāja.
You might have heard it.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What is there? I forgot.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: That in Africa, Yudhāmanyu says there’s one boy
there, Tulasī dāsa, one
ISKCON man, Tulasī dāsa,
he had Yudhāmanyu arrested for distributing Search For Śrī Kṛṣṇa.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. He was?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: He was arrested, Yudhāmanyu was arrested by the
order of this Tulasī dāsa,
in one shopping centre in public place in Africa.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So none will be allowed to sell any other book?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: How it can be the law? I can’t understand.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Well, because the police they do not this selling
anyway, they don’t like the book selling anyway, so Tulasī
dāsa has made this cross, tactic...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So they’re trying to oppose this book, by hook or by
crook?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: A dangerous bullet.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Dangerous bullet. Cannon.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Cannon. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari
bol.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: That’s all the news.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari.
Acyutānanda
remarked a very good expression. “Kṛṣṇa
dancing.” When he was sent to Dāmodara Mahārāja by me for the
negotiation of the land at that place where ISKCON is at present, for some days
he had to stay there. And Dāmodara Mahārāja giving some food he
fled away for bhikṣā or something. And what was given to him that was
finished, and after few days fasting he came here suddenly.
Then someone
asked, “Why did you stay there for - one day nothing, you could have come earlier?
Why after two days fasting you’ve come here?”
“Kṛṣṇa
dancing, He’s dancing, He has no time to cast glance to any. He’s mad in His
own dance. And also dancing in that flow He’s pushing so many things in
different directions. He does not care for it. He’s dancing in His own sweet
way. And by that wave so many things are thrown aside by His autocratic type of
dancing. So no attention possible for Him to give to us. Whether I’m fasting,
or I’m dying, or I’m living, does not matter to Him. He’s dancing in His own
way, careless of the environment.”
I also read
in B.A. class in the Preface of a book, Mudalakha [?] the author was a
Śivaite, devotee of Śiva. In the introduction he wrote one poem,
there he told that, “Śiva wanted to dance, Mahādeva, Rudra, who is
supposed to be the destroying agent of the whole creation, Rudra. He wanted
once to dance with His full sentiment. But if he pushes, moves his legs a
little strongly then the earth going down. If he throws his arms and hands
over, so many stars are being displaced. Then what to do? The poor
Mahādeva wanted to dance but he could not get the opportunity to dance in
his fullest way.”
So big
vibration flows are like that, nirguṇa. That is nirguṇa is
the highest type of automatic flow. And we’re asked to join the dancing in that
plane. That is the dancing of Kṛṣṇa. The most fundamental
plane having its flow, not ether, but further, more, most fundamental plane.
That is bhakti, devotion. That is For Itself. Reality is For Itself.
This kind, the flow of this quality. Everything For Him without caring so many
local interests and provincial interests of so many other agents. Ahaitukī
apratihatā.
sa vai puṁsāṁ paro dharmo, yato
bhaktir adhokṣaje
ahaituky apratihatā, yayātmā
suprasīdati
[“The supreme
occupation (dharma) for all humanity is that by which men can attain to
loving devotional service unto the transcendental Lord. Such devotional service
must be unmotivated and uninterrupted to completely satisfy the self.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.2.6]
The great
declaration of Bhāgavatam, Śukadeva. Already there is the
fundamental plane, the flow, the dancing is going on there. Everything wants to
satisfy the whole, not any partial demand, not provincial interest, but the
Absolute Interest. And everything is dancing to satisfy that most fundamental
plane that is Kṛṣṇa, the Autocrat.
Ahaitukī apratihatā. What is bhakti, devotion proper? What is the
absolute duty of the jīva soul, of all of us, absolute call of
duty, absolute nature of duty? What is that? Sa vai puṁsāṁ
paro dharmo. The highest duty of everyone is this. What is that? Paro
dharmo, yato bhaktir adhokṣaje. Our adherence, our faithfulness, our
submission to the unseen, to the transcendental. What cannot be reckoned by any
interested sentiment of us. Yato adhokṣaje. Ahaitukī and
apratihatā. And that is causeless, and that is eternally flowing,
no beginning, no end. And none can oppose it. Irresistible. Causeless and
irresistible. That is no past, all present, no future, all present. No transformation,
always new brand continuing, continuous flow, nitya, eternal. The
eternal most fundamental flow for the satisfaction of the Absolute Whole. That
is the most undercurrent fundamental wave. And we, leaving all our provincial
and local interest to join that. That is what is necessary, that is śuddha
bhakti. Kṛṣṇa is dancing and we’re to connect us in that
sort of wave of dancing.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Mahārāja. ________________________________
[?]
Devotee:
__________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Sa vai puṁsāṁ paro dharmo, yato
bhaktir adhokṣaje. Adhokṣaja means transcendental, which is not
to come with your sense perception, whether gross or fine, whether physical or
mental, beyond that. Beyond that a flow is going on that is nirguṇa.
Guṇa means that separate interest, local, provincial interest, group
interest, extended selfish interest. No. Wholesale.
So Hegel says
in his philosophy, “Reality must be By Itself and For Itself.” That will be the
main sign of reality. If He exists to satisfy any other thing then that will be
higher. And if He’s caused, created by another then the creator will be higher.
So if we say anything absolute then the cause is within, and the future, the
satisfaction, the purpose of existence, also within. These two things must be
given - Everything is For Himself, For Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa
priti. Every point in the Absolute Existence, they enquire after
satisfaction of the Whole.
ahaṁ hi sarva-yajñānāṁ,
bhoktā ca prabhur eva ca
[na tu mām abhijānanti,
tattvenātaś cyavanti te]
[“-Because I
alone am the enjoyer and rewarder of all sacrifices. But since they cannot know
Me in this way, they again undergo birth, disease, infirmity, and death.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
9.24]
“I’m the
enjoyer of everything here. And you come to harmonise with Me in that way,
you’ll be saved, you’ll be normal. Otherwise you’ll be abnormal and there’ll be
hitch between you and ABC, so many. But that plane you must find out, and you
must tune yourself with that layer.”
That is what
is nirguṇa, this is nirguṇa. And not summation of all
negation as the Buddhists or the Śaṅkarites, ‘summation of all
negation, sum total of all negativeness, that is nirguṇa, that is
zero, an abstract philosophical zero.’ That is not nirguṇa. Zero
is not nirguṇa. But it is positive, and it is full fledged flow,
and it is For Itself, and it is eternal. That is the concrete thing underlined.
And that is beautiful, that is love. That is not power, neither power nor
knowledge only, intellectualism. But that is love, that is beauty, all
attractive, all accommodating. And that is the highest force, highest justice,
all within that. Justice as well as power are subservient to that beauty, such
absolute beautiful. Harmony, beauty, love, affection, all similar things.
And that is
the finding of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam. And Mahāprabhu
Śrī Caitanydeva recommended for us only the same. Try to go that
side. Try to achieve the wholesale. The whole fortune you may get there,
highest fortune of all of us is there. That is His call, approach generally
through the sound, that will be easy. Without approaching - eye
experience, but ear experience you try to use, it will be very simple. Very
simple to try to utilise the ear experience. Then all other experience also may
be used to help it, the eye experience, the Śrī Mūrti,
Arcā, so many other experience may be utilised. But ear experience should
be given the lead of your approach towards that world. With the subtle most,
hear, the ether, sound, and nearer to that most subtle sense experience is
sound. So with sound only you can approach, but sound must be surcharged with
truth, not false sound, nāmākṣara, nāmāparādha.
No.
Where did you
get the proper sound, Vaikuṇṭha śabda, the sound which
is surcharged with Divinity? Through the agent, sādhu, Ṣaḍ
Guru. With the help of the scriptures you’re to understand Ṣaḍ
Guru, the real bona fide agent, and connecting through him you may take the
course of the sound experience mainly. The scripture, that is also sound,
visualised sound, scripture is.
So anyhow,
that is the world, that is your inner most hankering there for beauty, for
affection, for love. Neither for justice, or knowledge, nor for power. Power
cannot quench your thirst, and knowledge also can’t quench your thirst. But
without knowledge, without power, only that love can quench your thirst,
independent of knowledge and power.
Karmīs, they’re seekers
after power, they want to become masters of potency. And the jñānīs
their ultimate goal to know things and finish the negation. All that
experience to be cast off, nothing to keep, they find ultimately. Justice says
all dismissed, there’s some sort of defect, dismiss it. Neti, neti, neti.
In this way. Tamna, tamna, tamna. This is not, this is not, this is not.
In this way, in this process they’ll eliminate everything and go to
nothingness, nothing is good. So all things of experience eliminated, only
knower alone, that is samādhi. Subject living alone, divorcing all
sorts of environmental experience, that is known as samādhi. If you
wake, that is deep slumber, if you wake you will be conscious of so many things
and they’re all mortal, you’re contaminated. So you’re not to wake, not to come
in connection with the environment. If you do that you’ll come in connection
with the mortality, with the change undesirable.
But the Vaiṣṇavas
say that soul eliminating all this mortal environment, he can with the help of
the higher agents, if he can secure a visa then he can enter another land,
happy land. The passport won’t be effective. Visa is necessary to enter there.
And visa is given only to them who will have some contribution to that
particular land. With this consideration visa is given. So when we shall be
prepared to do something good for the land, that is serve the land, then we’ll
be allowed there. So with the spirit of service, that is the inner most
function of the soul, we can come across that spiritual land, land of
dedication. Land of exploitation, land of dedication, in the middle the
abscissa, the land of renunciation condition. Mainly these things. Bhoga,
bhukti, mukti, bhakti. Bhukti, bhoga,
enjoyment. Mukti, renunciation, release, relief from reaction. And then bhakti,
dedication. By dedication we can enter, have the opportunity of entering into
another land, another plane of life, which is grand. But there is also sense of
duty and some regulation in the beginning, but...
83.10.13.B_83.10.14.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...enters into labour, dedication, then no
regulations, no duty consciousness - all disappears, only labour of
love. If we do not do our service we don’t feel any better within us. That is rāga, anurāga,
that is the labour of love. They cannot sit idle, they cannot but do the sweet
service of the Lord. Very sweet, sweetness is the urge which gives them impetus
to work for his Lord. That is the highest position of life, labour of love,
sweet labour of love. And that is all satisfying. That is found in Vṛndāvana,
Vraja, or Goloka, the higher sphere.
Vaikuṇṭha
has got straight angle hemisphere, two and a half rasa, śanta,
dāsya, sākhya half is found in Vaikuṇṭha.
No confidential service, half confidential, and mainly with the attitude of
Master and man the service is done. And also respect is there.
But in the
other half more friendly, then it takes the shape of filial service,
affectionate. And then in the service of consort-hood, the wholesale
transaction is possible there. There are also different groups. We’re told that
the main group of the highest type of service is in the camp of
Rādhārāṇī. Our attraction is that line, our Guru
Mahārāja. In our Guru Paramparā we find that, in the Guru
Paramparā.
mahāprabhu śrī-caitanya,
rādhā-kṛṣṇa nahe anya
rūpānuga janera jīvana viśwambhara
priyaṅkara
śrī-swarūpa dāmodara,
śrī-goswāmī rūpa-sanātana
[“Mahāprabhu Śrī Caitanya is non-different from
Śrī Śrī Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa and is
the very life of those Vaiṣṇavas who follow Śrī Rūpa
Goswāmī. Śrī Svarūpa Dāmodara Goswāmī,
Rūpa Goswāmī, and Sanātana Goswāmī were the
givers of great happiness to Viśvambhara (Śrī Caitanya).”]
[Brahma-Mādhva-Gauḍīya Sampradāya, 6] [Compiled by
Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī Ṭhākura]
[Songs Of
The Vaiṣṇava Ācāryas, p 90-2]
All in the
camp of Rādhārāṇī’s sweet service rendered by heart.
The acme, highest conception of the realisation possible ever in the whole.
Rādhā dāsya, Rādhā kaiṅkaryyaṁ.
So not to be pushing enough to approach direct towards Kṛṣṇa,
but to try to enter into the camp of Rādhārāṇī and
there to become adjusted in any particular line of service there. Also many
things in details are there. So mainly we’re part of potency, and the whole
potency is represented by Rādhārāṇī in its fullest
form. And anyhow to be adjusted there within Her camp, that should be the
highest aim. Gradually we shall understand that. It is mainly given in the Guru
Paramparā, and in the mantram also which we get from Guru. There also the
meaning is there in that, and it will lead us there. So the formula is there,
and by the formula we shall give attention, and we shall try to find out what
is within. And also what is within in me.
‘My finest
element in me, and the finest element in the formula, that will be connected
and harmonised, adjusted. This is my goal. And I’m also mixed with so many
things, thoughts and ideas, but my inner existence is found in this formula.
Eliminating all these outer dress, I shall try to find out myself, according to
this formula. This is - here is myself. I have acquired foreign things,
so many, wandering in this material world of exploitation, but this is all
foreign, unnecessary. Eliminate, eliminate. And what am I? It is mentioned in
the formula. That is my inner self, and I must reach that goal.’
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
And all our spiritual advices in the line of Guru Paramparā, they’re also
in that line. Any way we shall have to go to merge in that line, following
them, we shall be their followers, strict sense followers.
Gaura Hari.
Gaura Hari. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi
Gaura Hari bol.
Long and
short of the whole thing is like this.
Kṛṣṇa.
Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Ke?
Devotee:
____________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _______________ [?]
...
________ [?]
The success of karma is in jñāna, in attainment over jñāna.
na hi jñānena sadṛśaṁ, pavitram
iha vidyate
[tat svayaṁ yoga-saṁsiddhaḥ,
kālenātmani vindati]
[“Among the
aforementioned practices of sacrifice, austerity, and yoga, there is nothing as
pure as divine knowledge. After a long time, a person who has achieved
perfection in his practice on the path of selfless action realises such
knowledge spontaneously within his heart.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
4.38]
But proper jñāna
is sambandha jñāna. And this is artificial, undesirable jñāna,which
is going towards Brahman conception and limit that. And gradually from the
material conception comes to spiritual conception, and then that Brahman and jīva
in the same rank. And again Parabrahman, Vāsudeva, Nārāyaṇa,
in this way it is proceeding towards.
[śreyān dravyamayād yajñāj,
jñāna-yajñaḥ parantapa]
sarvaṁ karmākhilaṁ pārtha,
jñāne parisamāpyate
[“O Arjuna,
subduer of the enemy, of those various sacrifices, the sacrifice of knowledge
as mentioned, brahmāgnāv apare [Gītā, 4.25]
is far superior to the sacrifice of various articles, indicated by brahmārpaṇaṁ
brahma haviḥ [Gītā, 4.24], because all action
ultimately culminates in knowledge.”]
[Bhagavad-gītā,
4.33]
tat svayaṁ yoga-saṁsiddhaḥ,
kālenātmani vindati [Bhagavad-gītā,
4.38]
śraddhāvān labhate jñānaṁ
tat-paraḥ saṁyatendriyaḥ
jñānaṁ labdhvā parāṁ
śāntim acireṇādhigacchati
[“After
internal purification through non-fruitive action, genuine knowledge arises.
Such knowledge is attained by the intelligent, sense-controlled theist who
accepts this scriptural purport, and who with sublime faith remains devoted to
the path of selfless action. He swiftly attains the profound tranquillity of
eradicating the vicious cycle of recurring birth and death.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
4.39]
Then, jñānī
namapi.
koṭi-jñāni-madhye haya eka-jana 'mukta'
koti-mukta-madhye 'durlabha' eka kṛṣṇa-bhakta
[“Out of many
millions of such wise men, one may actually become liberated, and out of many
millions of such liberated persons, a pure devotee of Lord Kṛṣṇa
is very difficult to find.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.148]
In this way
gradation is passing through, that sort of jñāna, not artificial jñāna,
abnormal jñāna. Knowledge proper, which is not promised to avoid
personal conception of the Absolute, that sort of jñāna.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Niṣkāma karma proper therefore
means bhakti.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Niṣkāma karma, that is which is
ordered by the Vedas in varṇāśrama, to do that
without any particular object, or aim.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Duty.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Because the Vedas have asked me to do I do.
That is niṣkāma. Then knowledge proper will come out of that.
And that knowledge also if rightly followed, then Parabrahman jñāna will
come. After Brahman there is Parabrahman. In this way in a fair way it will
make progress. And that is unfair way, jñāna yoga. In that chapter
perhaps jñāna yoga is being dealt _______ [?]
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes. Previous chapter karma yoga.
Devotee:
________________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _______________________________ [?]
...
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: ...means that the actual jñāna yoga
is...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Niṣkāma karma
___________________________ [?] Not forced knowledge but automatic outcome of niṣkāma
karma. That is sure to lead towards bhakti.
loke vyavāyāmiṣa-madya-sevā,
nityā hi jantor na hi tatra codanā
[vyavasthitis teṣu
vivāha-yajña,-surā-grahair āsu nivṛttir iṣṭā]
[“Everyone is
naturally inclined to have sex, eat meat, and drink wine. There is no need for
the scripture to encourage these things. The scriptures do, however, give
concessions to people who are determined to do these things. The scriptures
therefore grant a license to enjoy sex by allowing sexual intercourse with
one’s lawfully wedded wife at the proper time of the month. They grant a
license to eat meat to those who perform a certain kind of sacrifice, and a
license to drink wine to those who perform the Sautramani sacrifice. The
purpose of granting these licenses for sense gratification is only to restrict
these activities and encourage people to give them up altogether. The real
intention of the Vedic injunctions regarding sex, meat-eating, and
wine-drinking is to make one abstain from these activities.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.5.11]
Just as
according to the classification, the stage of the audience, instalment is
given, something.
parokṣa-vādo vedo 'yaṁ,
[bālānām anuśāsanam
karma-mokṣāya karmāṇi, vidhatte
hy agadaṁ yathā]
[“Childish
and foolish people are attached to materialistic, fruitive activities, although
the actual goal of life is to become free from such activities. Therefore, the
Vedic injunctions indirectly lead one to the path of ultimate liberation by
first prescribing fruitive religious activities, just as a father promises his
child candy so that the child will take his medicine.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.3.44]
In the mind,
just as a scholar is giving training to a boy, he knows much, but in that way
he’s giving some small instalment to him. But in his mind that gradually he’ll
lead to this side, that thing, adhikāra. Niṣkāma
karma, then jñāna, and jñāna proper, when he’s
guided towards Bhāgavata, Personal God, not impersonal. Impersonal, that
is an artificial thing. In general the natural way must go to - jñāna
means person. As I say, that I’m a person, I’m a particle of knowledge, I’m a
person. And the ocean of knowledge, that is not person, that is substance like
ocean water, or ether? But a particle, I’m endowed with individuality, so,
bahūnāṁ janmanām ante,
jñānavān māṁ prapadyate
vāsudevaḥ [sarvam iti, sa mahātmā
sudurlabhaḥ]
[“After many,
many births, the knowledgeable person (who happens to attain the association of
such a pure devotee) finally comes to understand that the whole universe of
moving and stationary being is of the nature of Vāsudeva alone, inasmuch
as all are subordinate to Vāsudeva. Having grasped this conception, he
surrenders unto Me. Know such a great soul to be extremely rare.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
7.19]
When a jñānī
can feel that He’s Vāsudeva, it is not Brahman, inner substance of
spirit. But spirit means automatically person. He’s a big person. Big knowledge
means big person, the biggest person. Knowledge means person. I’m a particle of
knowledge, I’m person. So knowledge means personality. Anu caitanya is anu
person, and bṛhat caitanya is bṛhat person. He’s
Vāsudeva.
Then bhakti
begins, head bends to His feet. Otherwise I’m one, I’m a particle of the
ocean of consciousness, all inert thing, or impersonal, one and the same. But
the big person, the ocean is personified, and I’m a spark, or drop personified,
anu caitanya, and the ocean’s personified, so I must submit to the
ocean. That is the natural flow of the knowledge proper.
Vedic
knowledge is drawing towards that direction. So jñāna yoga means
knowledge of that type. And this is mislead knowledge which is taking towards
brahma jñāna, so ‘ham. So ‘ham, it is all right, so ‘ham, but
what is sa, there the difference. ‘I’m spirit,’ so far common, but there
is also qualitative difference, in spiritual substance. Just as in material -
material stone and water is not same thing. Ether also material and stone also
material. So in the spiritual substance also gradation, taṭa-stha.
Then Vaikuṇṭha spirit, then Goloka spirit, then differentiation
there.
And Kṛṣṇa
also. Kṛṣṇa in Vṛndāvana, and when Kṛṣṇa
in Vaikuṇṭha They’re different Kṛṣṇa. They’re
inseparable, all Avatāra, They’re rather treated as functional position. Kṣīrodakaśāyī
Viṣṇu, Kāraṇārṇavaśāyī Viṣṇu,
They’re all Supreme, but Supreme with the difference in function. We’re to take
like that. Even Kṛṣṇa conception there is gradation. Svayaṁ-Bhagavān
only by the side of Rādhārāṇī. Svayaṁ-Rūpa,
then Svayaṁ-Prakāśa, Prabhāva, Vaibhava. In this way in Kṛṣṇa
conception also there is gradation.
So in
realisation there is always gradation. But they cannot be divided into separate
parts, so we’re to think like limited function, and bigger function, in this
way small and big. In this way we’re to think.
Nārāyaṇa and Kṛṣṇa, continuous, same
one, but functional difference.
Just as king
in the court, king in the harem, different man, but same man. He’s in the
court, he’s in the war field, battle field, and also he’s in the -
making donations, or in family interest with wife and children. There’s
difference there, so many, such difference we may think about him.
Devotee: _____________
[?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _______________________________ [?]
...
... stage of
consciousness where we’re awake, but that is something like imagination,
misconception. It is within misconception of the truth, no proper conception of
the truth. So whatever loss and gain, all misconception, it is not so. This is
not mine. This belongs to the Supreme, everything.
Raja _______________
[?] A king’s empire, that is nothing, it is evaporating ____ [?] within few
minutes. That is all transient. If we want to have real knowledge, real gain,
we’re to eliminate all these mania. Our own interest is being thrust on the
universal interest. It is false. Universe has got its own interest, He’s moving
in that way. And I’m trying to thrust my interest over it. It is imaginary,
futile, it is mania, and we’re suffering from mania of māyā, all
imagination, illusion, svapna-vada, like dream. Dreaming coming from
within. We see in a dream so many facts outside me, but really it’s coming from
me, from within, not in the outside world. So also whatever we do here, the
universal movement is not affected at all. All concoction.
Devotee:
_______________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: In our Guru Mahārāja’s time we did not
observe all these things. Here also we don’t observe. Did
Śyāmānanda Prabhu come back?
Badrinārāyaṇa: Yes Mahārāja, yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: She has got no question?
...
Devotee: ...heard that
Śrīla Prabhupāda mentioned that there are Deities of Lord Kṛṣṇa
on every single continent, but that some are known and some are hidden. Do you
have anything to say on this?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What does she say?
Badrinārāyaṇa: She said that she’s heard Śrīla
Prabhupāda Swāmī Mahārāja said that there are Deities
on every continent, all over the earth. But some are hidden and some are
revealed. Do you have anything to say about that? The Deities of Kṛṣṇa?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Not clear. Deities of Kṛṣṇa
everywhere it may be, if we’ve got the eye to see. Otherwise how can They be
everywhere? Sarvatya krsne murti kali jal mal ________________________ [?]
Everywhere the Śrī Mūrti of Kṛṣṇa
is dazzling in Its Own glory. But only those can have a view of that whose eyes
are clear, not covered with so many thousands of prejudices. Viṣaya dhuli
te _____________ [?]
So many prejudices, so many demands, desires, that are
covering our mental eye, rather the eye of the soul. The real seer inside is
the soul, and so many thick prejudices, good, bad, are covering our eyes so we
can’t see Him. If that is cleared, the prejudices are removed, then we can see
that Kṛṣṇa is there, everywhere. He’s everywhere.
Mahāprabhu when He’s seeing a forest, “O, this is Vṛndāvana.”
Any hill, “O, Govardhana.” Any river, “O, this is Yamunā.”
Everything,
always the seer, always on the level of the standard where he can have direct
contact with Kṛṣṇa, the Loving Autocrat. The Autocrat, the
Beautiful, everywhere He is. He’s my Master, He’s my Lord, and I can’t see Him.
He’s my owner, everything, and I can’t see Him. What a farce. Why such? I have
made Him a foreign thing. I have, rather, made Him far away, far away.
Now the
question will come. If anyone being in connection of Kṛṣṇa,
can he come far away? The māyā can handle and overtake him, or
her? So it is told anādi-bahirmukha. Our position is in the taṭasthā,
in the marginal plane. But our two kinds of opposite adopt-ability. In the
inner most plane there is Kṛṣṇa, and the outer most plane we
can come to this world of māyā.
Just as a jīva,
a soul, in human position he may be of different mentality, sometimes woman
mentality, sometimes man mentality. Sometimes a cow, the bird, the tree, he’s
accommodating with his paraphernalia in different ways here. It is possible.
The soul is one, but sometimes the soul, sometimes a man he’s a king, sometimes
he’s a beggar, but that man mentality is there. And sometimes a politician,
sometimes a philanthropist, but the central soul is a separate thing. But
adopt-ability makes him to be shown in different plane, in different way. So
also not only human species but so many species also.
So the soul
may have different planes and position and understanding, and achievement
differs accordingly. And the soul when outside focus, and inside focus he can
see many things upwards. When with the tendency of exploitation he comes into
some world. And when the tendency of dedication is utilised he enters into
another world. And there also the Vaikuṇṭha, Goloka, all these
things in the Kṛṣṇa world, they come to be the object of our
experience.
So my inner
most wealth or property is Kṛṣṇa. If we can see, look at the
deepest insight. And with the tendency of exploitation we come outside. And by
the help of the dedication tendency, that Yogamāyā, centre carrying
current, out carrying current, in carrying current. If I take advantage of the
in carrying current I can go and see Kṛṣṇa. And out carrying
current I can go to the other things. At present our condition that we’re in
the midst of deep out carrying current. And anyhow by my previous action I have
come across some agent who are saying about my inner wealth. And with the help
of the in carrying current, the current of dedication, we can enter into
another world where everywhere there is Kṛṣṇa. Everywhere my
Lord is there.
I’m to be
exploited by Him. I’m not an exploiting agent, but I’m to be exploited. I’m
potency, I’m not potency possessor. Potency possessor is He. And I’m a kind of
potency to be utilised in His service. That is what is necessary. So He’s
there, but we cannot see Him. We see so many things according to our position.
Our different positions are showing different things outside. But if we can be
placed in normal position we can see that Kṛṣṇa is
everywhere. He’s everywhere, at the back of everything He’s there.
Stava jangam
dakhe nadaketi murti sarvatya svure ta istha deva sphurti [?]
On the
background, He sees everything. Apparently we see this matter and life,
material cover and then mental cover, all these things. But nadaketa murti, but
deeper vision will see no, Kṛṣṇa is at the back of
everything, otherwise nothing can exist if He withdraws. But depth of
intelligence, depth of our sight, our seeing is different.
Just as the
politicians see, that Korea there was a plane crash, some say that American
misdealing is at the bottom. In an ordinary plane they put some political
inspection. And some say Russia’s misunderstanding is the cause of the
slaughter, all these. The backside, one reads backside. Here is Mr. Reagan.
Here is Mr. Russia. In this way, at the background. Superficially is something,
and deeper vision says that no, at the root is another energy.
Similarly, we
see generally many things apathetic to our interest, clashing to our interest.
But Gītā
says, “Be indifferent to your environment and go on with your duty.”
But Bhāgavatam
says, “No. Everything is positively good to you. Try to find out that.
Nothing is bad. Through every incident Kṛṣṇa’s will is
approaching you. You try to find out that.”
tat te 'nukampāṁ susamīkṣamāṇo,
[bhuñjāna evātma-kṛtaṁ vipākam
hṛd-vāg-vapurbhir vidhadhan namas te,
jīveta yo mukti-pade sa dāya bhāk]
[“One who, in
the hope of achieving Your grace, goes on enduring the inauspicious fruit of
his own karma, and passes his days practising devotion unto You in every
thought, word, and deed - such a person is heir to the land of freedom: he attains
to the plane of positive immortality.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.14.8]
With sincere
attention you try to find, try to read your environment, everywhere there is
good will of Kṛṣṇa. If you can try to read your environment
in this way, very soon you’ll find ‘yes, really it is so.’ All transaction with
you only coming from Kṛṣṇa. All affection, and no bitterness.
We’re taught to read the environment in this way. If you can follow this path
you will find very soon that you are free from all wrong prejudices, and you’ll
be in the domain of Kṛṣṇa. Try to find out, with your best
sincerity, try to read the environment. It is Kṛṣṇa at the
back. All good, nothing bad. Try to take up in this way.
That is
search for Kṛṣṇa, and He’s there. Search for Kṛṣṇa.
Don’t search for your temporary satisfaction, pleasure, or any retirement,
rest. Neither temporary pleasure nor rest, but always search for Kṛṣṇa,
to serve Him. And Kṛṣṇa will be in your sight in no time.
Search for Kṛṣṇa. Brahma-jijñāsā. Enquire
about where you are. The All-Comprehensive Entity, which includes your
existence and all the existence of the whole. Enquire about
brahma-jijñāsā. And search for Śrī Kṛṣṇa,
not the All-Comprehensive Principle, but the heart’s satisfying Lord, where is
He? Try to search Him and you’ll find Him.
You’ll find
it is mentioned in Bṛhat-Bhāgavatāmṛtam, one soul
through a particular process of sādhana, first meeting with Kṛṣṇa.
When Kṛṣṇa coming back with the cows from the forest to home,
in the way, that soul had got his emancipation and connection with Kṛṣṇa.
Suddenly Kṛṣṇa found him and embraced him. And with the
ecstasy of His joy He fainted, Kṛṣṇa fainted.
Balarāma
only could detect that. “That a newcomer, a new friend has joined Our līlā.
From long, long bondage he’s released and he joined, and met Kṛṣṇa
here. And Kṛṣṇa is so satisfied to find that old friend that
with the ecstasy of joy He’s fainted.” Then Balarāma managed to take Him
in the consciousness.
Then Kṛṣṇa
began to say, “My friend, how could you pass so many days forgetting Me? How
was it possible for you? I’m longing for you for so many days. And you were - I
know everything, but when for search of Me you were begging from door to door,
and some were treating gently, and some were harshly. All I know My friend.
Anyhow after long separation you have joined us. Come, come after.” In this
way.
He’s waiting
with His hankering heart to meet every one of us. He’s infinite, He can
accommodate all of us with our full satisfaction. No bankruptcy there. Our
heart’s full thirst, we can be satisfied in Him, every one of us, thinking that
as if He’s only for me.
So we’re told
that the other world, that the motherly affection, she’s waiting for the son
who has left her and wandering in the street, lost. Son is lost, wandering
here, there. Mother with affectionate heart waiting to get the son back. And
when the son comes, she’s always watching, she’s ever ready to accept, to take
him in the lap. Something like that.
That is
everything. This is meek and in a partial consideration. Māyā is
in the negligent part. Just as prison houses occupy the negligent part of a
country. Free souls are moving in the broad land. And here and there the prison
houses. And when one is released from the prison houses he comes to live in the
country at large.
Infringement,
hater of our own self satisfaction in exploitation, or renunciation, two
phases. Either to lord it over everything, or to go to sleep, but both is
abnormal. Only to be always attendant in our own function, what is attached in
the universal necessity. We shall be always alert there, to do my function
towards the universe. And the universe is Kṛṣṇa, His
interest, He’s personified, everything, every interest personified, universal
interest personified there.
Some sham love, imitation love we find here,
and we’re mad for that. But love proper, how beautiful, how attractive that
must be. And the centre of all such real love, how much beautiful, desirable,
will that be. A drop of love, here, there, Romeo, Juliet, Dusanta,
Śakuntalā, in the drama we find so many ideals of mundane love here.
But love proper, how desirable that’ll be, and when that is personified how
beautiful that should be.
Can’t see?
Eh? When we’re in that plane we can see Him, and nothing else. He and His
paraphernalia, His līlā. But searching another plane.
Just as a dog
cannot understand the ways of the human society, our position is like that,
somehow or other. A dog mentality can be transformed into human mentality, then
of course the dog can see, feel, things of the human society, good, bad,
everything. So stage of consciousness.
Kṛṣṇa
jñāna. And from here to reach to that level, sādhu saṅga,
then bhajan, then anartha-nivṛtti, niṣṭhā,
ruci, bhāva. When we reach the stage of bhāva bhakti
then we can have some glimpse. And then prema, then we can be lifted in
that plane, we can see Kṛṣṇa. And prema, sneha,
mana, pranaya, rāga, anurāga, bhāva,
mahābhāva. So many stages there are in Kṛṣṇa
conciousness. Everywhere development to be traced in this way from one to
another. In the passing road we’re to finish, and then we can have that.
83.10.14.B_83.10.16.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...may be felt in picture. But in reality if we want
to have that we’re to march the long way mentioned, in this way. In Caitanya-caritāmṛta
[Madhya-līlā, 19.151] it is said,
brahmāṇḍa
brhamite kona bhāgyavān jīva, guru-kṛṣṇa-prasāde
pāya bhakti-latā-bīja
[“Wandering throughout the material
universe, the very fortunate living entity who receives the grace of Guru and Kṛṣṇa
receives the seed of the creeper of devotional service.”]
While travelling through this brahmāṇḍa,
this worldly area of eighty four lākhs of species, one fortunate
soul can get a seed from Ṣaḍ Guru, a bona fide agent of the Vaikuṇṭha
world, of the transcendental world.
mālī
hañā kare sei bīja āropaṇa, [śravaṇa-kīrttana-jale
karaye secana]
[“When a person receives the seed of devotional
service, he should take care of it by becoming a gardener and sowing the seed
in his heart. If he waters the seed gradually by the process of śravaṇa
and kīrtana, the seed will begin to sprout.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.152]
He puts that seed into his heart, and
accepts it in his heart, and nurtures it, just as with water and fertiliser.
Then the sprout will come and the creeper will grow. Virajā brahmāṇḍa
bhedi' yāya.
[upajiyā
bāḍe latā 'brahmāṇḍa' bhedi' yāya,
'virajā,' 'brahmaloka,' bhedi' 'paravyoma' pāya
tabe yāya
tad upari 'goloka-vṛndāvana', 'kṛṣṇa-caraṇa'-kalpavṛkṣe
kare ārohana]
[“The creeper of devotion is born, and grows
to pierce the wall of the universe. It crosses the Virajā river and the
Brahman plane, and reaches to the Vaikuṇṭha plane. Then it grows
further up to Goloka Vṛndāvana, finally reaching to embrace the
wish-yielding tree of Kṛṣṇa’s Lotus Feet.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.153-4]
It will pass through different stages of
this exploiting world. Bhūr, Bhuvaḥ, Svaḥ, Mahā, Jana,
Tapa, Satyaloka. Then Virajā, the stage of equilibrium, buffer state,
abscissa. Virajā, Brahmaloka, then Paravyoma, then the world proper.
Paravyoma. That the exploiting negative side, and dedicating positive side. He
enters into dedicating life, latā. Then, tabe yāya tad
upari 'goloka-vṛndāvana'. And passing through Paravyoma in its
lower stage of dedication, he enters into the loving stage of dedication where
the duty, where we render service not as duty but out of love. That is the
domain of Kṛṣṇa, Goloka, Vṛndāvana, enters there
and touches the feet of Kṛṣṇa. And then so many fruits the
creeper can produce in connection with Kṛṣṇa. And that fruit
of different types comes, and this man who has grown that creeper, he can taste
of that fruit.
'prema-phala'
pāki' paḍe, mālī āsvādaya / latā avalambi'
mālī 'kalpa-vṛkṣa' pāya
[“When the fruit of devotional service
becomes ripe and falls down, the gardener tastes the fruit and thus takes
advantage of the creeper and reaches the desire tree of the Lotus Feet of Kṛṣṇa
in Goloka Vṛndāvana.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.162]
And ultimately with the help of that
creeper, the man himself can go there, and live there finally. This has been,
in a figurative way, this has been extended to us for our understanding. What
is the matter? How we can go there. Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura,
je-dina gṛhe,
bhajana dekhi, gṛhete goloka bhāya [caraṇa-sīdhu,
dekhiyā gaṅgā, sukha nā sīmā pāya]
[“Goloka Vṛndāvana appears in my
home whenever I see the worship and service of Lord Hari taking place there.
When I see the Ganges, that river of nectar emanating from the lotus feet of
the Lord, my happiness knows no bounds.”] [The Songs Of Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura,
p 37-38]
Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura says, “When
I see in my own house here the real temperament of Kṛṣṇa bhajana,
it seems that Goloka has come down here. Kṛṣṇa with His
paraphernalia He has come down to show His grace to me here. He can do anything,
everything, He can come everywhere.”
The king can enter, as king, his
representative he can enter the prison house any moment he can come to see
particularly. I’m under the law of prison house, but high officers or king,
he’s not under the law of prison house. He can come and go, anywhere, to see
any culprit. And when he likes he can release anybody any time. When he thinks
that he’s no longer a culprit he can take him away with him, personally. So
many things.
When our inner fortune will awaken we’ll be
able to see things. ‘This is Dhāma, Gaṅgā, the play of
pastimes, the place of pastimes of Mahāprabhu, His Vigraha. These
creepers, trees, all connected with Mahāprabhu Śrī Caitanydeva.
Navadwīpa.’ Navadwīpa Dhāma, another representation of Vṛndāvana,
something more. In Vṛndāvana in a fixed group they’re enjoying that
divine rasa. And in Navadwīpa not only enjoying but that very rasa
is being distributing here for the public, so generosity here, more
magnanimity. It is no other ontologically than Vṛndāvana. Whatever
we find in Vṛndāvana in Kṛṣṇa, that thing only
dealt here, with this difference, that magnanimously it is open to the public.
“How public can go to Vṛndāvana
direct, in the special train, this is Navadwīpa Dhāma. No other
concern, no other destination.” Mahāprabhu declared, “Only Vṛndāvana
is our destination, no stoppage anywhere else, direct special train to Vṛndāvana.
That is the acme of our realisation.” He announced. “And how to go there? Come,
I’m giving admission ticket, and do this and that, this is the fare. You want
it sincerely.” Laulyam api mūlyam ekalaṁ.
[kṛṣṇa-bhakti-rasa-bhāvitā
matiḥ, kriyatāṁ yadi kuto 'pi labhyate
tatra laulyam
api mūlyam ekalaṁ, janma-koṭi-sukṛtair na labhyate]
[“Pure devotional service to Kṛṣṇa
cannot be obtained by performing pious activities even for millions of births.
It can be purchased only by paying one price: intense eagerness. Wherever it is
available, one must purchase it immediately.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 8.70]
“You desire, you hear about the nobility of
the thing. And if you say, ‘yes I want,’ your sincere hankering that is the
ticket, and I shall book you. Laulyam api mūlyam ekalaṁ. Only
your sincere hankering, that is the ticket, nothing else necessary. Laulya,
that is the seed of love, our sincere greed, innermost urge to have a thing,
that is what is wanted, nothing else. That is the coin, all others are
auxiliary things. You are traced in your taste, where your real inner taste is
you are there. And I want that. If you give Me that I shall at once book you to
Vṛndāvana. You’ll get Kṛṣṇa.”
Innermost hankering, neither knowledge, nor
your energy in the form of wealth, men, and other things, power, nothing else.
Only the inner man, innermost taste for the thing, that is what is necessary.
That is the wealth of that land. Without that none can live there. Sincere
hankering.
...
nāhaṁ
vipro na ca nara-patir nāpi vaiśyo [na śūdro
nāhaṁ
varṇī na ca gṛha-patir no vana-stho yatir vā
kintu
prodyan-nikhila-paramānanda-pūrṇāmṛtābdher
gopī-bharttuḥ
pada-kamalayor dāsa-dāsānudāsaḥ]
[“I am not a priest, a king, a merchant, or
a labourer (brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya,
śūdra); nor am I a student, a householder, a retired
householder, or a mendicant (brahmacārī, gṛhastha,
vānaprastha, sannyāsī). I identify myself only as
the servant of the servant of the servant of the lotus feet of Śrī Kṛṣṇa,
the Lord of the gopīs, who is the personification of the fully
expanded (eternally self-revealing) nectarean ocean that brims with the totality
of Divine Ecstasy.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā,
13.80]
Neither intellectualism is necessary, nor
the political knowledge, neither financial knowledge, vaiśyo.
Or skill in
labour, nothing is necessary. Only this is necessary. So brāhmaṇa,
kṣatriya, vaiśya, śūdra, mleccha,
nothing is necessary. The innermost awakening of the heart. There is Kṛṣṇa.
And that is the qualification which can admit, give us admission in the school
of the pure devotion.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
Guru Mahārāja. There’s sādhu saṅga and different
ways of developing this hankering. Could you...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That is only sādhu saṅga, śravaṇa
kīrtana, etc., what is done under the guidance of sādhu.
Devotion is devotion’s cause. Bhaktyā sañjātayā bhaktyā.
[smarantaḥ
smārayantaś ca, mitho 'ghaugha-haraṁ harim
bhaktyā
sañjātayā bhaktyā, bibhraty utpulakāṁ tanum]
[“The devotees of the Lord constantly
discuss the glories of the Personality of Godhead among themselves. Thus they
constantly remember the Lord and remind one another of His qualities and
pastimes. In this way, by their devotion to the principles of bhakti-yoga,
the devotees please the Personality of Godhead, who takes away from them
everything inauspicious. Being purified of all impediments, the devotees awaken
to pure love of Godhead, and thus, even within this world, their spiritualised
bodies exhibit symptoms of transcendental ecstasy, such as standing of the
bodily hairs on end.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.3.31]
Nothing than bhakti can produce bhakti,
only bhakti can develop bhakti. So from sādhu saṅga.
Just as light - a candle is lit from another light. So in the heart of sādhu
the light is there, Kṛṣṇa consciousness, and from there
this candle can be lit, in this way. Or the innate, it is under deep cover,
anyhow to discover it. It is elementary thing, fundamental element. Nothing can
produce devotion. It is the most fundamental plenary substance, dedication.
Dedication. Many can stay in a harmonious place only through the nature of dedication.
Otherwise disorganised, dispersed, scattered. How many means outcome of the
dedication of all the units together. So bhaktyā sañjātayā
bhaktyā, so dedication only helps dedication. No exploitation, nor
renunciation, can help dedication. Dedication is the original subject anywhere
to be found.
In the sādhu, his dedicated
life, that association may help your inner dedicating spirit. Or the
scriptures, that also in a passive way can help your dedicating principle
within to awaken. In this way, association. It is within me, and our external
association to strengthen that, to develop that, similar things are necessary.
By associating which I can increase the inner strength of my inner principle.
sādhu-śastra-kṛpāya
yadi kṛṣṇonmukha haya [sei jīva nistare, māyā
tāhāre chāḍaya]
[“If the conditioned soul becomes Kṛṣṇa
conscious by the mercy of saintly persons who voluntarily preach scriptural
injunctions and help him to become Kṛṣṇa conscious, the
conditioned soul is liberated from the clutches of māyā, who
gives him up.” [Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā,
20.120]
Sādhu-śastra, when in
passive or in active form, there is dedication, that will awaken my dedicating
principle within, make it dynamic. It is now something like static, paralysed,
in meagre stage, and that must be made active, developed form.
Sādhu saṅga, or śāstra
saṅga, that does not only mean physical connection. There also must
be inner hankering, where there’ll be dedicating spirit. One cannot have the
association of the sādhu by the spiritual exploiting a sādhu,
or being indifferent to a sādhu. But earnestly to utilise his
precious influence, śraddhā, otherwise that will be aparādha,
offence against sādhu, or śāstra. Only physical
connection is not saṅga, association proper. Association means our
earnest necessity. We must be conscious of our earnest necessity, that I shall
want some help from him, with this spirit. I want to emulate my condition. Only
physical nearness that does not mean sādhu saṅga.
Then the librarian of a religious library he
may not do sādhu saṅga. But so many mosquito and bugs they’re
now taking sādhu saṅga, they’re very physically close. The
inner transaction must be present there. The appreciation of sādhu,
that is śraddhā, faith. We must associate with the sādhus
with the interest of some higher faith development. And the faith means the
principle of surrender. If I find any goodness I want to surrender myself, and
not to exploit that thing for my lower purpose. Faith’s symptom is to have a
thing by surrendering, higher thing. Faith necessarily takes us to higher
association, so if we find any higher I want to surrender, I don’t want to
exploit. If I approach a sādhu to exploit then that will be
offence. But sādhu saṅga will be when I shall feel superior
position, I want that high divine thing, I want to surrender. I don’t want to
keep my separate account. I shall want to merge into his divine account.
Badrinārāyaṇa: At what age
is service to Kṛṣṇa most desirable?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What age? Ha, ha. No question of age. Prahlāda
Mahārāja, Dhruva, they were child. Life is continued from previous,
development of previous life also can come in this life. So age is not a
factor. ___________________________ [?]
...
Under the guidance of a proper agent of the
transcendental world.
tad viddhi praṇipātena,
paripraśnena sevayā / upadekṣyanti te jñānaṁ,
jñāninas tattva darśinaḥ
[“You will be able to attain all this
knowledge by satisfying the enlightened spiritual master with prostrate
obeisances, relevant enquiry, and sincere service. Great souls who are most
expert in scriptural knowledge and endowed with direct realisation of the
Supreme Absolute Truth will teach you that divine knowledge.”]
[Bhagavad-gītā, 4.34]
Knowledge is our guide, that is general
conception, the knowledge guides us. But Bhāgavata comes to say
that knowledge cannot guide to our highest destination. To certain extent, it
is fallible. But real guide is our inner taste, our ruci, our heart’s
necessity, ruci, lobha, and that leads only to the land of
beauty. Knowledge cannot give full satisfaction to our achievement, neither
power nor knowledge. That is the revolutionary finding of Bhāgavatam,
which claims to be the ripe fruit of the whole revealed doctrine. Revolution is
there.
So knowledge is the source of power.
Knowledge can produce power. Knowledge is of higher plane, it can play with
power. And potency holds the higher position than power, can create power. So
knowledge had the supreme position so long. But Bhāgavata came with
another revolutionary declaration, and no, knowledge is actuated...
Devotee: _____________
[?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: When I was a student of seventh class I heard one śloka,
perhaps from any part of Veda, revolutionary.
Satyam briyat
priyam briyat, ma briyat satyam apriyam [?]
Priyam ca
namritam briyat, tesa dharmasya sanatana [?]
What is real sanātana-dharma?
Satyam briyat. Speak truth. Then next, priyam briyat. Not only the naked truth
but priyam, what is favourable, what is tasteful, soothing, affectionate,
priya, pleasing. Ma briyat satyam apriyam. Never speak truth which is
unpleasant. That gave a suggestion to my brain in that young age. Satya, one
must say truth, this must be the universal statement. Then, the priya, it must
be pleasing. What is pleasing to others say such truth. That qualification to
the truth is necessary which is not absolute? We shall speak the truth, that
must be absolute teaching, advice, but that is going to be modified, ‘it must
be pleasing.’ What is this? Truth is not independently highest thing? Satyam
briyat, always try to speak truth. Then priyam briyat, you’ll remember that you
must say what is loving, what is pleasing. Ma briyat satyam apriyam. Never
speak truth so harshly, with harsh truth which is not pleasing, apriyam, don’t
speak. And priyam ca namritam briyat. At the same time don’t be a sycophant,
only you’ll talk pleasing eliminating the truth, neither do that. Tesa
dharmasya sanatana. The real purpose of our duty, direction, how we shall go
on, in the line of our direction is such from the śāstra. So
priya means that is pleasing, that has got a supreme position. And beyond truth
I came to know jñāna śūnya bhakti.
Kṛṣṇa is asking Yudhiṣṭhira,
“Speak lie.” Ha, ha. To Droṇācārya. Aśvatthāmā
hatta. The Raja was a big hero, invincible. But to kill him some tactics
necessary, that some inactive temperament must be created in him. And when
Bhīma killed an elephant whose name was Aśvatthāmā.
Aśvatthāmā means Aśvat thāmā,
Aśvatthāmā when he was born Droṇa’s son he cried in the
voice of a horse, Aśvat thāmā. So this elephant parts he used to
sound like imitating horse, so its name was also Aśvatthāmā. So
when that Aśvatthāmā elephant was killed they reported it to Droṇa
that Aśvatthāmā is killed.
Devotee:
_____________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Then when this was put to Droṇācārya
he did not believe. “No. Aśvatthāmā he won’t die in this age, so
he can’t die. I know he’s one of the _____ [?] immortals, of the whole age.”
“No, no. Aśvatthāmā has been
killed by Bhīma.”
Then, “I don’t believe you. If Yudhiṣṭhira
says then I’ll believe you.”
Then party requested Yudhiṣṭhira
to say that Aśvatthāmā is dead.
Kṛṣṇa also, “You say, if
you want to conquer the battle, you must have to take such tactics. Otherwise
Droṇa is invincible.”
By the pressure of Kṛṣṇa,
Yudhiṣṭhira Mahārāja told, “Aśvatthāmā
hatta, but it is elephant.”
But when that first syllable, especially
‘Aśvatthāmā hatta,’ then they beat the drum, and Droṇa
heard only that part, ‘Iti Gaja.’ The ‘Aśvatthāmā is killed, but
it is an elephant,’ that part he could not hear, Droṇācārya.
So in Kṛṣṇa conception of
Godhead, as in Rāmacandra conception of Godhead, we find this nīti,
this moral conduct, has been laid much stress by Rāma Avatāra. But in
Kṛṣṇa Avatāra we do not see like that. Moral or immoral,
mixed march towards truth which is not under the laws of so-called truth. Above
truth of your conception. Real truth is of Autocrat. Everything For Himself.
The nature of real truth, above law, a dynamic autocracy. So obeying the moral
laws in your plane, that cannot help. That is total submission, surrender, to
that autocracy Who is not under any law. No law in His country, He’s despot,
autocrat. Whatever He likes that is more than law. So the highest realm is not
under the guidance of your law which you experience here. Surrender. Good or
bad, what you conceive here all false. It is all false. His sweet will is
everything. This is the proper news of the highest quarter, that His sweet
will. So anyhow, by hook or by crook you surrender to Him, without any special
attraction to so-called truth that is found in your society. That has got no
value.
'dvaite
bhadrābhadra-jñāna, saba-'manodharma' ['ei bhāla, ei manda',-ei
saba 'bhrama']
[“In the material world, conceptions of good
and bad are all mental concoctions. Therefore, saying, ‘This is good, this is
bad,’ is a mistake.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Antya-līlā,
4.176]
It is all mental concoction. All law is law
so long as it’s backed by His sweet will. Otherwise no value. The Supreme
Sanction must be at the back of so many laws of conduct. If that is withdrawn
it is nothing. So He’s above law, and surrender to Him, that is the most
universal thing. And this is all partial, and temporary, not eternal. Such
conception came from Kṛṣṇa. Through stealing, through
speaking lie, all these things, He’s marching towards His goal, without
attaching much value to all this. That is nirguṇa, above all
so-called qualities, or good attributes what you say.
Devotee: We can tell
lie for the good of the humanity.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: You know humanity, but humanity is a negligent part
of the infinite. What position has humanity? This is a mania of the present
so-called civilisation. But the vegetable kingdom, the animal kingdom, they’re
all divorced? Eh? Who is human being? Who is he? The next day a man after death
he will go to become a dog. Then? You will abhor him? Your father after death
he went to the dog species. Then? Or serpent, in this interchange of birth, who
are the human beings? Who are they? They’re the most notorious exploiting
agents. They’re robbing the whole animal and vegetable kingdom, and everything.
They’re the first class robbers, human beings means. This is a row of the day.
These few human beings, everything is meant for them. Who are they? In the
infinite, what is their position? So many living things, if you kill a goat, or
any animal to feed human beings, there is no vibration when he’s crying,
wailing? The goat is wailing, wailing, crying in pain, and you’re killing to
feed humanity, eh, no reaction? That sort of painful vibration in the
atmosphere, no reaction of that? Even the meek vegetable kingdom they’re also
dealt roughly, there is also reaction. Human beings means the first class
robbers, in the name of human beings.
Human life is valuable, it is mentioned in
the śāstra, but what for? Just as you say that in human life
you can, you have the possibility of knowing the truth, so it has got some
value. Otherwise they’re exploiting, the first class exploiting section in the
society. But their position is higher, it is admitted. Why? From there, that is
the gate of emancipation, liberation. From human being, human species, you can
come in contact with a real sādhu, and scripture, and thereby you
can work out your salvation from this prison house. That is human here. But if
you lose that chance then you’re worst culprit.
Pasubi samana āhāra, nidrā,
bhaya, maithuna ca saman ___________________ [?]
This is common. The āhāra,
to eat. Nidrā, sleep. Āhāra, nidrā. Bhaya,
fear. And maithuna, to produce child. This is common of human beings and
animals, all. But, dharma hete sami kovi sesa [?]
One thing is speciality in them that they
can find out the religious life, what is not found in the animal kingdom, or
vegetable kingdom. This is āhāra, nidrā, bhaya, maithuna ca
saman ___________________ [?]
dharma hete
sami kovi sesa ________________________ [?] But their religious consideration
minus human beings they’re all animals. Animality and rationality. If
rationality fails to accept the higher call then they’re all so-called animals.
So sudurllabhā, but valuable that only in human position they can
have the chance of enquiring into truth, which in other sections we do not
find. So it is valuable.
Just as when a party is playing football,
when the ball went just near the goal, but if it missed the chance then there’s
much disturbance. “O, coming near the goal, goal was not given.” So repentance.
So when moving through eighty four lākhs
of species one has come just near the goal, human form, from where he can
contact with the divine agent and the śāstra and can work out
his salvation, if he misses that chance then it’s a great loss. We’re to mourn.
In that sense if we kill a human being we commit more offence, than killing an
animal or a vegetable. Why? It is nearer the goal, valuable. But if he returns
from there we repent. But for the goal, the valuation is there. Otherwise
nothing. If coming near the goal, it again comes to the broad field, wide
field, the vegetable and the animal, then that is useless, no value. But you
can catch that, then it is valuable.
The fossilism, when we accept the philosophy
of fossilism, everything has come from, developed from the fossil, no God. Then
the highest section is human beings, and everything meant for them. But they’re
the product of the fossil, that is the old material world is evolving, and the
human race that is the most advanced stage of the development of the fossil. So
they may think that ‘we’re the lord of the whole, and everything meant for us.’
That is pure atheism.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Ha, ha.
Nationality, humanity, no number of farce can make the infinite. No number of
finite can make infinite. Infinite is - is the difference -
finite and infinite is fundamental. No number of finite can make infinite.
Infinite is not the sum total of finites. Just as one is not the sum total of
innumerable zeros. Innumerable zeros, that cannot produce one. So innumerable
finites cannot produce infinite, it is something else.
[oṁ
pūrṇam adaḥ pūrṇam idaṁ, pūrṇāt
pūrṇam udacyate]
pūrṇasya
pūrṇam ādāya, pūrṇam evāvaśiṣyate
[“The Personality of Godhead is perfect and
complete, and because He is completely perfect, all emanations from Him, such
as this phenomenal world, are perfectly equipped as complete wholes. Whatever
is produced of the complete whole is also complete in itself. Because He is the
complete whole, even though so many complete units emanate from Him, He remains
the complete balance.”]
[Śrī Īśopaniṣad
- Invocation]
If you add infinite to infinite it is
infinite.
83.10.16.B
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Infinite minus infinite is infinite.
[oṁ
pūrṇam adaḥ pūrṇam idaṁ, pūrṇāt
pūrṇam udacyate]
pūrṇasya
pūrṇam ādāya, pūrṇam evāvaśiṣyate
[“The Personality of Godhead is perfect and
complete, and because He is completely perfect, all emanations from Him, such
as this phenomenal world, are perfectly equipped as complete wholes. Whatever
is produced of the complete whole is also complete in itself. Because He is the
complete whole, even though so many complete units emanate from Him, He remains
the complete balance.”]
[Śrī Īśopaniṣad
- Invocation]
You take infinite from infinite, the
remainder is infinite. Can you conceive? Present mathematicians also admit
this, and this is from Veda, Upaniṣad. Pūrṇasya
pūrṇam ādāya, pūrṇam evāvaśiṣyate.
We can understand only from the example of the zero. Zero plus zero, zero minus
zero, zero into zero, everything is zero. Such is the nature of infinite.
And the Lord is such, He says, “That
infinite is My bed, that Ananta Śeṣa. I lie down on infinite. So infinite won’t do.”
athavā bahunaitena, kiṁ jñātena
tavārjjuna / viṣṭabhyāham idaṁ kṛtsnam,
ekāṁśena sthito jagat
[“But Arjuna,
what is the need of your understanding this elaborate knowledge of My almighty
grandeur? By My fractional expansion as the Supreme Soul of material nature,
Mahā-Viṣṇu (Kāraṇārṇavaśāyī
Viṣṇu), I remain supporting this entire universe of moving and
stationary beings.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 10.42]
“Whatever you
can conceive about your infinite, that is only in My one negligible part. I’m such.”
So He’s
there, and we say that everything meant for humanity. Ha, ha, ha, ha. A
judicious exorcism, and they’ll be punished with more heinous _______ [?]
suffering.
...
__________________________________ [?] He’s awake. The
religious men are sleeping there, in sleep. And where the religious men are
fully awake, the ordinary persons are sleeping there.
yā niśā sarva-bhūtānāṁ,
tasyāṁ jāgarti saṁyamī
yasyāṁ jāgrati bhūtāni,
sā niśā paśyato muneḥ
[“While
spiritual awareness is like night for the living beings enchanted by
materialism, the self-realised soul remains awake, directly relishing the
divine ecstasy of his uninterrupted spiritual intelligence. On the contrary,
the wakefulness of materialistic persons addicted to sense enjoyment is night
for the self-realised person who is completely indifferent to such pursuits.
The realised souls, indifferent to the mundane, are ever joyful in the divine
ecstatic plane, while the general mass is infatuated by fleeting mundane
fancies devoid of spiritual joy.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 2.69]
A saint, he’s
not awake to these mundane necessities of life, he does not care for it. Ke?
Devotee: _____________
[?]
...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So you are deceiving you ____________ [?] You are
committing suicide, so you should cry. If you come to proper sense you should
cry.
“That what
have I done for me, and for others also? Nothing. I’m marching towards negative
side, undesirable side. All my energy I’m engaging only for the loss of myself,
and also the environment. Suicidal march, we’re all engaged in a suicidal
march. Whatever we’re doing that is pernicious to me, as well as to the
environment. So I should cry for that, repent.”
That should
be the normal tendency of the world. We should repent for our past deeds.
“What have I
done to help my own soul, or for the outside world? Are they flesh and blood,
or the soul living inside? Who is the party? The inner soul, he’s the party,
his benefit, who is the beneficiary? Beneficiary is the soul, but we have taken
the flesh and blood, and the mental system beneficiary, at the cost of the
soul’s interest. So opposite direction we’re marching. So we come to senses,
then we must cry, repent. What have I done so far?”
A sane man he
must cry, he should cry, what he has done, for him or for others. Just the
opposite. So read and cry.
When
Mahāprabhu showed, when He came back from Gayā - before that
He was talking with this, that scholarly conversation, this, that, came from
Gayā. He once met Gadādhara Paṇḍita. Gadādhara Paṇḍita’s
very sober, meek, gentle, from childhood, and religious minded.
“Gadādhara. My life has been spoiled so long. My past days I have
spoiled Gadādhara. You are very happy. You are so good. From the very
childhood you are religious minded. But what have I done? I have talked,
discussion with the scholars, and I could boast that I’m a big scholar. Talking
with them I’ve spoiled My time so long I’m lost. But you Gadādhara from
very childhood you were utilising your time. You’re religious minded from the
very beginning.” Mahāprabhu says for us. “I’ve spoiled My whole time.” And
He’s crying. “What have I done?”
So read and
cry. Then we can see that now He’s come to His senses. He’s crying, He has come
to His senses. He’s repenting His past life. Now He’s normal, crying He’s
normal. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
When a
patient is crying for his pain, he’s in better condition. But before that
___________________ [?]
Convulsion, when unconscious and moving hands and
feet, that is bad, but when there’s no feeling of pain. But when he has come to
feel his pain and crying, now he’s coming towards normal condition.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
kṛṣṇera yateka khelā,
sarvottama nara-līlā, nara-vapu tāhāra svarūpa
[gope-veśa, veṇu-kara nava kiśora,
nata-vara, nara līlāra haya anurūpa]
[“Lord Kṛṣṇa
has many pastimes, of which His pastimes as a human being are the best. His
form as a human being is the Supreme Transcendental Form. In this form, He is a
cowherd boy. He carries a flute in His hand, and His youth is new. He is also
an expert dancer. All this is just suitable for His pastimes as a human
being.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā, 21.101]
The highest
quarter where Kṛṣṇa līlā is found, that is
found in human form. And from that this human section has been created. So you
human section you’re very fortunate that in imitation of the highest līlā
you have been created. The original is in this form, Vṛndāvana līlā,
in human form, and human society. That is the highest, and you have come here,
that perverted reflection, so you are fortunate. Kṛṣṇera
yateka khelā, sarvottama nara-līlā. This Vaikuṇṭha
līlā of Nārāyaṇa, and other līlā,
is not so good. Nara-līlā is very good, aprākṛta,
adhokṣaja, aprākṛta. Transcendental world divided
into two mainly. One grand, awe inspiring. And another is very human like, and
that is the highest. And you human beings you’re created after that, so you may
consider yourselves to be fortunate.
Caṇḍīdāsa
also says, suno he manusa bhai, savar upare manu sashata, tare upare nai [?]
“Kṛṣṇa,
the highest truth in Kṛṣṇa conception that is in human
conception, not God conception.”
Braja līlā,
the highest quarter, that is in human society not God society. So human society
can feel pride, feel themselves proud that they’re after that highest pastimes
of the Supreme Entity. That is the meaning.
And not that
all human forms are more than Gods. ‘And if we serve them, we satisfy their
senses, then we’ll be taken to the highest quarter.’ What is that? Is this the
highest quarter? ‘I’m here, and how I’m happy, we know ourselves. So the human
position is the highest position. If we serve the humanity we do the best
utility of our energy we’re there.’ So no other further, higher region to live,
to aspire after? What is this? This is suicidal argument, to serve humanity.
‘I’m also human, this is the highest stage, I’m there. Then after serving human
beings, what more development I shall have? This is the limit.’ What is this? Ke?
Devotee:
_____________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: __________________ [?] When Karṇa had insulted
Yudhiṣṭhira in the battle of Kurukṣetra, Yudhiṣṭhira
came back from the battlefield. Afterwards Arjuna came with Kṛṣṇa.
Then Yudhiṣṭhira
told Arjuna that, “Your Gāṇḍīva is useless. You are proud
of your possession of this Gāṇḍīva, and you were there,
and Karṇa has insulted me. Where were you with Gāṇḍīva?
Don’t speak so high of your Gāṇḍīva, it does not sound
well.”
But Arjuna
had some previous promise that, “Whoever will talk ill of my Gāṇḍīva,
insult my Gāṇḍīva, I shall behead him.” And Arjuna
remembered that promise. “That I have a promise, whoever will blame my Gāṇḍīva
I must behead him. With this honour, this commitment to Gāṇḍīva
I have got that.” So Arjuna, to fulfil his promise he was going to draw his
sword to behead Yudhiṣṭhira.
Kṛṣṇa
was there. “What do you do My friend? You are going to keep your promise, to
behead your elder brother, to keep your promise? You fool, how many promises
have you made previously? Did you not promise previously that you’ll make your
elder brother the emperor of India? Did you not promise this? What about that
promise? Eh? And you’re going to carry out this promise? So what to do? To keep
that promise, or keep this promise? And so many other promises also you’ve
made. What to do, you like at present?”
Then Arjuna
was puzzled. “Then what to do? I have made promise. What can I do?”
“Eight types
of death there is. One of them is to admire ones own self. Do that. That is a
kind of death. Do that, admire your self, your qualities, qualification. And
that is like a death to a gentleman, to admire his own self. Do that sort.”
Then Arjuna
began that, and that was released from the...
This type of
direction from Kṛṣṇa, not this material law abiding, the
promise. The spirit, the purport, is more valuable than the form. The spirit is
more valuable than the form. That should be kept in mind always. Sometimes we
______________ [?] we sacrifice ourselves on the altar of form, neglecting the
spirit, that is misguidance.
[śreyān sva-dharmo viguṇaḥ,
para-dharmāt svanuṣṭhitāt]
sva dharme nidhanaṁ śreyaḥ,
para-dharmo bhayāvahaḥ
[“It is
better to carry out one’s own duties a little imperfectly rather than
faultlessly perform another’s duties. Know that even death is auspicious in the
discharge of one’s duties appropriate to his natural position in the ordained
socio-religious system, because to pursue another’s path is perilous.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
3.35]
“Yes, where
you are, do the needful of the immediate call. That is good. But,”
sarva-dharmān parityajya, mām ekaṁ
śaraṇaṁ [vraja
ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo, mokṣayiṣyāmi
mā śucaḥ]
[“Totally
abandoning all kinds of religion, surrender exclusively unto Me. I will
liberate you from all kinds of sins, so do not despair.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
18.66]
“That is
temporary. But universal call is there on your head. Give up every, all sorts
of duties and try to come, march towards Me. That is the main guidance, main
direction. Give up everything and come to Me. And because you may not go down,
so to maintain your position it is said, sva dharme nidhanaṁ
śreyaḥ. To keep your stand at the cost of your life, don’t go
back. This is for that purpose.”
And march
towards the Absolute, that is universal call. So all sorts of so-called sacred
duties we must give up when we’ll march towards the Absolute Truth. Everything
For Himself. Not for me, not for my wife, or children, or father, or my nation,
or this human section, or the god’s section. None, but for that one Absolute.
Everything For Him. That is the truth. And every part will come to be
Absolute. And, “O, come to serve me. Everyone. The nation will say, the country
will say, the religious section will say, come to serve me.” Not that. Only one
to be served. And what is that thing? That is to be found out.
And
Mahāprabhu says that, “That is love, affection, beauty, harmony. Neither
power, nor knowledge, nor justice.”
We’re to
discriminate here. What is the conception of the Absolute? What is the urgent
tendency of our inner self? What is the real need of my inner self? We’re to
examine, we’re to analyse, we’re to ascertain that. Inner hankering. All
hankering is satisfied.
bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś, chidyante
sarva-saṁśayāḥ
kṣīyante cāsya karmāṇi,
mayi dṛṣṭe 'khilātmani
[“The knot in
the heart is pierced, all misgivings are cut to pieces and the chain of
fruitive actions is terminated when I am seen as the Supreme Personality of
Godhead.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 11.20.30]
When we come
in contact with that plane, then we find wonderfully these things. Bhidyate
hṛdaya- granthiś. From long, long time, the real heart is sealed
by the external ego outside. And internal ego has been covered. There is a
seal, the seal is broken, and the natural flow from within the heart comes out,
and runs towards his own elementary existence. Chidyante sarva-saṁśayāḥ.
It is so natural, flow is going towards the centre of that plane, that no doubt
has got any room to come there. It is automatically proved. No suspicion, no
doubt, they all disappear. The natural flow of the inner heart is going towards
his own elementary source. Then all doubts and suspicions they fly away, no
trace, sarva-saṁśayāḥ. And kṣīyante
cāsya karmāṇi. The tendencies of our past duties, the
reaction, they also evaporate, if you come in connection with the Absolute, Śrīmad
Bhāgavata says. You are one, a drop of water when it comes in contact
with the ocean, one, something. The inner feeling of the ecstasy meets the
ocean of ecstatic joy, one, natural. No proof, no evidence is necessary, it is
automatic. He’s his own.
Hṛdaye nābhya nujñāto. In Manu-saṁhitā [2.1] Manu says,
“What is dharma, you will get your approval from your inner heart. That
is one of the symptoms.” Vidvadbhiḥ sevitaḥ. Manu says the
definition about dharma, what is religion. Vidvadbhiḥ sevitaḥ,
veda-vidbhiḥ. Which is approved by the revealed scriptural scholars,
not these mundane scholars of the empirical world, but the scholars of the
revealed scriptures. They must approve. Here all mundane, all in doubts and
falsehood. But independent of falsehood, doubt, there is a standard world, and
they can extend the true, proper knowledge here. And who are experts in that
knowledge which is over suspicion and over limitation, scholars who are expert
of that, there must come approval from that. That is revealed religion, one
symptom. Vidvadbhiḥ sevitaḥ. Sadbhir. And who has got
their practical life, not only theoretical scholarship about the Vedic
scripture. But their real practical life they’re leading according to the
scriptural rules, approved by them, sevitaḥ sadbhir. How, what
sort of sādhu, saint? Nityam adveṣa-rāgibhiḥ.
Who have got no aspiration, neither hatred, for the worldly things, adveṣa-rāgi.
Neither hankering for the material achievement, nor apathy, abhorrence for the
environment. Such who are in balance, such saints must have approval. Adveṣa-rāgibhiḥ.
And hṛdayenābhyanujñāto, and the last symptom, that your
inner heart will approve. “Ah. I’m searching such things.” So you are the real
test, your heart is the real test to give judgement that whether it is good or
bad. This is dharma.”
vidvadbhiḥ sevitaḥ sadbhir, nityam adveṣa-rāgibhiḥ
hṛdayenābhyanujñāto, yo dharmas taṁ
nibhodhata
[Manu-saṁhitā,2.1]
“The religion
of such characteristics, such symptoms, I’m going to say to you.” In this way
Manu begins his religious book Manu-saṁhitā. “In our heart’s
approval, that seal of the present ahaṅkāra, ego, that will
be broken, and the inner flow will come and he’ll select his own plane and mix.
Then all suspicions will be removed. And then all the debts in the form of
prejudice, previous karma, that were trying to draw their own plane,
they’ll also evaporate, disappear.”
If you come
to connect yourself with Kṛṣṇa consciousness, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam
says, the Kṛṣṇa consciousness is such, if you come to
approach it to certain extent then you’ll find this change within you. A
natural progress you’ll be able to feel, not any artificial progress, all clear
on all sides, your march.
Here I close.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
yadi gaura nā hoita, tabe ki hoita, kemone
dharitām de
[rādhāra mahimā,
prema-rasa-sīmā jagate jānāta ke
madhura vṛndā vipina mādhurī
praveśa cāturī sāra
baraja yuvatī bhāvera bhakati śakati
hoita kāra]
Vasu Ghosh
says, “If Gaurāṅga did not appear in this world then how could we
live? Who could give us such high type of nectar? Prema-rasa-sīmā.
The acme of the divine love. And rādhāra mahimā. And what
is the magnanimity, magnanimous position of Rādhārāṇī?
How Her sacrifice is the highest? That type of sacrifice, that sweet sacrifice
can bring up such sweetness. As much as we can sacrifice, so much sweetness we
can get in return. How sweet. All these things, who used to know, to bring to
our door, if Gaurāṅga did not appear? Then how could we maintain our
life, how could we live? That is worth living, otherwise life is worth nothing,
it is zero. Gaurāṅga has taken to our door that life is worth
living, it has got such great prospect, such sweet prospect. It is Gaurāṅga
Who has taken to our door. Otherwise how could we live? This is my ancestral
property and I was dispossessed of that so long. And Gaurāṅga even
took it to us, this property, our inner property. Who is He? What sort of
friend is He to us, all mankind and animation?”
So Kṛṣṇa
Himself has come as the preacher, of Him. He has come to canvass Himself. Ha,
ha. Kṛṣṇa has come, Kṛṣṇa and
Rādhārāṇī combined has come here to canvass
Themselves for the good of the people. What are They, how generous and
benevolent? Gaura Hari kī jaya!
Vidagdha Mādhava: Jaya Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda Paramahaṁsa
Parivrājakācārya Aṣṭottara-śata Śrī
Śrīmad His Divine Grace Śrīla Bhakti Rakṣaka
Śrīdhara Deva Goswāmī kī jaya!
Devotees: Jaya!
...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ... Bhīma and Hanumān.
Madhvācārya himself said that, “Rāmacandra, Hanumān. Kṛṣṇa,
Bhīma, and Vyāsa and Madhva.” Their sampradāya in that
way, Madhvācārya is incarnation of Hanumān and Bhīma.
His physical
force was also very, very great. It is written that one piece of big stone,
what twenty persons could not move, he only with his left hand removed that
stone, replaced from one place to another. Such physical strength he had.
___________________ [?] he’s supposed to be the most strong amongst the gods.
So
Madhvācārya he took sannyāsa from one māyāvādī
disciple of Śaṅkarācārya, Acyutaprakāśa. But
his inner tendency was from his childhood towards Vaiṣṇavism. He
went to meet Vyāsadeva. Vyāsadeva of course living for the whole age,
seven or more there are, one is Vyāsa. And anyhow he could meet
Vyāsadeva in Badarikāśrama. Just above Badarikāśrama
that Vyāsa kṣetra sannyāsa place. And when he came back
from there he declared war against Śaṅkara philosophy. First he
converted his sannyāsa Guru, Acyutaprakāśa. His sannyāsa
Guru was converted by him, and his name was given as Padmanābha. And
next, many scholars of the time were converted by him. He started one
Brahmā sampradāya. By the name of Brahmā sampradāya
he started his new line of thought, mainly opposing Śaṅkara.
So ‘ham. Śaṅkara
says, “Brahman and jīva are one and the same.”
“No, this is
two, different. __________________________________________________________ [?]
The
principles have been depicted in such śloka, Madhvācārya.
And preached very vigorously against Śaṅkara, especially in the
south. Their favourite place of pilgrimage was Gayā.
And
Īśvara Purī, Mādhavendra Purī, they took sannyāsa
from that - came in connection with Madhva sampradāya.
And from there Mādhavendra Purī, Īśvara Purī. From
Mādhavendra Purī the initiation of Īśvara Purī, who is
the spiritual guide which Mahāprabhu has accepted, and Nityānanda and
Advaita. All These three, Īśvara Purī, Nityānanda Prabhu,
and Advaita Prabhu, They’re disciples of Mādhavendra Purī. And
Mahāprabhu took initiation from Īśvara Purī. In this way,
formally, the Gauḍīya sampradāya is emanating from
Madhva sampradāya.
But
Mahāprabhu’s sampradāya has got some speciality. What was
first felt from Mādhavendra Purī it could be traced, premankur,
the prema pradhan. In the Madhva sampradāya, prema,
that divine love is not given the highest position, so considerable position.
But from Mādhavendra Purī we find that the love of Vṛndāvana,
that has been given the supreme position in the sampradāya, line.
And from there Īśvara Purī, and from there Mahāprabhu,
Advaita Prabhu and others, and They began to preach about Kṛṣṇa
conception, Vraja līlā. So Gauḍīya sampradāya
is branching from Madhva sampradāya.
Formerly four
sampradāyas, Śrī, Brahmā, Rudra, Sanaka.
Śrī sampradāya Rāmānuja. Brahmā
Madhvācārya, and Nimbarka sampradāya Catuḥsana, and
Rudra sampradāya Viṣṇusvāmī.
Śrīdhara Swāmī’s ___________ [?] comes from Rudra sampradāya.
So Mahādeva, Lakṣmī Devī, Brahmā, and Catuḥsana.
The original flow of four types of devotion coming from them. And in this
middle age ________[?] Madhvācārya, Viṣṇusvāmī,
Nimbarka and Rāmānuja.
But the Gauḍīya
sampradāya has its speciality begun from Mādhavendra Purī
and culminating in Mahāprabhu. And Mahāprabhu’s feeling and
sentiments have been fully expressed by the Six Goswāmīs, Rūpa,
Sanātana, Jīva, etc. And we find that in that position by the Ṣaḍ
Goswāmīs.
Their special
value is that hitherto Kṛṣṇa līlā would have
been considered that Kṛṣṇa is there, the God, Kṛṣṇa,
a part of Nārāyaṇa He came in Vṛndāvana and showed
His līlā with the human beings, to grace them. And it is one
of the lines by which we can go to Nārāyaṇa.
But the
Goswāmīs, according to the instructions of Mahāprabhu, they
showed from Bhāgavata and other scriptures that Kṛṣṇa
līlā is the supreme and it is on the highest position, and it
is eternal, and it comes down. And Nārāyaṇaloka, that of
Nārāyaṇa it is lower than this Vraja, Vṛndāvana.
This all has been distributed by the Goswāmīs, followers of
Mahāprabhu, according to His Own instructions.
So anyhow
Madhvācārya, our respective Ācārya, we give respect to him
from a little distance.
Because we
find also in him that he told the outer side that, “The gopīs were
prostitutes of the heaven. And they came in connection of Kṛṣṇa
and their life was fulfilled.”
Not that in
the original they hold the highest position - not. Not human beings
getting grace of Kṛṣṇa for the time being, in the beginning.
They’re eternally there in the līlā.
esab gosai jana braja karila vasa rādhā-kṛṣṇa
nitya līlā koiliya prakāśa.
Their
speciality was to clear, to show clearly that it is not a by-product in the
course of time of Bhāgavata līlā, but it is the most
original position they hold. And that has graciously come down here. We’re to
see in this way, the most original thing, not outcome, not product of any other
divine pastimes, but this is the original. And how, why? In such way
they proved it by the process, by the analysis of the rasa, the ecstasy,
the ānandam, the joy. That is the most plenary substance in the
world is joy. And by scientifically analysing the different types, and
positions, and qualities of joy, they proved that it cannot but be that Kṛṣṇa
līlā holds the highest position.
Gaura Hari
bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
83.10.18.A_83.10.20.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...in the shape or some force it may come to the
tongue and dance, in the form of sound. So there is distinction between nāmāparādha, offence against Name, and the Name proper. And in
the middle nāmābhāsa also. We’re to differentiate and to go on.
In the
process in the formal we must begin from the big and go forward towards small.
And when we come to the finish we shall again return from the small towards the
big. Between big and small there’s one giant bead, that is known as Sumeru,
that must not be crossed.
And we must
put in the bag and take the Name. This [index] finger should not touch the
beads when we’re counting, so this should be outside, and with the help of the
thumb and the middle finger we shall count in this way.
At least, as
Swāmī Mahārāja has recommended, sixteen rounds we shall try
finish every day. If any special case of uneasiness, or too much engagement in
the service, then at least four times we must take. We should not keep the mālikāfasting. This is the food of the mālikā. We shall think like that.
Now, this
sound, this Name is found in Kali-santaraṇa Upaniṣad, which
is the highest portion of the Veda, considered to be Upaniṣad.
And also we find in Agni-Purāṇa, Brahmāṇḍa-Purāṇa
these lines. And this has been also recommended in the general almanac of sanātana-dharma as purifying in the main, purifying the main ages, in
Kali age. Kalau brahmanah kali yuga, every age has got its own kalau
brahmanah. In Satya-yuga,
nārāyana
parāvedāḥ nārāyana parākṣarā,
nārāyana parāmukti nārāyana parāgatiḥ
[“O Nārāyaṇa, the Supreme
Personality of Universal Truth, origin and worshippable object of all divine
knowledge. O Nārāyaṇa, the fundamental, causal cosmic potency
which is by nature unlimited, all pervading and omnipotent, that validates,
maintains and sustains the whole universe. O Nārāyaṇa, the
bestower of pure liberation, attained by achieving an eternal devotional
relationship with You. O Nārāyaṇa, You the supreme ambrosial
goal and shelter of life.”] [Śrī Bhakti Rakṣaka Bhajana
Madhuri, p 16-17]
This meant for Satya-yuga. In Tretā,
rāma-nārāyanānanta-mukunda-madhusūdanaḥ,
kṛṣṇa-keśava-kaṁsāri-hare-vaikuṇṭha-vamanā
[“O Rāma, the splendid ocean of divine
pleasure and enchanter of the heart. O Nārāyaṇa, the shelter of
the universe and all life. O Ananta, the unlimited omnipotent reality. O
Mukunda, the giver of pure liberation and perfection. O Madhusūdana,
destroyer of the demon Madhu, the embodiment of all demonic forces and
elements. O Kṛṣṇa, Keśava, all attractive personality of
divine ambrosial beauty and ecstasy. O Kaṁsari, destroyer of Kaṁsa,
the embodiment of sinister powers. O Hari, who takes away the devotees’ hearts
with His unparalleled superb super excellent attractiveness, unique loveliness,
beauty and glory. O Vaikuṇṭha, the supreme reality, transcendental
to all limits and doubts, invulnerability and unsteadiness. O Vāmana,
possessor of unlimited range of ability. I worship You with all devotion, may You
compassionately embrace me in Your shelter.”] [Śrī Bhakti Rakṣaka
Bhajana Madhuri, p 17]
For Dvāpara-yuga, the third,
harer-murārenadhu-kaitabhāre-gopāla-govinda-mukunda-śaure
yajñeśa-nārāyaṇa-kṛṣṇa-viṣṇu
nirāṣrayaṁ māṁ jagadīsa rakṣa
[“O Hari, captivator of heart by Your unique
divine loveliness, beauty and glory. O Murārī Madhu Kaitavari, the
destroyer of Mura, Madhu and Kaitava who represent demoniac consciousness of
different patterns, inauspiciousness and evil. O Gopāla, the protector,
nurturer and maintainer of the universal creation. O Govinda, giver of delight
to the heart and senses. O Mukunda, giver of blissful liberation. O Śaure,
the supreme almighty. O Yajñeśa, the exclusively worshippable object of
all auspicious spiritual sacrifices and devotional endeavours. O
Nārāyaṇa, the eternal shelter of the universe and all life. O Kṛṣṇa,
the all attractive reservoir of pleasure and ecstasy. O Viṣṇu, the
all pervading supreme personality. The preserver and maintainer of the whole
creation. O Jagadīśa, the supreme creator, controller and enjoyer of
the entire universe. I have no other shelter but You. Please protect me,
maintain and nurture me in the ambrosial embrace of Your shelter.”] [Śrī
Bhakti Rakṣaka Bhajana Madhuri, p 17]
And for Kali, especially,
Hare Kṛṣṇa,
Hare Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa,
Hare Hare. Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma, Hare Hare.
Only address and no petition, ‘I want this
or that,’ nothing, only main address. He will, ‘I want to go nearby, or I want
to invite Him towards me. And whatever is to be done He will do of His own
accord.’ That is the underlying purpose. So only the vocative case, address,
Hare Kṛṣṇa, all.
Now, there are ten kinds of offences which
are generally connected against the Vaikuṇṭha Name, transcendental
Name. The Name, the meaning, and the sound, no different in Vaikuṇṭha.
And here of course the sound and the object of the sound is different.
So when we shall take the Name, the first
thing we’re to reckon that, satam ninda namnah paramam aparadham vitanute.
The first great offence is to abuse the devotees, the agents that are sent by
the Supreme to uplift me. And if I blame them, abuse them, the Name is
dissatisfied. The object of taking Name, to satisfy Him, that He may be
gracious with me and deal me favourably and gradually attract me towards His
service, Name, and the purpose of the Name, one and the same. Kṛṣṇa
means Kṛṣṇa Himself. So in this way that satam ninda,
if we blame the sādhus, the agents that are, yatah khyatim
kathamu sahate tad-vigaraham, who have come here to chant the greatness,
nobility of the Name, and I’m abusing them, committing suicide. So the Name is
dissatisfied. We must not put blame to any sādhu who are devotees
of this Nāma bhajana. At this time we’re to understand that the
worshippers of other demigods, they’re not reckoned as sādhu. Satam
ninda only Viṣṇu bhakta, Kṛṣṇa bhakta,
because that is the universal truth, others are partial representation. So the sādhu
only are those that are in Nārāyaṇa consciousness, or Kṛṣṇa
consciousness, Vaikuṇṭha, transcendental mentality, they’re sādhu.
And we must not abuse them.
The second, śāstra ninda
[fourth offence], to blame the scriptures, there also those scriptures that
express to us, reveal to us Kṛṣṇa consciousness,
Nārāyaṇa consciousness. Not other demigod consciousness, those
scriptures are only meant for some purpose. Gradually they may be allowed to
accustom in worshipping demigod, then they’ll be given instalment for the
further progress. In this way they’ve been provided in the śāstra for
the lower classes.
Then the third is not to think the Gurudeva
as mundane person. Though he may be seen with so many symptoms, eating, then
sleeping, so many things common seen with other mortal animals. Still, he
should not be considered. Because, if I’m true in my search of Kṛṣṇa,
that Kṛṣṇa is there, He’s also coming near to me to connect
and help me. So if I’m sincere in my search, Kṛṣṇa is also
approaching to respond. So there we should see His representation, the agent of
Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa has sent him to deliver us, to
guide us towards Him. In this way the Gurudeva should be seen as a
representative of Kṛṣṇa. Not less.
Then, fourth, is not to blame the other
demigods like Śiva, devotees and other śakti. We should be
indifferent to them, and should not put blame, or should praise, neither,
indifferent. Should not be very much busy to blame other gods in this way. My
temperament should be I’m after the fulfilment of my own aim, no time to
disturb others. Only in the positive direction I shall go. But when preaching
is necessary that we should come to give the comparative study, then of course
impartially we should say what is dealt in the śāstra.
Then fifth is the namni arthavada. We
should not go to consult dictionary what is the meaning of the Name. Kṛṣṇa,
Rāma, or Hari, what does dictionary, the root meaning, derivative meaning,
no. If we can analyse everything scrutinizingly, the source of all potency is
the main centre, Kṛṣṇa. Every potency has its source in Kṛṣṇa,
starting from there. So all words, all meanings, in its fullest extent cannot
but mean Kṛṣṇa, the main centre, where from all waves are
getting birth. So ordinary dictionary meaning we should not hunt for.
Then sixth, nama bali aparādha.
We should not try to compare the purity and efficacy of the Name with any other
forms of worship, or holy activities.
‘O, you are taking Name, it’s well and good.
But at the same time if one chants the scripture that is also good. If anyone
makes gift to the poor, or to the sādhu, that is also good. Any
pilgrimage to holy places, that is also good. Making penances, that is also
good. All good.’
Not that way. There’s no comparison of any
auspicious activity with taking the Name. It is considered the foremost, this Hari-Nāma.
No other functions, no other process of sādhana can be compared to
this Nāma bhajana, direct sound transaction. That is the most
subtle, does not depend on anything, not only sound which is one with Him, same
with Him, but it is the highest form. But only this aparādha,
offences should be eliminated.
We should not think that this Name is to
purify, to cleanse me. ‘I shall go on committing offence and take Name and Name
will purify me.’ This sort of trading, trade mentality, must not be there. That
will be offensive. ‘The Name is only to purify me like my servant. I shall go
on doing such things that will make me dirty, and I shall take the Name and
Name will purify me.’ With this mentality if we take Name it is offence, and
not the proper method of taking the
Name.
Then, asraddha namni nama dhana. To
give, to confer the Name to anyone and everyone without considering his
position, his śraddhā, how much faithful he is, confidence
he’s got in the Name. Without considering, if I’m very eager to make disciple
and give, distribute this Name to anyone and everyone, then knowing fully well
that they’re not fit for, then it will be committing offences against the Name.
Then the ninth [tenth offence] is if we make
too much of any particular attraction, pull down, in any particular material
achievement, and we go to take the Name it commits a sort of aparādha,
because my mind is centred there only. Just as if a ship has got anchor, and
rowing also at the starting, but it will move round the anchor. The anchor must
be taken out, and then the ship should be allowed to go, and it will go to the
destination. So if any particular attachment that should be uprooted. And we
should allow the Name to take me wherever it likes to take me. Not so much
prejudice that ‘I won’t budge and inch from my position.’ With this
determination then it will commit offences and not real Name.
And the last point is we must be with
friendly relation with the Name. The Name will take me wherever it will, but
that is that I’m going to my friend. This sort of internal conception I must
have within. Back to God, back to home. A very sweet place, and my own inner
satisfactions quest, I’m going there. The Name will take me to that place. Not
only towards the place of absolute power and strict law that I may not find
that very pleasant, it is not. It is friendly, it is very sweet, it is my home.
Back to home I’m going. This Name will take me there. These are the ten kinds
of aparādha we shall note.
[Padma-Purāṇa, Brahma-Khanda,
25.15-18, 22-23] & [Gauḍīya Kaṇṭhahāra,
17.69-75]
And nāmābhāsa also. Sānketyaṁ,
parihāsya, stobha, helanam, four classes. And that
can give us emancipation, liberation from this mundane bondage, but cannot give
positive thing, Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
That is nāmābhāsa, sānketya,
we begin one thing and are reminded of another thing. I may go to take the name
of a person whose name is Kṛṣṇa, but my mind is attracted by
the name, by Kṛṣṇa Himself. That is nāmābhāsa,
may be nāmābhāsa. But no object of service, serving
attitude, so it is ābhasa. It may effect liberation but thereby we
cannot get the eternal service there of Kṛṣṇa.
Parihāsya. In a joke.
‘O, you’re taking Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa. Very nice.
You have become a very good devotee I see.’ So in this way joking, in
ridiculing temperament also one takes the Name of Kṛṣṇa, nāmābhāsa
may come. ‘It will come’ there is no guarantee, but may come.
But that can give only liberation and not the positive achievement.
Then third, stobha. Sometimes we use
as symbol. When we’re perhaps playing on the mṛdanga and
‘Gaura-Nitāi, Gaura-Nitāi. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa,’
we use as a sound symbol. Not regular Name taking from the Gurudeva and with
that attention to go on taking Name. But only a chance coincidence while taking
the Name as a symbol he’s using. That may sometimes be the cause of our
liberation, but not permanent attainment of the service.
Helanam. Sometimes
neglectfully we may take the Name of the Lord, very neglectfully, even
contemptibly. ‘Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa. You
have become a very great devotee. Hare Kṛṣṇa will give you
food. Hare Kṛṣṇa will give you clothing. Hare Kṛṣṇa,
what it will do? Hare Kṛṣṇa.’ In this way pronouncing the
Name, still nāmābhāsa may come and give him, not always,
but even it may come, nāmābhāsa.
So these four kinds of nāmābhāsa.
Avoiding them with the object and earnestness of serving Kṛṣṇa
and His devotees, with this temperament we shall go on taking the Name.
That is the positive direction we should try
to follow, that we shall want the service. Service is not labour -
labour of love. It is paying, the service is paying. And what will be the
remuneration, the paying? That is love. They take, and the remuneration will be
given to us in terms of love, so we shall make progress towards. So in this way
we’re to take Name.
Now, the dīkṣā. Dīkṣā
will be _______________ [?] One by one you’ll come there, it will be
private...
...
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
...should not be spoken unless it’s pleasing.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. Not harsh truth. One should not be eager to
speak the harsh truth to pain others.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
That will cause pain.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja:
Satyam briyat
priyam briyat, ma briyat satyam apriyam [?]
[Priyam ca
namritam briyat, tesa dharmasya sanatana [?]
Which is not pleasing, such rough truth we
won’t be eager to force others to listen, something.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
Yes. But...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha. Priyam ca namritam briyat. At the same time,
whatever pleasing he’ll speak that, that is also barred. No. Hitam manohari ca
durlabha manava ca [?] True and pleasing, your aim should be always in this,
that your manner to speak truth should always be pleasing. So Mahāprabhu
says,
tṛṇād
api sunīcena, taror api sahiṣṇunā / amāninā
mānadena, kīrtanīyaḥ sadā hariḥ
[“One who is humbler than a blade of grass,
more forbearing than a tree, who gives due honour to others without desiring it
for himself is qualified to always chant the Holy Name of Kṛṣṇa.”]
[Śikṣāṣṭakam, 3]
Your attitude to preach Kṛṣṇa
devotion, Kṛṣṇa consciousness, must be very modest, honest,
sincere...
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
I see. There are different ways of presenting the same.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Not like the Mohammedans, the sword in one hand, Koran
in another hand. “Either accept or I shall behead.” Not that policy
accepted by the Vedas, or Mahāprabhu, Bhāgavatam. That
does not stay for long, that forcing preaching, forceful preaching, that has
got its reaction. Ha, ha. But soothing preaching, peaceful preaching, that will
bring victory in the end. That will stay for long time. So clever preaching
also not very recommended, by tactful preaching. That’s got some effect but not
permanent effect.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
Tactful preaching - not recommended?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. Tactful preaching.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
Is recommended?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: May be accepted to certain extent. But in general,
tactfully, real acceptance is necessary, heart’s acceptance, inner heart’s
approval. But tact does not reach into the heart. It can play jugglery with the
intellect. _______ ke? Ranga Devī?
Devotee: Ranga
Devī.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ranga Devī, and Śyāmānanda. None
else?
Devotees: Bon
Mahārāja.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Bon Mahārāja. Heart should be conquered.
Tact, diplomacy, cannot be successful to conquer anyone’s heart.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
Another question Guru Mahārāja. Ethical practice, if one does not practice...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Diplomacy can meet diplomacy. Diplomatic aspect may
be defeated by another diplomatic aspect. Anything which is meant for the good,
that will fetch some value in goodness.
[pārtha
naiveha nāmutra, vināśas tasya vidyate] na hi kalyāṇa-kṛt
kaścid, durgatiṁ tāta gacchati
[“O Arjuna, son of Kuntī, the
unsuccessful yogī does not suffer ruination either in this life or
the next. He is not deprived of the pleasures of the heavenly planetary systems
in this universe, nor is he denied the chance to personally see the Supersoul
in the divine realm. This is so, O dear one, because a person who performs
virtuous actions never becomes ill-fated.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
6.40]
Any sincere attempt cannot have any bad
reaction. Sincere. So sometimes punishment also brings something. Mother
sometimes punishes her child, but the affection in the back, that will also
fetch something, but not so much.
Gandhi explained that why he came to take
that ahiṁsā, non violence. He told that in his young age he
was a very naughty child. And he used to take this smoking habit, and so many
others, perhaps liquor also. And his father was a good soul, he used to
chastise him for that. Then one night he came late. Father called him, he was
just on the bed. He came late and went to meet his father.
Then father sat down in his bed and asked,
“Why are you so late? Did you go to that club? And have your taken wine, or
smoking, all these things?”
“Yes, I did.”
Then other days he used to rebuke him, and
also sometimes gave him punishment. But that day his father he sat on his bed,
and out of despair, hopelessly cried for some time.
“I tried so much for your correction, but I
failed, O Lord.”
So did not say anything, again after crying
he laid down on the bed.
The reaction came in the mind of Gandhi.
“Father rebuked me other days so much. But today only he cried. And out of
disappointment he took his bed. Did not utter a single harsh word to me, only
simply cried and cried. But that came to me as reaction and I left that bad
habit. And from there I could gather that non violence has got more power than
violence. His violent treatment could not cure me, but his non violent attitude
impressed me so much that I could give up my bad habits. From that day what
wonderful strength there may be in non violence began to grow in my mind.
Then one day in England in a hotel, “then I
promised that I won’t” - when there was a proposal of going to England
to be barrister, then in a hostel they lived. And he was pledged to, before
going, his father or mother, anyone, he won’t touch any more wine or any meat.
“If you promise then I shall help you to go
to England for study.”
He promised and he was doing accordingly.
But one day in the company of his friends, perhaps in a feast or for some
purpose, he was going to take wine and meat, all arrangements he was going to
take. Suddenly his mother’s request came to his mind.
“O. I promised to her I won’t touch, and I’m
going to.” And he suddenly gave a jump from the position.
His friends were surprised. “What is this?
You were just going to take the food and you jumped up.”
“Yes. Something came to my mind suddenly. My
mother’s tearful face.
“Don’t touch all these things, then I shall
allow you to go to London.”
“It came to my mind my friends. Forgive me,
I won’t touch them.”
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
Guru Mahārāja. If one is not truthful, practically practising that
quality, that virtue of truth...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Truth is not law, truth is person, and He’s free,
He’s autocrat. That is in Kṛṣṇa conception. And in
Rāmacandra we find more law abiding, truth is law. Kṛṣṇa
says truth is not law. The highest truth is person, and He’s free. Personal
conception of truth, not abstract law. They’re all subordinate. The highest
truth is person, and He’s sweet, He’s love, and He’s free, autocrat. That
conception of truth given in Kṛṣṇa. So generally we think
truth that is justice, that is law, that is given by the scripture, or
sanctioned by the society, all these things. But highest truth is personal.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
If, an example...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Sat, cit, ānanda. So Yudhiṣṭhira
wanted to abide this law truth. But Kṛṣṇa asked, “No. You cross,
you say lie. Because the object for you are lying that is more noble than this
man made law abiding.” Follow?
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
Yes. I do follow.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: No, no. You’ll ask the same question again. Ha, ha.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
Well, ha, ha, ha... the siddhānta I understand. But Yudhiṣṭhira
he’s practising before Kṛṣṇa’s saying that he’s practising
something...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Kṛṣṇa is stealing and He’s
speaking lie to mother. “I don’t know anything.” He’s doing something and says
“I do not know.” What is that, that lie or truth?
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
That is truth.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: How? Ha, ha, ha, ha.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
It is coming from the Personality, the Supreme Person.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The Lord is speaking for Itself. Reality is by
Itself and for Itself. Whatever pleases Him that is true. And not a concocted
law by a particular group for their local interest. That is not truth. A
section is producing truth, law, according to their own local misconceived interest.
That is not truth. Which satisfies the highest, that is true, which is in
consonance with that. The satisfaction of Kṛṣṇa, that is
true. And these are all false, all misconception, thrusting one’s own interest
into the absolute current. Follow?
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha. Not so easy. Ke?
Badrinārāyaṇa:
_________________ [?]
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
What is conscience?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Conscience, that is the principle of conception,
conscience. Vivek, oh, that reason, in conception of reason in different
planes, conscience.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
That has nothing to do with Paramātmā?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Paramātmā in higher position,
Paramātmā dictation. In the misconceived contest, I shall do this or
that, you may ask your conscience.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
How does one remove his conscience by misbehaviour? How does one weaken that
conscience. In some people it is strong, in some people not strong.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: By opposite education, association, that conscience
may be covered.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
For misbehaviour?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. Misbehaviour also. What is anti towards his
real interest, that covers conscience. Ultimately when heart purified we can
ultimately recognise that conscience is the dictation of Paramātmā
when it reaches that zone. Just as light can help you in any misdeed, in
worship also light can help, and in dacoiting also light can help. So according
to the zone, according to the field, conscience works.
You are going to commit dacoiting and
perhaps for this purpose it is necessary to kill a person. But conscience may
say ‘You don’t kill the person. Only take money, rob money, don’t kill.”
Conscience in that particular field, something.
Or, conscience to see ones self interest to
the highest point, conscience may say, “If you don’t kill it will go against
your highest interest. You’ll spoil your whole life, whole campaign. You’ll be
the evidence, witness, and so many things will come out, your whole life will
spoil. Kill him and save yourself.
_______________________
[?] At every time one should save his own self, so kill him and save yourself.”
That also may be conscience.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
So, Guru Mahārāja. Can it be said that Yudhiṣṭhira
Mahārāja he had a conflict of conscience and Kṛṣṇa
gave him the order to lie, but then his conscience from his practice of
truthfulness...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Did not allow him to speak the lie.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
Yes. So what is that? That is reason faculty...?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So conscience is a relative position. For his own
position, perhaps for his own jurisdiction, conscience gave dictation to go
against Kṛṣṇa’s order, Kṛṣṇa’ will. So
conscience is not dictation of Paramātmā, of Kṛṣṇa.
Differs, according to the plane of our lives, conscience differs, faculty of
highest judgement, suggestion. According to our plane of living the conscience
varies. Even Yudhiṣṭhira, a devotee, he could not shake off the
social influence, or śāstric understanding, could not. Though
he knew that Kṛṣṇa is Bhagavān Himself, still.
Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
Today our Rasācārya
Mahārāja expected, but what should be the time?
Badrinārāyaṇa: We can’t say.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: From Vṛndāvana generally one comes in the
__________________ [?]
Badrinārāyaṇa:
________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ________ [?] does not come through Mathurā.
Mathurā is the nearest.
___________ [?]
comes via ________ [?] Previously it was, I do not know the present table.
Badrinārāyaṇa:
________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _____________ [?] generally comes through
Mathurā. So from Vṛndāvana the nearest position is Mathurā
to catch the train. And when that _____________ [?] reaches Calcutta?
Badrinārāyaṇa: I don’t know.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: You’re to enquire from Subāla Sakhā, and
accordingly this prasāda...
...
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
...mention some of the other ones?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: No. It is mentioned in Mahābhārata,
such occasion, when Kṛṣṇa was saying from there. Eight kinds
death, and one is to admire ones own good attributes.
“You accept that sort of death Arjuna. And
don’t go to behead your revered brother Yudhiṣṭhira for this simple
cause. He abused your Gāṇḍīva in another spirit, not in a
bad motive. And the formal thing you’re going to consider, leaving away the
spirit of it. What is this?”
Arjuna’s conscience was there, that
conscience rejected. Yudhiṣṭhira’s conscience rejected, by the
Absolute Truth. So conscience is not a part and parcel of the Absolute Truth.
It depends according to its own position.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
Mental system.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: A relative thing, a relative decision.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura
Hari bol.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
Guru Mahārāja. Sometimes you mention guardians. Everyone has
guardians. Is that like demigods, or Spiritual Masters? Or on the subtle plane
everyone has...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That also is to be judged from the absolute
consideration, who your guardian is. The comparison of the Absolute Truth, that
will give valuation of the decision of the guardians. A dacoits guardian, he
may try his son to learn how dacoiting should be committed. So guardians of
different kinds.
Gaura
Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
But by acting in certain ways does one gain the sympathy of certain higher
beings?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: There was one disciple from London has written a
letter to me yesterday...
83.10.20.B_21.A_22.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ... “we must come down to his level. So your men
that are fond of intoxication, to canvass them we should come down to their
level. And we ourselves will take intoxication and so many other objectionable
things, and that is sanctioned in Gītā.”
He has quoted one śloka. Vidvāṁs
tathāsaktaś, cikīrṣur loka-saṅgraham.
[saktāḥ
karmaṇy avidvāṁso, yathā kurvanti bhārata
kuryād
vidvāṁs tathāsaktaś, cikīrṣur loka-saṅgraham]
[“O Arjuna, as ignorant, attached persons
work, the wise must also work, but without attachment, in order to protect the svadharma
or religious principles of those who are competent to follow the path of
action. The difference is not in the actions of these two classes of men, but
in their respective attitudes of attachment and indifference.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
3.25]
“Only to capture people of a particular
group, one preacher he may without internal attachment, he may accept that sort
of external habit only to capture those classes that are fond of intoxication
and others. And if one does that, Jayatīrtha Mahārāja, to
capture the so called intoxication and other bad habits class, then where is
the fault? Why do you abuse him? It is in Bhagavad-gītā, it is
mentioned there. Vidvāṁs tathāsaktaś, cikīrṣur
loka-saṅgraham. To capture the mob he has - though internally
he does not want that, not addicted to that, but externally he’s accepting
those habits to mix with them and then to capture them.”
It is sanctioned in Bhagavad-gītā
he says. Tathāsaktaś, cikīrṣur loka-saṅgraham.
At the same time there is in Bhagavad-gītā.
yad yad
ācarati śreṣṭhas, tad tad evetaro janaḥ / sa yat
pramāṇaṁ kurute, lokas tad anuvartate
[“The general masses imitate the ways of
great men. They follow whatever the great personality accepts as the right
conclusion.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 3.21]
The leader’s life should be ideal so that
men in general have respect for their high character. And if they do what is
not admirable in the society then people will go to do that, opposite direction
is also there. We’re to adjust. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
ānukūlyasya
saṅkalpaḥ, prātikūlya-vivarjjanam
[rakṣiṣyatīti
viśvāso, goptṛtve varaṇaṁ tathā.
ātma-nikṣepa
kārpaṇye, ṣaḍ-vidhā śaraṇāgatiḥ
evaṁ
paryyāyataś cāsminn, ekaikādhyāya-saṅgrahaḥ]
[“The six limbs of surrender are as follows:
1 - To accept everything favourable for devotion to Kṛṣṇa. 2
- To reject everything unfavourable for devotion to Kṛṣṇa. 3
- To be confident that Kṛṣṇa will grant His protection. 4 -
To embrace Kṛṣṇa’s guardianship. 5 - To offer oneself unto
Him. 6 - To consider oneself lowly and bereft.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 22.100] & [Śrī Śrī
Prapanna-jīvanāmṛtam, p 9-10]
How much one should go forward to capture
whom? What is his value? All these local things should be considered.
First went to America and began his
independent life he had to eat many a time food which was in association with
the meat and wine, all these things in the refrigerator. Here is meat and here
is vegetable. And he had to take that, for the sake of Kṛṣṇa’s
service. But not in a normal position. Sometimes it may be necessary to go out
of the way to do something. But that will depend upon the sincerity and the
degree of the importance of the work, all these things. And he had not accepted
that permanently for his general life. But for particular time he had to take
the risk, of taking prasāda and to fulfil his body, which had such
contamination there, and the scent also there, had to tolerate anyhow for the
great work.
And we’re told that once Brahmānanda
and who? They imprisoned him for three days.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
Yes. Rāmānuja Mahārāja.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And no food, or gave some food? Imprisoned him three
days.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
No food.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: No food. So he had to tolerate that. That is not
normal.
But that is not
to acquire the habit. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Nitāi
Gaura Hari bol.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
Guru Mahārāja. In Rāma līlā there’s ethical
culture? Some practice of virtue is there, some support for that.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: To certain extent. Rāmacandra took remnants of
a caṇḍāla. That was not the lawful practice there for the
kṣatriya. Did something uncommon, and mostly He abided by the
moral law of the country, but not always.
Rāmacandra killed Bali, not in front to
front fight, but as a thief, from behind the area, tree, threw an arrow to kill
him. That is not moral.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
No, that isn’t even kṣatriya.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Then one śūdra gentleman he engaged
himself in penances. Rāmacandra, asked by His Guru Vasiṣṭha,
beheaded him while he was engaged in penance, one Sambuka. That is also not
allowed by the law of the country. These peculiar practices we find in
Rāmacandra. But they’re for their justification, perfect justification
there is. But in general committing the moral activities, ostentatiously.
So moral laws they should be respected as
long and they’re in consonance with the higher. That should be the good thought
about that. Our good will should be like that. They’re not absolute, they’ve
got their relative value. If they’re in clash with the absolute good then they
should be rejected. So, ānukūlyasya saṅkalpaḥ,
prātikūlya-vivarjjanam. Amongst the devotees they accept what is
favourable, what is unfavourable. Even sometimes truth may be unfavourable,
so-called truth.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
I ask these questions because I’m trying to trace out why in our
Swāmī Mahārāja’s Movement, why certain practices apparently
seem to be missing. And there’s ruthless dealings, harsh dealings. Instead of
mercy, these positive qualities, we’re finding some negative dealings, even
amongst the Vaiṣṇavas. I’m trying to trace out how it is possible,
these qualities are not being shown, in a more obvious way. Mercy, tolerance.
Devotees:
______________________________________________ [?]
...
Devotee: ...in the
spiritual world to merge and maintain individuality.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ______________ [?]
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
This is a tape recorder.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Akṣayānanda Mahārāja, do you
hear, his question?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Yeah.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: How do you feel?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
He’s asking how is it possible...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I know what he’s asking.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Adhokṣaja.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Just as man is attacked with a spirit, with a witch,
you know?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
With a witch, haunted by a ghost, or witch.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Or a ghost, man attacked by ghost. Have you heard
this? No?
Devotee: Yes, I’ve
heard.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: How do you feel?
Devotee: I feel...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: His mind is there, and again ghost has captured his
mind. So also the one may be absorbed in another.
Devotee: Peacefully.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So these fellows, these śāveśa,
to serve some purpose, and they have got some sukṛti for which
they got the chance of living closely with the soul of Nanda, Yaśodā,
and the gopīs.
You see, soul is like light, a candle. A
candle’s light, if you take another the light is mixed. You cannot
differentiate this is the light of this candle, and this light is from that
candle. Intermingled. So it is possible in soul also. A good light there, a
meagre, bad light also comes and mix together in ray. Still, it has got its
special individual characteristic. Unlike physical things. In Gītā
[2.24], sarva-gataḥsthāṇuḥsa. Sarva-gataḥ
means like light, like a flame. Light, it spreads itself in a space. Light is
not in a point, but the rays, another light comes and the ray of one mixes with
another and makes it more intense. It may be removed and it may be rejoined. So
soul is of that character, it can accommodate another soul within it, like
light.
Devotee: Is this for
training purposes for learning how to serve Kṛṣṇa that state
may be there for some time?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. That sort of connection, suddenly good fortune
they have got. From a particular group, particular section, they’re allowed to
keep such close connection with Yaśodā. And somewhat ________ [?] in
the service Yaśodā also there. And they’ll get a better chance in
future.
Just as there is a bona fide group of
officers, and someone from outside taken in by some arrangement and asked the
bona fide group officer, ‘accept this in your service. Incorporate him in your
office.’ And he gets a good chance of helping him and becoming more efficient.
That is his good fortune takes him there and gives him a good association. A
very closer and practical association to become good overnight.
Such similar, gets a good chance of having a
closer connection, closer constant company of Yaśodā in doing her
service to Kṛṣṇa. He gets that great chance.
[pārtha
naiveha nāmutra, vināśas tasya vidyate]
na hi
kalyāṇa-kṛt kaścid, durgatiṁ tāta gacchati
[“O Arjuna, son of Kuntī, the
unsuccessful yogī does not suffer ruination either in this life or
the next. He is not deprived of the pleasures of the heavenly planetary systems
in this universe, nor is he denied the chance to personally see the Supersoul
in the divine realm. This is so, O dear one, because a person who performs
virtuous actions never becomes ill-fated.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
6.40]
Whatever is intrinsic to the good, no bad
effect comes from there. Ke?
Devotees: Bon
Mahārāja.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Bon Mahārāja. Come this side, you all come
that side.
...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Such respect should be given there.
vicakṣaṇa
kari', dekhite cāhile haya, haya ākhi-agocara
[Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura
says: “Suddenly a flash came, but when I tried to see that, it disappeared. It
was withdrawn.”]
So high, if you want to look at it a little
carefully it won’t come within our jurisdiction.
pūjāla
rāgapaṭha gaurava bāṅge [mattala sādhu-jana viṣaya
range]
[“The path of
divine love is worshippable to us
and should be
held overhead as our highest aspiration.”]
The whole tenor of our Guru
Mahārāja’s preaching was this, that this should be kept always above.
And we should never try to stare at Them carefully. The capital, we must
reserve capital, which we must not dare to use. Standing capital overhead.
Something like that. If we go to do that then we shall become sahajiyā.
That is the highest quarter of the transcendental world.
Sometimes from far off we shall say whatever
we hear through the Guru we want preach about them. But won’t venture to make
them in the objective line, being subject. So subtle, and so high, so
respectful. So that is the be-all and end-all of our life, should be treated
well. It is Infinite, the characteristic of the Infinite is like this. Don’t
dare to finish it, then we’ll have to suffer from reaction if we attempt to
finish the Infinite. Something like that.
...
...ego, he was very much eager to know about
that from Guru Mahārāja. And he was called ______ [?]
Trespasser, or
something. He was bold enough to enter into the plane where one should not.
Respectfully, with special respect it is there. None should venture to force
entry there. Always kept over our head. Still, that is all in our life, this mañjarī
class. Not to be dealt like things in the street. Then it will drag them in
the ordinary plane then value will disappear, we shall see some other thing,
not the real.
If we’re realistic then we shall be
particular about the steps. Ādau śraddhā, sādhu-saṅga,
bhajana-kriyā, nartha-nivṛttiḥ, ruci, athāsakti,
bhāva, prema bhakti, sneha, mana, pranaya, rāga, anurāga,
bhāva, mahābhāva, all these stages we must be particular
with.
[ādau
śraddhā tataḥ sādhu-saṅgo’ tha bhajana-kriyā
tato’
nartha-nivṛttiḥ syāt tato niṣṭhā rucis tataḥ
athāsaktis
tato bhāvas tataḥ premābhyudañcati
sādhakānām
ayaṁ premṇaḥ prādurbhāve bhavet kramaḥ]
[“In the beginning there must be faith. Then
one becomes interested in associating with pure devotees. Thereafter one is
initiated by the spiritual master and executes the regulative principles under
his orders. Thus one is freed from all unwanted habits and becomes firmly fixed
in devotional service. Thereafter, one develops taste and then attachment. This
is the way of sādhana-bhakti, the execution of devotional service
according to the regulative principles. Gradually spiritual emotions manifest
and intensify, then finally there is an awakening of divine love. This is the
gradual development of love of Godhead for the devotee interested in Kṛṣṇa
consciousness.”] [Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindu, 1.4.15-16]
And not from the beginning the highest
prospect we shall try to snatch it. That will be ludicrous.
______________________
[?] Only from the ground if we want to have the fruit of the top of the tree,
ha, ludicrous thing. 'Virajā,' 'brahmaloka,' bhedi' 'paravyoma'
pāya, tabe yāya tad upari 'goloka-vṛndāvana'.
[upajiyā
bāḍe latā 'brahmāṇḍa' bhedi' yāya,
'virajā,' 'brahmaloka,' bhedi' 'paravyoma' pāya
tabe yāya
tad upari 'goloka-vṛndāvana', 'kṛṣṇa-caraṇa'-kalpavṛkṣe
kare ārohana]
[“The creeper of devotion is born, and grows
to pierce the wall of the universe. It crosses the Virajā river and the
Brahman plane, and reaches to the Vaikuṇṭha plane. Then it grows
further up to Goloka Vṛndāvana, finally reaching to embrace the
wish-yielding tree of Kṛṣṇa’s Lotus Feet.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.153-4]
Steps we must not omit, then everything will
be falsified.
sakhyāya
te mama namo 'stu namo 'stu nityam / dāsyāya te mama raso 'stu raso
'stu satyam
[Śrīla Raghunātha Dāsa
Goswāmī, the greatest exponent of the faith of servitude to
Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī,
Rādhā-dāsyam, wrote: “I won't allow myself to become fascinated
by the proposal of the higher level service as a friend, sākhya.
Rather, I shall tend always to do the lower service, dāsya, the
service of the servant. I shall not consider myself to be a high-class servitor
and I shall always tend to go towards the lower class of service. But He may
forcibly take me to a higher service - “No, you are no longer to serve there;
now you must serve in this higher category.”] [Vilāpa-kusamāñjali,
16]
That āśābharair-amṛta-sindhu
[Vilāpa-kusamāñjali, 102], the author of that poem, he himself
says, “We shall always try to tend towards dāsya rasa, and not sākhya
rasa, not friendly rasa, or friendly relationship. But if we receive
a force to come down to take us to that level, demand will come from there,
from higher type. ‘Take him here.’ But our tendency will be always to go
towards the lower aspect of service. That should be genuine. And demand will
come from upper. So that sort of, that particular servant should be taken up to
the family to this stage. Dāsyāya te mama raso 'stu raso 'stu
satyam. Let my real attraction be towards the service. And sakhyāya
te mama namo 'stu. The confidential stage I try to show my honour there.”
That Raghunātha Dāsa says, who is the author of āśābharair-amṛta-sindhu-mayaiḥ
kathañcit, kālo.
“Without You I do not want the Vṛndāvana,
nothing, not even Kṛṣṇa.”
The author of that śloka he
himself says. “Let my real internal sincere tendency be towards the service,
and not there of friendship with Kṛṣṇa or the sakhīs.”
That is the key to success. The selection
must come from above, and the demand must come from above to take us to be
used, inductive process. Descending method, their favour should come to take
one up. So it is not a matter of trial in sādhana.
What about his coming here?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Did not mention an exact date.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: But previously...
...
...He gave admission in His saṅkīrtana
party, persons from the lower classes.
Then Advaita Prabhu one day remarked in a
stern way that, “Nityānanda has come and His dealings are very generous.
Anyone and everyone is getting admission into this saṅkīrtana party.
Now it is difficult for Us and for Śrīvāsa to keep our
connection with this mob party outside.”
This taunting remark, of course on
Mahāprabhu. Mahāprabhu ran away very abruptly, quickly, and jumped
into the Ganges.
Devotee: ____________________
[?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And Nityānanda Prabhu and Haridāsa Prabhu,
They also followed Him with lightning speed. Mahāprabhu jumped, They also
jumped. Nityānanda Prabhu caught by the hair, and Haridāsa Ṭhākura
by the feet, and anyhow took Him up.
Then Mahāprabhu told, “Don’t tell
Advaita Ācārya that You have taken Me up from the Ganges. I shall
hide in the compound of Nandan Ācārya. And You announce that I have
entered Ganges.”
Advaita Prabhu was informed accordingly, and
He began fasting. Three days almost past, and information going to
Mahāprabhu. “Advaita is fasting, and crying, wailing.”
Then Mahāprabhu after three days
perhaps He came away, came out of the Nandan Ācārya, from His hiding
place, and met Advaita Ācārya, and told Him that, “The higher officer
of a king, by whose order, so many men are hanged, even king has the power to
hang that very officer.” Ha, ha. “Who is the master, who is the dictator of allotting
hanging, the highest capital punishment to all the subjects, even he may be
allotted capital punishment by the king. So Kṛṣṇa is
autocrat, and we’re to mind that we’re to abide by the decision of such
autocratic order. Must be prepared. _________ [?] Ācārya. So you
should not think otherwise. Give up Your old prejudices and come out.”
So divine dispensation may be very cruel,
even to the high officer. They’re nominated Ācārya of Swāmī
Mahārāja, but they have also to undergo such severe punishment from
the high. We shall try to adjust ourselves accordingly. Amāninā
mānadena. We have come to deal with infinite autocracy, so always
careful about our position. No pride may enter into our heart.
tṛṇād
api sunīcena, taror api sahiṣṇunā / amāninā
mānadena, kīrtanīyaḥ sadā hariḥ
[“One who is humbler than a blade of grass,
more forbearing than a tree, who gives due honour to others without desiring it
for himself is qualified to always chant the Holy Name of Kṛṣṇa.”]
[Śikṣāṣṭakam, 3]
Ultimately we must have that sort of ideal
in our mind, whatever we do, in whatever field, in whatever engagement we are
at present. The highest trial is always awaiting me, so we should not be
allowed to be pumped up, in any way, at any position. At the same time we’re to
maintain that our Guru’s position is not like that, they’re still up. The
Ācārya may be banished, but the mob, the lowest class event with the
disciples. They came to their full, whole-hearted faith in one place, and now
they’re being robbed like so many properties _________ [?] That is more
painful. So many articles, so many things. The men with his spiritual regard is
being treated like that, so rashly, roughly, just be troublesome. How the faith
is being... Of course those that are connected with false relationship their
misfortune must be ________ [?] there, otherwise it ________ [?] But still it’s
painful scenery.
One country is defeated by another country,
one nation by another nation. But the after effect when the victorious party
come to loot the defeated that is a very painful scenery. When fighting mood
they’re fighting with one another, that does not matter. But innocent persons
are sometimes...
But if we see, look at to the extreme, then
of course nothing is bad. Tat te 'nukampāṁ susamīkṣamāṇo.
The test comes to give us promotion. Examination only for next promotion, we’re
to take like that. That sort of encouragement is with us, examination means
promotion in the background.
tat te
'nukampāṁ susamīkṣamāṇo, bhuñjāna
evātma-kṛtaṁ vipākam
hṛd-vāg-vapurbhir
vidhadhan namas te, jīveta yo mukti-pade sa dāya bhāk
[“One who, in the hope of achieving Your
grace, goes on enduring the inauspicious fruit of his own karma, and
passes his days practising devotion unto You in every thought, word, and deed -
such a person is heir to the land of freedom: he attains to the plane of
positive immortality.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 10.14.8]
No error on the other side, with the highest
authority. Highest authority is not erroneous, no faults, it is all perfect.
We’re to adjust with such an environment, and that will be very near to the
highest plane, Vṛndāvana __________ [?] All cruelty that is shown,
including whipping of the Lord Kṛṣṇa that is also service.
Whipping of Yaśodā to Kṛṣṇa that is also service.
Very peculiar thing. And that is Vṛndāvana.
Gaura Hari bol. So let us consider there
must be some greater good on the back. Apparently it may be deplorable, it is
all for the best. We’re to adjust ourselves with that principle. That will be
good for everyone.
Madhyama
adhikāra, uttama adhikāra. We can’t maintain our position in the plane of uttama
adhikāra, highest position. But we shall always try to have our
highest regard, and with that help we shall try to minimise our pains in the madhyama
adhikāra. Para-duḥkha duḥkhī. There is one
stage in the lower uttama adhikāra, they have got no pain for
themselves, but they cannot tolerate the pain of others. There is such a stage
in the soul. They do not care for their own pain, but they cannot but care for
the pain of the others. That is a stage. After that madhyama
adhikārī, after that they’re above all feeling of pain of any
type. It is all good. The depth of their vision is so much, that things which
are very far is seen to them very near. So they cannot see any reaction, their
deeper vision. And we cannot see, the length of our vision is small, so we
cannot see the highest and the longest end, so we deplore.
Mother punishing the boy, in an abrupt
vision mother is very cruel, but if the vision, the sight is little extended,
‘O, to correct the boy then it’s all right.’ Something like that. All
harmonising. Harmony is to be understood, to be read, and to be at ones nature
earned, sundar, sundaram. Satyam, śivam, sundaram.
Nothing bad can come from Absolute Good. Sundaram. To that extent our
vision must be extended, must go. Sundaram. All harmony, all good, all
love.
83.10.22.B_83.10.23.A
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ... “such abnormal way He’s using me. But whatever
transformation within my body or mind, but I find that a nectarine solution is
always all pervading also in me.
________________________________ [?] kṛṣṇa-nāma
icchāmaya, yāhe yāhe sukhī haya sei mora sukhera.
Gradually I come to realise that He’s my Master. In
whatever way He may utilise me, if He’s satisfied, let it be fulfilled. He’s my
own heart’s friend. And He’s utilising me in His own whim. Let Him use His own
thing. I belong to Him fully.” ___________________________ mora citta-vitta
saba hare.
lainu āśraya yā'ra, hena vyavahāra
tā'ra, balite nā pāri e sakala;
kṛṣṇa-nāma icchāmaya,
yāhe yāhe sukhī haya, sei mora sukhera sambala
[The Songs Of Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura,
p 59-61]
“He’s the
Master. I’m to serve Him. This feeling comes and transforms me to think that
He’s my Lord. In any way He may be satisfied I should follow that. This
surrender, complete, arouses in me. Let Him be happy at my cost. And there lies
my highest quality of fulfilment and ecstasy. I feel it from my innermost
heart, that by His handling, independently over me, He’s Lording it over me,
and I’m finding that is the way of my fullest ecstasy.”
premera kalikā nāma, adbhuta rasera
dhāma, hena bala karaye prakāśa;
[īṣat vikaśi punaḥ, dekhāya
nija-rūpa-guṇa, citta hari' laya kṛṣṇa-pāśa]
[The Songs Of Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura,
p 59-61]
“Gradually I
come to find that if it’s a seed containing a marvellous quality happiness is
there. And it is oozing from there, and it’s spreading through the whole of my
nature. Īṣat vikaśi punaḥ, dekhāya
nija-rūpa- guṇa, citta hari' laya kṛṣṇa-pāśa.
Sometimes like a lightening that Name is expressing His own real nature and
attracting me towards Vṛndāvana līlā. And there He
puts me in the adjustment with the līlā of Vṛndāvana,
inherent in my nature.”
...
[03:30 - 04.30 silence]
Infinite is
not Absolute. Infinite plus finite is Absolute. His opinion is also of this
type. A provincial, partial consideration. So many parts and their own centred
consideration cannot but be there. All not universal standpoint everywhere. But
they have got their own world of interest. That should be merged in the world
of Kṛṣṇa interest. It is there. Advaya, Absolute is advaya.
vadanti tat tattva-vidas, tattvaṁ yaj
jñānam advayam
brahmeti paramātmeti, bhagavān iti
śabdyate
[“Learned
transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth call this non-dual substance
Brahman, Paramātmā or Bhagavān.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.2.11]
Threefold
conception of the Absolute generally we find here among the scholars of India.
All- comprehensive, all-permeating, and all-controlling. Then again divided,
creation, preservation, and destruction, here. And there also in the original.
This is in the shadow. And in the original also that sort of movement. This is
the shadow. That is līlā, dynamic character. The original
world that is also dynamic, not static. All-comprehensive aspect is not static,
all-permeating, all dynamic, līlā.
The clash is
between province and centre, something like that. In the province also so many
units, different sections, different families. Even in a family, the husband,
wife, the son, some sort of different interest, and sometimes clash. That may
be soft or little but it is there in any form or other.
So separate
interest and universal interest, bigger and smaller. Reading, feeling, all
these things cannot but be a little different. But here in the exploiting stage
it is bitter, and in the dedication stage that is beautiful, the difference.
“I shall take
it. I won’t give it to you.”
“No, no. You
shall take it. I won’t take it.”
This is the
difference. Dedicating unit, competition, but from that dynamic character what
comes out that is nectar. The competition of dedication produces nectar. And
competition of exploitation produces poison.
And the
dedication is not between ordinary individuals. The highest form of dedication
including the centre, the Absolute. Otherwise it will be only some moral value.
The Absolute owner ______________ [?]
The Absolute ownership must be present there.
Otherwise not only moral things, they’re not masters. Man and Master has got
some difference, some categorical difference.
What is
unnatural that is artificial, and what is artificial that is reactionary. And
reaction also may come in both the planes. In one place it is, as I told
before, nectar producing, another poison producing. Poison is there, it cannot
be eliminated fully. This is the... Otherwise no poison, then no nectar.
Relativity requires it for us to understand. To maintain the existence of the
nectar the opposite conception cannot but be there. A relative consideration
necessary.
Our Guru
Mahārāja wrote a book, Relative Worlds. Two worlds almost
parallel.
There was one
Greek philosopher, perhaps Spinoza [?], [Spinoza was Dutch] his parallelism.
Perhaps he took from India, that old Greek philosopher, his opinion was
parallelism.
As is in the
ontological plane, so we find in the material plane, just a shadow.
[na tatra sūryo bhāti candra-tārakaṁ,
nema vidyuto bhānti kūto 'yam agniḥ]
tam eva bhāntam anubhāti sarvaṁ, tasya
bhāsā sarvaṁ idaṁ vibhāti
[“In the
transcendental abode of the Lord there is no need of sun, moon, or stars for
illumination, nor is there any need of electricity, what to speak of ignited
lamps. On the other hand, it is because those planets are self-illuminating
that all effulgence has become possible. Whatever there is that is dazzling is
due to the reflection of the divine abode of the Lord. The Supreme Godhead is
so brilliantly self-luminous that neither the sun, nor the moon, nor stars, nor
lightning have any power of illumination in His transcendental abode, and what
to speak of fire. It is a fact that all of them get their power of illumination
from His effulgence alone. In fact, it is only because of His existence that
the whole universe exists.”]
[Muṇḍaka-Upaniṣad,
2.2.10-2] & [Kathā-Upaniṣad, 2.2.25 - part 5, mantra 15]
It has got no
originality of its own, this world we’re living in and struggling. Tam eva
bhāntam anubhāti sarvaṁ. The original conception is there.
This is only perversion.
In Bible also
Satan has got in quality the next position to God, we’re told. God has got
Supreme Power. The next powerful is Satan, he’s the opposition leader, enticing
others away from śaraṇāgati. Influence them to -
it is peculiar - to taste the fruit of the tree of knowledge.
Jñāna śūnya bhakti, Mahāprabhu says. As soon as they tasted the
fruit of the tree of knowledge they fell down, calculation came, full surrender
vanished. And then separate consciousness came out. For their maintenance and
other things they had to come down in the world of calculation of self
interest. As long as they were surrendered in that locality, they had no
anxiety for anything else. Came down from that zone to understand their own
interest, unsatisfied with the decision of the Supreme, entered the life of
calculation.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Also to be
traced, we’re told that they were naked at that time, in that plane, no
shyness. So having connection with the higher plane our shameful feeling also
minimised, not to be found there. What is considered to be generally shameful,
that may be viewed with higher purity. Just as in Indian socialism,
_______ Draupadi Kunti Tara Nanda ______ panca tan
mitra maha bhaga ___________ [?]
What is
condemned here in social custom, that a lady may not have more than one
husband. But in the case of these ladies it was so. But still they’re connected
in such a plane that these ordinarily sinful things was laudable. Not only
blameable but it was laudable. And we’re told that if you can follow their
ideal your sin will disappear _________ [?] Great sins of adultery will
disappear from you if you can understand the ways and character of those ladies
of higher plane, what is chastity.
So Adam and
Eve they had to take dress to their body when they came in the life of self
calculation.
And there,
not necessary, simple, plain, automatic, happy position. No meanness.
Harmonious. Not even thought nor anxiety, nothing. In this way we’re to think
for higher divine life of surrender.
We’re also
living a type of surrendered life, but surrender to the lust, to the greed, to
the anger, to the indriyavas, slave of senses.
kāmādīnāṁ kati na
katidhā pālitā durnideśās
[teṣāṁ jātā mayi na karuṇā
na trapā nopaśāntiḥ
utsṛjyaitān atha yadu-pate sāmprataṁ
labdha-buddhis
tvām āyātaḥ śaraṇam
abhayaṁ māṁ niyuṅkṣv ātma-dāsye]
[“O Lord, for
so long I have obeyed the unending, wicked dictates of lust, anger, greed,
madness, delusion, and hatred, but they never took pity on me, and I have felt
neither shame nor the desire to abandon them. O Lord of the Yadus, after all
this, I am leaving them behind. At last I have found my genuine sanity: I am
surrendered wholly unto Your lotus feet, which are the abode of fearlessness.
Please now engage me as Your personal servitor.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 22.16]
“I’m
disgusted with the service of these my masters. I can’t endure a minute more.”
Perhaps
Mādhavendra Purī’s śloka. Teṣāṁ
jātā mayi na karuṇā. “These masters their hunger won’t
be appeased. Exacting labour from me from time immemorial, and not given any
reserve and any pension, retirement. No chance of retirement even have I got.
Eternal time I’m serving and serving these fellows.
Kāmādīnāṁ kati na
katidhā pālitā durnideśās, teṣāṁ
jātā mayi na. We could not
satisfy them with so much labour and service. Na trapā
nopaśāntiḥ. And what about me? I’m a shameless man, na
trapā, no shame. Nopaśāntiḥ, and no exhaustion
that I won’t be able to render service any more. No such temperament, no
reaction comes to me.
Anyhow, for
the time being I have got that sort of mentality. Some awakening of some light
I find within me that there is only one way. If I can commit myself to some
other higher authority then these fellows will back out, otherwise not. Utsṛjyaitān
atha yadu-pate sāmprataṁ labdha-buddhis. Immediately I have some
ray of hope and light, that if I can offer myself to a higher authority, then
these fellows will leave their demand on me from this labour, otherwise not. So
I have come to You my Lord, You allow to enter into Your boundary admission.
Then these fellows will leave me, otherwise no end of their slavery. Utsṛjyaitān
atha yadu-pate sāmprataṁ labdha-buddhis, tvām āyātaḥ
śaraṇam abhayaṁ māṁ niyuṅkṣv
ātma-dāsye. Please give some engagement, otherwise no hope.”
So the
negative will retire when we shall have any positive participation, and sādhu,
śāstra. And sukṛti, that becomes faith and takes
to sādhu, and by their cooperation we can have our entrance, may be
slow or rapid, and then the negative side will withdraw. Otherwise, the
renunciationists they’re also failure, the Buddhists and Śaṅkarites.
Ye 'nye 'ravindākṣa vimukta-māninas. Only withdrawal
from the negative side is not a safe position, until and unless positive
connection is there, only withdrawal from the negative.
ye 'nye 'ravindākṣa vimukta-māninas,
tvayi asta-bhāvād aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ
āruhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ [padaṁ
tataḥ, patanty adho 'nādṛta-yuṣmad-aṅghrayaḥ]
[Someone may
say that aside from Vaiṣṇavas, who always seek shelter at the
Lord’s lotus feet, there are those who are not Vaiṣṇavas but who
have accepted different processes for attaining salvation. What happens to
them? In answer to this question, Lord Brahmā and the other demigods
said:]
[“O
lotus-eyed Lord, although non-devotees who accept severe austerities and
penances to achieve the highest position may think themselves liberated, their
intelligence is impure. Although they may rise to the level of impersonal
Brahman realisation, they fall down from their position of imagined superiority
because they neglect to worship Your lotus feet.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.2.32]
With great
pain and trouble one may raise himself up to the highest position, and may
think, ‘I’m quite safe here.’ Vimukta-mānina. Think themselves
very, very safe. Very, very liberated, themselves. Tvayi asta-
bhāvād aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ. They’re not conscious of
the higher region so there’s error in their consideration. There is the higher
plane, the positive. They have no conception of the positive in any way. Only
withdrawal from the negative is not liberation proper, until and unless they
get the connection of the positive. Aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ.
Miscalculation still there in them, about the environment.
Environment
has got a necessary demand in the mutual presence, existence. We can’t avoid
that, we can’t avoid. ‘That I’m quite independent of the environment,’ this is
mere speculation, this cannot be the fact. There must be influence from outside
to us, it cannot be avoided. So withdrawal from a particular, and think there
is nothing, others, but there is the thing and it has got it’s claim and
influence on me.
I do not
understand that, a miscalculation, false calculation, and shall have to come
down again. No other alternative. Because some sort of external influence must
come and affect me. I cannot eliminate it fully. So that higher attraction I
can’t catch, so the lower attraction is sure to capture me again, seeing that
this man is helpless, no guardian, he can be looted from this position.
Āruhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ padaṁ
tataḥ, patanty adho 'nādṛta-yuṣmad-aṅghrayaḥ. They cannot have respect for even Your lower aspect,
Your padaṁ. And that is error, that is miscalculation, false
calculation. So he’s in māyā, misconception. And the next
consequence is that the other, lower environment comes to capture him. That
external influence is inevitable. None can say that ‘I’m independent of my
environment.’ None can say. For the time being one may control his environment,
but for the time being. Siddha, yogī, they can create their
environment for the time being. That all finishes. Ultimately they’ll have to
come down. This lower aspect of environment does not allow him to be free for
long time, it is inevitable.
But if he
could catch the attraction of the positive and have any sort of entrance there,
then that environment would have helped him, and they retire eternally. And so
much so, that even dressed with that sort of positive influence he comes down
here, with the help of Yogamāyā, he comes here to deliver other
people, this māyā cannot have any influence on him. His
soldiers dress, armour, the armour of Yogamāyā is there. He may go
freely in the Mahāmāyā region, but Mahāmāyā
cannot do anything, cannot pierce the weapon in his body, the
Yogamāyā.
nāhaṁ prakāśaḥ sarvasya,
yoga-māyā-samāvṛtaḥ
[mūḍho ’yaṁ nābhijānāti, loko mām ajam
avyayam]
[“By My own
sweet will, remaining concealed by an illusory image, I am not manifest to
anyone and everyone. Therefore, none of these foolish persons can ever really
know Me as the son of Vasudeva, who am independent of mundane birth and
ever-existent in My divine personal Śyāmasundara form of beautiful
feature like a blackish rain-cloud.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 7.25]
Yogamāyā means like that armour.
[ajo 'pi sann avyayātmā,
bhūtānām īśvaro 'pi san]
prakṛtiṁ svām adhiṣṭhāya,
sambhavāmy ātma-māyayā
[“Although My
eternal form is transcendental to birth and death, and I am the controller of
all beings, I appear within the world in My original form, by My own sweet
will, extending My internal potency of yoga- māyā.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
4.6]
When He comes
here His higher potency is always around Him, and this lower potency of māyā
cannot influence there. Not only Him and His followers also like that.
etad īśanam īśasya, prakṛti-stho
’pi tad-guṇaiḥ
na yujyate sadātma-sthair, yathā buddhis tad-āśrayā
[“This is the
divinity of the Personality of Godhead: He is not affected by the qualities of
material nature, even though He is in contact with them. Similarly, the
devotees who have taken shelter of the Lord do not become influenced by the
material qualities.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 1.11.38]
Tad-āśrayā means His devotee. They’re also similarly they can
move and live here freely without being any way enforced or contaminated by the
illusory energy.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Nitāi. Nitāi. Nitāi. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. What’s
the time?
Badrinārāyaṇa: _____________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ____________ [?] So I close here.
Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī Goswāmī
Prabhupāda kī jaya!
Devotees: Jaya!
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Śrīpad A.C. Bhaktivedānta
Swāmī Mahārāja kī jaya!
Devotees: Jaya!
...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ... Balarāma out of throne. “You come down.
Your age is passed. Now My fellow, and along with You Your Kṛṣṇa
will have to come down. My Lord Gaurāṅga He will take His seat on
the throne. It is Kali-yuga, bare it. Our age has come. You go to Vṛndāvana.”
Ha, ha, ha.
Such a dream Śacī Devī had, that Nityānanda Prabhu is
forcibly taking down Balarāma.
“Why You Two
occupy the throne? My Lord Gaurāṅga He’s to occupy the throne. And
You go to Vṛndāvana. Take Your throne there.”
Ha, ha, ha,
ha. And Balarāma is being defeated by Nityānanda taking Him out.
So something
like that. Mahā-vadanyāya.
I had try to
trace the highest conception of the Absolute in Mahāprabhu in this way.
That He’s always dancing mood. Dancing means self sufficiency, dancing. When a
taste that ‘I’m fulfilled’ then the dancing, generally. And Absolute dancing is
of that type. Dancing means self satisfaction, nothing more. And chanting means
distributing the same to others. So Prema Dhāma Deva. Who is Gaura
Sundar? He’s dancing and chanting. Dancing that He’s self sufficient He’s the
Absolute. And chanting He’s distributing Himself to others. Kīrtanātma-vanṭanam
[Prema Dhāma Deva Stotram, 66] He’s inviting others to take share
in the ecstasy what is stored in Him, ātma-vanṭanam. So this
is the sign, symptom, of the Highest Entity that should be. Let us show our
revered venerable respect to that type of Godhead of the Absolute.
Self
sufficient in love. Power, knowledge, all of lower type. Love is the real
criterion of satisfaction, and neither knowledge nor power. That is the key to
understand what is devotion proper, why it should be the highest thing. Why
Mahāprabhu’s conception, Vraja Vṛndāvana conception is the
highest? To understand that properly we must know the fact. Generally everyone
is hunting after power. And then there is a section hunting after knowledge
more and more. But that is incomplete in itself. Love is full thing. Possessor
of love is satisfied. And these things cannot give any satisfaction. And a
limit, every increasing, increasing, thirsting. But only love divine can give
satisfaction. And that does not mean that is like ignorance. ‘Ignorance is
bliss.’ Not that type, but just the opposite.
I used to say
there is a part of the world where the Absolute takes the care as other mundane
śaraṇāgata. A child in the mother’s lap, how he gets
help from the mother, affection? No power, no calculation, and no
understanding, but automatic help comes to him. The highest quarter in the
world is like that. The divine arrangement of nurturing, of maintaining,
sustaining everything, take your abode in that quarter, and divine arrangement
is there from the most skilled. Power is also immense, and no poverty, and no
misunderstanding, want of justice. But including that the affection is there
taking care in the divine area.
So jñāna
śūnya bhakti Mahāprabhu says, “That is our goal, and
nothing, no power, no knowledge. Our goal is to enter into the management
administration of the automatic divinity, how affectionate with love. Our goal
should be there, nowhere else. Eho bāhya āge kaha āra. [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 8.59] Yes, We admit that this is the goal.”
Now there is
also gradation points from lower to higher. We’re to understand and try to get
that, in this way. Gaura Hari bol.
Devotees: Jaya! Gaura Hari
bol. Śrīla Guru Mahārāja kī jaya!
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
...
[37:34 - 38:24 ?]
brahmāṇḍa brhamite kona
bhāgyavān jīva, guru-kṛṣṇa-prasāde
pāya bhakti-latā-bīja
[“Wandering
throughout the material universe, the very fortunate living entity who receives
the grace of Guru and Kṛṣṇa receives the seed of the creeper
of devotional service.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.151]
So many
agents that had got firm conviction in the existence and immortality of the
soul, beginning from Socrates, not to speak of India.
Netaji Subash
Bose told, I saw in a paper, “I love India because India is a favourite place
of the Supreme Lord. He comes here every now and then as incarnation. But in
other parts of the world His visit is rare. There also He comes or sends His
own person, but not so much as in India. This is His choice place.”
Ha, ha. So
many gentlemen asked us, “Why India should be given prefer-ability about
religion, and other countries neglected?”
Then I told,
suppose you have got a hospital in your land, ‘Why that is not located in your
village?’ Somewhere to be located, like school, hospital, somewhere to be
located. And you’re to take advantage of that. So here also you may consider
like that. That some place is to be selected, and India was selected. And those
that are nearer they get more facility. You may say it’s chance coincidence.
Or as in Manu-saṁhitā
we find mentioned. Manu says, “The type of religion what I’m preaching here,
you will find it generally as brahmavārta, including the
Badarikāśrama, including Kurukṣetra. Then brahmarsi desa
next, up to Allahabad confluence. Generally you’ll find that people they’re
fond of such practices and following such creed. Next, Harjarvata [?] the whole
northern India.”
Then he gave
another remark. “There is a kind of cow by whose tail we make āratī.”
You have seen,
cāmara?
“The cāmara’s
tail is used in āratī. Wherever this type of cow moves
freely, there you’ll find this type of religion in vogue.”
And Kulu Bhaṭṭa
[?] in his commentary he has mentioned there, puna puna udvalanti [?] “Men of
such practice and thought, they will be produced here, at small intervals,
puna, again and again they will have their birth in such position.” Ayavata
punya bhumi madhye binday himalayo [?] Excluded the Dravidians.
But we find
that generally the Vaiṣṇava Ācārya they have come from
the south, the Rāmānuja, Madhvācārya, Viṣṇuswāmī.
At least three Ācāryas of the Vaiṣṇava School they come
from the south. And the Rāmānuja sampradāya whose origin
they say dravida-bheda. Revealed scriptures of the first order has come
from the pancama, the fifth class, that untouchable caste. Śaṭhakopa.
Sathari. Sat means hypocrite, cheat. Who is the enemy of the cheaters, that was
Nammālwāra. By different names that gentleman...
83.10.23.B
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...means Avatāra. Āveśathey consider as parṣada, the agents of Nārāyaṇa they’re sent
here to help the people. Āḷvārs. Twelve Āḷvārs came, so far, in the Dravida country. And the first Āḷvār
is that gentleman Nammālwāra, or Sathari, Śaṭhakopa. What he has given in Tamil that is considered to be dravida-bheda.
They consider that respect for his advices as we give respect to the Veda.
Tamil Veda. And there, the exclusive devotion to Nārāyaṇa,
that is given there, and smaraṇa, śaraṇāgati. Śaraṇāgati
has got the highest adore, respect, commands the highest. And they classify
śaraṇāgati into two classes, perhaps you know, as they
say this mārjjāra-nyāya and this markaṭa-nyāya. Two kinds of śaraṇāgati.
In the monkey
section we find that the child he catches his mother, its mother, and mother
may take here, there, everywhere, but he holds fast to the mother, that child.
That is a type of śaraṇāgati for the child. Very
carefully and very strongly he catches the mother, and wherever mother goes
he’s carried there automatically.
And there is
another, mārjjāra-nyāya, the cat. The cat’s child, it does not care anything,
but the whole thing left on the mother. The mother cat will catch the child,
bite on the neck and take here and there anyhow. But he does not know, does not
care to do anything, the wholesale dependence on mother. That’s a class of śaraṇāgati.
And they say that is the highest type of śaraṇāgati, the
wholesale dependence on the Supreme. ‘I
won’t take any step whatsoever.’ Full, complete dependence.
That mārjjāra-nyāya, and that markaṭa-nyāya, two kinds of śaraṇāgati. But śaraṇāgati
has been given much importance in the Rāmānuja section.
It has been
decided in this way. Mere śaraṇāgati can give you
everything. This śravaṇa, kīrtana, so many other forms of devotion
unnecessary. It will come here on its own itself. Only your duty will be to
increase the dependence on Him, and everything will come automatically. So śaraṇāgati
is the foundation on which the bhajan, the service will go on, and śaraṇāgati
is the foundation. After surrendering, whatever I shall do, otherwise only
giving bond, I’ll understand that I’m not person, I’m like property of the
Supreme Lord.
Just as
vikrita yatha pasu [?] a tamed animal. That animal has got no personality. The
owner is the person, he can say, he can kill, he can adore, anything. His
position is that of a property of the owner, pasu.
Our position
should be like that. With this spirit, whatever I shall do it will go to my
master. I’m not the owner, not the party person. This is śaraṇāgati.
So śaraṇāgati is of two types. This mārjjāra-nyāya, that is considered to be the highest type, nothing
to do.
But
Mahāprabhu He did not prefer these two examples, we find from Him. No
criticism, still find He was giving the example that, “One is dropped into the
well, and some rope extended, and he’s to climb. And other helpers ____________
[?] but he must cooperate. Free will is there. We cannot demand. That jīva
has got its free will. Otherwise the whole burden is on the Absolute, on
the Absolute līlā. And why jīva is coming into
this side, but he’s enjoying or suffering the results of his karma? The
responsibility is on him, not with the Absolute. So some sort of freedom must
be admitted, of course mildest freedom, but still it is there, and the
cooperation is necessary. It may be least, but still it has got its place. And
with that least chance of cooperation jīva can be helped.” So
Mahāprabhu has given such example, that fallen in a well.
Otherwise the
scriptures, the punishment and education has got no meaning. Everything is the
outcome of the Absolute flow. That is of course in the region of
Yogamāyā. But in Mahāmāyā something amiss, something
wrong, and that is due to the vulnerability of the scanty freedom what the jīva
soul has got. By misusing that we’re in such deplorable condition. The
responsibility with jīva, not with God, the saṁsāra.
Just as only
misuse of the independence one is to go to prison house. Improper use of ones
natural freedom. So prison houses are resting on the undesirable free action of
the people. Otherwise no necessity. Something like that.
Anyhow,
Ācāryas from the south with Vaiṣṇava faith have come,
mostly, even Śaṅkara is also from the south. They’re intellectual
giants. Buddha is in this side, northern side. Vyāsadeva of course in
northern, Parāśara,
etc, big previous Ācāryas they’re here. But the middle age
Ācāryas they come from southern India, Vaiṣṇava
Ācārya.
So we find
that geography has got some position, but that is not to be followed very
extreme, anywhere. Generally, Bengal is considered to be, this eastern side of
India is considered to be out of the holy places in India. Pāṇḍava vagita [?] Pāṇḍavas did not go, Pāṇḍavas moved anywhere, everywhere, but They did not come to
east Bengal. They say that’s a symptom of impurity of the east Bengal. Just as
Kali-yuga is the worst of the time, and Bengal is also standing by the side of
the Āryan culture, but
considered to be impure, this Kali and Bengal.
And
Mahāprabhu came here, and He came here when the worst enemy of revealed
truth is the logical thought, so called. The culture of logical development
reached its acme during the time of Mahāprabhu, this _______ [?] nyāya. It is admitted by the whole of India, all the
scholars of India, that logical culture reached its extreme point in Bengal at
the time of Mahāprabhu. And just He appeared, and that is the worst enemy
of revealed truth, of theistic thought. Everything they must examine and
whether it is true or not, it is false or true, good or bad, they will come to
judge everything, they’ll examine.
At that time
Mahāprabhu came and crushed their head, and announced that jñāna
śūnya bhakti.
“You are all
disqualified. Knowledge is disqualified. Only devotion can help you.”
We’re told
that Mahāprabhu also He composed some outlines of nyāya śāstra.
And the greatest scholar of the period he got that copy when Mahāprabhu
and he were making a journey in a boat on the Ganges. When he found he began to
weep, tears began to run down from his eyes.
“Why friend
you are?”
“I have
written a book. But if Your commentary ever stands, then none will come to read
my book, my commentary of nyāya śāstra.”
“O, is it so?
So you’re crying? Let Me see the book.” He took and threw into the Ganges
water.
“What do You
do, what do You do?”
“Yes, I’ve
done rightly. This is awful, that is unfruitful. This nyāya śāstra,
this jñāna, this type of knowledge cannot help us to reach to the
goal, awful, unfruitful. So this is not a valuable thing what I have thrown in
the water.”
That
Nimāi Paṇḍita declared that jñāna śūnya
bhakti, surrender. “Surrender to the high, that is really fruitful. And you
go to challenge, and discuss, and want proof, He’ll neglect you. He won’t care
to hear your clamour.”
So if we
really want to have our association with the higher, then this is not the way,
the challenge. ‘I shall with inspection, I shall take it in the laboratory and
analyse. And from the seat of a judge I shall examine it.’ All this is
ludicrous to get a general conception of the higher. You’re judging faculty is
eliminated.
Our Guru
Mahārāja used this expression generally. “Puppy brain.” The brain of
a little dog is puppy. Puppy means ____________ [?] the small child of a dog,
and puppy brain. We want to measure the infinite with our puppy brain, it is
ludicrous.”
So something
else, and that is śaraṇāgati, surrender. Praṅipāta, paripraśna,
sevā.
First praṅipāta, praṅipāta means surrender, that is the token, the symptom, the
emblem of surrendering, praṅipātameans. To fall at the feet. ‘I have finished, all my
capacity proved fruitless. I’m disappointed. If there’s any hope, any prospect,
it is with You.’ With this attitude to prostrate before the Guru. ‘You can make
or mar. You can save or kill. No other alternative. I fall at your feet. Be
merciful. Save me, or I shall have to die.’ Praṅipāta.
Then paripraśna, honest enquiry, not with the spirit of testing, or
examination, or anything like that. Eager tendency to know higher things,
whether that will accept me or not within its own circle. Paripraśna.
And the main
thing is sevā, service. ‘I’m disgusted with my present position,
finished all prospect, no hope. Anyhow I may be accommodated with the help of
some higher knowledge that prospect I may have to live further. No charm of
living such life I’ve found there. Such a type of life has got no value. Only
in the midst of inevitable mortal influence, every second I’m being killed. It
is intolerable for me to remain, to continue my existence in this sphere. Save
me, give some engagement here, sevā.’
Superior, it
is natural and reasonable, that if we want any association of the superior,
then that must be in the way of service. I should be utilised by you, not that
I want to utilise you, in my play. That is the most important thing. I want to
be utilised. I cannot utilise other things by my knowledge of interest. I want
to be utilised. I want to be a queen ___________ [?]
“It is better
to reign in hell than to serve in heaven.” That Satanic expression.
But just the
opposite. “It is better to serve in heaven than to reign in hell.”
So I’m eager
to have recognition of my utilisation in the service of the higher. With this
spirit only we can search for the real thing. For Him, not for myself, for Him.
This is the most difficult criterion, to understand and also to practice, to
follow. At every step, at every thought, every posture, we must keep it in our
mind, that whether this criterion is invited to measure my activity at every
step. Of course in its intrinsic value, not external value. Praṅipāta,
paripraśna. In Veda also.
tad vijñānārthaṁ sa gurum
evābhigacchet, samit paniḥ śrotriyaṁ brahma niṣṭham
[“One who
wants scientific knowledge about the Supreme Truth must approach a bona fide
Guru and offer him everything required for sacrifice. The Guru must be fixed in
the truth, having heard it from a genuine source.”] [Muṇḍaka-Upaniṣad,
1.2.12]
Samit paniḥ. Samit
means the wood which is necessary for the sacrifice, for the fire.
__________ [?] The gross materials which are necessary for this function, that
must be collected by me, gross side. And the other side will come from him,
Ācārya. Śrotriyaṁ brahma niṣṭham. Not
only theoretical but practical knowledge the Ācārya must have, this
is his symptom. And the śiṣya he’ll go in his own necessity,
he’ll collect the gross materials whatever necessary. Samit paniḥ
means that, samit paniḥ. Samit, in other words, praṅipāta,
paripraśna, sevā. It has been explained like that. Samit
means what are necessary things for the fire sacrifice. And this fire is
another type of fire, which can burn avidyā.
[yathaidhāṁsi samiddho ’gnir,
bhasma-sāt kurute ’rjuna]
jñānāgniḥ sarva-karmāṇi, bhasma-sāt kurute
tathā
[“As a
blazing fire reduces the wood and everything else within it to ashes, O Arjuna,
so also does the fire of knowledge burn up all action.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
4.37]
Can reduce to
ashes all our material impulses and aspirations, that may be reduced to ashes,
that sort of fire. As light can disperse darkness, that sort of fire. The samit
paniḥ śrotriyaṁ brahma niṣṭham.
And in Bhagavad-gītā,
jñāninas tattva darśinaḥ.
[tad viddhi praṇipātena, paripraśnena
sevayā / upadekṣyanti te jñānaṁ, jñāninas tattva
darśinaḥ]
[“You will be
able to attain all this knowledge by satisfying the enlightened spiritual
master with prostrate obeisances, relevant enquiry, and sincere service. Great
souls who are most expert in scriptural knowledge and endowed with direct
realisation of the Supreme Absolute Truth will teach you that divine
knowledge.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 4.34]
Ācārya’s qualification, and in Bhāgavatam also.
tasmād guruṁ prapadyeta, jijñāsuḥ
śreyaḥ uttamam
śabde pare ca niṣṇātaṁ,
brahmaṇy upaśamāśrayam
[“Therefore
any person who seriously desires real happiness must seek a bona fide Spiritual
Master and take shelter of him by initiation. The qualification of the bona
fide Guru is that he has realised the conclusions of the scriptures by
deliberation and is able to convince others of those conclusions. Such great
personalities, who have taken shelter of the Supreme Godhead, leaving aside all
material considerations, should be understood to be bona fide Spiritual
Masters.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 11.3.21]
Tasmād. When his
prospect is finished, prospect and attraction for this world finished, he will
see that everything is treacherous, the soil is treacherous. What I went there
for, apparently it was supposed to give us some pleasure, but ultimately that
is transformed into pain, reaction. So the soil is treacherous. Apparently
proposes to give something, but ultimately it is proved that this is just the
opposite, traitor, ādhiyātmika, ādhibhautika, ādhidaivika.
Tasmād guruṁ prapadyeta. Then one has to approach Guru, the heavy, that
cannot be removed from his position. Who is so heavily posted there, none can
remove him from his position. His principle is understanding Guru, prapadyeta.
We’ll take refuge under him, surrender to him.
Jijñāsuḥ śreyaḥ uttamam. And what is the best for us, please advise me. I’m
nonplussed, puzzled, perplexed, to think out what is good and bad. Nothing I
can ascertain, as if the whole taste and hope is crushed. Hopeless,
disappointed, no good prospect in life there can be, disappointed. Jijñāsuḥ
śreyaḥ uttamam. Is there any good life, fair life, higher life,
that we should hope to live? Is there any such life possible in the whole
world, of this pessimistic section? Jijñāsuḥ śreyaḥ
uttamam.
Śabde pare ca niṣṇātaṁ. Who is well practised in two things. The revealed
truth, revealed scriptures, the previous Gurus that have left their trace and
knowledge about that. Pare. Not only the theoretical side, not only the
intellectual side, but also has got practical experience, touch, he’s
established in such position. And he’s experiencing the benefit of that plane.
Not only abstract intellectualism, ‘That yes, such is that, such is that,’ but
he’s established properly, has got some basis, foundation, where from he can never
be removed. Such position, such firm adjustment he has got, that no discord can
canvass him to its own side.
yasmin vijñāte sarvam evam vijñātam bhavati,
yasmin prāpte sarvam idam prāptam bhavati
[“By knowing Him, everything is known - by getting Him,
everything is gained.”]
This type of
position. Bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś, chidyante sarva [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.2.21]. It may be, or may not be full, but that type, that quality position. Bhidyate
hṛdaya-granthiś, chidyante. It is quite natural. Where we’re
wandering, we’re roaming, it is artificial. But quite natural position is
there. So slight taste of that plane, he’ll firmly feel that this is a part of
my home. Not the whole home he may capture, may be master of, but this is my
home. This sort of firm conception he has got. Bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś.
How is it possible? Heart’s inner flow can give the guarantee. The heart is
sealed, hṛdaya, hṛdaya-granthiś, bhidyate. The tie in
our heart, that is torn, and the natural flow, to know his own, that has
sprung, the flow has come from there. And just going to the similar thing, ‘O,
this is my own.’ Something like intuition, recognition will come like that.
‘This is my own.’ Bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś. And the flow of
devotion, ahaitukī and apratihatā, which is non
checkable, irresistible, and causeless, natural, ever existing. That will know
his own, recognise his own soil, whole friend quality. Bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś,
chidyante sarva-saṁśayāḥ. No doubt can enter in that
plane. ‘It is my home, I have got recognition. I won’t like to hear argument
from other quarter. Examine it, then, ‘no, no.’ My heart has recognised
automatically. This is automatic relationship. Chidyante sarva-saṁśayāḥ.
No room of any doubt, any suspicion, any calculation, sarva-saṁśayāḥ.
And kṣīyante cāsya karmāṇi. The tendency to
prejudice for other sorts of past life vanishes immediately. Dṛṣṭa
evātmanīśvare. Coming in contact with that great infinite.
And in
another place, this is in first chapter of Bhāgavatam. Parava [?]
That infinite, no this side, that side, no limit connection with the finite
merging in the infinite. And another place, mayi dṛṣṭe
'khilātmani [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 11.20.30]. When
his own intimate friend is seen everywhere. “O. He’s everywhere, my friend is
there.” In this way. Sympathetic element, friendly element. “I’m within them. I
was wandering in enemies country, foreign country. Now quite at home.”
Something in this way, we get our position by surrendering, by approaching a
real Ācārya, the agent that’s sent by the Divine Lord. Mayi dṛṣṭe
'khilātmani.
Then, there
the life proper begins. And Mahāprabhu said, “Yes. Eho bāhya
āge kaha āra. [Caitanya- caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 8.59] Ha, ha, ha. The calculation, the zone of
knowledge, suspicion, discussion, all finished. Now you are at home, and how to
enjoy the home life? You begin, try to understand, gather from here. Infinite.
Different departments, different groups different. Only to have a touch, brahmasam-sparśan,
only to have a touch of that transcendental substance is not all. But there is
gradation, there’s group in services how to live there. Only mere entrance is
not - of course that is revolutionary gain, but still there is not the finish.
After coming home we’re to get engagement in our culture cultivation there,
family life.
martyo yadā tyakta-samasta-karmā,
niveditātmā vicikīrṣito me
tadāmṛtatvaṁ pratipadyamāno,
mayātma-bhūyāya ca kalpate vai
[“One who is
subjected to birth and death attains immortality when he gives up all material
activities, dedicates his life to the execution of My order, and acts according
to My directions. In this way, he becomes fit to enjoy the spiritual bliss
derived from exchanging loving mellows with Me.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.29.34]
“They enter
into My family.”
[bhaktyā mām abhijānāti,
yāvān yaś cāsmi tattvataḥ]
tato māṁ tattvato jñātvā,
viśate tad-anantaram
[“Only
through love and devotion can I be understood as I am. Thereafter, fully
understanding Me, you can merge into My entourage.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
18.55]
“After coming
to know Me fully, then they enter into Me.”
Me means,
king means not a person only. King means his family, his army, his office
administration, so many things, raja-cavati [?] So there is also these
variegated things. One in many, many in one. But that is substantial, not
artificial, not deceitful in nature. ______ [?] Vaikuṇṭha. To limit
the relativity of infinite possibility, only with the dictation and help of the
Ācārya, and regulations, law books, all these things. Thinking about
the prospect. Some sort of intellectualism is there in that lower portion. But
in the higher that is something like intuition. Intuition takes the charge.
This automatic guidance, something like this computer, automatic guidance
there. The response from the heart like that. And that is love, that is priti,
that is attraction, which encourages us to serve. Unconsciously we can go on
with that. But unconsciously, but still we receive the salary, we get the
salary. That is prema-dhan, more increment in our earnestness to perform
the duty. In this way. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
What’s the
time?
Devotee: ___________ [?]
Devotee: Nine thirty.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. So many groups,
classifications there. Śanta, dāsya, sākhya,
vātsalya, mādhurya. It is not mere philosophy, mere
ontology, but practical life we’re to get. How? We must engage our energy in
that point. It is reality. It is not poetry. But it is beautiful, more than
poetic idea. But still, not imagination. We must translate it into action
_________ [?]
yā niśā sarva-bhūtānāṁ,
tasyāṁ jāgarti saṁyamī / yasyāṁ
jāgrati bhūtāni, sā niśā paśyato muneḥ
[“While
spiritual awareness is like night for the living beings enchanted by
materialism, the self-realised soul remains awake, directly relishing the
divine ecstasy of his uninterrupted spiritual intelligence. On the contrary,
the wakefulness of materialistic persons addicted to sense enjoyment is night
for the self-realised person who is completely indifferent to such pursuits.
The realised souls, indifferent to the mundane, are ever joyful in the divine
ecstatic plane, while the general mass is infatuated by fleeting mundane
fancies devoid of spiritual joy.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 2.69]
Day to one is
night to another. And night to one is day to another.
One very busy
about material achievement. And there are so many who are busy to get out of
this material achievement. And with bitter experience as a reaction they want
to have an eternal sleep in samādhi, disgusted with the ways and
forms of this life.
But the
fortunate school they get hope and connection with the divine life, by giving,
by dedication. To have a faith in that, that is the first beginning, śraddhā.
That there is a positive. As I tell that the seed of the revealed truth is the Veda,
and Gāyatrī. By chanting which we can get emancipation. Gāyatrī.
And the seed of that Gāyatrī is oṁkāra, oṁ.
And what is the meaning of the oṁ in Sanskrit? Yes. Oṁ means
yes. I learned from Teligu desa when I went in a preaching camp, preaching
party in the south, I found that when we say something, “Oṁ, oṁ,
oṁ.” What is this oṁ? They’re utilising ‘yes, yes,’ in
this...
83.10.25.A_83.10.27.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Śṛṇvantu viśve amṛtasya
putrāḥ. “Oh all you sons of the universe, please listen. You are
the son of nectar, you are all drops of nectar within, and outside, this
poisonous food. You think yourself like that and attempt to regain your own
position eternal, inner position. It is with you but anyhow you have missed it.
You are unconscious of your own wealth within.”
So work for that, that what is within you.
kṛti-sādhyā
bhavet sādhya-bhāva sā sādhanābhidhā
[nitya-siddhasya
bhāvasya prākaṭyaṁ hṛdi sādhyatā]
[“The process of devotional service -
beginning with chanting and hearing - is called sādhana-bhakti. This includes the regulative principles that
are intended to awaken one to devotional service. Devotional service is always
dormant in everyone’s heart, and by the offence-less chanting of the Holy Names
of the Kṛṣṇa, one’s original dormant Kṛṣṇa
consciousness is awakened, as the beginning of sādhana-bhakti. This
can be divided into many different parts, such as, - faith, association with
devotees, initiation by the spiritual master, engagement in devotional service
under the instructions of a spiritual master, steadiness in devotional service
and the awakening of a taste for devotional service. In this way, one can
become attached to Kṛṣṇa and His service, and when this
attachment is intensified, it results in ecstatic love for Kṛṣṇa.”]
[Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu,
1.2.2]
Sādhana, a means to
end. What is the nature of the means to end means, kṛti-sādhyā
bhavet sādhya- bhāva sā sādhanābhidhā. The sādhana,
the means, this name has been given to a particular process, sādhya-
bhāva, that is within you. You are to discover, to discover your own
wealth.
Mahāprabhu has given an example. [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 20.127-136]
A poor man he has got some money
underground, within his room, and some astrologer has told him: “Oh you are
suffering from poverty, but you have got money underground, in your room. But
don’t approach from the southern side, there are the hornets. And never from
the western side, there is a witch, wizard. And also not from the northern side
approach, there is a python. But only try from the eastern side, easily you
will get the jar, and by enjoying the property you’ll be removed.”
So He says: “From the southern side means by
the help of karma, by the application of our energy. That means whatever
we shall do, its particular conscience won’t allow us to get leave. We must
suffer or enjoy the consequence of that karma. Whatever energy we should
spare for utilisation, or something like that, we must have to suffer the
reaction. So every action, every reaction, and we will be bound down with that.
So leave that ambitious life, that with my own energy I shall earn that highest
grace, give up that life.
Then another is yoga. By controlling
our own internal system we may direct our attention towards the high. By
practising so many physical methods, and also internal, mental methods. By
ascending methods on the whole, to raise ourselves up with our own attempt, own
energy, own intellect. Yoga system, that is many siddhi, many
mystic powers will come in your possession, and they will take your attention
on different sides, and the right thing you won’t be able to reach nearby. So
many mystic powers will misguide you towards that wonderful results of that
psychic power. That is yoga, searching by ourselves from the gross to
subtle plane of things.
Then there is a third course, jñānam,
by cultivating. ‘Who am I? What is this world? The all comprehensive thing is
what? I’m a part of that. In this way, I’m a point of spirit, a spark, ātmā,
and there is that ocean of that light, or the eternal sky like thing. I’m a
part of that, the whole conscious ocean, I’m a drop of that.’ In this way if
you go on cultivating, that oneness of consciousness, that will swallow you,
and you will loose your individual consciousness. Individual enterprise will be
merged in the whole, and you’ll be nowhere. You’ll enter into the ocean of
knowledge without being able to keep up your individual consciousness. So die,
like a python that will swallow you, devour you. So that is also not serving
the real purpose.
So approach from the eastern side, that is
devotion, that is the way of surrender. Don’t utilise your own ability. You are
finite, don’t depend on your own ability to know the Infinite. But to come to
the Infinite for a finite, the best process is to surrender to Him. ‘Please
accept me, please inform me who am I.’ You are subject, He’s Super-subject.
Give Him to take initiative for your good, don’t take it in your hand. Try to
look at the environment as your guardian.”
The first mantram of Ṛg-Veda
asks us to, whenever we approach to do anything, it says: “Think who you are,
you are approaching towards something, before that you have your own conception
of what you are.”
oṁ tad viṣṇo
paramaṁ padaṁ sadā, paśyanti suraya divīva cakṣur
ātatam
[tad
viprāso vipanyavo jāgṛvāṁśāḥ,
samindhate viṣṇor yat paramaṁ padam]
[“As the sun and sunlight is continuous over
the skies as light-giver to us (for that sunlight is the universal form of the
Lord) similarly, the Divine Lotus Feet of the Lord Śrī Viṣṇu
is always spread widely (like a canopy) over our head.”] [Ṛg-Veda,
1.22.20]
You think of the environment, what relation
that has on you. Tad viṣṇo paramaṁ padaṁ. The
all pervading entity, His lowest portion nearest to you. Paramaṁ padaṁ.
Sadā, paśyanti suraya divīva cakṣur ātatam. The
spiritual scholars, experts, they see them, see it as, paśyanti suraya
divīva cakṣur ātatam. Just like a big eye, like a sun. Like
a sun, His big eye spread over your head, guardian’s eye. With this
consciousness you approach to anything and everything. The guardian’s eye like
the sun, so much concrete, He’s looking after you, taking care of you. With
this consciousness you approach to any and every action to perform any duty.
The guardian’s searching eye over your head. Then any misdeed will be
impossible for you. If you approach anything and everything with this idea,
‘the vigilant eye over me,’ of the Supreme, then how should we be? We cannot
conceal anything. So hypocrisy should be banished, straight working will come,
plain thing. We cannot but make ourselves one with simple, plain, true things,
cannot conceal anything within our cell. So the environment is not blind or
matter, but it is conscious, and it is friendly, it is like guardian. Try to
understand, read the environment in such way. Not only is it all knowing, but
it is friendly, affectionate to you. Culture at every step, every moment, this
consciousness, and easily, and in short time your transformation will be good
and thorough.
Put yourself in the relativity of the
highest consciousness as well as highest affection. Affection is better than
knowledge, higher than knowledge, affection, love. That is the finding of the
devotional section. Heart is higher than brain. We’re more in the heart than in
the brain. Our real existence is in the heart. So try to fulfil your heart’s
thirst, quench your heart’s thirst, and approach in this way. Eliminating,
neglecting, the prospect of energy, atomic energy, our brain behind the atomic
energy, but come to the solution of the demand of your heart. They say that for
humanity sake, give up search after knowledge of destruction. Now the general
cry is like that, appealing to your heart, give up your brain design
production, brain production, save us, appeal to your heart how it is greater.
So solution of our heart, that is the highest achievement, we must try for
that.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Prema,
love divine. Dedication is wealth, not exploitation. One is not great by the
capacity of his exploitation. But by the capacity of his dedication he should
be given position whether good or bad, high or low, by dedication, how much he
can dedicate. And dedication must not be misguided, dedication to the proper
centre, to the truth. And truth is one with love. Truth, affection, beauty.
Truth is not law, mere law, abstract law. But that is living thing, there is
heart, truth is personal, truth is person. And the person, that guardian,
friend, not only a commanding guardian but friend, heart to heart. And more
than that. Sonhood of Godhead, consorthood of Godhead.
It has been found that how one lady during
the time of Swāmī Mahārāja, about one hundred and fifty
came here, in this hall and delivered a lecture, and one lady among them told.
“What has attracted us to Swāmī
Mahārāja is this, that we were thinking where is God? God is at
infinite distance, unapproachable. But when we heard that we can live with God,
and as family man, we can serve with our affection the God Himself. Such
prospect drew me here under his feet, that God can be so near, as we can serve
Him as a family man, our Master. What more could we want? This has attracted
us.”
He’s friend, not only father, but He’s
friend, He’s consort, He’s everything. He loves me more than I may hope to love
me, caretaker, everything. We’re to find out such plane of living where we can
throw ourselves with the highest confidence, that Dhāma, Dhāma,
where the slavery is unknown.
I think I read from history when Megasthenes
[302-288 B.C.] came to visit India, he gave some description of the Indians at
that time. There is one expression, ‘slavery was unknown, and the stealing, and
so many other dirty things were unknown to India.’ Now also amongst the
aborigines sometimes we find they do not know to steal, they do not know to
lie, falsehood they do not know. So there is a soil, there is a plane, where
all these deceptive mentalities, tendencies, unknown. Rather positive affection
is flowing everywhere, and of higher to highest degree of confidence. We’re to,
with the help of our innermost plenary tendency, most fundamental tendency,
with that help, śraddhā, we can find out that plane for our
living.
svarūpe
sabāra haya, golokete sthiti
[“This is Vṛndāvana. Vṛndāvana
is so friendly, so sweet, so near to us, and such a well-wisher of ours. We are
quite at home there - sweet, sweet home. In our innate and innermost existence,
we are members of that plane.”] [Sermons Of The
Guardian Of Devotion, 1, p 182] &[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.1.7, purport]
Our inner existence is meant to live in that
soil, it is like that.
Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, the full-fledged
theism of the ancient Indian Vedic culture, came to inform this act in the
first chance. And Mahāprabhu Śrī Caitanyadeva took it from
there. That this is the ripe fruit of the tree of knowledge, tree of Vedic, or
revealed knowledge. The acme, the highest, the fruit which comes naturally and
which is ripe, just in the form of the highest utilisation. And Śrī
Caitanyadeva pointed out all other sources or alternatives or proposals,
they’re stale. Now the new thing has been discovered. Direct transaction with
the Divine Love. And the shortest route is this with help of Divine Sound.
Try to go to Kṛṣṇa
conception of Godhead, Reality the Beautiful. He’s commanding everything, the
power is not commanding, but love is all commanding, that is commanding. The
highest controller is not power, nor justice even. Justice is present there
where there many partners, many demanders play the part, various parts, but
where is one authority, there mercy, land of mercy. Everything belongs to Him,
He’s not to come under law in His behaviour to others. Everything is for
Itself. Dr Hegel says: “Everything is for Itself, Reality is for Itself.”
Everything belongs to Him, He’s the Master Absolute, everything meant for Him.
So no law, no justice, only favour, only favour can show surrender and get
favour. That is the simple transaction and there is ample, no possibility, He’s
not bankrupt, so no possibility of being dealt with any despair.
This human birth is valuable and fit for
such search. There are other hopeless alternatives of our existence. In
Christianity, or in Muslim theory, it is not accepted generally that any animal
and the trees, creepers, they have souls, this is person below, under, within.
They’re of equal position, equal status with us, but by karma now
reduced to such inert section. Internally they hold the same status with us.
But this human birth has been said to be very precious, very, very, valuable,
because here with the help of the Divine Agent, we can help us to the greatest
degree possible. So such valuable time, don’t waste with any other thing, any
other engagement than this attempt, this search of your Lord of heart. Try,
after a few days, you may loose this chance, you may have to go to some other
species, it is not impossible.
Ball coming near the goal, if we miss, then
we repent. But ball is moving freely in the field, no repentance, no
disturbance or disappointment. But if coming to the goal, if we miss, then we
repent very much that I have lost the chance. So our birth has come to the human
species, near the goal, from here working faithfully, properly, we can go out
of this life of bondage. Not only in the positive attainment.
So in any way we may, to help us and to help
others. To help others, Mahāprabhu told, Bhāgavat told: “Go to
help others and you are automatically helped. When you go to help others in
that direction, you are to energise to your best ability, and that influence
comes within to work.” So kīrtananta tarovaran [?] When you go to preach,
at the same time you preach automatically in yourself, in your heart. The
greatest command of that energy you will have to acquire when you go to preach.
So offensive for offensive. The environment aggressive, they’re trying to
influence you from all sides, māyā, misconception.
īśāvāsyam
idaṁ sarvaṁ, [yat kiñca jagatyāṁ jagat
tena tyaktena
bhuñjīthā, mā gṛdhaḥ kasya svid dhanam]
[“Everything animate or inanimate that is
within the universe is controlled and owned by the Lord. One should therefore
accept only those things necessary for himself, which are set aside as his
quota, and one should not accept other things, knowing well to whom they
belong.”] [Śrī Īśopaniṣad, 1]
Everything belongs, or working on behalf of
the Lord. That is the real thing. But we consider that everything is moving how
far to satisfy myself in bondage. Or so many other selfishness, extended
selfishness, national selfishness, extended selfishness. Humanity, nation,
country, that is extended. Fight between greater bigger unit, while being,
small unit and bigger unit. To Infinite, that bigger or smaller has got no
value. So try to preach to break all sorts of separate interest, and try to
find in harmony with the one interest. Īśāvāsyam.
Everything for Himself. I am for Himself. He has got every right over me, over
anything. He can make or mar. Whole right concentrated with the centre, and the
centre Absolute Good. When centre is Absolute Good, as much power is
concentrated there, it is so much better for everyone. So that shows it is so,
and you try to read it. Everything for Himself. I am for Him, and there lies my
best chance and prospect, that I am for Him. He’s so good that to become for
Him it is the highest reward in ones life. He’s so good, infinite goodness.
So pure optimistic in the fullest extent
become. Try to read the world in that way, no enemy. At present of course
you’re to find some sort as long as you’re weak you’ll have to consider
something. That sort of warning is also given. But the object, our destination
is such. Everything good. Tat te 'nukampāṁ susamīkṣamāṇo[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 10.14.8]. No apathy on
the other side. You are responsible for your own past, present, future. You are
responsible, because you have detached yourself from the environment, from the
whole.
State management when it is given to the
- from particular party to the government _________ [?] When a party, a
company cannot conduct the institution, it gives to the government. Like that.
You give up your state management to the Supreme Authority, to the best,
highest authority, and live under Him, surrendered.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. This is the
general background of devotion that is the highest prospect of all. Please try
to be centralised, and the centre is such and such. In all respects it is the
most desirable. Centre is this, so don’t be afraid of being robbed, or being
deceived. Be good, and cannot but come in the association of the good. Because
the goodness, good environment is conscious and judicious and affectionate,
loving.
It is told that when the soul after emancipation
joins the līlā of Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa
accepts him, welcomes him like a madman, mad friend. He’s suffering so long,
his absence, separation. God receives a newcomer there.
“So long I am suffering your separation My
friend, how could you live in the foreign land, neglecting Me, My friend, how
could you do it? I remember everything. When you began your journey to this
side you were insulted by so many, in so many variegated ways. You did such and
such things as austerity, this thing, that thing, I am conscious. You begged
door to door thinking of Me, taking My Name. I am fully awake to all those
facts. But it was necessary, now you have come.”
Following that Lord. He embraces him and
gets fainted. Sanātana Goswāmī has given this expression in Bṛhat-Bhāgavatāmṛta.
When first man, when he enters the līlā of Kṛṣṇa,
he sees in such a way.
To the servant class He extends His feet. To
the friendly He touches by the hand. To the motherly friend section He’s
kissing. And to the, as a consorthood, He embraces the newcomers, and with
divine affection to the highest intensity. So much so He forgets Himself for
the time being. So kind, so benevolent, so affectionate.
Anyhow we are to take ourselves to that
plane of living, plane of living, there it’s different, it cannot be ignored.
In the human section also classification, atheist, pure atheist, but atheist
and moralist, moralist but not theist. Then imaginary theist and moralist,
human section, the particular section. ________________ [?]
Then really
theistic and moralist, there begins varṇāśrama dhārma.
Then approaches further, towards Godhead. But the highest stage, no question of
morality, everything comes out from Him. Everything belongs to Him. This
consciousness eliminates morality even. But that has got morality in their own
land, that is another thing. The decisions here, that cannot go there, not go
there.
There also is motherly affection, friendly
affection, consort affection, that rasa. They have got their adjustment,
but that is another thing. Everything in connection with the satisfaction of Kṛṣṇa,
rasābhāsa, that clash between different rasa is not
desirable there also. There of course it is all right, automatically, like
computer, everything is automatically done. But when we approach towards that,
these things to be considered for us in the way.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
So you have to come out to help such sort of
understanding, preach to the people. We do not know any greater benefit for the
society, or for mankind, or even more. The best help to the society is to give
God consciousness, Kṛṣṇa consciousness. God consciousness in
the highest position is Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
Attracting everything towards Him, Kṛṣ
means attraction. So many atoms disorganised, only attraction keeps them
together and gives a thread from chaos to cosmos. So attraction when living it
is love. Attraction, gravitation, attraction. All the planets, everything
exists in some ratio of attraction. But attraction endowed with life, that is
love, attracting. Conscious attracting another consciousness, that is love, ceta.
Kṛṣ, everything, the attraction
of all, the centre of all attraction. Kṛṣ, and ṇa, and the
giving pleasure, distributing joy. Attracting and giving joy, pleasing, that is
Kṛṣṇa, in outer sense. And He’s person, He’s loving, love
personified, and also distributes love to outside. And when distributes love in
a scientific way He becomes Caitanyadeva, Mahāprabhu, most magnanimous.
The highest form, love also there is gradation, the highest degree of love when
organised way is distributed to the public, Rādhā-Govinda combined,
He becomes Śrī Caitanya. Not by history, by any other ancient
characteristic, or any theory, but in fact in the reality we can understand,
see things, tattva dvesti [?], by the vision, eye of our knowledge and love we
can have recognition of things outside.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi
Gaura Hari bol.
I had to talk much with those
Ramakrishnaites, ha ha, so little tired.
Further we shall again meet and I invite
some questions from you also.
What’s the time now? Nine?
Devotees: Ten past
nine.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ten past nine.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari
bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Aranya Mahārāja and others they’re
doing well there?
Devotee: They’re
keeping very well.
...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _________________ [?] But when Mahāprabhu was
going to Vṛndāvana via Rāmakeli, after that time He had to come
back from Rāmakeli. Again He had to go from Purī direct to Vṛndāvana.
When going to Rāmakeli He called aloud, “Narottama, Narottama”, while
passing by the side of the birthplace of Narottama Ṭhākura.
Narottama Ṭhākura was not born at that time, but very shortly he
came in this family.
We’re to understand, internally, internal
aspect, characteristic of the līlā, līlā means
eternally. That is in the most fundamental plane, subtle most plane. It is
causeless and it is irresistible, ahaitukī apratihatā, the
layer of bhakti, pure devotion, is such, it is eternal, not within the
factor of time...
83.10.27.B
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Time and space. The idea of time and space we’re
acquainted with. That
comes from mind, a form of thought, production of mind, as we may say.
Universal mind and then from there the personal mind.
The plane of līlā,that is
no beginning, no end, and nothing can oppose it, irresistible. It is there and
who have got that eye, that particular special eye to trace it, then you can
find it. It is there, to be read by the experts of that department.
So Narottama Ṭhākura’s coming and
going, that is there and his activities and it was known to that quarter. So
Mahāprabhu before Narottama Ṭhākura’s appearance He took the
name of Narottama.
Anyhow, Narottama was born in Malda [?]
District, Kheturi is the place. And he was the son of a rich family. In his
childhood he was indifferent to the worldly life. His elder brother,
Krishnananda, Krishna, he was a big zamīndār, so much so
that they’re called the kings of the locality, Raja Krishnananda.
Narottama Ṭhākura he was a
bachelor. Younger days, about fourteen or so we find Śrīnivāsa
Ācārya and Narottama they came to Navadwīpa. Inner attraction,
hearing the Name of Śrī Caitanyadeva they surrendered. So that type
of devotion to Kṛṣṇa, that was inborn in them, they could
appreciate.
“That this is our own soil, our own friends,
our own relatives, our own destination.”
Their internal heart could have recognition
of the plane Śrī Caitanyadeva came to give us, or show us.
So Śrī Caitanyadeva He was at that
time in Purī, Puruṣottama Kṣetra, Jagannātha Kṣetra.
They came and the second circumambulation of
the Dhāma took place. First Nityānanda Prabhu along with
Jīva Goswāmī, He began Dhāma parikramā,
Navadwīpa Dhāma parikramā, _______ [?] The different
parts of līlā,to see and to show, to appreciate, understand,
every part of Mahāprabhu’s līlā. First Nityānanda
Prabhu began with Jīva Goswāmī, and the second with Narottama
and Śrīnivāsa. One old brāhmaṇa, he took them,
travelled through the different parts of līlā of
Mahāprabhu.
Young then, and Narottama was grown up by
this time Mahāprabhu disappeared. Anyhow he managed to got to Vṛndāvana
accompanied by Śrīnivāsa Ācārya. And
Śyāmānanda Prabhu he went to Vṛndāvana. When going on
the way they heard Sanātana Goswāmī disappeared. Broken-hearted
they wandered on towards Vṛndāvana. When they reached Mathurā
they heard ‘Rūpa Goswāmī disappeared yesterday.’ They considered
themselves to be very unfortunate, and anyhow reached Vṛndāvana in
the evening. At that time with great pomp and splendour the ārati of
Govindaji temple of Rūpa Goswāmī continuing at that time. And
specially because Rūpa Goswāmī disappeared, so great gathering.
And if you have visited Vṛndāvana,
that old temple of Rūpa Goswāmī is a grand structure. The upper
part broken by Aurangzeb. Still, we can guess how grand and beautiful a temple.
Beautiful and grand, such combination is very rare. Grand is in the Vaikuṇṭha
grandness, and beauty is Goloka, specially. Beauty harmonising the aiśvarya,
grandeur, or controlled by beauty, that is very specially found.
There they first met the
Goswāmīns. Jīva Goswāmī took care of them and they
remained nearly a year in Vṛndāvana. At that time without Rūpa
and Sanātana, other Goswāmīns they were still appeared there.
And gradually Śrīnivāsa took initiation from Gopāla Bhaṭṭa,
Śyāmānanda from Jīva Goswāmī and Narottama Ṭhākura
took initiation from Lokanātha Goswāmī.
And there is also a tale, story.
Lokanātha Goswāmī, he was very friendly and also devoted to
Śrī Caitanyadeva from his early life. He was born in Yashohara, next
to Nadia District, of the east, a brāhmaṇa. And he went to Vṛndāvana
to live with the Goswāmīns there. Very strict man, his abnegation,
his vairāgya, indifference to the world was so much conspicuous.
It is told he did not keep a glass of water
within his quarter. Because if anyone comes and begs for some water it cannot
be avoided, so he did not store any water. If anyone comes and seeks for some
water, begs, then it cannot be avoided. So in order to avoid any outsider to
enter his compound he behaved in such a way, no obligation, cut off from the
society. Always taking the Name, and some mādhukarīgoing on. Won’t make any disciples, that was his determination.
But anyhow Narottama Ṭhākura’s
heart was captured by his personality, and he determined that, “I must take
initiation from him.” He thought, “All the wealth is reserved here, in his
store, that store of grace is here, that must be looted, anyhow.”
But he was so strict, no door to enter. What
did he do? He planed, and found out where he goes in the jungle to pass stools,
he began to cleanse that place.
After few days it attracted the attention of
Lokanātha Goswāmī. “I come here to pass stools, but nowadays I
find that this place is being cleansed by somebody.” So after detecting he
tried to watch. “Who is the man? How it is so?” One day he caught Narottama, in
the later part of the night he caught him red-handed. “Why do you do so?”
Narottama fell flat on his feet. “I want
your grace, your blessings. Please forgive me. No other alternative I have got.
I can’t give my heart anywhere else accept yourself.”
Anyhow Lokanātha Goswāmī was
moved and accepted him as his only disciple.
After a year or so they thought, and they
were requested by the Goswāmīns, “You go back to Bengal and there
preach the doctrine of Mahāprabhu. These are the scriptures ready for
that. Sanātana, Rūpa, they have left many things in book form. Though
that should be preached to every nook and corner of the world, but now suitably
you’ll have to try in Bengal, because the influence of Śrī
Caitanyadeva, and also Advaita Prabhu, Gadādhara. The group, that is more
fitting there in Gauda desa. So first you try to make Them accepted there, and
gradually from there it will grow.”
So all the books at that time, no printing
press, so all hand written. Those books very carefully put in a big box, two or
three maybe. And Jīva Goswāmī Prabhu went for bullock carts to
carry them from Vṛndāvana to Bengal. And those three they were
coming with the carts, all those śāstra.
Śyāmānanda Prabhu also took
initiation from Jīva Goswāmī. That is also a story.
Anyhow, when they reached the district of
Vanakara Kura [?] near Vishnupura, there was an ādivāsī chief, the zamīndārof the Santhal
section, aborigines. Their occupation was somewhat looting, to live on looting.
We find when Sanātana Goswāmī
was going to Vṛndāvana he also met a chief of those aborigines, the
Santhal. He had an astrologer who found out that eight golden coins were with
Sanātana and he will be killed and those coins will be taken off.
And here also we find they’re taking each
wooden box from bullock cart and their astrologer, they had also an astrologer,
he foretold that ‘there are many jewels and gems in those boxes.’ That was his
reading. And so the chief ordered them, “Take them in my house.” And at night
they’re sleeping nearby, but anyhow, stealthily, they managed to take those
boxes and carried to the house. Chief Birhambir was his name.
Then, early morning they found to their big
disappointment the book box missing. They tried their best to enquire all
around, but failed, no trace. Then what to do? Śyāmānanda went
to his countryside to begin preaching. Narottama Ṭhākura also went
away towards ________ [?] But Śrīnivāsa who was supposed to be
the leader, he could not go. He began to wander in the locality half mad in
search of those gems and diamonds.
Then anyhow one day, that Birhambir he was a
type of Vaiṣṇava, he used to hear Bhāgavata kaṭha,
Bhāgavata discourse from one of his guru, or priest, some brāhmaṇa
whose name was Vyāsa.
And Śrīnivāsa
Ācārya he also now and then joined the class. A young man, beautiful
figure, half mad, indifferent, he used to join the class. And he tried his best
to conceal himself, who is he. But anyhow unconsciously he was caught.
When the Vyāsa was explaining Bhāgavata
he committed some mistake, and unconsciously Śrīnivāsa he
interjected there. “Oh, this is not so, it should be this.”
Then he attracted the notice, the attention
of the whole audience. “What is this? This half mad boy he has got such deep
knowledge in Bhāgavata. So much so that he’s correcting our brāhmaṇa’s
explanation of Vyāsa.” Then he was caught by the audience. “Who are
you? You must speak out.”
Then he had to give out the whole history
______________ [?]
Then Birhambir he was present there, the
local chief, and he confessed that, “I have taken, and that is all kept here,
with all dignity.”
Then Śrīnivāsa went there and
saw, and he made some pūjā, ārati, all these
things.
And Birhambir became his disciple, and that
was a good centre for preaching there.
And Narottama Ṭhākura was
informed that those books were regained, and they all rejoiced and began to
preach. Narottama Ṭhākura anyhow influencing his elder brother, he
made arrangement to install Deities in his home in a grand scale. Four or five
Śrī Mūrtis were installed there. I forget the Names. And during
that installation, a great festival took place. All the Vaiṣṇavas
of the time were invited.
Jāhnavā Devī She Herself went
there with all the paraphernalia of Nityānanda Prabhu.
And Śrīnivāsa
Ācārya he was the leader of the function, this installation ceremony
was conducted by Śrīnivāsa Ācārya. And other Vaiṣṇavas,
Śrī Advaita family, so many others joined.
And such a big saṅkīrtana was
performed there, that attracted Mahāprabhu and Nityānanda Prabhu
Themselves. And it is told, something like impossible, that both, it is
mentioned, both prakaṭaand aprakaṭa, different groups of saṅkīrtana parties
took, participated there, participation. Mahāprabhu with His own group He
was also seen singing and dancing. And the then living group also mixed with
them, doing, it was seen sometimes like that. So intense invocation of the
higher divinity was found there, that it has been described in this way. The
original group cannot avoid this chance of saṅkīrtana as it
was done in Śrīvāsa Aṅganin the time of
Mahāprabhu. So that was also taken down, drawn down by these devotees by
their combined, the devotional efforts.
Then Narottama Ṭhākura began
extensive preaching. And he was very lenient. Went up to Manipur and he was
very successful there. Even the king and queen and most of their subjects they
accepted Narottama Ṭhākura. But he had to be relative, lenient. In
Manipur we see that two kinds of generations reckoned, ptri tantric and matri
tantric. The Āryans here they’re ptri
tantric. The lineage is considered from the father’s side. And in Manipur
and southern India, some place there is matri tantric. The lineage is
counted from mother, daughter, in this way, mother’s side, this line. The
Manipur more or less that was matri tantric, mother is the chief,
mother’s daughter she will keep there in the (body? gaudi?) and the husbands
will come and go just like wife as in the Āryans section, from different parts.
So that custom was not taken into account.
So he was very liberal in his preaching there, and was very much successful.
The whole of northern Bengal extended far east, Manipur that was captured by
Narottama Ṭhākura.
Of course he has written also many poems and
they’re considered as representing śuddha, pure devotion. Narottama
Ṭhākura. Up to the point, and also too much fervour, sentiment,
forceful, and also commenting on the social behaviour of the time. From the
outer layer to the highest spiritual realisation we find in Narottama Ṭhākura,
all in the form of song.
Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura and our Guru
Mahārāja they accepted Narottama Ṭhākura’s composition in
sum as in toto, but could not accept many ancient literatures, even that Caitanya-Maṅgāla,
and other things. So many other songs meaning connecting Śrī
Caitanya, Nityānanda, could not be accepted. But Narottama Ṭhākura’s
production fully accepted, śuddha-bhakti. Elimination of the, as
Rūpa Goswāmī told, anyābhilāṣa, karma,
jñāna, will be eliminated. And also awakening of the acme of ones
high realisation, realised life, we find that.
Narottama Ṭhākura. He has
accepted Nityānanda as Balarāma, as in Kavirāja
Goswāmī, and Sanātana also. And not, though this Samaj _______
[?] people claims they’re descent from Narottama’s line but they did not accept
this.
Another thing we find in Narottama Ṭhākura,
he accepted Lokanātha Goswāmī, in his strict following the path
of śuddha-bhakti and faith, śraddhā. But still he
expressed in his highest realised stage,
kavi
lokanatha hatiya buliya __________ rūpa samipe [?] A relative and absolute consideration.
“When the day will come my Gurudeva
Lokanātha Goswāmī he will take me by my hand and put me, produce
me near Rūpa Goswāmī, rūpānuga bhajan, who is
the general director to sanction rūpānuga-bhajan, give
admission. When my Gurudeva will put me there, rūpānuga ?”
That also we find in him.
Forcefully he has made statement.
vidyā-kule ki koribe tār. sei paśu boro durācār
[Manaḥ-śikṣā 2] [Songs of the Vaiṣṇava
Ācāryas, p 83]
Pleaded for Nityānanda Prabhu. Jñāna-sunya-bhakti,
knowledge-less devotion, jñāna-sunya-bhakti.
Mahāprabhu told, “eho bāhya
āge kaha āra, [“This is superficial; go further.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā,8.59]
Nityānanda Prabhu was not a great
scholar. It was easy for the society to accept Śrī Caitanyadeva for
His high scholarly life, or expression. But Nityānanda Prabhu was not
outwardly a very educated person. But He had His fervour, His deep sentiment
for Kṛṣṇa, Vṛndāvana, Mahāprabhu especially.
Narottama Ṭhākura appreciated
that very much.
I think some of the followers of Advaita
School did not like Nityānanda at that time. So in that śloka,
sei paśu boro durācār, nitāi nā bolilo mukhe, majilo saṁsāra-sukhe, vidyā-kule ki koribe tār
[Manaḥ-śikṣā 2] [Songs of the Vaiṣṇava
Ācāryas, p 83]
“He may have the noble lineage, full, and
there may be sufficient education, scholarly life, but those are useless. Still
if he should be considered as a member as aloof, nothing more than that.” He’s
strongly pushing, Narottama Ṭhākura. “If they do not have any
appreciation for Nityānanda, cannot understand what is love, what is
faith, what is devotion. If they cannot appreciate Nityānanda then their
scholarship, their lineage has got no value. They should be considered as
brutes.”
I think he meant a section of the followers
of Advaita, they discouraged Nityānanda, did not like His preaching.
Nityānanda Prabhu’s preaching was to the masses. And so we’re told that
Mahāprabhu had some private talk in Puruṣottama. None knows what was
the subject of the talk, of the private conversation. And Nityānanda
Prabhu came and accepted married life. Because He had to move through the
masses and He was guest in the ordinary family, used to be guest. So if not
married people will say this thing, that thing against Him, so He accepted
married life. After long time of renounced life He accepted married life. In
order to mix with the ordinary masses He would be guest to any home and every
home and began preaching about specially Gaurāṅga.
bhaja
gaurāṅga, kaha gaurāṅga [laha gauranger nāma, / yei
jana gaurāṅga bhaje sei amāra prāna]
[“Worship Gaurāṅga, speak of
Gaurāṅga, chant Gaurāṅga’s Name. Whoever worships
Śrī Gaurāṅga is My life and soul. Come straight to the
campaign of Śrī Caitanya and you will safely attain Vṛndāvana.”]
“You don’t recognise who Gaurāṅga
is. What type of highly valuable thing is passing through your door you can’t
estimate. Accept Gaurāṅga and you’ll get the highest thing.”
That was the tenor, the nature of the
preaching of Nityānanda. “Anyhow you come to the feet of Gaurāṅga.
Accept Him and you’ll be taken to the highest position you can ever conceive as
our highest destination.” That was the tenor of His preaching. And going door
to door He approached with fervent appeal. Sometimes He rolled on the door of
the parties. thake bhuli nityananda dhumi bhedi jai [?] The appealing was so
intense, but not violent, non violent approach, rolling on the outer door.
“Accept Gaurāṅga. You can’t know what a great thing, noble thing He
has come down here to give you.” In this way.
And Narottama Ṭhākura supported
Him fully. Nitāi nā bolilo mukhe, majilo saṁsāra-sukhe, vidyā-kule ki koribe tār. “Your learning
and your high lineage has no value if you can’t, if you fail to appreciate what
Nityānanda Prabhu has come to give you.”
And also he says. Nitāiyer koruṇā
habe, braje rādhā-kṛṣṇa pābe, dharo nitāi-caraṇa du 'khāni [Manaḥ-śikṣā] “Don’t
venture to approach direct to Vṛndāvana to have entrance into the
group of Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa, that is very, very high. Go
through Nityānanda. Nitāiyer koruṇā habe, braje
rādhā-kṛṣṇa pābe. If you get the higher
education, if you, the students, if they give not much attention in the primary
education then they’ll have to suffer in the higher education. So you try to
get the blessing of Nityānanda, His grace. Get a good foundation, strong,
an instant foundation from Nityānanda. Then you approach towards Vṛndāvana.
You’ll not have to come back, fall back, your progress will be solid and happy
and non mistaken, infallible progress. So don’t neglect Nityānanda
Prabhu.”
In this way Narottama Ṭhākura is
trying his best to draw our attention towards Nityānanda Prabhu, the very
foundation. Nityānanda is Balarāma, and the vātsalya, sākhya,
dāsya, śanta under His command, only with the exception
of mādhurya-rasa. But Narottama Ṭhākura says if you can
have a good foundation in these rasas that will be highest. And in
comparison that is complete, but don’t neglect all this service. Service is the
first thing necessary, otherwise if you cross them, neglect them and take a
jump, you’ll have to fall, or you’ll have to earn something which is not
gaining, constantly you’ll have to acquire.
83.10.27.C_83.10.28.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So, pure devotion. Karma-kāṇḍa, jñāna-kāṇḍa, kevala viṣera bhāṇḍa.
[Śrī Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura
has sung, karma-kāṇḍa, jñāna-kāṇḍa,
kevala viṣera bhāṇḍa. “The path of karma-kāṇḍa [fruitive
activities] and the path of jñāna-kāṇḍa [speculation]
are just like strong pots of poison.” Amṛta baliyā yebā
khāya, nānā yoni sadā phire. “A person who
mistakes this poison to be nectar and drinks it travels in different species of
life.” Kadarya bhakṣaṇa kare. “And, according to
his body, he eats all types of abominable things.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
4.25.11. Purport]
The karma-kāṇḍa, that energy
and power, will help us in our highest realisation. Jñāna-kāṇḍa, that
knowledge will satisfy, quench our highest inner thirst. Kevala viṣera
bhāṇḍa. But they’re all poisonous. Who accepts them as
nectar, he will have to die. So śuddha bhakti. Karma,
jñāna, anāvṛtam.
[anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyaṁ,
jñāna-karmādy-anāvṛtam / ānukūlyena-kṛṣṇānu-śīlanaṁ
bhaktir uttamā]
[“One should render transcendental loving
service to the Supreme Lord Kṛṣṇa favourably and without
desire for material profit or gain through fruitive activities or philosophical
speculation. That is called pure devotional service.”] [Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindu,
1.1.11] & [Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā,
19-167]
& [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.21.11, purport]
The pure bhakti proper, devotion
proper, is above knowledge, above calculation. It is something else, it is
automatic, it is innate, it is intuitive line. Through faith we can, śraddhā,
we can be lead towards that. Neither our calculation, calculative knowledge, or
our energy can give that position in us. Only through faith, with the help of
the sādhus of that type, and the śāstra also of
that type, we can go. The natural course, the natural way we’re to pass, not by
the logical path, nyāya, logical, yukti, reason.
Our Guru Mahārāja used one line,
“Puppy-brain, cannot give you any help to your progress towards infinite. Your
puppy brain how much it can understand? And your energy, how much you can
depend on your energy? Your own position is not stable, in any moment you may
be removed from this life. You boast of your command over energy, that is all
futile.”
Only take the way of surrender, “I have
nothing.” Going towards infinite, the real qualification which is necessary in
you, that you finite, you have no position in the infinite. That is the truth.
As much as you can realise that in the relativity in the infinite, you finite,
you have no position. Come to realise this fact. That is the first thing
necessary for your negotiation about the infinite, that you have no position.
No position, this is true, this is the fact, and your attempt must be based on
this real fact that you have nothing, no position. Surrender. Come to this sort
of realisation, and begin from there. Then you will find that there is ample
arrangement around you, to help you. To help you, there is divine arrangement.
Come to realise your own helpless position for what you are. Then you’ll be
able to come in connection with the agents that are wandering about to take you
to that high domain.
Narottama Thakura, his advices, his life and
advices, are pure devotional writings. Great resources in the Vaiṣṇava,
Gauḍīya Vaiṣṇava literature. Truthfully, that is to its
full meaning. That full truth, whole truth is there. Not tampered, naked truth,
he has given in his writings.
There are so many stories also in connection
with his divine life.
One day, he’s coming to take his bath in the
Ganges, just come out, Padma. And two brāhmaṇa sons they’re
taking two he goats to be sacrificed to Durgā Devī. Suddenly they met
Narottama Ṭhākura. They knew that Narottama Ṭhākura is a
great sādhu, though in kāyastha-kula [?] Narottama Ṭhākura
came in the kāyastha-kula. Kāyastha, that are
generally told, that kṣatriya male and __ brāhmaṇa male
and kṣatriya girl; that combination produced kāyastha.
__________________ [?] That production was known as kāyastha, they demand;
but there is some controversy. Anyhow he came in the kāyastha-kula. Their, they
may have some of their customs, practices, may be near to those of the brāhmaṇas.
But these two brāhmaṇas they knew that Narottama Ṭhākura
is a, has come from the kāyastha-kula, but they are rich, and he has got much vairāgya,
this apathy to the worldly life. Some respect for him was created in that
locality.
And there was a talk.
“What are you doing?”
“We’re taking these two, these child he
goats to be sacrifice to the deity.”
“Why you are engaged in such heinous action?
To kill an animal is it helpful, can be helpful for any worship of the deity?”
In this way began. “You are brāhmaṇas. Who are really to be
worshipped by the brāhmaṇa school, the Nārāyaṇa,
you know; Viṣṇu, Nārāyaṇa, everything. But it is
only meant for those that cannot be niṣkāma, free of
worldly aspiration. Why you lose your life, especially brāhmaṇa life?”
In this talk they were converted. One
Ramakrishna Bhaṭṭācārya, and Gaṅgā-Nārāyaṇa
Cakravartī,converted.
Then, “Yes, we heard of your name, and now
by our fortune anyhow we have met you. What you say that is very appealing, and
we’re convinced, and we’d like to follow your creed. But we shall take them,
these goats to the party and coming back.”
“No, no. Why you will be party to the
killing of those innocent animals?”
“Then what should we do? We have taken money
from them, we have purchased them, and we must deliver them to the party.”
“No, no. That is not necessary. You unloose
them, let them go anywhere.”
They did so, and came to his feet and
accepted they were disciples of Narottama Ṭhākura.
And one from there, that line came
Viśvanātha Cakravartī, as a great commentator of the Gauḍīya
School. Gītā, Bhāgavatam, and many other books we
get from Viśvanātha Cakravartī, a great
scholar, came in the line of Narottama.
Then, from that time, many brāhmaṇa
paṇḍits, scholars, they used to attack Narottama. “What you are
doing, you are spoiling the society. You say the Vaiṣṇava they’re
above brāhmaṇas; they have no caste distinction, you do not
observe strictly. You are destroying the social structure.” In this way many brāhmaṇa
scholars came to discuss with him about the scriptural advices. And they
came and generally they were defeated and went away.
Then, one day, this Gaṅgā-Nārāyaṇa
and Rāmakrishna, they have also learned something, and generally when the brāhmaṇas
came they faced them. But when they can’t then Narottama Ṭhākura
is approached, in this way, during their life passing. Now Narottama Ṭhākura
has disappeared.
And one brāhmaṇa party has
come to discuss. “We want to discuss with you. That you are breaking the Āryansociety, Vedic
society. You are enemies to the Vedic culture.”
But Narottama Ṭhākura
disappeared.
It is told that a miracle came. Narottama Ṭhākura
he’s on the funeral pyre, and that will be lit with fire and will be burnt to
ashes.
They’re crying, and Gaṅgā-Nārāyaṇa
Cakravartī, and Rāmakrishna said, “Prabhu, our Lord, you
are disappearing, but those brāhmaṇa paṇḍits have
come to challenge us. But we’re not so fit that we can face them successfully.
But if you, it is your pleasure, you are going away it is your pleasure. If you
like you can again come into life and do anything you like.”
But these paṇḍits also
followed them to that funeral place.
And Narottama Ṭhākura he sat, he
was lying in dead body, then he sat on that funeral structure.
Then all the brāhmaṇas were
scared. “What is this? A dead body is again enlivened and sitting. Then of
course a man of miracles. We should not disturb him.” And they went away,
without coming in the face to face discussion. They were frightened and went
away.
And then again he took his posing of a dead
man and went away.
And some also say that after his body was
taken into water, that became milk, the body transformed into milk. Everything
is possible, that is to deceive our fleshy eye, or brain.
Narottama Ṭhākura was on the
other side of the Padma river, and on this side there was one Govinda dāsa
and Rāmacandra, disciple of Śrīnivāsa Ācārya. Two
brothers, Rāmacandra, younger, and Govinda dāsa elder. They were kavirāja.
They had some property on the banks of Padma, perhaps inherited from maternal,
or some other line. They used to live there for some time, specially Govinda
dāsa. Rāmacandra and Narottama they had some intimate connection.
[doyā koro
śrī-ācārya prabhu śrīnivāsa]
rāmacandra-saṅga māge narottama dāsa.
[“Please grant Your blessings O Lord
Śrī Śrīnivāsa Ācārya; for the company of
Śrī Rāmacandra Cakravartī Narottama dāsa does pray.”]
[Sāvaraṇa-śrī-gaura-pāda-padme Prārthanā,
6]
[A Prayer to the Lotus Feet of
Śrī Gaurāṅga, by Śrīla Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura]
Rāmacandra was a disciple of
Śrīnivāsa Ācārya, who is friendly to Narottama. So
just like nephew, like a friend’s son, Rāmacandra. Very beautiful,
exceptionally beautiful figure, and he was bachelor, and fully given to this
Vaiṣṇava faith, Rāmacandra. And his elder brother was Govinda
dāsa. He was a devotee of Śakti, Kālī. Sometimes
between two brothers there was some discussion, but Rāmacandra could not
influence him. Stealthily some progress was there. Anyhow he did not leave his Kālīworship,
Śakti worship. But Govinda dāsa in his last time he was attacked by
dysentery, though he himself was a kavirāja, physician. Dysentery,
and he was about to die, at that time, he fervently prayed to Devī,
Kālī.
“Please release me, give me salvation,
emancipation from this world.”
But Kālīappeared anyhow
__________________ [?] “I cannot do that. It is Nārāyaṇa can
give that, Kṛṣṇa can give. I’m not empowered to give you
emancipation. I can supply worldly things.”
Then he woke up. “What my brother says that
is then true. So I falsely went on to argue with him, but he’s in the right
side.” Then he began, he left this Kālīworship, and
came to Kṛṣṇa upāsanā, and lived for some
time.
bhajahū re
mana śrī-nanda-nandana-abhaya-caraṇāravinda re
[dūrlabha
mānava-janama sat-saṅge taroho e bhava-sindhu re]
[“O mind, just worship the lotus feet of the
son of Nanda, which make one fearless. Having obtained this rare human birth,
cross over this ocean of worldly existence through the association of saintly
persons.”]
[Bhajahū Re Mana Śrī
Nanda-nandana, 1. By Śrī Govinda dāsa Kavirāja]
This is his song, that Govinda dāsa,
the elder brother of Rāmacandra, his song is this. Bhajahū re mana
śrī-nanda-nandana-abhaya-caraṇāravinda re. This song,
a very good song, educating, that Govinda dāsa. Had some influence through
Rāmacandra from Narottama Ṭhākura.
So Narottama Ṭhākura’s life was a
great life, we can learn many things from him. He preached very liberally
Mahāprabhu’s creed, most extensively, though his Guru did not do so. Just
as if he was going against his Guru apparently. His Gurudeva was strictly - not
to preach, not to initiate. But coming from him, he initiated in a large
number, very liberal. Very liberal disciple of a very strict miser Guru, we
find. We find in preaching, the essence of his teachings is pure devotion. No
tampering in his judgements, or in his descriptions, in his writings, poems.
Then, we find another thing, that though so
much faithful to his own Guru, he has expressed and he did in his practice, but
still he has recognition that his Gurudeva will take him to a proper place, the
central office, to Rūpa Goswāmī, rūpānuga. We
should be ultimately accepted by Rūpa, and to join his group, that will be
our highest aspiration of life.
All these things. So Narottama Ṭhākura’s
day of departure. Anyhow coming in contact with them we can have their
influence and blessings, thereby. And we can alleviate our own position in the
line of pure devotion. So we ask for his blessings on us.
One gentleman from Sthilet, he was not a
follower of Gauḍīya Maṭha, but he wrote one poem about our
Guru Mahārāja. He mentioned there, thakura sei narottama tomate
tahara guna dekhi [?] “We have heard about the preaching of Narottama Ṭhākura
with pure devotion, and we find his inspiration in you.” He composed.
Narottama Ṭhākura, he found
Narottama Ṭhākura in Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī, extensive
attempt to give everyone, distribute the pure devotion.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
So we all invoke blessings of Narottama Ṭhākura
today.
Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Caitanya. We
close here.
Devotee:
Śrīla Bhakti Rakṣaka Śrīdhara Deva Goswāmī
Mahārāja kī jaya!
Devotees: Jaya!
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Gaura Hari bol. Śrīpad Bhaktisiddhānta
Saraswatī Goswāmī Prabhupāda kī jaya!
...
...reading Bhāgavatam from the
higher seat, and Swāmī Mahārāja sitting by he used to play
the mṛdaṅga. In that house specially, where Mr. Karnani
__________________________ [?] in that house there was one coal merchant.
Karnani has purchased that house, where some coal merchant was there, _____
Banergee.
When perhaps his father or his mother passed
away, invited me to deliver this Bhāgavata and kīrtana there,
that occasion. I could not go, I sent Govinda Mahārāja. And Govinda
Mahārāja - Swāmī Mahārāja was in charge of the
party. Swāmī Mahārāja took them, Govinda Mahārāja
began to explain Bhāgavatam, and Swāmī Mahārāja
with the party playing the mṛdaṅga and chanting in
the beginning and the end. And it was successfully finished. I went to see that
gentleman, he was a good, big coal merchant. _____________ [?]
Then he told me that, “I thought that you
did not give much attention to this occasion, to this sitting; that you sent
only a boy to explain Bhāgavatam. There were at least eight Doctors
here present in the assembly, audience. But that boy has explained Bhāgavatam.
We are much satisfied. They could not think he will be able to explain Bhāgavatam
in such scholarly and beautifully way.” That gentleman told.
And Karnani living in that house now. The
old one, father Karnani.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. So
Swāmī Mahārāja had much affection for him, like a child he
used to treat him. As a guardian he took him there, and he was from the lower
seat playing mṛdaṅga, and Govinda
Mahārāja on the higher seat to explain Bhāgavatam.
At that time we were staying next door, in
the laboratory. He was living in a house, and the next house is on the ground,
that is ground floor laboratory, and the top floor, four rooms we occupied and
lived there, in the next house.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari
bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: _______________________________ [?]
[25:56 - 27:20
silent]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...What to speak of the whole of Bhāgavatam.
Every constituent part is infinite. So such is the thing we are going to deal,
we must be conscious of the fact. That whatever we say, we try to touch,
something of that. But the reality is beyond our jurisdiction, only we try to
touch, but it’s immeasurable. So full conception of anything can never be given
by anyone, only they’re touching the infinite. That is enough.
Sparśa matra. Achandale sakale udare,
jiva sparse [?] touching the tongue a man is delivered. Jive sparse achandale
sakale udare [?]
The Vaikuṇṭha Nāma.
Vaikuṇṭha means kuṇṭhasana [?] Kuṇṭha
means limitation, as unlimited Name, the name of unlimited characteristic.
[sādhu saṅga
kṛṣṇa nāma ei matta jai] vaikuṇṭha nāma
grahaṇam aśeṣāgham haraṁ vidun
[“The Holy Name must be taken with the
attitude of service to the saints. Serving means die to live; to throw oneself
wholesale for the higher existence.”]
Any amount of sin, or misconception may be
cleared by the touch of one drop of that sound, revolutionary change comes. So,
it is evergreen, ever new. And it is His will, He’s working...
[29:44 - 30:22
?]
...
...then I could try, tried my best, would
have tried. If it’s possible that he may see me. Because by whose influence
Sundarānanda went astray, he also tried to take me out of this line. He
questioned me, he called for me. I had some reverence for him, for my previous
life; I learned many things from him, so I had some respect. Vasudeva Prabhu.
And I went.
And he put to me, “Where is your name
Śrīdhara found in the scripture? Only ten names, or twelve:
Purī, Giri, Bharati, all these things are mentioned in the scripture we
find.”
But I told that, “You have published a book,
Gauḍīya Kaṇṭhahāra, before I
joined the Maṭha. And there it is mentioned hundred and eight names, and
one is Śrīdhara amongst them. The reference you have given to Ānanta-saṁhitā.”
He told, “All this is concoction. We have
suggested these names, and paṇḍit he has composed the śloka.
As we suggested the name of a fictitious book Ānanta-saṁhitā.”
Then I told him that, “The ṛṣisof the ancient time they saw, they felt what they have
recorded. What they felt in their heart they recorded. And that is Veda,
Upaniṣad, all these things. And if I think that Bhāgavata is
the full fledged theism, it is the real natural fruit of the Veda, Purāṇa,
everything. The full-fledged conception of theism is Bhāgavatam.
Then one who is earnestly preaching about the truth of Bhāgavatam,
that is the highest conception of theism, whatever comes in his mind for the
sake of the service of the preaching of that truth, that is more valuable to me
than any of the so called ṛṣis, who felt this Brahman hazy conception of the theism.
And highest conception of theism is in Bhāgavatam, and who is
preaching earnestly that, and anything coming in his inspiration: ‘that this is
necessary, this is necessary,’ then that has got more value in me than those
previous ṛṣis.
The śruti we find in Bhāgavatam,
they are repenting, they are praying for forgiveness to Kṛṣṇa
that, “We could not express You fully. What we have expressed, that is going to
that hazy conception of Brahman, not Your conception of such type: the
fulfilment Parambrahman, the highest type of Parambrahman, Svayaṁ-Bhagavān. We could not express that. So we beg Your forgiveness
for this.”
I told him, Vasudeva Prabhu, by whose
influence Sundarānanda did all these things.
Then Vasudeva Prabhu answered. “If, what you
say it is true, but if the man is svarūpa siddha, he has got
fullest realisation, then of course, whatever he feels inspiration in him that
must be, have highest value.”
And that means he does not accept our Guru
Mahārāja as svarūpa siddha. But he uttered this word, and
he was silenced. He thought that he has told the extreme thing. And I also
thought he has gone to the extreme point that Guru is not svarūpa
siddha. So conversation stopped, cut off.
That was my answer to that. That one who is
in the service of the full-fledged theism, whatever inspiration comes in him,
for the service of that, to preaching that truth, that is more valuable than
that ordinary Upaniṣad, Veda, and other revealed scripture.
And I still hold that. And it cannot but be so. If you are to accept the Svayaṁ-Bhagavān, akhila-rasāmṛta-murtiḥ[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 8.142], that the full-fledged theism in Bhāgavatam,
then, those that are earnestly, whole heartedly trying for the service for the
preaching of that truth, whatever comes within, inspiration, that cannot but
be.
I went further, that Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura
wrote Jaiva-dharma like a novel style, novel; as if that is imaginary
conversation. He, through the conversation of the imaginary persons he has
dealt that Jaiva- dharma. One is asking, another is answering; in this
way. But I think that this is not fictitious, fiction. In some kalpa or
other such things really happened. May not be this kalpa, but there are
so many kalpas, there is so many days of Brahmā. And things are
repeated with little modification. In some kalpa Varāha
Avatāra is
śyāma varṇa, in some kalpa
cheta-varṇa. With little
difference the repetition we find.
So, Jīva Goswāmī when there
is any difference, anomaly in the scripture, Purāṇa
description, he has written kalpa Veda. In particular kalpa it
was in this way, in another kalpa it came. One kalpa means Brahmā’s
one day.
sahasra-yuga-paryantam,
ahar yad brahmaṇo viduḥ
[rātriṁ yuga-sahasrāntāṁ, te ’ho-rātra-vido
janāḥ]
[“A day of Lord Brahmā lasts for one
thousand caturyugas and his night is of the same duration. Persons who
know this have the true conception of day and night.”] [One yuga (age)
in the time calculation of the demigods = the four yugas or one caturyuga
in the time calculation of mankind, or 4,320,000 years.]
[Bhagavad-gītā, 8.17]
Just as we, our days are also, generally
goes on similar, not same. In the morning I wake, I wash my head and take
something and went to the work. The next day similar, not exactly the same but
similar with little difference. So, also Brahmā’s every day repetition
with some difference. So, Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura what he wrote that
was transcendental thing, and that must have happened in any of the kalpa.
It is moving, moving somewhere. All the thoughts, especially transcendental
thoughts they’re not mortal, so no death for them. No beginning, no end, that
is eternal. Such thoughts floating in the thought world, so many.
Mahāprabhu also coming repeatedly every
Kali-yuga, Yuga-Avatāra.
aṣṭāviṁśa
catur-yuge [dvāparera śeṣe, vrajera sahite haya kṛṣṇera
prakāśe]
[“At the end of the Dvāpara-yuga of the
twenty-eighth divya-yuga, Lord Kṛṣṇa appears on earth
with the full paraphernalia of His eternal Vraja-dhāma.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Ādi-līlā, 3.10]
That Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa-Milita-Tanu,
Mahāprabhu absorbed in this Kali-yuga Avatāra. In this way, eternally
moving.
So, we’re to understand things by quality,
by ruci, and not by yukti. Yukti, the reason fails to
understand. But it is more ______ [?] yajña reliable; our heart’s taste,
inner taste of our heart more reliable to understand soothing things for us, ruci,
and not yukti. So, jñāna eliminated, the knowledge
eliminated from the epistemology as pramāṇa, the prove,
evidence to the existence of the transcendental, higher transcendental.
Knowledge eliminated, power and knowledge both eliminated. Third thing, śraddhā,
faith, that has got recognition to understand things of the highest type.
Automatic, God given things something like intuition, to know, ‘This is my
own.’
So, bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś,
chidyante sarva-saṁśayāḥ. [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.2.21 & 11.20.30]
To be out of all doubts and suspicion, that
is a result, a consequence, consequence of which? Bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś.
When the tie of the heart - the heart is sealed, that ahaṅkāra,
the bhada-jīva, the ego of the fallen soul, that means their heart
is sealed. And the sealed is broken, bhidyate, untied, and the natural
flow comes out, and it can recognise its own plane, own thing, own friend. And
that is faith, and faith is reliable, never reason, or the faculty of
judgement, nor any power or position, to understand this truth.
So Sundarānanda and so many other
scholars they, Śaṅkarācārya and other scholars, they’re
scholarly, they’re not of less position, so many scholars in the existence. But
still we can take, the first consideration faith, and reason may help them to
certain extent. That sort of service we can get from the reason, but it cannot
produce, it cannot deduce the faith. It is only in faith, and reason can help
to certain extent, in some cases, not always. But it is not a bona fide proof
that the reason, that faculty of judgement, that will give me God, never. So,
it is told that sukṛti, then above sukṛti there is śraddhā.
From śraddhā then sādhu-saṅga, coming in the
association of the similar persons. And from there something comes and goes and
conversion begins. That is the way.
And who will - Hari-bhakti-vilāsa- who will study?
yāha,
bhāgavata paḍa vaiṣṇavera sthāne [ekānta
āśraya kara caitanya-caraṇe]
[“If you want to understand Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,”
he said, “you must approach a self-realised Vaiṣṇava and hear from
him. You can do this when you have completely taken shelter of the lotus feet
of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Antya-līlā, 5.131]
If one goes to study the scriptures himself
he won’t understand it. Only ācāryavān puruṣo veda.
[“Only one who has a Guru can know the truth.”] [Chāndogya-Upaniṣad,
6.18.2] & [Gauḍīya Kaṇṭhahāra, 1.2]
One who has got Ācārya, ācāryavān,
has gurun ca vidya [?], you must have to go to a bona fide person, and by his
connection, he can understand the meaning, real purport. Otherwise it...
83.10.28.B_83.10.29.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Only those who have in previous life attained some
position in the scripture, he can know in the next birth. But that is acquired
by faith and sādhu-saṅga. He can only understand that life.
Otherwise it is sealed. Transcendental means adhokṣaja. Yato
bhaktir adhokṣaje.
[sa vai puṁsāṁ
paro dharmo, yato bhaktir adhokṣaje / ahaituky apratihatā,
yayātmā suprasīdati]
[“The supreme occupation (dharma) for
all humanity is that by which men can attain to loving devotional service unto
the transcendental Lord. Such devotional service must be unmotivated and
uninterrupted to completely satisfy the self.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.2.6]
Adhokṣaja
means that
won’t come within the jurisdiction of our reason. Transcendental. Our reason is
applied to certain extent, within certain boundary reason may work.
Transcendental means beyond the conception of our reason, our understanding.
Only when He comes to make Him understood, we can know, that is the only way.
Higher truth, when He wants to make Him known to me, I can know, otherwise not.
So that is a separate way; always the deductive method, and never in the
ascending, always in the descending method. Higher truth is known only in the
descending method always. He will come down, He will select me to make Him
known, then I shall. All Rights Reserved. This is a very favourite expression
with our Guru Mahārāja. All Rights Reserved there. Without His sweet
will you can’t enter into His area. Yam evaiṣa vṛnute tena
labhyas.
[nāyam
ātmā pravacanena labhyo, na medhayā na bahunā śrutena
yam evaiṣa
vṛnute tena labhyas, tasyaiṣa ātmā vivṛnute
tanūṁ svām]
[“One cannot understand the substance of the
Paramātmā, the Super-soul residing within everyone’s heart, by means
of expertise in logic, intelligence or learning. When the living entity begs
the Lord for His mercy, being desirous of His transcendental loving service,
then the Supreme Lord reveals His self-manifest form directly before him.”] [Kaṭha-Upaniṣad,
1.2.23] & [Muṇḍaka-Upaniṣad, 2.3.2]
Whomever He will select to make Him known,
only he will. So many there, so many scholars and others, but,
Just as in the Kuru sabhā, Dhṛtarāṣṭra
told when Kṛṣṇa showed Himself in variegated ways, the Bhīṣma, Droṇa, and other ṛṣis
that are present there they began to chant hymns in praising Him, to
satisfy Him. Dhṛtarāṣṭra was present, he was blind, and
Dhṛtarāṣṭra hearing that they’re pronouncing so many
hymns for Kṛṣṇa, He’s showing Himself in a very noble, and
unreasonable way. They’re shown something wonderful, and they’re all engaged in
chanting for His satisfaction.
Then Dhṛtarāṣṭra
prayed, “Kṛṣṇa, You are showing, so many present in the
assembly they’re praising You, You are showing them a very beautiful, and some
wonderful presentation. For the time being, You can do anything and everything,
for the time being You remove my blindness, let me see Your beautiful figure.
And afterwards You will make me blind again.”
Then Kṛṣṇa told, “No
necessity of removing your blindness. I say you see Me, and you will see.”
He was blind, blindness was kept, and Kṛṣṇa
told, “No necessity to removing blindness to see Me, what these persons are
seeing. I only, I order that you see Me, and you will see Me. It is My will.”
And without removing blindness Dhṛtarāṣṭra
could see. Then, what sort of sight? Not this eye sight, eye experience is
there. The physical eye experience is not there.
Only Kṛṣṇa told, “Yes, you
see Me.” And clearly told there that, “No necessity of removing your blindness.
Only I say you see Me, and you’ll be able to see Me.” And he saw.
What does it mean? That that experience is
not physical. So that experience does not depend on any material achievement,
only His sweet will.
“I’m Yours, I’m Yours in such way.” Only,
“Let there be water.” There was water. “Let there be light.” There was light.”
So that is at the backing of everything, the
whole transcendental world is like that. What should we speak? If you have
courage enough to come and study, and engage yourself in the service of such
wonderful existence, aspect; then come. Otherwise you entangle with this
material mud, you are independent, none is going to disturb you. Plod in the
mud. But if you want to have experience with the highest thing you’ll have to
come out of the mud, and the law of mud. And you’re to understand the laws of
the country where you want to enter in. The laws of the country you have to
enter in, you must have experience, and you must accept the law. Then you may
be eligible. And that is His sweet will. Bhāgyavān. So,
brahmāṇḍa
brhamite kona bhāgyavān jīva, guru-kṛṣṇa-prasāde
pāya [bhakti-latā-bīja]
[“Wandering throughout the material
universe, the very fortunate living entity who receives the grace of Guru and Kṛṣṇa
receives the seed of the creeper of devotional service.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.151]
The truth is autocrat, only to make Him
known is within His fist. If you want to surrender, to give everything: all
your knowledge, experience, your pride, everything mundane you’re to leave it
here hatefully. And clean, naked if you want to go there, with surrendering
everything, then you maybe admitted. This is clear, always we’re told in such a
way.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: So what is the place of sukṛti?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Sukṛti means first unconscious, ajñāta-sukṛti,
and then jñāta-sukṛti. Ajñāta- sukṛti, he
does not know, his energy is used by the sādhus for the service of
Kṛṣṇa. One has a garden, one sādhu took the
flower from there and offered it to the Lord. And because his energy was used
by the sādhu he got something, by the free will of the sādhu,
by the grace. Ahaitukī apratihatā, causeless. Generally His
agents, they’re distributing sukṛti unknowingly to so many
persons. Utilising their energy unknowingly, independent of their knowledge,
for their sukṛti.
And that is being accumulated, that reaction
accumulated to certain extent, then jñāta-sukṛti, conscious
help. “O sādhuji, take some flower, or come to my home and take prasāda.”
He does not know so much, but anyhow his inclination came to the right sādhu,
the Vaiṣṇava, and he helped him, gave some bhikṣā,
help. But he does not know who is Kṛṣṇa, what is that,
nothing. That is jñāta-sukṛti, subconscious. And in the
beginning, unconscious. Then subconscious, something within, intuition, “O, sādhuji,
take some help.” In this way. This accumulated will produce what is śraddhā,
faith. What is the definition of the faith, characteristic? That if we know the
centre everything is known.
yasmin
vijñāte sarvam evam vijñātam bhavati, yasmin prāpte sarvam idam
prāptam bhavati
By getting one, we can get everything. By
pouring water into the root, the whole tree is fed. By putting food into the
stomach, whole body is fed. It is possible, it is not impossible. But that
negotiating with one, we can negotiate the whole. This wonderful possibility is
there. This is faith. The centre can produce everything, can control
everything, the master of everything; it is all His vaibhava. To have
faith in such entity, that is theism, begins, and then gradually develops. And
full-fledged development is Bhāgavatam. Absolute good, absolute
beauty, absolute love, controlling everything, Master of everything. And
service, that is the highest realisation, and the highest satisfaction,
happiness, all there, distributed in Bhāgavatam full-fledged
theism. In this way it grows, and also those that realise they also explain in
different ways, and also through reasons try to understand there, those
reasonable. ________________ [?]
Devotee: ___________
[?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _________ [?] Then I shall go to take bath.
...
[12:00 - 12:40
silent]
...this transcendental sound, not ordinary
mundane sound, transcendental sound. Just as in homoeopathic globule, the
globule is not the medicine, globule is almost the same, but the potency is
within, that is medicine, of different type. So the sound which comes out of
our lips, that is not real; within there is potency, that is all in all.
[sādhu saṅga
kṛṣṇa nāma ei matta jai] vaikuṇṭha nāma
grahaṇam aśeṣāgham haraṁ vidhur
[“The Holy Name must be taken with the
attitude of service to the saints. Serving means die to live; to throw oneself
wholesale for the higher existence.”]
If that transcendental sound we can, by
service tendency invite within us, then all the past misdeeds will be burnt
into ashes. And that is the negative side, and the positive side we have
progress towards transcendental world. Transcendental world means which is not
within the jurisdiction of our eyes, or ear, or tongue, or touch, even not the
mental impulse. But crossing that we have got our faculty of judgement, then
above that there is our own soul. And then above that, there is Supersoul. In
this way, the land is progressing, the plane is progressing towards high, high
from high. In this way, in the subjective conception.
Subjective conception, we can feel so many
things, we’re the feeler. And there are things who can feel us but we cannot
feel them. I can touch the chair, but chair cannot touch without my
cooperation; cannot have any touch, but I can touch, I’m independent
________________ [?] So there are higher existence, if they will they can come
down in our consciousness, and if they withdraw we cannot follow them up. But
if they take us in, then we may remain there. In this way we’re to go from this
phenomenal towards transcendental world. That is valuable, that is real, that
is blissful, that is pure. In this way they belong.
So, how we’re to take this Name? There is a
particular process recommended by the scriptures. In Padma-Purāṇa
[Brahma-Khanda, 25.15-18, 22-23] we find there are ten kind of offences
against chanting the Name. I shall enumerated one by one.
The first is satam ninda namnah paramam
aparadham vitanute. [Gauḍīya Kaṇṭhahāra,
17.69-75]
If we abuse, if speak ill about the sādhus,
bona fide sādhus; then, we commit offence against the Name of Hari.
Because those sādhus they’re agents to preach the Name, they’re all
well-doer, they want to do good to us. And if I oppose him, I abuse him, I
speak ill of him, then it is committing suicide. He has come to benefit me, and
I’m attacking him. So we must not abuse the sādhu. But sādhu
only Vaiṣṇava they’re sādhu; not the worshippers of
other demigods are considered as sādhu. The demigods they deal
about mortal things, not sat. Sat-sādhus, sat means eternal.
Eternal thing is only transcendental thing. Mundane thing cannot be consider as
eternal, it is always flickering, changing its position. So, those are sādhu,
that are hankering or trying to realise, trying to come nearby the
transcendental eternal thing. Sādhu.
And then next, śāstra-ninda.
That is also the same case, those scriptures that are preaching about this
eternal truth, we should never abuse them, even disregard them. But the other śāstras
that pleads for this mortal achievement, they may be discarded when
necessary. Not unnecessarily indulging only in blame.
Then third, guruten nitya buddhi guroravajna
guru matya buddhir [?]
To think that Gurudeva he’s an ordinary man
like others. If my aspiration after the truth is genuine, then the all
pervading omniscient truth that is approaching towards me. If I’m sincere, in
search then He’ll also be eager to come to me. Then when He meets me in any
person, any sādhu, we’re to consider him as His agent. He, in His
agent has come to deliver me, to take me up in His place. Back to God, back to
home. The Lord of my home He has come take me there, if I’m sincerely eager to
meet Him. So, the Guru where he comes, he descends, we should consider him as
His representative. And we should give him such honour. Otherwise if you take
as ordinary person, then I’ll be, I’ll have to incur some ________ [?] and I’ll
be the looser.
Then fourth, the Mahādeva and other devatas.
Mahādeva means the Lord of this mortal universe, generally. And other
gods, Brahmā the creator, or even we should not dishonour them
unnecessarily. If necessary to prove, to make someone understand who is the
supreme-most deity, authority, if comparison is necessary then we can talk.
Otherwise unnecessarily we must not indulge in wasting our time in abusing
these gods or any other.
Then the fifth is to consult the dictionary
to find the meaning of the taking the Name. The Kṛṣṇa, what
is the derivative meaning, Kṛṣṇa, or in the ordinary way?
Because the worldly persons they have no experience of the transcendental
sound, so we may not expect to have meaning of that order, in these worldly
scriptures.
So we must not
try, waste our time to consult ordinary dictionary, and so many books to find
out what is the meaning of the sound I have got from my Gurudeva.
Then another offence is, nama bala papa
buddhir. We’re told in the scriptures and by the sādhus also,
that one Name is sufficient, is able to remove so much sin as much as none can
commit.
eka kṛṣṇa-nāme
yata pāpa hare, pātakī sādhya nāhi tata pāpa kare
nāmno 'sya
yāvatī śaktiḥ pāpa-nirharaṇe hareḥ
tāvat
karttuṁ na śaknoti pātakaṁ pātakī janaḥ
[Kūrma-Purāṇa]
“No one has got
to commit any amount of sin that cannot be removed by one Name.”
So let me commit any sin and I shall take
Name once, and it will all be cleared. If with this mentality, to cleanse my
mind, my sin, with this attitude if I take the Name, then I commit offence and
not the Vaikuṇṭha, not the real Name, nama bala papa buddhir.
Then ana-subha-kriya, there are so
many things purificatory: to wander the tīrtha, and to give
something to the poor, and to worship other deities, so many alternatives. Or
to read the scripture, so many other purificatory things there may be. But if
we think that they’re equal, or bigger than taking Hari Nāma then
we commit offence. Because the Lord is within with this Name, and it is special
arrangement that the sound and the purpose of the sound in Vaikuṇṭha
Name, is one and the same. And it is very gracious, especially in the age of
Kali, very, very gracious, and it takes us direct to Him. So no other methods
of sound have so efficacy as the chanting of the Name Divine. So other
auspicious activity there may be many, but they can’t be compared with taking
the Name of the Lord.
Then another, asraddha dhano dhamah nama.
If we’re very eager to give this Name to anyone and everyone without
considering the possibility of his following in the true sense. Being very
eager to become a guru, and to accept anyone and everyone and give away this
Name. Then without considering, measuring how much śraddhā,
faith he has got in this path, then we commit aparādha, we commit
offence. That is possible only when we’re very eager to become a seeker of fame
and name to become guru. So that should be avoided.
Then another thing, that where in this
mundane world my attraction is very acute, that should be avoided. The centre
of my main attraction in this world we must hate it and try to take it. Just as
a ship or a boat has anchor, the anchor must be taken up, and then the rowing
will take the boat towards some direction. So, wherever my attraction is in the
highest degree, I shall try to find it out, and to uproot it by - with all
attention, any possible method under my command. And then it will take me to my
good, this Name will take me to its own course.
And another, that we must not think that I’m
being, if we take the Name there will be some change, some transformation in my
system within, and that change will, from my present position it will try to
take to some other stage of mind direction, surely. And I must be open, and
think that I’m not going to any place which may be apathetic, or very rude, or
very strict, or very coercive, or very grave. But we shall have such idea that
I’m going to a friendly place, guardian, sympathetic, affectionate home I’m
going. So with affection, with love, with confidence, we shall go on taken the
Name, that “I’m going home, to my friend after long separation, I’m going to
meet my own Lord of my heart.” With this idea we shall go on taking.
So these are the offences, we must take
care.
And another four, nāmābhāsa,
which can give mukti, liberation, that is, may take us to the abscissa
from the negative side, but cannot give any positive attainment. That is nāmābhāsa,
four kinds, sānketyaṁ, parihāsya, stobha, helanam.
Sānketyaṁ
means when I’m
outwardly saying something, or pointing something, but in my mind another thing
comes in connection. Just as in the case of Ajāmila, in Bhāgavatam,
that story. Ajāmila afraid by the dreadful appearance of the
Yāmadūtas, he in his coma stage he could remember that his young son
Nārāyaṇa was playing nearby. With that faint memory he wanted
to take the name, calling Nārāyaṇa. But in the meantime a
change came in his mind. “That what this little boy Nārāyaṇa
can do against those fearful figures, the agents of Yāmarāja?” Then
that Lord Nārāyaṇa’s Name came. Began with the name of the
child, but in the meantime it changed into the name of the Lord, the memory
came to Lord Nārāyaṇa. And at once four agents came down, and
he saw. And there was a serious talk with the Yāmadūtas, and they
were defeated and sent back.
There the points, Yāmadūtas said,
“We have come to take him, we have not done anything wrong.”
“What do you, if you curse, you do not know
the śāstra? Have you not heard that this gentleman took the
Name of Nārāyaṇa now?”
“Yes we have heard, but what of that? The
whole life he committed great offences without no bounds. And now only taking
the Name of Nārāyaṇa, and all finished?”
Then they argued that, “Your master has not
educated you, giving instruction to you in the right direction, that he has
taken the Name of Nārāyaṇa, still you are, his jurisdiction has
change. Whenever he has taken the Name of Nārāyaṇa he’s no
longer in the jurisdiction of your master. Now whatever should be that will be
in Vaikuṇṭha. You go and ask your master, your Lord?”
Then anyhow, they went away, and
Ajāmila also attained liberation. All his previous attraction towards the
family at once vanished, and he woke up from the bed and moved direct towards
Haridwar. And there he began to take the Name of Nārāyaṇa, what
wonderful experience he had in the previous moment. And after sometime he
attained Vaikuṇṭha. But immediate liberation was affected by taking
the Name of Nārāyaṇa. Sānketyaṁ.
Parihāsya. One may say
jokingly, “O, you are taking the Name of Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa,
eh? Kṛṣṇa you are taking.” In that case also, nāmābhāsa
may come. Not that always it will be nāmābhāsa but it
may be possible.
And stobha, when playing on the mṛdaṅga
or any other, taking the Name. Or sometimes one in mood of ridicule cuts
jokes with another. In that mood also take the Name, that may be nāmābhāsa.
And sometimes neglectfully we pronounce the Name of the Lord, and then in that
case also, sometimes that nāmābhāsa can come and give us
relief. But not positive attainment, but the negative saving is there.
So we’re asked that avoiding this Nāma
aparādha, offences against the Name, and the abhāsa, that
indifferent way of taking, nāmābhāsa; avoiding these two
with the earnestness of getting the service of the Lord, as well as His
servitors. Hankering for the service, the positive thing, must be in our
hankering; the service of the Lord or His paraphernalia. With this idea as far
as possible, we should go on taking the Name. So that will be śuddha
Nāma.
This Nāma is found in Kali-santaraṇa-Upaniṣad,
and also found in Agni-Purāṇa, Brahmāṇḍa-Purāṇa,
half-half. Where it is full found in Kali-santaraṇa-Upaniṣad,
there we find Hare Rāma in the beginning, and Hare Kṛṣṇa
that is in the last line. First line Hare Rāma. Generally people know and
chant like that. But Mahāprabhu Śrī Caitanyadeva, He gave us
this, the Hare Kṛṣṇa in the beginning, first line, and last
line Hare Rāma. Generally, the smārta section that has got
reverence for Caitanyadeva, they say, generally the conception may come in this
way. They take Hare Rāma as Dāsarāthi Rāma, son of
Dāsarātha. So that is Tretā-yuga in the beginning, and then Dvāpara-yuga
Kṛṣṇa later on. So Rāma, Hare Rāma that will be in
the beginning in the historical order. They may be contention.
And some other scholars they say that, “This
is a Vedic mantra. Kali-santaraṇa-Upaniṣad, that is within
the boundary of the Veda. And it is also mentioned in many places, that Veda
should not be given to anyone and everyone. Only the brāhmaṇa,
kṣatriya, vaiśya, they have got their right to try to
know what is in the Veda. Not all should be given admission, because
they will not be able to understand, and mutilate the meaning; misunderstand
and it will spread in an objectionable way. So the Vedic knowledge should be
imparted to particular, limited section, who has got śraddhā and
some sort of realisation about the Veda. So Śrī Caitanyadeva,
He has just made some modification, introduced some modification in the Vedic
mantra, and then He order distribution freely to anyone and everyone. Even
including the mleccha, yavana, any type of man it may be. So,
some modification was introduce by Śrī Caitanyadeva with this idea.”
Some say like that.
But in other contention also from this point
that, “Rāma Nāma and Kṛṣṇa Nāma,
if we consider it different then Kṛṣṇa Nāma is
superior to Rāma Nāma.” It is mentioned in Purāṇa,
ordinary Name of the Lord, the Rāma Nāma is thousand times
higher than ordinary Name of the Lord. And Kṛṣṇa Nāma
has been mentioned three thousand. Three Rāma Nama is equal to
one Kṛṣṇa Nāma. In this way for the ordinary
people so much calculation and mention we find.”
But what Mahāprabhu told,
Mahāprabhu gave to us, it is all towards Kṛṣṇa līlā.
So, in Rāma also we understand, we’re given to understand that it is also rāmana,
pleasing, the pleasing in its highest degree can come only from Kṛṣṇa
conception, Svayaṁ-Bhagavān, Kṛṣṇa conception of
Godhead. So, everything meaning towards Kṛṣṇa. And also, what
is - Kṛṣṇa Nāma if it is more powerful and so
venerable, then it may come in the beginning, there is also a point. But what
really it is from the highest stand point, it is Hara. Hara Kṛṣṇa,
Hara means Rādhā, hariyate hara. Hara means Rādhā,
or Kṛṣṇa, or Rāma; that is also Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa,
Hare Rāma. Hara, Rādhā, is Rāma in the sense
Rādhā-rāmana-Rāma. To the furthest extremity if anything is
extended it cannot but meet in Kṛṣṇa conception, Svayaṁ-Bhagavān,
the absolute source of everything, akhila-rasāmṛta-murtiḥ.
So all the meanings of all the words if its pushed in the true sense to the
highest degree, then it cannot but reach Kṛṣṇa conception.
That is the most original and source of all rasa, everything which we
can hope to have in this world. In this way it has been explained.
So, you have got, and now you show your
obeisances to the Vaiṣṇava and go to the temple, and at least once
you count the bead and then take prasādam.
_______________________________ [?]
Gaura Hari bol.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
Badrinārāyaṇa: So offer some
flower and candan to Guru Mahārāja’s feet ___________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And show some,
oṁ
ajñāna-timirāndhasya jñānāñjana-śalākayā
cakṣur
unmilitaṁ yena, tasmai śrī-gurave namaḥ
[“I was blind in the darkness of ignorance
but my Spiritual Master applied the ointment of proper spiritual knowledge and
thus opened my eyes. Unto him I offer my respectful obeisances.”]
In this way you show your respect to Guru.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
[41:30 - 42:30
?]
...
...within ISKCON and they are doing the work
which is against ISKCON, that’s the charge?
Devotee: The charge
was that I was...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: You have not left ISKCON...
Devotee: I’ve left
ISKCON...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh? You have left ISKCON?
Devotee: Therefore I’m
illegal. Because they are a legal society, so...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: You left them, or you are within them and doing
disservice against them?
Devotee: No. Left
them, I’ve left them. And they, ISKCON went to the police...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: You are using the credit of ISKCON...
Devotee: That’s what
they’re trying to say...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...and doing some disservice to their ISKCON. The
credit of ISKCON you are exploiting?
Devotee: Yes.
83.10.29.B
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa. Nitāi Gaura Hari
bol. Parisevān is there. He’s trying his best to come out but can’t do so.
Parisevān.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Parisevāna.
Devotee: O yes,
Parisevāna, he actually wants to go to San Jose now. In two weeks time he
wants to go be with Bhakti Sudhīra Mahārāja. He’s collecting money now.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: He got money for passage? Hare Kṛṣṇa.
It will be difficult to get a visa from South Africa for India?
Devotee: Yes. Lalitā
Caran, your disciple, he was able...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So you may come to Mauritius and from there. And
India is very against that diamond [?] government.
Devotee: Yes. But your
disciple from South Africa he was able to slip through without a visa.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Without visa __________________ [?]
Devotee: Lalitā
Caran.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: They thought
that he was Indian.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The South African State and Israel, India is very
unfavourable to these two states.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja has arrived.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Has come. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja Kī Jaya!
Devotees: Jaya!
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa. You’ve not yet had any
discussion with Acyutānanda prabhu?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: No.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa. Nitāi Gaura Hari
bol. You heard that he was entangled in a case there?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Hmm.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: But anyhow he has come out of it.
Amnaya vetivek avyan yat sarvatya sarvada, ‘nvayad itarata [?] Thesis, antithesis, synthesis, in
the Hegelian conception. Progress in a case may be of two aspects, of direct,
indirect. So we’re requested to include everything, within favourable
consideration, direct, indirect, both harmonised. And both is necessary for the
līlā, for the pastimes. Just as opposition party also has a
necessary position in the parliament in democracy. So the opposition has got
its position. And Bhāgavatam says, instructs us to include both
forms into one, all favourable, tat te 'nukampāṁ [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.14.8] Whatever apparently favourable, and apparently unfavourable, both
harmonised in Kṛṣṇa consciousness. The plenary wave, that is
all harmonising.
So any
trouble if we’re to undergo for the service of Kṛṣṇa, that
should be invited equally. If not invited, at least welcomed. Ānukūlyasyasaṅkalpaḥ. We shall try to go in the favourable way, but if
unfavourable things come also we must not back out or complain anything against
them.
nārāyaṇa-parāḥ sarve, na
kutaścana bibhyati
svargāpavarga-narakeṣv, api
tulyārtha-darśinaḥ
[“Devotees
solely engaged in the devotional service of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,
Nārāyaṇa, never fear any condition of life. For them the
heavenly planets, liberation and the hellish planets are all the same, for such
devotees are interested only in the service of the Lord.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
6.17.28]
Of equal
value, suffering, pleasure and pain, of equal value, when we’re engaged in the
service of Kṛṣṇa. I shall get remuneration, of course in the
terms of more affinity, attraction, love. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Tṛṇād api sunīcena. [Śikṣāṣṭakam, 3] We shall not give anyone chance to create any
opposition. Our general behaviour should be that no opposition may come, that
should be our program, we must not invite any opposition. But still if it
comes, taror api sahiṣṇunā, we must forbear it,
tolerate it like a tree, passive. On the face of any sort of attack tree works
in a passive way, no offensive for offensive, taror api sahiṣṇunā.
Amāninā, he won’t want anything in name or fame, or even in
the form of credit. That is pratiṣṭhā means credit,
won’t want anything as credit, amāninā. Mānadena,
but he will pay regularly the honour that is demanded from outside. Kīrtanīyaḥ
sadā hariḥ. So if you can move in this way then your Hari kīrtana
will be, your chanting of the Name of Hari, your preaching will be nirguṇa,
beyond any qualifications, no want for any of it. If you can adopt this process
in your preaching then it will be purely nirguṇa. That is without
wanting anything in exchange for your activity, niṣkāma. That
is automatic, ahaitukī, no reason, it will be only ahaitukī, causeless, niṣkāma. You do not
want any remuneration for it, that will be nirguṇa. If you can
adopt such process in your activity then it will be nirguṇa, guṇātīta. Nothing fetching for this purpose, no fame, no name,
no money, nothing. But only the preaching to spread Kṛṣṇa,
wants to preach Kṛṣṇa, to give out to the world Kṛṣṇa
conception. That will be nirguṇa. Amāninā
mānadena, kīrtanīyaḥ sadā hariḥ. And it is
not a temporary program, but it’s a whole life program, life after life,
eternal program, continuous. Not for a particular period, of course adjusted
according to his own capacity and position, but the program is an eternal one.
satataṁ
kīrtayanto māṁ, yatantaś ca dṛḍha-vratāḥ
namasyantaś
ca māṁ bhaktyā, nitya-yuktā upāsate
[“Disregarding
the purity or impurity of time, place, and circumstances, those great souls are
constantly absorbed in singing or narrating the glories of My Holy Name, form,
qualities, pastimes, and paraphernalia. They are attentive to the irrevocable
and conclusive definition of My nature, personality, and expansions, and they
strictly follow the rules and regulations for taking the Holy Name and
observing holy days such as Ekādaśī. Following all the practices
of devotion beginning with offering obeisances unto Me, the devotees, earnestly
longing for their eternal relationship with Me in the future, worship Me by the
path of engaging in My transcendental devotional service.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
9.14]
It’s
continuous program, life after life.
[sa vai puṁsāṁ paro dharmo, yato
bhaktir adhokṣaje]
ahaituky apratihatā, yayātmā
suprasīdati
[“The supreme
occupation (dharma) for all humanity is that by which men can attain to
loving devotional service unto the transcendental Lord. Such devotional service
must be unmotivated and uninterrupted to completely satisfy the self.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.2.6]
And there
you’ll find you’re inner satisfaction of you’re heart. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Die to live means not cessation, not a static thing, not a cessation, it is
also dynamic. Die to live. Live means a continuous...
...
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
Gaura Hari bol.
Devotee:
___________________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: There is Bhāgavata Mahārāja he’s
there? And there is one Kundalatā, lady?
Devotees: Yes.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: She sent a letter to you.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Kundalatā? Direct to me or to
Anurādhā?
Anurādhā: I
have it here.
Devotee: Yes, directly to
you Mahārāja.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: All right. And Parvat Mahārāja is there.
Devotees: Bhāgavata
Mahārāja.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Bhāgavata Mahārāja. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari
bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
...
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: ...Devī, she says that, vipadaḥ santu
tāḥ śaśvat...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja:
[vipadaḥ santu tāḥ śaśvat,]
tatra tatra jagad-guro
bhavato darśanam yat syād, apunar
bhava-darśanam
[Queen
Kuntī Devī prayed to Kṛṣṇa: “I wish that all those
calamities (poisoning, arson, cannibalism, the vicious assembly, exile in the
forest, the battle), would occur again and again so that we could have Your darśana
again and again, for seeing You means that we will no longer see repeated
births and deaths.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.8.25]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: She seems to have reached the stage where she’s
inviting that kind of opposition.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Inviting? Inviting for which?
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: A kind of opposition.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: To remember Kṛṣṇa.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah. The positive thing is there.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Apunar bhava-darśanam, punar bhava,
which takes birth again and again, for death and birth, apunar bhava,
continuous, eternal. To have eternal connection with Kṛṣṇa,
if she’s ready to invite anything apathetic. At the risk of anything, that is
she’s inviting death to live, die to live, in a similar line, the die to live.
To invite danger means in the line of death, pratikūla, but for
which? Her eternal, continued consciousness of Kṛṣṇa. Apunar
bhava-darśanam. Punar bhava means coming and going, coming and going, punar
bhava. And apunar bhava means continuous, bhavato, apunar
bhava-darśanam, the continuous vision. For that, any risk I’m ready to
take, rather I invite. I invite the danger which may bestow to me the
continuous companionship. Vipadaḥ santu tāḥ
śaśvat, tatra tatra jagad-guro. In every stage of life may have
peculiar difficulties. Test and promotion. Those that want progress in life
they’re not afraid of any examination or test. They’ll invite that undesirable
examination which will produce the desired result. To face the risk and to come
with flying colours with greater, higher position. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Kṛṣṇa.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: You also said once, in taking that risk, you quoted
that verse,
tyaktvā sva-dharmaṁ caraṇāmbujam
harer, [bhajann apakvo ‘tha patet tato yadi
yatra kva vābhadram abhūd amuṣya kiṁ,
ko vārtha āpto ‘bhajatāṁ sva-dharmataḥ]
[“One who has forsaken his material
occupations to engage in the devotional service of the Lord may sometimes fall
down while in an immature stage, yet there is no danger of his being
unsuccessful. On the other hand, a non devotee, though fully engaged in
occupational duties, does not gain anything.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.5.17]
It is better
to take that risk. Even you may go down in the process, because what is gained,
otherwise if you remain in your position without taking that risk.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh? What? I can’t follow.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: You say, no risk, no gain.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. No risk. I also told that in the beginning, all
risk, no gain. And in the end, all gain, no risk.
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Because in the beginning we consider that the
misconceived gain, that is the only substantial thing. So all risk. And that is
uncertain, adhokṣaja. What I shall gain or not I don’t know, so
all risk, no gain. But when we reach the goal we see that no risk. The risk was
all misconception, misconceived wealth, that was the risk. And the gain is a
real thing, so all gain, no risk, in the end. And the beginning, all risk, no
gain. That is uncertain, adhokṣaja. I can’t feel it. But at
present within misconception I think I’m master of all I survey, so I’m to
lose, to take risk. But because it’s misconception, ultimately we find I’m out
of misconception, so it’s all gain, no risk. But in the beginning, all risk, no
gain, uncertain gain.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari bol.
sarva-dharmān parityajya, mām ekaṁ
śaraṇaṁ vraja
ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo, mokṣayiṣyāmi
mā śucaḥ
[“Totally
abandoning all kinds of religion, surrender exclusively unto Me. I will
liberate you from all kinds of sins, so do not despair.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
18.66]
When we’re to
give up our immediate duty we’re to take some risk even. But when that is
compensated amply by the graceful embrace of the Absolute then all gain, never
to repent.
“Mā
śucaḥ. You’ll have no chance of mourning when you’ll reach Me.
But when you start, leaving you’re immediate duty you’re taking some risk. Sarva-dharmān
parityajya, mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja.
Giving up all your engagement, come to Me. Mokṣayiṣyāmi
mā śucaḥ. I shall relieve you from all the troubles. You
won’t have to repent in any way. So all gain.”
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: But sometimes, before you mentioned how one may be
encouraged in the constitutional line.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja:
śreyān sva-dharmo viguṇaḥ,
para-dharmāt svanuṣṭhitāt
sva dharme nidhanaṁ śreyaḥ,
para-dharmo bhayāvahaḥ
[“It is
better to carry out one’s own duties a little imperfectly rather than
faultlessly perform another’s duties. Know that even death is auspicious in the
discharge of one’s duties appropriate to his natural position in the ordained
socio-religious system, because to pursue another’s path is perilous.”]
[Bhagavad-gītā,
3.35]
“Don’t lose
your position. Try to stand firm.” Then that advice is that we may not go back.
For that purpose, to make us firm in our present position, that sort of advice
is given strong. “Rather die, don’t back out, come back. Sva dharme nidhanaṁ
śreyaḥ, para-dharmo bhayāvahaḥ. Don’t be over-greedy
to march forward, but consolidate your position where you are first. And then,
when there’ll be time I shall advise you to march on. In this light it should
be taken. Sva dharme nidhanaṁ śreyaḥ. To maintain your
position you will rather die, take all risk, but don’t move an inch from your
present position.”
“Then, sarva-dharmān
parityajya, mām ekaṁ. When you’ll receive My call from within
your heart, come forward, give up all your aspirations and march towards Me,
and I’m there to protect you. When such inspiration you’ll feel within you,
that My call will enter your ear, sarva-dharmān parityajya, then
you’ll march. As long as you’re not sure about My call, you take your stand in
your present position.”
Generally
that is meant that you may not have to go back. You’ll be immature, you’ll come
forward, but you’ll lose your present position and go down. To save from that
position this has been told. Always relative and absolute.
Progress is
necessary, not going back is necessary. This requires to be firm in your own
position, don’t be very fickle. But when you’ll hear the Absolute call then you
won’t care for your present position, take risk and march on. Otherwise
progress is meaningless. To maintain ones own position and to go forward, both
things equally necessary, and never go back.
By the call
of Swāmī Mahārāja many came, but many backed out. Some
going to the sahajiyā, this, that, in this way, they cannot
maintain their position. And some, they’re hankering more. What position he has
got they’re trying to dive deep. Not that coming in connection they have
reached the highest goal. They’ve got some position, and progress is not
finished there, it is always dynamic. From that position also they’ll try to go
deeper, deeper, this way. And life is dynamic. And the path to the goal is
infinite.
There is some
example, that always movement, if you stand you’ll fall. Just like cycle, when
moving it is all right, but if you stop you’ll fall. So always be in dynamic
position, in progress. Kṛṣṇa kīrtana, that
Brahman is static, more or less. Virajā, Brahmaloka, that is static. But
Goloka, Vaikuṇṭha, They’re dynamic, moving. And moving we’re safe,
making progress. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Once, three
or four personal attendants of our Guru Mahārāja, they approached him
to speak something, but they’re hesitating, they don’t speak.
Then our Guru
Mahārāja, Prabhupāda, could understand them from their movement.
“O, you want to say something, but you don’t say. What do you want to say to
me, you ask?”
Then they
hesitatingly asked. “Yes, we came to ask you, but we hesitate.”
“No, no, you
say what you want to say.”
“We came so
long time, twelve years or fifteen years we have come, but we do not find any
progress within our heart. That was our question, that we don’t feel any
progress in our heart.”
It is
peculiar that Guru Mahārāja told, “What do you say now, is it right,
truth?”
“Yes, it is
true, that we don’t feel any progress.”
“Then it is
all right, you go.”
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: A peculiar answer. “All right. If you could feel
that you have got something, that would have been dangerous. In connection with
the infinite it is such. That you’re maintaining you’re position without
getting anything tangible, if you find you’ve got something tangible, then
you’re deceived by māyā.”
A peculiar
thing, to try to understand what is progress, what is satisfaction, that I have
got something, that is dangerous, that I have got something. Coming in this
line it is dangerous to feel, or to say that I have got something. So how to
understand this sort of statement? Because what I think what I’m in possession
of, next moment I may not see it’s there.
vicakṣaṇa kari', dekhite cāhile haya,
haya ākhi-agocara
[Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura said, “Suddenly a flash
came, but when I tried to see that, it disappeared. It was withdrawn.”]
Adhokṣaja wealth,
that other’s property extended to me for His service. It may be withdrawn,
anything. I can never think that it’s under my possession. But at the same time
it’s encouraging to find that it’s in the possession of the devotee, of my
Guru, etc. A peculiar thing, it is there.
ahaṁ bhakta-parārdhīno, [hy asvatantra
iva dvija
sādhubhir grasta-hṛdayo, bhaktair
bhakta-jana-priyaḥ]
[The Lord
tells Durvāsā: “I am the slave of My devotees; I have no freedom
apart from their will. Because they are completely pure and devoted to Me, My
heart is controlled by them, and I reside always in their hearts. I am
dependent not only on My devotees, but even on the servants of My devotees.
Even the servants of My devotees are dear to Me.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
9.4.63]
The Lord is
tied down by the affection of the Vaiṣṇava, of my Guru. But I’m not
a devotee, I’m not up to mark, so I have nothing. Everything is in possession
of my Guru and the Vaiṣṇava. I can see that clearly. But not in my
possession because I’m not up to standard. But I see they’re up to standard and
there is obligation of Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa is in
obligation with the devotees, I can see, but not in obligation with me because
I’ve not come up to that standard. That is a peculiar position of the devotee.
But sometimes
when pralāpita, pralāp, what is known as pralāp
means delirium, in that stage sometimes they assert. “Yes, I shall see.
You’re doing this mischief to the Vaiṣṇava, to the Guru, I shall
fight with you. I shall show you what strength I’ve got, to serve them.” In
indirect way this sort of possession one may feel, and that is like delirium.
“That I have got extended strength of the adhokṣaja transcendental
in me.” Sometimes for the service of the Vaiṣṇava they may
feel it in indirect way, and they sometimes boast. “I shall fight with you. I
shall show you what is the nobility and greatness of my Masters.” In this way
he may assert sometimes. But that is temporary inspiration, something like pralāpita
vakra, vetivek. Taking risk, having nothing in hand, but going to
fight with, making the sādhu as capital. Something like that.
āmi ta’ vaiṣṇava,
e-buddhi ha-ile, amānī nā haba āmi
pratiṣṭhāśā āsi’, hṛdaya dūṣibe,
ha-iba niraya-gāmī
[nije śreṣṭha jāni’, ucchiṣṭādi-dāne,
habe abhimāna bhāra
tāi śiṣya tava, thākiyā sarvadā, nā la-iba
pūjā kāra]
[“ ‘If
I think I am a Vaiṣṇava, I shall look forward to receiving respect
from others. And if the desire for fame and reputation pollutes my heart,
certainly I shall go to hell. By giving others the remnants of my food, I shall
consider myself superior and shall be burdened with the weight of false pride.
Therefore, always remaining your surrendered disciple, I shall not accept
worship from anyone else.’]
[From
Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura’s Kalyāṇa-kalpataru] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Antya-līlā, 4.173, purport]
As soon as I
think that I’m a Vaiṣṇava, my road to hell is cleared. Amānī nā haba
āmi. Then I
shall think I’m someone, I have some credit. No. Whenever you’ll come to think
that you’re a devotee you’re finished. What’s this peculiar thing? Because a devotee
should always be conscious that his Master is autocrat.
mayā tatam idaṁ
sarvaṁ, jagad avyakta-[mūrtinā
mat-sthāni
sarva-bhūtāni, na cāhaṁ teṣv avasthitaḥ.]
[“In an unmanifest manner, I pervade this
entire universe, and everything conceivable is situated within Me - and yet, I
am not situated within that total entity.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
9.4]
“I’m everywhere, I’m nowhere.” The
wholesale, sweet-willed Master he has come to serve. “He goes according to His
sweet will, and I’ve made Him my Master. So I always must be conscious that
I’ve got the service of Autocrat’s sweet will.” He’s everywhere, He’s nowhere.
And at the same time, mayi te teṣu cāpy aham.
[samo 'haṁ
sarva-bhūteṣu, na me dveṣyo 'sti na priyaḥ
ye bhajanti tu māṁ
bhaktyā, mayi te teṣu cāpy aham]
[“I am equally disposed to all souls,
therefore no one is My enemy or My friend. Yet, for those who render devotional
service unto Me with love, as they are bound by affection for Me, I am
similarly bound by the tie of affection for them.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
9.29]
“They’re always in Me, and I’m always in
them.”
The special case with the devotees, but I’m
not so. I’m trying to be their servant. I’m trying to be the servant of the Vaiṣṇava.
Or the servant of the servant, of the servant of the servant, in this way
peculiar position. As I told that of the telescopic system, that a glass is in
between the sight and the seer, eye, but it enhances vision. Many glasses, very
fine and distant things they can take to me, by the help of many glasses. So
many guardians, guardian after guardian, Guru paramparā, the most
distant thing may come nearby, Guru paramparā. Servant of the
servant, of the servant of the servant, in this way. Their all good will. So
many guardians, so many thinkers of me, about my fortune, so I’m rich, as much
I’ve got my number of my guardians. They’re all well-wishers. I possess so many
well-wishers, so many guardians, so I’m a rich man. In this way. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
In the beginning the devotee may think, ‘Why
these people will come between and trouble? So many Vaiṣṇava, Vaiṣṇava.
God and myself I must have direct connection. And it’s not necessary, not
desirable, that any man will come between.’ This is kaniṣṭha
adhikāra. ‘It is impractical.’ But when they’ll come to the practical
stage they’ll find that only through the Vaiṣṇava that God is
tangible to the devotee. That substantial position, not abstract position. That
become the slave, servant of a Vaiṣṇava, servant of a Guru, this is
not theoretical proposal, this is most practical. That Vaiṣṇava
will come between me and God, this is our practical gain, not theoretical. So
when any man has got his devotion towards God he’s in the lowest class. But
when has real attraction towards Vaiṣṇava he’s higher class, he’s
promoted. And it is reality.
[ye me bhakta-janāḥ
partha, ne me bhaktaś ca te janāḥ]
mad bhaktānāṁ
ca ye bhaktās, te me bhaktatamā mataḥ
[Kṛṣṇa says, “Those who
worship Me directly are not real devotees; real devotees are those who are
devoted to My devotees.”] [Ādi Purāṇa]
“He’s really My devotee who has got
attraction, or recognition, and serving tendency for My own servant. There it
comes into reality, otherwise it is more or less fictitious. He wants Me and
none.”
The hierarchy, the king is there and so many
different staff surrounding him. “I want the king and myself.” Crossing, or
neglecting all his hierarchy, that is theoretical, imaginary. But when we
really come in connection with the king I shall have to come practically in so
many surroundings of different grades of the king. And in a particular
department I may connect with him. That is practical.
So whenever, we’re told, that is a great
test whether one has got pure devotion or not.
If he says, “I have got devotion for
Rāmacandra, or for Kṛṣṇa, or for Mahāprabhu,” but
not in the line of any devotees, no recognition for the higher devotees, other
servants, then it’s a fictitious devotion. Just as we think in the case of Mira
and others. She says, “We only have recognition of the Supreme Master, and not
His paraphernalia.” That is a fictitious, lower position of devotion. But
devotion when it takes the real position they must have some sort of master,
who is the link of the master, which will connect with the Supreme.
83.10.29.C
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Is that also
true in relation to the Spiritual Master?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh? Relation?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: To the Spiritual
Master, the Guru. Sometimes the disciples want to say, ‘I don’t have any regard
for his servitors. But I my direct affinity for him.”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: For whom?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: The Guru.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And not for any?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: His servitors.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Godbrothers?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: No. If he’s got real connection with Guru, then his
connection with the Godbrothers will be in a proportionate position. As their
Godbrother is really as much faithful to the Guru. Guru means not the body.
What is Guru? What is the inner self of Guru? And the disciples as much has got
realisation and affinity for their Guru, our genuine disciple they have
friendship according to that. But Guru may be seen in various ways, as Kṛṣṇa
Himself is seen in various ways.
mallānām aśanir nṛṇāṁ
naravaraḥ strīṇāṁ smaro mūrttimān
[gopānāṁ svajano 'satāṁ kṣitibhujāṁ
śāstā svapitro śiśuḥ
mṛtyur bhojapater virāḍ aviduṣāṁ
tattvaṁ paraṁ yogināṁ
vṛṣṇīnāṁ
paradevateti vidito raṅgaṁ gataḥ sāgrajaḥ]
[“O King,
Śrī Kṛṣṇa then appeared as a thunderbolt to the
wrestlers, as the supreme male to the men, as Cupid incarnate to the ladies, as
a friend to the cowherds men; as an emperor to the wicked kings, as a child to
His father and mother, as death to Kaṁsa, as the universal form of the
world to the ignorant; as the Supreme Truth to the yogīs, as the
Supreme Worshipful Lord to the Vṛṣṇis - and along with
Baladeva He entered the arena.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.43.17]
Kṛṣṇa
entering the arena of Kaṁsa and so many sections are having views in
different ways about Him, that same Kṛṣṇa. Some seeing some
thing, some seeing another thing, some seeing a third thing, in this way.
So Guru is
also infinite in that way. Where is Guru proper? Where is Gurudeva? What are
his real dealings? And what is his external temporary behaviour to capture
someone, or to do this or that? What is his real position? Kṛṣṇaika
saran [?] A Vaiṣṇava has many qualifications. But Kṛṣṇaika
saran [?] is the most substantial, inner qualification, symptom, of Vaiṣṇava.
Vaiṣṇava has got many symptoms but there’s gradation, comparative
study. So what is Guru proper, and how much one is attracted by that real
aspect of Guru, one should have connection accordingly. Because the same
interest, common interest, we should be drawn by the common interest. And God
Himself, what about Guru, when God’s incarnation comes here, according to their
position the various persons see Him in various ways. Our Guru is Kṛṣṇa.
Guru is infinite. Finite in infinite, or infinite in finite. Guru. “I have
understood the Guru fully.” Ha, ha. It is not possible. So,
ācāryaṁ māṁ
vijānīyān, [nāvamanyeta karhicit / na
martya-buddhyāsūyeta, sarva-deva-mayo guruḥ
[“One should
know the Ācārya as Myself and never disrespect him in any way. One
should not envy him, thinking him an ordinary man, for he is the representative
of all the demigods.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.17.27] & [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Ādi-līlā, 1.46]
“I’m there,
he’s My representative.”
We cannot
finally know any ordinary person, then how we can see that we have known Guru
to the finish? Audacity, ignorance. According to our progress, Guru will be
seen with new colour, new position.
_______________________________________ [?] When
Nārada is coming to Dvārakā, Kṛṣṇa, Uddhava
and Baladeva They’re sitting together to discuss about Śiśupāla,
and Devaṛṣi Nārada coming. And They found first a mass of
light. Coming nearer They found, ‘O, there is a figure within the light.’ Then
again coming nearer They found, ‘O, that is the figure of a gent.’ Then more nearer,
‘O, Devaṛṣi Nārada coming.’
So this has
been quoted in Vedānta commentary of Baladeva. “The first we see
the consciousness as a whole like some light. And then when we closely come in
contact we find where there is light, that is person. Vāsudava. Then we
find potency by its side we find Nārāyaṇa. And in this way
gradually according to our capacity, Rāmacandra, Dvārakeśa,
Vrajeśa, in this way, by deeper vision we come nearer our goal.”
In this way
progress. So at once we came to Gurudeva and we found him whole? That is absurd
thing. According to my progress I shall see Guru, Vaiṣṇava, Kṛṣṇa,
everything will be new.
yā niśā sarva-bhūtānāṁ,
tasyāṁ jāgarti saṁyamī
[yasyāṁ jāgrati bhūtāni,
sā niśā paśyato muneḥ]
[“While
spiritual awareness is like night for the living beings enchanted by
materialism, the self-realised soul remains awake, directly relishing the
divine ecstasy of his uninterrupted spiritual intelligence. On the contrary,
the wakefulness of materialistic persons addicted to sense enjoyment is night
for the self-realised person who is completely indifferent to such pursuits.
The realised souls, indifferent to the mundane, are ever joyful in the divine
ecstatic plane, while the general mass is infatuated by fleeting mundane
fancies devoid of spiritual joy.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 2.69]
That is dark
in the usha [?] At night we can’t see, but early, before sunrise we see
something vague. And light comes clear we see more clearly. In this way in
progressive light we see things in deeper way. In the first we come in
connection with the hazy aspect of things. Always these things. So it goes up
to Yaśodā, to Rādhārāṇī, to
Śrīdam, Subal, in different aspects, Baladeva, the gradation.
na tathā me priyatama ātmayonir na śaṅkaraḥ
[na ca saṅkarṣaṇo na śrīr
naivātmā ca yathā bhavān]
[“Neither
Brahmā nor Śīva are as dear to Me as you; My elder brother Saṅkarṣaṇa
is not as dear to Me as you, nor even Lakṣmī Devī. Even My own
Self is not as dear to Me as you.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.14.15]
Beginning
from Brahmā, Śiva, Baladeva, Lakṣmī, even to Him it is
going.
“And more
favourite than My Own Self is My devotee. Uddhava, you.”
Then Uddhava
says, “How I found what is devotion proper, in prema bhakti in Vṛndāvana.”
He’s
astonished to find it, always progressing, going, in classification, and in
group, as well as in personal characteristic.
We must not
be afraid to hear that progress is eternal. We must not be fond of any static
thing, the progress finished there. That draws us to the example of this
material world, this fossil. Nava-navayana, every moment it is becoming,
taking new shape, new appearance, new meaning, all these things, ever new,
nava-navayana. Prati-padaṁ pūrṇāmṛtāsvādanaṁ
[Śikṣāṣṭakam, 1] At every step we think that
it’s perfect. Taking the Name we feel some joy, or pleasure, ecstasy, whatever
it be. At every step we find it is full, not stale. Ānandāmbudhi-vardhanaṁ
[Śikṣāṣṭakam, 1] The ocean of joy, and that
is also ever increasing. And prati-padaṁ pūrṇāmṛtāsvādanaṁ,
at every step that is ever increasing ocean coming in new colour. So some sort
of idea of the infinite. How should we think about infinite? Hare Kṛṣṇa.
To be in that world we must not be afraid of our mean and lower position.
sakhyāya te mama namo 'stu namo 'stu nityam
dāsyāya te mama raso 'stu raso 'stu satyam
[Śrīla Raghunātha Dāsa Goswāmī, the
greatest exponent of the faith of servitude to Śrīmatī
Rādhārāṇī, Rādhā-dāsyam, wrote: “I
won't allow myself to become fascinated by the proposal of the higher level
service as a friend, sākhya. Rather, I shall tend always to do the
lower service, dāsya, the service of the servant. I shall not
consider myself to be a high-class servitor and I shall always tend to go
towards the lower class of service. But He may forcibly take me to a higher
service - “No, you are no longer to serve there; now you must serve in this
higher category.”] [Vilāpa-kusamāñjali, 16]
We shall
always tend to go down in the menial work. But the Yogamāyā will
forcibly arrange, if I’m fit, to post me in a proper position. But our tendency
will always be that, ‘I’m not fit for higher service, I must go to the lowest.’
That is laudable and that is fruitful, realistic, real.
Rādhārāṇī Herself says, “I want to serve Him
in the lowest way, but because He desires Me to do another service I can’t
help.” That is the tendency, humility. Humility is the characteristic. And that
is not a show. Rādhārāṇī says, “My innermost desire that
My Lord should be served in the perfect way. But others cannot do so, but they
venture and come forward to do but cannot do the service. They’re My trouble,
so I can’t tolerate them. That’s not for My selfish position. The other party,
I’m not envious of them, I’m not jealous for My selfish purpose. But because
they cannot do the service well, that is My, toleration disturbed thereby.”
Yogamāyā’s representation in this way. Diya kana krsna sukha
nahi jani [?]
“They come
forward to do service but they can’t do so. There’s the rub. That I’m not
jealous of them, that I shall take the service and I shall deceive them, not
the least purpose within that. Service is all. And the Master, the recipient of
the service, He should get the best.”
That should
be the temperament everywhere. Kṛṣṇa sukha tat paryja [?]
From the beginning to the end, Kṛṣṇa sukha tat pūjā
[?] Sacrifice for the satisfaction of the centre to the utmost degree. That is
the principle, the whole structure is searching for that, and no end, eternal
and infinite. The question of space, time, and anything, it is eternal. And ahaitukī
apratihatā, causeless, and everything for His satisfaction, for Him.
Your position
in the room is dependent, relative, and never absolute. You’re to think like
that. And no job, no post is permanent. You’ll find that is possible in māyā.
A permanent post in the service, they won’t think, can’t think like that,
though it is more permanent than enough, more than permanent. But they feel so
uncertain.
“I can’t go.
If You want to take Me anywhere You please carry Me there.”
And He
disappeared. Externally we see that. But there is another meaning from the
devotee side.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari bol.
Anything
perplexing, Akṣayānanda Mahārāja? Eh? Perplexing? Ha, ha.
Absolute and
relative. But there’s a peculiar thing in a society of the devotees, when the
Absolute is defeated by His potency, apparently they’re enjoying. In the defeat
of the Master to the servitors, the servitor class they find joy there. There
is bhakti, devotion is there. We find their devotion when the Master is
defeated by the servant. There is such position also. They’re over-joyful.
“Yes, here it is, the joy, the success of the devotion, supremacy of the
devotion.
ahaṁ bhakta-parārdhīno, [hy asvatantra
iva dvija
sādhubhir grasta-hṛdayo, bhaktair
bhakta-jana-priyaḥ]
[The Lord
tells Durvāsā: “I am the slave of My devotees; I have no freedom
apart from their will. Because they are completely pure and devoted to Me, My
heart is controlled by them, and I reside always in their hearts. I am
dependent not only on My devotees, but even on the servants of My devotees.
Even the servants of My devotees are dear to Me.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
9.4.63]
In the
example where we see that the Lord is defeated by His servitor, we feel more
joy. That He has enjoyed the victory of the devotion. He can’t tolerate that
any - the control of the devotion, especially in the rāga section,
controlling the devotion of devotees, in that aspect they do not find much
peace, much joy.
Once, our
Godbrother Parvat Mahārāja, asked our Guru Mahārāja
Prabhupāda, “That after rasa-līlā, seeing the common
dealing of Kṛṣṇa there the Rādhārāṇī
with the gopīs, Rādhārāṇī left the
position. She could not tolerate that She should be dealt in a common way with
other gopīs. She left the place. And when suddenly Kṛṣṇa
found that Rādhārāṇī has left the playground, rasa
ground, then He left all the gopīs and went to search for Her.
And after going some distance He met Her and tried to take Her to some other
place.
But
Rādhārāṇī when She could not walk any more, She told,
“I can’t walk. If You like to go far You carry Me.”
Then when She
told that Kṛṣṇa suddenly disappeared.
And this was
asked by Parvat Mahārāja to our Guru Mahārāja, “What is
this? We think that Kṛṣṇa is so favourite of
Rādhārāṇī. Rādhārāṇī’s also
so. And when Rādhārāṇī She failed to walk any longer,
and She told that, “If You like to go further You’re to carry Me.” And He
disappeared.”
Then
Prabhupāda he could not tolerate this thought to mention. “What is the
question of devotion here?” He was little disturbed. “You’re asking this
question, what point of devotion is here that you ask?” And he did not speak
anything more.
That sannyāsī
Parvat Mahārāja he mentioned it to me. “Once I asked Gurudeva in
this way, but he felt disturbed. ‘What devotion is here, that you come to ask
me? No expression of any devotional sentiment is here. She was dishonoured.
This is no victory of devotion.’” In this way.
Then I tried
to see what Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura had written here in this case, his
remark. And I found that he told that, “Kṛṣṇa wanted to enjoy
the position. If in such case She’s deserted, how She behaves? For that purpose
Kṛṣṇa told, not through His despising undermining. But only
to enjoy, if in the lonely forest ____________ [?] and He also disappears under
such circumstance, then how She behaves? Only to enjoy that Kṛṣṇa
did so. And not out of neglect for Her. In that way that is _________ [?] But
no dishonour of Rādhārāṇī by Kṛṣṇa
is possible. Not for dishonour, despite, but for particular object of Him, to
enjoy a particular position He did so.”
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. The question of absolute and relative, that will go
always everywhere, and we’re to ____________ [?] Not only in this life, even
life after death. That thing - survival of the fittest, and natural
selection. Two things in the scientific world, natural selection, and survival
of the fittest. This is the shadow of what is going on in Vaikuṇṭha,
in the transcendental world. Fair field. What we find here that has got some
original aspect on the other, superior part, and this is a shadow.
[na tatra sūryo bhāti candra-tārakaṁ,
nema vidyuto bhānti kūto 'yam agniḥ]
tam eva bhāntam anubhāti sarvaṁ, tasya
bhāsā sarvaṁ idaṁ vibhāti
[“In the
transcendental abode of the Lord there is no need of sun, moon, or stars for
illumination, nor is there any need of electricity, what to speak of ignited
lamps. On the other hand, it is because those planets are self-illuminating
that all effulgence has become possible. Whatever there is that is dazzling is
due to the reflection of the divine abode of the Lord. The Supreme Godhead is
so brilliantly self-luminous that neither the sun, nor the moon, nor stars, nor
lightning have any power of illumination in His transcendental abode, and what
to speak of fire. It is a fact that all of them get their power of illumination
from His effulgence alone. In fact, it is only because of His existence that
the whole universe exists.”]
[Muṇḍaka-Upaniṣad,
2.2.10-2] & [Kathā-Upaniṣad, 2.2.25 - part 5, mantra 15]
Only
difference, in-carrying and out-carrying, separate interest and absolute
interest, otherwise similar.
One and many,
relative but by diversity and harmony.
According to
the degree of surrender, the degree of our being, give and get. Thirst, and the
degree of thirst, water is tasteful. No thirst, no necessity of water, in
Brahmaloka, in the abscissa. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Ordinary thirst and
difference in the thirst. Napoleon’s thirst, Alexander’s thirst, that is
superior to the ordinary thirst of the māyā. Thirst cannot be
appeased in the devotional world. This Rāmānuja,
Madhvācārya, there are so many thirsty people. Want.
The search of
Brahman in Vedānta, that is more or less some intellectual thing,
to satisfy our knowing faculty, the search for Brahman. The search for Brahman,
that is brahma-jijñāsā, that may take us to the indifferent
position. “O, this is search.” That may help withdrawal from this negative
side.
But search
for Kṛṣṇa, that is positive. One cannot neglect that, one
cannot be idle. Brahma-jijñāsā, athāto
brahma-jijñāsā. As Mahāprabhu’s kṛṣṇānusandhāna,
full of life, vitality.
Bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 1.2.21
& 11.20.30]
According to
hunger the health is to be determined, how one is healthy, that should be
determined by his hunger, something. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Śyāmānanda: Guru Mahārāja. You were talking of this
thirst. How can we acquire this thirst? This thirst is so valuable. How to get
it?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Who is he?
Devotees:
Śyāmānanda Prabhu.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What does he say?
Badrinārāyaṇa: He wants to know how to acquire the thirst?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Search?
Devotees: Thirst.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Thirst. Yes. That is repeatedly asked. That is the
only question. Sādhu-śāstra, by association with thirsty
men.
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha, ha. The germs which is within his body
creating thirsty, that germ may come to me and create thirst there. Ha, ha, ha.
So not physical germ, but there are spiritual germs.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Like that tatra laulyam of Rūpa
Goswāmī. [Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya, 8.70]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Bhaktyā sañjātayā bhaktyā.
[smarantaḥ smārayantaś ca, mitho
'ghaugha-haraṁ harim
bhaktyā sañjātayā bhaktyā,
bibhraty utpulakāṁ tanum]
[“The
devotees of the Lord constantly discuss the glories of the Personality of
Godhead among themselves. Thus they constantly remember the Lord and remind one
another of His qualities and pastimes. In this way, by their devotion to the
principles of bhakti-yoga, the devotees please the Personality of
Godhead, who takes away from them everything inauspicious. Being purified of
all impediments, the devotees awaken to pure love of Godhead, and thus, even
within this world, their spiritualised bodies exhibit symptoms of
transcendental ecstasy, such as standing of the bodily hairs on end.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.3.31]
Bhakti can never be
produced by any other thing, it is the most elementary thing. So bhakti only
can produce bhakti, devotion can produce devotion. Nothing else from
outside, then it will have secondary position. So nothing can produce devotion
than devotion, so it is causeless.
Faith is a
peculiar thing, śraddhā.
Napoleon
told, “There will be no walls.” And many came to that standard of mental
strength that ‘No walls. We shall cross over. There are no walls.’
And Hitler
told when he attacked Greece, “If walls stands in your way, blow it out.” His
missionary power was up to that mark, I marked it. I heard that no walls, and I
marked in the paper Hitler told, “If wall stands in your way, blow it out.”
So the
strength of the mind from the general comes to the subordinates. Association.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari
bol.
Badrinārāyaṇa: Guru Mahārāja. It’s nine twenty five.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: ______________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
So I may close here the class.
vāñchā-kalpatarubhyaś ca kṛpā-sindhubhya
eva ca
[patitānāṁ pāvanebhyo vaiṣṇavebhyo
namo namaḥ]
[“I offer my
respectful obeisances unto all the Vaiṣṇava devotees of the Lord.
They are just like desire trees who can fulfil the desires of everyone, and
they are full of compassion for the fallen conditioned souls.”]
Devotee: Jaya Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda
Paramahaṁsa Śrīmad Bhakti Rakṣaka Śrīdhara Deva
Goswāmī Mahārāja kī jaya!
Devotees: Jaya!
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī
Goswāmī...
...
...then at
the request Devaṛṣi Nārada, Indra circumambulated reverently
Kayādhu, mother of Prahlāda and went on.
Then
Kayādhu told, Kayādhu requested Nārada, “You’re like my father,
you’ve released me from the hands of the enemy. And I don’t like to go back to
the capitol. You please keep me in your āśrama.”
And
Nārada did so, he took her to his own āśrama, and there
he kept her. And there that Kayādhu, Prahlāda’s mother lived. And
Prahlāda was known as jati sada [?], he could hear from the womb, and what
devotional advices were given to Kayādhu, Prahlāda’s mother,
Prahlāda could understand, feel them all. And he accepted Nārada as
his Guru from the womb of his mother.
That was also
the case with Parīkṣit we heard in Mahābhārata.
When Arjuna was explaining ____________________ [?] Abhimanyu heard it from the
womb of his mother. Abhimanyu, son of Arjuna, he could enter cakra vyuha,
but when Arjuna was speaking about coming out of the vyuha arena, at
that time Subhadrā slept so Abhimanyu could not hear. And when the fight
with Kuru Pāṇḍava then Arjuna was taken away to the samsaptaka
[?] field. And none in the side of Pāṇḍava knew how to enter cakra
vyuha of Droṇācārya accept Abhimanyu. But Abhimanyu only
knew how to enter, but not to come out. Because when Arjuna was describing how
to come out, at that time his mother slept. So from the womb also the child can
hear if in some such stage by previous karma.
So
Prahlāda could hear everything from the womb. And also Kayādhu prayed
to Devaṛṣi Nārada.
“I want to
unboon as long as my husband does not come back, my child may not come out.”
And
Nārada sanctioned that. So Prahlāda for long time living in the womb
heard so many spiritual advices from Nārada, and accepted him as Guru.
So when
Prahlāda was in the school of Ṣaṇḍa and Amarka, sons of
Śukrācārya, and he was called by...
83.10.29.D
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...Hari. Then with this warning they sent again Prahlāda
to their school.
Then they
asked Prahlāda, “Where do you
get this devotion to Hari? When your father came to test you, you told, the
consequence, the result of all the learning is to learn devotion to Hari, you
told. We have not taught you in that way.” And then Prahlāda
told,
matir na kṛṣṇe parataḥ svato
vā, mitho 'bhipadyeta gṛha-vratānām
adānta-gobir viśatāṁ tamisraṁ,
punaḥ punaś carvita-carvaṇānām
[Prahlāda Mahārāja said: “Because of their uncontrolled
senses, persons too addicted to materialistic life make progress toward hellish
conditions and repeatedly chew that which has already been chewed. Their
inclinations toward Kṛṣṇa are never aroused, either by the
instructions of others, by their own efforts, or by a combination of both.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
7.5.30]
“You’re safe,
rest assured. You’re not responsible for teaching me these devotional things.
Where you get matir na kṛṣṇe parataḥ svato vā,
it is not got from within, not come from within or from outside. Or by the
combination of the self and outsider. It is ‘All Rights Reserved’, it can come
only from the devotee. And you are not devotee so you rest assured that you
won’t be responsible for teaching me all this devotional education.” There he
told. “I got it from Nārada when I was living in the womb of my mother.
He’s my spiritual preceptor.”
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Devotee: _____________
[?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa. You know Śrī
Kūrma? Did not visit?
Devotee: Yes, I’ve been
there. Yes, I did visit.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Near Chika...[?] You visited?
Devotee: Right.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Kūrma temple is not found in many places, as Nṛsiṁhadeva.
Nṛsiṁhadeva temple is found here and there, everywhere.
Devotee: Yes, that’s
right.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: But Kūrma temple is only there, Śrī
Kūrma. And Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in the conclusion we
find obeisance to Kūrmadeva. It is peculiar thing. So some say that some
Andhra paṇḍita had some contribution in Bhāgavatam.
Devotee: I see. Because
Śrī Kūrma ____________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The mention of the obeisance to Kūrma is there,
and Kūrma temple is only in Andhradesa, that place. Grāvāgra-kaṇḍūyanān.
Nidrāloḥ kamaṭhākṛter. Pāntu vaḥ.
Bhrāmyad amanda- mandara.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Pṛṣṭhe bhrāmyad
amanda-mandara-giri-grāvāgra.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Amanda-mandara-giri-grāvāgra kaṇḍūyanān.
Nidrāloḥ kamaṭhākṛter bhagavataḥ
śvāsānilāḥ pāntu vaḥ. That when that
Mandara giri was put for the churning of the ocean and it began to go down, to
keep its flow in a proper level the Kūrmadeva had to go under that
mountain. And when it was churning at that time, bhrāmyad
amanda-mandara-giri-grāvāgra-kaṇḍūyanān. Pṛṣṭhe
bhrāmyad amanda-mandara-giri. When it was moving round then that
produced some itching sensation in the back of Kūrmadeva, and that itching
sensation produced some sort of sleeping tendency. It was not a very furious
thing, but it was very comfortable to Him. When the hill is moving on His back
He felt a very pleasing sensation, comfortable sensation, and some sort of
slumber attacked Him. And His breath, because He fell sleeping, so breath
became little speedy, and that produced some wave in the ocean. Nidrāloḥ
kamaṭhākṛter bhagavataḥ śvāsānilāḥ
pāntu vaḥ.
And we crave
the mercy to that breath of the sleeping tendency of Kūrmadeva to grace
us, be graceful to us. It is in the conclusion of Bhāgavatam this śloka
is mentioned.
pṛṣṭhe bhrāmyad
amanda-mandara-giri-grāvāgra-kaṇḍūyanān
nidrāloḥ kamaṭhākṛter bhagavataḥ
śvāsānilāḥ pāntu vaḥ
[yat-saṁskāra-kalānuvartana-vaśād
velā-nibhenāmbhasāṁ
yātāyātam atandritaṁ jala-nidher nādyāpi
viśrāmyati]
[“When the
Supreme Personality of Godhead appeared as Lord Kūrma, a tortoise, His back
was scratched by the sharp-edged stones lying on massive, whirling Mount
Mandara, and this scratching made the Lord sleepy. May you all be protected by
the winds caused by the Lord’s breathing in this sleepy condition. Ever since
that time, even up to the present day, the ocean tides have imitated the Lord’s
inhalation and exhalation by piously coming in and going out.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
12.13.2]
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
Raoul [?] is
the title in your province of the kṣatriya? Raoul [?]
Devotee: Raoul [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Raoul [?] means kṣatriya?
Devotee: No.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Reddy [?] means cultivator class? __________________
[?] Eh? Peasant?
Devotee: Today it doesn’t
mean anything.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Anything? Raoul [?] title previously came from kṣatriya
section.
Devotee: Raoul [?] It can
be vaiśya, it can be śūdra.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Oh, anyone, can be Raoul?
Devotee: Right.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Brāhmaṇas are generally Mīsra,
niyogi, vaidiki, all these things.
Devotee: Brāhmaṇas
they usually have śāstri.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Śāstri.
Devotee: Acari.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Acari, śāstri also from the
educational sense, and acari is the Rāmānuja Vaiṣṇava.
Acari.
Devotee: In the south the
tilak has three legs, two white lines, and one red line in the middle.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah. That is Rāmānuja.
Devotee: Yes,
Rāmānuja, yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Rāmānuja. And this way that is Śaiva,
or smārta, in this way.
Devotee: I see.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The basna [?] Rudra basna [?]
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari bol. What do
you do in America? What service?
Devotee: I’m a computer
engineer.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Computer engineer. Another Bengali gentleman came
few days back. India government invited him to open some sort of computer like
business here, industry.
He came to
see me and told that, “They gave a big estimation. I told, so much money is not
necessary, so I can manage within this amount. But they did not agree. ‘No,
this money will be paid for this to found this sort of industry here.’ Then I
found,” he told, “I found they want to blackmail, they will take my advantage
and they will swallow the money. Then I told them no. I won’t be able to do
such things. I’m going back to America again.”
From New York
perhaps he came. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Bengali man, came from Badhisar
[?] district, a disciple of Śrauti Mahārāja. He wanted me to go
to America.
Devotee: I see.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I told that even Swāmī Mahārāja
wanted to take me there. I could not go. It is not possible for me to go to the
foreign land, especially at this stage of my life.
Gaura Hari
bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
He told that,
“My Guru Mahārāja, Śrauti Mahārāja, he wants to go
there, but he does not know English, he’s a good paṇḍit in
Sanskrit, I know. So you will accompany him, and then it will be very
laudable.”
But in the
meantime Śrauti Mahārāja has gone away. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari. Has taken prasāda?
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: _________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Is he in ISKCON, there, has come from there?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: He’s staying over there in Māyāpur.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: In Māyāpur?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And how many days you’re to wait here?
Devotee: We have planned
to leave today.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Today.
...
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: ...conclusion of Bhāgavatam. Why was
that sort of verse given?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: In the conclusion we find, the Varāhadeva and
other Avatāras also description in Bhāgavatam.
Kūrmadeva’s also. But near the conclusion we find Kūrmadeva’s śvāsānilāḥ
pāntu vaḥ.
pṛṣṭhe bhrāmyad
amanda-mandara-giri-grāvāgra-kaṇḍūyanān
nidrāloḥ kamaṭhākṛter bhagavataḥ śvāsānilāḥ
pāntu vaḥ
It is
mentioned in the Vedic literature that the scriptures coming from the breath of
the Lord.
Purusasya
nisyasya nisyasya idam [?] Scriptures are coming from the breath of the Supreme
Entity.
And here is
also the question of the breath. When some trouble between the Godly and non
Godly, that is in a particular state. And to bring peace in this world
Kūrmadeva’s incarnation is necessary. And for their good that nectar is
going to be, by churning, the kirodasamudra [?], the nectar is supposed to come
out, the nectar. And for that purpose that sort of churning took place. And
when that was being done then the trouble in the world was the cause of His
soothing sensation.
And that He
came to some subconscious region and from there the breath came, and with that
came the scripture to give delivery to the world. So the object of the churning
was to produce the nectar. And the nectar is represented in the highest sense
in Bhāgavatam, kathāmṛtam. So the śāstra
means nectar, and it came from the breath of the Supreme Lord, and He was
in the form of Kūrma. And from His breath came the scripture which in its
ultimate position came to Bhāgavatam which is nectar, amṛtam.
The source of śāstra is the breath of Kūrmadeva. And that
came when there is some quarrel between the theistic, non theistic, from there
that is the cause of śāstra coming in this world. And that śāstra
came from His breath and it wanted to produce nectar, and that we find in Bhāgavatam
now. The acme of His production from the holy breath, this Bhāgavatam
to be traced there, it comes. The object of that churning was to produce
nectar, and from His breath the nectar Bhāgavatam has come. It’s
origin to be traced there in the breath of Kūrmadeva. And when? The
occasion is the quarrel between Godly, non Godly, theistic, atheistic, śāstra
is necessary. And this has ultimately come to Bhāgavatam. That
is the real nectar to save all the fallible mortals. But figuratively that was
meant to produce nectar, and really it came from His breath, and now here is
that nectar production of His, by His grace from His nostrils has come.
In that way
we may harmonise. Ke?
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: ______________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So I shall take rest. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Jaya. Bhakti Rakṣaka Śrīla
Śrīdhara Deva Goswāmī Mahārāja kī...
Devotees: Jaya!
...
[21:26 - 22.13, silence]
Devotee:
Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa,
Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare,
Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma,
Hare Hare.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
...
Devotee: [22:44 - 30:17,
bhajan ?]
[30:18 - 31:21]
Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa,
Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare,
Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma,
Hare Hare.
...
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: ...gaurāṅga vikar giridhārī
jīu kī jaya!
Devotees: Jaya.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda Śrīla
Bhakti Rakṣaka Śrīdhara Deva Goswāmī
Mahārāja kī jaya!
Devotees: Jaya.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda Śrīla
Bhakti Rakṣaka Śrīdhara Deva Goswāmī
Mahārāja kī jaya!
Devotees: Jaya.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda Śrīla
Bhakti Rakṣaka Śrīdhara Deva Goswāmī
Mahārāja kī jaya!
Devotees: Jaya.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: _______________ [?]
...
[31:50 - to the end - microphone and speaker feedback
problems]
83.10.30.A
[00:00 - 01:50,
kīrtana]
[01:55 - 05:50
]
[Five verses of Śrī Guru-paramparā,
by Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī Ṭhākura,
6-10]
[SCSM Kīrtana Guide, 4th
Edition, pages 83-86]
(6) mahāprabhu śrī-caitanya,
rādhā-kṛṣṇa nahe anya
rūpānuga janera jīvana viśwambhara
priyaṅkara
śrī-swarūpa dāmodara,
śrī-goswāmī rūpa-sanātana
[“Mahāprabhu Śrī Caitanya is non-different from
Śrī Śrī Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa and is
the very life of those Vaiṣṇavas who follow Śrī Rūpa
Goswāmī. Śrī Svarūpa Dāmodara Goswāmī,
Rūpa Goswāmī, and Sanātana Goswāmī were the
givers of great happiness to Viśvambhara [Śrī Caitanya].”]
(7) rūpapriya mahājana,
jīva-raghunātha hana, tãṅra priya kavi kṛṣṇadāsa
kṛṣṇadāsa-priyabara, narottama
sevāpara, yãṅra pada viśvanātha-āśa
[“The great
souls Jīva Goswāmī and Raghunātha dāsa
Goswāmī became very dear to Rūpa Goswāmī. Jīva
Goswāmī was a disciple of Rūpa Goswāmī.
Raghunātha dāsa Goswāmī, a disciple of Advaita
Ācārya’s disciple Yadunandana Ācārya, was accepted by
Rūpa and Sanātana as their third brother. Raghunātha dāsa
Goswāmī’s beloved student was Kṛṣṇadāsa
Kavirāja Goswāmī. Kṛṣṇadāsa Kavirāja
was an intimate friend of Lokanātha Goswāmī. They lived together
in Vṛndāvana and always discussed the topics of Kṛṣṇa
with one another. Lokanātha Goswāmī, a disciple of
Gadādhara Paṇḍita, had only one disciple, whose name was
Narottama dāsa. Narottama dāsa was always engaged in the service of
his Guru, and he also engaged himself in the service of his Guru’s intimate
friend. Thus he became very dear to Kṛṣṇadāsa
Kavirāja Goswāmī. To serve the lotus feet of Narottama Dāsa
Ṭhākura was the only desire of Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura,
who was the fourth Ācārya in disciplic succession from Narottama
dāsa.”]
(8) viśvanātha-bhakta-sātha, baladeva
jagannātha, tāṅra priya śrī-bhaktivinoda
mahā-bhāgavata-bara,
śrī-gaurakiśora-bara, hari-bhajanete jāṅra moda
[“Viśvanātha Cakravartī Ṭhākura was the śikṣā-guru
[instructing spiritual master] of Baladeva Vidyābhuṣaṇa, to
whom he taught the precepts of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.
Jagannātha dāsa Bābājī was a very prominent
Ācārya after Baladeva Vidyābhuṣaṇa, and was the
beloved śikṣā-guru of Śrī Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura.
Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura’s intimate friend and associate was the eminent
mahā-bhāgavata Śrī Gaurakiśora dāsa
Bābājī, whose sole joy was found in Hari bhajana.”]
(9) tadanuga mahājana śrī-kṛṣṇa-kīrtana-dhara, jebā dila puri jaga kāma
śrī vārṣabhānavibarā, sadā sevya sevāparā, tāṅhāra dayitadāsa nāma
[“The
followers of Śrīla Gaurakiśora dāsa Bābājī
fill up the world with the wealth of Śrī Kṛṣṇa kīrtana.
He who is always serving Kṛṣṇa the dear-most lover of
Rādhārāṇī, is Śrī VārṣabhānavīDayita
Dāsa.”]
(10) tadabhīnna deha-divya, svarūpa-rūpa-raghu-jivya,
sadā sevya jaṅra pādapadma
susiddhānta mūrti-dhara, śrīśrīdhara guruvara, rupānuga-sādhu śreya sadma
[The non-different personality and
embodiment of bhakti-siddhānta as well as Śrīla
Saraswatī Ṭhākura; and who is living within the conception of
Śrīla Svarūpa Dāmodara, Śrīla Rūpa
Goswāmī and Śrīla Raghunātha dāsa
Goswāmī; and whose lotus feet are always the worshippable, and the
happy shelter of the followers of Rūpa Goswāmī, he is
Śrīla Śrīdhar Dev-Goswāmī.”]
...
[05:55]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Emona durmati, saṁsāra bhitore.
Devotees: [Sing]
(1)
(prabhu he!)
emona durmati,
saṁsāra bhitore, poḍiyā āchinu āmi
tava nija-jana,
kono mahājane, pāṭhāiyā dile tumi
[“A wicked mind brought me into this world,
O Lord, but one of Your pure and elevated devotees has come to bring me out.”]
(2)
doyā kori’
more, patita dekhiyā, kohilo āmāre giyā
ohe
dīna-jana, śuno bhālo kathā, ullasita ha’be hiyā
[“He saw me so fallen and wretched, took
pity, and came to me saying, “O humbled soul, please listen to this good
tiding, for it will gladden your heart.”]
(3)
tomāre
tārite, śrī-kṛṣṇa-caitanya, navadwīpe
avatāra
tomā heno
kata, dīna hīna jane, korilena bhava-pār
[“Śrī Kṛṣṇa
Caitanya has appeared in the land of Navadvīpa to deliver you. He has
safely conducted many miserable souls such as you across the sea of worldly
existence.”]
(4)
vedera
pratijñā, rākhibāra tare, rukma-varna vipra-suta
mahāprabhu
nāme, nadīyā mātāya, saṅge bhāi
avadhūta
[“To fulfil the promise of the Vedas,
the son of a brāhmana, bearing the Name of Mahāprabhu of
golden complexion, has descended with His brother, the avadhūta Nityānanda.
Together They have overwhelmed all of Nadīyā with divine ecstasy.”]
(5)
nanda-suta
jini, caitanya gosāñi, nija-nāma kori’ dāna
tārilo
jagat, tumi-o jāiyā, loho nija-paritrāṇa
[“Śrī Caitanya, Who is Kṛṣṇa
Himself, the son of Nanda, has saved the world by freely distributing His own
Holy Name. Go also and receive your deliverance.”]
(6)
se kathā
śuniyā, āsiyāchi, nātha! tomāra caraṇa-tale
bhakativinoda,
kāṅdiyā kāṅdiyā, āpana-kāhinī
bole
[“O Lord, hearing those words, Bhaktivinoda
has come weeping and weeping to the soles of Your lotus feet and tells the
story of his life.”] [SCSM Kīrtana Guide, 4th Edition, pages
55-56]
[12:40]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja:
oṁ
ajñāna-timirāndhasya jñānāñjana-śalākayā /
cakṣur unmilitaṁ yena, tasmai śrī-gurave namaḥ
[“I was blind in the darkness of ignorance
but my Spiritual Master applied the ointment of proper spiritual knowledge and
thus opened my eyes. Unto him I offer my respectful obeisances.”]
nāma-śreṣṭhaṁ
manum api śacī-putram atra svarūpaṁ
rūpaṁ
tasyāgrajam uru-purīṁ māthurīṁ goṣṭavāṭīm
rādhā-kuṇḍaṁ
giri-varam aho rādhikā-mādhavāśāṁ
prāpto
yasya prathita-kṛpayā śrī guruṁ taṁ nato 'smi
[Śrīla Raghunātha Dāsa
Goswāmī prays: “I only aspire after one thing. I cherish the hope
that one day I may be welcomed into the plane where Rādhikā and
Mādhava are in Their glory, sitting and playing.”]
vāñchā-kalpatarubhyaś
ca kṛpā-sindhubhya eva ca
patitānāṁ
pāvanebhyo vaiṣṇavebhyo namo namaḥ
[“I offer my respectful obeisances unto all
the Vaiṣṇava devotees of the Lord. They are just like desire trees
who can fulfil the desires of everyone, and they are full of compassion for the
fallen conditioned souls.”]
namo
mahā-vadānyāya kṛṣṇa-prema-pradāya te / kṛṣṇaya
kṛṣṇa-caitanya-nāmne gaura-tviṣe namaḥ
[“I offer praṇāma unto
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who is Kṛṣṇa Himself.
He has assumed the golden hue of Śrīmatī Rādhikā and
is munificently distributing Kṛṣṇa prema.”]
dīvyad-vṛndāraṇya-kalpa-drumādhaḥ,
śrīmad-ratnāgāra-siṁhāsana-sthau
śrīmad-rādhā-śrīla-govinda-devau,
preṣṭhālībhiḥ sevyamānau smarāmi
[“In a temple of jewels in Vṛndāvana,
underneath a desire tree, Śrī Śrī Rādhā-Govinda,
served by Their most confidential associates, sit upon an effulgent throne. I
offer my humble obeisances unto Them.”]
[Abhidheyādhideva Praṇāma]
adharana
tinamdante rdhay janati puna puna srimad rupa padam bhoja dumi syama [?]
śrī
caitanya mano'bhīṣṭaṁ, stāpithaṁ yena
bhūtale
svayaṁ
rūpaḥ kadā mahyaṁ, dadāti sva-pandāntikaṁ
[Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura
said: “O when will Śrīla Rūpa Goswāmī, who has firmly
established in this world, the pure devotional teachings and principles of
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu and thus fulfilled His cherished desires,
ever bless me with eternal shelter of his lotus feet?”] [Prema-bhakti-candrika]
[14:35 - 28:50
? ]
In the campaign of Śrī
Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī Goswāmī Ṭhākura, to
fight with the mutilated culture which is creating disturbance, which is
causing misery and pain to the animation, he tried to attempt to remove it
wholesale. And after his departure his descendants also are trying in that line
according to their might.
But recently one of his disciples, A.C.
Bhaktivedānta Swāmī Mahārāja, he, according to the
instructions previously received from his Guru Mahārāja, he went to
the west, to the foreign land to preach to doctrine of Bhāgavatam and
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu.
Before his approach, another two parties
were also sent to the west to preach the doctrine of Śrī
Caitanyadeva, to remove the misery, to appease the hunger of the world at
large.
So A.C. Bhaktivedānta Swāmī
Mahārāja, he was very successful in his attempt. And he converted
many, many souls in the west towards Gauḍīya Vaiṣṇava
creed, the creed of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.
That is they’re given to understand that God
is love, not knowledge, nor energy. The ultimate reality is neither energy nor
knowledge, but it is love, inclusive of these two. We can search for the God,
not as a father, but as friend also, and where we can have our fullest
satisfaction in that aspect also we can have relationship with Him. We can live
with God as in a family - it is possible. Back to God, back to home. Home
comfort we can live, or we can have in association with the Supreme Entity.
This sort of ideal appealed to many of
sincere heart of those countries, and they’ve also joined us, and to our
predecessor’s satisfaction. So you’ll find many of our foreign friends here.
I was saying that for the benefit of the
animation, the knowledge that has been sent here may be classified into two.
One, inductive, ascending production. Another which is coming, revealed truth,
that is coming from above. Which we like to say as above, that must be more
efficient in all respects than we are. So that is fully conscious of our
misery, our trouble, and eager also to uplift us to the standard of self
satisfaction, and a higher satisfaction of life.
So our puppy brain cannot produce the
comfort, the fulfilment of our eternal life. It is all limited, and it is also
in the relativity of the limitation always. So the attempt from the side of the
Infinite, that comes to help the finite. And in that process we can come closer
to the higher transcendental truth, the spiritual truth. Low cannot, may not
approach high, but high can easily embrace lower existence. In that way the
Highest Entity out of His mercy, He’s eager to connect with this fallen portion
of the world. And to seek that sort of help it is very laudable.
So amongst the revealed truth section there
is also classification, you all know. And the highest amongst them has been
understood as Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam and what Śrī
Caitanyadeva came here to give to the public clearly. And in that line our
Gurudeva Śrī Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī he began this sort
of distribution of the revealed truth of the highest order, that is Divine Love
to one and all, most vigorously.
And from that we’re also attracted by his
call. We came to his Holy Feet and whatever little we got from him we also got
it with this inspiration that we must spread it to the environment. To get
benefit within us we must try to distribute that benefit to others. Kīrtana,
that is the highest process to improve ones own interest. Whatever you think best,
try to distribute that to your paraphernalia. That is kīrtana.
Whatever you - that is offensive for
offensive - the environment is eager to attack you from all sides. You also
create offensive tendency in you. With the Divine Spirit you try to disperse
that darkness, just as a spark. Each spark tries to disperse the darkness
outside on all sides. So also that method, the Nāma saṅkīrtana,
only through the simple process of Divine Sound calculation, the Name, and
Whose Name it is, one and the same. In the Vaikuṇṭha substance
there is no distinction. No distinction can be drawn between, dehi dehi vipada
niscari vidyate pacit [?] His Name, rūpa, guṇa, līlā,
everything is inseparable connected. Especially taking the Name which will be
very easy for you. You can go on preaching, cultivating, creating, defying
atmosphere on all sides of you. And in this way you’ll be given capital. If you
can do good business then the capitalist will be satisfied to give you, to
supply the capital. And in that way the world and yourself will be most
benefited.
This saṅkīrtana, this Nāma
saṅkīrtana, Kṛṣṇa saṅkīrtana,
Kṛṣṇa representing Svayaṁ-Bhagavān, the highest
conception of the reality. And the reality is beautiful, and Reality For
Itself. Everything for Him. It is the greatest error to be a consumer. The
reaction is such that we shall have to repent. So the tendency of a consumer,
that is poison. You must leave that. At the same time to disassociate with
everything, all we can see, only disassociation, renunciation, that is not
conclusive, not positive attainment.
Only if we can try to find out our innate
inner function that can love all in the interest of that one Master, Who is the
sundaram. Satyam, śivam, sundaram, or sat-cit-ānandam,ānandam
brahma mūrti, evam sundara mūrti, the world, the life is worth
living if we can come in connection with that sort of plane. That life will be
a happy life, a homely life. Back to God, back to home. A comfortable, easy and
desirable life we can have without any fighting with the adverse circumstances,
or retiring to the utter conception of renunciation just like reducing to zero.
We can have full positive life, and home comfort in it’s highest quality we can
get.
martyo
yadā tyakta-samasta-karmā, niveditātmā vicikīrṣito
me
tadāmṛtatvaṁ
pratipadyamāno, mayātma-bhūyāya ca kalpate vai
[“One who is subjected to birth and death
attains immortality when he gives up all material activities, dedicates his
life to the execution of My order, and acts according to My directions. In this
way, he becomes fit to enjoy the spiritual bliss derived from exchanging loving
mellows with Me.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.29.34]
[bhaktyā
mām abhijānāti, yāvān yaś cāsmi tattvataḥ]
tato māṁ tattvato jñātvā, viśate tad-anantaram
[“Only through love and devotion can I be
understood as I am. Thereafter, fully understanding Me, you can merge into My
entourage.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 18.55]
We can enter into His family and we can have
our life very happily there. This news has been given by Śrī
Caitanyadeva and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam which is considered to
be the very gist of the Vedic culture of the revealed truth.
So there are others also, Swāmī
Mahārāja, they will also say. And there are also our foreign friends
who have come to join us, and joined us completely, they will also say
something. One by one you listen to them. With this request I retire.
Devotees: [Applaud]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: One thing I want to mention in this connection. This
is the day of the appearance of Vīrabhadra Prabhu, the son of
Nityānanda Prabhu, whose attitude was very, very generous. So much so that
it created a story that whoever He found He converted him. Very wide view He
had, and He approached everyone with the most generous heart, and distributed
highest good to many of the fallen souls like us.
Devotees: [Applaud]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yājāvara Mahārāja ____________
[?]
Devotee:
______________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Here is our Yājāvara Mahārāja,
the last sannyāsī disciple of our Guru Mahārāja. He
will speak something. Mahārāja.
Yājāvara
Mahārāja:
________________________________________________________________ [?]
Devotees:
_________________________________________ [?]
83.10.30.C_83.10.31.A
Devotee: ...for His
Divine Grace. Now we have very short time in our hands. There are so many
things to express about Guru Mahārāja, to glorify Guru
Mahārāja. But I’m to check my temptations, I’m to check myself.
Anyhow Śrīla Guru Mahārāja was born in eighteen ninety
five. This is the eighty ninth auspicious advent ceremony of our Guru
Mahārāja. From the very beginning of the life it was found that he
was a great devotee of Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. The
devotion towards Lord Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu was irresistible
in him. So today no time, so let us come forward to pray to Guru
Mahārāja.
“O, the guardian of devotion. O, the
protector of devotion. O, the Divine Lord of our life. O, the Divine Light of
our lives, please bless us, please bless me, please bless this most unqualified
servant of you, to be engaged in your service. Please bless me so that I can
serve you properly. Bless me with the intensified love towards your service.”
Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta in this
connection I remember one thing. Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta
Saraswatī Goswāmī Prabhupāda gave his name as
Śrīla Bhakti Rakṣaka Śrīdhara Deva
Goswāmī. Because Śrīla
Prabhupāda could realise that the super excellency of his teachings would
be preserved in him, for the preserve. And many times he appreciated the nice
beautiful compositions of Śrīla Guru Mahārāja. Uttering
these words “Happy style.”
So there’s no
time, so let me offer my most humble obeisance unto the lotus feet of Guru
Mahārāja, and pray, and request him to bless me. “O
Mahārāja, have mercy upon me.”
Devotees: [Applaud]
...
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: [02:38 - 08:03?]
...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: In Goloka, two sections there eternally. One, Kṛṣṇa
within His own circle He’s...
distributing. And just in the other place the both
combined, tasting and throwing to the public. The same quality of rasa.
In one place we find it’s being tasted amongst them, another place that very
quality of rasa, ānandam, is being distributed to others.
Both of equal quality. And this is mixed with little generosity. That is within
a particular circle. And here it is meant to give to others also, while tasting
themselves, also distributing to others. So our concern more with
Mahāprabhu, with Navadwīpa. If we get ticket here then automatically
we can go, a pass to Vṛndāvana, free pass.
yathā yathā gaura padāravinde, vindeta
bhaktiṁ kṛta puṇya rāśiḥ
tathā tathot sarpati hṛdy akasmāt,
rādhā padāmbhoja sudhāmbhu-rāśiḥ
[“As much as
we devote ourselves to the lotus feet of Śrī Gaurāṅga, we
will automatically achieve the nectarine service of Śrīmatī
Rādhārāṇī in Vṛndāvana. An investment in
Navadwīpa Dhāma will automatically take one to Vṛndāvana.
How one will be carried there will be unknown to him. But those who have good
fortune invest everything in the service of Gaurāṅga. If they do
that, they will find that everything has automatically been offered to the
divine feet of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī. She
will accept them in Her confidential service and give them engagement, saying:
“Oh, you have a good recommendation from Navadwīpa; I immediately appoint
you to this service.”] [Prabodhānanda’s Caitanya-candrāmṛta,
88]
As much as
you dedicate yourself to Gaurāṅga, automatically you’ll find in your
mind that Rādhārāṇī’s service to Kṛṣṇa.
Automatically it comes. Yathā yathā. As much energy as you
devote here, surely and very clearly and purely, that sort of Vṛndāvana
Rādhārāṇī’s service rasa automatically you’ll
find in you.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. What’s then the - how are we to understand the position of
Mahāprabhu in Jagannātha Purī Dhāma, if Navadwīpa is
the same as Vṛndāvana?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Jagannātha Purī that is generally
representing Dvārakā, the Kṛṣṇa līlā of
Dvārakā. With some speciality to give chance to everyone to come
through mahā-prasāda. Balarāma, Subhadrā, and Kṛṣṇa,
Jagannātha, Themselves, and sometimes He comes to visit Vṛndāvana
in Guṇḍicā, which is conceived to be Vṛndāvana.
From Dvārakā He comes to Vṛndāvana during the ratha-yātrā
ceremony and stays in Vṛndāvana for more than a week, and returns
again to Dvārakā. That is the conception there. And it has also been
told, for the beginner Navadwīpa most helpful. Then who has begun they may
be helped in Purī. And who have acquired some position they may go to Vṛndāvana.
Outwardly it has been given instruction in this way.
There are
other teachers also by following whose direction we can go to Vṛndāvana.
But when Kṛṣṇa and Rādhārāṇī
combined has come to instruct us about Kṛṣṇa līlā,
that is the perfect system. We can have through them the most perfect
achievement in Vṛndāvana, thereby training their teachings. There
are so many others, Ācāryas also, but when they themselves become
Ācārya their grace is something more. So those that approach through
Gaurāṅga to Kṛṣṇa their achievement is highest.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. In the temple in Jagannātha Purī there’s some old
standing rules forbidding foreigners to come in. In Lord Jagannātha’s
temple, will it be bona fide for an Indian looking foreigner to go into the
temple, passing as an Indian? For a foreigner who looks like an Indian, will it
be bona fide according to our paramparā to go into the temple and
have darśana of Lord Jagannātha?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: We, the followers of Caitanyadeva won’t worry for
that.
Haridāsa
Ṭhākura was there during Mahāprabhu’s time, but he did not try
to enter as a right. He did not want that right to enter into the temple.
Rather he followed the ways that the direct servitors of the temple may not
have any touch of him, he used to keep himself far away. But there his internal
bhajan was not affected at all. Sanātana Goswāmī also
avoided to touch all those direct servitors.
In rāga-mārga
sādhana the way of love and affection is not affected by that outer.
We’re not here to establish our physical right into the temple. That is not
necessary. Independent of this formality we can go to Vṛndāvana. So
this is viddhi-mārga, though rāga-mārga is higher,
still viddhi-mārga should not be considered as enemy and will be
crushed, or will be bruised down.
They’ll give
respect to viddhi-mārga. “Yes, I’m not fit for the service.” With
that humility they’ll approach, and they won’t be eager to establish their
superiority over those viddhi-mārga servitors, no eagerness. That
is a main system in the pure rāga-mārga. “Yes, we’re of lower
order.” And thereby they thrive more. Their consideration of self, “I’m unfit.
I’m unfit.” And that increases their superiority thereby, by humility. They’re
not eager to enter the temple of Nārāyaṇa where these rules and
regulations are - have much respect, they’re not eager for that. They do not
hate also, do not despise, no contempt for the Nārāyaṇa viddhi-mārga,
but they show their honour from distance to them. And they want to have Kṛṣṇa.
In Bṛhat-Bhāgavatāmṛta
Sanātana Goswāmī has described in this way. That from Kṛṣṇaloka,
Kṛṣṇa with His friends, sakhās, came down to
Vaikuṇṭha. And He just went a little ahead and was one with
Nārāyaṇa, Kṛṣṇa Himself. And the sakhās,
His friends, Kṛṣṇa’s friends, they were there and without
finding Kṛṣṇa they were something like perplexed.
And the Vaikuṇṭha
servitors they’re neglecting them. “Where do you come from? You fellows you
have come here, entered, how you have come here? And what are you doing?”
Negligently they were treated by the permanent servitors of Vaikuṇṭha.
And they were perplexed not finding their sakhā.
But after some time Kṛṣṇa came out from Nārāyaṇa,
emerged from Nārāyaṇa, and joined them. And they were very much
fearful and went away with Him. It has been described in this way. The Vaikuṇṭha
servitors they neglect these human servitors of Kṛṣṇa. But
really they hold superior position than the Vaikuṇṭha servitors.
But in grandeur and respect they’re high, and they do not seek that grandeur
and respect and awe, reverence. They’re another type, but they hold higher
position.
Haridāsa
Ṭhākura, Sanātana, Rūpa, they did not try to establish
their right. “Why should we not enter Jagannātha temple?” They did not
care to fight for that. “O, that is viddhi-mārga.” Respectfully
avoided that, and they went in their own way. They rather took their quarter
with Haridāsa Ṭhākura.
And in the
hot season also Sanātana went to meet Mahāprabhu in Gadādhara
temple over the sand way and blisters came out in his soles. Mahāprabhu
told, “Why have you not used this ordinary way? Why have you come over the
sands which is very hot in the sun?”
“O, I can’t
venture to go that way because all the servitors of Jagannātha temple
always passing, going and coming, I’m afraid of their touch. I’m not pure
enough to touch them. They’re doing direct service to Jagannātha.” In this
way.
Sanātana
Goswāmī when he met first in Benares Mahāprabhu, he was really
afraid that Mahāprabhu may not touch him. When Mahāprabhu forcibly
embraced him and he was very much afraid.
“What do You
do? I’m untouchable, I’m so mean, I’m so sinful. I don’t deserve Your touch.”
But the
answer came from Mahāprabhu,
prabhu kahe, - "tomā sparśi ātma
pavitrite, bhakti-bale pāra tumi brahmāṇḍa śodhite
[The Lord
replied, “I am touching you just to purify Myself because by the force of your
devotional service you can purify the whole universe.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 20.56]
“Sanātana, it is your extreme humility. I touch you to purify
Myself. I don’t consider that you’re untouchable. But I see what kind of
devotion is in your heart. You can purify the whole creation. And I’m touching
you to purify Me Sanātana.”
This is the
line of the thinking of the Vaiṣṇava. Mutual. Everyone thinks “I’m
the most humble, sinner.” But others can see, “No.” As much humility there is
so much devotion, real humility, dainya. Humility is the criterion to
measure Vaiṣṇavism.
Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura
has said, “Whether one is a Vaiṣṇava or not we can measure it by
his humility.”
As much as
one is conscious of the Infinite he cannot but think that he’s nothing. So much
one is conscious of the Infinite, necessarily he’ll have to think that he’s the
most insignificant. And who is not in relativity of the Infinite he thinks
himself, “I’m big” because he does not know the Infinite. So the measure of Vaiṣṇavism
is according to his humility, and not lip deep, but sincere, heartfelt
humility. But that does not mean that if sometime for the service of the Lord
assertion is necessary then he’ll do that on behalf of the service. But at
heart he knows he has no value. All his work inspired by the will of the
Supreme.
“If that is
withdrawn I’m nowhere. Whatever I’ve got it is the inspiration of the Lord, the
delegated power from the Lord. If that’s withdrawn my value is nothing.”
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: _________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _________________________________________ [?]
...
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Caste of Goswāmī caste.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: [Describes part of Śrī Guru And His
Grace] Their mantra is dead, the life has gone. And you say, “Gauḍīya
Maṭha deals with reality, not with the frame.” Then, Slaves of the
Truth. “We’re beggars for the pure current of truth.” And, kibā
vipra, kibā nyāsī, śūdra kene naya.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Yei kṛṣṇa-tattva vettā sei
guru haya.
[“Whether a
person is a brāhmaṇa, a sannyāsī, or a śūdra,
if he knows the science of Kṛṣṇa, he is to be accepted as
Guru.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā, 8.127]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: And where you say that sahajiyā, if the
bodily connection gets the upper hand that is sahajiyā. And you
gave the example Aurobindo Ghosh story about Mr. Norton and Aurobindo.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha, yes. Ha, ha, ha. “Here is Mr. Ghose.” He
could understand by reading the article and thought behind. “Here is Mr.
Ghose.” Ha, ha, ha.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: And Prabhupāda Bhaktisiddhānta
Saraswatī also said, “Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura ________________________________________________________
[?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ___________________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Bhāgavata Jñānānanda - that’s also
given here. “Here is my Guru. Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura came me but I
could not recognise him.” Then, and also your example about the nose, that...
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Nark [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: _____________________ [?] What is this in Bengali?
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Nose, nark [?] Narka karge nani seshe karge [?] Yes,
yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: It is the form, and the breath is the substance.
Narka karge nani seshe karge [?]
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: ______________________________________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: And here is a picture...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ________________________________________ [?]
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: _____________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ___________________________________________________
[?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Then here, also you say how the sahajiyās,
or the imitationists, they’re the worst enemies of the sampradāya of
Mahāprabhu, they’re traitors, they’ve taken the garb of Mahāprabhu.
So then you say, pūjāla rāgapaṭha gaurava bāṅge.
And then Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta said, “I’m servant of the servant
of the Vaiṣṇavas.” And there’s a picture of Śrīla
Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī Ṭhākura.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Pūjāla rāgapaṭha gaurava
bāṅge ________________________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Then chapter four called, The Original Guru
is a chapter about Nityānanda Prabhu. You say He’s the general
representation of Guru. And how Nityānanda Prabhu is distributing Kṛṣṇa
prema, with Baladeva, with magnanimity added becomes Nityānanda.
Then there’s a picture of Nityānanda Prabhu.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: From __________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: From so many different places, Vidagdha has
collected this photo. And then you tell the story when Nityānanda Prabhu
came to see Mahāprabhu, Nimāi Paṇḍit, and He was naked.
And Mahāprabhu gave Him some cloth, and then took His kaupīna and
distributed to the householders. So you say, “By the grace of Nityānanda
we get a firm foundation.”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Heno nitāi vine bhāi rādhā kṛṣṇa
pāite nāi, dṛḍha kori’ dharo nitāir pāy.
[From
Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura’s Manaḥ-śikṣā,
1]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Then here’s Nityānanda Prabhu, where He said,
“There’s some danger in Kṛṣṇa līlā, so take
the Name of Gaurāṅga.”
bhaja gaurāṅga, kaha gaurāṅga
laha gauranger nāma,
[yei jana gaurāṅga bhaje sei amāra
prāna]
[“Worship
Gaurāṅga, speak of Gaurāṅga, chant Gaurāṅga’s
Name. Whoever worships Śrī Gaurāṅga is My life and soul.
Come straight to the campaign of Śrī Caitanya and you will safely
attain Vṛndāvana.”]
And you tell
the story of...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Danger in misunderstanding.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: And in Caitanya-Bhāgavata,
Śacī Devī’s dream about Balarāma...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha, ha.
____________________________________________________ [?]
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: ________________________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Then you quote, yasya prasādād
bhagavat-prasādo [From Śrīla Viśvanātha
Cakravartī Ṭhākura’s Gurv-aṣṭaka, 8] The
mercy of Guru. Then here, Guru is Not a Doll.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Guru is Not a Doll. ______ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: He’s not the body. You say, “Who am I, the disciple,
the inquirer? And the Guru is the inquired, that party within Guru.” Then...
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Guru: More than..
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Meets the Eye.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: More than Meets the Eye. Than what can be seen with
your eye.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ______________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: So then you say, “How can we recognise Guru by his
dress? In the summer he’s wearing one dress, in the winter another dress. Or
sometimes he’s old, sometimes he’s young. So how to trace, how to recognise
him? From external consideration we must go to the internal, and devoid of
flesh and blood.” And you give example of gandharvas and siddhas,
no fleshy form, but they also have Guru.
Then, Progress:
Elimination and Acceptance. Dynamic world. And you say, “To get the grace
of Nityānanda Prabhu we should try to study the character of Śrī
Gaurāṅga, and serve Him, His Dhāma, and His devotees.”
Then here’s that verse of Raghunātha dāsa Goswāmī. Nāma-śreṣṭhaṁ
manum api śacī- putram atra svarūpaṁ. He says why
we’re indebted to Śrī Gurudeva, what Gurudeva is giving us, nāma-
śreṣṭhaṁ.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: These are his contributions to us.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. This is what is Guru, he’s given. Then, after
that you give a whole description of that verse, that he’s giving the Holy Name
of Kṛṣṇa, the highest form of thought, aspiration, ideal, the
mantra. Then the service of Mother Śacī’s Son Śrī Caitanya
Mahāprabhu, Who’s like a golden mountain standing to show the direction of
Kṛṣṇa līlā. And the lotus feet of His
favourite personal assistants, Svarūpa Dāmodara, then Śrī
Rūpa, and Dāsa Goswāmī says, “And Śrīla
Sanātana Goswāmī.” And Mathurā Maṇḍala, then Vṛndāvana,
and Rādhā-kuṇḍa, Govardhana.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: _______________________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Then when you turn the page, here it says, What is
ISKCON? Because you say here, “What is our Guru? What is his mission? It is
filled with all of these things. Nāma-śreṣṭhaṁ
manum api.
83.11.01.B
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: [From Śrī Guru and His Grace]
[Devotee: There are so] many visions about
the International Society for Kṛṣṇa Consciousness (ISKCON).
But what should the real vision of ISKCON be?
Śrīla Śrīdhara
Mahārāja: In this verse, Raghunātha Dāsa Goswāmī
gives the real acquaintance of what is ISKCON. Nāma-śreṣṭhaṁ manum api
śacī-putram atra svarūpaṁ. ISKCON must not deviate from this line. We have not
come here to deceive ourselves, but to fulfil ourselves. ISKCON will fulfil
everyone’s inner demand, even extending to the vegetables and stones, taking
them to the feet of Mahāprabhu and the Goswāmīs. From village to
village, everyone, in every place, should be hunted and approached. “Take the
Name of Kṛṣṇa! Come under the flag of Mahāprabhu!” This
grand worldwide mission will thrive like anything; it will touch the heavens
and cover the Earth, and other planets also. That was the aim of
Bhaktivedānta Swāmī Prabhupāda, and we understand and
appreciate that.
So that’s the
end of that chapter. Then this chapter, chapter five, is called, God Consciousness
Versus Society Consciousness. Where you explain progress means elimination
and a new acceptance. And you give the example if someone is an out and out
socialist living in the capitalist country, but there’s a clash between the
socialist and the capitalist, what will he do? Whose side will he take?
And you
mentioned how in the Christian line they have Catholics, Protestants, and
Puritans, progressive Christianity. Then how Einstein had to leave Germany
to go to America for his high ideal of life.
And where Kṛṣṇa
says, sva-dharme nidhanaṁ śreyaḥ, para-dharmo
bhayāvahaḥ [Bhagavad-gītā, 3.35], the relative
consideration. Then absolute consideration, sarva-dharmān parityajya,
mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja [Bhagavad-gītā,
18.66]. “Give up everything. Come to Me directly.”
And also,
after, The Disappearance of Guru. You explain how disturbance must come.
And the disciple begins ātmā samiksa, self analysis.
And this
example of Jesus and Judas. How Judas betrayed Jesus. And how also Peter
who was the leader of Christ’s apostles, disciples, he was exposed when he
denied Christ.
Then you gave
the example of the sycophant, flatterer. The Muslim king when he advertised, “I
want one flatterer. Who will be the fit man for the job?”
Then the
example of Droṇācārya and the Pāṇḍavas
shooting the eye of the bird in the tree.
Then about...
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: God Consciousness, Society Consciousness.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. Then about not taking the Infinite within the
prison house of our mind, confining Him there. And also our Guru, what he has
given us, is it a living thing, dynamic, any growth can be seen? And here you
say that if someone thinks that he’s finished all knowledge and has attained
perfection, then we hate it! And then you give the example of Kavirāja
Goswāmī, purīṣera kīṭa haite muñi sei laghiṣṭha
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Ādi-līlā, 5.205]
Thinking himself lower than the worm in the stool. And here’s the finish. If
someone says, “I have finished all knowledge. God, Caitanya, is my disciple,”
he should be shot down as the greatest enemy ever found in the world!
And this is
chapter six.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: __________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: How many chapters?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Fourteen. Here is, “I Command You - Become Guru!”
Here’s a picture of Mahāprabhu. And this verse, tava kathāmṛtaṁ
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 10.31.9]. And you gave Bilvamaṅgala
Ṭhākura’s verse, madhuraṁ madhuraṁ vapur asya vibhor
[Kṛṣṇa-Karṇāmṛtam, 92]. And that
other verse, māraḥ svayaṁ nu madhura-dyuti-maṇḍalaṁ
nu [Kṛṣṇa-Karṇāmṛtam, 68]. “How
sweet is Kṛṣṇa.” And that should be distributed, the Hari kathā.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: And Kṛṣṇa’s photo,
Rādhā-Govinda’s photo ___________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. So then you say, yāre dekha, tāre
kaha 'kṛṣṇa'-upadeśa [Caitanya- caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 7.128]. And you say that the sum total of news in
this world is that at every second everyone is entering the jaws of death.
So
Mahāprabhu says, “I command you. Take the position of Guru, the giver. And
don’t be afraid that you’ll become puffed up with pride and go to hell. I order
you. Do relief work. Don’t stand idle as an onlooker.”
And you give
the example, when someone criticised in Madras that Ramkrishna Mission is
feeding people. And you told, if there’s a famine, and you’re distributing
food, and someone flees from the crowd, should you go to catch them and stop
your distribution?
And then
there’s a picture of Mahāprabhu in the Jhārikhaṇḍa
Forest.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Jhārikhaṇḍa
_________________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: You say, “His vibration of Hari kathā was
so fine it penetrated the elephant and tiger bodies and they began...
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: ___________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Then chapter seven. The Initiating Spiritual
Master. You give the example of the three kinds of Guru. Two feet in Vaikuṇṭha,
extending one foot here.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Ah. This is very important.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. And the kaniṣṭha, madhyama,
and uttama adhikārī. Then Kṛṣṇa’s
Headache, and the gopīs giving their feet dust. And
Rāmānuja giving his mantra at the risk of going to hell. And The
Trap to Capture Guru. You once said through śikṣā the
disciple will add as the trap to capture Guru, hearing his śikṣā.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh? To trap Guru? What is this?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: You said that if someone speaks, gives his śikṣā
in the disciple, he will recognise that Guru is there. Because I was saying
once...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Śikhā?
Devotees: Śikṣā.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: No, no. Upadeśa.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: O, śikṣā. His trap, what is
it, how?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Once I told you that - you said, “You must follow
your Guru’s - you must give what your Guru has given to you. It is not your
property.” So I said I can give that by giving instruction. And what is the
necessity to give initiation? And you said, “But by instruction, or śikṣā,
the disciple will capture the Guru.” He will understand who is the Guru through
the śikṣā.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Trap, what does it mean, trap?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: It’s figurative.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes. It means he will recognise his Guru.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: How?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: By his śikṣā. By the śikṣā
of the Guru the disciple he can _______________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _____________ [?] Trap ________ [?] to capture, to
catch the Guru.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes. He’ll capture the conception of Guru
______________________ [?] He can appreciate the conception of Guru this way.
It is in a figurative way, captures.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: It was on the discussion of dīkṣā
and śikṣā.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Trap means something which unconsciously can capture
one? Whom it captures, he may not know? He unconsciously comes and falls in the
trap? Eh?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes. Literally it means that.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Literally. But...
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: It is more figurative.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: In a figurative way, in a loose way.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Capture Guru, by śraddhā. Narottama
Ṭhākura he captured Lokanātha in a trap?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes. Something like that.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Like that. That idea.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. That may be, yes, that may be.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Because Lokanātha Goswāmī did not
want to give initiation. Just like that.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: But he was trapped, captured.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: _____________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _____________________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Then this chapter, chapter eight, Separation from
Śrī Guru. Here is a picture of yourself and Swāmī
Mahārāja on the roof here of your Maṭha.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: _____________________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: And the beginning of the chapter says that,
His Divine
Grace A.C. Bhaktivedānta Swāmī Prabhupāda gave advice to
his senior disciples that if the need arose to consult higher spiritual
authority after his disappearance, his senior Godbrother Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja should be consulted. On more than one
occasion he said, “I consider Śrīla Śrīdhara
Mahārāja to be my śikṣā Guru, instructing spiritual
master, so what to speak of the benefit that others can have from his
association.” Then. Just after his disappearance, his senior disciples
approached Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja and asked his
advice on how to guide the International Society for Krsna Consciousness. The
following is an excerpt of their conversations.
So this is
when the GBC came to see you in nineteen seventy eight. But it is not
represented as GBC but just question and answer format. And you gave the
example of the disciple is like the lotus, and Kṛṣṇa is like
the sun, and the Guru is like the water all around in which the lotus is
situated. So remove the water and then the lotus burns in the sun.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: This is very nice example.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. And then also you gave the example of
Raghunātha Dāsa Goswāmī. How he saw that Rādhā-kuṇḍa
which previously was inspiring him, was now like a tiger’s jaws coming to
devour him. And Govardhana Hill was like a python coming to swallow him up. So
it was antagonistic. So you spoke about vipralambha.
Then you
speak of the position of Ācārya. And vātsalya-rasa and sākhya-rasa,
dealing with disciples and Godbrothers. Then you speak of autocracy as opposed
to democracy. That ours is autocratic position of Guru, all in all,
unconditional surrender.
But you say
that the Kṛṣṇa conception helps us make adjustments. Because
whom we can see with the Absolute - mother Yaśodā, is coming to whip
Him. She’s whipping Kṛṣṇa. And taṭasthā-vicāra
is given.
And also to
the disciple you said the Guru is more near and dear to us than God Himself.
And also you
said we’re Messiahs of Free Faith. That no law should come to check the
flow of love. But law, viddhi, should promote the flow of love.
You also give
the example of the tooth biting the tongue, from the Bhāgavatam.
The tooth cuts the tongue - should we remove the tooth? So you said some
loving, one organic whole, loving dealings.
Then kanak,
kāminī, and pratiṣṭhā. You explain the
dangers for Ācārya.
And also if
Guru must be abandoned. Guror apy avaliptasya, kāryākāryam
ajānataḥ. [Mahābhārata, Udyoga-parva, 179.25]
And Jīva Goswāmī in Hari-Nāma-cintāmaṇi
of Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura.
Also you
explain that when Kṛṣṇa entered the arena of Kaṁsa, how
Guru is seen differently by different persons, so as Kṛṣṇa
when He entered Kaṁsa’s arena He was seen in different ways.
And the
example of where the son may be a judge, but the father comes before the judge
and gives his regard to the rank, the position.
And
Śrīdhara Swāmī’s, aham vedmi śuko vetti, vyāso
vetti na vetti vā [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 24.313] And Mahāprabhu telling Sanātana
that Kṛṣṇa...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: It is not composed by Śrīdhara
Swāmī, but it’s about Śrīdhara Swāmī.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. And his commentary on the Bhāgavatam.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Right.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Then Mahāprabhu telling Sanātana that, “Kṛṣṇa
is going to grace you through Me.” And your example of the poster in the war
time in Calcutta. “Take this dress.”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ________________________________________ [?] That
example for which?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: For which? So many questions are being asked to you.
“Should we do this? We will have disciples. Should we do that?” Then finally
you say, “Take this uniform, and so many things will be shown to you. You’ll
get inspiration what to do.”
And you say
that, “Our Master is not a cheat. He will come to help us with all His might,
saying, ‘Do this. I’m helping you. I’m at your back. When we’re all sincere,
things will happen like this.’”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Do that, not do that.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. Then the next chapter is called, Nāma
Guru and Mantra Guru. Then here, this is your example - Govinda
Mahārāja he does a graphic illustration of your example, a circle
within a circle.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja:
____________________________________________________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Gāyatrī mantra.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: ____________________________________________________________
[?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Continuous to Goloka.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Continuous to Goloka ______ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Hari Nāma, extends to the lowest
position, and goes to the highest position.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Hari Nāma _________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ________________ [?]
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ________________ [?] To help.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: The Hari Nāma.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: So this looks very scientific, this explanation.
Then also
here this, ātmā parijñāna-mayo.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja:
ātmā parijñāna-mayo vivādo, hy
astīti nāstīti bhidārtha-niṣṭhaḥ
[vyartho 'pi naivoparameta puṁsāṁ,
mattaḥ parāvṛtta-dhiyāṁ sva-lokāt]
[One party
says: “God exists!” The other says: “God does not exist!” Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam
says that the ātmā is self effulgent, but still we find that
one class of men say, “He exists, we see Him, He can be seen,” and another
says: “He has never existed.” This quarrel has no end because one of the
parties hasn’t got the eye to see what is self-evident. This quarrel is a
useless waste of time, but still it will never stop; it will continue
forever.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 11.22.34]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: And you tell the story of Sārvabhauma Bhaṭṭācārya
and Gopīnāth Ācārya.
And
Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī’s example of a man living
in a dungeon. His friend comes to show him the sun, and he says, “Let me get
one lantern.” He says, “No lantern will be necessary.”
Then also Duḥśāsana,
and the virāṭ-rūpa, to bind Kṛṣṇa. And
Dhṛtarāṣṭra hears the sages, everyone praising Kṛṣṇa,
and says, “Remove my blindness and let me see You.” And Kṛṣṇa
says, “I say that you’ll see and you’ll see. No necessity of removing your
blindness.”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. Revolutionary. Ha, ha.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: ______________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ___________________ [?] Independent of our physical
senses, that knowledge, that is more...
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: ______________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: “Let there be water.” There was water. “Let light.”
Light. His sweet will everything, at the back.
[21:55 - 22:25 ?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: A Religious Jungle. When Uddhava asked Kṛṣṇa,
“Why are there so many ‘isms’ in the world? How did this come about?”
Then, The
Lady and the Mullah. You say, “Every disciple cannot catch the real spirit
of the advice of the Guru.” So the mullah was giving lecture on Koran.
Devotees:
______________________________________________________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: So that story. Very humorous.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja:
_____________________________________________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Then Newton saying, “I’m just collecting pebbles on
the shore of the ocean of knowledge. In that way I’m more learned than all of
you who think that you know everything.”
Then here
this chapter ten, Instructing Spiritual Masters. Śikṣā
Guru Paramparā.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja:
_____________________________________________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: So you explain, “Our paramparā follows
the ideal, not the body; it is a succession of instructing Spiritual Masters.”
mahāprabhu śrī-caitanya,
rādhā-kṛṣṇa nahe anya
rūpānuga janera jīvana
[viśwambhara priyaṅkara
śrī-swarūpa dāmodara,
śrī-goswāmī rūpa-sanātana]
[“Mahāprabhu Śrī Caitanya is non-different from
Śrī Śrī Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa and is
the very life of those Vaiṣṇavas who follow Śrī Rūpa
Goswāmī. Śrī Svarūpa Dāmodara Goswāmī,
Rūpa Goswāmī, and Sanātana Goswāmī were the
givers of great happiness to Viśvambhara (Śrī Caitanya).”]
[Brahma-Mādhva-Gauḍīya
Sampradāya, 6] [Compiled by Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta
Saraswatī Ṭhākura]
Then you
explain about the line of thought as traced from Newton to Einstein. Copernicus,
Galileo, Newton, Einstein. How in considering great distance the
intermediate points may be neglected, and the major points are taken into
consideration. Like the thought from Newton to Einstein.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _________________ [?]
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Newton.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ___________ [?] What did I say?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: That you traced in scientific thought, from Newton
to Einstein. And the lesser important scientist in between...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Excluded.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So Guru paramparā, touching the main
points.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. Then, you say disciplic succession is not a
bodily succession, not body paramparā.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Spiritual thought.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. Then you mention Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa
and his valuable contribution to the sampradāya.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: _______________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: And here’s pictures of
Rāmānujācārya, Madhvācārya,
Nimbārkācārya, Viṣṇusvāmī.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: _______________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: And there’s a photo of Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: _______________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: And you explain The Zigzag Line of Truth.
Analogies coming down in a zigzag way. And you say, “I’m not a servant of
A,B,C, or D. I’m a servant of Mahāprabhu. And I must turn in any way,
whatever may be favourable to reach my Lord.”
And you tell
of Gopa-kumāra in Bṛhat-Bhāgavatāmṛta, how he
had to go from one level to another.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Progressing.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Progressing. Then you tell of Prahlāda
Mahārāja, that his father is a demon, he’s a devotee, his son is a
demon, his grandson a devotee again. You mention Prahlāda’s Guru paramparā,
Hanumān’s Guru paramparā, Pāṇḍavas Guru paramparā,
Mahādeva’s Guru paramparā. You say but Brahmā and
Mahādeva are Gurus themselves. They’re the creators of their own lines of
Guru paramparā. But Gopa-kumāra passes them also. Why? His
thirst is not quenched until he goes to Vṛndāvana. So Bṛhat-
Bhāgavatāmṛta has shown us the line of Guru paramparā,
or the real line of our quest, our search.
Then, you
give the example of the Pāṇḍavas going to the Himalayas, and
how so many fell away, but Yudhiṣṭhira and the dog continued
together. So you said some may be eliminated.
Then you
quote Mahāprabhu and Rāmānanda. But Rāmānanda was
shrinking away, not to instruct Mahāprabhu. But Mahāprabhu said that,
“You are the wealthiest capitalist of the spiritual world. So use that and do
good for the public.”
Here you say,
“First let us understand Guru, then the question of paramparā.” And
you say, “Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī is not in
the Guru paramparā. Should we dismiss Her? The question of first
importance is who is Guru? And then there can be a chain of them coming down.”
Then you give
example, Alexander the Great, the Gordion knot. “That who can unloose
this knot will be a great king.” Then Alexander he cut the knot with his sword,
ignoring the formal consideration.
And the
example of Columbus. “Who can stand an egg - can you make an egg stand?”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That is for Napoleon perhaps.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Aha! Yes. Someone said that. He says in one tape
Columbus.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I thought that that was the case with Napoleon. “Can
you keep the egg on your nail?” “Yes, yes.”
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: You can correct?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes, we can correct that. We thought so, but in one
place you said Columbus.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I heard it like that, in the case of Napoleon.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Make it clear.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Right. We can change it. Anyway, then chapter eleven
is called, The Land of Gurus. And you explain the verse, na hy
ekasmād guror jñānaṁ, su-sthiraṁ syāt su-puṣkalam
[Śrīmad- Bhāgavatam, 11.9.31]
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: _________________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _________________________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Then you tell of that Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa
explains how both Rūpa and Sanātana Goswāmīs have shown
Govinda to the world, like a jewel within their palms.
And then also
you quote that nyāya śāstra, this viṣaya, saṁśaya,
purva-pakṣa, mimaṁsā, siddhānta, and
saṁgatiḥ. Then ajñāta-sukṛti, jñāta-sukṛti,
śraddhā, sādhu-saṅga.
And you
explain the gradations. You say, “What to speak of here, in God’s own self
there’s gradation. Vāsudeva, Viṣṇu, Nārāyaṇa,
Dvārakeśa, Mathureśa, Svayaṁ-Bhagavān Kṛṣṇa.”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Not only ends there, but Svayaṁ-Rūpa,
Svayaṁ-Prakāśa, Prabhāva-Prakāśa,
Vaibhava-Prakāśa, and so many differentiated.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Then here you mention about being Hurled Down to
Vaikuṇṭha. Raghunātha Dāsa Goswāmī...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: pasa bhumi divi pheli selidi parola hadi [?]
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: ___________________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Then this is chapter twelve. It’s called Servant
of the Servant.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Telescopic system.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. Ha, ha. And that,
ārādhanānām sarveśāṁ,
viṣṇor ārādhanaṁ param
[tasmāt parataraṁ devi,
tadīyānām samārcanam]
[“Lord
Śiva told the goddess Durgā:] ‘My dear Devī, although the Vedas
recommend worship of demigods, the worship of Lord Viṣṇu is
topmost. However, above the worship of Lord Viṣṇu is the rendering
of service to Vaiṣṇavas, who are related to Lord Viṣṇu.’”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 11.31]
ye me bhakta-janāḥ partha, ne me
bhaktaś ca te janāḥ
[mad bhaktānāṁ ca ye bhaktās, te
me bhaktatamā mataḥ]
[“Those who
worship Me directly are not real devotees; real devotees are those who are
devoted to My devotees.”] [Ādi Purāṇa]
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Mad bhaktānāṁ ca ye bhaktās.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Te me bhaktatamā mataḥ.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: And also you told how in the beginning how
Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī was worshipping
time, kāle, ye kāle vā svapane.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Time. Worshipping time. Ye kāle vā
svapane, dekhinu vaṁśi vadane [Caitanya- caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 2.37-8]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: So that Kṛṣṇa would remain.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Rāmānanda-saṁvāda
_____________________________ [?]
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: No. It’s not in Rāmānanda-saṁvāda.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. Ye kāle vā svapane, dekhinu vaṁśi
vadane.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Yes, I know that.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: But where is it?
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: It’s in Caitanya-caritāmṛta.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes, it’s Rāmānanda-saṁvāda.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: In Rāmānanda-saṁvāda?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. Whenever we went to find anything on
Rādhārāṇī it was there.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: ____________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ________________________ [?]
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Who says that?
Devotees:
Rādhārāṇī says that.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: “That when Kṛṣṇa comes again I’ll
worship time, propitiate time.”
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: O, this śloka in Jagannātha-vallabha-nāṭaka.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Ye kāle vā svapane, dekhinu vaṁśi
vadane.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Sei kāle āilā dui vairi,
‘ānanda’ āra ‘madana,’ hari’ nila mora mana, dekhite nā
pāinu netra bhari’.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: But we only have access to Caitanya-caritāmṛta.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja:
punaḥ yadi kona kṣaṇa, kayāya kṛṣṇa
daraśana, tabe sei ghaṭī-kṣaṇa-pala
diyā mālya-candana, nānā
ratna-ābharaṇa, alaṅkṛta karimu sakala
...
[ye kāle vā svapane, dekhinu vaṁśi
vadane, sei kāle āilā dui vairi
‘ānanda’ āra ‘madana,’ hari’ nila mora mana,
dekhite nā pāinu netra bhari’
punaḥ yadi kona kṣaṇa, kayāya kṛṣṇa
daraśana, tabe sei ghaṭī-kṣaṇa-pala
diyā mālya-candana, nānā
ratna-ābharaṇa, alaṅkṛta karimu sakala]
[“Whenever I
had the chance to see Lord Kṛṣṇa’s face and His flute, even
in a dream, two enemies would appear before Me. They were pleasure and Cupid,
and since they took away My mind, I was not able to see the face of Kṛṣṇa
to the full satisfaction of My eyes.”]
[“If by chance such a moment comes when I can once again see Kṛṣṇa,
then I shall worship those seconds, moments and hours with flower garlands and
pulp of sandalwood and decorate them with all kinds of jewels and ornaments.”]
[This was
spoken by Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu while in trance in the mood of
Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī, in the company of
Svarūpa Dāmodara and Rāmānanda Rāya.]
[Jagannātha-vallabha-nāṭaka,
3.12-3] & [Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā,
2.37-8]
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: ___________ [?] This śloka, this is
translation of that śloka.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes, that’s right. Also you say this example. “If
you love me, love my dog. How intense one’s love for his master must be if he
can love the master’s dog. So the test of our love of the master, of Kṛṣṇa,
is in pleasing His servants.”
And then you
say how Kṛṣṇa is a king, and there’s a hierarchy, servitors
surrounding the king.
And the
Everest example, highest peak, Everest. Surrounding Everest so many subordinate
peaks.
So making the
approach nearer to Kṛṣṇa we’ll understand so many servitors
in His connection.
And you say The
Real Test of Devotion. When Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta
Saraswatī Ṭhākura was travelling in South India, and someone
would say he’s ‘a great devotee of Kṛṣṇa, or a great devotee
of Rāma,’ he would say, “Under whose guidance does your service to Kṛṣṇa
go on?” And they would say, “No, no, I’m directly concerned with Lord Kṛṣṇa.
I’m directly concerned with Lord Rāma.” Then when they went away we heard
our Guru Mahārāja say, “He has no devotion.” That person was
dismissed as an imitation devotee.
Then this
chapter thirteen is Lives of the Saints. About goṣṭhyānandī
and viviktānandī. You explain...
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: ______________________________ last chapter [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Next to last. There’s one more after this.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Yes. Thirteenth chapter _____________ [?] viviktānandī,
goṣṭhyānandī ___ [?]
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Premārurukṣu.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Premārurukṣu.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Yes. _________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Then here’s a picture of Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: ________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Because you’re quoting his Caitanya-śikṣāmṛta.
And that we cannot make this distinction who is higher and lower. And you
mention Kṛṣṇa, it’s His will through whom He chooses to do
different services in this world.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hmm?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Kṛṣṇa, it’s His selection.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Kṛṣṇa?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Kṛṣṇa’s selection, which devotee
He will do His work through, and what kind of work. And you mention
Svarūpa Dāmodara, Rāmānanda Rāya, how they did not
preach in an extensive way. But on the other hand Nityānanda Prabhu and
others did. Kṛṣṇa selects His instruments according to His
desire. Then you mention Rūpa and Sanātana did not practically come
in touch with the masses for preaching. But they gave scriptures for the
preachers.
Then sparśa-maṇi,
the Vaiṣṇavas, like touchstones.
Then you
mention that it may be taken from one point of view that Gaura
līlā is higher than Kṛṣṇa līlā. So
those who are engaged in distribution that that is very laudable.
Then here’s a
picture of Śrīla Gaura Kiśora Dāsa Bābājī
Mahārāja. Because how Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta
Saraswatī Ṭhākura said, “All spiritual knowledge is contained
within a particle of the dust of his lotus feet.”
And you
mention Gadādhara Paṇḍita also, his affinity for
Mahāprabhu is so great.
And you say, Kṛṣṇa
is Dancing, through different agents.
Then you give
the story of Puṇḍarīka Vidyānidhi. Aho bakī yaṁ
stana-kāla-kūṭaṁ [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
3.2.23] And Gadādhara Paṇḍita and Mukunda Datta.
Then this is
the last chapter, chapter fourteen. It’s called The Line of Śrī
Rūpa. Rūpānuga sampradāya. And you begin saying
mercy is above justice. And that verse again, aho bakī yaṁ
stana-kāla-kūṭaṁ / kaṁ vā dayāluṁ
śaraṇaṁ vrajema. And you say we should omit the department
of justice, because we’ll be dealt with very severely. Rather we should
approach the department of mercy. Then you quote...
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: _______________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: ...Gopāla Bhaṭṭa Goswāmī.
govinda-vallabhe rādhe, prārthaye tvām
ahaṁ sadā
[tvadīyam iti jānātu, govindo māṁ
tvayā saha]
[“O
Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī, the dearest of Lord
Govinda, this is always my request to You - please let Lord Govinda, along with
Yourself, consider me to be one of Your assistants.”] [Arcana Paddhati,
p 70]
Gopāla
Bhaṭṭa Goswāmī, his arcana. And,
rādhe vṛndāvanādhīśe,
karuṇāmṛta-vāhini
[kṛpayā nija-pādābja, dāsyaṁ
mahyam pradīyatām]
[“O
Rādhe, O Queen of Vṛndāvana, You are like a flowing river
filled with the nectar of mercy. Please be kind upon me, and bestow upon me
some small service at Your lotus feet.”] [Arcana Paddhati, p 70]
And there’s a
photo of Gopāla Bhaṭṭa Goswāmī writing his...
Devotees:
__________________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Then Distributing Ecstasy. The hlādinī,
karuṇāmṛta-vāhini, the hlādinī-śakti
is distributing. You say like a river has in it many valuable minerals and
jewels, to trace in that current. So the hlādinī current is
distributing that. Then Śrīla Raghunātha Dāsa
Goswāmī, who says, “Kṛṣṇa is of secondary concern.”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha, ha.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Then, here is that verse, āśābharair-amṛta-sindhu-mayaiḥ
kathañcit [Vilāpa- kuṣumāñjali, 102] Then Rādhā-dāsyam.
And you quote also Kṛṣṇa and Uddhava. Na tathā me
priyatama ātmayonir na śaṅkaraḥ [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.14.15]. Then Āsā maho caraṇa-renu-juṣām aham
syām [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 10.47.61]. Then, you
give explanation of - oh, here’s a photo of Rādhā and Govinda. Then
you explain the significance of the rūpānuga sampradāya,
coming from Rūpa Goswāmī. And here’s a picture, Śrīla
Rūpa Goswāmī, the bhakti-rasācārya, giver of
the rāgānūga-śāstras.
And then you
describe this is our Spiritual Inheritance. You gave the example, the
father leaves some valuable documents for the children. They may not know the
value as children, but when they mature they come to realise there wealth,
that’s been left. And you said, “This is not my property but the property of my
Gurudeva.”
Then you say,
“Bhaktivedānta Swāmī Prabhupāda he gave everyone a clue. He
distributed the key, widely, and gave a clue. ‘Come and open the chest and find
out what valuable ornaments and gems are within the chest.” Then you say, “But
people will say this is just a product of a disorganised brain. The non-devotees,
they’ll think this is madness.”
And you quote
Rūpa Goswāmī’s verse, viracaya mayi daṇḍaṁ
dīnabandho dayāṁ vā [Śrī-
Rūpapādānāṁ]. About a cātaka bird
praying for water from the clouds. And then the book finishes with that verse,
praying for the grace...
83.11.01.C_83.10.30
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...at once the Dewān of the, that is Vṛndāvana,
Rādhā-kuṇḍa perhaps in the, near about the chief if
Bharatpur State. And he came there with his family and was circumambulating
Rādhā- kuṇḍa.
And one of the
favourite disciples of our Guru Mahārāja, named Paramānanda,
from boyhood he came to Gurudeva. He told, “Prabhu, they also appreciate
Rādhā-kuṇḍa, Rādhārāṇī.”
Then
Prabhupāda replied that, “Their appreciation of Rādhārāṇī
is something, and ours is another thing. What is the difference? They revere Kṛṣṇa,
and because Rādhārāṇī is His favourite, so they have
reverence for Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa. And we revere
Rādhārāṇī directly, and because Kṛṣṇa
is favourite of Rādhārāṇī so we go to Kṛṣṇa.
We have direct concern with, we’re potency, our direct devotion should be with
the highest potency. And Kṛṣṇa is substance. Because Kṛṣṇa
is necessary for Rādhārāṇī’s purpose, so we shall
have to keep our connection with Kṛṣṇa. But mainly we’re all
absorbed in the interest of Rādhārāṇī. Direct
connection here. Potency, potency.”
So generally
people they approach Kṛṣṇa, and then from Him to His
devotees.
But
Prabhupāda told, “Our inborn relationship is with Rādhārāṇī.
We’re śakta, worshipper of potency. And because
Rādhārāṇī wants Kṛṣṇa, we shall
have to want Him also. That is secondary.”
You have
mentioned one place “secondary.” The āśābharair-amṛta-sindhu-mayaiḥ.
But there is a story, a tale was there, secondary. You have already mentioned,
“Our relation with Kṛṣṇa is secondary. Primary is
Rādhārāṇī.” And that was described in that way by
Prabhupāda in Rādhā-kuṇḍa.
And that
cleared my doubt. Rādhā-dāsya. How? Why? We’re mainly
concerned in achieving Her group. We’re in Her group. And with us all She
worships Kṛṣṇa and She serves Kṛṣṇa. So rūpānugavicāra is this, we’re in this party, in Her party. And She
faces the service of Kṛṣṇa, and we all help Her.
That is the
real position of a liberated ego who has entered the līlā in a
particular position of service. So many forms may extend that way. Anyhow it is
laudable one has come by His Divine will. We try to pay our obeisance to that.
And also who has given that to us, we’ve got our adoration for him also.
What do you
say Akṣayānanda Mahārāja?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Ah! You’ve captured Guru.
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Śāstra Guru. Vyāsadeva means
this. Already there is so many scriptures, and Vyāsa comes and
systematically adjusts them. There are so many Vyāsa. This is Kṛṣṇa
Dvaipāyana Vyāsa. Vyāsa means who distributes the revealed truth
in a systematic way, he’s Vyāsa. Very laudable, we’re happy, and our
Swāmī Mahārāja, our Gurudeva, they’re all happy to find
Vyāsa.
Jaya
Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda Śrīmad Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī Goswāmī.
Devotees: Jaya!
...
Devotee:
vāñchā-kalpatarubhyaś ca kṛpā-sindhubhya
eva ca
patitānāṁ pāvanebhyo vaiṣṇavebhyo
namo namaḥ
[“I offer my
respectful obeisances unto all the Vaiṣṇava devotees of the Lord.
They are just like desire trees who can fulfil the desires of everyone, and
they are full of compassion for the fallen conditioned souls.”]
namo mahā-vadānyāya kṛṣṇa-prema-pradāya
te
kṛṣṇāya kṛṣṇa-caitanya-nāmne
gaura-tviṣe namaḥ
[“I offer my
respectful obeisances unto You, O most munificent incarnation! You are the
Supreme Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa Himself appearing as
Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu. You have
assumed the golden colour of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī,
and are more magnanimous than any other incarnation, even Kṛṣṇa
Himself, because You are bestowing freely what no one else has ever given -
pure love of Kṛṣṇa.”]
dīvyad-vṛndāraṇya-kalpa-drumādhaḥ,
śrīmad-ratnāgāra-siṁhāsana-sthau
śrīmad-rādhā-śrīla-govinda-devau,
preṣṭhālībhiḥ sevyamānau smarāmi
[“In a temple
of jewels in Vṛndāvana, underneath a desire tree, Śrī Śrī
Rādhā-Govinda, served by Their most confidential associates, sit upon
an effulgent throne. I offer my humble obeisances unto Them.”]
[Abhidheyādhideva
Praṇāma]
Parama Pūjāpāda Śrīla
Śrīdhara Goswāmī Mahārāja
[06:02 - 29:03 ?]
Devotees: (Applaud)
[29:08 - 30:10 ?]
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: I offer my prostrate obeisances, body, mind, words,
and soul, at the holy feet of my Śrīla Guru Mahārāja.
From the very
beginning I wished to abandon all I have learned, all I have dutifully but
mechanically committed to memory in the vain pursuit of labour without love.
How can I sing the praises of a personality divine, while clutching greedily to
all my worldly accomplishments? Will it be praise, will it be divine, if I
vomit and re-vomit all I could digest within the parts of my voracious
intestines?
If I wave a
flag and make a merry dance for the crowd, will it touch the heart of the
Absolute? If I cross the oceans and mountains and return with a pot of gold,
should I receive some blessings? Or if I renounce the whole affair as false,
how will I renounce my own hypocrisy?
To give up
the company of true saints is the most heinous and criminal offence one can
commit against his self. Because they, the saints, do not relish being waited
on, or served, their company is very rarely attained. Our quandary is that
devoid of prospect divine, we wander hither and thither, loitering in the wake
of our own selfish interest, with no conception of a goal, perfection, or
shelter. Finally by dint of sheer good luck do we approach the sacred and holy
foot dust of Śrīla Gurudeva, who without pomp and ceremony,
meticulously places us at the feet of the Absolute. Therefore the conception of
Śrīla Gurudeva is infinite.
I would like
to specifically pray at the divine feet of His Divine Grace Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda
Paramahaṁsa Ṭhākura Śrīla Bhakti Rakṣaka
Śrīdhara Deva Goswāmī Mahārāja. Śrīla
Guru Mahārāja and his associates are members of the eternal family of
the Absolute Divinity Infinite. His heritage is beyond the limits of time,
space, and mental faculty. But it is in the plane of the pure heart, the plane
of dedication, devotion, giving, serving, contributing and submitting oneself
at the feet of the Absolute. It is the plane of love divine. It makes one
almost mad it is so high, sweet, and sublime. It is the golden gift of the
golden Lord, Gaura Sundara. It is so rare to be found within this world or the
next.
Today is the
sacred appearance day of Śrīla Guru Mahārāja. On this happy
day he was sent by the Almighty God to carry out the eternal play of love
divine by giving us tiny bound up souls of the borderland yet another chance to
enter the glorious land of love. The land of ever new light, prospect, and
beauty. So joyful we have become to learn from His Grace that this land is our
home, home sweet home.
No longer
need we ponder ad nauseam in the land of imitation. No longer need we crack our
skulls with the endless puzzles of proud scholarship which culminates only in
the slumber of emptiness. And no longer need we sharpen our vulnerable sensual
swords to usurp the mysteries of the autocrat in the wild world of imagination.
The holy
scriptures and saints are guiding us and their centre is one. They’re
in-harmonic in the charming malady of their friendly invitations. Today,
feeling our lives to be like a point, on a line, on a plane, on a solid, we
pray to Śrīla Gurudeva who is the personification of quintessential
genius. And who aptly eclipses his own genius in the pure sweetness of his
nature as the most beloved associate of the ever youthful cowboy of Braja. We
pray to Śrīla Śrīdhara Deva Goswāmī
Mahārāja to kindly, mercifully, enlist us as one of the grains of
sand in the shade of his holy lotus feet. I am his aspiring servant.
[34:46 - 40:08 ?]
Jaya Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda Paramahaṁsa
Parivrājakācārya Aṣṭottara-śata Śrī
Śrīmad Bhakti Rakṣaka Śrīdhara Deva Goswāmī
Mahārāja kī jaya!
Devotees: Jaya!
...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: [40:20 - 40:38 ?]
Devotee: [41:15 - 44:40
?]
83.11.02.A
[00:00 - 02:30 ?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Without surrendering no effect may be expected to
come out.
...
The Absolute
Interest. Everything for Himself. Nothing for me. I’m also for Him. This sort
of idea must develop within. A transformation is necessary, from particular to
the universal, from self to the Absolute. That sort of transformation, that is
necessary. In taking the Name, or reading the scriptures, or preaching to the
public, whatever the external form may be, but that very life must be present
there, that I’m surrendering to the Absolute call. Neither for name, fame,
_____________________ [?] if with this idea I go on chanting Name, that is of
no use.
[ataḥ śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāmādi
na bhaved grāhyam indriyaiḥ]
sevonmukhe hi jihvādau svayam eva sphuraty adaḥ
[“Because the
name of Kṛṣṇa is identical with Kṛṣṇa
Himself, and on the absolute spiritual platform, Kṛṣṇa’s
name, form, qualities, and associates, cannot be appreciated by the material
senses. However, when one engages the tongue in chanting the Holy Names of the
Lord and tasting the remnants of the Lord’s food, Kṛṣṇa
gradually reveals Himself to the purified senses of that devotee.”]
[Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu,
Pūrva-vibhāga, 2.234]
He will have
to come down to my level. My tendencies, my activities will be of such nature
that that should be sufficient to attract the higher, all-omniscient, conscious
principle, to come down to my heart. In whatever I do. The universal knowledge,
universal love, has to come down to my heart, to meet my hankering. Crying all
through his bhajan, weeping, crying, repenting, that is also bhajan,
devotion.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. I have one question. If prasāda is given with
contempt - because, like when I was in Tirupati at one temple I asked for some prasāda.
That man gave very contemptuously he gave me. I felt felt severe bad reaction
after taking that prasāda. I want to know whether I should accept prasāda
given like that or should reject it?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: If with contempt you get you can show some
independent respect to that. You may not take it, but you should show some
respect.
Devotee: Also, while
taking donations, we should er? In ISKCON they take donations which is given
grudgingly. They even take the money against the will of the person giving it.
But in Gītā it says that such a donation given with contempt
or grudgingly has no effect.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah! The prasāda cannot be sold. In
exchange of money, what is given that may not be considered as prasādam,
in the real sense.
Devotee: And what about
donation Mahārāja? Supposing we take donation, I collect some
donation?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That must be considered separately. You will take,
not to sell the book. I’m presenting the book, I want, I beg something for the
publication service of the book. So I’m sending some prasādam, at
the same time I can beg a free contribution from them. But it’s necessary that
we can distribute prasādam, we have got no sufficient money. You
should contribute something for the purpose, for the bhoga. Even in ancient India education was not
paying. Basic education cannot be given, imparted, in exchange of money. Must
be free.
Devotee:
___________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: No. It cannot be purchased in exchange of money or
anything. Transaction must be free, anugraha. Prasāda means anugraha,
grace, does not have to be purchased.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. I have one more, it’s not such an important question, but,
when we sing bhajans, the use of the harmonium, is that er?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: It is not admit-able because our Guru
Mahārāja did not allow it. But Swāmī Mahārāja
allowed there considering the peculiar position of those days. But our Guru
Mahārāja did not like that some element of luxury.
Devotee: So you don’t
like us to use...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: When Mahāprabhu, Who inaugurated this kīrtana,
He did not use any harmonium, just mṛdaṅga and karatālas,
in Goloka. And that is the source of saṅkīrtana. We should
really revere in that way.
golokera prema-dhana, hari-nāma-saṅkīrtana,
[rati nā janmila kene tāya.]
[Narottama dāsa Ṭhākura regretted that he did not
pursue his attraction for the transcendental vibration of the Hare Kṛṣṇa mantra.]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 4.22.15, purport]
It is the
capital of the highest quarter in the universe. And in the original position we
don’t find any harmonium or anything else, but mṛdaṅga and karatāla.
And so many other things in the procession. So it is better we shall try to
stick to that idea...
Devotee: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...of the most original plane.
Devotee: Yes. That is
good to hear your final instruction on every subject.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. Why does God appear to take on karmic reaction? As in
the case of Vali shooting the arrow at Kṛṣṇa’s foot.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes, different incarnations of God came here for
different purpose. Varāhadeva, Yajña Varāhadeva came to devour all
the sins of the doers, of the sinners, with the help of yajña,
sacrifice. When they do sacrifice there, all the prejudices of the past life is
finished in the fire.
Devotee: The real
question, why God Himself becomes victim to the reaction?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Victim to reaction? What do you mean?
Badrinārāyaṇa: Like Bali Mahārāja, I mean Vali.
Devotee: Not Bali
Mahārāja.
Badrinārāyaṇa: Not Bali. Vali and Sugriva.
Devotee: Rāma shot
Vali.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha.
Devotee: But then again
he took, Bali shot Kṛṣṇa who is...
Badrinārāyaṇa: As a hunter.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: God comes here to teach things for us. In different
stages of teaching comes from different incarnations.
utsīdeyur ime lokā, na kuryāṁ
karma ced aham
saṅkarasya ca kartā syām, upahanyām imāḥ
prajāḥ
[“If I do not
perform duties, then, following My example, all the inhabitants of these worlds
will renounce their duties and thereby come to ruination. Thus I will be the
cause of social turmoil due to unvirtuous population, and in this way, I will
be responsible for spoiling posterity.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 3.24]
He showed
that this is the reaction of the karma-kāṇḍa. If you do
something against another you must have to take that as reaction, receive that.
To teach that He’s also showing. Otherwise no reaction.
Devotee: So the karmīs
will only understand that level.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah! To teach the karmī about the
reaction, He Himself accepts that. “That I’m also not out of the law of karma.
So you must be very careful.” That is His teaching. Otherwise He may avoid
everything, He’s above.
Devotee: Why does He not
make it known that He’s above the law?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: He’s above, then what will be above all? Where from
all these laws are coming? He’s a conception of the Absolute. If God is under
law then law is the absolute thing. He’s another conception. Whether law comes
from God, or God comes from law? There are so many, the Jaiminī and others
they say ‘the law is above all.’ But devotees do not accept that mean theory.
What is the characteristic of the Absolute? Hegel say, “Everything For Himself.
Then He’s Absolute. Otherwise He’s not Absolute.” The conception of the
Absolute must include that He’s independent, He’s the Master of everything.
Whatever thing exists, only to satisfy Him, then He’s Absolute, then He’s God,
not a man created God under law. That is no God. That is our creation.
______ prasāda
______________ [?]
Devotee: Yes. Everyone
has taken?
Devotee: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Badrinārāyaṇa prabhu, you’ve gone
through the letters yesterday?
...
...that is
found only here, guṇa, māyā guṇa. And that
is Yogamāyā guṇa is present there in Goloka. That must
be in the cause. What we find in the effect, that must have to exist in the
original, though in different form. What is not in the cause that cannot come
in the effect. So it must be there, but in different way.
Devotee: That is
inconceivable to us at present.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Sometimes, and it is conceivable by His grace. All
the things there that is understandable only by His will. All Rights Reserved. Yam
evaiṣa vṛnute tena labhyas.
nāyam ātmā pravacanena labhyo, na
medhayā na bahunā śrutena
yam evaiṣa vṛnute tena labhyas, tasyaiṣa
ātmā vivṛnute tanūṁ svām
[“One cannot
understand the substance of the Paramātmā, the Super-soul residing
within everyone’s heart, by means of expertise in logic, intelligence or
learning. When the living entity begs the Lord for His mercy, being desirous of
His transcendental loving service, then the Supreme Lord reveals His
self-manifest form directly before him.”] [Kaṭha-Upaniṣad,
1.2.23] & [Muṇḍaka-Upaniṣad, 2.3.2]
That is super
subjective area. I as a subject cannot enter, cannot have any entrance in that
finer world. But that can come down and contact with me. Superior consciousness
can come down to contact with gross consciousness. But gross consciousness
cannot go up, piercing the superior subtle consciousness and to make any
investigation there, it is not possible. That can come to meet us, we cannot go
up to meet Him. By nature the existence is such, super consciousness. Jīva
consciousness is relative, lower consciousness, and Paramātmā
consciousness higher. Then Nārāyaṇa consciousness,
Rāmacandra consciousness, Kṛṣṇa consciousness, going
higher to higher.
Devotee: What should be
our behaviour with other Deities, other temples?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: We should consider Them as appointed officers to
conduct the activities of the world in different stages of the creation.
They’re all officer Lords.
Devotee: So we can offer
obeisances and respect, worship also?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Not with the object of bribing to get some, to
fulfil local interest, but as the officer we can show some respect to Them, not
neglecting.
Devotee: A couple of
other Viṣṇu Deities, or Kṛṣṇa Deities. I’m
talking about only other Viṣṇu or Kṛṣṇa Deities.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes, you will show your honour to Everyone, you
should.
Devotee: But is there any
difference in Their behaviour towards our behaviour to Them, than our own
Deities?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Deity, that is receiving worship of the lower
classes. If to show honour to that Deity means to encourage the lower class
people, then we should have to do it cleverly. From within I shall show
respect, not outwardly, because these persons they’ll be misled.
Devotee: Yes, that’s what
happened there.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. How can we, or should we try develop some internal
realisation like remembering Kṛṣṇa, or is it more important
to develop sādhana?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The only process, to improve our degree of
surrender, and our realisation in the way of surrendering. Then that will come
to meet me, come down to my level to make me understand.
Devotee: No separate
endeavour.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: No separate way. Only to attract Him to come down to
my level. My negative side, that is my hankering, hunger, that should be
improved. So invited by my humility He’ll come down to take me. Negative side
should be increased, no asserting, but attractive side. He’ll have to take
initiative, and mine is in the negative side. Humility, māna, need,
dire need, all these things will attract. To come and not to come it is His
free will. But intense invitation from my side. I cannot force Him to come. In
other words I can force Him only by my earnest invitation. That I can do, I can
increase the earnestness of my invitation.
“O Lord, You
have to come, to deliver this fallen soul. I can’t live without You.”
In this way
the negative side should be increased, to attract the positive.
Predominating
and Predominated, two aspects, of the same thing.
Proton and
neutron, what does it say in the science? The atom is broken, proton and
neutron, or something like that? Or if the electron broken?
Devotee: Proton and electron,
nucleus and electron. Electron is very small.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Two aspects everywhere.
prakṛtiṁ puruṣaṁ caiva, viddhy
anādī ubhāv api
[vikārāṁś ca guṇāṁś caiva, viddhi
prakṛti-sambhavān]
[“You should
certainly know material nature and the soul as beginning-less; and all bodily,
sensual, mental, intellectual, or egotistic transformations, as well as the
consequences of the action of the material modes - based on happiness,
unhappiness, lamentation, and delusion - to be born of material nature.”]
[Bhagavad-gītā,
13.20]
The possessor
and the possessed energy. Energy and the possessor. These two things are
simultaneous and eternal. Thing and its potency.
Devotee: They’ve recently
found in science that the smallest particles like electrons, they’re
simultaneously exhibiting inconceivable characteristics of both particle and
wave. You know it’s very analogous to Mahāprabhu’s description of the soul
which is acintya bhedābheda, because...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha. Everywhere, acintya bhedābheda
everywhere. And now they’ve gone from atom to electron, then again if they
analyse they’ll have to go to more finer things. Ha, ha, ha. No end. No end
that side, and no end also in the bigger side. After that, after that, ether,
then, what is outside ether, outside electricity? One may say, “O, there’s
another thing outside electricity.” All comprehended within, no end.
Then they’ll
have to trace that all these things are a part of the mind. Everything is a
part of the mind, experience of the mind. From mind it comes out when in the
dissolution, all the concrete things come out of the mind. And in dissolution
all enters into mind, a portion of the thought world, nothing else. Subjective
evolution. Not that from fossil into reason. The fossil has developed itself
into reason, or intelligence. No! The fossil is a part, and everything is a
part of consciousness. Subjective evolution.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. I want to ask you one question. Whether this aṣṭa
prakṛti, earth, water, fire, air, ether, mind, intelligence, false
ego - the aṣṭa prakṛti, whether it actually exists in
the gross form, or it only exists in the consciousness of the soul?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Consciousness is the reality, everything there. In
Viśvarūpa, where Kṛṣṇa showed Viśvarūpa
to Arjuna, where does it come from? So many heavy things, Candra, Sūrya,
Bhīṣma, Droṇa, all devouring, whatever is shown in
Viśvarūpa, where from it came? All consciousness.
The hard
thing, this is hard, this is also a sensation of the touch sensation. This is
big, this is small, that is all sensation, experience of consciousness.
Consciousness is the graphic, extensive, comprehensive. Brahman, according,
everything within it. And Paramātmā, entering into everything.
aṇor aṇīyān [mahato
mahīyān, ātmasya jantor nihito guhāyām
tam akratuḥ paśyati vīta-śoko,
dhātuḥ prasādān mahimānam ātmanaḥ]
[“Smaller
than the atom, greater than the greatest, the Supreme Self secretly resides
even within the core of the atomic individual soul [the jīva]. When
the devotee beholds Him he is freed from lamentation, and by the grace of the
Lord [Dhātṛ] he realises the superiority of the Supreme Soul.”] [Kaṭha-Upaniṣad,
1.2.20]
The smallest
of the small, and the biggest of the big, two aspects. Biggest of the big is
Brahman, and smallest of the small is Paramātmā. And why all these
exist? To fulfil the will of the Lord, Bhagavān. Bhajanīya-guṇa
viśiṣṭha. One all comprehending, one all permeating, and
Brahman, Paramātmā, and what is Bhagavān? It is meant for which?
To serve which purpose? For His satisfaction, that is Bhagavān conception.
Everything for Him. Whomever we come in contact, we want to love Him, at the
cost of our whole life, sacrifice. That aspect represents Bhagavān.
Whenever we come in His contact we’re captured by His beauty, or His
magnanimity, or any higher superior quality, and I want to serve Him. By that
tendency we come to understand what is Bhagavān. For which everything is
meant, everything, all existence is meant for that. That aspect is
Bhagavān. And all comprehensive that is Brahman. And all permeating, antaryāmī,
that is Paramātmā. In this way it has been - general description
given.
Devotee: But prakṛti
is also considered one of the five eternal elements, isn’t it? Or the five eternal
things.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: But what are they?
Devotee: Bhagavān,
then kāla, prakṛti, karma...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That all comes out of Bhagavān. All
Yogamāyā, His prakṛti, His potency. Kāla, karma,
that has come in Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa’s
Gītā ṭīkā, it is mentioned here. And also there,
perverted reflection. In Goloka also there is question of kāla, but
not this mundane, but some sort of spiritual time.
Kṛṣṇa
is growing, from childhood He’s coming to youth, this is going. It presupposes kāla,
and so many tendencies. Yaśodā doing so much service, that energy
that is karma, but not karma of this type. That is another thing,
vilāsa, līlā. Here it is karma, there that
is līlā. And in līlā so many factors, the
childhood, the youth, the old age, differences represented there.
Space also.
Here is Rādhā-kuṇḍa, here is Govardhana, here is Vṛndāvana,
all these things, question of space. But that is controlled by the will of Kṛṣṇa.
Sometimes it’s becoming far, and if Kṛṣṇa wills they’re coming
together. Ha, ha. In this way.
Devotee: But the demon
killing pastime may not be there in Goloka, isn’t it?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Demon killing, yes, that is also in some particular
way. The Agha, Baka, Pūtanā, they’re found in Goloka, of demonic representation.
But that is not in their full strength as a necessary article for līlā.
In this way the representation is there.
...
Devotee: How can the
demons enter into Goloka?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Just as in a play, a drama, in drama a good man also
may take the part of a demon to play. Like play, all līlā.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: _________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _________________________ [?]
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: ______________ [?]
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. One time I heard that in Goloka, the demons are not
actually present, only rumours of demons. Some say that they’re...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: They’re something like portrait. They’re inspired to
play like that.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Viraha Prakāśa Mahārāja _______________
[?]
[33:50 - 34:30 ?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Who are to start today?
Badrinārāyaṇa: Syāmānanda Prabhu, his wife, and Kṛṣṇa
Mohan, Rādhikā.
...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...which helps us to make our progress towards the
truth, that is true truth. All else false. What helps me to go to my home, that
is really help to me. All other movements are false.
A madman may
have many thoughts and ideas, but what helps him to reinstate in his former
life, that is really truth for him, which helps him to get back his real life.
And other helps to satisfy so many other whims which comes out from that madman
that is no help. Help proper is to help him to go back to his own homely life,
which everyone is searching, knowingly or unknowingly.
Knowingly or
unknowingly we’re searching for the home comfort. We’re not satisfied with our
present environment, whatever it may be, some sort of uneasiness. So what helps
us to, helps me to go to my home, desired home sweet home, that is true for me.
All others false. Here, everyone has got tendency to go back to home, and
homeward help is real help. Other help are all not only unnecessary but
injurious.
That we
should understand. That is dīkṣā, that is Kṛṣṇa
consciousness, that is preaching of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. All
else falsehood, and attempts of the foes and enemies. All false, not only false
but pain producing, leading to misery. Only Kṛṣṇa
consciousness is reality, has real value. All else witch or wizard. Do you know
witch, wizard? Eh? You do not know witch?
Devotee: Which results in
Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Witch, witch.
Badrinārāyaṇa: A witch.
Devotee: O!
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: A mystic lady, that enchants, especially the boys.
So that is māyā. Māyā means witch.
Devotee: So help comes
from the positive side, and then all negative thoughts of the madman will be
eliminated automatically? Is that so? Help comes to us from the higher quarter,
and then the negative thoughts elimination.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: We’re to acquire that by sukṛti, by śraddhā,
our willing cooperation. We have to come to that. We have to deserve, we have
to earn that we may deserve. Other things will pass over my ear, I won’t feel
it, I won’t care to come to its connection. Kṛṣṇa
consciousness is flowing throughout the world, but there are so many men who
are deaf to this call of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Even some
animals and trees may be benefited. Still, some so called scholarly human
beings they may be apathetic. They may be deceived of Kṛṣṇa
consciousness. Human beings may be deceived, but animals may derive benefit of
Kṛṣṇa consciousness. It is possible. Jñāna
śūnya bhakti. Scholarship is no qualification to go towards Kṛṣṇa
consciousness. Neither master of energy, neither capitalist, nor scientist, they’re
qualified for Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. When a jīva starts falling, does he lose
control and go all the way down, or can he stop his fall at any time?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Fall, that is the first idea. Jīva’s ordinary
position, of the fallen jīva, akṣara, non
differentiated plane. And first starting is begun with some sort of curiosity.
Just like a man begins his intoxicating habit, in the beginning, curiosity,
something like that. But later on the intoxication that acquires some power and
forces him to obey its dictation, something like that.
Devotee: In the beginning
if he wants to stop...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Beginning with independent free cooperation out of
curiosity. But when coming in contact he’s coming within the fist gradually of māyā,
and then forced to do the deed. That tendency, inertia.
Devotee: Then he goes all
the way to the bottom of the ladder, to a worm or a...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: He’s going down and coming up, reaction, action, reaction,
coming and going. In a vicious circle moving.
Devotee: So every soul
passing downward has to become a Brahmā also?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes, maybe, and Brahmā’s position must be
crossed over, but he may be Brahmā or may not be.
Devotee: Brahmaloka he...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Brahmaloka he must have to pass over. But one may go
in a lightning speed through Brahmaloka, with the speed of lightning. A devotee
from this mundane plane he may have such sukṛti, grace of the
Lord, then Virajā, Brahmaloka, Vaikuṇṭha, he may pass through
quickly and go at once to the Goloka. It is possible. And gradually, slowly
passing, going. Going up and down, up, down, in this way also slowly one can
make progress. A question of particular fortune, particular _________ [?]
Devotee: Can the devotees
go too fast?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Devotee of different type. All devotees is not one
thing. All the devotees are not one and same. They have got their different
individual acquisition. According to that their future will be determined.
Devotee: So what is the
criterion for a devotee to make a very rapid progress?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Rapid progress that is they had strength to gather
power from the outside, and that is the association of the sādhu and
śāstra.
Devotee: Chanting and
associating.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Surrendering, and on the basis of surrendering
everything.
83.11.02.B_83.11.04.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...there are forms, many forms there may be. But all
must be of that type, of Godly type. Association of the holy things, with
surrender. According to the intensity of the surrender, the association with
the higher devotees, that will help one to make progress fairly, quickly.
Devotee: Ātma-nivedan.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. After ātma-nivedan, then śravaṇa,kīrtana, smaraṇa, vandana, so
many things, but the basis is ātma-nivedan.
Devotee: Then they put ātma-nivedan in the last.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Self surrender.
Devotee: Ātma-nivedan is put in the last of the nine processes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: In the last, it is in the beginning. Everything is
everywhere.
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Without ātma-nivedan no śravaṇa is possible. Without śravaṇa, ātma-nivedan won’t increase. In this way visa-versa,
interdependent, all one, all bhakti.
Devotee: Service and
surrender.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Without surrender nothing can be bhakti. And
without hearing and the others, sukṛti, ātma-nivedanmay not come. In this way all interdependent, one and
same. Originally one thing, and for our purpose we divide them in different
ways.
Devotee: Everywhere
centre, nowhere circumference.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha, ha. Everywhere centre, nowhere
circumference. Helping mutually. One part presupposes another. Śravaṇais first, but without kīrtana - how can
you hear if there’s no kīrtana? In this way. And without that
mental memory how you can kīrtana or even śravaṇa? All interdependent.
Devotee: One is the
attitude, the surrender is attitude, and service is activity.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Surrender is not attitude, but the innate nature,
surrender. But that is covered now by different kinds of dirts. The inner
function is surrender, innate wealth rather. The innermost wealth of every jīva
is surrender. All surrendered truth. Service means on the basis of
surrender. I serve, I dedicate. Dedication, surrender, slavery. Every unit is
surrendering for the help of the other unit - that is Vaikuṇṭha
conception. And just opposite here, every unit wants to exploit another, this
is covered. And the innate substance of the soul is that - all mad to help
neighbour, in connection with the Supreme Power. That is innate wealth, innate
nature, of everything that is good cooperation, cooperation at the cost of ones
own life. That is the nature of the inheritance of Vaikuṇṭha,
Goloka. How happy. They’re mad to look after the interest of others for the
whole. And just opposite here.
Devotee: We’ve gotten
some hint of that mentality when we came here.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Die to live. Die to live. Dissolve your ego
wholesale, you’ll find your golden self. This sham ego, that must be dissolved.
Bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś. [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.2.21 & 11.20.30] Then all doubts cleared, you will find you’re quite at
home.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. You were saying in the book Ambrosia that service
and surrender are just like two tracks. Two tracks for bhakti, one is
service and one is surrender.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Service and surrender. Where is it mentioned?
Devotee: I don’t remember
exactly where I read it.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ___________ [?] Two wheels on which it’s going?
Devotee: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Service and surrender.
Devotee: It appears to me
that service...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Surrender, and on the basis of surrender the
movement, progress is the object of surrender. Without surrender no bhakti can
come, and the surrender nature will be traced in service, co-existence.
Devotee: But it appears
that service is some kind of actual physical activity. Service appears to be
more of an activity. Where surrender seems to be the underlying favourable
attitude with which we do things. Is that right?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Surrender and service. Just as plan and work. A
design and to work according to that design. Surrender is there, and on this
basis practically going on, service, both must be favoured. Surrender does not
mean only a static, stand still thing. It is also dynamic. Everything dynamic,
not a plane only. It also has life, it increases. It has got different type
also. Surrender of a friend, surrender of a wife, surrender of the parents,
surrender of the materials of different type.
Devotee: What is the
highest quality surrender?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh? What quality?
Devotee: Surrender.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That is found in consort-hood. Twenty four hours
service is possible there. Surrender in the quality of consort-hood, that has
been told to be the highest type of surrender and service, both. Surrender to
the extreme, and service to the extreme, only in consort-hood. And in tyāgaalso different types. And Rādhārāṇī’s
considered to perform the highest. In other words, everything is coming out
from Rādhārāṇī. She’s the main Predominated Aspect.
The whole negative side represented by Her. And others are different
developments from Her. That is the position of Rādhārāṇī.
That cannot be estimated from our puppy brain, it’s beyond.
And
Mahāprabhu, Both combined, came to inform about that. That by getting our
admission in that line we can have experience of that quality of rasa. Rūpānuga
sampradāya. The rūpānuga sampradāya, the
speciality of Mahāprabhu reaches to the highest quality in the world.
Gaura Hari.
Gaura Hari. These are all imaginations, stories, tales, like. But this prospect
even to us, if we can work out gradually, we have got our goal, destination, so
high, that such conception. Kṛṣṇa confidence we can get
admission into the confidential service of Kṛṣṇa of such high
type. Our fortune may be connected with that. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Nitāi.
Devāśis:
Mahārāja. I read in one book that śaraṇāgati is
only a mental attitude, whereas ātma-nivedanam is the full
surrender of the soul.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh? What do you say?
Badrinārāyaṇa: He said he read in one book...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Who is he?
Badrinārāyaṇa: Devāśis
Prabhu.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Devāśis.
What does he say?
Badrinārāyaṇa: He read in one book that śaraṇāgati...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes.
Devāśis: Is only a mental
attitude.
Badrinārāyaṇa: Is only a mental attitude, and ātma-nivedanam is the full
surrender of the soul.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: No. Ha, ha. Who says it’s mental, he’s wrong. Mind
cannot touch that level. Mind products comes from the workshop of māyā.
Devāśis: So are they the
same thing Mahārāja? Śaraṇāgati and ātma-nivedanam?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh?
Badrinārāyaṇa: Śaraṇāgati and ātma-nivedanam, are they the
same?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. Śaraṇāgati if analysed
we’ll find six elements there, maybe.
ānukūlyasya saṅkalpaḥ,
prātikūlya-vivarjjanam
rakṣiṣyatīti viśvāso, goptṛtve
varaṇaṁ tathā.
ātma-nikṣepa kārpaṇye, ṣaḍ-vidhā
śaraṇāgatiḥ
[evaṁ paryyāyataś cāsminn,
ekaikādhyāya-saṅgrahaḥ]
[“The six
limbs of surrender are as follows: 1 - To accept everything favourable for
devotion to Kṛṣṇa. 2 - To reject everything unfavourable for
devotion to Kṛṣṇa. 3 - To be confident that Kṛṣṇa
will grant His protection. 4 - To embrace Kṛṣṇa’s
guardianship. 5 - To offer oneself unto Him. 6 - To consider oneself lowly and
bereft.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā,
22.100] & [Śrī Śrī Prapanna-jīvanāmṛtam,
p 9-10]
Then within
the six parts of śaraṇāgati Jīva Goswāmī
Prabhu points out goptṛtve varaṇaṁ is the central
element in śaraṇāgati. Ātma-nikṣepa,
to throw, that mainly comes to ātma-nivedanam. So śaraṇāgati
in the sense that is described in śāstra, ātma-nivedanam
is its one part. Ātma-nikṣepa, to throw one desperately. But
that is also not the vital point of śaraṇāgati.
_____________ [?] Goptṛtve varaṇa. To accept Him as Master,
Guardian. “I’m Yours.” Śaraṇāgati, ātma-nivedanam.
“I’m Yours.” That is the principal, central point of śaraṇāgati.
“I’m Yours.” And not to throw anywhere and everywhere. There must be some
guardian. “I’m at Your disposal.” That is the central thought of śaraṇāgati.
And in a spacious way if we think śaraṇāgati, to do what
is favourable to śaraṇāgati, to avoid what is opposite
to śaraṇāgati, so many parts. But the main central
nature of śaraṇāgati is, “I’m Yours.”
Mere throwing
desperately to any place, that is also not safe. The desperate bravery also we
see from different persons for different purpose. For the political case, for
the freedom of the nation, so many risky self sacrifice we see. But that won’t
come in the jurisdiction of śaraṇāgati, ātma-nivedan.
It must be in a proper place, ātma-nivedan. That is to have the
guardian, and to give His thing to Him. We belong to someone, and to give back
to Him.
“That I’m
Yours. So long I was thinking that I belong to me. Now I come to understand I
do not belong to me. You are my owner. I’m Your slave, a constituent part of
Your potency. I’m not independent.” ____________________ [?] “Neither I belong
to me, nor I belong to anyone, or so many friends and foes in the world. Or
earth or sun or something, or air or ether or anything. I belong to You Kṛṣṇa.
What are You? You are Kṛṣṇa, the attracting centre of
everything which has got existence. Kṛṣ - ṇa,
all-attractive principle. And attraction in the plane of consciousness that
becomes love, affection. Attraction physically, sun attracting earth, earth
attracting so many things, this is physical. But when it’s endowed with life,
or it’s spiritual world, that is prema, love. And that is the highest
entity. We all belong to that personification, all-attractor, through love, we
belong to Him. Love includes mercy, harmony, beauty, everything subservient to
love. This will be highest conception of divinity is love.
___________
[?] What’s the time?
Devotee: _______________
[?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I want to close here.
...
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: ...explanations, he mentions repeatedly, Mukunda
Dāsa Goswāmī. So previously we’d not heard of Mukunda Dāsa
Goswāmī. So we’re wondering if you could explain his position?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Bana Mahārāja has translated
Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindu into English?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. First part. Not the complete edition but the
first part.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Bana Mahārāja, Swāmī B.H. Bana?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes.
Devotee: In English?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: In English.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Mukunda Dāsa Goswāmī, he compiled a
commentary of Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindu? How he has mentioned his
name?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: In Bana Mahārāja’s explanations of
particular verses, mainly he’s quoting Jīva Goswāmī, but
sometimes he will quote, he will say, “Mukunda Dāsa Goswāmī has
said.”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: He’s another commentator of Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindu?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Mukunda Dāsa. I don’t remember. Mukunda
Dāsa, one, two, three. In Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura’s or
Prabhupāda’s writings we do not remember any Mukunda Dāsa reference,
Mukunda Dāsa. But he has not given any reference to that name? Bana
Mahārāja?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: No, not that we could find.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Nimāi __________ [?] Nimāi.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Scriptures of the Gauḍīya Vaiṣṇavas
in the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
so much stress is given to the lotus feet of a pure devotee.
naiṣāṁ matis tāvad urukramāṅghriṁ,
[sprśaty anarthāpagamo yad-arthaḥ
mahīyasāṁ pāda-rajo-'bhiṣekaṁ,
niṣkiñcanānāṁ na vṛṇīta yāvat]
[Prahlāda Mahārāja states: “Unless they smear upon their
bodies the dust of the lotus feet of a Vaiṣṇava completely freed
from material contamination, persons very much inclined toward materialistic
life cannot be attached to the lotus feet of the Lord, Who is glorified for His
uncommon activities. Only by becoming Kṛṣṇa conscious and
taking shelter at the lotus feet of the Lord in this way can one be freed from
material contamination.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 7.5.32]
The verses
are there from Prahlāda Mahārāja, from Ṛṣabhadeva.
And again in Caitanya-caritāmṛta, in the songs of Narottama
Dāsa Ṭhākura, so always is mentioned the lotus feet of the Vaiṣṇava.
So what should be the proper conception of the lotus feet of a Vaiṣṇava?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja:
martyo yadā tyakta-samasta-karmā,
niveditātmā vicikīrṣito me
tadāmṛtatvaṁ pratipadyamāno,
mayātma-bhūyāya ca kalpate vai
[“One who is
subjected to birth and death attains immortality when he gives up all material
activities, dedicates his life to the execution of My order, and acts according
to My directions. In this way, he becomes fit to enjoy the spiritual bliss
derived from exchanging loving mellows with Me.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.29.34]
Ātma-bhūyāya ca. According to the extent and intensity of their
realisation the Vaiṣṇava are unified with Him as a part in a
system. Just as the iron, or any other mineral thing, when caught by iron, that
iron can get the capacity of the fire and that can burn things. So when Kṛṣṇa
conception, Kṛṣṇa realisation, is wholly captured or
transformed, any personality he gets the quality of Kṛṣṇa
purity. And so his connection is cheaper in the market than Kṛṣṇa
Himself. So if we can come in contact with any Vaiṣṇava - Vaiṣṇava
means who is wholly absorbed in Kṛṣṇa, only Kṛṣṇa
conception is fully representing there in him, then he gets the capacity of Kṛṣṇa
for purifying. And it is easier for us to get the chance of association of a
Vaiṣṇava than Kṛṣṇa Himself. So we’re recommended
everywhere to come in contact with Vaiṣṇava. And by their grace we
may be purified wholesale. And we may also attain the status of a Vaiṣṇava.
That Kṛṣṇa consciousness wholly absorbed in us, we have no
other interest but Kṛṣṇa interest. We’re wholly converted for
Him, for Himself. No other separate business we shall have. But self
determination fully attained that means we represent Kṛṣṇa’s
interest. Then we’re so many agents of Kṛṣṇa, and whoever
will come to Vaiṣṇava they’ll get that Kṛṣṇa
contamination, Kṛṣṇa interest, touch, association,
conversion. All these possible only by so many Vaiṣṇavas that are
covering Kṛṣṇa on all sides in different rasa.
Nimāi:
Mahārāja [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Nimāi _________________________________________
[?]
Devotee: Mukunda
Dāsa Goswāmī.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Mukunda Dāsa Goswāmī Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindu
ṭīkā _________________ [?]
________________________________________________________________________________
[?]
Nimāi:
____________________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: [30:12 - 32:00 ?] But did you find anything there
which is not in the commentary of Jīva Goswāmī? Bana
Mahārāja showed reference where? Mukunda Dāsa
Goswāmī...
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Well, generally he’s quoting Jīva
Goswāmī, but every now and then he quotes Mukunda Goswāmī,
in some particular connection.
Nimāi:
_______________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: No, sometimes ...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Where Jīva Goswāmī is silent, there,
or as alternative, parallel?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Like, or further explanation.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Further explanation?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Not that Jīva Goswāmī is not giving
explanation there.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Not mentioned by Jīva Goswāmī?
Nimāi: Do you have that
book with you?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: I don’t have it with me. I should have brought it.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Do you remember any instance?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: I can’t give a precise instance of what he quoted.
Nimāi: ___________________________________________
[?] He has not brought that book with him.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja:
_________________________________________________________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: When I return to America I can find some exact
references and send them.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _________________________________________________
[?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Mahārāja. Yesterday on the way to
Hāpāniyā, when we were travelling there, we went through the
village of Vṛndāvana Dāsa Ṭhākura, his appearance
place. So is it mentioned by Kavi Karṇapūra in Gaura-gaṇoddeśa-dīpikā
that Vṛndāvana Dāsa Ṭhākura is he one of the
Dvādaśaka Gopālas?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I don’t think so. But Kavirāja
Goswāmī has given respect to Vṛndāvana Dāsa Ṭhākura
as “Vyāsa of Caitanya līlā.”
[kṛṣṇa-līlā bhāgavate
kahe veda-vyāsa] caitanya-līlāra vyāsa — vṛndāvana-dāsa
[“As
Vyāsadeva has compiled all the pastimes of Lord Kṛṣṇa in
Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Ṭhākura Vṛndāvana
dāsa has depicted the pastimes of Lord Caitanya.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Ādi-līlā, 8.34]
And
Kavirāja Goswāmī has been considered as Śukadeva _____ [?]
Caitanya līlā. That is the ontological side represented there,
beautifully.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
The other day
that gentleman came _________ [?] community __________ [?] whom I asked in the
meeting to speak something about devotion, and he chanted only Sanskrit śloka.
That gentleman expressed his heartfelt sympathetic appreciation for The
Search For Śrī Kṛṣṇa.
He told that,
“I’ve read many, many devotional books. But in such a short space the whole
thing is represented in such a beautiful way, I’m simply charmed.” That
gentleman.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Ha, ha. Jaya!
Nimāi: _____________
[?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: [39:48 - 42:30 ?] To understand the principle of
Caitanyadeva, of Gauḍīya Maṭha, with open mind. So it was
thought that I do not understand any diplomacy, or tactfulness. But I came to
catch with open mind what is the real teachings of Śrī Caitanyadeva.
Sadar hoile gore śikṣā _________ [?]
If you can become simple then you’ll be able to
understand what is the teachings of Śrī Caitanyadeva. The simplicity
is necessary, is the only qualification. It is plain, jñāna
śūnya bhakti, not jugglery of reason and argument have much place
in the teachings of Śrī Caitanyadeva. So intellect, na
medhayā na bahunā śrutena.
[nāyam ātmā pravacanena labhyo, na
medhayā na bahunā śrutena
yam evaiṣa vṛnute tena labhyas, tasyaiṣa
ātmā vivṛnute tanūṁ svām]
[“One cannot
understand the substance of the Paramātmā, the Super-soul residing
within everyone’s heart, by means of expertise in logic, intelligence or
learning. When the living entity begs the Lord for His mercy, being desirous of
His transcendental loving service, then the Supreme Lord reveals His
self-manifest form directly before him.”] [Kaṭha-Upaniṣad,
1.2.23] & [Muṇḍaka-Upaniṣad, 2.3.2]
Extensive
reading of the scriptures, or sharp understanding, they have got no place in
the line of Śrī Caitanyadeva. So simplicity, simple, simple. And not
complex with the understanding of this misunderstood aspect of the world,
diplomacy.
83.11.04.A_83.11.05.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...dharma,
artha, kāma, the hankerings of
the material pleasure, they will wait far, far away. Whenever a calling bell
sounds they will rush: “What do you want?” The bhakta is there. They’re
always eager to serve him but he does not want. He does not want, no attention
towards them. No attention, no time to spare for thinking about them. Deeply
engaged in the service of Kṛṣṇa.
Where from Queen Kuntī Devī is
inviting. “You come,” the worldly adversity, she’s inviting, “You come. When
you come I get the chance of being united with the blessing of the touch of Kṛṣṇa
Himself. So you come.” She’s directly inviting the adversity.
These are standing like lighthouse, beacon
light for us encouraging to go on that path. There is something for which
they’re inviting we see and we must go on this path towards the land of Kṛṣṇa.
Kṛṣ - ṇa, Kṛṣ - ṇa,
All-Attractor. The best friend of everything, the natural friend of the whole, Kṛṣ
- ṇa, attracts and gives pleasure. Kṛṣ - ṇa.
To be connected with Him direct process. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura
Hari. There is more nobility there. Both the Parties combined, the greatest
giver, the greatest taker. Who is giving, who is taking? It cannot be
determined clearly who is giver and who is taker. Apparently seen that the
potency is the giver and the consciousness is the taker. Anyhow, Both combined
come here to distribute Themselves to one and all.
“This is the process. Accept this and come
to Me.” Very magnanimously, and almost the sole agent was Nityānanda
Prabhu. He preached: “Anyhow, accept Gaurāṅga. Nothing to be done. I
shall look after all other things. Take His Name, enlist your name in His
group, I shall look after.”
But it is unbelievable. We’re so far, that
to understand our own interest, we’re so far from our own inner interest that
it is difficult to believe what is interest, what is not. The interest Himself
is running, wandering from door to door, “Accept Me, accept Me, accept Me. I
have come to your door. You take Me, accept Me.” It is also possible by His
magnanimous līlā, pastimes, it is also possible.
nāmnām
akāri bahudhā nija-sarva-śaktis, tatrārpitā niyamitaḥ
smaraṇe na kālaḥ
etādṛśī
tava kṛpā bhagavan mamāpi, durdaivam īdṛśam
ihājani nānurāgaḥ
[“O my Lord, Your Holy Name bestows
auspiciousness upon all. And You have unlimited Names such as Kṛṣṇa
and Govinda by which You reveal Yourself. In Your many Holy Names You have
kindly invested all Your transcendental potency. And in chanting these Names,
there are no strict rules concerning time or place. Out of Your causeless
mercy, You have descended in the form of divine sound, but my great misfortune
is that I have no love for Your Holy Name.”] [Śikṣāṣtakam,
2]
Many say that it is one hand giving and
another hand taking, so much magnanimity is there! But some sort of durdaiva
is opposing me to accept that. Then, what is giving, what is the fun of
such preaching and distribution? Because it is not possible to get in a forced
way, free, free achievement is necessary. Without disturbing our freedom, we
are invited and welcomed. If freedom is not disturbed then everything will be
spoiled. We are given to understand in such way, the harmony. Without
interfering in our free will we are to be led to that, then we’ll be benefited.
This is the general way.
amara dutyaeva nami adhikara, tuwa daya
vaicana parama uddara, patisara nandanata bhaga amara [?]
To say so, that also wants some devotion,
he’s already within the compound who can show so. “That it is my misfortune
that I do not get You my Lord. You are so great. But I am the most unfortunate
fellow.” Who can say such, he’s also within the jurisdiction, he is in the
line. To be entitled to utter such words and thought, that requires something
great. He’s already in the compound.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
He’s already in the relativity of the
Absolute happiness, or good, then only he can utter such words, “that I can’t
get.” And that is extended to the highest position. That is nature, that is the
law. For the finite to get Infinite the only law is that, “that I can’t get.”
Finite cannot finish Infinite. So his deepest connection can only make him
utter such words, “that I’m not fit. I’m not getting, I’m thirsty, I’m not
getting.” That should be the real position of a finite in the relation with the
Infinite. “I can’t get.” Infinite connection coming to him and influencing him
and through his mouth, “I can’t get, that I can’t finish. I want more and more.”
Even it went to Rādhārāṇī
Herself. “I could not do justice what I should have done. What to speak not up
to level, up to mark, I can’t do. The service should have been of more higher
and deeper type, but I failed.”
This will be the region, no circumference.
No satisfaction, where there is satisfaction there is limit, that is limit, but
it is unlimited satisfaction. And the health also increases, hunger also
increases, health develops, to consume more. Hunger increases. As much as it is
coming in connection and identifying with the Infinite, he’s also being of that
type. But still it is cultivation, it is culture, it is serving, the service is
there, culture is there, mutual transaction is there. For Reality. Die to live.
ahaṁ hi
sarva-yajñānāṁ, bhoktā ca prabhur eva ca
[na tu mām
abhijānanti, tattvenātaś cyavanti te]
[“Because I alone am the enjoyer and
rewarder of all sacrifices. But since they cannot know Me in this way, they
again undergo birth, disease, infirmity, and death.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
9.24]
“Arjuna, I am everything. You are My
intimate friend. At least I won’t deceive you. What to speak, I am everything. Man-manā
bhava.”
[man-manā
bhava mad-bhakto, mad-yājī māṁ namaskuru
mam evaiṣyasi
satyaṁ te, pratijāne priyo ’si me]
[“Think of Me, serve Me, worship Me, offer
your very self unto Me, and surely you will reach Me. Sincerely, this is My
promise to you because you are My dear friend.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
18.65]
“Whole mind you give to Me. Mad-bhakto
bhava. Become My devotee. Whole devotedness due to Me. Mad-yājī.
Whatever you do, do only for Me. Be selfless to the extreme. Mam evaiṣyasi.
You will enter and stay in Me for eternity. Pratijāne. I promise to
you. Priyo 'si me. You are My favourite friend. At least I won’t deceive
you. I am everything. I am everything.”
Another place: “You have come into this
world many a time, I have also come. But I know them all, you do not know.”
aparaṁ
bhavato janma, paraṁ janma vivasvataḥ
katham etad
vijānīyāṁ, tvam ādau proktavān iti
[Arjuna said: “Vivasvān, the Sun-god,
was born in ancient times, and You were born only recently. Therefore, how is
it to be believed that You previously instructed these teachings to him?”]
[Bhagavad-gītā, 4.4]
“How can You say that You told this advice
to Vivasvān, who is long and long ago born?”
Then Kṛṣṇa says: “Many a
time you also came here and I also came, but you do not know any one of those
previous lives, but I know them all fully well. This is the difference. I am
everything.” What is the most wonderful that Infinite has come in our form and
He’s asserting that, “I am everything.” He has come in our level in such a way
to assert, “I am everything. I am your heart’s friend. I am all to you. Come to
Me. You will get everything. Give up all your engagements, all the conceptions
of your duties. They’re all sham, temporary, cheating. But everything due to Me
is reality. I am so. Such a thing exists in this world, the fulfilment of
everyone’s life. I am so and so.”
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari
bol. What’s the time? Ten? So I drop here.
vāñchā-kalpatarubhyaś ca kṛpā-sindhubhya eva
patitānāṁ
pāvanebhyo vaiṣṇavebhyo namo namaḥ
[I offer my respectful obeisances unto all
the Vaiṣṇava devotees of the Lord. They are just like desire trees
who can fulfil the desires of everyone, and they are full of compassion for the
fallen conditioned souls.]
Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī
Goswāmī Prabhupāda kī jaya!
Devotees: Jaya!
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Śrīpāda A.C. Bhaktivedānta
Swāmī Mahārāja kī jaya!
Devotees: Jaya!
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What about her, that Vinode Bhani? You asked why?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Oh, I just wanted to know if in his presence,
Śrīla Prabhupāda Bhaktisiddhānta had made any ṛtvik?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: No. Prabhupāda gave permission, and I was
present there. “You can give Hari- Nāma there if anyone takes.” I
heard, I was present on the occasion.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Also, we were reading in Śrī Guru And
His Grace when you were talking about Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura and
Vipina-vihārī Goswāmī. So sometimes you say that,
“Vipina-vihārī Goswāmī was in the line, so many lady gurus,
they had passed the mantram down.” But you say, “We don’t give recognition to
them. What is their realisation?” But Ṭhākura Bhaktivinoda, his
formal connection is with Vipina-vihārī Goswāmī. So, we
always say that there must be connection of a genuine Vaiṣṇava, of
a real Vaiṣṇava. So we find in the writings...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That is necessary in the case of a general man. But
when any particular pārṣada comes, his initiation is only a
formal one. In that case it maybe supported. So a śikṣā-guru
paramparā. The formal dīkṣā-guru paramparā,
that is cancelled. That is not important in the case of a pārṣada-bhakta.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. But I mean in the case of Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura,
we don’t see with our limited vision, any other teacher of him. But he’s giving
so many things, his books, Jaiva Dharma, Navadwīpa Dhāma
Māhātmya, Caitanya Śikṣāmṛtam, he’s
giving the...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That is the proof that already all this wealth was
in his possession. So he’s sent from, looking at the chaos, chaotic condition,
he was sent here from above to re-establish things.
yadā
yadā hi dharmasya, glānir bhavati bhārata
abhyutthānam
adharmasya, tadātmānaṁ sṛjāmy aham
paritrāṇāya
sādhūnāṁ, vināśāya ca duṣkṛtām
dharma-saṁsthāpanārthāya,
sambhavāmi yuge yuge
[“O Bhārata, whenever there is a
decline of religion and an uprising of irreligion, I personally appear, like a
being born in this world. I appear in every age to deliver the saintly
devotees, to vanquish sinful miscreants, and to firmly establish true
religion.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 4.7-8]
“Whether I come down, or I send some representative,
in this way.”
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Sometimes, as in the case of Mādhavendra
Purī, you mentioned what we find in him we cannot trace that in
Mādhva...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Found in the Mādhva school, yes.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: So did you say once he could be considered kṛpa-siddha?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes, kṛpa-siddha. The development in
the midway cannot but be so. In the line, some high development in the midway,
we’re to take it like that. Because ultimately we’re to give judgement only
seeing the material, we’re to ignore the form.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. So in one of the next books when we have The
Lives of the Saints, like Sādhu-jīvani, we want to make
one book with all the lives of great devotees. You wrote one article called The
Pontifical Position of Mādhavendra Purī many years ago in the Harmonist,
so we want to include that.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes I did.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Very wonderful article on the sampradāya.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Long ago. I was in Madras perhaps at that time.
At that time Prabhupāda was living, our
Guru Mahārāja he was here when that article was written.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yesterday, you mentioned how Kavirāja
Goswāmī has spoken of Vṛndāvana Dāsa Ṭhākura
as the Vyāsa of Caitanya līlā. And in that section of Caitanya-caritāmṛta
he mentions that in the future that more, that Vyāsa will come again and
describe Caitanya līlā. How are we to understand that?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Vyāsa, is something like a title. Whomever
gives exposition to the Vedic meaning, they’re known as Vyāsa. Vyāsa,
Somāsa and Vyāsa, to harmonise, to elaborate things when they’re put
in a substance, that is Somāsa, to combine many into one. And Vyāsa
means when one is extended, one thing extended in different ways by branches,
that is Vyāsa. When the Vedic truth, the revealed truth is extended in
such a way that it may be acceptable and understandable by many.
Veda tapa vinihita [?] The meaning of the Veda
is taken from the source, and it is differentiated, and it is distributed
to many. That is the title of the Vyāsa. This is a function of the
Vyāsa. So there are many Vyāsa, and this Vyāsa is known as Kṛṣṇa
Dvaipāyana Vyāsa, from whom we get the Bhāgavatam, Māhābhārata,
all these, he’s one of the special Vyāsas whose name was Kṛṣṇa
Dvaipāyana Vyāsa. But there are many other Vyāsas previously.
Whoever expands the meaning of the Veda, they’re known as Vyāsa
expansions, they’re Vyāsa. So Vṛndāvana Dāsa Ṭhākura
is recognised as the first Vyāsa of Caitanya līlā. And
there may be in future many Vyāsas that will come to make expansion of
the, that is to give detailed meanings of the līlā and the
teachings of Śrī Caitanyadeva. Many Vyāsa will come and they
will go on giving relation about Caitanyadeva and His teachings. The meaning is
that. Vyāsa is not one, Vyāsa is rather a title. “Who gives
expansion, explanation of the inner meaning of the Veda, He’s
Vyāsa.”
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: ________________________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: __________________________________________________
[?] Don’t say so.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. You’re the living representative of
Vyāsadeva.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Because you expand the meaning.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja:
artho 'yaṁ
brahma sūtrānāṁ, bhāratārtha-vinirṇayaḥ
gāyatrī
bhāṣya rūpo 'sau, vedārthaḥ paribriṁhitaḥ
[“Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam
represents the real purport of Vedānta-sūtra. And although it
is very difficult to draw out the real purpose of the one hundred thousand
verse epic Mahābhārata, the great history of the world, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam
has come to give its real meaning. The mother of all Vedic knowledge is the Gāyatrī
mantra. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam gives the gist of Gāyatrī
in a very full-fledged way. And the supplementary truths of the Vedas are
also found within Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.”] [Garuḍa-Purāṇa]
In Bhāgavatam, new light, the
very substance taken out and given to the public. “This is the meaning of the Veda,
cannot but be.” Just as I am always trying to take out the meaning from Gāyatrī,
this Brahmā-Gāyatrī, how it’s coming to the sweet sound
of the flute of Kṛṣṇa. Gāyatrī, in the lower
conception, is the Brahmā-Gāyatrī, and in the highest,
the vamśi-nātha, the sound of the flute of Kṛṣṇa,
one and the same thing. Religion is proper adjustment, and the flute sound is
helping the devotees to adjust in their present function of respective duties.
The sound, attracting the gopīs, instructing. “Come here, come
there.” All these. Yaśodā also serves hearing the sound of the flute,
that says when He will come, making arrangement for His food etc., that vamśi-nātha,
the sound giving direction to adjust everyone in their respective service.
That gāna, that song, and Gāyatrī
is also in the beginning, Brahmā-Gāyatrī song which
takes us out of the material world towards conscious world, Brahman. First
stage Brahmā-Gāyatrī, the song that engages ourselves in
Brahman that is all-conscious thing. From the fossil conception to subject
consciousness, from objective to subjective consciousness. Brahmā-Gāyatrī’s
first call is from objective consciousness to subject consciousness. Then that
develops in the subjective world. The hierarchy is there. There is Guru-Gāyatrī,
Gaura-Gāyatrī, Kāma-Gāyatrī, in this way
Gāyatrī develops in the meaning and goes to the Bhāgavata
conception. So Mahāprabhu’s kīrtana, that is also Gāyatrī.
By chanting the Name of Kṛṣṇa we get emancipation: gānat
trāyate, by singing which, the song that helps our self-determination,
our emancipation, liberation. Liberation in the negative sense, and
self-determination in the positive sense.
muktir
hitvān-yathā-rūpaṁ svarūpeṇa vyavasthitiḥ
[“Liberation is the permanent situation of
the form of the living entity after he gives up the changeable gross and subtle
material bodies.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 2.10.6]
What is mukti? What is salvation,
proper? That culminates in self-determination, the positive side. And the
negative side it takes us away from the conception of the objective world. So Gāyatrī,
the song that helps us from the objective consciousness to the subjective. And
then go further in the subjective world, up to self-determination.
Mahāprabhu’s kīrtana song also helps for self-determination.
And Kṛṣṇa’s flute also helps us in our immediate
self-determination in the adjustment of respective service, as a guide. So, the
same line, is Gāyatrī, going to Kāma-Gāyatrī,
Gaura-Gāyatrī, in this way, above, to the acme, highest position
of self-determination. When already in self-determination then also every day’s
programme, “Go there, go there, do this for Me, and all these things.” That
adjustment call also coming from the flute of Kṛṣṇa there. So
song, of this Gāyatrī culminates in Kāma-Gāyatrī,
ha, ha. Hare Kṛṣṇa. The same, one and the same, harmony, advaya-jñāna,
undivided absolute, from the surface towards the, He is such, innermost
existence. Home, from foreign land to home. And home duty is also guided by
that flute of Kṛṣṇa, by sound.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Nitāi
Gaura Hari bol.
Devotee: Go-pūjā
_____________________________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Go-pūjā _____________ [?] Vṛndāvana,
Vaikuṇṭha, super-subjective world everything is to be worshipped,
to be respected, to be served. Go in Vṛndāvana, generally śruti,
that is śānta-rasa, represented by go, there in Vṛndāvana.
Sādhu-pūjā, especially, Kṛṣṇa is
maintaining, sustaining, feeding, taking interest for their growth, Kṛṣṇa
Himself. So, not only that from the go section, generally the food of Kṛṣṇa,
the favourite food also coming from that species, of the food of Kṛṣṇa.
So we must show our veneration, our respect for them, for everything.
Especially for the go, for the food supply of Kṛṣṇa,
that sort of service. Kṛṣṇa comes mainly from the go section.
His favourite diet. _______________ [?]
Devotee: Why the
Vāmanadeva should be worshipped?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ________________ [?] Every incarnation of God to be
worshippable in different positions. Vaiṣṇava also of different
sections, of different types, of different sections, different Avatāra.
We should give our reverence to all, one and all, and special veneration
towards Vṛndāvana.
Devotee:
__________________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: __________________ [?] He’s congruent where His day
of - Vāmanadeva came and Bali Mahārāja surrendered to
Him, ignoring the direction of his Guru. So that is a very important thing and
we should respect. Perhaps that came in this day, congruent, Bali
Mahārāja pūjā. Bali Mahārāja surrendered
to Vāmana, in this day. So He should be given respect in general, we
should worship Him. That is not connection with Vṛndāvana līlā,
Govardhana pūjā. It is a separate thing. That took place in
this day.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Devotee:
_________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _____________________________ [?] Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Mahārāja. Sometime you said that
Śrīla Prabhupāda Bhaktisiddhānta, he would, in his last
days said to construct a cottage in Govardhana, that his disciples should
construct a cottage in Govardhana and he would go there.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. The tenor of his life on that preaching was: pūjāla
rāgapaṭha gaurava bāṅge [mattala sādhu-jana viṣaya
range] [“The path of divine love is worshippable to us and should be held
overhead as our highest aspiration.”] He himself behaved in that way, also
taught us, “That don’t think that you have reached that rāga stage.
Always try from the lower position to give your reverence to rāga stage.
Don’t think that ‘I’m established there, I have got my position in that higher
stage,’ then you will miss it.
vicakṣaṇa
kari', dekhite cāhile haya, haya ākhi-agocara
[Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura
said: “Suddenly a flash came, but when I tried to see that, it disappeared. It
was withdrawn.”]
Whenever you will make the subjective thing
as the object of your experience, that higher subject will vanish. So if you
want to make that permanent, always keep at a higher respectable distance. So
he told the plane of our highest service is Rādhā-kuṇḍa.
That is our goal. Service of the Vaiṣṇava of the highest type, they
serve there, Kṛṣṇa is served there. The highest quality of
service is found in Rādhā-kuṇḍa and we’re concerned with
that only. But if we pose that we are there we won’t be able to maintain our
position there. Only, the strategy is this, that if we pose we are in the lower
plain and just in the front view, above that highest plane, then we can
maintain our position safely. So he tended that Rādhā-kuṇḍa
is the highest position of our service, and all our masters, lords, they are
playing there. And from a little lower position we are to look at that, then it
may be permanent. So close by we shall get the place Govardhana. Vṛndāraṇyam
rāsotsavād udāra-pāṇi-ramaṇāt tatrāpi
govardhanaḥ. Then rādhā-kuṇḍam ihāpi
gokula-pateḥ premāmṛtāplāvanāt.
[vaikuṇṭhāj
janito varā madhu-purī tatrāpi rāsotsavād
vṛndāraṇyam
udāra-pāṇi-ramaṇāt tatrāpi govardhanaḥ
rādhā-kuṇḍam
ihāpi gokula-pateḥ premāmṛtāplāvanāt
kuryād
asya virājato giri-taṭe sevāṁ vivekī na kaḥ]
[“Superior to the spiritual realm of Vaikuṇṭha
is Mathurā, where Śrī Kṛṣṇa first appears.
Superior to Mathurā is the Vṛndāvana forest where Kṛṣṇa
enjoyed the rasa dance. Better still is Govardhana Hill, which was the
site of even more confidential pastimes of love. But best of all is
Rādhā-kuṇḍa, which is situated at the foot of Govardhana
Hill, and holds the supreme position because it is over-flooded with the nectar
of the highest kind of divine love. Who is acquainted with the science of
devotion who will not aspire for the divine service of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī
at Rādhā-kuṇḍa?”] [Śrī Upadeśamṛta,
9]
The next lower position is Govardhana. We
shall stay there and we shall go from that place to Rādhā-kuṇḍa
and we shall serve our Guru and...
83.11.04.B
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...the tactics and diplomacy of misunderstanding,
misunderstood world, diplomacy. That will trouble us, avoid them. A brāhmaṇa
fails to understand, kṣatriya, vaiśya, but in
ordinary sense a non-read man, an idiot may understand. Idiot not in the sense
of devoid of common sense, but not sharp intelligence. Intellectualism is
disqualification. Jñāna-śūnya-bhakti. Only lobha, liking, affection, love, that is the unit,
attraction, sympathy, all the outcome of the heart. Without brain, animal can
live, is it? But heart is necessary everywhere for life. Nimāi.
_____________________ [?]
Nimāi:
______________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _________________________ [?] Without brain animal
can live, but without heart none can live.
Nimāi: In one sense
they’re brainless, but still they’ve got consciousness inside.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Only intuitive knowledge they follow. No computer to
calculate. Brain is a representation of computer.
Nimāi: They’re
mostly directed by their reflexive action ________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Reflex action, that is intuition, unconsciously they
can work. Intuition can go above brain calculation. There are so many birds and
beasts that can understand that earthquake is coming. But human calculation so
far can’t understand the earthquake will come soon, so far, or any catastrophe
like that.
Nimāi: But still
scientists they admit the knowledge is intuitive basically. Where-from it’s
coming, they cannot show any reason and they have already accepted it to be the
very basis of their scientific research, or all these things. Śrī
Caitanya ______________ [?] consciousness is the basis. ___________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: There are so many things our brain cannot feel,
cannot catch. But so many animals they can get some clue beforehand. Also in
the present current life they can do. But after long and deep research man
cannot find it. Beyond their reason but it is. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
jñāne
prayāsam udapāsya namanta eva, jīvanti san-mukharitāṁ
bhavadīya-vārtām
[sthāne
sthitāḥ śruti-gatāṁ tanu-vāṅ-manobhir, ye
prāyaśo 'jita jito 'py asi tais tri-lokyām]
[Lord Brahmā said to the Supreme Lord
Śrī Kṛṣṇa: “Oh Lord, Oh Unconquerable One, those
devotees who, completely giving up all attempts on the path of jñāna of
attaining the non-differentiated platform known as Brahma by hearing the
transcendental narratives of Your pastimes, which emanates from the lotus
mouths of the mahā-bhāgavat sādhus and pass their lives
by engaging their body, mind and words in pure devotion, easily conquer You
(they easily get Your transcendental association), although You are the most
difficult to attain in the three worlds.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.14.3]
They hatefully reject any attempt in the
intellectual line. Namanta eva. Invite submissive spirit within you. Namanta
eva jīvanti. And in that way like to try to live your life. How to
live life? San-mukharitāṁ bhavadīya-vārtām.
Live the life in association of the topics about You - about the Lord. Of
course, san-mukharitāṁ, not any topics about the Lord, but it
must come from a genuine source, ye prāyaśo.
Jñāne
prayāsam udapāsya namanta eva, jīvanti san-mukharitāṁ
bhavadīya-vārtām, sthāne sthitāḥ.
It does not matter what position at present
he holds. Śruti-gatāṁ tanu-vāṅ-manobhir. But
he’s attending that expressions of the good association must be of genuine
type. Śruti-gatāṁ tanu-vāṅ-manobhir. By
thought, deed and word. Wholesale, with wholehearted tendency, he must try to
attain the news given by the agents of the divinity. ____________ [?] ye
prāyaśo. Then only with that method, Oh Unconquerable! - You are
conquered. Only through that process! Sthāne sthitāḥ
śruti-gatāṁ tanu-vāṅ-manobhir ye prāyaśo
'jita jito 'py asi tais tri-lokyām. In these three planes of life, You
are found to be conquered by them only in that process, who wholeheartedly
attain the teachings of Your divine agents. Wholeheartedly! By thought, word,
and deed, then they can conquer You, Who is otherwise invincible.”
This is the path of realisation recommended
by Bhāgavatam. Kṛṣṇa.
śreyaḥ
sṛtiṁ bhaktim udasya te vibho, kliśyanti ye
kevala-bodha-labdhaye
teṣām
asau kleśala eva śiṣyate, nānyad yathā sthūla-tuṣāvaghātinām
[“My dear Lord, devotional service unto You
is the only auspicious path. If one gives it up simply for speculative
knowledge or the understanding that these living beings are spirit souls and
the material world is false, he undergoes a great deal of trouble. He only
gains troublesome and inauspicious activities. His endeavours are like beating
a husk that is already devoid of rice. One’s labour becomes fruitless.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.14.4] & [Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā,
22.22]
Śreyaḥ
sṛtiṁ bhaktim udasya. The only way of devotion, rejected by whom? Kliśyanti
ye kevala-bodha- labdhaye. When wants to have clear conception of You, Oh
Lord. Teṣām asau kleśala eva. Their attempts ended only
in useless attempts, or energising. Only pain is the consequence of their
endeavour. Nānyad yathā sthūla-tuṣāvaghātinām.
Just as those that labour much to get out rice from the husk. No paddy, only
husk, the cover, and they’re trying their best to press that husk to take out
rice from there.
So, jñāna is the heart’s cover,
it is outer aspect, this energy and knowledge, outer aspect. The substance, the
rice, is devotion, is love. That is tasteful thing within. Jñāna-karma
anavṛtam. Other things are mere covers, but things within the cover
is the tasteful. Satyam-śivam-sundaram. Sundaram is the
reality, anāndam is the reality, and all else is outer cover. If we
make too much with the cover we cannot get the substance within. Then our life
is ultimately disappointment.
naiṣkarmyam
apy acyuta-bhāva-varjitaṁ, na śobhate jñānam alaṁ
nirañjanam
kutaḥ
punaḥ śaśvad abhadram īśvare, na cārpitaṁ
karma yad apy akāraṇam
[“Knowledge of self-realisation, even though
free from all material affinity, does not look well if devoid of a conception
of the Infallible (God). What, then, is the use of fruitive activities, which
are naturally painful from the very beginning and transient by nature, if they
are not utilised for the devotional service of the Lord?”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.5.12]
Naiṣkarmyam
apy acyuta-bhāva-varjitaṁ. Those that are suffering from hard labour, they want
to get rest, naturally. To live the life they’re to depend on labour, and that
is thought as useless and undesirable - labour and to live. If I have to live,
then I must labour. That is a dishonourable life. So, generally, people’s
aspiration is how to live a life without labour? Naiṣkarmyam. They’re
in search of naiṣkarmya, rest, peaceful life of rest, not the
servant of labour. Naiṣkarmyam apy acyuta-bhāva-varjitaṁ na
śobhate. If they possibly can get it to certain extent, without the
connection of Acyuta, that it is not estimated as a good gain, a successful
life, mere retirement. Mere retirement in renunciation, that is also considered
not to be fulfilment in anyone’s life. Na śobhate jñānam alaṁ
nirañjanam. Though in that stage, no contamination of death and birth, and
disease and infirmity; still, that cannot be considered to be a very fine life.
Kutaḥ punaḥ śaśvad abhadram īśvare, na
cārpitaṁ karma yad apy akāraṇam. Then what to speak
about this karma, work, labour, which is not done for the satisfaction
of Kṛṣṇa? That is labour which is already held in a
condemnable position, insulting position. Even that higher position of perfect
rest is not considered to be a happy position, what to speak of this laborious
life.
So which can give fulfilment to both the
labour and rest, that is Kṛṣṇa, the harmonising principle of
both. If you do for Kṛṣṇa, serve Kṛṣṇa, the
labour also converted into gold, no longer iron. And if the rest, that is
renunciation, that is also in the relativity of devotion, divine service, that
has value, otherwise not. This is the speciality of the Bhāgavat’s teaching,
always trying to put the conception of divine love, sentiment, feeling, above
our intellectualism and mastery over energy. The master of power and the master
of knowledge, if devoid of the master of love they have got no value. On the
other hand, devoid of these two, if it is possible to enter into the area of
love, his life is successful. His movement is no longer considered as labour
and is sambandha-jñāna, this is knowledge about the paraphernalia,
who is who. That is not within the jurisdiction of any knowledge that we can
get by research. Conduct research into the scientific condition into the
nature, not like that. It is fulfilled in itself.
And Devaṛṣi Nārada came to
Vedavyāsa to recommend that, “You must introduce this very clearly in your
present book. You have dealt previously with different aspects of knowledge and
work, but it is not so clear. So now very clearly and definitely you will have
to describe independent of all them, the success of life is there in the full
form without the help of knowledge, as well as energy.”
Our reinstating is possible, reinstating
ourselves to our lost wealth, that is possible independent of this sort of
search, only break the seal. Bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś. Break
the seal of the fort of the ego, and then the natural flow will come and
recognise, and have its own thing automatically. Such arrangement is there. So
to come home you will have not to take the guidance of any director, or you
won’t feel any tedious labour in journey. You will be carried by your natural
affection, independent of your external guidance. It can know his own soil, the
plane can understand its own soil, a natural gift of attraction. No scientific
search is necessary for that, the automatic attraction, that will bring you
there, home.
Bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś,
chidyante sarva-saṁśayāḥ. Rather, you
will be able to put a stop to your intellectualism, intellectual ambition and
aspiration. It is unnecessary. It is wild goose chasing. It will never help me
in reaching my goal. You will reject that. Chidyante sarva-saṁśayāḥ.
There will be no room of any suspicion at all. A natural selection, infallible,
natural, home selection is there. Try to find out that natural thing not
acquired, not as the result of any long programme, fulfilling, fighting, war,
all these things, quite natural. Only the artificialism in you, that is to be
removed. That is to be bid adieu for all.
Bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś,
chidyante sarva-saṁśayāḥ, kṣīyante cāsya
karmāṇi.
The reactions so long you acquired in your false journey, that will evaporate
out of itself. No problem! No problem! It is such. So karma has no
reaction and no necessity of finding or discovering a new invention, all these
things. Progressive knowledge, civilisation, all redundant. Home selection is
such. A child can know its mother, a calf also, there are so many cows, yet a
calf runs to its own mother. Something like centre, something like natural
guidance. Anyhow you go, not much trouble, not much investigation, nor
experiment, nor suspicion, nor clearance of that. Automatic, natural, happy,
spontaneous life flow, movement, the interest is love. Love is such,
independent of anything it can remain, love, affection, the innermost substance
in the existence is such.
To live, dive into reality they say, dive
deep into reality and you find your home there. You are a child of that soil,
quite comfortable. That is Bhāgavatam and Mahāprabhu. And that
is not a very meagre and abstract, hazy thing, but that is the most intense and
reality is that.
Mahāprabhu showed in His character how
much intensely He searched for Kṛṣṇa. And how intensely He
engaged Himself deeply in that līlā of Kṛṣṇa,
ignoring so many facts concrete in the outside world. Forgetting everything, despising
everything which is so important to us. So many functions, so many duty
considerations, all are neglected and how deeply and intensely He engaged
Himself in Kṛṣṇa līlā. Diving deep into it,
captured His whole heart so intensely that externally He was found helpless;
jumping into the ocean, crossing the wall, coming to the Jagannātha temple
unknowingly. What sort of deep attraction for that Reality, Jagannātha? We
see the Vigraha, the wooden form of Jagannātha. But how could He see? Tears
running down incessantly filling up so many small pits, one after another, pits
are being filled by the tears. What does He see? What is the depth of His
vision? Is He seeing the wooden form of Jagannātha that we see? What is He
to see? How He is feeling? What intensity is in Him?
yā
niśā sarva-bhūtānāṁ, [tasyāṁ
jāgarti saṁyamī
yasyāṁ
jāgrati bhūtāni, sā niśā paśyato muneḥ]
[“While spiritual awareness is like night
for the living beings enchanted by materialism, the self-realised soul remains
awake, directly relishing the divine ecstasy of his uninterrupted spiritual
intelligence. On the contrary, the wakefulness of materialistic persons
addicted to sense enjoyment is night for the self-realised person who is
completely indifferent to such pursuits. The realised souls, indifferent to the
mundane, are ever joyful in the divine ecstatic plane, while the general mass
is infatuated by fleeting mundane fancies devoid of spiritual joy.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
2.69]
So this is all night to Him. Our day world
was really night to Him, and what was night to us that was a very clear day to
Him. He was fully awake there, He showed by His example, forgetfulness of this
apparent interesting world. And what we think imagination, superstition, deeply
diving there, He showed by His own characteristic and nature, own example, own
practices, that how sweet, how capturing is the life of a devotee in the
internal world of reality.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari
bol. Mahāprabhu.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura
Hari bol. Mahāprabhu.
Bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś,
chidyante sarva-saṁśayāḥ, kṣīyante cāsya
karmāṇi, dṛṣṭa evātmanīśvare.
And mayi dṛṣṭe
'khilātmani. [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 1.2.21 &
11.20.30]
“When they find Me everywhere, solution
finished!”
He’s there. What my duty will be there? The
Director, the All-dispensing officer is there. He can make or mar everything.
He’s there. What I shall feel is my duty towards that thing? So all ties
dissolved, no duty. But still I find some inclination in discharging the duty
for Him to help Him. To help Him, He’s such. And that is our own reward. Not
that He wants it. Without my help in discharging duty or service towards Him He
will be undone, or He’ll be imperfect, not that. My fulfilment is there, and no
want of accommodation, no bankruptcy there. He can give us engagement, any
number of engagements we can get there for our interests. He’s all right.
Without my help He can go, He can do. It is not for that purpose. But for my fulfilment
I want that connection of Infinite. My service won’t add something to that, but
I will be happy in the highest sense. He’s there. Everywhere is He. So my
responsibility is to do good to the work, but still they come at His
inspiration, His guidance.
“Comes to the world to say about Me. Try to
recruit them for their fulfilment of life. Not for My necessity. My necessity
is that they’re suffering.”
Para-duḥkha
duḥkhī. There is such a
conception of life that one has got no pain of his own, but still he has got
some pain for others. That is also within him, but not concerning his own self,
but concerning the pain of the outside. Such pain is also existing. Dāsa
Goswāmī says about Sanātana Goswāmī. Para-duḥkha-duḥkhī. “You Sanātana, you Gurudeva, came to help me
because you could not tolerate my pain in your heart. So you came to deliver me
from my difficulty. But you have no pain for yourself. You are perfectly in the
safest position.”
[vairāgya-yug
bhakti-rasaṁ prayatnair, apāyayam mām anabhipsum andham
kṛpāmbudhir
yaḥ para-duḥkha-duḥkhī, sanātanaṁ
taṁ prabhum āśrayāmi]
[“I surrender unto Śrī
Sanātana Goswāmī, the Ācārya of sambandha-jñāna.
He is an ocean of mercy and is always unhappy to see the sufferings of others.
Although I was blind, in the darkness of ignorance, he gave me the light of
transcendental knowledge. He taught me the real meaning of detachment and made
me drink the highest nectarine rasa of divine love.”] [Vilāpa-kuṣumāñjali,
6] &[Bhāgavatam, 5.18.12,
purport]
What is that safest position? Not to care
anything for him but Kṛṣṇa. That is the highest position
showed by the gopīs. “If necessary I can contract eternal hell for
my whole life for the satisfaction of Kṛṣṇa.” The most
desperate position, of self-forgetfulness for Kṛṣṇa. No pain
or pleasure for them, still they’re found to be in severe pain in separation of
Kṛṣṇa. Acintya-bhedābheda. Not for his own
account, but for Kṛṣṇa’s concern. That knowledge, that
position, that friendly connection with Kṛṣṇa, that is
intolerable to them. That is intolerable, vipralambha, bhedābheda.
But, the characteristic is this, peculiar, that that pain, that is external,
but internally they feel great pleasure, satisfaction.
Here, just as in the opposite world of
exploitation, apparently robbing things we find satisfaction, superficially.
But there is underground some suspicions that the result won’t be very good,
the reaction will come to attack me underground. Superficially we may feel.
America conquered Japan, or the world, by
atom bomb. Superficially they enjoyed the pleasure of defeating the world. But
that is apparent. Internally the apprehension is there, reaction may come. For
such a disastrous action, it is self-condemned. It is not human. Similarly, our
victory on the surface, that cannot eliminate the apprehension within for the
reaction, it cannot be satisfied. In demonic stage, it can absolve to certain
extent for ignorance, but pain is there. As much as sensibility, doing heinous
action to another, the pain is with that. But there in the Kṛṣṇa
conception, just the opposite.
bahye viṣajvāla
haya, bhitare ānandamāya, kṛṣṇa premara adbhuta
carite
[“The wonderful characteristic of divine
love of Kṛṣṇa is that although externally, it works like
fiery lava, internally it is like sweet nectar that fills the heart with the
greatest joy.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 2.50]
Here also in the world we find so many
persons they gave their life for helping others. But they spent all their
energy and money for the good of the others, so many examples. And they’re
outwardly leading a poor life, but internally at mind they’re happy. Externally
leading poor life but internally happy.
So also in Kṛṣṇa
conception, those that are wholly given to Kṛṣṇa, externally
they may be seen to feel pain of separation of Kṛṣṇa, and so
many other things. But internally they’re in touch with absolute joy. They have
done right things. Quality is of the highest degree, the quality and the joy is
of the highest type. Everything for Kṛṣṇa, Reality is for
Itself. “I am for Himself. I am in the finest harmony.” No hitch, no
possibility of any hitch of a dislocated anomaly, smoothly going on, pleasure,
no pain, but something natural, peace found in them. “The sweetest songs are
those that tell of saddest things.”
[“Our sincerest
laughter with some pain is fraught;
Our sweetest
songs are those that tell of saddest thought.”]
[The English
Romantic poet, Percy Bysshe Shelley, 1792-1822]
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura
Hari. What is pain and what is pleasure? That is to be understood. External
pain by which we are captured, but that is not real pain. Internal pain,
plenary pain is real pain. So plenary, fundamental pleasure is real pleasure
which is very eager in its turn to carry pleasure to you, but you do not care
for them.
bhaktis tvayi
sthiratarā bhagavan yadi syād, daivena nah phalati divya-kiśora-mūrttiḥ
muktih svayaṁ
mukulitānjali sevate 'smān, dharmārtha-kāma-gatayaḥ
samaya-pratīkṣāḥ
Bilvamaṅgala Ṭhākura he
sings this for bhakti. “Devotion, you are of such magnanimous nature. If
anyhow we can have your least favour, then muktī, the salvation,
that will...
[...wait to serve us with open arms. What to
speak of muktī, even dharma, artha, and kāmawill be waiting
far, far away for whenever their calling bell is sounding. Then, they will rush
to our feet saying, ‘What do you want?’”] [Śrī Kṛṣṇa
Karnāmṛtam, 107]
83.11.04.C ?
83.11.04.D
[Same as 83.11.04.A_83.11.05.A]
83.11.05.B_83.11.06.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That is the strategy of remaining in the relativity
of the highest quarter of service of Kṛṣṇa.
pūjāla
rāgapaṭha gaurava bāṅge [mattala sādhu-jana viṣaya
range]
[“The path of divine love is worshippable to
us and should be held overhead as our highest aspiration.”]
[Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta
Saraswatī Ṭhākura]
He wanted us
to teach in that way. So he ordered that a cottage should be built in
Govardhana.
“I shall live
there. And from there - I’m not fit to live in Rādhā-kuṇḍa,
I’m little lower - but my Gurus, Gaurakiśora Bābājī, Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura, and others, they’re
fit to serve there. We shall go and serve them and come in the next lower
position and there we shall stay.”
To maintain
the subjective position in the subjective world that is a tactic, tact. Otherwise, if we think we’re
in the highest quarter, that will vanish from us. Only from a little down, with
respectable eye, we can have the vision. And whenever we think that we’re
there, it is nowhere, it is the nature. So at respectable distance we can have
a look of that thing. That is a peculiar principle. If you look straight you
lose, but if you try to look at it with some screen, or any other hiding place,
then you can see. A peculiar type of posing of seeing, or coming in contact
with the thing of the highest order.
vicakṣaṇa
kari’, dekhite [cāhile haya, haya ākhi-agocara]
[Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura
said: “Suddenly a flash came, but when I tried to see that, it disappeared. It
was withdrawn.”]
If you like to see it, to contact with it
direct, then it will vanish from your experience, from your look. Ha, ha, ha,
ha. Espionage, through spy you can know things of the enemy land but not
direct. Ha, ha, ha. They can’t come in direct connection, but through spy you
can, something like that. Espionage. If you go to know direct it is impossible,
something like that. Hare Kṛṣṇa. So become spy, only from
behind the screen you can handle, interfere, but not direct. Things are such.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Devotee:
_______________________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: So that is the eternal position of the jīva-śakti?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The land is such. Kṛṣṇa is also
playing like that, something like a thief. The play in that particular order
and there, in that way, we can have the highest experience of the ontological
truth. By chance, as if by chance, ontological truth comes to us. He accepts us
suddenly we can find Him. He’s Absolute, He’s autocrat, He’s independent.
Whenever whimsically He comes to give His connection to me, then I can have
that. It is never within my clutches. So through the, it won’t come directly
within my control, by nature. But the highest position, to have Him in closer
connection, has been devised by the devotees in that way. Because by nature
He’s not a thing to come direct within my control, always above. So by this
system we can come to the highest realisation.
In the highest order in the līlā
of Rādhā-Govinda, Rādhārāṇī’s always bhāma.
Kṛṣṇa asks Her to do something, “No, I won’t do that.” And
this has been accepted as the highest mood of the negative side. “I won’t.”
Whatever He will want, to deny that. That is bhāma-bhāva and
Rādhārāṇī’s full of that nature, and that enhances
the eagerness, earnestness of Kṛṣṇa. So the whole thing is a
crooked one. And this is the way recommended for the poorest to come in contact
with the highest. It is a wonderful device. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Direct transaction, clear, face to face
transaction, is absent there. Everything is stealing, all stealthily performed.
And there you’ll be gainer, like black marketing. In the highest area, in the
area of autocracy that is wholly black marketing. Aprākṛta, aprākṛta-vāt,
just similar to the lowest conception of things, the highest is that. Autocracy
is considered to be the lowest in our present living, we can’t tolerate, but
autocracy is there. So, aprākṛta, the highest quarter of the
transcendental world which can harmonise with everything which is considered to
be of the lowest type, all harmonised. That is the beauty, the beauty, what is
undesirable, what is nasty, what is bad, that is harmonised in such a way that
that gives the highest position. The harmony, the harmonious strength is so
much there. His peculiar position is so much there where the lowest has proved
to be the highest by His magical touch. Because He’s there, no dirt is dirt,
that is purest. His magical touch means that. The Kṛṣṇa
consciousness, the touch of Kṛṣṇa, the Beauty of the highest
order, just as the touch-stone, whether one wants not only silver to make it
gold, but iron, lead, anything of the lowest order, that may be turned into
gold. The touch-stone is so powerful. The lowest type of everything of our
conception gets the highest position by the magical touch of that wonderful
substance, and He’s Kṛṣṇa, He’s Kṛṣṇa. All
the dirty things coming in contact with Him, harmonised in such a way that
holds the highest position. The highest centre is so wonderfully powerful, or
whatever you’ll like to say.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Ha, ha. [Raghunātha] Dāsa
Goswāmī says: “If you are not up to mark to accept this as truth,
then you’ll be thrown down into paravyoma. Go and live there where
there’s the general law and rules, fair dealings, go there. Go down to the land
of fair dealings.” Ha, ha, ha, ha. “Vaikuṇṭha, there are simple
dealings there, you can calculate and go on veneration.”
But this most diplomatic position, even
Brahmā, Mahādeva, they’re all bewildered to know.
Brahmā confessed: “How I can know that
a cowboy with the rod in His armpit and taking His morsel with His friends in a
one pot giving in the mouth, and going in search in the forest, and He’s the
highest? How can I know?” Brahmā says: “I have got some intimacy with my
father, Nārāyaṇa. Sometimes whenever any difficulty I approach
Him to get some instruction and do accordingly. But I have not come in
connection with any Supreme Power of such nature. A cowboy in one dish taking
food with His friends and with a rod in His armpit He’s going in search for
cows and He’s the highest? So now I see that You are far above than my father
Nārāyaṇa. That is fair field we can know but these most tactful
and obscure diplomacy we have never experienced any time that this is in the
highest quarter. How? We should not be blamed for that. Wonderful, obscure.”
“Full many a
gems of purest ray serene
The dark
unfathomed caves of ocean bear;
Full many a
flower is born to bare unseen,
To lose its
sweetness in the desert air.”
(Thomas Gray’s Elegy
in a Country Churchyard )
There may be unknown quarter, there may be
so much wealth and so much sweetness unknown to us.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
To find our highest Mastership, our Lordship, as a thief, what peculiarity. Who
is the Master of everything, He’s a thief. Ha, ha, ha, ha, ha. Everything in
Whose possession He comes as a debauch. Everything belongs to Him, but He’s
playing the part of a debauch. All wonderful. He’s a thief, everything belongs
to Him and He behaves as a thief, as one of us. A peculiar plane, all equal,
superior also, father, mother. Mother whipping and He’s weeping, mother
whipping and the Lord weeping. A peculiar type of līlā,
pastimes. The bhakti, here is bhakti. Where is bhakti ?
What is the symptom of pure devotion? Where the highest authority is submissive
to the servant, there is devotion. Devotion to be located there where the
Master is subservient to the servant. That peculiar power of devotion is to be
found there. Bhakta- parārdhīno.
[ahaṁ
bhakta-parārdhīno, hy asvatantra iva dvija
sādhubhir grasta-hṛdayo,
bhaktair bhakta-jana-priyaḥ]
[The Lord tells Durvāsā: “I am the
slave of My devotees; I have no freedom apart from their will. Because they are
completely pure and devoted to Me, My heart is controlled by them, and I reside
always in their hearts. I am dependent not only on My devotees, but even on the
servants of My devotees. Even the servants of My devotees are dear to Me.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
9.4.63]
The highest has been forcibly taken down to
serve the devotees, His servants. A peculiar power of devotion, devotion means
this. Kṣetra-hari prema bhajana. The last acquisition of devotion
is this, that that can control the Supreme Lord and forcibly take Him to the
devotee as a friend, as a friendly servant. The Master submits and surrenders
to the servant, a peculiar thing that is there. So what more we can expect?
The Infinite is at the disposal of the
finite. So much to say. Can we conceive? And that is done stealthily in various
diplomatic ways. So finite has got its supreme most unthinkable position, that
the Infinite is coming to serve him, the finite. The most glorious unthinkable
position a finite can have, unthinkable that the Infinite is at the disposal of
the finite. What is this? Impossible, this impossible can be effected by
devotion, rāga, love. Love is such a powerful, unthinkable jewel.
It is impossible, the Infinite’s defeat to finite. What is that unthinkable
position? It can be attained through love only. Love. So how adorable and how
precious and valuable the love is. And to acquire a drop of that, what
sacrifice we should do? Nothing is bigger. To acquire a drop of that divine
love, no sacrifice is sufficient, is enough. Die to live. So wholesale death is
adorable life. It is the impossible of the impossible.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. And
Mahāprabhu came to give you that. And who is He? How magnanimous is He? He
Himself is in that position, He has come to us begging from door to door.
“Enlist your name to purchase that thing.” He came as a canvasser from door to
door. “Enlist your name. I have come to recruit for that highest quarter where
the Infinite will be slave to the finite. And that valuable thing, a drop take,
from the land.” It is the impossible of the impossible. Is it possible? Ha, ha.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari
bol. Gaura Hari bol.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari
bol. Gaura Hari bol.
Inconceivable of the inconceivable.
Nitāi. Nitāi. Nitāi.
Nitāi. Nitāi. Nitāi. Nitāi. Nitāi. Nitāi.
Nitāi. Nitāi.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. So I close
here.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Jaya. Jaya Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda Paramahaṁsa Parivrājakācārya Aṣṭottara-śataŚrī
Śrīmad Bhakti Rakṣaka
ŚrīdharaDeva Goswāmī Mahārāja kī jaya!
Devotees: Jaya.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī Goswāmī Prabhupāda kī jaya!
Devotees: Jaya.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Śrīpād A.C.
Bhaktivedānta Swāmī Mahārāja kī jaya!
Devotees: Jaya.
...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...that is also a peculiar plane of the conception
of the Infinite. I heard once said by a servant of a Vaiṣṇava that
it is the sweet will of his Guru, our Gaura Kiśora Dāsa
Bābājī Mahārāja, to live as long as he likes, it is
his sweet will. The basis is that what Vaiṣṇava wills, Kṛṣṇa
sanctions that without any hesitation. So we take it what a Vaiṣṇava
wills that is absolute. Sometimes there is a line of understanding in this way.
That is to find the Infinite in every part of it. Every part represents the
whole, that is a peculiar nature of Infinite. What a servant wills, we can take
it for certain that it’s Kṛṣṇa’s will and it cannot be
violated. In that sense that Infinite represents Himself fully in every part of
it in His own zone.
So from there, this expression, “As you have
kept Me I am so.” Ha, ha. This line of thought originates from this conviction.
Mutually. A Vaiṣṇava says to another Vaiṣṇava, “As You
like, I am like that. As You have kept I am so and so.” The fashion, the
etiquette is like that, and the truth behind is like that in the ontological
calculation. What a Vaiṣṇava wills Kṛṣṇa wills
accordingly, and what Kṛṣṇa wills then it is Absolute, in
this way. “As you have kept Me I am so and so.” The background of such
statement is like that. Kṛṣṇa. The Vaiṣṇava
commands Kṛṣṇa, His will. Every part of the Absolute is
Absolute. Ha, ha, ha. He’s so.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari.
Gaura Hari. His parivasa. Kṛṣṇa.
Nitāi Gaura Hari. Nitāi Gaura Hari
bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Mahārāja. In this regard, sometimes you
say the Vaiṣṇava Guru has two aspects. His own adhikāra and
level of attainment and capacity, and the inspired side of the Vaiṣṇava
is the Guru.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. With his personal and delegated power, two
sides. Inspired side, that is inspiration given by Kṛṣṇa.
Just as an officer, a private man, and the man in the service. A District
Magistrate, or a Captain, General, anyone, his personal capacity and his
official capacity, in this way the difference. As delegated power as
representative of Kṛṣṇa, he talks in a way of official style.
But independent of that he’s a person and he’s very humble. “I’m nothing.” In
that way, niṣkiñcana.
“Everyone is delivered from the sinful
world, only with the exception of me.” Narottama Ṭhākura says.
“Mahāprabhu came and delivered the whole world. All the fallen souls
delivered, save and except myself.” tuwa narottama aloila bhadi jagat udhar he
jalu e avatari [?] “In this incarnation the whole sinful world is absolved,
only with the exception of my most fallen soul.”
That is a sort of feeling in them as regards
personal position. Kavirāja Goswāmī he says, Purīṣera
kīṭa haite muñi sei laghiṣṭha [“I am so mean, lower
even than the worm in stool.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Ādi-līlā, 5.205] And when he’s in the office, official side:
“This is the truth what I say and there is nothing to concern it.
Whoever does not care for this is doomed.” Kavirāja Goswāmī, the
man who says, “I am the worst of the worms in the stool. A greater sinner than
even the Jagāi and Madhāi etc.,” he says, “That Mahāprabhu’s
Avatāra is doing such and such magnanimous work. If anyone misses this chance
he’s gone forever.”
[pāiyā
mānuṣa janma, ye nā śune gaura-guṇa, hena janma
tāra vyartha haila
pāiyā
amṛtadhunī, piye viṣa-garta-pāni,] janmiyā se kene
nāhi maila
[“Anyone who attains a human body but does
not take to the cult of Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu is baffled in
his opportunity. Amṛtadhunī is a flowing river of the nectar
of devotional service. If after getting a human body one drinks the water in a
poison pit of material happiness instead of the water of such a river, it would
be better for him not to have lived, but to have died long ago.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Ādi-līlā, 13.123]
“Who loses this chance, what is the good of
his living? It would rather have been better if he’d died immediately after his
birth. He could not take the chance of human life in such a great magnanimous
opportunity.” In this way he’s asserting. Personal capacity who thinks himself
even worse than a worm in the stool, in official capacity his statement is so
courageous. That those who have not accepted the grace of this great
magnanimous incarnation of the Lord, his position is the worse type of suicidal
person. Pāiyā amṛtadhunī, piye viṣa-garta-pāni.
There is the flow of the nectar, and neglecting that he’s drinking the water of
a poisonous pit. In the poisonous pit there is water and that he’s drinking,
leaving the flow of the nectar. Janmiyā se kene nāhi maila.
That is so worthless, useless and unfortunate. This strong assertion, from
whom? Who thinks himself independently of his inspiration that, “I am worse
than a worm in the stool.”
So two sides, one inspired by Kṛṣṇa,
and another taken away from that grace of Kṛṣṇa. Two types of
personality we find. As a servant of the Vaiṣṇava, that is in the
official function in the office of Kṛṣṇa. Doing something, in
charge in his duty, that is one personality. “I have got this responsibility to
do from the higher. So like a District Magistrate I must do it.” In this way.
Two-fold functions we see, one personal, another official, in the service of
the Lord. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Mahārāja. One question here. We’ve got Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam
published by Tridaṇḍi Śrī Bhakti Prajnan Yati
Mahārāja. And in the introduction, the beginning, he has written a
statement here. He says, “Fallen, fallen, still fallen am I. Who else except
Śrī Gaura Hari’s mercy embodiment, Śrī Nityānanda’s
other self, Gurudeva. His Divine Grace Śrīmad Bhakti Vilāsa
Tīrtha Goswāmī Mahārāja, who is none other but Bimala
Mañjarī. He has operated on my eyes with the collyrium.
oṁ
ajñāna-timirāndhasya jñānāñjana-śalākayā,
[cakṣur unmilitaṁ yena, tasmai śrī-gurave namaḥ]
[“I was blind in the darkness of ignorance
but my Spiritual Master applied the ointment of proper spiritual knowledge and
thus opened my eyes. Unto him I offer my respectful obeisances.”]
This line, so...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Then?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Then he says, “I record the fact that one day in a spiritual vision my divine
master commanded me to follow him and soon I could see myself present along
with him at an enchanting dalliance of the Rasa-Rāja and
Mahābhāva at that transcendental sportive land of Vraja. What a
marvellous sight. But soon, I lost myself in ecstatic rapture. Alas! I lost the
vision and lamented so bitterly when my divine master, once again appearing
before me, behested me to penetrate upon Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam
and commissioned me...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What is the next? I could not follow.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
He had a vision of Rasa-Rāja and Mahābhāva in Vraja. “And after
some time I lost that vision and lamenting, again my Divine Master came,
Gurudeva appeared and ordered me to take this task, take up this work of Śrīmad-Bhāgavata
_________________ [?] translate Bhāgavata.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And I am engaged by special request after coming
down from the highest position.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Yes. So we feel a little difficult.
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: Question _______ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Question _________________________ [?] is this your
question?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: He’s posing in this way, the Bhāgavata ______________________
[?] our Gurudeva Bimala Mañjarī _____________________ [?]
Rādhā-Govinda Rasa-Rāja Mahābhāva
________________________________
[?] must be of perfect nature, most perfect nature, that is the
__________________
[?] What is the purpose underlying? But what I say, that is perfect and
infallible. After getting the perfect vision by the grace of my Gurudeva, by
his special request I have come down and I am explaining Bhāgavatam.
So you should be taken as the highest angle of vision. ________ [?] Is it true
[?]
________________________________
[?] How far this is true? ___________ [?] Is it?
Devotees: Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That how far we can accept this as true?
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: _____________________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Itihāsa, history.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
He’s recording history.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What I avoided in case of our Goswāmī
Mahārāja. So many things what I know, but if I say it will create
havoc. Ha, ha, ha. __________________ [?] So far I know in this connection that
when __________________ [?]
Śrīla
Guru Mahārāja: It is confidential, something.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Right. We just want to know for ourselves
Mahārāja.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
That can be taken off also.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: But when [Śrīpād
Bhakti Vilās]Tīrtha Mahārāja, that is Kuñja Bābu
at that time,
Kuñja Bābu we considered himself to be the co-founder of this
Institution, Gauḍīya Maṭh Mission. But sometimes we are told
that for the financial difficulty he had to accept a service in the war field
in Mesopotamia in the First Great War. The staff, he was working in the Post
Office, then the clerks who took the risk of going to the war field they could
get a big remuneration. So he accepted that service and went, risking his
person, to that place. And it was told that for financial difficulty, to meet
the expenditure of the Mission he was compelled to do so for greater
remuneration.
At
that time Prabhupāda found himself...
83.11.06.B_83.11.07.A
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...of the administration, management. Our Guru
Mahārāja was of ontological nature, of sannyāsī, and
not very practical to meet so many persons for preaching purpose, etc., of
secluded nature. So he felt himself too much disturbed by the absence of
[Śrīpād Bhakti Vilās] Tīrtha Mahārāja. At
that time he was very much disturbed in his heart and expressed some of his
internal relationship with Kuñja Bābu.
There is a
letter and it was published, that letter of Prabhupāda. There we find that
Prabhupāda says, he gives his own identification as Nayana-maṇi
Mañjarī. “I am a young girl. Nayana-maṇi Mañjarī is my name. Vṛṣabhānu-nandinī,
the Rādhārāṇī, likes me very much and She always
tries to keep me just before Her eyes. But I am not very able, expert in
discharging my duties. But Bimala Mañjarī can help me to do my quota of
service, even by Rādhārāṇī. But at present that
Bimala Mañjarī has become apathetic towards Rādhārāṇī
and left me. ____________________________________________ [?] So I’m not able
to discharge my little quota of duty that is expected from me by
Rādhārāṇī.”
That this
formula, this is a formula, according to which one will try to find his real highest
aim of realisation, travelling through this path. It is couched in such a way.
So from there we know, Bimala, that was the name of Prabhupāda,
Bimalānanda, Bimala Prasād. So from his name, connected with his
name, Kuñja Bābu was given the name of Bimala Mañjarī. And he was
expert in doing the external side of the duty, and Prabhupāda, he with his
help could satisfy, or satisfactorily discharge his own duty as wanted by
Rādhārāṇī. Or as he saw it, Her, in Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura.
This is a kind of posing formula. Following this we are to reach to our goal.
From there we can, we know, that Bimala Mañjarī in the internal circle of
service, Kuñja Bābu and he’s in such position.
So taking
that position of his Gurudeva at present, that Yati Mahārāja, he also
conceived him as his servitor and, “That Bimala Mañjarī he must have got a
bona fide position in the higher circle. And by my fervent prayer I came near
him and got some inspiration to do this, to undertake this task. And I am doing
so.” That is what he wants to say here, as far as I understand.
But this is a
formula of the higher type for our realisation. But how far one is practically
doing and how far it will be applied to any particular case, that is to be
determined. One side, the sahajiyā, they have all such formula and
they’re trying to follow this. And we cancel them abhorrently. At another side,
such things are really existing for the lover of truth, cent per cent, and to
approach from his bona fide sincere position of higher devotion. So particular
cases should be dealt whether it can be applied here or there.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: One question arises, that, generally we preach, or
we hear Your Divine Grace say, “That if I have got it, or if I have seen it,
then it is rotten.” Generally such high things are not admitted so openly in
the public. And if a great soul has got such a vibhūti he will not
say such things to the general mass. So this is the only thing which we’re
anxious about.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Yes, correct.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: This is not for advertisement, but to be concealed
like the highest, most precious achievement.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: _____________________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: No. ____________ [?]
...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...that in Prabhupāda’s writings, Anubhāṣya,
or the Bhāgavata _______ [?], we did not find such type of
self-advertisement.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Never. I think at the end of Anubhāṣya,
in a very covered way...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Very covered way.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: In a very hidden way, he mentioned his Gurudeva...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Gaura Kiśora Dāsa Bābājī
Mahārāja, Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Svarūpa Dāmodara, Gadādhāra.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: “But I am a servant of a servant.”
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: But nobody can understand that unless they are
connected with Prabhupāda in the Mission. A general man will read it and
cannot understand the meaning. It looks like poetry.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: In Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura’s Bhāgavata-Arka-Maricimālā,
he says, and it sounds as though Yati Mahārāja has taken from there.
Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura says: “One day, while penetrating deeply on the
meaning of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Svarūpa Dāmodara,
the right-hand personal attendant of Mahāprabhu, came to me in a vision and
said: “You divide into sambandha, abhideya, prayojana, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,”
and give a special explanation of the first verse. So Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura
says: “I did not think it proper to disclose this, but I fear some offence to
my Guru and my superiors if I do not admit it.” So in almost the exact same
language, Yati Mahārāja he is plagiarising, they say in English,
plagiarism.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: “If I do not mention this then I commit some offence
against my Guru.”
Devotees: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So he has got direct order in his inspiration. “That
you give your, you express your position as such, and then you begin this
work.”
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: ________________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura ________________ [?]
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Bhāgavata-Arka-Maricimālā, ekadas
śloka. Janmādy asya yato 'nvayād.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Janmādy asya yato 'nvayād [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.1.1]. A new explanation he has given, drawn from the inspiration of
Svarūpa Dāmodara. And also he has expressed that he gave a new
explanation to a particular śloka of Bhagavad-gītā.
Kṣipram bhavati dharmātmā, [Bhagavad-gītā,
9.31]. In an assembly of Yāmarāja, śabha. But has he
mentioned there his own śakhi, svarūpa, anywhere?
Though he has mentioned it in a song, Kamala Mañjarī, his name, he
expressed. “My name is such, my dress is such, my service is such. That is the
highest position in the service of Rādhārāṇī.” He has
given vent to us.
Yati
Mahārāja has not mentioned his name there?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: No.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: His own name? No.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Sometimes also, Narottama Dāsa Ṭhākura’s
expressing that sort of higher aspiration in his songs.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Bana Mahārāja, also, was expressing his svarūpa,
from long time. And perhaps he has mentioned in some book of his publication.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari bol. This is the Introduction of the
publication of Bhāgavatam?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes. First page. Preface.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: You re-read it again from the very beginning.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Preface. “Fallen, fallen, still fallen am I. Who
else except Śrī Gaura Hari, His mercy embodiment, Śrī
Nityānanda’s other self, Gurudeva, His Divine Grace Śrīmad Bhakti Vilāsa Tīrtha Goswāmī
Mahārāja, who is none but Bimala Mañjarī, eternally waiting upon
the transcendental erotic dalliance...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I find there is a defect. Gaura Hari...
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yeah, Nityānanda...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Nityānanda’s line...
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yeah, this sākhya, mādhurya...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: How is it?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: ________________________ [?] Without asking you we
could not...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Gaura Hari, Nityānanda, by Their Grace you must
go to the line of Rādhārāṇī and then Gurudeva, or
Prabhupāda, then we should come to Bimala Mañjarī. But what does he
say? “Fallen, fallen, fallen as I am...
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: “Still fallen am I. Who else except Śrī
Gaura Hari’s mercy embodiment of Śrī Nityānanda’s other self,
Gurudeva...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Nityānanda’s other self, Śrī
Gurudeva, how there he can find the Bimala Mañjarī?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: This is also a problem.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Then?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: “His Divine Grace Śrīmad Bhakti
Vilāsa Tīrtha Goswāmī Mahārāja, who is none but
Bimala Mañjarī, eternally waiting upon the transcendental erotic
dalliance...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Again go, “Other self...
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: “Who else except Śrī Gaura Hari’s mercy
embodiment of Śrī Nityānanda’s other self, Gurudeva His Divine
Grace Śrīmad Bhakti Vilāsa Tīrtha Goswāmī
Mahārāja, who is none but Bimala Mañjarī, eternally waiting
upon, serving, the transcendental erotic dalliance of Rādhā-Govinda
at Their sportive land of Vraja. Out of his bountiful mercy operated upon my
eyes with the collyrium of intuitive wisdom for having a glimpse of the divine
sport. Although I am the vilest creature.”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: “By His Grace, suddenly I got entrance into that
vision.” Then?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Later, next paragraph. “A vile destitute as I am, a
dwarf as I am, what a foolish gesture to make a high jump to catch the moon. A
poor soul as I am, how could I aspire after the gain of Kṛṣṇa
prema when the Bhāgavata itself at the very outset,
beginning, it says: ‘Him, the sages and gods, are puzzled to know.” Muhyanti
yat sūrayaḥ. “Where angels fear to tread, devils try to
trespass.” Meaning fools rush in where angels fear to tread.
Then in the
next paragraph he tells about his spiritual vision of Rasa-Rāja,
Mahābhāva. “Then how can I, such a fool vouch safe to undertake this
task is a mystery which I felt not proper on my part to disclose as it might be
bringing spiritual conceit. But subsequently I realised that it would be an act
undone to my spiritual Guru which might stand as an obstacle on the path of my
spiritual progress.”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _____________________ [?]“Because it is this duty is
given to me by my Guru, if I do not do then I shall commit offence to my Guru’s
feet. So I am engaged in such bold actions.”
What is that?
He’s approaching to dasama kanda? Or in the beginning of Bhāgavatam?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Beginning of Bhāgavatam.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: ______________________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: You’re finished?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: ____________ [?] “Without any reserve I record the
fact that one day in a spiritual vision my divine master commanded me to follow
him. And soon I could see myself present along with him at an enchanting
dalliance of the Rasa-Rāja and Mahābhāva at that transcendental
sportive land of Vraja. What a marvellous sight. But soon, I lost myself in
ecstatic rapture. Alas! I lost the vision and lamented so bitterly when my
divine master, once again appearing before me, behested me to penetrate upon Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam
and commissioned me to undertake this task. And yet, another one, for the
attainment of final beatitude or summum bonum of my life.”
_____________ Swāmī Mahārāja
_____________________ Gauḍīya-patrikā _____________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _________ [?] Have you seen those points?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: ________________________________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa. Vasudeva Gosh
______________ [?]
...
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: I was thinking it was best for us to concentrate
ourselves on what you are giving to us.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _____________________ [?] that is another thing.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Mahārāja. In the brahmā-vimohana-līlā
after Lord Brahmā offers his prayers to Kṛṣṇa, jñāne
prayāsam udapāsya namanta eva, [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.14.3] and other prayers in appreciation of Kṛṣṇa. Doesn’t
he pray to become situated in Vṛndāvana as a creeper? Does he make a
similar prayer to that of Uddhava?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Did he make?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswām: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Where?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswām: When, after he begins to pray to Kṛṣṇa.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: After Brahma-sthal when Kṛṣṇa is
born, at that time also there is some events of Brahmā with other gods.
Then Brahmā, after this brahmā-vimohana when he stole the
cowboys and the calves, then again he met at Dvārakā. Always he’s
found to be tested, and still, Brahmā is our Mūla-Gurudeva, he’s the
original Guru of our line. And so much so that Mādhvācārya
eliminated that from Bhāgavatam, he could not accept those two
chapters of Bhāgavatam where Brahmā was under illusion,
misunderstanding about Kṛṣṇa. But Mahāprabhu accepted
everything in toto.
Ha, ha. A
very peculiar thing, acintya. Nimāi is very fond of this
expression, acintya bhedābheda. Everything is unintelligible. Our
original Guru he’s perplexed, not only once but thrice. How to accommodate? That
is līlā, to attribute to His līlā,
independent of everything. Sometimes showing that He’s under His servants.
Whatever the servant likes He cannot but do that. And sometimes ignoring.
That is the
spontaneous pastimes of the Absolute. Showing His Absolute submission to
Rādhārāṇī, sometimes ignoring, sometimes She’s
ignoring.
aher iva gatiḥ premṇaḥ,
svabhāva-kuṭilā bhavet [ato hetor ahetoś ca, yūnor
māna udañcati]
[“Just as a
serpent naturally moves in a crooked way, in a zigzag way, the nature of love
is naturally crooked. It is not straight. So the concerned parties quarrel,
sometimes with cause and sometimes without cause, and separation comes.
Separation is necessary for the transcendental pastimes of Rādhā and
Kṛṣṇa.”]
[Ujjvala-nīlamaṇi]
Rūpa
Goswāmī has supplied this basis. When we go to think about the
pastimes of the Absolute, we finite, we’ll have to take this armour. Aher
iva gatiḥ premṇaḥ, svabhāva-kuṭilā bhavet.
Naturally it is crooked, just as the movement of the serpent. A serpent cannot
go straight, but by zigzag way. So the Absolute, the waves that come from Him
are in that way, above all. That characteristic is always maintained, cannot be
taken under any law and rule. With this initial thing we should approach to
study anything and everything about the Absolute. He’s Absolute, and we are
infinitesimal. He’s adhokṣaja.
Once I asked
our Prabhupāda. “Why this difference in the conception of the last part of
Kṛṣṇa līlā between Sanātana and
Rūpa?”
Sanātana
closed in Mathurā and Rūpa took in another stage towards
Dvārakā. Lalitā-Mādhava and Vidagdha-Mādhava,
Vidagdha-Mādhava in Vṛndāvana līlā and Lalitā-Mādhava
in Dvārakā līlā. The same group taken there in
different forms and Sanātana Prabhu he liked to complete in Mathurā
and from Mathurā again, the wheel turning to Vṛndāvana. Nitya-līlā
passing in this way.
(Sudira
prayas ?) in Mathurā, after that long, long separation, again the wheel
changes. In Vṛndāvana they think, “Oh, Nanda, Yaśodā has
got no child.” In this way. “You must have some child.” Some think in this way.
Then, “Oh, yes, Yaśodā will have some child.” In this way. Again,
passing and developing and going to Mathurā, Kaṁsa, and from
Mathurā maṇḍala, not, he took Kṛṣṇa into
Dvārakā.
But Rūpa
Goswāmī took Lalitā as Jāmbavatī,
Rādhārāṇī as Satyabhāmā,
Chandrāvalī as Rukmiṇī, in this way transformation came
somewhat.
I asked this
to Prabhupāda. Prabhupāda simply answered me. “You are going into
details. Why? It has been mentioned as adhokṣaja.” That was his
short answer.
Un-understandable, acintya-niya adhakrta. Everything is not bound
to come within our fist. All Rights Reserved. In that way, that sort of
expectant attitude should always be maintained within us if we like to be in
connection with that plane of thought. Jñāne prayāsam
udapāsya. It is our defect that we want to understand anything and
everything. It may be qualification here, but in relation to the transcendental
truth of the highest order, it is disqualification. Everything we want to know,
the clue of everything, the key of everything we want to have in our
possession. But this is really bar to progress. If we assert in this way, we
rather lose confidence there, and there will be some delay to extend the key to
us. If a servant, getting engagement in his master’s house is very particular
to have the key of the store, very particular, then the master will suspect
him. So that is a type of disease to know anything and everything. That is, the
understanding element in us is enemy to our progress. It is difficult of course
to accept, but still it is so.
Surrender.
What understanding the gopīs had, knowledge from the śāstra,
this or that? Nothing.
Rather what
we understand to be standard purity, knowledge, all these things, they’re
disqualifications in the case of the Absolute pleasure.
You see, Kṛṣṇa,
one day, He suddenly fell ill and became senseless. And in another figure He
came as a physician. “O Yaśodā, your boy is caught by some disease,
is it? I am told by someone.”
“Yes, yes.
Who are you?”
“I’m a
physician and I have come, a mystic physician. I’d like to see your son. What
is His disease?”
“He fainted,
perhaps a headache, all these things.”
Then He told
that, “I can relieve a big disease but I want to cure Him, I can. Only I want
some water, and that water should be taken in a porous pot from the
Yamunā, and only a chaste lady can do that. A chaste girl must take some
water in a porous pot, and then with the help of that I shall give some
medicine and the Boy will come to consciousness immediately.”
Then
Yaśodā was mad to find out who is a chaste lady living in Vṛndāvana.
Then told Jaṭilā and Kuṭilā, Rādhārāṇī’s
mother-in-law and sister-in-law. Jaṭilā was mother-in-law and Kuṭilā
was sister-in-law, husband’s sister. Naturally, they preached about some doubt,
suspicion in the other girls of the gopīs, so generally they’re
considered to be chaste.
So
Yaśodā appealed to Jaṭilā first. “You please go and take
some water.”
“How is it
possible? To fetch water in a porous pot is impossible.”
“No. The
physician says that if she’s really a chaste lady, then she can take water.”
Then Jaṭilā
could not avoid that mad request of Yaśodā...
83.11.07.B
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...Her son is in such condition. Her request was so
intense that she had to go. But could not fetch water because so many pores,
all got away.
Then Kuṭilā
was requested. But she did not venture to approach, seeing the condition of her
mother. Anyhow Yaśodā was so mad in her request that she also could
not avoid that. She had to go to fetch water. But no water comes, all getting
out through the pores. Then what to do?
“Who are in
Vraja, not a chaste girl, a single one? What a horrible thing.”
So that
physician, Kṛṣṇa Himself in the garb of physician, He pointed
out Rādhārāṇī. “I think that She is the chaste
lady. Through Her symptoms I find that She’s chaste. Request Her to
fetch water.”
And at the
request of Yaśodā, Rādhārāṇī could not
avoid. She had to go to fetch water. But She was thinking of Kṛṣṇa.
“It is impossible. If You come to My relief, then only it may be possible,
otherwise it is impossible.”
There is a
portrait we find in the market, that Rādhārāṇī when
She’s dipping the porous pot into the water - Kṛṣṇa, from
within the water He’s pressing, touching the porous pot from within the water.
And
Rādhārāṇī with great suspicion She took out. She
says, “Yes, the water is there.” She took out, and Her maids also, the sakhīs,
she friends, some of them also followed Her. And they’re all astounded to find
She took the water, and the pores are there, but still the water is in the pot.
So took that water. All were astounded. And that water with some fictitious
medicine was put into the Boy, Kṛṣṇa, and Kṛṣṇa
rose.
A tactic to
prove the position of Rādhārāṇī. What is chastity?
This ordinary chastity is not chastity. That is far above, consideration of
chastity there is, all relative. And beyond knowledge, how a porous pot can
contain water. Miracle. The God works wonders. His ways are that of miracle. We
should be prepared for that contact.
All the
knowledge of this world should prove failure, all our experience. So jñāne
prayāsam udapāsya. Deeper vision. Be clear of your past
experiences, drawn from the world of senses, pratyakṣa-jñāna.
You will always try push this knowledge of the mundane world into the
transcendental. You fallen people, your capital is the experience of this
world, of senses. But it won’t do, have any value in that. A new thing. So with
open mind, everything is possible with Him, it is such a world. So all your expectation,
your past experience, no value. Quite open, give up all, purging. Quite new.
It is very
difficult to get out of this superstition of so called truth here. But still
it’s necessary, that anything and everything is possible with Him, with the Master
of impossibles. Possibility, impossibility found in our dictionary. Even
Napoleon wanted to remove the impossible. “Impossibility is found in the
dictionary of fools.” That we’re told was a remark from Napoleon. “Impossible
is a word which is found in the dictionary of fools.” So our dictionary is
fool’s dictionary.
Jñāne prayāsam udapāsya. His play, He’s playing hide-and-seek, perhaps, with
Brahmā, Gurudeva. We may take it in that way. The play of hide-and-seek.
Sometimes He’s defeating, sometimes He’s defeated.
Just as with His friends in the jungle
playing. Kṛṣṇa, Balarāma playing. Generally in the play,
two groups; in one group Kṛṣṇa, and in another group
Balarāma. And Kṛṣṇa was considered to be less strong. So
next strong man, Baladeva was the best among the strong there, the strongest
person, and next was Śrīdāmā. So Śrīdāmāused to come to
the side of Kṛṣṇa. Baladeva one party, Kṛṣṇa
another party, and Śrīdāmāto come to the
side of Kṛṣṇa. And if any time Baladeva is defeated, He was
enraged, He became mad. And Kṛṣṇa, diplomatically, He helped
His own party. And when Baladeva saw that by Kṛṣṇa’s
instruction they’re avoiding His obligation, then Baladeva used to call on Kṛṣṇa,
“I shall punish You.”
“No, You can’t punish me. My mother
Yaśodā she has dedicated Me to Your hand.”
Ha, ha, ha, ha, ha, ha.
One day Baladeva gave a slap, and Kṛṣṇa
told it to Yaśodā.
And Baladeva was very much disturbed in mind
and told, “I have given slap and You complain that to mother? I do not love
You? That only one day I gave a slap and You are complaining of that? What is
this, Kṛṣṇa? How could You do this? Do I not love You then?”
Then Kṛṣṇa was perplexed.
He accepted His defeat.
In this way.
aher iva gatiḥ
premṇaḥ, [svabhāva-kuṭilā bhavet / ato hetor
ahetoś ca, yūnor māna udañcati]
[“Just as a serpent naturally moves in a
crooked way, in a zigzag way, the nature of love is naturally crooked. It is
not straight. So the concerned parties quarrel, sometimes with cause and
sometimes without cause, and separation comes. Separation is necessary for the
transcendental pastimes of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa.”]
[Ujjvala-nīlamaṇi]
The fundamental, the foundation has been
given by Rūpa Goswāmī in this way. Aher iva gatiḥ premṇaḥ,
svabhāva-kuṭilā bhavet. Don’t go to find, don’t be eager to
find out reason everywhere in the pastimes of the Divinity. It is naturally
such. Ato hetor ahetoś ca, yūnor māna udañcati. No party
is defective, but still one party finds defect with another and begins a
quarrel. No defect, but still for the necessity of the līlā,sham
defects, false defects are searched, and with that touch some quarrel begins.
Otherwise līlā means this; what we find here by necessity,
there automatically the flow is like that.
So Brahmā, we won’t try to apply our
reason, the standard of measure at every case. No solution shall be found, and
the easy, taken by the natural touch of that flow of līlā,
what gain we should have got, that will be lost. That will be the result,
consequence. So with submissive attitude, try to have a taste of that thing.
Sometimes it is necessary only for the lower people to canvass, to preach. To
preach to the ordinary people of the class of reason, we are to take the help
of reason. Only for that purpose, śāstra-yukti. But when
automatic, anurāga, śāstra, śāstra-yukti,
both reason and scripture are left in the subterranean position. Śāstra-yukti,
no place of śāstra-yukti. It is up to viddhi-bhakti to
a certain extent. But above that no reins. That is automatic. That is līlā,
that is aher iva gatiḥ premṇaḥ. That is His sweet
will. Sweet will means not a fixed program that it will pass by this road. That
is not sweet will.
I heard from a gentleman, that
Mahārāja of Mysore, when he used to wander into his own town, where
he will go, he did not speak to his driver. Because if the fixed program is
there, then he may be in danger. So whenever coming to the crossing of the road
he put his stick into the driver on a particular shoulder. In the crossing, if
Mahārāja wants to go this side then in the right side he puts the
stick on his driver. So he did not disclose what way he will go, only the last
moment he put the stick, and the driver took that course. He kept in reserve,
his sweet will. Which side he will go, sweet will, he did not leave it formally
to his driver.
So sweet will. We want to search some law
about the sweet will, which is self-inconsistent. One side we shall say it’s
sweet will, another side we shall try to find some law of his movement, of its
movement. That is contradiction. The divine is such. When we shall say it is līlā,
then we can’t give any shape to that. It was shown in a particular case in this
way, but whether today the same course will be taken, we’re not sure of that.
In this particular way it was shown in a particular day, but that does not mean
that every time the same thing will be repeated.
So we find difference in the different līlās
and explanation given that kalpas, Jīva Goswāmī has
given, kalpa-bheda. One time that līlā was played in
this way, another time it was played in that way. So there are differences we
find. And we charge that why somewhere in Padma-Purāṇa it is
mentioned, the līlā, in this way? Why Bhāgavatam gives
description in another way? Why Harivaṁśa in a different way?
Mahābhārata in another way? They say of different kalpa it
was acted in different time in different way. In infinite way it may be
represented to this world, because He’s independent, He’s absolute.
So, leaving aside all these doubts and suspicions
of meanest type I may call, we shall be more generous to approach the Absolute
in its free form or free representation. We shall approach and try more and
more leaving away past prejudices and precedents, records of the past, we shall
approach. It is still living, it is not a stereotyped thing, that what was done
once, and we must expect that only, we shall expect that only to see, so only
repetition. He’s not a living thing. He’s under historical law. In past He
showed Himself in a particular way, so He’s compelled to show Him in that way
always? Not living today? And sometimes He can show a new thing. Every moment,
every second He can show in a quite new way.
So our heart should be made broader, wider,
to accept Him, to accept, when we approach that highest authority, of the
absolute world, absolute plane. That means surrender, the type of surrender
will be increased, will be limitless. Surrender is also limitless. And His
display is also limitless. With that sort of deep and expectant vision we’ll
try to read His līlā. So Brahmā and the other gods and
Gurus and the givers of so many śāstras, they have given some
description, and He’s not confined within that cage, we shall have to think.
So Mahāprabhu did not hesitate to give
description of this līlā,Brahmā-vimohana.
Brahmā was being absorbed in Kṛṣṇa līlā in
Vṛndāvana. Again in Dvārakā when Brahmā went to have
an interview with Kṛṣṇa, there also the same condition we
find.
Brahmā wanted an interview and Kṛṣṇa
He replied, sent a note that, “Which Brahmā has come?”
And Brahmā again nonplussed. “Which
Brahma? I am the Brahmā! Which Brahma?” Anyhow he composed himself and
sent the reply that, “The father of Sanaka, the four-headed Brahmā has
come.”
“Oh, bring him here.”
Then Brahmā was taken in and he found
so many Brahmās, hundred-faced, thousand-faced, million-faced Brahmās
all there. “What is the matter?” Infinite is such. Brahmā was perplexed.
“Only one brahmāṇḍa, I’m the creator of that.” So many brahmāṇḍas
and bigger brahmāṇḍas, and bigger masters of those brahmāṇḍas.
His sweet will. The boundary of sweet will is such; anything can be
accommodated. Brahmā was perplexed.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. All these are
so many light posts, lighthouses, the which way to go. Vyāsa himself, he’s
being chastised by Nārada. Nārada also was put many a time under
test, we find. All these are showing the way, this side. Śrutibhir vimṛgyām
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 10.47.61] The authentic books about
the revealed truth, they are also only showing sign. “O, this side. Where? We
do not know particularly, but you may go this side, this direction.” Vimṛgyām,
showing a direction. All the śruti, śrutibhir, in all the
śruti, that is the guide given by the scholars of revealed truth,
they also give some direction. “Go this side, this way, this direction, and
perhaps you may find it.” Śrutibhir vimṛgyām. Vedaiś
ca sarvair aham eva vedyo.
[sarvasya
cāhaṁ hṛdi sanniviṣṭho, mattaḥ smṛtir
jñānam apohanaṁ ca
vedaiś ca
sarvair aham eva vedyo, vedānta-kṛd veda-vid eva cāham]
[“I am situated (as the Supersoul) within
the heart of all souls, and from Me arises the soul’s remembrance, knowledge,
and the dissipation of both (according to his karma, or action in the
mundane plane). I am the exclusive knowable (ecstatic) principle of all the Vedas.
I am the author of the Vedānta - Vedavyāsa, the expounder of
the knowable meaning of the Vedas. And certainly I am the knower of the
purport of the Vedas.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 15.15]
“All the Veda means to show Me.”
The infinite, how He’s infinite? One atom is
within my fist, it is analysed, and analysed, and analysed, and re-analysed, no
end. It is already within my fist, and it is infinite, go on analysis, no end.
Ha, ha, ha. No end, you go. Where do you go?
So they say the maximum benefit you may get
by surrendering. Give up all your prejudices of the limitation, drawn from the
limited world, and be open. And then it will be easy for the infinite to cast
sweets [?] on your soul, and your knowing faculty. It will be easy for you also
to cleanse your plane of understanding. Cleanse your glass, the mirror of your
heart. Remove all the prejudices and it will be able to catch the shade of
different play of light. Cleanse the glass of your heart, and you will be able
to catch different shades of light of the outside.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Everywhere there is centre, nowhere
circumference. Nowhere circumference. Try to live in the eternity, Vaikuṇṭha.
Vaikuṇṭha means, kuṇṭha means measurable thing.
So what can be measured that is kuṇṭha, narrowness. Vaikuṇṭha,
no crookedness, no limit, no measure. That is Vaikuṇṭha, and the
upper part of that is Goloka. Some type of different measurement has been given
in Vaikuṇṭha.
But in Goloka the Vaikuṇṭha
people are puzzled. That is Goloka. Who are accustomed to move in Vaikuṇṭha,
in the general infinite, they are also puzzled when they come in the
jurisdiction of Goloka. Their language, their sounds, they are all obsolete in
Goloka.
When Kṛṣṇa has opened His
mouth and Yaśodā is astonished to find the brahmāṇḍa
within. And Yaśodā is nonplussed. “What do I see? The brahmāṇḍa,
the whole brahmāṇḍa is within here? The infinite in
finite?” The infinite, and for the moment she became, she fainted almost. Then
a cat cried aloud, and Kṛṣṇa, as if He’s very much afraid by
the sound of the cat, caught hold of His mother out of fear. Then at once
Yaśodā’s apprehension went off. “Oh no, He’s my son! No
representation of infinite within His part, within Him. He’s my son.” And
embraced Him.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. When Brahmā took away the cowboys and
calves, he thought that he has created some want into the līlā.
But he came to find that, “No, it is flowing as it was. Not even a least part
is.” Then Brahmā thinks, “Then, have those calves and the cowboys
stealthily came here and joined?” Again he went to see, no, they were where he
kept them in the caves of the mountain, they are there. The boys and the calves
were there. Again he feels it is continuing as it was, no defect. So
Brahmā was then, he surrendered and he got some assurance.
At the same time it is mentioned in Bhāgavatam
that when Kṛṣṇa Himself became calf and cowboy, then at
that time the mothers they felt an infinite type of affection. It is mentioned
there. So much so they could not understand, but they were entranced rather.
That how beautiful these boys are. And the cows also, they were also mad to
show their affection to those calves, when Kṛṣṇa Himself
extended Himself to become all these things. It is also mentioned. He Himself
became the calf and the cowboy. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
naumīdya
te 'bhra-vapuṣe taḍid-ambarāya, [guñjāvataṁsa-paripiccha-lasan-mukhāya
vanya-sraje
kavala-vetra-viṣāṇa-veṇu-, lakṣma-śriye mṛdu-pade
paśupāṇgajāya]
[“I offer my prayers unto You, O
praiseworthy Lord who are the child of the cowherd Nanda. Your complexion is
the dark blue colour of a thundercloud and You are clad in silk garments that
shine like lightning. Your charming face is adorned with guñja-mālā
ornaments, and Your hair is decorated with a peacock feather. You look
beautiful wearing a garland of forest flowers, and that beauty is enhanced by
the morsel of food in Your left hand. You carry a buffalo horn and a stick for
herding cows tucked beneath Your left arm. You hold a flute and other emblems,
and Your feet are as soft as a lotus.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.14.1]
I explained it, _________________ [?] this śloka
once. And some old audience told that, “We did not hear such scholarly
explanation of this stanza. Naumīdya te 'bhra-vapuṣe taḍid-ambarāya.
“O You venerable, we put our prayers to You. Who are You? Abhra-vapuṣe.
Abhra means this cloud, black cloud, Unintelligible. Abhra-vapuṣe.
You are unseeable, unfeelable like black. But taḍid-ambarāya,
we can know You by Your yellow garb. That is only for Viṣṇu, Kṛṣṇa,
Your likeness is there. You Yourself are unknown and unknowable but taḍid,
yellow means Rādhārāṇī’s colour. By the help of Your
potency only, You can be ascertained, who are You. Taḍid means
that lightning. By the lightning we can see the black cloud at night. So You
are unknown and unknowable, but Your potency can show us. Taḍid-ambarāya.
'Bhra-vapuṣe taḍid-ambarāya,
guñjāvataṁsa-paripiccha-lasan-mukhāya. And You come
to our level as if one of our position. You, this guñjā, ordinary,
this jungle sports and this _____ [?] with that You are coloured, and that also
deceives us to ascertain You. The ordinary things that You adore so much, just
as Your ornament, that is also misguiding.
Paripiccha-lasan-mukhāya,
vanya-sraje.
And also the garland You take, that is also collected from ordinary jungle
flowers. Your ruci, Your taste is of such type, lower type.
Kavala-vetra-viṣāṇa-veṇu. And all these
signs are misguiding. Kavala. Take some morsel of food with so many
others taken too within and You are running after cows. That is a sign of lower
caste. A brāhmaṇa, kṣatriya, vaiśya,
the higher caste people, they cannot move, behave in such way with their food.
That is also misguiding us. Kavala-vetra-viṣāṇa-veṇu.
All other things, the instrument You carry,
of lower type. Vanya-sraje kavala-vetra-viṣāṇa-veṇu-,
lakṣma-śriye mṛdu-pade paśupāṇgajāya.
And Your stride is also very small. All this is misguiding to some lower
conception of You. Hiding Yourself. And of this, how we can understand You?
What fault we have got? It is difficult to accept You, that You are the Master
of everything, real Kṛṣṇa conception.”
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Infinite.
Infinite is not only in the consideration of space. In time consideration, in
small consideration, in every infinite, many sort of representation. Infinite.
Consciousness, existence, then the dealings, love.
Brahman, Paramātmā, Bhagavān.
Three conceptions of infinite has been given to us. Brahman conception,
all-comprehensive infinite. Whatever we can conceive, it is within that, that
type of infinite. Paramātmā, the smallest of the small. Aṇor
aṇīyān [Kaṭha Upaniṣad, 1.2.20].
Whatever small you can conceive, it is smaller than that. That is a type of
infinite. And Bhagavān. Bhagavān conception of two types; one of
majesty, power, infinite potency, master of infinite potency.
And Jīva Goswāmī has given a
new meaning to this, at least to me. This is written in his book,
Bhagavān. Bhagavān, by Bhagavān he wants to feel us, follow us. Bhajanīya-guṇa
viśiṣṭha. Bhagavān. This aspect of infinite, bhajanīya.
When we come in touch of Him, then we like to surrender us for His
satisfaction. Bhajanu, that type of infinite. Infinite of various types,
Bhagavān infinite is bhajanīya-guṇa viśiṣṭha.
So beautiful, attractive, attracting surrender to Him. That aspect of infinite,
that is the highest type of infinite. Neither space nor time nor anything else,
but all-attraction, all-attractive type of infinite, that is the highest.
And these are all outskirts, covers, the
space infinite, the time infinite and the other aspects. The power infinite and
love infinite, attracting love, self-surrender, that is the highest type of
infinite. And that is Kṛṣṇa. The attractor also wholly higher
and the attracted potency, aspect. Predominating and Predominated Moiety, in
the expression of our Guru Mahārāja. Predominating and Predominated.
Positive, negative, they may be called. Attraction, that is the most
fundamental element everywhere. All else can be eliminated, ignored, forgotten,
if we come in the touch of attraction, love. Everything can be ignored if we
are in connection with love. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
The
fulfilment of our existence, all the existence, everything is in love. Love is
the principle in the centre, which is the only fulfilment of everything, every
existence. The very gist of existence is there, can’t be ignored or challenged
by any other forms or aspect of our substantial existence. Unchallengeable,
absolute. Absolute king, emperor, is love. None can stand in comparison with
that. All will have to accept defeat coming in clash with that principle of
love. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari.
Mahaprabhu pointed out the thing.
That is the most substantial thing in this world. Whatever we see and find and
experience and come in connection with, the most central necessity and
fulfilment is there, love. And Bhāgavatam it draws the extract from
the whole revealed scriptures and says that love divine, that is the most
desirable original entity. We must not allow ourselves to run hither and
thither searching for our base fulfilment, this thing, that thing, so many
other things. But forcibly taking our attention, concentrate you in this line,
this is the...
83.11.07.C_83.11.08.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...highest in the creation meant for you in the
eternity. So give up your wild goose chasing habit, and collect and concentrate
all your might to progress in this line, to try to go to the temple of love
divine. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari.
What’s the time?
VidagdhaMādhava: Nine fifteen.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
āsā maho caraṇa-renu-juṣām
aham syām, vṛndāvane kim api gulma-latauṣadhīnām
yā dustyajaṁ svajanam ārya-pathaṁ
ca hitvā, bhejur mukunda-padavīṁ śrutibhir vimṛgyām
[“The gopīs
of Vṛndāvana have given up the association of their husbands,
sons and other family members, who are very difficult to renounce, and they
have sacrificed even their religious principles to take shelter of the lotus
feet of Kṛṣṇa, which are sought after by even the Vedas.
O grant me the fortune to be born as a blade of grass in Vṛndāvana,
so that I may take the dust of those great souls upon my head.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.47.61]
Svajanam ārya-pathaṁ ca hitvā. Risk, the background of risk, that also enhances mood.
A necessary part of the highest form of love, to risk the so-called achievement,
worldly achievement. The standard of so much so-called purity ever found in
this world, at the risk of that, the quest of love divine, that is, that
commands the highest position. Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa.
Very carefully that should be taken. The
line of Newton, the greatest knower of everything, he said that, “I know
nothing.” That is the way. As much as one is in the midst of purity, so much he
thinks that, “I am impure.” That is the nature of infinite measurement. “I have
nothing.” Because the charm is so infinite, it cannot but be estimated in that
way. The more they achieve, the more they thirst. Thirst, more earnestness.
Realisation toward infinite is of that characteristic. As much as one can
progress, so much he thinks himself to be helpless, to go further for
measurement. It does not come into the plane of measurement. Nothing.
Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa.
Kṛṣṇa. Nitāi. Nitāi. Nitāi. Ha. Ha.
mukam karoti
vācālaṁ panghum langhāyate girīm
yat kṛpā
tam ahaṁ vande [śrī gurun dīna-tāranam]
[“I offer my respectful obeisances unto
Mādhava, Who is the Personification of transcendental bliss. By His mercy,
a blind man can see the stars in the sky, a lame man can cross mountains, and a
dumb man can speak eloquent words of poetry.”] [Bhavārtha Dipikā,
maṅgala stotram, 1]
We cannot understand, we cannot find
ourselves qualified to give any expression about that, so we become dumb. “What
shall I say?” But He makes us to open our mouths. Otherwise, the reader, the
knower, he becomes dumb. A bona fide searching person becomes dumb with His
ways. Cannot give any expression to that. But the power from high comes to make
him give some statement. In that way the truth from that part comes here. Mukam
karoti vācālaṁ. They begin to say, give vent to their
feeling, pressed by the higher plane, entity. Panghum langhāyate
girīm. He has got no power of his own that he can walk, but His
wonderful power can help him to cross the mountains. Yat kṛpā.
This is the nature of the grace of the Almighty, of the Absolute. By His power,
everything can move, live.
yato vā
imāni bhūtāni jāyante, yena jātāni jīvanti
yat prayanty
abhiṣamviśanti, [tad brahma tad vijijñāsa]
[“The Supreme Brahman is the origin and
shelter of all living beings. When there is creation, He brings them forth from
their original state, and at the time of annihilation, He devours them. After
creation, everything rests in His omnipotence, and after annihilation,
everything again returns to rest in Him.”]
[Taittirīya-Upaniṣad, 3.1]
The cause of production, the cause of
sustenance. Production, sustenance and again withdrawal. Evolution and
dissolution, and sustenance in the middle. The prime cause, universal cause. Yato
vā imāni bhūtāni jāyante, yena jātāni
jīvanti, yat prayanty abhiṣamviśanti. Prayanty abhiṣamviśanti.
Twice, this is repetition. Superficially it is repetition. Yat padyanty.
Towards whom, then abhiṣamviśanti, and finally enters. At the
time of dissolution that is _________ [?] Everything disappears into the subtle
existence, at the wholesale dissolution of this world. But again with the
evolution, they come out. And abhiṣamviśanti, they enter into
the permanent līlā. They do not come back into this world of
exploitation and renunciation.
Tad brahma tad
vijijñāsa.
Enquire after Him. What do you do? Make enquiry where you are. Where you are,
and enquiry must have such broad form. Making enquiry always, but for trifle
things? But give a wide, widest shape of your enquiry. Where you are? Who are
you? Where you are? How you are to go? This is our dire necessity for our own
purpose. We can’t avoid. And that enquiry contains, we can’t predict level of
thought.
Brahman, Paramātmā, Bhagavān.
So Bhagavān enquiry, that is the highest, search for Śrī Kṛṣṇa,
Reality the Beautiful. A natural necessity within us, for our own interest,
can’t avoid. A sane man, a man who does not want to deceive himself he can’t
avoid search for Kṛṣṇa, for his own best benefit. The most
general thing of our nature, to enquire for happiness, raso vai saḥ.
Enquire for our best comfort. This is the general question. This should be the only
question of the whole animation. Search for Kṛṣṇa. Searching,
searching for rasa, ecstasy, the highest form of ecstasy.
Read and Cry. What have I done? What is my
necessity, and how I’m passing my days? Repent, cry. I have passed my days
uselessly. I’m a traitor to my own self. I’m going to commit suicide. Complain
against yourself, and your so-called friends. We have nothing to do here. Read
and cry, do or die! Progress in the right way, or you are inviting your death.
The general tenor of life, of all existence will be this.
In the most scientific way, search for
Śrī Kṛṣṇa, Reality the Beautiful. That is the
ever-found highest goal of humanity, not only, but all animation. And all
problems are combined here. All problems, they’re all harmonised, all the
problems. So no complaint against this attempt can be normal. Deviation from
this general instruction, the general call, all false, unnecessary, and
ill-doing, injurious. So this is the truth, the necessity of
everyone, wherever there is animation. The most generalised march, call for
such march. Most grand and extensive and friendly. Friendly call to the all, to
the whole of the world, the only call. “March towards Kṛṣṇa!”
The only call. All should be silenced. All other topics should be silenced,
should be stopped, and only if this call remains, the real welfare of the world
remains. Everything becomes...
yasmin
vijñāte sarvam evam vijñātam bhavati, yasmin prāpte sarvam idam
prāptam bhavati
[“By knowing
Him, everything is known - by getting Him, everything is gained.”]
So comprehensive call.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura
Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Non sectarianism is here. Apparently it is
thought sectarian by the abnormal thinking. But every normal thinking, that is
the most general, universal thing you are dealing with. Search for
Śrī Kṛṣṇa, march towards the divine domain,
universal march towards divine domain. Save yourself, back to home, back to
God, back to Godhead. Call. Back to home. We’re quarrelling in the foreign land
for fictitious gain. Save them, and take them all home. Only by the grace of
that Absolute it is possible to certain extent. The wave coming from there to
take us home. Home-knowing man can only give us such news, and can take us
there. The home-knowing man. So the call comes from the home. The origination
of this call is from the home.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. I close
here. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
Śrīmad Bhaktisiddhānta
Saraswatī Goswāmī Prabhupāda kī jaya!
Śrīpad A.C. Bhaktivedānta
Swāmī Mahārāja kī jaya!
...
[deve varṣati
yajña-viplava-ruṣā] vajrāśma-varṣānilaiḥ
sīdat-pāla-paśu-striy
ātma-śaraṇaṁ dṛṣtvānukampy utsmayam
utpātyaika-karena
śailam avalo līlocchilīndhraṁ yathā
bibrad goṣṭham
apān mahendra-mada-bhit prīyān na indro gavām
[“May that Lord of the cows be satisfied by
us. Who is Indra when compared to Kṛṣṇa? Kṛṣṇa
is the master of Indra. And yet He has appeared as the master of cows; the
Supreme Absolute Truth has accepted a simple position as the keeper of cows.
Superficially, He is a mere cowherd boy. But let that cowherd boy, who holds
within Him the power of controlling the whole universe, be satisfied with us.
We want to worship that Lord who has taken the humble position of the king of
the cows.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 10.26.25]
The other say I told that I should speak
something about the Govardhana Girirāja, that day I missed.
So this is the very gist of the whole
narration. In this śloka the very substance has been represented.
What was the matter, the whole Govardhana?
Previously, at that time the gopa, the milkmen, they used to observe
some sacrifice to satisfy the king of the heaven, Indra.
...
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: _______________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ____________________________________ [?]
...
Indra, the king of heaven, at whose command
the air, the clouds and other subtle elementary powers are supposed to be
commanded by Indra, the king of heaven.
And the gopas, their main wealth is
cow, and the food of the cow is mainly the grass. And in that part of the land
only rain can produce grass. And the grass can come only by the rain. So they
used to satisfy the subtle power who is supposed to be at the command of the
natural, subtle substances. And by satisfying him the favourable rain will
come, there will be grass, immense. And the cows will graze easily and they may
get milk profusely. And that is their living, occupation. Different
preparations from the milk, and to sell that, and then to earn their
livelihood.
So sometimes from one forest they will have
to change to another forest. When the grazing ground is finished then they used
to change their position. Sometimes in Vṛndāvana, sometimes
Nandagrāma, sometimes Gokula, they were wandering, only for the purpose of
grass, fodder for the cows. So first we find that Nanda Mahārāja was
in Gokula, then again find sometimes in Vṛndāvana, then again find
sometimes in Nandagrāma. Only for the grazing purpose.
Deve varṣati. When Kṛṣṇa,
He wanted to assert Himself in His own way, to modify. In other words, He
wanted to discover His own dhāma, Vṛndāvana, to put it
in its pristine glory. So though boy, He was supposed to be an extraordinary
boy, a boy of extraordinary capacity, so sapta hayana, seven years old,
Kṛṣṇa only. But in Padma-Purāṇa we find
that the special personality, their development, their growth is one and a half
more than ordinary standard. So sapta hayana __________ [?], one and a
half. That sort of growth we expect generally from uncommon personality, it is
mentioned in Padma-Purāṇa. So sapta hayana ___________
[?] eleven, in general age.
But that boy announced that, “Why should we
supply the - accept the sacrifice of Indra? We have direct concern with
Govardhana. Really we get fodder from the Govardhana. So let us worship
Govardhana and not Indra.” This sort of announcement He made among the gopas.
Anyhow, willingly or reluctantly, the gopas
anyhow had to submit to the advice of Kṛṣṇa.
“Yes, let us do that.”
Nanda Mahārāja was influenced by
the affection of his boy, and because he was the king, he announced that, “This
time we shall worship Govardhana Girirāja, and not Indra.”
And some reluctantly, some willingly, the
other gopas, milkmen, they followed. And they began the sacrifice for
the Govardhana.
Intimation reached Indra. “A boy of special
capacity has grown there and he has taken the leadership and he has stopped my,
that eternal, that sacrifice. For long time it is the usage of the gopas to
sacrifice in my favour, and that one boy, he’s the cause of stopping my
sacrifice.” Then he was very much enraged and ordered the clouds and the wind,
and the electricity, that is the lightning, all these elements, they are
supposed to be personified.
Here also I like to say something, that in
ancient days the Āryans, the Rājaṛṣi, they used to see
everything as person. Their behaviour, conduct was such, that they saw and
thought everything around them, this creeper, the tree, all person. That person
according to karma is wandering through these species. So all person.
And I also told, when our Svarūpa
Dāmodara he asked me that, “Guru Mahārāja told me to crush the
fossil theory. How it is possible?”
I advised him on the basis of Berkeley’s
theory; that whatever we think, really it is part of our consciousness. And
part of consciousness means person. Part of consciousness that is person, cetana.
So everything is such. Then the wind, we think it is an inanimate object, but
it was thought in the Vedic line, no, it is person. The lightning, all person.
Whatever we consider to be elementary, matter, gross and subtle, all had
consideration of personality.
Deve varṣati. Then when Indra
commanded that, “Go and devastate the whole Gokula. They have insulted me. They
have rejected, closed my worship and worshipping that mountain, that hill,
Govardhana. I can’t tolerate this insult. You go and devastate the land.”
By the order of Indra, who is supposed to be
master of all the higher, subtle elements, deve varṣati, heavy
rain began to fall. Yajña-viplavaruṣā, and backed by the
anger which came from the stoppage of the sacrifice of the higher elements,
yajña-viplavaruṣā. How? Vajrāśma-varṣānilaiḥ.
Vajra means thunder. Aśma means hail. Vajrāśma,
rain. Anilaiḥ, and storm. Hail, storm, heavy rain, and thunder,
simultaneously they attacked the whole of Vraja-maṇḍala. Varṣati
yajña-viplava-ruṣā vajrāsma-varṣānilaiḥ,
sīdat-pāla- paśu-striy ātma-śaraṇaṁ.
And consequently the whole Vrajavāsīs they were thrown into
great disaster. Sīdat, the application, the pain in general came
down there, affliction, misery. Pāla-paśu, the animals and the
protector of the animals, pāla, gopāla, who maintain the
animals, pāla-paśu.Striya, the women. Sīdat-
pāla-paśu-striy ātma-śaraṇaṁ. Then they had
no other alternative but to take refuge to Kṛṣṇa. They all
came to Kṛṣṇa for their relief.
“Now, what to do? You have influenced us to
stop the sacrifice meant for Indra. And the vindictive Indra he has begun to
afflict us in this heavy way. How we can live? Please make arrangement for our
life.”
Striy
ātma-śaraṇaṁ. They all came to Him for protection, ātma-śaraṇaṁ.
Dṛṣṭvānukampy
utsmayan.
Seeing this He had much pity, Kṛṣṇa, was pitiful on them. Ātma-śaraṇaṁ.
Dṛṣṭvānukampy utsmayan, and smiled a little.
“They’ve all come to Me for relief.” Samvik. Dṛṣṭvānukampy
utsmayan. Smiling. Utpāṭyaika-kareṇa śailam abalo
līlo. Only with one hand He took the mountain up. A very simple thing.
Utpāṭyaika-kareṇa, only with one hand, single hand, He
uprooted the hill, utpāṭyaika- kareṇa.
How? Līlocchilīndhraṁ
yathā. Just as a boy he deals with his play ball. Ucchilīndhram,
the ball of a child, līlocchilīndhraṁ, the play ball, the
ball with which the child plays, just like that. Very easily He took up the
heavy mountain up. Utpāṭyaika-kareṇa śailam abalo
līlocchilīndhraṁ yathā. As a boy, as a child, he lifts
his play ball, just like that He took up. Utpāṭyaika-kareṇa
śailam abalo līlocchilīndhraṁ.
Bibrad goṣṭham
apān.
And holding that up He gave protection to all those who were living in that
Gokula. The men, women, cow, their luggage, bags, baggages, everything. Or if
any bullocks, everything, they took protection under that hill.
__________________ [?] śailam avalo līlocchilīndhraṁ
yathā, bibrad goṣṭham apān. The whole goṣṭha,
those that deals with cows, the whole camp was given shelter under that hill. Bibrad
goṣṭham apān mahendra-mada-bhit. And thereby He disarmed,
or He crushed the pride of the great king of heaven. Goṣṭham
apān mahendra-mada-bhit. He gave protection as well as crushed the
pride of the lord of heaven, mahendra-mada-bhit.
Prīyān
na indro gavām. And that Lord of the cows, such Lord of the cows,
let Him be satisfied, propitiated with us. Mahendra-mada-bhit
prīyān. Let Him be propitiated with us. Indro gavām.
Who is He? He is also Indra, master. Master of the cows. The simple position,
the rakhaldra, the cowboy, the keeper of the cows. Superficially, He’s a
mere cowboy. Let that sort of cowboy, who within Him holds the whole power of
controlling the whole universe of our conception, apparently cowboy. But really
He’s the controller of the universe. Mahendra-mada-bhit. Let Him be
propitiated, satisfied with us, that cowboy. We want to worship that cowboy,
the king of the cows, in a humble position, in this way.”
That is Govardhana. Govardhana, then when,
it is also described, when the Vrajavāsīs, they worshipped Him,
sacrificed for His satisfaction, they saw that Govardhana also spreading one
hand, He’s taking the things and feeding Himself.
And Krsna pointed out. “You see! You thought
that it is only a material heap of stone. No. It is living, it is God, you
see.” So He showed that, that is also an extended self of Kṛṣṇa,
Govardhana. We’re told that Rādhā-kuṇḍa is extended
position of Rādhārāṇī, and Govardhana that is the
extended self of Kṛṣṇa Himself. So we’re not to look for
Girirāja, we worship a part of Girirāja. The part of the infinite is
infinite. So a pebble as our ordinary vision, but that is the part of the
infinite is infinite. That was in our material vision, it is a piece of stone.
But its possibility is infinite, it is there.
In the general sense Einstein, his law of
relativity has announced that anything is that thing plus something more. Turya,
something more. More possibility, prospect, it is not standstill. In his
scientific way he says.
But we also want to continue, produce this
to infinite. What is seen by our senses, that is not limited to that conception
of our senses. It may be, the possibility, the probability is added to that.
Our vision, estimation of anything is limited, but its prospect may be
unlimited, unknown, no limitation. We do not know even what is the prospect,
what possibility is, a particle of sand may have. A creeper, a leaf of a
creeper, what sort of possibility is there we do not know. In medicinal
purpose...
83.11.08.B_83.11.09.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...representing Kṛṣṇa, that
cowboy, indro gavām, Who is the Master of the keeper of the cows.
That sort of mild and soft conception, beautiful God is there. Prīyān
na indro gavām. And we beg His mercy, His affection, His gracious look
on us. That may save us from those inclemencies and frowning of the
environment. When we try to put a stop to our former form of life and take our
course towards Godhead, Kṛṣṇa consciousness, neglecting the
imperative duties that are on us...
sarva-dharmān
parityajya, mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja
[ahaṁ
tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo, mokṣayiṣyāmi mā
śucaḥ]
[“Totally abandoning all kinds of religion,
surrender exclusively unto Me. I will liberate you from all kinds of sins, so
do not despair.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 18.66]
...we stop the program of our every day life
which was ascertained in our previous life, give up all duties and try to march
on exclusively towards Kṛṣṇa consciousness, so many
difficulties may come, to trouble us, to trap us in our journey. But we must
stick to the order of Kṛṣṇa, and He will protect us. Indro
gavām. The indro, the controller of all ordinary activities and
tendencies and mental impulse of different type, they may come to attack us.
But if we’re attentive towards our goal to be the order of Kṛṣṇa,
Kṛṣṇa will come to protect us in the shade of His - giving us
shelter under the shade of Govardhana. And no Indra can, will be able to touch
our hair. He will give us protection. So Girirāja Govardhana, we try to
take shelter under Him.
“Give us protection from all the
difficulties that may come to attack, because of my leaving, or neglecting the
past program of my life.”
So many anomalies may be caused, and we’ll
get protection from Him. Mahendra-mada-bhit prīyān na indro
gavām. That cowboy, Master of the cows, in His other representation
Govardhana, He will save us from all sorts of difficulties on our way. Sarva-dharmān
parityajya.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. God works
wonders. His ways are unknown. Our revered Swāmī Mahārāja,
we could not understand in general that he will do such a marvellous work.
Rather, Kṛṣṇa will do through him such a marvellous work, or
service. Mahāprabhu. It was beyond our estimation, but suddenly what
happened. I was connected with him, associated with him from long time. I found
ambition in him, and a great enthusiasm in him to preach. So much so that it
seemed to us that it’s ambitious imagination.
Sometimes he expressed his will. “Let us go
to Gandhi, Jawaharlal [Pandit Nehru], the political leaders. Why they’re
engaged in such lower type of improvement of the nation, and not accepting
Mahāprabhu’s program? Why they’re not, what basis they’ve got? If they
really want to do good to the people, why they do not take this program of Mahāprabhu,
to do real good to the people? These political narrow views, by this they think
they’re proud that they’re doing good to the people.” In this way sometimes he
told.
And he had some talks about Bhagavad-gītā
lines, discussing with me. And very brave movement we found in him. And also
another thing we found in him, that though financially he was not well
established, but he did not care for that at all. His ways were rather
princely, though he was put in poverty. Ambitious movement. Whenever he secures
a good partner, he’s going to accept his business in a grand way. Not humble
beginning and then gradually going, not. At once he used to take up in a big
scale. The broad, wide view he had. Sometimes it seemed to be inconsistent with
his present position and that ambitious sentiment.
But anyhow we found a miracle in his last
days. How, apparently disappointed in his worldly life, he took sannyāsa,
and then tried to make a big attempt. And the providence came to his help. And
making arrangement with some Sumati Morarji or so, who were all known to him,
somewhat, in his business life, he went towards America.
Prabhupāda, our Guru
Mahārāja, his idea was that. When he took sannyāsa, red
cloth, generally the sahajiyā they remarked, “This red cloth is
dishonour to the Vaiṣṇava.”
Sanātana Goswāmī mentioned in
one place,
rakta-vastra
‘vaiṣṇavera’ parite nā yuyāya, [kona pravāsīre
dimu, ki kāya uhāya?]
[“This saffron cloth is unfit for a Vaiṣṇava
to wear; therefore I have no use for it. I shall give it to a stranger.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Antya-līlā, 13.61]
Rakta means red,
blood red. Generally the kapalis [?] the sakta section, they use that
blood red cloth. So rakta-vastra means blood red.
But Mahāprabhu took that mild red sannyāsa
veśa. And Madhavendra Purī, Īśvara Purī,
__________ [?]
Anyhow Sanātana Goswāmī, out
of great humility, he did not take the position of a sannyāsī.
Because their descent, questions of their family was of suspicious type.
Sanātana Goswāmī, Rūpa Goswāmī, they were very
closely connected with the Muslims. So the Hindu society could not take them as
Ācārya.
In Purī also when they visited
Mahāprabhu they used to live with Haridāsa Ṭhākura. And
they generally did not use the ordinary road. If any brāhmaṇa
pūjārī worshipping in the temple, they will have a touch,
and they will show some hate. So previously they were very careful about that.
When Mahāprabhu came to touch him, “No,
no, I am, by my lineage, by my own nature, in all respects I’m untouchable. I’m
untouchable, don’t touch me, my Lord!”
But Mahāprabhu’s vision was otherwise.
“You can purify the whole world by your touch. I’m touching you to purify Me. Such
Kṛṣṇa bhakti which can purify wonderfully everything,
you hold that within your heart.”
prabhu kahe, -
"tomā sparśi ātma pavitrite, [bhakti-bale pāra tumi
brahmāṇḍa śodhite]
[The Lord replied, “I am touching you just
to purify Myself because by the force of your devotional service you can purify
the whole universe.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 20.56]
But Sanātana Goswāmī out of
his unlimited humility, he always took care that, “I am - none can seek any
word against me in connection with my lineage that I had contamination with the
Muslims, yavanas, eater of the cow. So anyone may cast that sort of blame
on us, so we should not give any opportunity to our enemy to say against us
that we are encroaching.” That sort of humility he had. And he told, rakta-vastra
‘vaiṣṇavera’ parite. “We are nothing, nothing of the nothing.
But we’re ordered to do these things, so we’re doing.” In this way.
But Prabhupāda, our Guru
Mahārāja, when he went to Vṛndāvana with red cloth, and
two of his attendants they were clad in European style, not even white cloth,
but European coat and pants.
The people remarked, “What is this? This man
has come in the garb of a sannyāsī, red cloth, which is not
acceptable to the Goswāmī Sanātana, and has taken his two
disciples dressed in European style.”
So such was the beginning of the preaching
life of our Guru Mahārāja. And he was very different from the current
sahajiyā section.
“That they’re misrepresenting Rūpa,
Sanātana, and Mahāprabhu. Misrepresenting. So Mahāprabhu’s sampradāya
must be protected from this imitation contamination.” From the beginning he
had his heart in that. “And they’re all charmed by the European civilisation.
But European civilisation must be crushed. That must be taken under our feet,
then these fools will automatically come. Something like, it is. The European
civilisation, they’re attracting all the stalwarts of this world, mostly.” In
this way, he posed himself in that way.
Then when he found the opportunity he sent a
party to preach in England. Anyhow, some movement was created.
Mahārāja _________ [?] he had some influence in the British official
area, royal area also. Mahārāja
_______ [?] was his title.
He remarked, “Who is the man so courageous
that he has sent the banner of Mahāprabhu to Europe and this England? Prema-dhāma,
divine love, the news of divine love. So courageous he wants to preach that
principle of divine love in this Europe, out-and-out materialistic
civilisation. And you want to influence the civilisation by the love given by
Mahāprabhu, divine love. Who is that bold man?” He remarked like that.
“Impossible, it is impossible.”
But Prabhupāda had the courage to do
so, and he felt it necessary. Otherwise these people cannot be convinced so
well. Then during his lifetime he could not send to America, but he has written
in Gauḍīya, Mārkine-loka. Before he sent his
party to England he consulted with Rabindranath Tagore. He was already well
known in the world, he got Nobel prize.
Rabindranath requested him to, “Send
preachers in Germany. Not England because they’re always proud, and that
they’re the king and we’re the subject. India is under them, so generally the
British people they have this conceit that we’re the king-nation and they’re
the subject nation. So they won’t give due attention to our words. And America
has been polluted by so many other Indian preachers of yoga and other things.”
Rabindranath also he had not much regard for
Vivekānanda, Ramakrishna Mission. “And at that time one Yogyadar he went
to America and he used to show many yoga practice, that is many mudras,
especially amongst the women. And a bad name came, was created for the Indians
at that time.”
“So in America they will easily take
something, try to appreciate, but now the position is not favourable there.
That a few gentlemen have come from India, and misrepresented Indian culture
and there is a bad name in America. So you should not go. I don’t recommend you
to go there. And the French people also, very easily take something, and
divorce, give up that thing. That is also. Rather if you ask my opinion, I
shall say to send your men to Germany, because they are considerate people,
they have general appreciation for ancient Indian culture. And what they accept
once, they do not reject it very easily. Stability is in that nationality.” So
he recommended.
But anyhow Prabhupāda managed to send
men to England. Two parties were sent. When he had a wish to send preachers in
America, but he could not do so.
Swāmī Mahārāja says, I
do not remember it very clearly, that in Bombay when he was, Swāmī
Mahārāja and myself and Prabhupāda at that time his party is
preaching in London.
His feeling was that, “We shall all have to
go to attempt preaching in the western world civilisation. And you must be
ready, you’ll have to go.” Swāmī Mahārāja said that, “In
your presence Prabhupāda asked me, that be ready, you’ll have to go there.
And with that order I thought that Prabhupāda wanted me to go.” And he had
in his mind that, and anyhow managed to go.
And this wonderful success, that so many of
you have come to come here to study prema-dhāma, what is love
divine. What is the topmost conception of the Vedic culture, the ancient
theistic revealed scripture, Ṛg- Veda, it is admitted on all hands
that Ṛg-Veda is the most ancient of revealed scriptures. And from
other Vedas, and the very purpose of the Veda is in Bhāgavatam,
and what is that preached by Mahāprabhu, that love divine. That should be
the goal of all animation. That is our home, how to go back there? And that was
so extensively taken. Just as we heard that Nityānanda Prabhu, from door
to door He wandered and requested, “Accept Mahāprabhu, Śrī
Caitanyadeva.”
bhaja
gaurāṅga, kaha gaurāṅga [laha gauranger nāma, yei
jana gaurāṅga bhaje sei amāra prāna]
[“Worship Gaurāṅga, speak of
Gaurāṅga, chant Gaurāṅga’s Name. Whoever worships
Śrī Gaurāṅga is My life and soul. Come straight to the
campaign of Śrī Caitanya and you will safely attain Vṛndāvana.”]
So Swāmī Mahārāja went
from door to door in America, as if, from park to park, with his simple dress
and that karatālas, he chanted the Name of Mahāprabhu and Kṛṣṇa
consciousness. And came with flying colours. First he came with two followers
here, Acyutānanda and Rāmānuja, and he was given to stay in that
blue house. And that reception by the Municipality. And anyhow gradually this
perhaps happened, you all know from his life and teachings.
So today is the day of the disappearance of
that great soul, great Ācārya. And the disappearance of the great
personages from our view is the most undesirable and deplorable and unfortunate
time for us, we consider. When they come, we rejoice in union, and we feel helpless
when they withdraw from us. From amongst all the separation, the separation of
the devotee and the Gurudeva, that is the highest. In the Rāmānanda-saṁvāda
we find what is the greatest painfulness in the devotee.
[‘duḥkha-madhye
kona duḥkha haya gurutara?’] ‘kṛṣṇa-bhakta-viraha
vinā duḥkha nāhi dekhi para’
[Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu
asked, “Of all kinds of distress, what is the most painful?” Śrī
Rāmānanda Rāya replied, “Apart from separation from the devotee
of Kṛṣṇa, I know of no unbearable unhappiness.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 8.248]
The great sorrow is in separation with Vaiṣṇava.
When we’re in the company of the Vaiṣṇava we’re in the midst of the
company of the Lord. By their separation, just as if radio is removed we’re cut
off from the world information. Through radio we get information of the world.
So the divine world information we get from the Vaiṣṇava. If
they’re removed, then we’re disconnected, we’re cut off. ‘Kṛṣṇa-bhakta-viraha
vinā duḥkha nāhi dekhi para’. Of all the miseries and
torments, the separation of a Vaiṣṇava, that is the most
disappointing thing. And it has reached the acme when we find in the dealings
of Dāsa Goswāmī. Vyāghra- tuṇḍāyate kuṇḍaṁ.
Girīndro 'jagarāyate.
[śūnyāyate
mahā-goṣṭhaṁ, girīndro 'jagarāyate /
vyāghra-tuṇḍāyate kuṇḍaṁ,
jīvātu-rahitasya me]
[“Now
that I no longer have the sustainer of my life, the land of Vraja has become
empty and desolate, Govardhana Hill has become like a great python, and
Rādhā-kuṇḍa has become like the gaping mouth of a
ferocious tiger.”] [Śrī
Prārthanāśraya-caturdaśaka, Fourteen Prayers For
Shelter, 11]
This is inconceivable to us, what is the
realisation of Dāsa Goswāmī. Vyāghra-tuṇḍāyate.
The most favourite place of Dāsa Goswāmī was Rādhā-Kuṇḍa.
From beginning to end he accepted that position in the bank of Rādhā-Kuṇḍa
he will think about the Rādhā-Govinda līlā.
But after the separation of Rūpa and
Sanātana he says, “That very kuṇḍa like a big mouth of
a tiger, is coming to devour me. By whose connection Rādhā-Kuṇḍa
was so sweet, so bright, so divine, and that is coming to devour me. Such
position. And girīndro 'jagarāyate, this Govardhana, who is
conceived to be representation of Kṛṣṇa Himself, that seems
to be like a big python”
We cannot conceive that such position may be
in truth. So a dear and so near, all, only by the absence of Guru and Vaiṣṇava
can become so apathetic, it is inconceivable to us. But we cannot dismiss the
feeling of Dāsa Goswāmī, who is so great in other respects we
feel. So we shudder to think how the separation of a Guru will be, who is a
real Vaiṣṇava.
And also in Rāmānanda-saṁvāda,
‘kṛṣṇa-bhakta-viraha vinā duḥkha nāhi
dekhi para’. We are always in different position than the Supreme Lord. We
cannot be in His very close connection. But we can come in very close
connection with the Vaiṣṇava. They are agent, bona side agent, that
is true to us, that is real to us. And that is the Lord is rather coming, a
vague conception. From imagination-like thing, cannot be infinite, cannot be
contained, have any connection, very feasible. But Vaiṣṇava, His
agent, that is a concrete thing to us, a reality. So when that connection
disappears we’re in the greatest of loss, in greatest mourning. If we can feel
that, then we can attain the real position of a servant of Vaiṣṇava.
Otherwise we’re also in imaginary world, moving here and there endlessly. If
regular temperament of a Vaiṣṇava we’re to appreciate, we’re to
achieve, then such conceptions also we must feel. ‘Kṛṣṇa-bhakta-viraha
vinā duḥkha nāhi dekhi para’.
And the Guru he’s the king of the Vaiṣṇava
so by his separation we must mourn to leave. The general, normal disciple must
observe a great mourning in many ways. And in other words his cultivation of
his, we can come in his connection when we’re engaged in culture of his ways
and thoughts and what he came here to give to us, our adherence, loyalty, our
hearty loyalty to that, that can take us near to him, to his holy feet. And
thereby we can appeal wherever he is, he’s not so. He has got a spacious
aspect, he’s all-seeing, all-knowing. And our sincerity what he came for us to
take us up, if he sees that we’re continuing in that plane of life what he
wanted us to do, he’ll be satisfied. In this way we can satisfy him.
yasya
prasādād bhagavat-prasādo, [yasyāprasādān na gatiḥ
kuto 'pi
dhyāyan
stuvaṁs tasya yaśas tri sandhyaṁ, vande guroḥ
śrī-caraṇāravindam]
[“By the mercy of the spiritual master one
receives the benediction of Kṛṣṇa. Without the grace of the
spiritual master, one cannot make any advancement. Therefore, I should always
remember and praise the spiritual master. At least three times a day I should
offer my respectful obeisances unto the lotus feet of my spiritual master.”] [Śrī
Gurvaṣṭakam, 8]
By satisfying him, we can satisfy the
Supreme Entity. In this way we shall try to pass our days.
So today is the day of disappearance of
Swāmī Mahārāja, whose action, whose preaching, whose last
life was so bright that all the Gauḍīya Vaiṣṇava, they
cannot but be indebted to that great personage who in such a broad way, wide
way, preached in the Name of Gaura-Nityānanda in the west.
With our obeisance to him today, I close
here.
...
Mahānanda [?]:
Conception of difference in attitude between offering to Nṛsiṁhadeva,
to Kṛṣṇa, and to Caitanya Mahāprabhu in that way, and
Lord Jagannātha?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What do you think?
Mahānanda: I’m slightly
unclear in that they are all Kṛṣṇa, but yet we’re offering to
different predominant mood of Kṛṣṇa.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Different representation of Kṛṣṇa
for different function, and They’re full in Themselves. And They’ve got Their
separate taste Who is. And we’re to adjust ourselves accordingly when we
approach the particular representation of Kṛṣṇa.
Mainly two types; Predominating and
Predominated. Predominated section there also different representations, with
different functions. There also we have to adjust, to satisfy Them differently.
Then we’re to find our own intrinsic graduation in the whole, and to be
adjusted there, to have our adjustment. Where from we’re expected to do our
duty to Them differently. Different function, everyone of us we may have to
watch different sight of the representation of Kṛṣṇa or His
potency. According to our adjustment, eternal adjusted position. And as long as
we’re not reinstated in that permanent position in a general way we’re to move
according to our progress of realisation.
Suppose we’ve got our position in the
friendly circle of Kṛṣṇa in Vṛndāvana, then we’re
to deal with Baladeva in a particular way. Subal, Śrīdāmā,
there are, Nanda and Yaśodā there are, the gopīs there
are, our respective response will be accordingly towards them, their demands.
We’re to serve all, but in different mood and different way. It is everywhere
adjustment such. Adjust means to be adjusted in a particular position and from
there we may have various functions and duties to do towards different representations
of the environment, not all equal. Not all equal, adjustment means that
hierarchy. Begin small, important, non-important according to their gradation.
The position is all there high or low according to the satisfaction of Kṛṣṇa.
Every point trying to satisfy Kṛṣṇa, and according to their
nature and their degree of service that is got, we’re to adjust ourselves.
Adjustment with the environment means various duties towards various
representatives of the whole. So Nṛsiṁhadeva we shall be generally
looking after that any obstacle in my way to march towards the service may be
removed by His grace, special prayer. In this way according to Their function
and the kind of grace They hold, our position, prayer, and our service will be
accordingly. Adjustment. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
The sonhood of Godhead, consorthood of
Godhead, friendhood of Godhead, fatherhood of Godhead, different conceptions
there are. And there is a gradation. And consorthood is considered to be the
highest conception according to Bhāgavatam and Mahāprabhu.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Searching our heart we’re to find out high
and low, the demand, the degree of demand within us. We may classify according
to that. So many inner hankering we have got and what is the most intense,
according to that the solution will have got the importance, the response. Hṛdaye
nābhya nujñāto. Svarūpa.
[vidvadbhiḥ
sevitaḥ sadbhir, nityam adveṣa-rāgibhiḥ
hṛdayenābhyanujñāto,
yo dharmas taṁ nibhodhata]
[Manu-saṁhitā,
2.1]
Self-determination. Self-determination;
where is my fulfilment? Fullest engagement, fullest satisfaction, where I am
get, the solution will come accordingly.
[na tatra
sūryo bhāti candra-tārakaṁ, nema vidyuto bhānti
kūto 'yam agniḥ]
tam eva
bhāntam anubhāti sarvaṁ, tasya bhāsā sarvaṁ idaṁ
vibhāti
[“In the transcendental abode of the Lord
there is no need of sun, moon, or stars for illumination, nor is there any need
of electricity, what to speak of ignited lamps. On the other hand, it is
because those planets are self-illuminating that all effulgence has become
possible. Whatever there is that is dazzling is due to the reflection of the
divine abode of the Lord. The Supreme Godhead is so brilliantly self-luminous
that neither the sun, nor the moon, nor stars, nor lightning have any power of
illumination in His transcendental abode, and what to speak of fire. It is a
fact that all of them get their power of illumination from His effulgence
alone. In fact, it is only because of His existence that the whole universe
exists.”]
[Muṇḍaka-Upaniṣad,
2.2.10-2] & [Kathā-Upaniṣad, 2.2.25 - part 5, mantra 15]
What is there, the similar thing is here,
corresponding phase. What is in me, the demand, and outside that is also
existing.
So I told the other day that the seed of all
the revealed scripture is in one word, the Yes, Oṁ. Oṁ, this sound
contains the whole thing. This very seed of Gāyatrī, and from
Gāyatrī comes the Veda,and from Veda three departures.
Anyhow, Vedānta, Bhāgavatam, in this way. The very seed
is Oṁ. What is Oṁ? Oṁ means a great, a grand Yes! What is
yes? What you are searching for within, that is. The positive assertion. It is
there! The object of your innermost searching, it is. Really it has existence,
for which you find your innermost desire, hankering. That is, one word. Then
begin searching, what is that? That is Brahman. All-accommodating, that is
Paramātmā, that is Bhagavān. Here we’ll have the greater
satisfaction, bhajanīya. The object of your worship, your innermost
adoration is there, what you are searching for. All this comes from within, it
is automatic with us. Yes - a positive, direct, positive answer. What you are
searching for in your innermost heart, that exists. Be assured, be consoled.
83.11.09.B
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...culminate in Kṛṣṇa conception
of Godhead. Because we shall be able to find gradually our innermost hankering
is for that sweetness, that sweet consorthood. According to their position, vātsalya,
sākhya, a little modified. Hare Kṛṣṇa. We can’t
ignore. It is the truth, we can’t avoid. Wherever we go, we’re in the
tree section, or in the insect, animal, wherever we go, this is within us. The
eternal search, within for something. And that thing is. And how? Try, try
again to find out the innermost satisfaction, the object of innermost.
na te viduḥ
svārtha-gatiṁ hi viṣṇuṁ, durāśayā
ye bahir-artha-māninaḥ
[andhā
yathāndhair upanīyamānās, te 'pīśa-tantryām
uru-dāmni baddhāḥ]
[“Persons who are strongly entrapped by the
consciousness of enjoying material life, and who have therefore accepted as
their leader or guru a similar blind man attached to external sense objects,
cannot understand that the goal of life is to return home, back to Godhead, and
engage in the service of Lord Viṣṇu. As blind men guided by another
blind man miss the right path and fall into a ditch, materially attached men
led by another materially attached man are bound by the ropes of fruitive
labour, which are made of very strong cords, and they continue again and again
in materialistic life, suffering the threefold miseries.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
7.5.31]
Prahlāda
Mahārāja
says we can’t understand, the very object of our selfish nature is Viṣṇu
conception, Kṛṣṇa conception. Generally misguided, we make
much of the cover. Is it that? Is it that? Is it that? All cover. But when we
come to the sādhu and get sukṛti and some help, then
we can understand, not the cover, but my inner heart is searching after Viṣṇu,
after Kṛṣṇa conception. Prahlāda
Mahārāja
says. We can detect. Then we can understand our own self,
ātmā-darśan-ātmā-sakhathkar. When we can meet our
own self we can find, according to our progress, that what our innermost
demand, what we want really. And each calculation to full-fledged theism that
is Kṛṣṇa conception. There we are, so far, no further. It
stops its journey there.
So it is not thrust on anyone against his
will. No force, no enforcement, no application of any force, it is natural only
to understand. Favourable circumstance help us to understand our own necessity.
We’re to be educated about our own self and selfishness proper. What is our
real self and what is selfishness proper. Then we can come gradually to
understand that Kṛṣṇa, it culminates there, Kṛṣṇa
conception of the environment, Vṛndāvana can satisfy us. Vṛndāvana
is a place that can fulfil all our inner hankering to the fullest extent, no
further. It is natural. So comparative study is allowed, not a blind faith, led
towards a corner by a designing man, no. March in the plain line.
Satyam śivam sundaram. First
existence, unassailable existence assured. Next, śivam, general
satisfaction that is above death, to conceive oneself above death. Beyond the
attack of the negative side, safe position. Then positive progress, sundaram.
Śivam means to get out of the negative side, attack,
torment, difficulties, trouble, to go above that, śivam. Satyam, śivam, then sundaram,
that sweetness or beauty, march towards that. Three stages of life, to feel
where we are, really our position. That we are assailed by our environment,
attacked and subdued. Action, reaction; to get out of that, in the abscissa,
that is śivam, out of the negative influence. Then third position
is fulfilment, to merge in the beautiful atmosphere of Vṛndāvana.
And very akin to them we also can find
Navadwīpa, a little generous Vṛndāvana. Generous, magnanimous Vṛndāvana,
we’re concerned more with that, fallen souls. Very palatable dishes are being
served among the friends inner circle, and then that being distributed to the
public, two forms of the highest.
Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa.
Kṛṣṇa. Nitāi-Gaura. Nitāi-Gaura. Nitāi-Gaura.
Nitāi-Gaura. Nitāi-Gaura.
So to be adjusted in this way, unassailable
position. So we admit the necessity of only one thing; back to home. March
towards home. All engagements must be subservient to that. If it hinders the
royal march back to home, that should be rejected. And what will help our march
towards home, that is accepted, favourable, what is. The only thing, only duty
we have got to discharge, we must go home. Where the innermost part, with the
innermost part wholesale satisfaction we get. Every nerve gets its satisfaction
of our existence. Full-fledged theism. Consideration for the necessity of the
fulfilment of every nerve in our system. Every nerve will find its satisfaction
in that soil. Wholesale satisfaction of our whole existence, automatic, found
in that land. That is home, where full attendance is given to us, to our every
nerve of existence. We want to go there.
Here it is impossible, in this atmosphere to
have. We cannot lead a treacherous life. We must be sincere to our own self.
And that requires that we must be, we cannot be but a devotee of Kṛṣṇa,
cannot but be members of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. So that is the
universal march, and that is necessary for everyone, wherever there is
animation, self-consideration It cannot be avoided. Most universal form of life
and the fullest utilisation of our energy is only there.
It is not non-scientific. Higher science where
the mortality is also, is given its due position. With death everything
finishes, not that haphazard program. The program is a full program. We must
live, crossing the boundary of mortality, concerned with our eternal life. Only
we are trying our hardest only up to death, then after death that is unknown?
We cannot be satisfied with that unknown propaganda. The unknown must also be
taken within our program, and we are to provide for that. Such broad, wide
program we want to have for us as well as for others. There is a clear program
of us. Live in the eternity. Live in the eternity and the demand of that we
find eternal aspect within ourselves. Our soul is eternal factor in eternity.
We can find out in course of that search that who am I? Really I am a factor in
the eternity.
And when we come to make much of this flesh
and blood, we come down in the level of mortality. We are immortal. And
Socrates had to pay up his life for that. Soul is immortal. At the cost of his
life he had to prove that soul is immortal. Our innermost factor in this world
is immortal, and the environment is also immortal. And we’re a member of the
immortal world. And then not merely immortality will satisfy. What is the
positive gain, to be a member of the immortal world? To first get out of all
these undesirable troubles that come to disturb us. And the next, the positive
fulfilment.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Nitāi. Nitāi.
nityo
nityānāṁ cetanaś-cetanānām, eko bahūnāṁ
yo vidadhāti kāmān
[tam
ātmasthaṁ ye ‘nupaśyanti dhīrās teṣāṁ
śāntiḥ śāśvatī netareṣām]
[“Of the innumerable, eternal, conscious
beings, there is one eternal Supreme Being. That Supreme Lord is the maintainer
of the innumerable living beings in terms of their different situations,
according to individual work and reaction of work. That Supreme Lord is also,
by His expansion as Paramātmā, present within the heart of every
living being. Only those saintly persons who can see, within and without, that
same Supreme Lord, can actually attain to perfect and eternal peace.”] [Kaṭha-Upaniṣad,
2.2.13]
What is expanded here from the domain of
immortality, there we find somewhat about the immortal world. What type of that
world is, which is said to be immortal. There also men are living, there also
persons are living and they’re living, they’re enjoying their life. And they
send something down to this world, that we’re so-and-so, we’re living men in
the sukhra, Mars? _____________ [?]
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Seminal.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Venus?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
No. Seminal.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Mars is mangal. Jupiter Bṛhaspati. Venus
perhaps?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Planet. Which planet?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah. The planet where they suppose that higher
civilisation is there. Venus. So they’re more civilised. But a recent finding
is that Venus is also a desert. Ha, ha, ha. No persons may live there. Hitherto
they supposed that the higher civilisation may be found in Venus, than this
Earth. But now they’re disappointed finding no higher civilised life. No life,
no human beings can be traced.
But Indian philosophy it does not say that.
They are living, but not in this flesh and blood, their bodies are otherwise.
Just after death the mental system, they leave centring about Moon, Pitṛloka.
Pitṛloka is located in the moon. And Devaloka towards the Sun, more
light. The Moon is connected more with Earth. After death they go to the Moon
and then they’re in connection with the Earth, again they have to come here to
live and do karma. In this way.
But those that get liberation from the
Earthly enjoyment, they go towards the Sun. Crossing the boundary of attraction
of the Earth, they go forth to the eternal atmosphere of the Sun. That is
another thing.
And Druvaloka is considered to be holding some
position of devotion, Druva, the polar star. That he has not yet investigated,
by the scientists. Druvaloka. And Druvaloka and this Earth, it is very
peculiar; they are holding similar position always. All moving, but still Earth
and this Druva planet, they’re holding similar position. So the Indian yogī,
scientists they are of opinion that this Earth is not moving. In consideration
with the Sun it is moving. But if we fix all movements are relative, if we
think whether Earth is moving or not with our concentration in relation with
this Druva, the Mars, the polar system, then Earth is here, standstill. And the
Sun and the others are moving.
You take a photo, thinking that Earth is
immoveable, and that Druva. Druva and Earth, they’re holding similar position
always. In consideration of taking the Sun in the centre, so many moving. But
if Druva is taken in the centre, then Earth is always maintaining the same
position with it. Then you take the place of Sun and others, all moving, but
Earth is fixed. We can think like that. So movements, motion means relative
conception.
Two persons, if two trains are going
parallel, two persons who are face to face, they think that we are not moving,
always face to face. Though the trains are moving at the same rate of velocity.
We are changing no position.
[dhūmo
rātris tathā kṛṣṇaḥ, ṣaṇ-māsā
dakṣiṇāyanam]
tatra cāndramasaṁ jyotir, yogī prāpya nivartate
[“If he expires on a dark night within a
fortnight of the dark moon, during the sun’s six-month southern orbit, the
fruitive worker on the path of action reaches the heavenly plane, but
subsequently has to undergo rebirth.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 8.25]
After death for some time they want to get
some mental peace, they went to this Moon. But with the astral body, not to be
traced by the Earth’s observatory. Then they will again come back here. They
have charm for the enjoyment of this Earth so they do not go out of the circle
of attraction of the Earth. They go up to the Moon, and come back. And crossing
the gravitation of the Earth, those that go towards the Sun, they have no charm
for any attraction, enjoyment on the Earth. Uttarāyaṇa [Bhagavad-gītā,
8.24], dakṣiṇāyaṇa and uttarāyaṇa.
Uttarāyaṇa, that goes crossing the boundary line of
gravitation of the Earth. No charm for the Earth, earthly pleasure. And those
that have still got attraction for the earthly pleasure, they go to the Moon
and can come back. The Moon is the satellite of the Earth.
But anyhow, our argument basis will be
subjective evolution. Evolution of the most revolutionary thing, in the line of
hypnotism. As Kṛṣṇa showed Arjuna Viśvarūpa, that line. It
is His sweet will, He can display in any way His creation as He likes. He
controls the whole subject, and as He likes to show anyone He can do that. He
controls the whole subjective area, the seer, the hearer, the thinker. The
Absolute thinker controls all the thinkers under Him.
Just as Earth attracts all our bodies. All
material substance attracted by the Earth, controlled by the Earth, or there is
Sun, or something else. So also, the Absolute thinker controls all thinking
agents. It is His līlā, then. His līlā. And
also partly freedom is given for the time being, as He wills, to the so many
thinking units. Thinking units also given their independence to certain extent,
but not absolute. It is His līlā.
Everything for Himself. And He is by itself
and for itself. This Hegelian theory covers the whole thing. By itself and for
itself. In consideration of the existence, and in consideration of the
fulfilment, both sides controlled by Him. But He’s such, His nature is such
that we can live happily with Him. He cannot live in a desert. He wants to live
in a family. He’s a family man. Sonhood of Godhead, according to us. Peace,
home, Vṛndāvana, home. Plain, simple, loving, promising, and
infinite resources.
There was a mock fight between
Śrīvāsa Paṇḍita and Svarūpa Dāmodara.
Śrīvāsa Paṇḍita wanted to plead about Vaikuṇṭha.
Svarūpa Dāmodara after hearing to a certain extent, could not
tolerate.
He told, “You, Śrīvāsa, you
forget what are the wealth in Vṛndāvana. The ordinary tree holds the
capacity of all the resources of your Vaikuṇṭha. The milk cows they
are like such, these creepers and these trees and so many simple. But the
grandeur, awe, reverence, the wealth side, that is suppressed within their
foot. That is Vṛndāvana.”
Such is Vṛndāvana. It is
pleasing. Grandeur cannot please one for long time. He will vex himself, cannot
be tolerated. But this homely life, the plain life, the simple life, the forest
life, that is health giving.
Now also the scientific persons, they
discover that trees are necessary for our living. If we do away with the forest
then we won’t be able, who will supply the carbon dioxide, the oxygen for us?
So in towns also they’re trying to create trees, forests. The forest is life
giving place, and town is not so, life killing, and forest life giving.
So Vṛndāvana, life giving.
Supplying vitality from all quarters, Vṛndāvana. Vaikuṇṭha
is not so. Ha, ha. All concentrated in Kṛṣṇa. Others living
helpless, dependent life to Kṛṣṇa.
“Oh, Kṛṣṇa will see, Kṛṣṇa
will do, Kṛṣṇa will.” In this way.
The friends, when Kṛṣṇa
held up the Govardhana, the friends told, “Oh, You could not hold it by
Yourself alone. We also put our sticks to hold it up. Without our help You
could not do.” The friends are saying.
rakṣā
koribo tuhuṅ niścaya jāni, pāna korobuṅ hāma
yamunā pāni
[“Fearless and confident of Your protection,
I shall drink the waters of the Yamunā, whether they are poisoned or not.
I am Your property. You must take care of me; You can’t leave me.”]
[The Songs Of Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura,
p 26-7]
At the bottom of their heart they’re so
confident of Kṛṣṇa’s assistance, continuous Kṛṣṇa
assistance at their back, they’re going and rushing towards poisonous thing,
and swallowing poison, drinking poison. “Oh, Kṛṣṇa is at our
back. Whom do I fear? We don’t fear anyone.” They’re going to the Kāliyadaha, the poisonous place of Yamunā by this serpent
venom. They’re drinking that water and fainting, but without any fear. “Oh, Kṛṣṇa
is at our back. He will look after, whatever calamity befalls on us, He will ultimately
take care of that.” Then Kṛṣṇa had to go and again to revive
them from the poisonous effect.
Rakṣisyatīti
viśvāsaḥ, in Śaraṇāgati, in the process
of surrender there is one great part. “That He will protect me. Whom do I care?
I don’t care for anyone. He’s, my master is there on my head. He’ll protect me.
No necessity of any apprehension from any quarter at all.” In the sākhya
rasa that is very, very clear. Rakṣisyatīti viśvāsaḥ.
And at the same time challenging in the time
of play. “You could not do this. I gained over You. You failed.” Ha, ha. Such
homely play. God and His servant in equal position on the surface. Sometimes
holding lower position even. Family life, sweet family life. And the devotees
of the higher type they see devotion only there when the Absolute is defeated
to the part. The peculiar thing is devotion, Yogamāyā. Devotion,
leaving everything, say, “We want devotion only. If we get devotion, the
Absolute will come to our door.” Devotion is such. So go on praising devotion,
devotion, devotion. Is all-in-all, devotion. Where is devotion? Where it is
found that the master is defeated by the servant. There is devotion. There you
can trace what is devotion.
ahaṁ
bhakta-parārdhīno, hy asvatantra iva dvija
[sādhubhir
grasta-hṛdayo, bhaktair bhakta-jana-priyaḥ]
[The Lord tells Durvāsā: “I am the
slave of My devotees; I have no freedom apart from their will. Because they are
completely pure and devoted to Me, My heart is controlled by them, and I reside
always in their hearts. I am dependent not only on My devotees, but even on the
servants of My devotees. Even the servants of My devotees are dear to Me.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
9.4.63]
“That My absolutism is forgotten at that
time, that I am absolute, I forget that. I go as one of them, sometimes,
approach them to serve.”
That peculiar thing is devotion. So high.
Then what this worldly energy, or that knowledge will come to cope with it?
Because devotion means mystique, miracle. Devotion.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Ha, ha.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari
bol.
With what capital Nityānanda Prabhu
wandered along the two banks of this Ganges _______ [?]
So both the banks of this river.
bhaja
gaurāṅga, kaha gaurāṅga laha gauranger nāma,
yei jana
gaurāṅga bhaje sei amāra prāna
[“Worship Gaurāṅga, speak of
Gaurāṅga, chant Gaurāṅga’s Name. Whoever worships
Śrī Gaurāṅga is My life and soul. Come straight to the
campaign of Śrī Caitanya and you will safely attain Vṛndāvana.”]
Nitai loile
janma bhitire hari bole ke hari bole kere gaura hari bole ke?
Who else than Nityānanda, He’s roaming
around the banks of this Ganges with the Name of Hari and Gaura Hari. Surely,
this Nityānanda, so bold assertion, careless. Careless of any
individuality Nityānanda boldly asserting. “Take the Name of Gaura Hari,
Gaura Hari, and you will have wonderful promise of your life. Take the Name of
Gaura Hari! Gaura Hari!”
High potentiality. Distributing the high
potentiality along the banks of the Ganges, that great Nityānanda. How
we’re to judge the efficiency and utility of a thing? We can judge it only in
connection of its goal, of its highest prospect, things should be judged
whether how valuable it is. If we can understand what was distributed in Bhāgavatam
and by Śrī Gaurāṅga, that how that is the highest
attainment of all of us, all animation, then we can appreciate that vagabond,
Nityānanda. In a vagabond life, He was only crying hoarsely, “Take the
Name of Gaurāṅga! Take the Name of Gaura Hari!”
Ultimately that half-educated and fat and
strong gentleman of high, tall figure, and carelessness, moving anywhere and
everywhere. But He had one precedent record in His back; that He delivered Jagāi
and Mādhāi, the greatest guṇḍās of the time.
That was as His back, Nityānanda roaming like a vagabond, here and there
and, “Take the Name of Gaurāṅga.” But at His back that record
supports Him. Jagāi and Mādhāiare there, we
cannot ignore them, that is a concrete fact. Whatever tantric or nyāyic, the
logicians, or so many miraculous, whoever we are, we cannot dismiss from our
experience that Jagāi and Mādhāi. Those
horrible thieves that were converted by that vagabond Nityānanda. So,
something, some attention, some apprehension we must have for that man, ha, ha,
Nityānanda. Gaura Hari bol.
Came from _______________ [?] unknown man,
joined Gaurāṅga and became His most favourite. And now Gaurāṅga
is there in Jagannātha Purī, and His representative is here. A
dreadful figure to the whole culture of the then Navadwīpa, the logicians
as well as the tantrics.
Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa.
Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
But approach was so mild.
Ata bhauli
nityananda bhumi kori jaya sana padma jana dhulay lotai [?]
Appealing, appealing, appealing. No
response. Then He’s rolling on the gate. “Listen to Me! I have come to give you
the highest thing. Don’t drive away! The highest nectar is passing through your
door! Take it! A drop, take a drop!” And as if one big, beautiful and fair
body, just as golden peak of a mountain is rolling on the gate.
Nityānanda. So much earnestness to do good to the people.
Nadiya ya kore gaura jaya de [?] When
Mahāprabhu went to take sannyāsa, the devotees, some of them
sang this song. “Oh Gaurāṅga is going out of Navadwīpa. The
whole Navadwīpa is enveloped in darkness. As long as He was here, the
great light. His passing away, His leaving Navadwīpa at His back. And
Navadwīpa seems to be a dark area. You inhabitants of Navadwīpa, go
and take Him back. Fall at His feet and take Him back to Navadwīpa,
reinstate there. Otherwise, all dark.”
Ata baya dayi pi arey nadiya bar gaura jaya
[?] “The light of Navadwīpa is going away from Navadwīpa. You don’t
appreciate this. You don’t know what wealth you’re missing. Go and fall at His
feet and take Him, reinstate in Navadwīpa.” In this way the devotees are
singing.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura
Hari bol. Nitāi. Nitāi. Nitāi. Nitāi.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura
Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
Adjustment. To take the Name of Gaurāṅga
and Nityānanda, to maintain the adjusted position. Position may be
disturbed by some influences from outside. But when we take the Name we find we
think that we’re again having my proper adjusted position, taking the Name of
Gaurāṅga and Nityānanda. I am at Their feet.
Kṛpayā
tava pāda-paṅkaja-sthita-dhūlī-sadṛśaṁ
vicintaya.
“Please consider me a dust of Your holy feet. That is my position. I like to be
adjusted there. By dealing the topics of so many kinds, my attention is drawn
towards this and that. But I like to have my own permanent position as the dust
of Your holy feet. There is my located position. From there I can serve best, I
can do my duty best. Consider.” Mahāprabhu says.
ayi
nanda-tanuja kiṅkaraṁ, patitaṁ māṁ viṣame
bhavāmbudhau
kṛpayā
tava pāda-paṅkaja-sthita-dhūlī-sadṛśaṁ
vicintaya
[“O son of Nanda Mahārāja, I am
Your eternal servant, yet because of My own karma, I have fallen into
this terrible ocean of birth and death. Accept this fallen soul and consider Me
a particle of dust at Your holy lotus feet.”] [Śikṣāṣṭakam,
5]
“Please consider Me as a dust of Your holy
feet.”
sakhyāya
te mama namo 'stu namo 'stu nityam, dāsyāya te mama raso 'stu raso
'stu satyam
[“I won’t allow myself to become fascinated
by the proposal of the higher level service as a friend, sākhya.
Rather, I shall tend always to do the lower service, dāsya, the
service of the servant. I shall not consider myself to be a high class servitor
and I shall always tend to go towards the lower class of service. But He may
forcibly take me to a higher service. “No, you are no longer to serve there;
now you must serve in this higher category.’”] [Vilāpa-kusamāñjali,
16]
“I do not like to be holding a higher
position in the service. But my natural trend will be to go towards lower
service. But the Yogamāyā will come, “No, no, I like to give you this
sort of service. Don’t disobey me.” In this way they go upward to do that duty.
But their natural tendency, inner tendency, always to go down. “Oh, I’m not fit
for this service. I like to serve, any smallest, meanest service I want to
have. This is my prayer. The meanest service I want. I’m not fit to do the
higher service.” But Yogamāyā will come, “No, no, you must do, you
must obey me, you are to do this service.” Then we have to, we do that. That
will be the attitude, Dāsa Goswāmī says. The sākhya,
to come in the same level, no. The confidential, no, no. I must go down, lower
service. That should be the tendency of pure devotee, all. A tendency to go
towards the lower part. And never any aggression towards the higher. That is
only forced. Forced from the common interest management...
83.11.09.C
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. At the same time they’re
concious about their own master exclusively, faithfully. Otherwise the paravyoma
deli pheli. I shall discharge the meanest service of our Master, Kṛṣṇa.
But I won’t have any attraction for the higher service in Vaikuṇṭha,
Nārāyaṇa. Never. The meanest service of my Lord, but not
highest service position in serving even Kṛṣṇa as
Nārāyaṇa there in Vaikuṇṭha. No. That is not my
inner tendency. What can I do? If I see Nārāyaṇa I shall bow
down to Him.
“O Lord, You are Master of everything. You
please grant that I may have my liking towards my Lord Kṛṣṇa,
and be a servant or maidservant there. I want this boon, pray for this boon to
You my Lord. You are Master. You can do everything.”
In that way. But my heart’s inner hankering
will there, in the meanest service.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura
Hari. Gaura-Nitāi. Nitāi. Nitāi.
Nitāi. Dayal-Nitāi.
Dayal-Nitāi. Dayal-Nitāi. Dayal-Nitāi. Nitāi-Dayal.
Nitāi. Nitāi. Nitāi. Nitāi-Dayal.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja
not come?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Yes. ___________ [?] Yesterday we had a very happy program.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes, I heard from Govinda Mahārāja
repeatedly.
Devotees: (Group
laughter)
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: “That I’ve never taken prasādam so much
in my whole life.”
Devotees: (Group
laughter)
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: “I can remember so many feasts.” He told. “One in Śakhī
Bābu, another here, there. But this
surpasses all.”
Devotees: (Group
laughter)
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: “Then I have taken so much, that four days I’m not
to take anything.”
Devotees: (Group
laughter)
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Said like that, announcing and announcing,
yesterday.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
The local people were also given some prasādam
there?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That Vasudeva came?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
No. He’s a little entangled.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: O, he could not come?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
No.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...is also not here? Pramāṇa Swāmī also joined the festival and made it
more satisfactory, joyful, added to the happiness of all the devotees.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: That’s a fact.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Whenever he came and met me I at once sent there.
Go, the festival is going of your Prabhupāda, run there.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura
Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Nitāi
Gaura Hari bol.
Eight or nine
of you spoke about Swāmī Mahārāja there? With his grace. Kṛṣṇa.
...
...prabhu is
leaving today?
Devotee: Yes Guru
Mahārāja.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What o’clock?
Devotee: Eleven o’clock
train.
...
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: ...movement was pre-planned by he and yourself. It
was originally your plan, but you do not tell us that.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: At least common to certain extent, no doubt, common
interest. Sincerely we’re of common interest, at least to major portion. For
that interest I’m living a life about fifty six years here. And you are also
like that. This interest. He moved heaven and earth for this interest. The
vital interest. To live or to die, for such interest, that is our common
capital.
Kṛṣṇa.
Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura
Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Gaura Hari.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari
bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
When some of
his disciples interned him in a room for three days without any food perhaps...
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: So we hear.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...he had to take the risk. Imprisonment for unknown
time he had to undergo. More bold and aggressive. I’m always a player in the
back, not in the front. He was a player in the centre, of the front.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Sudhīra Goswāmī Mahārāja he
has one photograph of Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī Ṭhākura,
with many disciples. And we find Your Divine Grace in the back.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. Back. Oh, in Madras?
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Standing in Madras.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. That photo.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: With shaved head.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I remember.
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: And looking very strong and proper.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Health was good at that time.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes. Very good health. Very nice photo.
...for us to
come to you Mahārāja. It is his order for us to come to your feet.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Gaura Hari.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: He has given us that order to complete the order of
Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta.
Because in
the beginning he asked Your Divine Grace.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Expected from me.
...
...I
understood diplomacy, but I came in the Maṭha with a childlike
simplicity. And Prabhupāda remarked one day, “He’s __________ [?] brāhmaṇa,
he’s a brāhmaṇa of very simple type.”
Then one
member of a friendly type he told me, “Do you hear what Prabhupāda remarks
about you?”
What is the
remark?
“That _______
[?] brāhmaṇa _______ [?] brāhmaṇa. You are
a foolish brāhmaṇa he says. By simple brāhmaṇa means
foolish. You do not understand anything.”
Then after a
long time I asked himself. Am I that foolish brāhmaṇa now,
you think?
“No, no. You
are more diplomatic.”
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I understand diplomacy but I generally hate it. That
is I don’t appreciate it, but I understand. But I have come to the devotees not
to play diplomatically with them, but fullest simplicity I have come. With full
openness I have come to appreciate their movements. Wholehearted to appreciate
what is - every point guarding with great attention that what best there can
be. With this attitude I came to study the Gauḍīya Matha.
So the
outward forms of Gauḍīya Maṭha were always eliminated from my
vision. Only ontological side that was my concern. I tried to study my best to
ontological side of Gauḍīya Maṭha. Whole, as much as I could
command, the whole attention was given towards ontological side, ignoring the
formal aspect. That was my nature. So I could understand the lectures of
Prabhupāda. The old, experienced, and veteran preachers also used to
enquire from me after our Guru Mahārāja delivered his lecture.
“What did
Guru Mahārāja, Prabhupāda tell?”
I repeated
again before them. He told this, this, this, this, that thing. And they heard
it attentively. Because I was all attentive to the ontological side.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa.
Kṛṣṇa. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
dharmaḥ projjhita-kaitavo 'tra paramo
nirmat-sarāṇāṁ satāṁ
[vedyaṁ vāstavam atra vastu śivadaṁ
tāpa-trayonmūlanam
śrīmad-bhāgavate mahā-muni-kṛte
kiṁ vā parair īśvaraḥ
sadyo hṛdy avarudhyate 'tra kṛtibhiḥ
śuśrūṣubhis tat-kṣaṇāt]
[“Completely
rejecting all religious activities which are materially motivated, this Bhāgavata-Purāṇa
propounds the highest truth, which is understandable by those devotees who are
fully pure in heart. The highest truth is reality distinguished from illusion
for the welfare of all. Such truth uproots the threefold miseries. This
beautiful Bhāgavatam, compiled by the great sage Vyāsadeva (in
his maturity), is sufficient in itself for God realisation. What is the need of
any other scripture? As soon as one attentively and submissively hears the
message of Bhāgavatam, by this culture of knowledge the Supreme Lord
is established within his heart.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.1.2]
“The very
gist, eliminating all undesirable things from the conception of our duty, all
eliminated. And what is our duty proper, that was to be distributed from Bhāgavatam,
and to the particular section. Who are they? Nirmat-sarāṇāṁ
satāṁ. Those that can ignore their ego to the fullest extent, nirmatsara,
no consideration of their ego, no selfish idea. Who are ready to die for the
cause, it is only meant for them. Nirmat-sarāṇāṁ.
Self consideration fully eliminated, fully forgetful of his own selfish
acquisition, it is only meant for them. Completely uncontaminated naked truth
I’m going to distribute now in this scripture, in Bhāgavatam.” With
this promise, Preface, Vedavyāsa began to write this book, Bhāgavatam.
And Jīva
Goswāmī Prabhu also he wants to go a step further. Savatopita.
“Who have not got this qualification he won’t come to touch my book. I give
some author’s curse they may not approach to touch my book. If they’ve got no such
qualification they won’t come to touch my book, then they’ll be lost, in this
way. Savatopita. They won’t touch, shouldn’t touch. They can’t
understand, and they will mutilate, and they’ll do disservice to the world in
my name.”
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
And Kavirāja Goswāmī told on the other hand. “I bow down to the
feet of those who will be the readers of my book in future. From here I bow
down to them, to the feet dust of those that will have to come across to read
this book. My future readers, hearers, I bow down to them. But at the same time
assert if anyone cannot understand, his life is no life, his life is rather
considered to be death. Janmiyā se. He should have died immediately
after he’s born. He’s coming across, coming in touch with Caitanya līlā,
if anyone cannot appreciate, it would have been better that immediately after
his birth he should have died. Janmiyā se kene nāhi maila.
Such a great chance he missed, such a great chance in his life he missed, that
he should have died immediately after he’s born. Pāiyā amṛtadhunī,
piye viṣa-garta-pāni. There is divine nectar, and there is
poisonous drain water. You are creature of the drain water, and here is divine
nectar. If you coming together miss this chance, then what is the value of your
life?” This strong term.
[pāiyā mānuṣa janma, ye nā
śune gaura-guṇa, hena janma tāra vyartha haila
pāiyā amṛtadhunī, piye viṣa-garta-pāni,
janmiyā se kene nāhi maila]
[“Anyone who
attains a human body but does not take to the cult of Śrī Caitanya
Mahāprabhu is baffled in his opportunity. Amṛtadhunī is
a flowing river of the nectar of devotional service. If after getting a human
body one drinks the water in a poison pit of material happiness instead of the
water of such a river, it would be better for him not to have lived, but to
have died long ago.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Ādi-līlā, 13.123]
And at the
same time, “I’m so mean, but Nityānanda Prabhu’s Grace I think took me to
the high order that I can taste this sort of sweetness. It is not my credit but
whole credit to Nityānanda, His Grace. Whatever I have got, only it is
from Him. And I bow down to the future reader of my book, and hearer of this
book also, from here.”
saba śrotā-vaiṣṇavere kari’
namaskāra [ei saba ślokera kari artha-vicāra]
[“I offer my
obeisances unto all my Vaiṣṇava readers as I begin to explain the
intricacies of all these verses.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Ādi-līlā, 1.30]
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari. And in Caitanya-Bhāgavata, Vṛndāvana
Dāsa Ṭhākura, that is also apparently it is just the opposite.
“I appeal, appeal, and appeal so much entreatingly. But still if there is
anyone who won’t care to show his dignity or attention towards the līlā
of Śrī Caitanyadeva, I kick him on his head.”
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That was his straight and proud version. Apparently
it seems that it is just opposite to Vaiṣṇava humility. But I heard
for the first time from Guru Mahārāja, Prabhupāda.
“That who had
no alternative to come towards Gaura consciousness, or Kṛṣṇa
consciousness, Vṛndāvana Dāsa Ṭhākura had devised
the way, opened the way for them. For the worst section he has found a way out.
What is that? That because he has insulted them so much, so
Gaura-Nityānanda will have to come to their relief to save them. Because
Their son has done something wrong to a person, the guardian will come to
satisfy him.
“O, you had
misdeed, you are wounded by My son in such a way. All right, I’m compensating,
giving something to you to compensate.”
The
compensation will come to them for this bold action of Vṛndāvana
Dāsa Ṭhākura from the higher guardian area. So for whom there
was no prospect, no way out, he has made, created some sort of way for them by
dealing so rashly against the opponents.”
That I heard.
How to see the action of the Vaiṣṇava. Their anger, their curse,
that is also helpful to the ordinary person, their curse also.
It is
mentioned there also when Nārada threw curse amongst Nalakūvara, “Go
to the tree species. You can’t remain in the human form. Go to the tree
section.”
Then when
they, for the reaction, apprehension, began to cry, falling at the feet of
Nārada.
Then it was
sanctioned. “Yes, you’ll be tree, but in Vṛndāvana. Kṛṣṇa
will break you and you’ll come up and gain your former position.”
Nalakūvara, Yamalarjuna, became Yamalarjuna and came to be a part
of Kṛṣṇa līlā. And when relieved from that
curse then in the touch of Kṛṣṇa līlā they
where turned into golden position.
So curse of a
Vaiṣṇava, any connection of a Vaiṣṇava cannot do any
harm. Vaiṣṇava aparādha, it is not from this side to
that. But from Vaiṣṇava side any aggression, if any aggression
comes from the Vaiṣṇava side, then they’re compensated by the Lord
in a very valuable way. But if any offence committed against Vaiṣṇava,
and they do not care for it, he cannot get any release. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Our Godbrother, Atreya Ṛṣi Prabhu, he
also wrote you one letter.
“I hope one
day I will be blessed by you to chastise me.”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha. He has written to you?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: No, to yourself. About one year ago. “One day I hope
you will chastise me.”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Chastise him.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: So he also wants your blessings.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa. He’s not against me.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. He did not cast vote against me in the meeting?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: No.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And even Svarūpa Dāmodara also did not
cast his vote against me I was told.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Ha, ha, ha. You’re beyond votes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa. I do not think
anything ill against ISKCON. Only institute to preach the greatness, the
nobility of Mahāprabhu, to go against them that is to commit suicide. So I
can’t do that. My interest and ISKCON interest is common. The glory of
Mahāprabhu that will be spread and so many souls will come to have their
eternal happy life. How can I go against that. But only if little misconception
comes, according to my conscience I want to remove that, for my own spiritual
interest. As much as I can understand, this is not the way, this is not the
conception of the goal. To my best sincerity what I can understand I say that.
I think I’m such, otherwise I shall murder me, I shall commit...
Yatuk jnatim yatum katum sahate ___________ [?] “If
you spit over your head it will come on your head.”
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura
Hari bol.
If I’m
sincere I must want that the teachings of Mahāprabhu will be spread
abroad, and ISKCON is doing that, giving distribution to that thing. So to have
any envy about the principle of ISKCON, that will be suicidal to me. God
forbids I may not take anything of the type in me.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Nitāi
Gaura Hari bol.
Now we’re to
hear Pramāṇa Swāmī. Akṣayānanda specially has
stopped his journey towards Bombay to look after him. We’re getting our old
friend within us, so sincere.
Pramāṇa Swāmī [?]: I was thinking this morning Mahārāja,
that I had tried many times to establish some loving relationship with my
Godbrothers in ISKCON. And they have many times closed their doors in my face.
And then I’ve come here and I find this loving welcome embrace, but still I’ll
have to go there.
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Pramāṇa Swāmī: What’s the use? You were saying before that we want
to be among brothers.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa. Birds of the same
feather flock together. You have come among your own friends. And your old and
best friend Viraha Prakāśa Mahārāja is here.
Pramāṇa Swāmī: But great enemy of ISKCON.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. You have come here
because Viraha Prakāśa Mahārāja had a phone call with you?
He called you on a phone?
Pramāṇa Swāmī: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And also you received letter from ________ [?]
Mahārāja?
Pramāṇa Swāmī: Actually one of my Godbrothers you have never met,
he’s called Virabahu.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Another Godbrother that you do not know named
Virabahu, he influenced him.
Pramāṇa Swāmī: He’s going to come sometime.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: With his virabahu, strong hand, he has caught
hold of you and thrown.
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Pramāṇa Swāmī: He sent me a letter saying that “I think that now
more than ever you will want my friendship.” And when I read that I decided I
had to call him up.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Oh. Threatening in that way?
Pramāṇa Swāmī: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa’s
diplomacy.
Gaura Hari.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
[pārtha naiveha nāmutra, vināśas
tasya vidyate] na hi kalyāṇa-kṛt kaścid, durgatiṁ
tāta gacchati
[“O Arjuna,
son of Kuntī, the unsuccessful yogī does not suffer ruination
either in this life or the next. He is not deprived of the pleasures of the
heavenly planetary systems in this universe, nor is he denied the chance to
personally see the Supersoul in the divine realm. This is so, O dear one,
because a person who performs virtuous actions never becomes ill-fated.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
6.40]
Sara hoile gaura siksa bujiya _____ [?] If we’re
simple, unprejudiced, open minded, we’ll be able to appreciate the teachings of
Śrī Gaurāṅga. Only simplicity is necessary, independent of
so many bad prejudices. Simplicity, openness, sincerity, and Gaurāṅga
will come to take possession of the throne in his heart.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Nitāi Gaura Hari.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
Nitāi
Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. So I
close here today.
...
...at the
evening, in the night, where he was crucified, he washed the feet of his
disciples, is it not?
Devotees: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Feet of the disciples, and also with the towels
dried them.
Our Guru
Mahārāja, whoever used to prostrate before him, “daso smi,”
that was his answer. We saw for the first time that Guru is also - anyone
bowing down to him he’s just returning in the same way. So much so one day when
I had not yet entered the Maṭha, I’m coming and going. Perhaps Janmāṣṭamī
day or so, I found that whoever is passing by him he’s bowing down, and he also
bowing down. I thought that so many times that one gentleman had to bow down.
One by one they’re going and he of course he’s alone and he’s giving back,
bowing down to everyone. Then he’s so much tired, so at least I must give him
relief, so I bowed down mentally, and passed by him. And necessarily he did not
bow down to me. I felt that at least I gave him some relief. Then I told
someone that I did not bow down to him.
“Why?” One of
the disciples was enraged.
And for this
purpose, that if I bow down he will also bow down. And a man, how long can he
go on doing? So many persons only once they’re doing, and him to everyone he’s
to. So at least I thought I must give him relief. Then he was satisfied.
So service,
outwardly Guru receives the reverence, but really he does service. His duty is
that of service, to cleanse the undesirable things from the heart, and to make
it a dwelling place for Kṛṣṇa and kāṛṣṇa,
that sort of duty. Guru is also dāsa, he’s servant of the disciple,
in the higher sense. In the higher sense his duty is to cleanse, to clear away
the rubbishes, undesirability from the hearts of those that come to him. To
brush them aside, that is the duty.
So Jesus also
showed that he’s serving his disciples. Disciples means not to be, not to get
an eternal predominated property. A real Guru he does not look like that, “that
they’re my living property.” No. Servants, he does not. His vision is like
that.
We’re
entering a domain where everyone is to be respected by everyone. Just as here
the opposite, so one cannot stand without exploitation. And there the opposite,
one cannot stand without service, without dedication. We’re going to have
entrance into that land. We must be fully conscious of the fact, to be serving
unit is to serve one and all. Whatever will emit from me that is serving ray.
And of course
there is adjustment, not all equal. All equal ultimately comes to nirviśeṣa,
non differentiated, non specified environment. All equal means samaḥ,
sarveṣu bhūteṣu. That is to pass through. Mad-bhaktiṁ
labhate parām.
[brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā, na
śocati na kāṅkṣati
samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu,
mad-bhaktiṁ labhate parām]
[“The
spotlessly pure-hearted and self-satisfied soul who has attained to his
conscious divine nature neither grieves nor craves for anything. Seeing all
beings equally (in the conception of My supreme energy), he gradually achieves
supreme devotion (prema-bhakti) unto Me.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
18.54]
“If you
really want to get My unalloyed devotion, higher devotion, para-bhakti,
then you are to pass through this samaḥ. I’m the bigger, and then
in Virajā, Brahmaloka, I’m equal with all, and then I’m a servant of all.”
The realm,
there we’re to enter. I’m the servant, all my master. This is very difficult.
Even the land over which I pass, that is also master. Inconceivable. Vṛndāvana,
Goloka, Vaikuṇṭha, so, paricāraka-bhṛtya- bhṛtya-bhṛtyasya
bhṛtyam iti māṁ smara lokanātha.
[maj-janmanaḥ phalam idaṁ madhu-kaiṭabhāre,
mat prārthanīya mad anugraha eṣa eva
tvad bhṛtya-bhṛtya-paricāraka-bhṛtya-bhṛtya-,
bhṛtyasya bhṛtyam iti māṁ smara lokanātha]
[“O Supreme
Lord of all beings, O slayer of the demons Madhu and Kaiṭabha, this is
the purpose of my life, this is my prayer, and this is Your grace - that You
will remember me as Your servant, a servant of a servant of a Vaiṣṇava,
a servant of a servant of such a servant of a servant of a Vaiṣṇava,
and a servant of a servant of the servant of a servant of a Vaiṣṇava’s
servant’s servant.”] [Mukunda-Mālā-stotra, 25]
They utter
this mantram to set them right. “I’m servant of the servant, of the servant of
the servant.” Uttering this mantra and thinking of the purport they will have
to move over, to live over, to walk over. Only for the service it is possible
that I’m given opportunity to walk over which is my venerable thing. I’m
servant of Him. I’m walking over His breast. It is impossible. So how much, sankusa
means - care, we’re to live and move there...
83.11.11.B
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I may not have to commit any offence. There’s every
possibility of committing offence. But only relief if I’m engaged in the
service of the highest. That is the capital. Otherwise we shall lose
everything, if we sit there idle we’ll be loser. Always make some income, so
much expense there. So expenditure, the income must be more, then we can stand.
And what is the way of income? Service. By service I can thrive. Otherwise if I
stand there I’ll be diminished without service. Here as without exploitation
none can stand in his position if he does not a place by. There the opposite,
service, plane of service, service, service.
[maj-janmanaḥ phalam idaṁ madhu-kaiṭabhāre,
mat prārthanīya mad anugraha eṣa eva]
tvad bhṛtya-bhṛtya-paricāraka-bhṛtya-bhṛtya-,
bhṛtyasya bhṛtyam iti māṁ smara lokanātha
[“O Supreme
Lord of all beings, O slayer of the demons Madhu and Kaiṭabha, this is
the purpose of my life, this is my prayer, and this is Your grace - that You
will remember me as Your servant, a servant of a servant of a Vaiṣṇava,
a servant of a servant of such a servant of a servant of a Vaiṣṇava,
and a servant of a servant of the servant of a servant of a Vaiṣṇava’s
servant’s servant.”] [Mukunda-Mālā-stotra, 25]
Servant of
the servant, of the servant of the servant, so you all _________ [?]
Cintāmaṇi, bhumi-cintāmaṇi, it is posing as an Earth, or as ground, but it is
conscious substance. The land I’m entering to live and move that is conscious.
And I’m coming from the taṭasthā loka, and he’s ever
conscious. Vṛndāvana, Goluka, that is ever consciousness. And I lost
my own self consciousness, I was somewhere, and I’ve got admission to come in
that land. That is conscious plane. But only solace my connection with the higher
consciousness. Śanta, dāsya, sākhya, vātsalya,
mādhurya, Kṛṣṇa sevā. This is the solace
that everything we come across they’ll help us. They’ll try their best to help
me to Kṛṣṇa consciousness, to Kṛṣṇa
service, their services. They’re not apathetic, their contribution is also
eternally to push me to serve.
Though
superior in position, the mother takes the child in her lap, the feet of the
child is in the thigh or breast of the mother, but affectionate does not take
any offence there. So affection, so mercy, so love, is such noble thing. Anyhow
we’re related to Kṛṣṇa they all adore us. “Oh, this new child
has come for the service of Kṛṣṇa.” They will invite and
welcome us very fervently. “He has come, he has got this opportunity, this
great fortune.” So everyone will come to help him. “Yes, do the service of the
Lord, and embrace your fortune.” In this way, all sympathetic. But we’re to
think that we’re to - samaḥ, mad-bhaktiṁ labhate parām.
[brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā, na
śocati na kāṅkṣati
samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu,
mad-bhaktiṁ labhate parām]
[“The
spotlessly pure-hearted and self-satisfied soul who has attained to his
conscious divine nature neither grieves nor craves for anything. Seeing all
beings equally (in the conception of My supreme energy), he gradually achieves
supreme devotion (prema-bhakti) unto Me.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
18.54]
Para-bhakti, śuddha-bhakti, unalloyed devotion, is of that characteristic. Full
life, not vague, more clear life, but that is of that type. So surrender, self
abnegation, self surrendering, the basis and the earnest desire to serve Kṛṣṇa
and His own. We’re new recruit entering the land, and they all come to receive
us, welcome us, because the service, the surrender, that is our capital. Śaraṇāgati,
on the basis of śaraṇāgati, the earnestness of service
to Kṛṣṇa, to be normal. To strive to become normal, to come
out of the abnormality, brain disease, heart disease, hṛd-rogam
āśv apahinoty acireṇa dhīraḥ.
[vikrīḍitaṁ vraja-vadhūbhir idaṁ
ca viṣṇoḥ, śraddhānvito 'nuśṛṇuyād
atha varṇayed yaḥ
bhaktiṁ parām bhagavati pratilabhya
kāmaṁ, hṛd-rogam āśv apahinoty acireṇa
dhīraḥ]
[“One who
hears with firm faith the supra-mundane amorous affairs of Lord Kṛṣṇa
and the gopīs, as described by a pure devotee of the Lord, soon
becomes freed from mundane lust and achieves divine love of Kṛṣṇa.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 10.33.39]
All suffering
from heart disease, heart wants to consume, whatever he finds outside wants.
Just like a foolish, ignorant boy, what he finds he puts into the mouth. His
tendency is to put into the mouth, the young child. Sometimes he’s seeing an
insect, anything, even in his stools, he’ll take it and put into the mouth.
So man’s
compulsion for exploitation, this hopeless condition we’re passing under, and
what we want to achieve that is the greatest ambitious aspiration. And that is
somewhat like this, the opposite. So must be careful.
bhukti-mukti-spṛhā yāvat,
piśācī hṛdi varttate [tāvad bhakti-sukhasyātra,
katham abhyudayo bhavet]
[“How can the
joy of holy devotion appear in the heart as long as it is haunted by the ghosts
of desire for exploitation and renunciation?”] [Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindu,
Pūrvva 2.22]
Those that
have got a little touch of the magnanimity of that higher soil, they look at
this world as piśācī. The motherly affection, fatherly
affection, friendly affection, are here, they’re piśācī,
witch or wizard. Wants to tempt us away from our own wealth. Piśācī
pāile yena mati-chhanna.
[kṛṣṇa-bahir-mukha haiyā bhoga
vāñchā kare, nikaṭa-stha māyā tāre jāpaṭiyā
dhare
piśācī pāile yena mati-chhanna
haya, māyā-grasta jīvera haya se bhāva udaya
“āmi nitya kṛṣṇa-dāsa” –
ei kathā bhule, māyāra naphara haiyā cira-dina bule
kabhu rājā, kabhu prajā, kabhu vipra,
śudra, kabhu sukhī, kabhu duḥkhī, kabhu kīṭa, kṣudra
kabhu svarge, kabhu martye, narake vā kabhu,
kabhu deva, kabhu daitya, kabhu dāsa prabhu]
[“Being
averse to the loving service of the Supreme Lord, the living entity tries to
satisfy his lusty desires for sense gratification, and the illusory energy clasps
him tightly within her embrace. The living entity, thus captured by the
illusory energy, becomes just like a madman under a witch’s spell. “I am the
eternal servant of Kṛṣṇa” – forgetting this, the soul becomes
the slave of māyā and forever wanders through a succession of
lives. Sometimes he is a king and sometimes a subject. Now he is a brāhmaṇa,
now a śudra, now an insignificant ant. Sometimes happy, sometimes
sad, now he goes to heaven, now to hell. Sometimes he is a god and sometimes a
devil, now a servant, now a lord.”] [Prema-Vivarta]
Piśācī hṛdi varttate. So much adored, and talked so highly, the mukti,
salvation, liberation, these big sounding words. And revered by the so many
scholars, mukti, salvation, liberation, emancipation. That is compared
to a piśācī, a ghost, in unalloyed devotion. Rūpa
Goswāmī. Bhukti-mukti-spṛhā yāvat,
piśācī hṛdi varttate. As the filthy agents of the hell
wants to entice us to take in that hellish plane, piśācī hṛdi
varttate.
So positive
and holy, noble, fulfilling, is the plane of devotion, honour and devotion,
love, especially the plane of love. Not the plane of duty, or resourcefulness
as in Vaikuṇṭha, but the plane of love and beauty. That is so
fascinating, so fulfilling in its character that bhukti-mukti-spṛhā
yāvat, piśācī. And when we’re in other stage, that is
we’re suffering from heart disease. Hṛd-rogam āśv apahinoty
acireṇa dhīraḥ. If we can come in contact with real
discourse of divine character of the Supreme Lord then we’re relieved from
these evil ghosts, who are the recruiters, or representatives of these two
planes of complete retirement or mal engagement of a looter.
Śuddha bhakti. So
Yaśodā who is whipping Kṛṣṇa, outwardly, but at
heart, what degree of intensity she bears affection for the child? So that is
serving. Vātsalya rasa, taran vatsan. Chastising the boy, but it is
found that there is affection, there is service. And Kṛṣṇa
likes it, very palatable to Him. This sort of chastising and punishing, that is
a form of service. So it is aprākṛta, aprākṛta vat,
similar to this mundane, most selfish area, but just the opposite held. That is
service. Parental, filial service, love, service. Without that it cannot be
possible to come in contact with Kṛṣṇa.
All service
full attitude but formed in different way. Parents they’re higher servants than
the friendly servants. Friends are also playing with Kṛṣṇa,
sometimes climbing over His shoulder, sometimes He’s climbing on their
shoulder, in this way. But they’re servants, sweet servants than ordinary servants,
they’re more sweet servants. Parents also servants.
And not to
speak of the consorthood, the wholesale giving. We cannot conceive of that
higher plane. We should be thought so pure, so subtle, so touchy. We should not
venture to enter into that domain of the most confidential service.
sakhyāya te mama namo 'stu namo 'stu nityam,
dāsyāya te mama raso 'stu raso 'stu satyam
[“I won’t
allow myself to become fascinated by the proposal of the higher level service
as a friend, sākhya. Rather, I shall tend always to do the lower
service, dāsya, the service of the servant. I shall not consider
myself to be a high-class servitor and I shall always tend to go towards the
lower class of service. But He may forcibly take me to a higher service - ‘No,
you are no longer to serve there; now you must serve in this higher
category.’”] [Vilāpa-kusamāñjali, 16]
Always we
shall keep in our mind whenever we shall try go to hear about the mādhurya
rasa service this śloka, this mantram, will protect us,
of [Śrīla Raghunātha] Dāsa Goswāmī. Your tendency
always be to the service to the feet. But Kṛṣṇa’s will must
have the supreme position. In whatever way He likes He’ll accept. And it will
come direct from that direction. And not any sort of slightest inclination for
that highest peak of divinity. Inconceivable.
Kṛṣṇa.
Kṛṣṇa. Serving. We’re only concerned in concrete, that what
is service, what is renunciation, what is exploitation, of different degrees.
To come to be a child of the proper soil, that is the difficult thing. Then
there is gradation. We must aspire after that. But our attention always be
towards the plane where I’m taking my stand, where from I’m talking, where from
I’m writing, where from I’m judging.
Always, is it
phantasmagoria, will o the wisp, imagination? Or it is concrete, it is more
real than we feel, see, hear, in this world? Am I going to be a loser or
gainer? I must feel the plane under my foot. Where am I? The plane of devotion
must be my home. A homely experience I must have there. As in home we’re well
acquainted with many things in home. So we’re to make home what I’m going to
enter, to accept, get my admission and to stay comfortably, to have my life of
prospect. Is that real, or I’m a visionary, suffering from imagination? That
always must be verified, that what is devotion? Can I live there really for
long time, for ever? Or it is a fashion to me, a luxury to me for the time
being?
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Our Guru Mahārāja used to tell, “Every
day before you leave the bed you’ll strike a hundred times with the broomstick
on your head. Then you put your foot on the earth. What have I done in my last
day, night? How far I could make progress in the real line? I’ve lost my time
and energy. I’m losing my time and energy. I’m worthless. So put broomstick on
your head. O Lord, save me. Today I may make some real progress. You please
bless me.”
Gaura Hari.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. His recognition for the pure devotional level was so
much, when he wandered through Vṛndāvana and put a slap on his head.
“Oh, such holy well known place, Vṛndāvana, I came. But my Lord is
so high. I could not find a single Vaiṣṇava.”
That is the
high estimation of a Vaiṣṇava he had, our Guru Mahārāja,
in this materialistic so-called scientific civilised age. His hankering, and
his acquaintance, with the plane of Vaiṣṇava was so rare, so
valuable. “I could not find a single Vaiṣṇava. My Lord is so high.
So unfortunate am I, a single Vaiṣṇava I could not find in the holy
land of Vṛndāvana.”
So what
standard of devotional life he used to foster within him, unalloyed devotion? Neti,
neti, neti. This is not. Tamna, tamna. This is not, this is not
this.
anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyaṁ,
jñāna-karmādy-anāvṛtam / ānukūlyena-kṛṣṇānu-śīlanaṁ
bhaktir uttamā
[“One should
render transcendental loving service to the Supreme Lord Kṛṣṇa
favourably and without desire for material profit or gain through fruitive
activities or philosophical speculation. That is called pure devotional
service.”] [Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindu, 1.1.11] & [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19-167]
bhukti-mukti-spṛhā yāvat,
piśācī hṛdi varttate / tāvad bhakti-sukhasyātra,
katham abhyudayo bhavet
[“How can the
joy of holy devotion appear in the heart as long as it is haunted by the ghosts
of desire for exploitation and renunciation?”] [Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindu,
Pūrvva 2.22]
So we’re to
test, first with what things we’re going to be engaged. Phantasmagoria, can
really render satisfaction to our finest understanding? And the innermost
demand of our heart? Can we know what is the innermost demand or hankering of
our heart? Is it collaborating with that? Or I’m going to commit suicide,
knowing nothing only ____________ [?] something like rumour? Guided by some
rumour I’m jumping for the time being. And then I’ll come back abusing them.
Their impertinence for my impotency and - improper judgement, I shall come as
back as a reactionary. “Oh, all these are false. I have used a great portion of
my energy. I have seen very closely. It is all false, nothing.” As reactionary
I shall come back.
Gaura Hari.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā, na
śocati na kāṅkṣati
samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu,
mad-bhaktiṁ labhate parām
[“The
spotlessly pure-hearted and self-satisfied soul who has attained to his
conscious divine nature neither grieves nor craves for anything. Seeing all
beings equally (in the conception of My supreme energy), he gradually achieves
supreme devotion (prema-bhakti) unto Me.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
18.54]
“Brahma-bhūtaḥ. Identify
yourself with the highest conception of the limit of this worldly experience.
The greatest boundary which contains everything. All worldly experience
contained in a particular globe. Introduce you with that brahma, all
comprehending aspect of the existence. The verge, the highest reach, brahma-bhūtaḥ.
Prasannātmā. If you can attain that position, the last limit of
this world of exploitation, then prasannātmā. Your mind will
be, will find some peace. Because it is relieved from the deceitful transaction
of this world.”
I’m saved,
from the action reaction, action reaction. I’m out of that action and reaction,
that most troublesome life. Action, reaction, I’m out of that. Now I’m in a
peaceful area, not a play to that action, reaction, a struggle.
“Brahma-bhūtaḥ
prasannātmā, na śocati na kāṅkṣati. He
neither aspires after anything, or even everything goes he does not feel any
loss. Above loss and gain. Now try to make a fresh attempt, outside this
circumference of loss and gain, action, reaction. Brahma-bhūtaḥ
prasannātmā, na śocati na kāṅkṣati. Neither
he wants anything, nor he mourns for loss of anything, no lamentation. Mad-bhaktiṁ
labhate parām. Now you’re in a position to seek after something. And
that maybe My domain, My devotion.”
brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā, na
śocati na kāṅkṣati
samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu,
mad-bhaktiṁ labhate parām
“You’re in a
position to negotiate for Me when you’re exclusively out of this loss and gain
of your long experience of life. Then only you’re eligible to be a student of
the devotional school. Your eligibility may be admitted at that time.”
But in
Rāmānanda Rāya [saṁvāda] discourse
Mahāprabhu says, “Eho bāhya āge kaha āra.” [Caitanya-
caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā, 8.59] “This is also not
within the presence, in the boundary line of Kṛṣṇa. It is
also, it is out of māyā, but that does not mean that it’s the
domain of Kṛṣṇa. Eho bāhya. No contact with the
positive thing, but you’ve escaped from the negative side. Eho bāhya.
Then comes,”
jñāne prayāsam udapāsya [namanta eva,
jīvanti san-mukharitāṁ bhavadīya-vārtām
sthāne sthitāḥ śruti-gatāṁ
tanu-vāṅ-manobhir, ye prāyaśo 'jita jito 'py asi tais
tri-lokyām]
[“Oh Lord, Oh
Unconquerable One, those devotees who, completely giving up all attempts on the
path of jñāna of attaining the non-differentiated platform known as
Brahma by hearing the transcendental narratives of Your pastimes, which
emanates from the lotus mouths of the mahā-bhāgavat sādhus
and pass their lives by engaging their body, mind and words in pure devotion,
easily conquer You (they easily get Your transcendental association), although
You are the most difficult to attain in the three worlds.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.14.3]
Does not
matter wherever you are but you’ve got the connection through a real sādhu
about Kṛṣṇa. Puzzling. You may be in the exploiting area,
and in the lowest position sometimes, but if Kṛṣṇa
consciousness agent has come to connect with you graciously, then you’re in
safe position, reliable position. Substantial position you have got. This is śuddha
bhakti. Here the positive connection has entered the negative area and has
posted its flag there, in his heart. In the heart of a soul he has posted the
flag there. Soon your fortune is sure. Na me bhaktaḥ pranaśyati.
[kṣipram bhavati dharmātmā,
śaśvac-chāntiṁ nigacchati
kaunteya pratijānīhi, na me bhaktaḥ
pranaśyati]
[“He soon
becomes righteous (dharmātmā) and attains lasting peace. O son
of Kuntī, declare it boldly that My devotee never perishes.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
9.31]
api cet sudurācāro, bhajate mām
ananya-bhāk [sādhur eva sa mantavyaḥ, samyag vyavasito hi saḥ]
[“If even a
person of extremely abominable practices, abandoning all non devotional
pursuits of exploitation and renunciation engages in My exclusive and
uninterrupted devotional service, he is venerable as a true saint because he
has embraced the revolutionary plane of life.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
9.30]
Or,
māṁ hi pārtha vyapāśritya,
ye ’pi syuḥ pāpa-yonayaḥ
striyo vaiśyās tathā śūdrās, te ’pi yānti
parāṁ gatim
[“O son of Pṛthā,
low-born persons of degraded lineage, women, merchants, or labourers - they
also attain the supreme destination by taking full refuge in Me.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
9.32]
Na me bhaktaḥ pranaśyati. Api cet
sudurācāro, bhajate mām ananya-bhāk / sādhur eva sa
mantavyaḥ, samyag vyavasito hi saḥ.Kṣipram bhavati
dharmātmā, śaśvac-chāntiṁ nigacchati / kaunteya
pratijānīhi, na me bhaktaḥ pranaśyati.
Independent
of his external position if the real positive anywhere comes to grace any man
in any lowest position, his future is ensured. Eho bāhya. Wherever
he’s posted in the deepest position of māyā does not matter. Māyā
cannot come to fight with Kṛṣṇa. Only māyā can
fight with us.
daivī hy eṣā guṇamayī, mama
māyā duratyayā
mām eva ye prapadyante, māyām etāṁ
taranti te
[“This
“trimodal,” supernatural, (alluring) deluding energy of Mine is practically
insurmountable. However, those who fully surrender exclusively unto Me can
certainly surpass this formidable fantasy.”]
[Bhagavad-gītā,
7.14]
“Māyā
is afraid of Me, but not of any jīva. So whenever My connection
is present anywhere, he may be reckoned as śuddha bhakta. Eho
bāhya.”
This is a
peculiar position. So this sings the glory of the positive connection in the
negative. That is descending method. And by ascending method we may go so high,
but if we cannot connect with the positive then we’ll have to come down again
to the lowest.
ye 'nye 'ravindākṣa vimukta-māninas,
tvayi asta-bhāvād aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ
āruhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ padaṁ
tataḥ, patanty adho 'nādṛta-yuṣmad-aṅghrayaḥ
[“O
lotus-eyed Lord, although non-devotees who accept severe austerities and
penances to achieve the highest position may think themselves liberated, their
intelligence is impure. Although they may rise to the level of impersonal Brahman
realisation, they fall down from their position of imagined superiority because
they neglect to worship Your lotus feet.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.2.32]
To make
progress in the ascending method it is uncertain. But from the deepest, lower
position, anyhow by my previous sukṛti I can come in connection
with the positive agent of Kṛṣṇa I’m safe. Though at that
time I may not feel it. But those seers of the above they say, “Oh. The
connection has gone there, he’s saved now forever. Kṛṣṇa’s
grace won’t come back, He’s Absolute. Wherever, in whatever position, His
connection has a touch, he’s saved, guaranteed.” So,
jñāne prayāsam udapāsya namanta eva,
jīvanti san-mukharitāṁ [bhavadīya-vārtām
sthāne sthitāḥ śruti-gatāṁ
tanu-vāṅ-manobhir, ye prāyaśo 'jita jito 'py asi tais
tri-lokyām]
[“Oh Lord, Oh
Unconquerable One, those devotees who, completely giving up all attempts on the
path of jñāna of attaining the non-differentiated platform known as
Brahma by hearing the transcendental narratives of Your pastimes, which
emanates from the lotus mouths of the mahā-bhāgavat sādhus
and pass their lives by engaging their body, mind and words in pure devotion,
easily conquer You (they easily get Your transcendental association), although
You are the most difficult to attain in the three worlds.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.14.3]
A slight
taste for that about Kṛṣṇa through His genuine agent. San-mukharitāṁ
bhavadīya-vārtām. Externally, superficially it is seen in
this way, whoever has got connection. He may be a man of the lowest order in
the society of the present civilisation. But if he’s acquired some taste to
attend the tidings of Kṛṣṇa from the mouth of the genuine
source, he’s saved. That is the peculiar view of Mahāprabhu.
Jñāna śūnya bhakti, that taste reliable, intellect unreliable. Generally
we see and we examine things by our intelligence, our faculty of judgement, but
that is not reliable. But our unconscious taste is reliable. The normal
thinking they can, they’re satisfied if they find that ‘our taste is for Kṛṣṇa
kathā, wherever externally we hold our position.’ Jñāne
prayāsam udapāsya namanta eva.
“Eho
bāhya āge kaha āra.” [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 8.59] Here the position of Kṛṣṇa
has been extended in some meagre way, and that is unconquerable Kṛṣṇa’s
connection unconquerable, unopposable, no opposition, Kṛṣṇa
connection. They’re saved they will find. About that taste for Kṛṣṇa
one has risen up to the highest portion of the Brahma, Paramātmā, but
they’re not thought to be in safe position. So bhakti is of such nature,
such type devotion, sevā, service. Self-giving of the higher type.
Not contract
with the dacoits, “That I’m supplying this, you supply that.” Not that. Here
also the devotion for nationality, for humanity, for scientific culture. So
many sacrifices and devotion may be found here in this world, but they’re all
to be cancelled. That is _________________ [?] a contract between two thieves,
or two dacoits. That is all partial and so reactionary, only extended
selfishness. Transaction between smaller selfishness and a greater selfishness,
but all extended selfishness. I’m working for the nation, I’m working for the
country, I’m working for the culture, that is all part in the infinite,
infinitesimal.
But Kṛṣṇa
conception should be differentiated, should be understood differentiating from
all these, Kṛṣṇa consciousness. And also in the gradation in
Kṛṣṇa’s different position, this Nārāyaṇa
conception, Rāmacandra conception, then that Dvārakā conception,
so differentiation. And we’re concerned by the Grace of Mahāprabhu only
with Vṛndāvana consciousness, Kṛṣṇa consciousness,
Vṛndāvana Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
And if our
heart is captivated by that consciousness we may think us fortunate, and go on.
All may not know how to explain His position that He’s holding the Supreme
Power. Jñāna śūnya bhakti. But now and then
Ācāryas they come for the good of the general people to show how by
their writings, or by their preaching, to show how Kṛṣṇa
conception holds the supreme-most position. Otherwise all the devotees
necessarily won’t be able to explain that He holds the supreme-most position.
“I like it. I cannot explain.”
Only when
that sort of capacity is given to a particular bhakta by the special
will of Kṛṣṇa they come to be Ācārya. That all the
members of Vṛndāvana they will necessarily be Ācārya, that
should not be thought. They may not care to do, they’re going, they’re deeply
engaged in their service, does not know anything. Their attitude will be, “I think
this is the best. I feel this. That is the guarantee. I do not know why I do
this. I’m not able to make you understand. Jñāna śūnya bhakti.
To me it seems to be best I do this. Why I do this I do not know.” But
sometimes we find such rush comes from them that the scholars should become
silent.
As we find in
Kurukṣetra. When Kṛṣṇa Himself apparently charged them.
“Oh. People in general they want Me, they have affection for Me, for their
eternal bliss. Amṛtatvāya kalpate. And fortunately you have
got some of affection towards Me, so your future good is ensured.” Kṛṣṇa
told. Bhavatīnāṁ mad-āpanaḥ.
mayi bhaktir hi bhūtānām, amṛtatvāya
kalpate
[diṣtyā yad āsīn mat sneho,
bhavatīnāṁ mad-āpanaḥ]
[“My dear gopīs,
everyone considers themselves fortunate if they possess devotion for Me, and by
that they achieve an eternal life of nectar. But I must admit that I consider
Myself most fortunate because I have come in touch with the wonderful affection
found in your hearts.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 10.42.44]
“Devotion towards Me has been described in the
śāstra. It is given out that by devotion towards Me they
attain amṛtatvam, eternal happy life. So when you’ve got some
affection towards Me you’re sure to get that benefit.”
But the gopīs
they also gently gave some reply - superficially it was to say. “But the karmī
by their great yajña, sacrifice, spending heaps of money, they try
to get out of this worldly painful life. And so many great jñānīs and
yogīs by their practices they also may attain that eternal
conception of life as You say. But we’re neither of them. We’re jungle girls,
no culture and no such understanding that by sacrifice we shall invite You and
we shall get some desired result, consequence. We’re not of that type, we have
nothing of the kind.” But thunder came from their heart, with, na hi gopi yajni
_______ [?] “What You say, we rather hate it. The achievement of the karmī
and the yogī to have a mere eternal life, we hate it. We have
no aspiration, a slight aspiration what You canvass before us to get. We’re not
of that type. Our inner demand is of something else. You note it fully well. We
want home life with You, neither the yogīs nor the karmīs that
they want their own selfish demand or attainment, we want a permanent intense
family life with You, we discard them.” So by their simple feeling and
practices they dismissed those higher achievements of the salvationists and the
exploitationists, with the help of Kṛṣṇa. “Our position is
that.”
To Uddhava
also they expressed their inner feeling in such a way that Uddhava was
perplexed, astounded. “What are they?” The deep feeling, the property, the
wealth they contained in their heart, what noble, how higher, Uddhava could
appreciate there.
So naturally
sometimes they preached themselves. It is not regular preaching...
83.11.11.C_83.11.12.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...shows the, proves the helplessness of the other
influence of the environment. When volcanic energy comes out it transfers
everything and all have to accept it helplessly. Something like that. It is not
preaching, but it can give instruction of a very valuable type, converts the
heart direct unconsciously. “Yes, this is the thing.” Uddhava
surrenders. A devotee of Uddhava’s position, he had to surrender immediately to
that volcanic force coming out, oozing from the heart, unconsciously coming
out. “What is this?” Beyond the conception of our scientific knowledge. In this
way.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Gaura Hari. Nitāi Gaura Hari.
So the general class I like to close here.
But any particular enquiry I’m to attend that.
...
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: Gāyatrī svarupartha vaicitra
_____________ [?] Gāyatrī svarupartha vaicitra.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha, ha, ha.
_______________________________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: You have done translation of nikhila-bhuvana-māyā-chinna-vichinna-kartrī,
that śloka?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
_____________ [?]
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: But it’s already done?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Two.
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: Two.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Done and signed. _________________________ [?]
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
_______________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: ________________________ [?] It is not possible to
explain word to word.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ____________________ [?]
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: And if you do word to word explanation that is not
must be correct. There is so many thinking, so many siddhānta, so
many bhāva.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Concentrated.
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: Concentrated there.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The banyan tree in the small seed.
Devotees: Yes.
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: And Gāyatrī also that type. Hmm. Śrīmad-Bhāgavat
says artho 'yaṁ brahma sūtrānāṁ. Brahma
sūtra a great and _________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ____________________ Garuḍa-Purāṇa.
Artho 'yaṁ brahma sūtrānāṁ,
bhāratārtha-vinirṇayaḥ.
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: Artho 'yaṁ brahma sūtrānāṁ,
bhāratārtha-vinirṇayaḥ. Eighteen lākh
śloka _________________ [?] One lākh of śloka in
Mahābhārata.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _________________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: And gāyatrī bhāṣya rūpo
'sau, and Gāyatrī only one śloka. One śloka
of Gāyatrī equal to one lākh śloka of Mahābhārata.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Artho 'yaṁ brahma sūtrānāṁ,
bhāratārtha-vinirṇayaḥ. It is the very gist of the Vedānta-sūtra,
brahma sūtrānāṁ, brahma-sūtra, Vedānta,
bhāratārtha-vinirṇayaḥ. Gāyatrī bhāṣya
rūpo 'sau.
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: Vedārthaḥ paribriṁhitaḥ.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ________________ [?] Artho 'yaṁ brahma
sūtrānāṁ.
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: ___________________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Gāyatrī bhāṣya rūpo
'sau. So Gāyatrī’s meaning must come to Bhāgavata,
or the equivalent. Gāyatrī and Bhāgavata is one
and same. Gāyatrī bhāṣya is the ___________ [?]
elaborate...
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Elaborate commentary.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Elaborate commentary. Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam
is the elaborate commentary of Gāyatrī. So the meaning of Gāyatrī
must have come to the line of Bhāgavatam. How that is possible?
The steps in between that should be supplied, that by these steps from Gāyatrī
it is coming to Bhāgavatam. What is the meaning of Gāyatrī?
Gānat trāyate. It is a particular kind of song by which we can
get our salvation. Gāyatrī ________ [?] Gives us relief,
emancipation. And Gāyatrī is called Veda-mātā.
And Gāyatrī has produced the whole Veda. First oṁ,
oṁkāra, praṇava, then Gāyatrī,
then Veda, then Vedānta- sūtra, then Bhāgavatam.
The meaning, the purpose, is running that way. So Gāyatrī must
have to mean Bhāgavatam, that Kṛṣṇa conception of
Godhead is the highest. Gāyatrī must have to say so, it is
there, and how to get out Kṛṣṇa conception from Gāyatrī?
That is the problem, that is the object before us, how to extract Bhāgavatam
that is the Kṛṣṇa conception from within the womb of Gāyatrī.
It must have to prove so. The Gāyatrī must have to say that
there is Kṛṣṇa consciousness within her womb. That should be
drawn out.
I heard that Jīva Goswāmī has
given such a meaning, but where I could not find. I heard only that Jīva
Goswāmī has given a meaning of Gāyatrī leading to Kṛṣṇa
consciousness. But I could not find that anywhere. Anyhow the tendency awakened
in me to take the meaning, to draw the meaning of Gāyatrī towards
Kṛṣṇa consciousness, and I did in that way. The basis is gānat
trāyate. The general meaning of Gāyatrī we find, by
singing which we can work out our emancipation, our liberation. Now liberation
must have a meaning in the positive line. Liberation not only to be free from
the negative side, but,
muktir
hitvān-yathā-rūpaṁ svarūpeṇa vyavasthitiḥ
[“Liberation is the permanent situation of the
form of the living entity after he gives up the changeable gross and subtle
material bodies.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 2.10.6]
The definition of emancipation proper in Bhāgavatam
we find that some positive attainment. Not only to attain freedom from the
negative side, that is the, apparently it seems like that, mukti,
liberation, emancipation. But Bhāgavata has given the positive.
Until and unless we get our positive, highest position, possible to get, mukti
is not effected. We cannot - mere withdrawal from the negative side cannot
be said mukti.
Self-determination, as says Hegel. Mukti,
our object of our life is self determination. We must have to determine our
normal function in the organic whole. Not mere emancipation from the negative
side, but our participation in the positive function, which is considered to be
the highest attainment of us. That is in the domain of service. That is gānat
trāyate, trān means positive attainment to the final stage, trān.
Mukti, svarūpeṇa vyavasthitiḥ, we’re to take that,
one thing. And gānat, and that is some musical sound. Gān means
not mere sound but with musical touch, gān. That is there. Then
music draws Mahāprabhu’s saṅkīrtana - gets the touch,
and the flute of Kṛṣṇa. We find there sound and music.
So now we’re to go to analyse what is Gāyatrī.
Oṁ, the bīja mantra which contains everything within it.
Then, bhūr, bhuvaḥ, svaḥ, tat, savitur, varenyaṁ.
Bhūr, where we are, the world of our experience, that is bhūr,
the world of our perception.
Bhuvaḥ, which is at
the back of that, our mental acquisition. The effect of our mental acquisition
takes to our present position of experience. That we’re here in the world of
our experience, it is not accidental existence, but we had to acquire such
position by our previous karma. And the previous karma area that
is called Bhuvaḥloka, that is the mental sphere. And this physical sphere
only an outcome of that. The present world of experience is the product of our
previous mental impulse. Bhuvaḥ.
Then Svaḥloka. Mental means what to
do, what not to do. What I like, what I dislike. Concerning this saṅkalpa,
vikalpa. Saṅkalpa - I like this, I don’t like that. That is the sign
of the mental world, our liking or not. Svaḥloka means Buddhiloka, the
plane of decision. You may like this but don’t do that, then you’ll be loser.
That faculty, reason, that is Svaḥloka.
In this way, in this mundane world there are
different planes, seven planes. Bhūr, Bhuvaḥ, Svaḥ, Mahā,
Jana, Tapa, Satyaloka. This negative side, they have got these seven planes of
life. From this Bhūrloka up to Satyaloka, where the creator Brahmā he
lives, the master of the whole world of experience in the negative side, he
lives in Satyaloka. And Catuḥsana, who holds the highest position of the
saints, they also live in Satyaloka. Sanātana Goswāmī has given
description of all these seven plane of life in the negative side. Bhūr,
Bhuvaḥ, Svaḥ, Mahā, Jana, Tapa, Satyaloka. The seven layers of
life in the material world from gross to subtle, Sanātana
Goswāmī in his Bṛhat-Bhāgavatāmṛta he
has given some sort of conception there, Satyaloka. Up to Satyaloka, there
finishes this negative side, guṇa māyā, sātya,
rāja, tāma, three guṇa of māyā,
and their combination, permutation, has produced this world, and it ends in
Satyaloka.
Then begins Virajā, the verge of
equilibrium in the negative side, Virajā. Then the verge of positive world
equilibrium that is Brahmaloka. Then real world of reality, that world of
dedication and service, the soul proper begins there, Vaikuṇṭha.
Śivaloka, devotee Śiva, and then Vaikuṇṭha. In this way
it develops into Kṛṣṇaloka, Vṛndāvana.
Bhūr, bhuvaḥ,
svaḥ, tat, savitur, varenyaṁ. Bhūr, bhuvaḥ, svaḥ, that means it
is only dig darśana. Bhūr, bhuvaḥ, svaḥ, the three
mentioned, but it marks towards the seven strata, Bhūr, Bhuvaḥ, Svaḥ,
Mahā, Jana, Tapa, Satya. Bhūr, bhuvaḥ, svaḥ, tat,
savitur. Now these bhūr, bhuvaḥ, svaḥ they’re
summarised in one, savitur. Savita means sūrya, sun. Sun
means figuratively which shows, that is sun. Then these three gross and subtle
stratas of world, or rather the seven different planes of negative world, has
been shown by a particular thing. What is that? That is jīvātmā.
Really sun does not show us the world, but really shows our soul, prakāśa
darśana. Savita sūrya prakāśa, who really gives
perception to the gross things, that is not the sun, really that is the soul. In
Bhagavad-gītā you may find, ekaḥ, kṛtsnaṁ
lokam imaṁ raviḥ.
[yathā
prakāśayaty ekaḥ, kṛtsnaṁ lokam imaṁ raviḥ
kṣetraṁ
kṣetrī tathā kṛtsnaṁ, prakāśayati
bhārata]
[“O Bhārata, as one sun illuminates the
entire universe, so does the knower of the sphere of action, the Supersoul,
illuminate the whole universe (and the souls within it); and so does the knower
of the sphere of action, the soul, illuminate the entire body.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
13.34]
Ātmā, soul, that is
really expressing to us this world just like sun. He’s in the centre, sun can
show only the colour, but ear can show the sound world, other, touch world. So
really in the centre the soul he really gives us understanding of the
environment, world of perception. The perception is possible only because there
is soul. Soul like the sun it is showing everything. Tat savitur, now
summarised, Bhūr, Bhuvaḥ, Svaḥ, Mahā, Jana, Tapa, Satya,
all these seven stratas of our experience that is reduced to one, tat,
that. And that is shown by whom? The sun, sun means here the soul. Soul means
not universal soul but individual soul. Individual soul is the cause of his
world. Not that the mind is in the world, but the world is in the mind. That
[George] Berkeley [1685-1753] “World is in the mind.” Everything is in the sun,
whatever we see that is in the sun, sun can show. There is no sun everything is
dark, nothing can be seen. So light is soul, and that is the subject, and the
object is these seven planes of experience.
Bhūr,
bhuvaḥ, svaḥ, tat, savitur, varenyaṁ. Varenyaṁ
means pūjya, worshippable, venerable, reverential, varenyaṁ.
Our soul’s venerable, it is coming - the objective side of soul - soul is the
subject, then there is another domain which is to be venerated, to be
worshipped by the soul. So Supersoul area, means that is bhargo. Bhargo
means the energy which contains the Supersoul, super subjective area, bhargo
means.
Dhāmnā
svena sadā nirasta-kuhakaṁ satyaṁ paraṁ dhīmahi. In Bhāgavatam
[1.1.1] it is mentioned that, “What I’m going to deal with here, dhāmnā
svena sadā, by whose own ray, nirasta, all these misconceptions
are brushed aside. And in its own pristine glory it shows another world. I’m
talking about that world.”
So subject is the soul, and object all these
worlds of mundane experience. And subject’s venerable area that is - which is
superior to the subject, soul, that is super-subjective area. Bhargo means
more subtle than the soul, and holding more important position than the jīva
soul, jīvātmā. That is Supersoul area, bhargo.
Bhargo means in general tej, that is ordinarily light. And really
it is Supersoul which can see, which can show everything more in detailed way.
Just as x-ray can show us what ordinary eye cannot see. So that bhargo that
is the svarūpa śakti, higher powerful light, and that can show
even the soul also. Paramātmā jatiya.
Bhargo devasya
dhīmahi.
Bhargo belongs to whom? Belongs to Deva, devasya bhargo, bhargo
devasya, pertaining to Deva. What is Deva? Deva means from derivative
meaning we get Deva means who is very beautiful and who is playful. Two things
we get from Deva. Deva means very beautiful, that is Reality The Beautiful, and
also playful, playing, not a non differentiated substance, but is full of līlā.
The līlā and beauty combined, Deva, and His bhargo, His
domain is bhargo which is to be venerated by the jīva soul.
What is that, svarūpa śakti, and that is the vaibhava,
the extension of Rādhārāṇī. Rādhārāṇī,
She holds the whole, the full service responsibility and energy to serve Kṛṣṇa.
So bhargo is no less than the vaibhava, the extended body of
Rādhārāṇī, containing everything for the service,
that mahābhāva. Rasa-rāja mahābhāva. Bhargo
representing mahābhāva, and Deva representing Rasa-rāja.
Predominating Moiety, Predominated Moiety.
Bhargo devasya
dhīmahi.
We’re addressed, “Come and meditate.” Then what sort of meditation is possible
there? Meditate in the sense of culture, cultivation, that is, show your
process of veneration, worship. That sort of experience is possible there, dhīmahi.
Dhīmahi not abstract meditation, it is kṛṣṇānuśilanam.
Dhīmahi means to participate in the spontaneous flow of the current of
devotion there, to participate, dhīmahi.
And dhiyo yo naḥ pracodayāt,
and what will be the result? The capacity of your cultivation will be
increased. Dāsa kare vetan, more deha prema-dhan. We’ll serve, and
what remuneration we’ll get, that more capacity and more willingness will be
given to me to serve. It will enhance, what is the remuneration of the service,
the serving principle, serving spirit is increased. Just as interest is added
in the capital. In the bank I’m getting the interest. I do not draw the money
but the interest comes and is added into the capital. In this way, dāsa
kare vetan, more deha prema-dhan. We shall try to cultivate, that is we
shall try to serve, to dedicate, and the dedicating principle will be increased
ever and ever. Dhiyo yo naḥ pracodayāt.
This is the underlying meaning of the Gāyatrī.
And then I have connected it - this gan which is begun in the beginning,
that comes to saṅkīrtana, in the middle process. Gaura Hari. Kīrtana
also meaning that is also song, and that is also improving us towards our
highest goal, saṅkīrtana. So kīrtana, Gāyatrī,
beginning, brahma Gāyatrī, that is coming to Gaurāṅga
stage, is becoming Kṛṣṇa kīrtana. And then it’s
reaching Vṛndāvana, then the flute kīrtana, the sweet
sound of the flute of Kṛṣṇa.
And Mahāprabhu’s saṅkīrtana
also trying to reinstate in our highest serving position. And when we enter
the area of Vṛndāvana, there also the sound of vaṁśī,
flute, engages, helps to engage the servants in their own respective duty,
gives excitement. The flute is sounding, and the gopīs and others
they’re being adjusted in their respective duty.
“Oh, sound, flute is there. He’s coming from
- or He’s going.” Or at night the gopīs will run to the
Yamunā. And Yaśodā also hearing the flute, “My son is there.
He’s coming very soon.” In this way they’re - the sound of the flute are
engaging the servants of respective position to mind their own business that is
their service.
Kṛṣṇa
kīrtana gāyatrī. Rādhāpadaṁ dhīmahi. That
is, all the services represented fully in Rādhikā. All others like branches
they’re part of Her. That is the mukhya-rasa, mādhurya-rasa is the mukhya-rasa,
that is the combination of all rasa. So rasa-rāja
mahābhāva. Mahābhāva represents the whole serving
attitude. So it is reminding us and engaging us in our service. And what is the
service? The service is to surrender ourselves to accept the suggestion of
Rādhārāṇī, what to do. It will excite us to mind
about Rādhārāṇī’s feet, to obey Her orders. She’s
mainly representing the whole serving area. So to try to engage ourselves in
Her service, that is Her order, to accept Her direction, and to obey Her. That
is the service of Rādhārāṇī.
In this way the Gāyatrīs meaning
has been drawn to Rādhā dāsya, the self determination. Svarūpena
vyavashitiḥ. Muktir hitvānyathā rūpaṁ svarūpena
vyavaṣthiḥ [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 2.10.6] In
the meantime the partial representation in vātsalya-rasa,
sākhya-rasa, there also in some other way it is a part and parcel of
the mukhya-rasa, and they’ll be set there. The vātsalya-rasa
person they will also serve Nanda-Yaśodā, sākhya-rasa,
Śrīdāmā, Sudama. But ultimately the whole thing in one
conception it is included in Rādhārāṇī. So
Rādhā dāsya has been drawn out from that Gāyatrī.
That is the end of our life, cannot but be. If Bhāgavatam is the
full fledged theism, from Veda, Upaniṣad, so many śāstra,
all the revealed truth rises to its acme, to the highest position in the
conception of Bhāgavatam, then also it may go to the - Bhāgavatam
also teaches us that the highest realisation, self determination in the
service of Rādhārāṇī. That is under Her guidance to
serve Kṛṣṇa. And directly to serve, to give disposal, devote
all of our energy at the disposal of Her. And She knows how to serve Kṛṣṇa.
Direct we have got connection, Her service. In this way it has been drawn that
side. The background is this. And that has been put into the stanzas, ślokas,
Sanskrit. We’re to follow in that line.
Now if you like you can line by line you may
ask how step by step it is making progress towards that.
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja:
bhvādes
tat savitur vareṇya-vihitaṁ kṣetra-jña sevyārthakaṁ
bhargo vai vṛṣabhānu-jātma-vibhavaikārādhanā
śrī puram
bhargo jyotir
acintya līlana sudhaikārādhanā śrī puram
bhargo
dhāma-taraṅga khelana sudhaikārādhanā śrī
puram
bhargo
dhāma sadā-nirasta kuhakaṁ prajñāna-līlā-puram
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: From different aspects to approach what is
bhargo. Bhargo you may say, either you may see in this way or in that way,
all similar, in various ways it has been dealt, but all one and same. Formerly
you may see in these two, three, four ways, but materially it is the same
thing, whatever you like.
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja:
devasyāmṛta-rūpa-līla-rasadherārādha-dhīḥ
preriṇaḥ
devasyāmṛta-rūpa-līla
puruṣasyārādha-dhīḥ preṣiṇaḥ
devasya
dyuti-sundaraika-puruṣasyārādhya-dhīḥ preṣiṇaḥ
_______________________________________________
[?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Dhiyo yo naḥ pracodayāt.
[Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja and Śrīla Govinda
Mahārāja - 36:00 - 37:10 ?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The whole of the spiritual potency is represented by
bhargo. And whose representation, whose extension, is the whole
spiritual area? That is the mula, that is the mahābhāva,
sarvarasa, samaha, mukhya rasa, that is going to hit
Rādhārāṇī only.
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: ____________ [?]
gāyatrī-muralīṣṭa-kīrtana-dhanaṁ
rādhā-padaṁ dhīmahi
gāyatrī-gaditaṁ
mahāprabhu-mataṁ rādhā-padaṁ dhīmahi
dhīr
ārādhanam eva nānyad iti tad rādhā-padaṁ
dhīmahi
__________________
[?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Dhī means ārādhana.
Dhī cannot but be explained in the terms of ārādhana,
pūjya, sevā, loving service, that is to be understood
by the word dhī. Dhī means __________________ [?] With the
help of intelligence what we cultivate, dhīmahi. Dhīmahi not
experiment with the material thing, but our cultivation with the venerable fine
intelligence, dhīmahi, dhī. Dhī, anuśilana, not
meditation but in the land of service, so it will have to mean that cid
anuśilana, that spiritual culture. Dhī means spiritual
culture in that area. What is spiritual culture? The higher connection with
only service is culture, cultivation only of service. Exploitation culture
here, and in the middle no culture, and in the higher sphere culture means
service. Cannot but be that conception. With serving temperament whatever we
exercise our fine spiritual senses, or whatever we exercise our fine cult, that
is dhīmahi. Anuśilana, dhyāna kare, meditate. Meditate in
the area of service that is service, cannot be otherwise. In the service area
that meditation that is the exercise of our spiritual faculty, that is dhīmahi,
and that cannot be but service there. In the serving area with our transaction
with the highest the relationship, and our relation, and our activity, cannot
but be service. Here exploitation and there dedication, the service. So dhīmahi
means service. Then in the soul to soul, soul Supersoul, that relationship,
that cultivation, cannot but be service. Not ordinary idle meditation of
abstract things. That area without service no movement possible. So dhī
means the spiritual exercise of our spiritual wealth, resources, that means
service in that area. Here all cultivation is exploitation, and there all
cultivation culture is service, on the other part. So dhīmahi means
service, in the spiritual world. Not idle abstract thinking is dhīmahi,
as we can conceive it here, dhīmahi, dhyāna,
meditation.
Devotees:
___________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: _________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ______ [?] Put question, where you can’t follow,
this portion is not clear, you can put question. Govinda Mahārāja
___________ [?] Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Mahārāja. That is your explanation on the Brahmā
Gāyatrī. But so many verses are given, that Kāma
Gāyatrī, these different mantras are given.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. Guru Gāyatrī, Gaura
Gāyatrī, Kāma Gāyatrī, that is leading more
towards Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Their help is not taken here, I
forgot to take, to incorporate them. If I’m to incorporate them I shall get
better position, that it cannot but lead towards that. Because if it must go
towards that side, the Kāma Gāyatrī, Brahmā
Gāyatrī and Kṛṣṇa Gāyatrī, the
development from here it goes there, so it is a Grand Trunk Road.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Mahārāja. This line, bhargo vai vṛṣabhānu-jātma-vibhavaikārādhanā
śrī puram.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _____________________________ [?]
83.11.12.B
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What is the meaning, purport of bhargo?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Hmm.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Bhargo vai vṛṣabhānuja-ātma-vibhava-eka-ārādhanā-śrī-pūram.
Very beautiful.
Bhargo vai vṛṣabhānu. There is bhānu which shows us by light.
And Rādhārāṇī is the daughter of Vṛṣabhānu.
So bhānu, Sūrya, that bhānu śabdahas been selected. Bhargo vai vṛṣabhānu, savitur vareṇya
bhargo.
Vṛṣabhānu-jātma-vibhavai. Her personal extended
self, vaibhava, which means comes out as resourcefulness, or extended
self, vaibhava. Prābhava is the central
representation, and vaibhava is the outer extension of a thing. So bhargo vai vṛṣabhānuja-ātma-vibhava, vṛṣabhānuja, Śrī
Rādhā, Her internal self extension, bhargo. The svarūpa
śakti, the very gist is Rādhārāṇī, and the
whole svarūpa śakti Her extended self. Do you follow?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes. Śrī-pūram.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ārādhanā-śrī-pūram,
ārādhanā, what is Her characteristic, that She’s
worshipped Herself, ārādhanā. Ārādhanā-śrī.
Śrī, Lakṣmī, the gist, śobha, beauty. The
beauty of Her serving and it is __________ [?] the city, the town of Her
beautiful service. That is the country, abode, of Her beautiful service. That
is the whole svarūpa śakti means that.
Just as from
the sun when the light ray is coming, so She’s the Person, Mahābhāva.
Rasa-rājaand Mahābhāva, from the extension of Mahābhāvathis svarūpa śakti, the bhargo.
Bhargo means extended self of Mahābhāva. Mahābhāvameans ārādhanā, ārādhanā-śrī.
Śrī, Lakṣmī. Rādhārāṇī is also
called Śrī, Her śrī,
Her śobha, śrī means śobha, the
beauty. The beautiful extended self of Rādhārāṇī that
is whole bhargo, the whole area. She’s the gist and this is the extended
self. And what is the nature, that is all serving, and vaibhava, śrī,
vaibhava, it is meant by that. Ārādhanā-śrī-pūram.
She has developed this whole area of bhargo, has developed Herself into
such beautiful area of svarūpa śakti, and thereby She serves
Her Lord. All these necessary things have been sprung up from Her to help Her
in Her serving Her Lord, they all come out. The very gist is She, Rasa-rāja Mahābhāva. Mahābhāva when all these svarūpa śakti is in a
concise form it is Mahābhāva, Rādhārāṇī. And when
Rādhārāṇī wants to serve She extends Herself in
different ways.
Kṛṣṇa
something, and Baladeva, Rādhārāṇī,
Yogamāyā, and then Vṛndāvana, all these things, Nanda-
Yaśodā, other rasa. Some contribution of Baladeva, and some
contribution of Rādhārāṇī. In this way the whole
thing is evolved there to help the service of Kṛṣṇa. It is
told that from sandhīnī śakti all this up to vātsalya
rasa. And mādhurya rasa only reserved for
Rādhārāṇī. And the other rasa there is Yogamāyā
she has been introduced as the potency of Baladeva. And Baladeva in another
self He has been the sister of Rādhārāṇī. In this way
They’re serving, one side Baladeva, another side Rādhārāṇī.
But when that is taken into one, only Rasa-rāja Mahābhāva. Rasa-rāja’s contribution is
Baladeva in that way, and Rādhārāṇī’s contribution in
this way, and then the combination of Both in different rasa, in this
way whole thing is evolved. Sandhīnīmainly represented by Baladeva, and saṁvītthe enjoying mood by Vāsudeva Kṛṣṇa,
and hlādinīthe enjoying
aspect, enjoyer and enjoyed aspect is represented by Rādhārāṇī.
The paraphernalia of service in Vṛndāvana that has been created by
the combination of Baladeva and Rādhārāṇī. Baladeva
in the line of Kṛṣṇa, and then Rādhārāṇī,
and the mixture has produced the whole thing. And Yogamāyā she’s
under Baladeva, helping all these things from His side. But mādhurya
rasa, Baladeva cannot have any direct approach, only He’s represented there
as the sister of Rādhārāṇī there, Anaṅga
Mañjarī.
I thought
when I was reading this Jīva Goswāmī’s Sat-Sandarbha, Bhāgavat-Sandarbha,
who is the husband of Yogamāyā? According to the arrangement I had in
mind that only she may be connected with Balarāma as the things are shown
there. And I found that Jīva Goswāmī has given that idea, that
Baladeva is the husband of Yogamāyā. I was very much satisfied there
that my line of thought is corroborated there. Things are in such way so how
they’ll connect with, so Yogamāyā how? Baladeva’s function and
Yogamāyā’s function similar. Baladeva in the mādhurya rasa
is in the background, and Yogamāyā comes in the front, and she makes
management from a little distance. She prepares the stage, Yogamāyā
prepares the stage for the play of so many servitors. So Baladeva’s function is
always the foundation, to keep up the foundation of this, that is the function
of Baladeva. And there the players of both parties, Kṛṣṇa and
Rādhārāṇī. And the foundation is supplied from the
energy of Baladeva, mainly, sandhīnī.
Sat-cit-ānanda. Ānanda- hlādinī, that is Rādhārāṇī
presenting. Cit means conception, feeler, consumer, enjoyer. And sat -
sandhīnī, existence everywhere,
that is Baladeva, sandhīnī śakti. Jñāna,
bala, krīya, ca. These three
principles have been admitted very broadly by the philosophers anywhere and
everywhere. In the west also philosophers, feeling, thinking and willing.
Willing represented by Baladeva. Thinking by Vāsudeva, Kṛṣṇa.
And feeling sentiment represented by hlādinī side. Upaniṣad, jñāna,
bala, krīya, ca. Satyam,
śivam, sundaram, and this sat-cit-ānanda, three principles of the existence of the whole
creation.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Very wonderful explanation. Question?
Devotee: Yes. I was
thinking if there’s any relationship ___________ [?] with the Trinity of the
Christian?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Bon Mahārāja, you have to interpret this
question.
Devotee: He’s
questioning...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What does he say?
Devotee: Is there any
relationship between what you have just explained of jñāna,
bala, krīya, ca, and the
Christian Trinity, Holy Ghost, the Father, and the Son?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: God the Father, God the Holy Ghost, and God the Son.
God the Son is represented as Guru, maybe. And God the Father the creator. And
God the Ghost comes nearby Brahman. Brahman creator, and God the Guru. God the
Son, Christ has come to deliver the people, so God the Son representing Guru.
And God the father the creator, guardian. And God the Holy Ghost that is
something like Brahman, impersonal existence, Holy Ghost, Holy Spirit. And Who
holds the superior position, there depends everything. If Holy Ghost is
generally thought to be, to hold the supreme position. Then Brahman, then the
father this side, sātya guṇa,
Nārāyaṇa, may be that Kṣīrodakaśāyī, or the creator Garbhodakaśāyī, something like, and sātya guṇa.
And the Guru also representation of God, sent by Him to deliver the people
towards that. It is hazy, not very clear.
We were told,
I heard from Bon Mahārāja in Germany they made a drama. And they put
God in a higher balcony, an old man with grey beard, and half visible half non
visible position. And from there he’s saying, giving some instruction, half
hidden in the higher balcony. Representation of God was like that, a grey
beard, aged, not very old but old, sober, and with grey beard, and half unseen,
and giving instruction from there. “Do this, do this.” In a drama they
represented God like that.
God the
creator, and God the Holy Ghost. I heard from one haji sahib Muslim, he told,
“In the beginning there was some - light,” in _______ [?] Farsi language.
“First there was that light, and from there gradually everything came out.”
That is from Brahman conception, the origin.
I was told
here was one big Indian scholar philosopher Brejan Shil [?] There was some
worldly religious conference some sixty or seventy years ago in Italy. And from
different parts the philosophers and the religionists they flocked there, and
meetings took place. Now suddenly one day they declared, “Leave. No lecture,”
so all were not informed. So one Mr. Brejan Shil and some others they went
there, but many could not come, the sudden declaration of the closers that all
did not get information. Every day the subject is written on the board. That
day it was written, “Nothing.”
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And Brejan Shil was the appointed speaker of that
day, he began to talk about nothing.
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: He began from nothing, how from nothing something
came, that was his point.
So from Brahman conception that is inestimable. So far
no further we can go up to understand or make others understand. It is hazy, it
is left unknown and unknowable, something, arosaja [?] That is the easy thing,
to go to some extent and then to declare that, “We cannot see further, it is
unknown and unknowable.”
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Mahārāja. Is this your verse also?
Rg tatva syam tad visno paramam padam śruti matam
muyanti yat suraya
Drāṣṭā caksu eva pasadito maha
sujeba dibya tatam
Dhamna svena sada nirasta kuhakam satyam param
sabditam
Jyoti priti tanum hiranya purusam pasyanti tam suraya
[?]
Also that is
yours?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. And this is the main sūtram of Ṛg
Veda. And especially the smārtabefore they attempt to participate in any holy
function they’re asked to repeat this mantram and then to begin the
work.
oṁ tad viṣṇo paramaṁ padaṁ
sadā, paśyanti suraya divīva cakṣur ātatam
[tad viprāso vipanyavo jāgṛvāṁśāḥ,
samindhate viṣṇor yat paramaṁ padam]
[“As the sun
and sunlight is continuous over the skies as light-giver to us (for that
sunlight is the universal form of the Lord) similarly, the Divine Lotus Feet of
the Lord Śrī Viṣṇu is always spread widely (like a
canopy) over our head.”] [Ṛg-Veda, 1.22.20]
First say,
utter this, and then begin the work, any sort of work. And this is the Ṛg
mantra in the beginning, the very gist. And I tried to take out what is the
purpose, the meaning of this. Then what is there? Tad viṣṇo
paramaṁ padaṁ.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Sruti matam muyanti yat suraya.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah. Sruti matam. Tad viṣṇo paramaṁ
padaṁ. Sadā paśyanti suraya divīva cakṣur
ātatam. The general meaning is, tad viṣṇo paramaṁ
padaṁ, tat tvam tat, ourselves and the outside. Outside
combined in one is called tat, tvam tat, or aham tat. Tat is
generally used for the superior unknown element. Tad viṣṇo
paramaṁ padaṁ. Viṣṇu’s Param-pada, what we
have given to hear as Viṣṇu, yayedam visno vyapnoti, Who pervades
everywhere, all pervading principle is Viṣṇu. And we’re asked to
think about His Param-pada, Who is all pervading principle to think of
Him.
Before I
approach to begin any duty I must have such conception first, and then begin
any duty. That is, who are you, how to approach the duty? The object is this.
You are approaching a particular duty, before this you utter this, that you
have a conception of your own self, your position. Who are you and how to
approach, this will help you to understand. Tad viṣṇo paramaṁ
padaṁ. You’re to think that the all pervading principle His Param-pada,
His beautiful or principle pada, meaning His holy divine feet, is on my
head. On my head that holy all pervading principle’s feet is on my head. Feet
is considered to be the lowest part, our head the highest part.
Tad viṣṇo paramaṁ padaṁ.
Sadā paśyanti suraya. And the sury
[?], that’s the spiritual scholars, they always conceive in that Param-pada.
How? Divīva cakṣur ātatam. In the sky, in the heaven,
like a great eye it is there. His leg, His feet can see. His feet, His lowest
part towards me is fully seeing what I’m going to do, like a sun. Just as sun
is in the sky, so His holy feet - He’s all conscious, His holy feet also
conscious, and His holy feet is spread over my head like the sun, seeing
everything. With this idea you approach. The guardian’s vigilant eye is over
your head. That all knowing and all pervading principle Viṣṇu His
holy eye like a sun spread over your head. A vigilant eye always - whatever
you’re doing He sees that clearly. With this idea you approach to do any duty.
Who are you? And you cannot conceal anything. Whatever you’re doing the eye is
there, guardian’s vigilant eye, and which is all clear, as real as the sun over
your head. Cakṣur means sun, and cakṣ means eye, and divī
means over your head, in the sky. It’s like that.
Now, what is
the explanation statement?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Drāṣṭā cakṣu eva
pasadito.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Drāṣṭā cakṣu eva. Cakṣu,
what is the significance of the eye? Who can see, he’s drāṣṭā,
he’s got subjective position, drāṣṭā means seer.
He’s the seer, that is subjective position he holds. The all pervading
principle Viṣṇu as a subject, so with His subjective eye over your
soul, and He’s watching everything what you’re doing or not.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Pasadito maha sujeba.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Like a great sun He’s spread on the sky.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Dibya atatam.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Dibi atatam, vistitam, spread over the sky.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Dhamna svena sada nirasta kuhakam satyam param
sabditam.
Jyoti priti tanum hiranya purusam pasyanti tam suraya.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah. Jyoti, he can see, and priti like
a guardian He’s got sympathetic feeling towards you so He’s watching your
activity. So both the light and the priti, love, can be attributed there
with guardian’s eye, with sympathetic loving eye. With loving and piercing eye
He’s watching everything you do, so spread over the whole sky area as a seer,
like sun. So concrete as the sun, and all covering with His light, with His
ray. In this way.
And that is a
principle mantram in Ṛg-Veda, the most primary revealed
scripture, accepted by all nations. The most ancient revealed scripture is Ṛg-Veda
in the whole of the world, Ṛg mantra.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: In this āruhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ
padaṁ, that is just below the feet of?
ye 'nye 'ravindākṣa vimukta-māninas,
tvayi asta-bhāvād aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ
āruhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ padaṁ
[tataḥ, patanty adho 'nādṛta-yuṣmad-aṅghrayaḥ]
[Someone may
say that aside from Vaiṣṇavas, who always seek shelter at the
Lord’s lotus feet, there are those who are not Vaiṣṇavas but who
have accepted different processes for attaining salvation. What happens to
them? In answer to this question, Lord Brahmā and the other demigods
said:]
[“O
lotus-eyed Lord, although non-devotees who accept severe austerities and
penances to achieve the highest position may think themselves liberated, their
intelligence is impure. Although they may rise to the level of impersonal
Brahman realisation, they fall down from their position of imagined superiority
because they neglect to worship Your lotus feet.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.2.32]
But not...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Paraṁ padaṁ. By ascending method
they can rise, they can raise themselves up to paraṁ pada. But no sukṛti
from the other world. So only to go to the limit of this world is not
sufficient. The passport, but the visa is necessary to enter, it is like that.
No arrangement of any visa, but they’re with much difficulty went up to the
no-man’s-land that is the verge of the country, but visa is necessary. No visa
they’ll have to come back home. From the last limit of the country they’ll have
to come home again, or anywhere. If he does something wrong then he won’t come
home, he’ll hide himself anywhere and everywhere, he may be caught.
Āruhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ padaṁ
tataḥ, patanty adho 'nādṛta-yuṣmad-aṅghrayaḥ.
One gentleman
told, “Your visa example is very much applicable.”
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Devotee: Especially when
it happens to you, Mahārāja. Once me and Viraha Prakāśa
Mahārāja we were going from France towards Spain - no, from Spain
towards France, then when we entered the train we had no visa.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Our Vidagdha is suffering in that case very much,
always going to Gayā and paying something and doctor issuing visa, a false
visa ___________ [?] Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Devotee: _______________
[?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Nitāi. Nitāi. Nitāi.
Devotees: ____________________________________________
[?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa.
...
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: So where else can anybody hear these things?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: What you speak, where else can anybody hear these
things? There’s no other place. _______________________________________________
[?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha, ha, ha.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: No place.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ontological talk connecting with Mahāprabhu and
Kṛṣṇa.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes. No other place.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ontology. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa.
Kṛṣṇa. Our Guru Mahārāja’s lecture was of this
type, ontology. About this what this Jyoti Mahārāja has expressed
_________ [?] Mañjarī.
Guru
Mahārāja told once that, “It is reality, it is not imagination. Of
course it is the greatest fortune we seek after that, but it is not
imagination. There is such real position, and we’re all out only to attain
that, but no imagination or concoction may deceive us. It is not so cheap. Adhokṣaja,
the realm is adhokṣaja.”
vicakṣaṇa kari', dekhite cāhile haya,
haya ākhi-agocara
[Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura said: “Suddenly a flash
came, but when I tried to see that, it disappeared. It was withdrawn.”]
Whenever I
apply any amount of carefulness to look after - vanishes. Out of His own accord
He may come for some time. And what is that? The other day you told that it is
such stage that when Mahāprabhu came down and He told Svarūpa
Dāmodara, “You are all, eh?...
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Making noise.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Making noise. Yes. Svarūpa Dāmodara and
other devotees of that plane, that type, they’re chanting Kṛṣṇa
Nāma to draw out the consciousness in this world.
And their Kṛṣṇa
Nāma was considered by Mahāprabhu when coming from that He
told, “You are making noise, kali kolaha [?] You all dragged Me here, and I’m
devoid of that sweet experience.”
So Kṛṣṇa
Nāma of Svarūpa Dāmodara is noise in comparison to that
experience. So what high position that holds. How deeper, dive deep into
reality, how far we’re to dive to reach that stage of reality for our
experience? The depth, the measurement has been given there.
“You are all
making noise and dragged Me down here. I got that chance and missed it.”
What is that,
a farce?
Dekhi dekhi
tine dinete nava stajaha [?] Whom I see, three conditions everywhere.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Every day.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Conditions every day, every time, and, kamana sei
balai kicha...
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Kamana sei balai...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ______[?] That I’m so big, so great, all these
things. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
That is to dishonour.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: What does that mean Mahārāja?
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: Vṛndāvana Dāsa Ṭhākura,
in Caitanya-Bhāgavata, Cāpāla Gopāla.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja:
______________________________________________________ [?]
That is not so cheap. So many incarnations. “I’m
incarnation of Kṛṣṇa. I’m incarnation...” they’re full of
incarnation.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Vishkishan [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Vishkishan, so Ramkrishna, then Jagabandhu, then one
Ballabh Brahmacārī, then one Anukula Ṭhākura...
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Avatāra asankiya [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Asankiya, avatāra asankiya. Ha, ha, ha.
____________________________ [?]
No recognition of any incarnation of God there. It is
not so cheap, in the market, we can purchase in the market some Avatāra,
go and purchase.
When we
preached we told to the people, the public meeting, then when Kṛṣṇa
was another Vasudeva
_______________________ [?] “I am Vasudeva.”
Devotees: Pauṇḍraka.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Pauṇḍraka. So Kṛṣṇa
fought with him and finished to prove who is Avatāra. So let these
Avatāra fight with one another and establish who is the real, then we shall
consider their case.
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Here we close eh? Vāñchā-kalpatarubhyaś
ca...
83.11.13.A
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: ...begins with hṛdayam, what is
concerned in your heart.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: In the beginning, first chapter, when Manu begins
his saṁhitā there.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Hṛdayenābhyanujñāto.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja:
āsīd idaṁ tamo bhūtam,
aprajñātam alakṣanam / apratarkyam avijñeyaṁ, prasuptam iva
sarvataḥ
[tataḥ svayambhur bhāgavān, avyaktavyaṁ
jayan idam / mahābhutādi vṛtaujāḥ, prādur
āsin tamonudaḥ]
[Just before
the creative movement began, the marginal potency of the Lord was in a state of
equilibrium, taṭasthā means equilibrium. Āsīd
idaṁ tamo bhūtam. Everything was in darkness, fully enveloped by
ignorance. Alakṣanam means there was no possibility of any
estimation; no symptoms of reality existed by which any conjecture or inference
about the nature of reality would have been possible. And it was aprajñātam:
science has no capacity for investigating the nature of that stage of
existence. We can only say from here that it was completely immersed in deep
sleep. The analogy of deep sleep may give us some conception of that period: prasuptam
iva sarvatra. Material existence was as if in a sound sleep.]
[Manu-Saṁhitā,
1.1.5-6]
That is the
first śloka. Then perhaps coming,
vidvadbhiḥ sevitaḥ sadbhir, nityam adveṣa-rāgibhiḥ
hṛdayenābhyanujñāto, yo dharmas taṁ
nibhodhata
[We can feel
within our heart whether we are gainers or losers. That tasting machine is
within us. As we progress in Kṛṣṇa consciousness, our karma,
our connection with this material world, will evaporate in no time, and
spacious knowledge will come to satisfy us. At that time, we shall feel the
object of our life everywhere.] [Manu-Saṁhitā, 2.1]
What is the
definition of dharma, our duty, what should be the definition of our
duty? The first thing, vidvadbhiḥ sevitaḥ, vidvadbhiḥ,
vedavidbhiḥ...
...
Empirical
knowledge. Empirical knowledge is always misguiding, a part conception. It
cannot give the idea from the standpoint of the whole. It is all partial
conception, however great or bigger it may be, so all learning of experience
cancelled. Only revealed truth which is coming from the centre, who are well
versed in that learning, they should be considered as learned, vidvadbhiḥ.
The knowledge which is accepted by those who are well versed in the Vedic
experience, Vedic learning. Vidvadbhiḥ sevitaḥ sadbhir. And
which is accepted by the saints. And what is the symptoms of the saints? Adveṣa-rāgibhiḥ,
who has got neither apathy or sympathy for worldly things. Kanak,
kāminī, pratiṣṭhā. But independent of these
three they’re really saint, and the truth that is accepted by such saints. Nityam
sadbhir, nityam adveṣa, and hṛdayenābhyanujñāto,
and it must have approval from the inner heart. Then you can accept it as dharma,
duty. That is mentioned there in Manu-Saṁhitā.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Vidvat bhagavate pariksa [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Vidvat bhagavate pariksa. That is another thought.
How far one is learned is to be measured by the truth given in Bhāgavatam,
the full-fledged. Muhyanti yat sūrayaḥ [Bhāgavatam,
1.1.1]. The great, the so-called renowned learned men, they cannot find any
entrance into the truth given in Bhāgavatam. Vidvat bhagavatam
pariksa. Muhyanti yat sūrayaḥ.
What
Vedavyāsa says in the beginning introduction, “What I’m going to
distribute here, what to speak of ordinary men, the great scholars they will be
dumb jointly, they will be nonplussed to understand what I say to be truth
here. Vedyaṁ vāstavam atra vastu. Nirmat-sarāṇāṁ
satāṁ [Bhāgavatam, 1.1.2] Wherever there’s a tinge
of selfish idea of egoism, it is not for them.”
And Jīva
Goswāmī is going a step further. “I curse them if anyone without this
qualification comes to touch my book. _________ [?] I give him curse.
__________ [?] Some sort of oath __________ [?] They should not touch my book,
who has not got such attitude towards revealed truth, they should not touch.”
So in this
way, it is meant only for those that have not got the least selfish idea,
selfish aim or object. If any selfish object anyone has got this book is not
for him. He wants to die a wholesale death, die to live, a wholesale death of
the worldly ego. And then one will be able to understand the autocracy of the -
to admit the autocracy of the highest principle that is to invite, incur
wholesale death. Otherwise we cannot accept the autocracy of the prime God. To
accept that creed that means we come closer to that.
Nirmat-sarāṇāṁ, matsara, that is - light here means matsara, separating,
separate consciousness, separate interest. Anyone possessing separate interest
is matsara. So wholesale dissolution is necessary, not expecting any
law, justice, but the Autocrat. Then it will be possible to have wholesale
death. Nirmatsara, the autocracy of the over management, then if one can
accept then he’s nirmatsara, wholesale death, then he’ll live another
life. Where this lust, this anger, the greed, everything of other type, because
wholesale death has been already done. Now coming that kāma, krodha,
this is from other world, aprākṛta, wholesale death. And even
in Nārāyaṇa, Vaikuṇṭha, wholesale death is not
there, only in Vṛndāvana wholesale death is possible.
[āsā maho caraṇa-renu-juṣām
aham syām, vṛndāvane kim api gulma-latauṣadhīnām]
yā dustyajaṁ svajanam ārya-pathaṁ
ca hitvā, bhejur mukunda-padavīṁ śrutibhir vimṛgyām
[“The gopīs
of Vṛndāvana have given up the association of their husbands,
sons and other family members, who are very difficult to renounce, and they
have sacrificed even their religious principles to take shelter of the lotus
feet of Kṛṣṇa, which are sought after by even the Vedas.
O grant me the fortune to be born as a blade of grass in Vṛndāvana,
so that I may take the dust of those great souls upon my head.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.47.61]
Uddhava
wonders. “The greatest devotee,” in the expression of His own mouth, Kṛṣṇa.
The greatest devotee, Uddhava, he’s nonplussed. “I want to be a creeper to get
the feet dust of these damsels.”
Wholesale
death is there, all risk no fear. Fearlessly, dauntless death, they’re inviting
risk of having intensely, no gap, that means wholesale death, die to live.
Ha, ha. Hegel
__________ [?] Reality is By Itself, For Itself, and Die to Live ___________
[?]
...
[08:15 - 09:25 silence]
Devotee: ...only by the
_____________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes, yes, anyhow by the agents.
kṛṣṇa-bhakti-janma-mūla haya
‘sādhu-saṅga’ [kṛṣṇa-prema janme, teṅho
punar mukhya aṅga]
[“The root
cause of devotional service to Lord Kṛṣṇa is association with
advanced devotees. Even when one’s dormant love for Kṛṣṇa
awakens, association with devotees is still most essential.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 22.83]
Anyhow the
agent’s they’re wandering doing relief work, and they come in connection with
someone and try to utilise his energy. Though he’s not conscious whose energy
he’s using, utilising for the service of the Lord, the sukṛti.
Then when it produces laulyam, lobha, janma-koṭi-sukṛtair na
labhyate.
[kṛṣṇa-bhakti-rasa-bhāvitā
matiḥ, kriyatāṁ yadi kuto 'pi labhyate
tatra laulyam api mūlyam ekalaṁ, janma-koṭi-sukṛtair
na labhyate]
[“Pure
devotional service to Kṛṣṇa cannot be obtained by performing
pious activities even for millions of births. It can be purchased only by
paying one price: intense eagerness. Wherever it is available, one must
purchase it immediately.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 8.70]
Part by part,
part by part, accumulated. It is very difficult by the accumulation of sukṛti
to come at once to rāga-mārga, laulya. Janma-koṭi-sukṛtair
na labhyate. That is also another type of sukṛti, when by
chance he comes in connection with the higher type of rāga-mārga
sādhu, then he can get laulyam.
Such as
Nityānanda Prabhu He’s wandering to distribute that to anyone and
everyone.
Yei agi pariye tare kori nistha kaviraja goswami pari
kalensikar [?]
Kṛṣṇadāsa
Kavirāja he was, he got the chance of being chosen of the grace of
Nityānanda Prabhu. And some substantial magnitude came, it worked direct,
straight, and helped him to rise above, this rāga-mārga, laulyam
api mūlyam, the laulya, the highest type of devotion is
imparted.
Autocracy, it
won’t come under law. Śaraṇāgata, and the surrendered
party and the autocratic party, both meeting and some effect is coming out. We
can’t say, “Why you have given to him and not to me?” This law cannot be
applied, because when you come as śaraṇāgata you want ahaitukī
kṛpa.
Visayate haya guṇa nahibe [?] You must give up
the way of justice. “Then if You come with the consideration of justice then I
have no hope.” If I approach in that window where causelessly the grace of the
Lord is being distributed, I’m approaching that window, from this office
causeless devotion is being distributed, ahaitukī. I have come,
because if You come to judge my case I have no hope.” Then standing just before
that window I can’t say, ‘Why You are giving mercy to him and not to me?’ Ahaitukī
kṛpa. “If You take the line of justice I have no hope, so give up the
line of justice.” And I have come to the department where causelessly, without
any cause, the mercy is distributed. I have come there. Standing there I cannot
say, “Why You show mercy to that man and not to me?” I can’t say, because no
justice, no law. I have come not for justice but for mercy. Then I can’t say,
demand, “That why You show mercy to that man and not to me?” Mercy is mercy, it
is causeless.
ahaituki sei karuna bedera vicar [?] The causeless department
above justice, only grace, that department I have come to get something where
no justice, only mercy. Only by grace everything is distributed there. There I
can’t call any explanation, “Why You have show mercy to him and not to me? Why
You have given to him and not to me?” I can’t say. Once I told this to our Guru
Mahārāja in Purī. “When all of us come in that window to get
something, we can’t demand that why you give him and not me?” Ha, ha, ha. In
Bagh Bazaar.
Devotee: That is the most
fundamental and the highest principle of Vaiṣṇava philosophy.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And when we can eliminate that then matsarata,
nirmat-sarāṇāṁ satāṁ [Bhāgavatam,
1.1.2] The egoism is eliminated, that is the evidence. As long as I - “Oh, he
gets, why I not?” there is matsarata. Nirmat-sarāṇāṁ
satāṁ. So I’m not fit to stand in the front of that window,
where from that nirmat-sarāṇāṁ satāṁ,
with ahaitukī bhakti. Ahaitukī apratihatā, the
wave automatic, spontaneous, neither beginning nor end, eternal flow of a particular
eternal substance. That is bhakti, inclusive of all, and uplifting all.
Absolute Good distributing Himself, that is bhakti. And we find it in
its fullest form in Mahāprabhu, Absolute Good distributing Himself.
Devotee: ____________ [?]
Artheṣu abhijñaḥ svarāṭ [Bhāgavatam,
1.1.1] That is the highest conception of the truth of Bhāgavata surpassing
all relative truths.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: He knows Himself only, fully. Artheṣu
abhijñaḥ varāṭ. What is the purpose of anything and
everything, that is only known to Him, not to us. We can know partially as much
as He wants us to know. Artheṣu abhijñaḥ svarāṭ.
He knows the purpose of the movement, that is, everything For Himself, in other
words. Everything For Himself, and He’s fully versed in the position to know
what is what. And when He transfers it to someone he may know that much. Artheṣu
abhijñaḥ svarāṭ. What is the purpose of the movement of
the whole, only it is known to Him alone. Artheṣu abhijñaḥ.
We say, “This is for me, this is for others. This is for this country, this is
for that sect.” All partial representation, and clash between them is
inevitable. Artheṣu abhijñaḥ svarāṭ.
Janmādy asya yato [Bhāgavatam, 1.1.1] That is also By
Itself, Reality is By Itself. Janmādy asya yato, 'nvayād
itarataś, both, direct, indirect, both. Māyā is also
included there, though it is something opposite, it is misconception of the
truth, but that is also there. The position of misconception also included, but
partial conception. Conception of partial interest is also there. It is not
false, as Śaṅkara said. Vaiṣṇava Ācāryas say
this māyā is also - this measurable estimation, that is also
there to be admitted. Otherwise why the trouble, why the preaching? But the
comparative study is there, good, bad, everything is there. Janmādy
asya yato, 'nvayād itarataś, artheṣu abhijñaḥ svarāṭ.
We should not boast that we can know His ways. ‘Anything, everything, all siddhānta
is within my fist.’ No. That is foolish statement. He knows, and whoever He
likes to know, to make know, he may know. Yam evaiṣa vṛnute.
[nāyam ātmā pravacanena labhyo, na
medhayā na bahunā śrutena
yam evaiṣa vṛnute tena labhyas, tasyaiṣa
ātmā vivṛnute tanūṁ svām]
[“One cannot
understand the substance of the Paramātmā, the Super-soul residing
within everyone’s heart, by means of expertise in logic, intelligence or
learning. When the living entity begs the Lord for His mercy, being desirous of
His transcendental loving service, then the Supreme Lord reveals His
self-manifest form directly before him.”] [Kaṭha-Upaniṣad,
1.2.23] & [Muṇḍaka-Upaniṣad, 2.3.2]
Artheṣu abhijñaḥ svarāṭ, tene brahma hṛdā ya ādi-kavaye.
Where have you got this conception, He has extended this through Brahmā,
through the creator here. Tene brahma means Veda, brahma-jñāna.
He’s all-in-all, this sort of knowledge is extended from higher to this lower
level through the creator, hṛdā ya ādi- kavaye. Ādi-kavi,
with the first maker of this world, through his heart He has extended that
fact, “I’m so and so, this is so and so.” Muhyanti yat sūrayaḥ.
And the great scholars in the ascending side, empirical scholars their
aspiration is stopped, they cannot understand this, they’re perplexed to make
out the ways, sūrayaḥ. Tejo-vāri-mṛdāṁ
yathā vinimayo yatra tri-sargo 'mṛṣā. Just as we see
that heat is transformed into gas, or gas transformed into water, water
transformed into earth, the tejo-vāri- mṛdāṁ
yathā vinimayo, this mutual transformation. Yatra tri-sargo,
sātya, rāja, tāma, three guṇa, the original
abstract conception of this variegated nature of world. It is amṛta,
it is also there.
The Śaṅkarites
will say 'mṛṣā, it is all false. Śrīdhara
Swāmī has given note that misconception. Light sometimes is
misconceived like water. Or this glass, glass can be conceived as light, light
can be conceived as glass, sometimes. This misconception is here. So we
misconceive the truth as false, māyā. Really no māyā
only misconception. Aropa, vivarta, and vivarta is of Śaṅkara,
and vikṛti of the Vaiṣṇava School.
Athatato anyatha buddhi vivarta iti uchyate
__________________ vikara iti uchyate [?]
The Vaiṣṇava School they have accepted vikara,
there is some reason, something at the back.
And the vivarta, the Śaṅkarites they
say ‘nothing in the back only mental concoction, vivarta.’
So here Śrīdhara Swāmī said of vivarta,
kachalu, yada buddhi, baddha buddhi [?]
When Mayadanu constructed a capitol for the Pāṇḍavas
in Indraprastha, there was underlying plan that who is the enemy of the Pāṇḍavas
he will be caught by his vivarta. Where there is water he will think,
‘No, this is a plain thing, but bright thing.’ And the boundary wall made of
glass, ‘No, it is a good way out.’
So Duryodhana
when entered he was in that position. There is a small pond full of water.
Duryodhana saw, “No, it is a highway” and he suddenly dived in the water. And
he says, “It’s a way out, a good road.” Only wall, he had to push against the
wall.
So vivarta,
aropa, one thing is seen as another. And here, vikara iti uchyate [?] Real
transformation is there, Jīva Goswāmī says. Yathā
vinimayo. Jīva Goswāmī has given stress in the meaning of
this word vinimayo. Vinimayo means the thing is there, we put the money
and we get the thing. That is vinimayo, I’m giving something and getting
something - the change. So it is a change, the sātya, rāja,
tāma guṇa, change one for another. But something is in the
background, and that is being changed. Śakti pariṇāma
vāda. [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Ādi-līlā, 7.121-7] Rāmānuja also admits this, idam
sarvam hare saridam [?] In the maximum view we can see everything, this world
is the body of the Lord. But we cannot say that this is nothing. Something,
some pariṇāma. Pariṇāma means a transformed stage,
transformation is there in a transformed stage of a particular way. But it is
there, the background is there, it is not nothing.
Yathā vinimayo yatra tri-sargo 'mṛṣā.
Dhāmnā svena sadā nirasta-kuhakaṁ. [Bhāgavatam, 1.1.1] By His own will, by
His own grace, by His own light, sent by Him, only we can know Him, by His
will. Yam evaiṣa vṛnute [Kaṭha-Upaniṣad,
1.2.23] By His acceptance, by His will force, by His inner desire. Then that
light can show us clearly what is what. Dhāmnā svena sadā.
Only By His grace we can understand what is what, and not by our partial
position, our provincial position. But universal light, knowledge, is extended
to us and that can help to know that what is what. To know that, light from
that quarter is necessary, and not light produced, or which is inborn with us,
with that light we cannot see what is what really. Only dhāmnā
svena sadā nirasta-kuhakaṁ. All our misconceptions, kuhakaṁ
means misconception, is removed when light comes down from there to show me
what is what. Otherwise however greater empirical scholar can be, he can have a
partial estimation, a negligible part. As Newton told, “That I’m only touching
a very negligent part of the ocean of knowledge.” A sober and sincere man can
only speak up to that. That infinite ocean of knowledge is spread over my eye.
So nothing to be proud of our parts.
Gaura Hari
bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
Today’s the
day of Gopashtami, that our boy Kṛṣṇa, infant, in the
beginning He was given the charge of the calves only, small calves. He was
caretaker of the calves. But this is the day when He was promoted in a higher
position to take care of the cows and bullocks. More responsibility, more aged
perhaps, considered to be sufficiently aged and grown, He can now take the
charge of the cows and bullocks also. He was promoted to that stage.
Gopashtami. In Vṛndāvana we saw near Nandagrama the milkmen they
take in the milan so many cows and give something, some food, some grass and
other things there. Kṛṣṇa began His cow feeding today, so
with that memory they give some fodder to the cows.
And also
today the day of appearance [abirbhāva] of Dhanañjaya Paṇḍita
and others. Gadādhara Dāsa, and another Vaiṣṇava.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Tirobhāva [disappearance]. Dhanañjaya Paṇḍita,
Śrīnivāsa...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Gadādhara Dāsa, and Dhanañjaya Paṇḍita.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Gadādhara Dāsa Goswāmī,
Śrīnivāsa Ācārya.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Śrīnivāsa Ācārya.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Tirobhāva.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Both, two tirobhāva and one abirbhāva?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: No, I read all tirobhāva.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: All tirobhāva?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Dhanañjaya Paṇḍita also?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I forget. All tirobhāva. Gadādhara
Dāsa he’s accepted as kānti, bhāva, kānti.
Rādhā-bhāva-dyuti-suvalitaṁ [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Ādi-līlā, 1.5] Rādhārāṇī is
conceived to divide into two. To be divided. His inner tendency, inner mood,
and outer glaze. So Dāsa Gadādhara is conceived as the outer glaze.
And Paṇḍita Gadādhara is taken as the inner mood.
Mahāprabhu has taken both, and the shadow-like thing represented in both
of them.
Dāsa
Gadādhara he used to stay nearby Calcutta, Halishahar, [Endiyadaha ?] or
some place. And he was simple and straight-minded man, as in our language. He
one day approached the Kāzī. “You Kāzī, you must take the
Name of Kṛṣṇa.”
“Why? I’m a
Muslim. Why should I take the Name of Kṛṣṇa?”
“Oh, you’ve
taken already Kṛṣṇa.”
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: “There, you have taken the Name of Kṛṣṇa.”
And he embraced him. “Yes, you have taken.” And the Kāzī was friendly
to him.
More
important thing in him we find. After sannyāsa in Kāṭwā,
in his last days he came to take charge of that place where Mahāprabhu
took the sannyāsa, and he opened a temple there, Gadādhara
Dāsa. And those that are at present also in charge of that temple
management they’re all the disciplic line of Dāsa Gadādhara.
Dāsa Gadādhara’s tomb is also there, samādhi. Up to his
last day he lived there in Kāṭwā, in the place of that keśā
samādhi of Mahāprabhu.
Very
beautiful hairs Mahāprabhu had. So much so that the barber he could not
approach to shave them. “So beautiful face, and beautiful curling hair, how can
I go?”
And the
objections are coming from all sides. “What do you do barber? Such beautiful
figure, such beautiful curling hair, and you’re going to shave to make Him sannyāsī,
this young man, so beautiful. How His mother, and if there’s any wife, they can
live if such beautiful son takes sannyāsa? They’ll die, you’ll kill
them. Don’t do.” In this way a great opposition, rumour, uproar. “No.”
Then they
threatened also Keśava Bhāratī. “We won’t spare you if you give sannyāsa
to this young man.” In this way threatening also came.
But after
all, Mahāprabhu’s will is supreme. Anyhow whole thing subsided, seeing the
extraordinary madness for sannyāsa life. He’s so eager and so
intensely dedicated to Kṛṣṇa, sometimes, “Let Me” - while
that shaving is going on He’s taking the chance, “Let Me sing and dance for
some time, then again I’ll show the head, in this way.”
So these
extraordinary signs benumbed all. Like a statue they had to see the show, the
sight, and it was done.
And that
barber he promised, “That with the hand which I engaged to shave the beautiful
head of this beautiful person, no longer I shall touch with this hand anyone’s
feet or body. This is my last attempt.” And he began the occupation of a
sweet-meat seller. And there is buried underground, those beautiful hairs are
there, buried.
Śiśir [Kumār] Ghose, the founder of Amṛta Bazaar
Patrikā, and writer of Lord Gaurāṅga, Amiya Nimai
Charita, in Amiya Nimai Charita he wrote that, “Only one thing still
can be traced from the divine body of Śrī Gaurāṅga, that
is those hairs are still there. If we unearth we can see that.”
But another
gentleman has remarked there, “Can we ignore His advices, His teachings? Is it
not there? That is also concrete, but Śiśir Ghose says only the
hair.” We’re told that hair stays for long, long time.
We heard, or
saw in the paper perhaps, that Napoleon’s hair was collected from his tomb
perhaps and that was examined by the then present chemists and they said that
he was applied arsenic. For his death, slow poison was injected, and that was
found in his hair.
So hair is
not - it lasts long, it is not worn out, not eaten by the worms, white ants or
something, what generally eats the wood, [termites]. The hair is not generally
lost, not transformed.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
So Gadādhara Dāsa he established a temple there, and his disciplic
generation are still in charge of the temple there. Gadādhara Dāsa.
And
Dhanañjaya Paṇḍita he’s said to be one of the Dvādaśaka
Gopāla who are friends of Baladeva, Dvādaśaka Gopāla in Vṛndāvana.
And here they’re all so many friends of Nityānanda, gopāla,
friendly circle. Dhanañjaya Paṇḍita he’s nearby Sitala-Grama,
Kāṭwā - Bardhaman rail line nearby there is one Sitala-Grama.
There also Dhanañjaya Paṇḍita...
83.11.13.B_83.11.14.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...Dvādaśaka,
one of the twelve selected friends of Nityānanda, friend rasa servant.
And
Śrīnivāsa Ācārya you know, when Mahāprabhu took
His sannyāsa there was one man standing, his name was Padmanābha. He was a class friend of Mahāprabhu in
Navadwīpa. And he had a special charm for Śrī Gaurāṅga,
Nimāi Paṇḍita. Near Kāṭwā there’s one village Yajigrama, there was his
wife’s house, father-in-law’s house, Yajigrama. And his own house was in
Chakhandi, just opposite Agradipa. That day he was going from his
father-in-law’s house to his own house, and heard that Nimāi Paṇḍita
has come to take sannyāsa. He was well-known to him, he went to
see, and like a statue he’s standing he saw the whole function and became half
mad.
And when it
was finished Mahāprabhu ran towards the jungle. “I’m going to Vṛndāvana.”
Then he had to go back to his home on the
other side of the Ganges. And he was so perplexed, half unconscious, mad,
nothing he can say but “Caitanya.” The Name of Mahāprabhu was Caitanya
that he heard and that took possession of him. Whatever anyone says, he says
“Caitanya, Caitanya,” nothing more. Then his name was Caitanya Dāsa. His
first name was Padmanābha,
but in every words for few days he only answers as Caitanya, nothing else, so
Caitanya Dāsa became his name.
Once he met,
it is told, Mahāprabhu Kṛṣṇa Caitanyadeva in Purī.
And we’re told somewhere, he went with his family. And Mahāprabhu gave
hint that, “You will have a very devoted child.” Mahāprabhu told His old
friend, class-mate, “You will have a child and he’ll be a very devoted one.”
Then he came
back, Śrīnivāsa Ācārya came. It is told just like a
moon he came out from the mother’s womb, Śrīnivāsa, entered
blessed child. Afterwards grown up, and not only beautiful body, but in mind
wholesale surcharged with the love of Śrī Caitanyadeva. Perhaps
father died when he was young. Then he’s shown to us within his teens,
fourteen, fifteen, or something, he ran towards Navadwīpa. And he was
sitting on the bathing ghāṭaof Mahāprabhu of the Ganges, just by the side of
Mahāprabhu’s home, Nimāi Paṇḍita’s home. And Viṣṇupriyā Devī she came to take bath in the Ganges ghāṭavery near her home, and found this child, this boy,
about fifteen or so, and half mad, thinking, meditating mood. And she could
find that he has not taken food, fasting, and his colour is also pale, deeply
meditating something, in this way. She took compassion and took the boy home
and fed him with something.
Then
gradually he tried to go to Purī, heard Mahāprabhu passed away.
Still, he went there, met Paṇḍita Gadādhara. Gadādhara Paṇḍita
told, “Mahāprabhu asked me to teach you Bhāgavatam. But the
books which I have got is not proper, not fit to teach you.” Mainly the letters
had been half washed by his tears or so, something. “So please get a good book
of Bhāgavatam from Śrī Khanda in my name.” Then
Śrīnivāsa Paṇḍita went there, Śrī Khanda,
and got one Bhāgavata copy, and again went to Purī. But by
this time Gadādhara Paṇḍita disappeared. So what to do, he had
to come back.
In the
meantime Narottama Prabhu and Śyāmānanda perhaps they met together and they had some
circumambulation of this Navadwīpa Dhāma. That is mentioned. And then
those three approached, tried to go to Vṛndāvana and to get the
company of Rūpa, Sanātana, Raghunātha Goswāmīns, etc.
Gadādhara, Svarūpa Dāmodara, mainly all educated persons,
specially devotees, they disappeared from Purī. So they wanted to go to Vṛndāvana
to get the association of the Rūpa, Sanātana, Raghunātha, etc.
Then when they went up to Allahabad they
crossed the Benares they heard a rumour that Sanātana Goswāmī
has left the world, so very much disappointed. Still, they made progress
towards Vṛndāvana. When they reached Mathurā they heard, “Last
night Rūpa Goswāmī gone away.” Then they were very much
disappointed and still went to Vṛndāvana. And found in the evening
that the sandhyā-ārati, evening ārātrika
was being done in that old big temple of Govindaji.
And a great gathering and with great enthusiasm that ārati is going on, and
they joined that. And seeing the grandeur and this weariness in the journey and
broken-heartedness mixed he fainted there in some part of Nath Mandira. When he
awoke he found that Jīva Goswāmī is taking care of him, he saw
that he’s Jīva Goswāmī. He fell in one part of that Nat Mandira,
and at last it was reported to Jīva Goswāmī and he came and took
him.
Then those
three were living for some time there, and they got their dīkṣā,
took dīkṣā initiation. Śrīnivāsa from Gopāla
Bhaṭṭa, Śyāmānanda
from Jīva Goswāmī, and Narottama Ṭhākura
from Lokanātha. And they were sent back to Bengal for preaching purpose.
All the books compiled by Sanātana, Rūpa, and Jīva that were in
the charge of Jīva Goswāmī, were managed to be sent to Bengal
through them in a big casket which was closed. And perhaps two bullock carts
were engaged, and they’re in charge, they’re coming, walking with that cart.
All the books, including Caitanya-caritāmṛta.
Then it was
lost, you know, near Viṣṇupura in the district of Bapura, by one
Birhambir who was the leader of the aborigines, ādivāsīs. One astrologer
he told that, “In those caskets very valuable jewels are there.” So he looted
that at night. And then they found it missed, then they tried their best to
find out that but could not. Then Narottama went away, Śyāmānanda
went to his home in Midnapura, Narottama this north
Bengal. And Śrīnivāsa he was the leader of the party, entrusted
more with their charge, he could not go without making any trace of those
books. Like a half mad boy he wandered throughout that neighbouring place.
Then he came
to know that this Birhambir, the owner of the state, that Viṣṇupura,
he’s a little devoted, and he hears Bhāgavatam every day, in the
evening. And there was one paṇḍita named Vyāsa, his
guru, he explains Bhāgavatam every afternoon. And he began to
attend. Ordinary people took he’s a half mad boy, anyhow wandering here and
there. He attended the class, concealing who he is. But one day suddenly when
the Vyāsa is explaining Bhāgavatam, his explanation had some
mistake.
And
unconsciously Śrīnivāsa he suggested that, “Oh, this is not the
meaning, the meaning is this.”
Then the
attention of all the audience came to him. “Who is he, who is this boy whom we
all took as a mad boy? He’s a brilliant scholar of Bhāgavatam. He
points out the mistake of our guru Vyāsadeva who is the renowned scholar
of Bhāgavatam in this area.”
Then all came to him and, “Who are you? You must say.”
Then he told
that, “I’m so and so. We have lost our wealth. The books that we took of the
Goswāmīns that is all of our wealth of our life, our sampradāya,
everything, we have lost that. And I was in charge, I was entrusted with those
books that were stolen suddenly in the night.”
And then that
Birhambir came out. “We have those caskets in our stock.”
Then he burst
in carefulness and wanted to see, and he was taken in the room where the
caskets were. And then he asked them, “I want to worship them. Please make some
arrangement.” And they made so, and began to make ārati, then opening the
caskets found all books are intact there. Then he asked, “You must send some
man to Narottama Ṭhākura there, and Śyāmānanda.” And some man was sent, and then they’re all
satisfied they got the books.
Śrīnivāsa Ācārya generally lived in Yajpura,
his mother’s house, he lived there. And because Mahāprabhu asked
Gadādhara Paṇḍita to teach Bhāgavatam to
Śrīnivāsa, though no physical connection with the teacher,
automatically Śrīnivāsa was the master of Bhāgavatam,
by the force of the will of Mahāprabhu. Śrīnivāsa. And the
whole country was charmed to hear his Bhāgavata explanation.
Then
Narottama Ṭhākura he was the son of a rich man, and bachelor. He
planned to establish a big temple to inaugurate the worship of Mahāprabhu
also with Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa. There was a great function,
and all the Vaiṣṇavas, especially followers of Mahāprabhu and
Nityānanda joined there. Nityānanda Prabhu passed away by that time. Jāhnavā
Devī, His first wife, Jāhnavā
Devī, with all the followers of
Nityānanda Prabhu joined. Śrīnivāsa was the leader to make
the function of installation. And it was a very charming function, so much so,
we’re told that the whole group of Mahāprabhu were attracted down there.
And when the saṅkīrtana went round the temple of the new
installation of Mahāprabhu and Rādhā-Govinda, etc, it was so
intensified saṅkīrtana that Mahāprabhu with all His parṣadawas attracted and seen there. That both prakaṭa
and aprakaṭa, who has passed away, those Vaiṣṇava, and
those that are present, combined they’re dancing and chanting. It was seen by
some, it is mentioned in the book in that way.
Then as long
as they lived they tried their best to preach the doctrine of Mahāprabhu.
Śrīnivāsa Ācārya. Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura
Hari bol. Śrīnivāsa Ācārya. He composed that Sanskrit
poem what our Swāmī Mahārāja sang in America. Vande
rūpa-sanātanau raghu-yugau śrī-jīva-gopālakau.
[nānā-śāstra-vicāraṇaika-nipuṇau
sad-dharma-saṁsthāpakau
lokānāṁ
hita-kāriṇau tri-bhuvane mānyau śaraṇyākarau
rādhā-kṛṣṇa-padāravinda-bhajanānandena
mattālikau
vande
rūpa-sanātanau raghu-yugau śrī-jīva-gopālakau]
[“I
offer my respectful obeisances unto the six Gosvāmīs, namely Śrī Sanātana Gosvāmī, Śrī Rūpa Gosvāmī, Śrī
Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī,
Śrī Raghunātha dāsa Gosvāmī,
Śrī Jīva Gosvāmī
and Śrī Gopāla Bhaṭṭa Gosvāmī, who are very expert in
scrutinisingly
studying all the revealed scriptures with the aim of establishing eternal
religious principles for the benefit of all human beings. Thus they are
honoured all over the three worlds, and they are worth taking shelter of because
they are absorbed in the mood of the gopīs and are engaged in the
transcendental loving service of Rādhā and
Kṛṣṇa.”][Śrī
Śrī Ṣaḍ-gosvāmī-aṣṭakam]
I heard that
song sung by Swāmī Mahārāja in the radio or something. Vande
rūpa-sanātanau raghu-yugau śrī-jīva-gopālakau. That beautiful verse was composed by Śrīnivāsa
Ācārya. Rūpa-sanātanau
raghu-yugau. That is Raghunātha
Bhaṭṭa, Raghunātha dāsa,
and Śrī Jīva, and Gopāla, Ṣaḍ-gosvāmī, the six revered Goswāmīns, their praise was
composed in Sanskrit verse, very beautiful verse. Vande
rūpa-sanātanau raghu-yugau śrī-jīva-gopālakau. Nānā-śāstra-vicāraṇaika-nipuṇau, sad-dharma-saṁsthāpakau. Vande
rūpa-sanātanau raghu-yugau śrī-jīva-gopālakau. I’m told that the musician’s school of America they
appreciated this song of Swāmī Mahārāja very much. I was
told, “There’s something - not only the tune, but the internal conception
behind that, that was considered to be the very, very valuable thing, the verve
in the back of the sound.” Somewhere the artist, the musician experts, they,
and music also, they gave a very high value of this song, some told me. Very
intense, the harmony, the sound, the meaning, all combined came from his mouth,
from his heart. And that was weighed and considered to be of the very higher type
of music, I was told by someone. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari
bol. Course he himself playing on the mṛdaṅgaand singing, something like. Nitāi Gaura Hari
bol.
Vaiṣṇavera guṇa gana suni
________________________ [?]
By singing in
praise of the Vaiṣṇava conduct we can work our emancipation from
the māyā, misconceived world, and we can have entrance into
the reality. That is the desirable world, the world of sweetness, love, beauty.
Vaiṣṇava. The process of approaching towards that adhokṣaja,
transcendental quarter, only the Vaiṣṇava, carita, is so
many gates through which we can have our attempt to enter into that domain.
Their example, their life, their conduct, their teachings, their movements,
that is our wealth. By giving our attention to them we can get some sort of
conception of the divinity in their gesture, posture, words, everywhere. What
for they’re living? Ignoring so many charming things of the outsiders, what is
represented in their character, in their attempt, in their words, their food,
their every gesture, posture, that can help us to understand the nature of that
divine world. And that is the gates.
naiṣāṁ matis tāvad urukramāṅghriṁ,
sprśaty anarthāpagamo yad-arthaḥ
[mahīyasāṁ pāda-rajo-'bhiṣekaṁ,
niṣkiñcanānāṁ na vṛṇīta yāvat]
[Prahlāda Mahārāja states: “Unless they smear upon their
bodies the dust of the lotus feet of a Vaiṣṇava completely freed
from material contamination, persons very much inclined toward materialistic
life cannot be attached to the lotus feet of the Lord, Who is glorified for His
uncommon activities. Only by becoming Kṛṣṇa conscious and
taking shelter at the lotus feet of the Lord in this way can one be freed from
material contamination.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 7.5.32]
Prahlāda
Mahārāja said to his teachers, Ṣaṇḍa and Amarka,
two sons of Śukrācārya, when they’re charged by Prahlāda’s
father. “You two have educated my son in this way. You should teach them
politics, my son, teach him politics and other things. But you have taught them
about Hari, who is my enemy. This sort of education you are giving to my young
boy.”
When charged,
then Ṣaṇḍa and Amarka was very much frightened with this
remark of the king. And then after when they got Prahlāda in their
vicinity they told, “Prahlāda, we have not taught anything of the like you
told to your father. Tan manye 'dhītam uttamam.”
[śravaṇaṁ kīrtanaṁ viṣṇoḥ,
smaraṇaṁ pāda-sevanam
arcanaṁ vandanaṁ dāsyaṁ,
sakhyam ātma-nivedanam.
iti puṁsārpitā viṣṇau,
bhaktiś cen nava-lakṣaṇā
kriyeta bhagavaty addhā tan manye 'dhītam
uttamam]
[“Hearing
about Kṛṣṇa, chanting Kṛṣṇa’s glories,
remembering Kṛṣṇa, serving Kṛṣṇa’s lotus
feet, worshipping Kṛṣṇa’s transcendental form, offering
prayers to Kṛṣṇa, becoming Kṛṣṇa’s servant,
considering Kṛṣṇa as one’s best friend, and surrendering
everything to Kṛṣṇa - these nine processes are accepted as
pure devotional service.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 7.5.23-24]
When
Prahlāda’s father adored the child and asked him, “Prahlāda, what is
the best thing you have learned from the school?”
Prahlāda
told, tat sādhu manye ’sura-varya dehināṁ, vanaṁ
gato yad dharim āśrayeta.
[śrī-prahlāda uvāca
tat sādhu manye ’sura-varya dehināṁ, sadā
samudvigna-dhiyām asad-grahāt
hitvātma-pātaṁ gṛham andha-kūpaṁ, vanaṁ
gato yad dharim āśrayeta]
[Prahlāda
Mahārāja replied: “O best of the asuras, King of the demons,
as far as I have learned from my spiritual master, any person who has accepted
a temporary body and temporary household life is certainly embarrassed by
anxiety because of having fallen in a dark well where there is no water but
only suffering. One should give up this position and go to the forest [vana].
More clearly, one should go to Vṛndāvana, where only Kṛṣṇa
consciousness is prevalent, and should thus take shelter of the Supreme
Personality of Godhead.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 7.5.5]
“What I have
learned to be the best, that to leave everything and to go jungle, and to
search for Kṛṣṇa, Hari, that is the best.”
“Oh, this
sort of training is being given by the sons of Śukrācārya, my Gurudeva?”
Then he
charged, then they told, “Prahlāda, we did not teach you such things. Why
did you?
“Oh, you rest
assured, you need not be afraid for that. It cannot come from you. What I have
got I have made statement that this is the best learning, that can never come
from you people. So you’re in safe position. It can never come through you. I
got it from my Guru, Nārada Goswāmī.”
So,
matir na kṛṣṇe parataḥ svato
vā, mitho ‘bhipadyeta gṛha-vratānām
[adānta-gobir viśatāṁ tamisraṁ,
punaḥ punaś carvita-carvaṇānām]
[“Prahlāda Mahārāja said: “Because of their uncontrolled
senses, persons too addicted to materialistic life make progress toward hellish
conditions and repeatedly chew that which has already been chewed. Their
inclinations toward Kṛṣṇa are never aroused, either by the
instructions of others, by their own efforts, or by a combination of both.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
7.5.30]
“Where you
are in a particular plane living, it is not found there, never found there. Kṛṣṇe
parataḥ svato vā. It cannot come from others, it cannot come
also from within one’s own self, or by the mutual combined effort of one and
his environment, so many outsiders. Neither parataḥ svato vā,
or combined, by the combination of the external and the internal mentality of
the worldly people. Parataḥ svato vā, mitho ‘bhipadyeta gṛha-vratānām.
Because your capital is only this material consciousness it can never produce
that spiritual thing, so rest assured no fear, no charge can come over you.”
Naiṣāṁ matis tāvad urukramāṅghriṁ,
sprśaty anarthāpagamo yad-arthaḥ, mahīyasāṁ
pāda-rajo -'bhiṣekaṁ. The only way
through which it can come that is the Vaiṣṇava, the devotees of Kṛṣṇa,
only through them. They have reserved all right. Only through them it can come
in this world, not otherwise. Only the appointed agents, they can distribute
such things, and never from any other agent of the whole world it can come. So
the Vaiṣṇava carita, only by our association with the agents
of Vaikuṇṭha, or Goloka, Kṛṣṇaloka, Kṛṣṇa
consciousness, that we can expect to have something about that great wealth
what-so-ever it may be.
Gaura Hari
bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
Nitāi
Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
Only to
acquire some taste for the tasteful thing. Which is really tasteful, we’re in
such a position that tasteful thing seems to be bitter to us. Rūpa
Goswāmī has given some example. Pittopatapta-rasanasya na
rocikā nu. This sugar candy is generally sweet, but if ones tongue is
influenced by bile then the sugar candy if he wants to go to taste it will seem
bitter sugar candy. But that sugar candy is the medicine of that bile disease.
syāt kṛṣṇa-nāma-caritādi-sitāpy
avidyā-, pittopatapta-rasanasya na rocikā nu
kintv ādarād anudinaṁ khalu saiva juṣṭā,
svādvī kramād bhavati tad-gada-mūla-hantrī
[“The Holy
Name, character, pastimes and activities of Kṛṣṇa are all
transcendentally sweet like sugar candy. Although the tongue of one afflicted
by the jaundice of avidyā (ignorance)
cannot taste anything sweet, it is wonderful that simply by carefully chanting
these sweet Names every day, a natural relish awakens within his tongue, and
his disease is gradually destroyed at the root.”] [Śrī
Upadeśāmṛta, 7]
Which tastes to be bitter, that is the
medicine of removing that bitterness from the tongue, gradually, if we take
that. So Kṛṣṇa consciousness may not seem very sweet to us in
the beginning, but gradual application of that, the Name, and the Vaiṣṇava,
the giver of the Name, if any way we can continue our contact, gradually what
is imperfect within us that may be removed and we may be prepared to receive
perfection within us, connection of perfection within us. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
Devotee:
Mahārāja _______________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Then I close here today’s class.
vāñchā-kalpatarubhyaś ca kṛpā-sindhubhya
eva ca
patitānāṁ pāvanebhyo vaiṣṇavebhyo
namo namaḥ
[I offer my
respectful obeisances unto all the Vaiṣṇava devotees of the Lord.
They are just like desire trees who can fulfil the desires of everyone, and
they are full of compassion for the fallen conditioned souls.]
...
...there is
possibility of ill-treatment, then to avoid that __________ [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: So then it would be better not to have a picture of
anything on the cover?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Sometimes we may deal there with śanta rasa
bhakti. This is the temple. Not the personal characteristic but this
passive devotion, may use.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: I see. Like the maṭha.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The maṭha, temple, this dhāma,
mṛdaṅga, vaṁśī, and something.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Hmm. Śanta rasa representation.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Śanta rasa.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: All right. And inside the book, what about pictures
inside? Should we restrict the pictures to only the Guru, yourself,
Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Guru, Vaiṣṇava, others, but not very
high rasa representation, just as in Rādhā- Govinda līlā,
_______ [?] līlā. That may excite lust in the people. Caution
must be made about that. Rādhā- Govinda, the sakhīs rasa,
should be represented in such a way that it draws reverence, respect.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Vātsalya rasa, sākhya rasa, that
may be shown, but this mādhurya rasa should not be displayed in a
very private type. That Kṛṣṇa is embracing
Rādhārāṇī, or kissing, all these things should be
avoided.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: But sometimes there are pictures of
Rādhā-Govinda, but like They’re not embracing or touching but just
shown there respectfully, side by side.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Side by side, not exciting any sexual type. That
will be offensive, that will create offence against the public. In a
respectable way.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Hmm. Now, when any picture is used, generally the
artist is unknown. The painter of the picture we cannot trace out their origin
all of the time. It is difficult for us to find out the origin of the painter.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Origin of the painter?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. The painter, he may not be a Gauḍīya
Vaiṣṇava.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Then, under our direct guardianship, our direction,
he may be utilised, like a machine.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. Or they’ve already made a painting. Say we see
some picture we would like to use that, generally that’s what we’re doing.
There are many pictures in India, they’re already painted, so we just take one
and used it for our own purpose.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I don’t follow.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: I’m saying there’s so many pictures available.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Pictures in India.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes, already available.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. What type?
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Of different, like yesterday I saw a picture of
Yaśodā and Kṛṣṇa and one cowherd boy.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: If that is according to standard then we can accept
them and utilise, if not crossing the standard, utilise them as materials.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. All right. I think it’s clear then.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Not besides our standard.
Sometimes old
temples their Deities installed from previously, then we saw Guru
Mahārāja accepted those installations and the temple. Established by
others, but his acceptance that was bona fide, we accepted. So its origin may
be otherwise, but the acceptance of a sādhu of that thing according
to standard, that may be accepted, that may be analysed.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. Hmm.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Considered to be newly adjusted.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Also, I wanted to tell you that with regard to the
publication of any history of Your Divine Grace, or of Swāmī
Mahārāja, that we had no intention to include these very personal
things you may have said about your Godbrothers or the internal history. Our
interest is mainly philosophical.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That was an important topic, but during your long
stay that subject was not taken out for discussion, historical side. We told
that we shall discuss, the background must be given in the historical side.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Because, Viṣṇu, Vaiṣṇava, in
their case all representation is not real.
Sita rakrti maya harila rama [?]
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Hmm. Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And the gopīs they’re looted by the
_________ [?] were looted, but that is all mahā māyā. So
the Viṣṇu, Vaiṣṇava historical presentation, how much
that should be acceptable as setting the example here? And how much that is to
deceive the people? That sort of precaution one must be given in the
introduction. So it is difficult to describe as well as to accept, understand,
what is what, in the Vaiṣṇava carita, as in Viṣṇu,
so in Vaiṣṇava. How much to deceive those that deserve deception?
In the līlā of the Lord, two ways to show the example, to the
good, as well as to deceive the demonic section. These things should be
adjusted, everywhere.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. Right.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Asura mohan, and sajjana tosan. The
inner circle will be very much pleased, and the others will be deceived.
Bhakti Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes.
83.11.14.A_83.11.15.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...he became sannyāsī, Kṛṣṇa
Nanda Swāmī, later on. He came to my place here to visit, Kṛṣṇa
Nanda. Eight brothers they are, all brilliant, so that the government gave the
title to their mother as Ratna Garbha. Their mother had got that government
title Ratna Garbha, who has given birth to so many jewels. One of them, so many
sādhus also, one of them was secretary to Jawaharlal [Pandit Nehru]
and was commissioner or - ambassador to Bangladesh, some doctor. He came from
Cattagrama.
Devotee: There’s one big
doctor there that has Ayur Vedic dispensary, he’s a very rich man.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Who? Doctor _________ [?]
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: What name?
Devotee: I can’t remember
his name.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: There is one Kanan Gopara or some village that is
their original residence, Kanan Gopara,
near Cattagrama town. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Puṇḍarīka
Vidyānidhi, Mukunda Datta, Vāsudeva
Datta.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: That is the original place of Puṇḍarīka? That land where your temple is is the original
place?
Devotee: He was there,
and his bhajan-kuṭīra was
there.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Bhajan-kuṭīra, same land? Purchased by yourself?
Devotee: And half
committee. We’re not full ISKCON, we’re called Chaitanya Culture Society. And
the local Hindu committee they have joined, combined together, and we have
purchased.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Joined, amalgamated.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And who is the Ācārya of that zone?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Jayapatāka Mahārāja?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Jayapatāka?
Devotee: Na. He comes
once, very short visit, he’ll come for one...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Did you visit Dhaka temple? No?
Devotee: Dhaka, yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: No? Our original temple in Dhaka, our Guru
Mahārājas?
Devotee: Oh, yes, yes,
the Gauḍīya Maṭha.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Our Gauḍīya Maṭha in Navinda [?],
Baliyati, then Mymensingh, near Dhaka town also, Kamalapur.
Devotee: I went to one
little one by the river, a very nice temple. They put on one big feast when we
came.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Near Dhaka town?
Devotee: Between
Faridpura and Jessore there is one Gauḍīya Maṭha temple on the
side of the river. I can’t remember the name, there’s so many villages. But
there they put on one big huge feast when we came. They got three days notice.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: In Faridpura?
Devotee: No, after
Faridpura.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Who’s in charge of that temple, sannyāsī?
Devotee: ____________ [?]
I’m only new there so ______ [?] I’m just learning the language ________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa. Why have you left
Bangladesh?
Devotee: I came to visit
Vṛndāvana for my Gurudeva’s puṣpa
samādhi...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes, to attend virahotsava, Swāmī
Mahārāja. And you’re going back to your home?
Devotee: Now I’m going
back and taking some presents for the devotees there.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: He’s going back taking some gifts for the devotees.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Taking for some devotees there. They’re all these
Bengali devotees or European?
Devotee: Bengali.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Not westerners?
Devotee: There’s a very
much shortage of Vaiṣṇava articles there because it is all Muslim
country.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: How do you come here?
Devotee: We have a car, a
minibus which we drive ________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: You came to Māyāpur temple, and from there
you have come here, alone? Why?
Curiosity or any friend here to see?
Devotee: No. In
Māyāpur temple I have one friend.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Who is he?
Devotee: His name is
Nishtular [?] He’s a Canadian.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: From him you got the suggestion to come here?
Devotee: No, no. I
previously met...
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: He met Sudhīra Goswāmī. When
Sudhīra brought the book Search For Śrī Kṛṣṇa
first time here, he Sarvatcha gave him a ride in his car, and he received a
copy of Search For Śrī Kṛṣṇa from Sudhīra
Goswāmī and appreciated it.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Where does he come from? America?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: No. New Zealand. Same county as myself.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: New Zealand. Oh, your country.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: He appreciated Search For Śrī Kṛṣṇa
very much.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Oh. Search For Śrī Kṛṣṇa.
Devotee: Actually I liked
speaking with him more than reading the book. I more enjoyed speaking with him.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Sudhīra. He enjoyed his conversation with
Sudhīra Goswāmī.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah, but he left today.
Devotee: That was more
than the book, for me. Because I’m not very good reader.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: But you may have a talk with Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja who comes from your native place, and you’ll be well versed
in all the necessary understanding.
Devotee: Yeah, I see he’s
very deeply into the books.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: You do not know him?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yeah, he came to the land this morning.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So he was sannyāsī of
Swāmī Mahārāja. He was in charge of Vṛndāvana,
Bombay. He’s an old experienced sannyāsī.
Devotee: Yes, very
advanced.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And he’s writing many books about Swāmī
Mahārāja’s teachings.
Devotee: You’re inspiring
many people, so I was encouraged to come and see you.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I’m trying because I’m left, so many of my
Godbrothers they’re leaving gradually one by one, I’m spared. In this old age
I’m trying my little energy if possible to help something.
Our great
Guru Mahārāja he had a great plan of conquering the whole of the
world, and he began that task. And ultimately Swāmī
Mahārāja has done that successfully. So we’re appreciator, admire him
and his activity to spread the highest form of truth to the world.
How it is?
Only by mere pronouncing we cannot establish that this is high, that this
teaching is the highest teaching. We’re to try to know step by step what is
high what is low. The measure, the standard of that we must have, and according
to that standard we must measure how much value is where located. In this way
theism - there is qualitative difference.
God is. The
cause of the whole world is wonderful, and that is fulfilling, that can fulfil
all our inner necessity. What is He? How to attain He, Him? There are the
questions. The only one question has been accepted by the normal thinking
person, to know the principle, by knowing Him we can know everything, whether
it is possible? By getting Him we can get everything. That should be the
general question of everyone, every living being. Is it possible that if we can
get one we can have the whole? Apparently it seems to be impossible, by getting
one we get the whole. How? The whole in one, how it is possible? So this
impossible possibility we’re given in the scripture, it is there. The whole
banyan tree is in the smallest seed. One who has got such searching eye he may
see that. Many in one, one in many, and how the relationship between one and
many.
We hanker for
many things, but what is the real hankering? That if that is satisfied then all
hankering appeased, is it possible? For the solution of all these things the
revealed scriptures come to our help. And that is also imparted by instalment,
according to the capacity of the receiver.
Devotee: How do we
increase our capacity?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Capacity, for this general enquiry, the lowest
capacity is śraddhā. And the meaning of the śraddhā
is that if I can know Him I can know everything. It is possible, it is
true. It is not a hoax that by knowing, by getting one we can get everything.
It is not a hoax, it is true. When we have got some faith in that, that is the
beginning of spiritual life. And with the attainment of that particular one we
can attain everything, it is possible. Not only that, and also not to know, but
I can have all my innermost sweet engagement with Him only. Whatever, all the
constituent parts in me can find their fullest satisfaction only coming in His
connection. The wholesale satisfaction of every nerve of my existence is
possible only coming in His contact.
All these
things, the beginning, and we make progress, and we realise, and we have, and more
we try, that is infinite. No end of trial. As much as I make progress, we can
feel that we’re making progress, but no end, going on, on, on. In this way,
finite towards infinite. By the grace of the infinite, finite can know about
infinite, otherwise not. So surrender, śraddhā means
surrender, faith. Your duty to surrender at the disposal of the highest. And in
highest you’ll be moved by your surrender, and will express Him in you about
Him. Finite cannot know infinite, but infinite can make Himself known to
finite. Yam evaiṣa vṛnute tena labhyas.
[nāyam ātmā pravacanena labhyo, na
medhayā na bahunā śrutena
yam evaiṣa vṛnute tena labhyas, tasyaiṣa
ātmā vivṛnute tanūṁ svām]
[“One cannot
understand the substance of the Paramātmā, the Super-soul residing
within everyone’s heart, by means of expertise in logic, intelligence or
learning. When the living entity begs the Lord for His mercy, being desirous of
His transcendental loving service, then the Supreme Lord reveals His
self-manifest form directly before him.”] [Kaṭha-Upaniṣad,
1.2.23] & [Muṇḍaka-Upaniṣad, 2.3.2]
Whomever He
selects to make Him known to the person, he can know, others not. He’s such by
nature. All Rights Reserved. To be known or not to be known, the right is in
His hand. Not exposed to the research scholars, to the laboratory scientists,
not exposed. He can never be object, in the position of the objective, this
human subject, cannot make Him object. He’s rather the universal subject,
subjective existence.
Ke? Who is
he?
Devotees:
________________________ [?]
...
Devotee: ...is a very
lonely path.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What does he say?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: He says, “Our path, bhakti-mārga, seems
to be a lonely path.”
Devotee: Only, there are
not many serious people attracted to er...
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: He cannot find that very many people are very
serious. He feels we’re alone.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Who’s alone?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Himself.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Who’s alone? Him or myself?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: No, no, himself.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: He himself finds alone?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes. In bhakti-mārga, he cannot find
very many serious devotees, Vaiṣṇavas, to associate.
Devotee: So how do we...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Why? In ISKCON or your maṭha...
Devotee: Anywhere.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...how do you feel alone?
Devotee: I feel alone
when I’m looking for someone who can give me some blessing, that can give me
some spiritual advancement.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: No external help you are getting, you think? What
engagement you are within, that is not paying? Ha, ha, ha. Hmm?
Devotee: Sometimes it
feels...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: You are starving?
Devotee: Yes, starving.
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha, ha. Starving. But that is also a sign of
progress. There are so many things to enjoy, but you don’t relish anything,
why? You have got something within, so you cannot relish anything. You are
searching, you are sincerely searching for something - what you do not, without
which you feel that you are starving. But so many others around you they’re not
starving. Why?
Devotee: I don’t know. I
cannot see them.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So many other persons they have got ample food, but
you don’t find any food.
Devotee: I don’t see them
either _________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So you have got something, already you’re in
possession of something, but that does not allow you to fill yourself with
anything and everything. You feel you’re starving, that means you’re searching,
you’re starving means you’re searching for something, for food proper. Raso
vai saḥ.
[raso vai saḥ. rasaṁ hyevāyaṁ
labdhānandī bhavati
ko hyevānyāt kaḥ prāṇyāt
yadeṣa ākāśa ānando na syāt eṣa
hyevānandayati]
[“Śrī Kṛṣṇa is the embodiment of all
ecstatic bliss; He is the reservoir of all pleasure. Having derived ecstasy
from Him, the individual souls become blissful. For, who indeed, could breath,
who could be alive if this Blissful Lord were not present within the hearts of
all souls. He alone bestows ecstasy.”]
[Taittirīya-Upaniṣad,
2.7] & [Gauḍīya Kaṇṭhahāra, 9.2]
For the main
food you are searching and you can’t get it. That is a progress in life, a good
sign, that you are starving.
Devotee: But how long
does starving continue?
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Even Mahāprabhu told the life is eternal, and
soul is immortal, so no question of dying by starvation.
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: This is the line of starvation.
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Even Mahāprabhu Himself says, “Not a single
drop of nectar I’m searching for I’m not getting.” What to speak of others? The
great devotees they say, “I’m starving.” Like the particular bird, cātaka,
in Sanskrit name, always fixing aim towards the sky. “A drop of water.” He
won’t take. So much water flowed, even in the time of inundation, flood, won’t
touch a single drop on the earth. But always, “Patit-jal. Oh, a drop of
water from heaven, a drop of water from the heaven.” He’ll always face...
Devotee: Is there a
necessary...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Low and high, towards with his face, his beak,
towards the sky always hankering, “A drop of water.” ________________ [?]
viracaya mayi daṇḍaṁ dīnabandho
dayāṁ vā, gatir iha na bhavattaḥ kācid anyā
mamāsti
nipatatu śata-koṭir nirbharaṁ vā
navāmbhas, tad api kila payodaḥ stūyate cātakena
[“O friend of
the needy, whether You chastise me or reward me, in the whole wide world I have
no other shelter but You. Whether the thunderbolt strikes or torrents of fresh
waters shower down, the cātaka bird (who drinks only the falling
rainwater) perpetually goes on singing the glories of the rain cloud.”]
[Śrī
Śrī Prapanna-jīvanāmṛtam, p 118]
That
particular bird, Rūpa Goswāmī has given this śloka. Cātaka
won’t touch so much water, all inundated, but only towards Kṛṣṇa
kṛpa, a drop of the nectarine of the grace of Kṛṣṇa.
Without that won’t take anything, drink anything, so starving.
Once three brahmacārīns
approached our Guru Mahārāja, wanted to speak something but
hesitated.
Then
Prabhupāda asked them, “Do you want to say something to me, but you don’t
say? Say what you want to say, tell.”
Then they
came and told that, “So many years we have come here, but we cannot find any
tangible progress within us towards Godhead.”
Then
Prabhupāda, “Oh, this much you want to say to me?”
“Yes.”
“What you say
is it true? Are you sincere when you’re speaking this that you’ve not got
anything?”
“Yes. So much
we understand, we sincerely say this that we’ve got nothing.”
“It is all
right, go away, you’re on the right path.”
Search for
the infinite, the nature is such. “I’m satisfied with what I’ve got” that is māyā,
limit. When there’s limit of satisfaction, limit of anything, that is māyā
means measurable thing. Which is immeasurable, His connection is always
“I’m thirsty. I’m searching. I’m starving. I don’t find satisfaction with what
I experience.”
Devotee: But there has to
be a spiritual starving.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Spiritual?
Devotee: Starving. Like
you have, you, yourself. I cannot see but I can understand from speaking with
you that you are getting this drop. Can you give it to us?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: You have also got something, otherwise, you do not
search for any other food, so many around you. Why?
Devotee: Very few are
here.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh? Why you do not like to take so much food around
you? You starve, why? Only you want a particular tasteful thing. One particular
tasteful thing you want to taste, to eat, to drink, a drop of nectar you want.
Devotee: I’m very
selfish.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So that means you have got some knowledge about that
nectar. That non nectar you don’t touch non nectar, you want nectar. That means
some progress towards nectar. Indirectly you know something about nectar. “This
is not nectar, that is not nectar, that is not nectar.” You have got some
knowledge about nectar, and you’re going towards that. Still indirectly you’ll
feel some pleasure when there is talk with the devotees. The company of the
devotees, that will give some sweet food to you, to us all. Sādhu-saṅga,
śāstra-saṅga.
tava kathāmṛtaṁ tapta-jīvanaṁ,
kavibhir īḍitaṁ kalmaṣāpaham
śravaṇa-maṅgalaṁ
śrīmad-ātataṁ, bhuvi gṛṇanti ye
bhūridā janāḥ
[“O Kṛṣṇa,
the nectar of Your words and the narrations of Your pastimes give life to us,
who are always suffering in this material world. This nectar is broadcast all
over the world by great souls, and it removes all sinful reactions. It is
all-auspicious and filled with spiritual power. Those who spread this message
of Godhead are certainly doing the greatest relief work for human society and
are the most magnanimous welfare workers.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.31.9]
In Bhāgavatam
when after the rasa nitya finished, the gopīs, Kṛṣṇa
disappeared, the gopīs madly searching after Kṛṣṇa,
the rasa dance is dissolved, Kṛṣṇa disappeared.
They’re searching after Kṛṣṇa. At that time they’re singing
in this way. From their heart they’re charmed by the company of Kṛṣṇa.
The nectar oozing from their heart, and they utter, tava kathāmṛtaṁ
tapta-jīvanaṁ. They’re uttering many, many things in praise of Kṛṣṇa,
in appreciation of Kṛṣṇa’s sweet company. In the midst of
that this is one passage. Tava kathāmṛtaṁ tapta-jīvanaṁ.
A drop of water into fire, Your kathāmṛta. One who’s
suffering...
...
...three
phases of the Absolute. All attractive, that aspect is given predominance in
the devotional school, than all permeating, or all comprehensive. Brahman,
Paramātmā, and Bhagavān, all attractive, third and highest
principle, all attractive. So much so that everything for Him. His attraction
commands everything and makes everything for Him. So attractive that everything
is converted into His order supplier servant, converted into servant. So much
charm is there. The charm means everything subservient. The whole object of
life, the fulfilment, He commands. “I’m your fulfilment.” He declares.
Do you
understand, no? Or English, Hebrew? English is Hebrew to you? Eh? So no time
for me to learn Spanish. Ha, ha. Hare Kṛṣṇa. All attraction,
all charm, beauty, that is what is the principle thing. Sat, cit,
ānandam. Satyam, śivam, sundaram. Śrī Kṛṣṇa.
Thinking, feeling, willing. Willing is energy, thinking is the feeler, and the
feeling the thinker what he wants to feel, food, the food of the thinker. The attraction
for the thinker, feeler. And general existence foundation supplied by sandhīnī
śakti.
Ke?
Anurādhā come?
Devotee:
Anurādhā Gāyatrī _______ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Gāyatrī. They should come nearby. Where is
Anurādhā?
Anurādhā [?]:
______________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: You? I want she should ask. She’s Gāyatrī?
She should ask some question.
Gāyatrī [?]:
How can we serve you Guru Mahārāja?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: How can?
Gāyatrī:
How can I best serve you Mahārāja?
Anurādhā [?]:
How can she serve you?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Serve, me?
Anurādhā:
Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa. Why? Why not Kṛṣṇa?
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Gāyatrī:
Because you represent Kṛṣṇa to me.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh?
Badrinārāyaṇa: Because you represent Kṛṣṇa to
her. You’re Kṛṣṇa’s representative.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Representative here for her. So that is normal
thinking. What is her trouble?
Badrinārāyaṇa: Since the departure of her husband her mind has been
thinking a bit in that direction.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Mind thinking of that former husband?
Badrinārāyaṇa: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: She can’t control?
Badrinārāyaṇa: She’s trying.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: In what way, which way?
Badrinārāyaṇa: In which way are you trying?
Gāyatrī:
Chanting, and listening to you Mahārāja.
Badrinārāyaṇa: By taking Hari Nāma,and by listening to
your classes, she’s trying to control.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: She’s lamenting for her former husband, why?
Gāyatrī:
Because I feel guilty.
Badrinārāyaṇa: Because she feels guilty.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Duty concerning which? For Kṛṣṇa
consciousness connection, or otherwise?
Gāyatrī:
Um, from ignorance, from being ignorant.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh?
Badrinārāyaṇa: She says from being ignorant.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: From ignorance. So now you try your best to
understand, if not for Kṛṣṇa consciousness, if you’re
thankful to him for taking you to Kṛṣṇa consciousness, that
is tenable somewhat. But if otherwise then that should be brushed aside from
your heart. Kṛṣṇa won’t tolerate that. You belong wholesale
to Kṛṣṇa, and you do not belong to anyone else in this world.
The whole demand on you, so only Kṛṣṇa have. Kṛṣṇa
consciousness means He’s all-devouring, He can’t tolerate any partnership in
His right. If you really want to be Kṛṣṇa conscious then
you’ll have to understand that Kṛṣṇa does not want any
partnership. Wholesale, otherwise He won’t accept us, Kṛṣṇa.
There is a
Bengali saying, song, tumi bina karana he hey radharamana. “I belong to You
alone.”
He says in Bhagavad-gītā,
in the last śloka, His call.
sarva-dharmān parityajya, mām ekaṁ
śaraṇaṁ vraja
[ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo, mokṣayiṣyāmi
mā śucaḥ]
[“Totally
abandoning all kinds of religion, surrender exclusively unto Me. I will
liberate you from all kinds of sins, so do not despair.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
18.66]
“You’ll have
to give up all conceptions of duties whatsoever, and you’ll have to come alone,
to Me alone. My position is such. In relation to you and everything My position
is Absolute. If you have any other duty then I won’t accept. There may be
different duties but all coming towards Me. You have your duty to Guru, to so
many Vaiṣṇava, but they’re all towards Me. So by serving them your
energy is coming to Me.”
But any duty
which is not connected with Kṛṣṇa consciousness that must be
shunned, and given up, forever. We shall cut the connection for any other
obligation, and the only obligation wholesale to Him, that is Kṛṣṇa.
akhila-rasāmṛta-mūrtiḥ [prasṛmara-ruci-ruddha-tārakā-pāliḥ
kalita-śyāmā-lalito rādhā-preyān vidhur jayati]
[“ ‘Let
Kṛṣṇa, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, be glorified! By
virtue of His expanding attractive features, He subjugated the gopīs named
Tārakā and Pāli and absorbed the minds of Śyāmā
and Lalitā. He is the most attractive lover of Śrīmatī
Rādhārāṇī and is the reservoir of pleasure for
devotees in all transcendental mellows.’] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 8.142]
Whatever is
our inner demand we cannot ascertain. So many demands are within but we cannot
ascertain them at present.
But Kṛṣṇa
informs through the scriptures that, “All that big or small demands within you
can only be satisfied in My connection, and never otherwise.”
So every
nerve, every atom, electron, within your system is related with Kṛṣṇa.
And every part may find satisfaction only with His connection. His position is
such. So wholesale to be given, surrender, wholesale surrender, that is the
broad way towards Him, towards His holy feet. Won’t tolerate any partnership.
So if you want Kṛṣṇa consciousness, take the Name of Kṛṣṇa,
must be that line. When counting Name, or doing, engaging in any other service,
the attitude must be ‘no partnership He will tolerate.’ Wholesale, dedication,
surrender, wholesale. Then He’ll distribute you, engage you, “Do this, do
that.” By His interest you’ll be guided to go to this camp, that camp, that
group, this group, all for His service. You may be engaged in any group, in any
camp, but first the wholesale must be for Him. Reality is for Itself. By Itself
and for Itself. Everything for Him. We must be fully awake to this fact, that
all for Him, and I’m for Him, totally. So no room for entering any interest
from some other quarter. In this way you are to prepare yourself to march
towards Kṛṣṇa consciousness, or to dive deep into Kṛṣṇa
consciousness. This is - sarva-dharmān parityajya, mām ekaṁ
śaraṇaṁ vraja.
“I am one. In
one side I’m one, single. Another side all. All, unholy, holy, unholy and
so-called holy.”
Our
dedication to country, to the society, to humanity, to father, mother, all
these things, so many holy conceptions of duty we may think. But not only
unholy and holy, all concerns should be totally, utterly, and unscrupulously
given up. Then only He will come to accept us, and make us eligible for His
service, for Kṛṣṇa consciousness. So whatever you’ll do,
you’ll prepare yourself in that mood. All for Him. Reality is for Itself. Kṛṣṇa
is for Himself. In this way. And everything here and there all consciously,
unconsciously moving connected towards Him. And when we’ll be reinstated in Kṛṣṇa
consciousness we’ll be able to see and feel that ultimately everything is
towards Him. When conscious they’re happy, unconscious they’re in trouble.
Gāyatrī:
Hmm. In this way I can also help Nimāi Paṇḍita dāsa...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: With the sādhu, śāstra,
the association with His devotees, and association with His śāstra,
holy books. Living books - sādhus are living books, active. And the
passive association, benefit, we can get from books, śāstra.
When sādhu is not available, at that time we can take the help of
the śāstra, books.
Anurādhā:
She’s saying, in this way she can help Nimāi Paṇḍita dāsa
in this kind of surrendering. This kind of surrendering to Lord Kṛṣṇa
she can help Nimāi Paṇḍita dāsa _____________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: No. That should be eliminated. First I asked that,
“Are you thankful to him that he took you to Kṛṣṇa
consciousness?”
Gāyatrī:
Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Then you can remember him.
“He pointed
out me towards Kṛṣṇa, pointed out Kṛṣṇa for
my highest good, and he departed.”
He was the
instrument of Kṛṣṇa, instrumental to take you to this, so you
may have some thankfulness and gratitude for him.
“Anyhow he
was the cause of giving me connection with Kṛṣṇa
consciousness, so I must show some reverence to him as agent of Kṛṣṇa.”
Consciously,
unconsciously, he played the part of connecting you towards - with Kṛṣṇa.
That sort of gratitude you may offer to him, in Kṛṣṇa
connection. If independent of Kṛṣṇa connection, that is
undesirable. And if related with Kṛṣṇa connection, then in
that way you may remember. And you can also give your obeisance to that agent
who practically connected with Kṛṣṇa consciousness you’re
thankful to him. In this way. That is you know that best whether his connection
helped you to come to Kṛṣṇa connection. Then some sort of
regard should be shown to him, for Kṛṣṇa connection, not
otherwise. So this way you will try, whatever you do, that my Master, my Lord,
He wants me wholesale, not partial.
Gaura Hari
bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari
bol.
“It is for My
interest.” He’s full in Himself, but it is for my...
83.11.14.B
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...if no hunger then there is disease. So to be
hungry for Kṛṣṇa consciousness that is a good qualification,
and that extends to infinite. Vipralambha _______ [?]
kāhāṅ
mora prāna nātha muralī-vadana, kāhāṅ karoṅ
kāhāṅ pāṅ vrajendra-nandana
[Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu
said: “Where is My beloved Kṛṣṇa? I can’t tolerate His
separation. Where is the Lord of My life, Who is playing His flute? What shall
I do now? Where should I go to find the son of Mahārāja Nanda?”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 2.15]
Because the connection of the finite with
the infinite, we must not forget that, no end. No end for search, no
possibility of any finishing. “Oh, I have finished.” No possibility. That is māyā.
Which can be finished that is māyā. As much as you make
progress you should say, “So far, so far.” That is Vaikuṇṭha, that
is limitless. No bankruptcy, no finish, no bankruptcy is there. Ha, ha.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Mahārāja. Once we heard from you an explanation.
tava
kathāmṛtaṁ tapta-jīvanaṁ, [kavibhir īḍitaṁ
kalmaṣāpaham
śravaṇa-maṅgalaṁ
śrīmad-ātataṁ, bhuvi gṛṇanti ye
bhūridā janāḥ
[“O Kṛṣṇa, the nectar of
Your words and the narrations of Your pastimes give life to us, who are always
suffering in this material world. This nectar is broadcast all over the world
by great souls, and it removes all sinful reactions. It is all-auspicious and
filled with spiritual power. Those who spread this message of Godhead are
certainly doing the greatest relief work for human society and are the most
magnanimous welfare workers.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.31.9]
“Before, we were all right, but now when we
hear Your kathāmṛtaṁ, now we’ve become tapta-jīvanaṁ.”
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Very similar.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: You are starving, he also says after getting then
we’re disregarded, neglected.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Yes. Before, we were all right.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: One dropped food in my way then I’m undone. I don’t
like another thing. That is too drastic. Vipralambha. No end of
satisfaction. I have come in connection with the infinite, no end. Adhokṣaja.
Ananta āmṛta. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Otherwise we’re to
become sahajiyā.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. You have here the real food relief program, on this side of
the Gaṅgā.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Of course if anyone has good fortune he may think
like that. But at the same time I admit that this is not mine. This is the
property of my Gurudeva. I am also like one of you, a student. As I told to
Kīrtanānanda and others the other day, we consider ourself to be a
student in the class of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, we’re students.
Devotee:
Mahārāja. In Bangladesh there are many gurus, like there’s one guru
called Jagabhandu, and there’s many more.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Everywhere is such.
Devotee: They’re
saying that he has the vision.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: We know them. When we were preaching in the length
and breadth of the whole of India, the place of so many gurus. Ānandamayi,
Ballabh Brahmacārī, Rāma Ṭhākura, Jagabandhu, then
this Ramadas Bābājī, gurus, so many. Anukula Ṭhākura,
Ramakrishna Paramahaṁsa, Vivekānanda. We had to fight with so many
in the preaching when we were in the preaching camp and challenging them.
“Only figure won’t do, come with what
capital you have got. Only signboard won’t do. The auditor will go and declare
you bankrupt.” So big signboard, I told in Kulya [?] one follower of
Ramakrishna Mission, “A great signboard ______________________ [?] big
signboard, but if auditor comes all bankrupt. What is the capital with which
you are dealing? Take it out, and compare what Mahāprabhu and Bhāgavatam
has given. The comparative study in the Vedic study, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam
the last issue from Vedavyāsa, and the comparative study is there. Come
and fight, show. All sham thing glittering. All that glitters is not gold. To
be gold something more is necessary, not glittering.”
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
Badrinārāyaṇa:
Mahārāja. ___________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _______________________ [?] So I close here.
vāñchā-kalpatarubhyaś
ca kṛpā-sindhubhya eva ca
patitānāṁ
pāvanebhyo vaiṣṇavebhyo namo namaḥ
[“I offer my respectful obeisances unto all
the Vaiṣṇava devotees of the Lord. They are just like desire trees
who can fulfil the desires of everyone, and they are full of compassion for the
fallen conditioned souls.”]
Bhaktisiddhānta
Saraswatī Goswāmī Prabhupāda kī jaya!
A.C.
Bhaktivedānta Swāmī Mahārāja kī jaya!
83.11.14.C
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...it should be rather heard from a true Vaiṣṇava
this what is what. It is unintelligible, it is adhokṣaja. It is
not within the reason.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: And that verse, vaiṣṇavera
kriyā-mudrā.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Vijñeha nā bujhaya.
[vaiṣṇavera
kriyā-mudrā vijñeha nā bujhaya]
[Even a very learned and intelligent scholar
depending on direct perception of knowledge cannot understand the activities of
a Vaiṣṇava.]
[From the
purports of Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Ādi-līlā,
15.22] [Ādi-līlā, 17.249] [Antya-līlā,
16.7]
[Madhya-līlā,
7.66] & [Madhya-līlā, 19.155]
The intelligent section, the scholars, are muhyanti
yat sūrayaḥ. [Great sages and demigods are placed into illusion,
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 1.1.1].
Parāśara was going to cross a river,
suddenly she proposed, the lady that was rowing the boat, and there they
connected and Vedavyāsa came out. How will you explain that in public? In
the ordinary sense a great sage - and suddenly, but the underlying principle,
that is the Supreme Will, and he’s a mere instrument in the hand of that
Supreme Will. The Vedavyāsa will come in that way, Kṛṣṇa-Dvaipāyana.
That force, Parāśara is not the party, he’s a mere instrument. But
who is to understand that? In this way, outwardly it is an awkward thing, but
inwardly they’re mere instrument.
[yasya
nāhaṅkṛto bhāvo, buddhir yasya na lipyate]
hatvāpi sa
imāḹ lokān, na hanti na nibadhyate
[“He who is free from egotism (arising from
aversion to the Absolute), and whose intelligence is not implicated (in worldly
activities) - even if he kills every living being in the whole world, he does
not kill at all, and neither does he suffer a murderer’s consequences.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
18.17]
In that level they’re living, mere
instrument to the whim of the Absolute. Does not care for their own dignity or
non dignity. So in Viṣṇu and Vaiṣṇava caitya such
things. With this caution we’re to describe the history as well as any of their
activities or anything. In particular case it may be fall from his own
position. Madhyama adhikārī he may fall down. And uttama
adhikārī he’s out of that, no fall, no rise. And the application
is difficult, what is what. So this should be dealt very cautiously, cleverly,
in an introduction, then we shall go to deal with the history of a great Vaiṣṇavas.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. So I think in general we don’t have a necessity
to include these, so much internal personal dealings. But mainly those sections
which have some philosophical import, benefit for the reader.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Kuntī, Draupadī, the case of these chaste
ladies, their acceptance of two, three husbands, what is this? Apparently this
is discard-able, it is blameable. But the śāstra says we’ll be
purified if we take the name of these chaste ladies. Their chastity is not
disturbed, because divine arrangement has forced on them to do so. So these are
the difficult things to handle, and with much caution and examples we’re to
have an introduction then we can discuss these things.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. Now that is clear.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Risky, very risky.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: You are the fit person to deal with these things,
only Your Divine Grace.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Another thing...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Muhyanti yat sūrayaḥ.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: But you are not bewildered by this. Another thing, I
feel I have committed offence against the holy feet of Gaurakiśora
Dāsa Bābājī Mahārāja.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That is not much. He showed himself like that.
Gaurakiśora Dāsa Bābājī Mahārāja he showed
that he had nothing to do in the - he had no contribution in the śikṣā
Guru. So you thought, ‘yes, he may be omitted.’
But our Guru Mahārāja he gave
recognition very much. “That in his toe the whole scriptural knowledge I can
see by inspiration.” Full of inspiration to Guru Mahārāja. So if
we’re to accept our Guru Mahārāja Bhaktisiddhānta, we cannot but
accept Gaurakiśora Bābājī Mahārāja. I shall get
all my wealth drawn from there, and Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: So then you have to plead on my behalf to
Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī to forgive this foolish
boy.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _____________ [?]
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: And also you told this not to lavishly use this name
mañjarī. Another offence on my part to your holy feet.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. We must not tackle the most secret part of the līlā
so lavishly. So it will always be kept under a screen, over our head, that sort
of position. That is the highest, but not to be exposed to the public. Kṛṣṇa’s
padam, something like that. That sort of respect, it’s always over our
head. It may not be exposed to the public senses. To satisfy the senses of the
ordinary public, this should never be given. Because our senses like vultures,
whenever they meet anything want to make it - in the words of our Guru
Mahārāja, wants to make it a ground where the dead bodies are thrown,
as fashion.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Burial ground.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Burial, that is underground. But in India in a place
where dead bodies are thrown, and vultures and jackals and other animals come
and eat. So our Guru Mahārāja said, “Whenever our senses will fall
like vultures, make it material. We may try to represent it spiritually, but
our senses will go there and like vultures they will fall on them.” So we
should not create any cremation ground, that so many vultures will come and
make the place nasty. The food, the rotten flesh food for the lover of the
rotten flesh. So to save them, not to extend those things, as much as possible.
Where it will be mentioned with great caution.
pūjāla
rāgapaṭha gaurava bāṅge [mattala sādhu-jana viṣaya
range]
[“The path of
divine love is worshippable to us and should be held overhead as our highest
aspiration.”]
That was the tenor of the teachings of our
Guru Mahārāja. Always with great reverence he mentioned about that,
the higher pastimes of Kṛṣṇa, especially this mādhurya
rasa. Ke?
Devotee: ____________
[?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ________ [?] Vaiṣṇava. If we want to
make it object of our experience it will vanish, we won’t be able to mark that.
But when with some respect, distant, overhead, then it may show some ray, or
glimpse, so that we can glimpse and have experience. It is there, it is over my
head. I may have some conception. But if particularly go to make a direct
object of experience, then this is the cremation ground. Respectable distance,
venerable distance, we shall try to maintain about those līlās ________
[?] the private līlās.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Hmm. Yes. Also, another thing that is not so clear
to me, is that you speak of the inspired side of the Vaiṣṇava is
Guru, that is clear. Then his other side, there’s two sides, and that other
side, what is not clear to me, is since it appears that that other side is not
completely absolute...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Which side?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: There’s the inspired side, that is of the Guru. Then
his regular self, his own individual position.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The man side and the transcendental side?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. So is there any room for the disciple to not
adhere to that side?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: To the transcendental side?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: No, the other side.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Other, meaning this practical side?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: They should try to be harmonised with the
transcendental side. Always it may not be clear to me, but it must not be
devoid of the transcendental connection. I can’t, it is not clear to me, but it
must have some transcendental connection, what is not clear to me. In this way.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Hmm. That’s healthy.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah. The things like mundane he’s loving, this man he
should not be given so much preference, partiality, or all these things, that
should be up to infinite, ha, ha, connection with infinite.
Once, that Kuñja Bābu [later
Śrīpād Bhakti Vilās Tīrtha Mahārāja], the
general secretary of Prabhupāda, he was supposed to - waste some money,
sometimes for his own private life.
So once in Purī, Professor Sanyal he
was in gṛhastha form, though mentally he was more than a sannyāsī.
His daughter was mature, and in the marriage ceremony something must be spent,
monies necessary, and he previously made an insurance for that purpose. And
that was matured and he, in his wife’s name. Wife, when it was matured she took
the money and put it near the husband, the Professor Sanyal. And the Professor
gave it to Guru Mahārāja. And Guru Mahārāja sent it to
Kuñja Bābu.
Then we asked Professor Sanyal, “Why did you
give this money to Guru Mahārāja? It is your private, it is in the
name of that daughter, and she must be married, she’s grown up. And you do not
care, but your wife she’s so much anxious, suffering from anxiety. The daughter
is grown up, must marry her. You may not care, you have become a cent percent sādhu.
And you gave it to Guru Mahārāja. Guru Mahārāja sent to
Kuñja Bābu, and it is on the underground.”
Then Professor answered, replied, “If Guru
Mahārāja wants to become satisfied to give money to such and such
person, then as a disciple should we not see how much money that man can
consume. As his disciple, if our Guru Mahārāja finds satisfaction to
give money to him, then as his disciple what should we do? We shall try our
best to satisfy, to see how much money that man can consume.” He answered in
that way.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Hmm, very nice.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So this ordinary dealings had that infinite
connection. Guru Mahārāja’s partiality to give money to some person
knowing that he’ll waste something, this side was not very palatable to us.
But Sanyal told, he saw, in the infinite
connection. “That Guru Mahārāja wants to give some money to others
and we’re going to complain against his behaviour, what is this? We shall try
our best to see that how much Guru Mahārāja wants to give to that
man.” He came with that colour. Do you follow?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes, oh yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So he’s connecting that little thing with the
infinite vision. So everything must be seen or felt with infinite vision.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And later in that way every neglected movement here
has got connection with the absolute. Nothing is eliminated. Infinite embraces
everything. In the highest stage, paramahaṁsa, he says that
everything is connected with infinite.
yo māṁ
paśyati sarvatra, sarvaṁ ca mayi paśyati / tasyāhaṁ
na praṇaśyāmi, sa ca me na praṇaśyati
[“For one who sees Me in everything and
everything in Me, I do not remain unseen and he also is not unnoticed by Me: he
never sways in his thought of Me.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 6.30]
Only in the middle stage we distinguish,
‘this is God, this is non God.’ Māyā. But there is a stage
from where, from that centre, the angle of vision in the fullest degree. Yo
māṁ paśyati sarvatra, sarvaṁ ca mayi paśyati,
tasyāhaṁ na praṇaśyāmi, sa ca me na praṇaśyati.
sarva
bhūteṣu yaḥ paśyed, bhagavad bhāvam ātmanaḥ
bhūtāni
bhagavaty ātmany, eṣa bhāgavatottamaḥ
[“A person advanced in devotional service
sees within everything the soul of souls, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,
Śrī Kṛṣṇa. Consequently they always see Kṛṣṇa
everywhere and in everything. One who is situated on the topmost platform of
devotional service is known as an uttama-bhāgavata.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.2.45]
Uttama-bhāgavata. ____________
[?]
Devotee:
________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ____________________ [?]
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: So I wanted to give this to Mahārāja
before I go. This, Mahārāja, some pounds, a hundred and fifty pounds.
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: ______________ [?]
...
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: ...we were thinking this book on the Śikṣāṣṭakam
that you’ve purported.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ____________________ [?] to consider this point,
what you think fit you do.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. I just wanted to know...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Guru and His Grace, then next book will be?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: What the next book would be, if you had some...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: You say that Śikṣāṣṭakam
or what?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Well in English to call Precepts of Śrī
Caitanya, and subtitled Sanskrit Śikṣāṣṭakam.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: In English the title will be?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Precepts of Śrī Caitanya.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: More special Eight Precepts of Śrī
Caitanya. It passes by that particular name.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Śikṣāṣṭakam. The
special eight stanzas, teachings of Śrī Caitanyadeva.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: All right. The Eight Precepts of Śrī
Caitanya.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eight Precepts. Like the Ten Commandments. Eight
Precepts, particular precepts of Śrī Caitanya, special precepts. And
there is also Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura’s Daśakam, Nimbarka Sampradāya
Daśakam. Madhvācārya also outlines ten more, the whole
outlines of the whole teachings only ten stanzas. In the Nimbarka Sampradāya,
Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura’s also, ten stanzas, the famous ten stanzas,
covering the whole doctrine. Daśa-mūlam ____________ [?] The
original ten principles of the particular creed. The Gauḍīya,
Nimbarka, Madhvācārya, they have the original ten principles. Daśakam.
That is Daśa-mūlam, that is known by the special technical
name Daśa-mūlam, ten original concepts of the creed, Daśa-mūlam.
Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura...
...
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: ...this book on the lives of great devotees.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That will be a big one.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes, a bigger one.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Find out who are the personalities, and in order of
different rasa you are to - it will be a big thing. If it is possible
you may do one thing. In Bhagavad-gītā, what is the
development in my edition, if you can collect them with the help of Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja, and that in a small pamphlet the special development of Bhagavad-gītā
towards Bhāgavatam.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Oh. The speciality in your Bhagavad...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The search of Bhāgavatam in Bhagavad-gītā
- or, in the light of Bhāgavatam the ray of Bhāgavatam in
Bhagavad-gītā. Something like that.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: That’s another book.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Or Gītā leading towards Bhāgavatam.
The inner purpose of Gītā, or where Bhāgavatam and
Gītā meets together, something. And the basis the Gītā
flower and the fruit Bhāgavatam. How Bhāgavatam fruit
coming out flower of Gītā. In this way. Ha, ha, ha. That will
be a very peculiar thing for the scholars.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: “What’s the Bhāgavatam in Bhagavad-gītā?”
They’ll say. “What is this?”
They’ll be
small and leading questions and be peculiar type.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. But this book on the lives of the devotees, on
their different appearance day and disappearance day you sometimes speak about
them. You’ve spoken about Raghunandan Ṭhākura, Rasikānanda,
Śrīnivāsa Ācārya, his father.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I, in the very beginning, perhaps about forty five
years ago or so, I prepared a book like that, I tried to prepare. Every day in
the program for that thing, a book to prepare, at that date we shall open the
book, and all the necessary things to be discussed it will be kept there. In
this way I tried to prepare. Somewhat a portion was prepared and the manuscript
perhaps may be there. This date this is Raghunātha Dāsa,
Raghunātha Bhaṭṭa, and wherever anything mentioned about them
it is all in one place. In this way I tried to compile one book.
But that is almost finished? And that will
be a very comprehensive thing. Day by day about the Vaiṣṇava we’re
to discuss. In one place we shall get everything.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. Well this book would not be so comprehensive
because it would be - their lives are mentioned but mainly philosophy.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That will be a difficult task. Wherever anything is
mentioned about them that must be quoted. Reference from different books about
the same person. Wherever you find about him, from Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Caitanya-Bhāgavata, then Bhakti-ratnākara, or any other
about anything mentioned, or in Sanskrit, anywhere, all about him must be
there. That will be very comprehensive and big book.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: So, the book that I was thinking of is different.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: History of all the Vaiṣṇavas concerned,
and that will be couched in that way. In the day of his appearance anything
about him, referenced from this book, that book, all together. In this way I
have tried to compile. That will be a huge thing.
And Prabhupāda wanted to publish Vaiṣṇava-Mañjūṣā,
just as an encyclopaedia, Gauḍīya encyclopaedia he wanted. Mañjūṣā
means a big box, chest. Whatever is necessary of the Vaiṣṇava
will be found in that big chest, Vaiṣṇava-Mañjūṣā.
He began but he could not complete.
After him Vasudeva Prabhu also did somewhat
with the help of one sahajiyā scholar Haridāsa dāsa. But
I did not see it.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
There’s one book called Gaurāṅga-parṣada-caritavali.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: By?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Harikṛpa Brahmacārī.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Where from, how long?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Well I don’t know but it’s after Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta. He has
given jivani [?] of Vasudeva Prabhu. Purī Prasāda Ṭhākura.
So he is perhaps in the line of Ananta Vasudeva Prabhu. Perhaps you did not see
that book. That has given jivani of many core Vaiṣṇavas.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: By whom?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Harikṛpa dāsa. Maybe he’s a disciple of Ananta Vasudeva.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _______ [?] Haridāsa maybe?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Not Haridāsa dāsa, no, Gauḍīya publication, printed by Gauḍīya
Mission.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Maybe, I do not know. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Then, how has he mentioned there about Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī Ṭhākura
there?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
I’ve not read it very...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: In later days that Ananta Vasudeva he depart from
him.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
That they’ve not mentioned, of course, they did not give that, no mention of
that.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Also, Mahārāja, another question, is one
of our Godbrothers he’s proficient in Sanskrit translation. And he’s translated
many, many books in the last six years or so. So I’ve acquired some of those
books and I just wanted to know if we could have your permission to look
through them. If I could mention, there’s a few books, if I could mention their
names and you could say whether it’s approved reading or not.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Of course special portion if I can see then I can
give my opinion.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Right, but we’ll have to look through it to give you
that.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah, so I cannot read. Anyone should read, like Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja or yourself, and whatever the points of difference, or
peculiar points, if that is brought to me then I can____ [?]
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Certain remarks.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Right. We can bring it to your attention.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: But I just mentioned to you some of the books he’s
done. He’s translated the Stava-mala of Rūpa Goswāmī, the
Haṁsadūta of Rūpa Goswāmī, Kṛṣṇa-Karṇāmṛtam,
Mukunda-mālā- stotram, Gaurāṅga-smaraṇa-maṅgala-stotram
of Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura, Tattva-Sandarbha of Jīva
Goswāmī, Prema-Bhakti-Candrikā of Narottama Dāsa, Prārthanā
of Narottama Dāsa, Caitanya- candrāmṛtam, and Śrī-Kṛṣṇa-Bhakti-Ratnā-Prakāśa
of Raghava Paṇḍita Goswāmī. Those are the books I have
acquired so far. But we can look through it and if there’s some...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: He’s a translator of ISKCON?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes but personally. In ISKCON they do not want to
publish his translations, because they’re not interested in these books.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
He has done it as a self interest.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: He’s a disciple of Swāmī
Mahārāja?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Swāmī Mahārāja.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What is his name?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: His name is Kuśakratha. Actually his name is
two names, in ninth canto of Bhāgavatam [9.24], Kuśa and
another name Kratha.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What is the meaning of the word Kratha?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: They were names of two sages.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What is the spelling?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
K,r,a,t,h,a. We think Swāmī Mahārāja didn’t give that name.
It was picked by some other...
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Secretary.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Krathanaka, there is a word, that is the name of a
camel we find in Viṣṇu-Purāṇa, Krathanaka. Kratha.
We’re to consult the dictionary what is the meaning of kratha.
Kuśakratha, which was the name of a saint?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Two saints. One is Kuśa one is Kratha.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: As in Kuśa, Lava.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Yeah, like that.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Kuśakratha. It is found, the tale of them in Mahābhārata
or in any other place?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, I believe
in ninth canto, where there’s a list of many, many names, before the beginning
of tenth canto. Which dynasty is that? At the very end of the ninth canto.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The name of saint or king or who?
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
It may be king.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: We’re to find out from Bhāgavatam, the ṭīkā
from Bhāgavatam. Viśvanātha Cakravartī’s ṭīkā
must have given something. Gaura Haribol.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Mahārāja. Another question I had was, I’m
getting this Mahāprabhu Deity, Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, and
the installation time will be I think on Gaura Pūrṇimā. So I
should be there for the installation. So is it proper if I come to India a
little before that and leave just before Gaura Pūrṇimā to
return for that, or should come a little after?
You know because if you’re here and you
leave three days before Gaura Pūrṇimā it’s a little off.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I shall consider and say, shall think it out.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: All right. And another point was that I think
Mukunda Mala Vilas Prabhu he’s working very nicely on these books. The main
work of compilation and editing he’s performing and doing very well, nicely.
And I think when he was here last time he expressed some desire to take sannyāsa
from Your Divine Grace.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: But if he takes sannyāsa then his
service there may be slackened?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: I don’t know. I think he’s very dedicated to doing
this work, and that it would not slacken.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What is his age?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: His age, twenty nine, thirty.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And how long his ISKCON connection, Kṛṣṇa
conscious connection?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: For about seven years.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So disciple of Swāmī Mahārāja?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: First, Hari-Nāma from Swāmī
Mahārāja.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And then?
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: And mantra from Your Divine Grace.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And not Jayatīrtha?
Bhakti Sudhīra
Goswāmī:
No, Rāmeśvara.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Rāmeśvara. Oh, he should call explanation
from me.
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Ha, ha, ha. Yes.
...
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: ...perform their karma-kāṇḍic
ceremony for them. If they have some śraddhā, or if the hair
cutting of their children, they want us, they think that we’re the only
representative of Hindu culture. So they’re always coming, but every time, I
try to accommodate them in some way, but it seems every time we get involved in
this it creates a disturbance for us.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha, ha. _____________ [?] You restore that
gentleman, that Hiranyagarba.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Pradyumna.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Pradyumna. _____________ [?] to go on with the karma-kāṇḍa.
Devotee: (Group
laughter)
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Swāmī Mahārāja told here that,
“You may try but that will cover you.”
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: Yes. I spoke to him before I left America.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: “A call for you has come, a dire demand, you must
come out. Take my name.”
Bhakti
Sudhīra Goswāmī: That’s the answer. That Keith Power [?] he also. I
should just direct it all to him, I usually do.
So some man whose inclined like that can
handle it. But we should not get involved in these things.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Anyābhilāṣitā-śūnyaṁ [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.167]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Not in ordinary karma-kāṇḍa.
But if you come this side, the Vaiṣṇava thought, then we can
accept.
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
Bhakti-ānukūl.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah, bhakti-ānukūl. Gṛhastha
Vaiṣṇava. In the predominated stage the gṛhastha Vaiṣṇava
they may have something of these things. But we cannot state they do not care
so much for service, and manage other things.
83.11.15.B
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Now Pramāṇa Swāmī any question? Hmm?
Devotees:
________________________________________________________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Then, of course, on the surface, but that is very
bad. When there is chance this human life is very valuable, especially when
it’s connected with Kṛṣṇa consciousness, very, very valuable
time. And to be disgusted with that sort of life equals to disgust with Kṛṣṇa.
Do you understand? Do you follow? The time in which the devotees they always
try to keep up that time in which we can acquire, or we’re in connection with Kṛṣṇa.
The most valuable period, and if you lose to want that, that is very bad. You
should never allow that idea to enter the prisons of your mental sphere, never.
No indulgence of such suicidal thought. That will be like curse, not only to
this life but lives together, in the future lives also it will haunt this idea.
So never give indulgence to such thought. Then ordinary suicide that is also
bad, everywhere. We’re in the prison house - to break the prison and go out
that means more punishment will come. Do you follow?
Devotee: Yes I do.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: If one culprit is in the prison and he breaks
the prison, and goes out. Law, law of the country. Then he will be caught and
will be given more punishment. So, what circumstances we have earned by our
previous karma, we must submissively pass through that, allow ourselves
to pass through patiently. “This is according to my own previous karma I’m
here. And if from here I try to look that everything is God’s arrangement, my
affectionate Father’s arrangement, my Lord’s arrangement; and it is all right,
I’m in the wrong.” Then in no time that will be - we shall be out of the
prison. But if I complain against the administration, which is dealt ultimately
by Him, then I’ll be put into further punishment.
So in ordinary case also suicide is
condemned. Especially one who has come in touch with Kṛṣṇa consciousness. So valuable position, if that is lost
by our own bad karma, then that would be the most deplorable thing. A
great and inconceivable loss in our fortune, in our valuable life. So never
indulge yourself in that line. This life is worth living. Gradually you will be
able to see the wonderful pastimes of Kṛṣṇa, as much as
you will be able to go forward, to understand. So many wonderful experiences
you may have, that you cannot ever can conceive. And you are going to do away
with that prospect of your life, the life full of prospect. So never allow
yourself, even for a second, to go astray from the path of dedication to Kṛṣṇa. And try your best to catch every straw, that it may
not be drowned.
In this way, you’ll adjust yourself with the
help of your friends. Anurādhā is there, Mañjuālīis there, so many other friends are there. With their
help you’ll try. This sudden disease; one disease is trying to enter into your
body, devotional body. So don’t allow that poison, that germ, that heinous germ
to enter into your body of devotion, purge it out. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura
Hari. Do you understand what I say?
Devotee: Yes, I
understand.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Gaura Hari. And sometimes you may appeal to Nṛsiṁhadeva. “You please help me to get out of these hindrances of
devotion. These are all enemy to devotional life. Please help me my Lord.” And
also Nityānanda Prabhu, to Gurudeva, “Please help me from all these
enemies that are trying to fall on me.” In this way. And take to the Name, and
this book reading, and the service, wherever you are, do the service to your
friends and well wishers around you. In this way go on.
Gaura Hari. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
Any question from anyone?
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. The jīva has a tendency to relate with Kṛṣṇa in a particular rasa. May Kṛṣṇa have the desire to give His association to that jīva
in another rasa?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I can’t follow. Badrinārāyaṇa
Prabhu, what
does he say?
Another devotee: A particular
entity may have a rasa with Kṛṣṇa: vātsalya,
sākhya rasa. But Kṛṣṇa
Himself may
like to have another type of relationship with that entity, with that devotee?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja:
ye yathā māṁ prapadyante, tāṁs
tathaiva bhajāmy aham
[mama vartmānuvartante, manuṣyāḥ
pārtha sarvaśaḥ]
[Śrī Kṛṣṇa says: “As a person takes refuge
in Me and surrenders unto Me, I respond and reward accordingly. Being the
ultimate goal of all philosophies and doctrines, I am the objective to be
attained by all. Certainly, O Pārtha, everyone follows My various paths in
all respects.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 4.11]
He’s akhila-rasāmṛta-murtiḥ, emporium of all rasa. He’s embodiment of all rasa
possible. Everything in Him, all corresponding things in Him. So whatever
is the inner most necessity in us, we gradually, when we come to Him closer,
gradually we are adjusted there, accordingly.
Suppose in a tank full of water you put many
pieces of wood, stone, and more little weighty than wood, and this __________
[?] which is on the surface. Anurādhā ________ [?]
Anurādhā: ___________
[?]
Devotee: Foam?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Very, very light thing which floats over the water?
Devotees: Foam.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The lightest.
Devotees: _____________
[?] Foam.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Foam means that comes within the _______ [?] No. ______
[?] The lightest substance, sometimes a crown is made of that thing, a very
light substance. Anyhow, in the water the stone will go down, the iron piece,
that will be more heavy than the stone; so, according to its weight it will be
adjusted in the water. Some in the middle of the water; some on the top, on the
surface of the water; some will go down in the water; and in this way.
So, according to our inner temperament we
will be adjusted there, in any place accommodated. Everything is there. And not
only myself, but so many groups. Mine, my nature, so many with little
difference; so many in my group, they will also be adjusted in a particular
place, and I will be one amongst them. So whatever is within me, according to
that I will be adjusted there. My position, my respective position,
corresponding position. The adjustment will be automatically, by
Yogamāyā.
If you - so many birds are thrown into the
sky. Those that can go higher into, they’ll go there, those who cannot go so
higher, they’ll be lower, in this way. The hens and the ducks, they will be
very near, and they will go to the ground and very little flying. So according
to their capacity they will go. The sky is infinite, they’ll go high, some will
be in the lower, some more lower, in this way.
Mainly five rasa, five kinds of rasa.
Then within every rasa there is also subdivision. In sākhya rasa
Subala has particular position, Śrīdāmāanother, then Madhumaṅgalaof another
type, then Arjuna he’s of another type. So different leaders of different
groups there are. And according to the newcomers’ temperament, they’ll be given
service in the particular group under the guidance of particular leaders. And
that is all infinite. A part of infinite is infinite. So as I say, “He’s not
bankrupt, not limited thing, that no accommodation, all filled up, no
accommodation.” No such question will arise there. Gaura Hari.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. What is the situation if the Guru wants to give to his
disciple a particular rasa, but the disciple feels attracted to another rasa?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Guru will survey the heart of the disciple, and he
will connect accordingly. Ruci parīkṣa. There is a
stage in which Guru will examine the taste, the heart of the disciple, and
connect accordingly. Division, subdivision; then again subdivision within
subdivision. So, so many models are there. Infinite ideals and models, and
according to the inner taste of the disciple Guru will mediate.
After a period of training with one Guru,
hearing from him, he may not be satisfied, he may go to another. In bhakti,
Jaiva Dharma we find that Brajanath and his sister’s ________ [?] No.
Vijay Kumar, both heard for some time from one Raghunātha Dāsa. Then
Vijay Kumar he found that he has something more to know, and that is being
dealt in Purī by someone. And he started there, and from him he got other
things that was not found here. And Brajanath, he was satisfied with sākhya
rasa, he got everything here and he settled here. You’ll find there.
So, general education, general primary
education may be finished in a particular school. And when one accepts any
special course, he will have to select that sort of school for his further
study. In the practical way we are to think like that, in the spiritual it is
also. But that does not mean that we should withdraw all our respect from the
primary teacher. When you have past, you have got higher degree, when you come
to your own village and you meet the primary teacher you must show some
respect. You must - “I learned from your holy feet.” In this way. “You took
trouble of teaching me in such a way.” These are practical things. Theoretical,
practical, both necessary; both combined becomes truth.
So form, the absolute and the relative truth
always moving together. Relative and absolute. Absolute holding the highest
position, and relative, the adjustment from, in different stages, in different way.
Committee is necessary to guide, but if committee deviates from the ideal, then
committee gone, dead, being dead. Everywhere; so many Christians, so many have
come from Christianity, but Christianity also has bishops and committee. They
have also committee, the Pope, or the committee, but you had left that. Why?
Your inner hankering was not satisfied there. Not that there is a lack of
administration.
So many disciples of the Goswāmīs,
they leave them and come to sādhu. Their hereditary guru, there are
many; and generally they take initiation from there. But when ones heart
awakens he’s not satisfied with the hereditary guru. He leaves the hereditary
guru and comes to somewhere where he can find his heart satisfied, hankering
satisfied.
So Guru has been told as Lord Himself, sākṣād
hari, that all-permeating, pervading. Not a particular man. So we’re told
that in Guru you must try to see He’s present; the presence of the Absolute.
He’s all-pervading, all-embracing. For practical purpose, we’ll have to have
that experience. As the śāstra, scripture, has approached to
the lowest class, so Guru, has also approached to the lowest class, according
to their fitness and capacity.
To the infant class the teacher is going to
the infant class; and these books also are going to the infant class. To the
infant class the books are also like that and teachers are also like that. And
as much as they receive their education they’re educated, the books also
change, and the teacher also changes.
But in the ordinary, there are so many. In
the spiritual the books and teachers are coming to be more limited; and as much
as high we shall rise, we shall find one or two teachers, or at last only one
teacher, and only one book. So many books eliminated, and so many teachers
eliminated, if I can rise according to my growth. We can’t avoid this.
So many religions, all of them put issues,
rulings, “Never think of other religion. Die in this religion. Die for this
religion.” Whether Islam, or Christianity, or Buddhism; everywhere, the
Ācārya, the committee, they’ll stress, “Die as a Buddhist, die as a
Muslim, or a Christian. Don’t aspire after anything.” But if it is possible to
come, to take them, draw them into comparison: it is possible? And such of an
international or inter-religious heart,
they will come to compare. What Hindu religion means, what is this,
substantially? Muslim, what in substance? Christianity, what substance or
representation? And they will come to compare.
Comparison is possible. And according to his eternal capacity,
realisation, he will select whatever will be considered to be the best in his
consideration, understanding. This is living thing. Or otherwise, “I’m born
Christian, I must die a Christian.” This is all death thing. Real inquirer, who
is inquiring after truth, what is truth? Truth cannot be monopolised by anyone.
Different aspects of the truth, degrees of truth. What is truth? What is
religion? What is the conception of the God? What conception? In Hinduism also
so many conceptions of God. But, for trifle purpose they hold one god.
Kama kami jayasya sambosh [?] For lust,
self-satisfaction, sense satisfaction, go to the god. For getting a child,
linage, go to another god. For health, go to another god. For wealth, go to
another god. It is also mentioned there. And who does not want anything in this
mundane world, he will go either to Brahman, or to Paramātmā, or to
Bhagavān. And then, who will be attracted by the Brahman conception? And
what is the difference between Brahman conception and Paramātmā
conception? And what is the difference between God conception and
Paramātmā conception? And then different conception, differentiation
in the God in Nārāyaṇa. Nārāyaṇa, then vyuha:
Vasudeva, Pradyumna, Annirudha, so many. Then there is vātsalya rasa
is found in Ayodhyā, Rāmacandra worship. Then Dvārakeśa, then Mathureśa, then Vrajeśa.
In this way, it is developing higher, and
higher. We are to study and accommodate our heart accordingly. This is the all
important thing with us. So we cannot sit idle with any particular creed, blind
faith. With the awakening of our heart, we shall try, try, where is the end?
What should be the end of my life?
The philosophers, they also differ from
them. The Marx and the Hegel opposite. The majority of the ordinary human
beings, some, their food and lodging, that is all important with Marx. And what
Hegel says? “Die to live,” and “Everything for Himself.” So much difference,
gulf, between the two conceptions. The Locke, Hume, then others also; and the
Kant, Hegel, they are also of different thinkers. Socrates had to give up his
life only because he told that, “Soul is immortal.” And who are the beasts
around for whom he had to give up his life that, “Soul is immortal” because he
told. And that affected their religious thought, so he was murdered. “Soul is
immortal.” For this statement of this truth that soul is immortal, and he was
given capital punishment.
And Christ had to be, “Because everything
belongs to God,” this was his statement, and that innocent man had to be ...
And that was also with religious plea, there’s the trouble. Those that
crucified him, they also take the name of religion; going on in their society
at that time. So religion is a dangerous thing, ha, ha, so-called religion. The
essential man who uttered, “Everything belongs to God,” he was crucified! He
had nothing, a single space in this world. He’s to be driven out of the world,
because “God is everything.” In this jungle what you can expect?
So our Manu-saṁhitā [2.1]
says in the beginning.
vidvadbhiḥ
sevitaḥ [sadbhir, nityam adveṣa-rāgibhiḥ
hṛdayenābhyanujñāto,
yo dharmas taṁ nibhodhata]
All these fool’s and rascal’s experience,
knowledge of experience, should be set aside, brushed aside. Only revealed
truth is to be dealt with. No knowledge of experience should be relied on. That
is only coming, going, coming, going, developing and going down. No reliance
into the human civilisation and their product of empirical knowledge, all
brushed down. Only revealed truth, no waste of time considering these empirical
thoughts, only revealed truth. Vidvadbhiḥ sevitaḥ. Those
persons that have faith in the knowledge which comes down from the higher to
this lower creation, only that truth considered. Save your time; don’t waste
your time to think about religion, so many scholars and poets of this world.
Only revelation, that is to be relied, and there is also instalment. That also
should meet comparison in revealed truth. Revealed truth is not one and the
same, according to different sections it is extended here. For different
division, in different type it has been given out.
So vidvadbhiḥ sevitaḥ,
and sadbhir sevitaḥ, which is accepted by the sādhu.
What is their general symptom? That they do not care for any gain or loss of
this world. If anyone is puffed-up with gain, and he goes down with the loss of
this world, he’s not to be considered as sādhu, independent of gain
and loss of this world. If such scholars, man of religious temperament, he
comes to say something, we may give some attention to that. Sevitaḥ
sadbhir.
Nityam adveṣa-rāgibhiḥ, and hṛdaye
nābhya, and the innermost approval of your own heart. “Yes, it is
satisfactory.” Inner approval according to your own awakening. Awakening
according to the degree of awakening of your own heart. You must have sanction
from your inner heart. “Yes, I want this. Yes, I find there home comfort.” That
is also a part, you are to rely your inner feeling, innermost sanction. “Yes, I
want such thing.” One. And the sādhu who is above all gain and loss
of this world, and knowledge that comes from above, not produced from this
mundane, mortal world, however scholarly he may be. These three things to be
considered.
And Gītā [18.66] says, “Sarva-dharmān
parityajya. Whatever conception you have got so long in your life as your
holy duty: give up everything, and come to Me. I’m such. The wholesale purging,
the transformation you will find within you. What you are at present, the
wholesale purging is necessary. Sarva-dharmān parityajya. Good or
bad, the wholesale purging out. Then the inner frame will be seen within you,
and that may be fit for My transaction.”
That is with you, within. And the foreign
things come and covered that, buried deep. Your own structure, your own real
divine body it is filled up with so many dirts. They covered, they’re buried
under material ideas, thoughts, consideration. Revive yourself from the tomb.
You are buried under earth. The earthly ideas have buried your soul within
that, and you must come out of the burial ground.
What do you think? Ha, ha, ha. This is too
much? Eh? This is too much?
Devotees: (Group
laughter) We all think you’re very merciful.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Gaura Hari bol. These things cannot come from a tiny
man like myself. Hare Kṛṣṇa. What I could imbibe from our
Guru Mahārāja. He’s wealthy, Mahāprabhu. But how much I can give
it to you? This small medium. So many things are there.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari
bol. Gaura Hari bol.
Devotee: Guru Mahārāja.
If in every instalments of the truth we are told this is final, how are we to
know when we finally reach the highest?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja:
[pārtha
naiveha nāmutra, vināśas tasya vidyate] na hi kalyāṇa-kṛt
kaścid, durgatiṁ tāta gacchati
[“O Arjuna, son of Kuntī, the
unsuccessful yogī does not suffer ruination either in this life or
the next. He is not deprived of the pleasures of the heavenly planetary systems
in this universe, nor is he denied the chance to personally see the Supersoul in
the divine realm. This is so, O dear one, because a person who performs
virtuous actions never becomes ill-fated.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
6.40]
The capital is within, and you won’t be
satisfied. You will seek in other place, if anywhere it is said that this is
final, so far, no further. But the capital within you won’t be satisfied with
that. You will try to find out something more. You have read the book of
Sanātana Goswāmī?
Devotee: Yes Guru
Mahārāja.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That Bṛhat-Bhāgavatāmṛta?
Devotee: Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: How Gopa Kumar is going up, first he reaches a
particular plane, and finds little satisfaction. Stays there for some time,
tries to do his duty in that plane for some time, but dissatisfaction from
inside grew. Then any connection from near, higher place, comes either
Hanumān, Jambhuvan, or this, then getting that connection is going there,
next higher position. And after trying in that plane for some time, then again
some connection from next higher plane anyhow comes to his connection, and
catching that thread he’s going to the next higher position. And there also, in
the beginning, he’s very badly engaged himself, “this is the highest plane.”
After some time he finds dissatisfaction within. Do you not follow that?
Devotee: Yes Guru
Mahārāja.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Gradually the inner awakening. The Śyāmānanda
who was first,
his Guru, Hṛdayānanda someone...
Devotee: Hṛdaya
Caitanya.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Near Kalna, Hṛdaya
Caitanya, he
gave him sākhya rasa. But the chance came to him for mādhurya
rasa. Suddenly when he was wandering in Vṛndāvana, the chance,
wonderful chance came to him. In the early morning he’s taking the Name, he’s
going from Nandagrama to [ _____________________ ?] He found a very beautiful
divine girl, she’s searching something near the way. But before that he
suddenly found one nrpur, one beautiful anklet on the way. He took it and put
it in his bag. And going more inspired, taking the Name of Kṛṣṇa.
And sometimes looking back, towards the place where he got. Suddenly he found
that one divine girl she’s searching for something in that place thereabouts.
Then he came back. “What do you search
sister, for something?”
She told, “My Mistress
Rādhārāṇī, She lost Her anklet somewhere here. I have
come to collect that.”
“Oh, I have got it. Is this it?”
“Yes.” She took the anklet and put on his
forehead, and that became a permanent spot there, of that anklet. She
disappeared.
Śyāmānanda
more
enthusiastic. “What did I saw today here?”
Gradually that connection roused in him that
mādhurya rasa. That connection, wonderfully transformed his heart
in mādhurya rasa, that chance.
And he took it, the formal order, he took
from Jīva Goswāmī again. His previous Guru he felt disturbed and
he made a committee of the Vaiṣṇavas in Vṛndāvana, and
called for Śyāmānanda and Jīva Goswāmī there, to explain ‘why
he has seduced my disciple.’
Then Jīva Goswāmī did not
attend, he sent Śyāmānanda. “Go and give
explanation to the committee.”
Śyāmānanda
plainly made statement that, “Such is the happening. After this my heart
changed. And only as a formal thing I took from him.”
In the beginning they disbelieved. “Oh, that
is a story. It is not true what you say.”
Then he had to tell. “You see my forehead
the nrpur tilak. This has been given to me in this way, and this is the
evidence. Can you rub it, efface?”
They tried but failed. Then they gave
recognition.
So it is possible. He’s autocrat. The change
also may be affected by His special, or His powerful groups’ recommendation.
“Do this thing, that thing.” So we find that is inner gradual awakening; and
also sometimes the change may be introduced also in the existing functional
system, it is also possible. He’s not under law. The beauty, the absolute
beauty is not under law. The charm is not under law. But we’re making legalised
brain. Every point we seek some law, and want to put the elephant within a
bottle. It is our nature, what to do! We hear a thousand times, “He’s above
all, above all, transcendental, all this.” Still our habit, our construction is
such that everything we want to bring within the fist of our understanding,
knowledge, that Adhokṣaja.
Anyhow, that has got also some necessity;
otherwise we may be defeated by any other, every statement in the world. We
have got, that also has some necessity; the argument, the vicāra.
So, vicāra-grantha also there, Vedānta, Jīva
Goswāmī he gave us Sat-Sandarbha, and there
also for the protection of the higher truth he has given so many reasoning [
________ ?] But still it is above. Tarkā-pratiṣṭhānāt.
Above this yukti. But in a particular stage we’re to take help of the
reason also. And reason may play in different planes.
83.11.15.C
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...there also in a particular politic here. Then in
the military department also reason is there, playing in another way. And the
scholars also there. And the religious men they’re also reasoning in a
particular way. Reason is there, but different planes.
Śukadeva also was not lacking in
showing, in marshalling reasons to all the existing scholars of the time of
different schools. Tapasvino. Tried to summarise, to generalise. Tapasvino
dāna-parā yaśasvino. “The statement that I’m going to give,
that is not a partial, that represents the general.” How it is general and not
particular, Śukadeva had to give so many reasons. “You think for yourself.
From whatever school you represent you have to spare something, you have to do
something, for some unknown power, to remove the difficulties in your progress.
Whatever department you are.”
Just as whatever different company may make
trade in the country, in their different by-laws, with the help of that they
may trade in company so many in the country. But all of them must have some
sort of understanding with the government of the country. They may trade in
different departments, ways, some producing the motorcar, some producing the
foodstuff, some producing this milk, and so many things. But they’re going on independently
in their own way, limited company, their committee is also there, laws,
by-laws. But anyhow some sort of understanding they must have to meet with the
existing government of the country, in any way.
So Śukadeva says,
tapasvino
dāna-parā yaśasvino, manasvino mantra-vidaḥ sumaṅgalāḥ
kṣemaṁ
na vindanti vinā yad-[arpaṇaṁ, tasmai subhadra-śravase
namo namaḥ]
[“I offer my repeated obeisances unto the
Supreme Lord, who is all-famous as the Supreme Good. Without offering their
actions unto Him, neither the liberationists (jñānīs) who are
dedicated to austerities, not the charitable worldly workers (karmīs),
nor the world famous, nor the performers of Aśvamedha sacrifices,
nor the sages or yogīs, nor persons dedicated to chanting mantras,
nor persons of virtuous behaviour - none of them can attain any auspiciousness
in life.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 2.4.17]
In your own way for the protection you’ll
have admit and to pray for some help from the unknown quarter, so that no
hindrance can come to influence your attempt. And what is that? If we can
correctly have a vision of that, that goes to God conception, and ultimately Kṛṣṇa
conception. In this way we’ll progress.
Devotee:
___________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _______________ [?] Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
Gaura Hari bol.
Nitāi
Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
When after giving the advice of Bhagavad-gītā
to Arjuna. “This karma yoga I previously told to Sūryadeva, and
from him the Vaivasvata Manu, and from him to another. In this way that has
vanished here. Again I’m telling to you.”
Arjuna told, “Why? How You can say to that?
You are born now, and I’m also born now. You are talking to me, and You say You
previously talked to some other gentleman. How is it possible?”
“I had many births, I know them all. And you
also had many births, but you do not know them.”
So from time to time He comes to help the
people for transformation towards the right direction. But the influence of the
mundane tendency that disturbs that wave of thought. It is covered again with
ignorance, with misconception from this area. So always trying to envelope, to
cover the real knowledge, real understanding, realisation, with mundane
thoughts and ideas, necessity, all these things.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Truth is there
and truth is absolute. And in the absolute also there is gradation, we’re to
think. In the truth also there is a comparative study, what is truth. Religion
proper there is also possibility of comparison. Wholesale surrender, on that
side, akhila rasa, all attractiveness. And this side, the degree of
surrender. The degree of surrendering, that can understand the innermost part
of the truth, the truth real, degree of surrendering of this part.
So all cannot be equal. That is possible in
the abscissa, in the marginal position, all equal, something like Brahmaloka,
Virajā. Withdrawal from the negative side, and no participation in the
positive. Their position equilibrium, balance, all equal. But progress in the positive,
and also in the negative, that differentiation. And negative also infinite
type, and the positive also infinite type.
Here also from the stone to Brahmā, and
there also from the śanta rasa, this Vṛndāvana sand, and
up to gopī, Rādhārāṇī, the gradation is
there. So no static, all dynamic. And we should not be discouraged, because
there’s no bankruptcy, and our necessity we’re atomic existence. How much we
can accommodate within us? And there is enough, more than enough.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari
bol. Gaura Hari bol. Then I close here.
Jaya Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda...
83.11.19.A
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...the Gurudeva, Gaurakiśora Dāsa Bābājī
Mahārāja, who is supposed to be the Gurudeva of
our Guru Mahārāja Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī, his day of
disappearance. He came from Faridpur district, east Bengal, now in Bangladesh.
And about thirty two years he passed in Vṛndāvana, in secluded life,
bhajan. After that he came to Navadwīpa, and he stayed near
Balalghat just near that Felighat in a dharmaśālāroom, to avoid bad association of the so-called sahajiyā
Vaiṣṇava, and other worldly thinking people. Only when
regardful persons visited him he used to ask them, “Chant this mahā
mantra, Hare Kṛṣṇa Nāma.” And sometimes he
was out for mādhukarī.
I told, you
have heard perhaps, that even the boys, knowing nothing about his noble life,
sometimes they used to run after him, and also sometimes in a ridiculing tone
throwing some dust etc.
And he used
to remark, “Kṛṣṇa, You are at the back of all these
disturbances.” His thought was in such level always, that Kṛṣṇa
is in the back. “The boys are disturbing me, and Kṛṣṇa is at
its back.” So he used to say, “Kṛṣṇa, I shall complain to
Yaśodāmāyī.
You are disturbing me in such a way, I shall go and report Your such behaviour
to Yaśodāmā and She will punish You.” In this way, in this level
of life he lived.
And also
we’re told one day one famous Bhāgavata explainer was Prāṇa
Gopāla Goswāmī, he used to explain Bhāgavatam, ten
rupees per hour. He made it as his occupation. And that is against pure
devotional practice. He wanted that he will explain Bhāgavatam just
before Gaurakiśora
Bābājī Mahārāja. And Gaurakiśora Bābājī
Mahārāja had heard his explanation, “This fame
will fetch more money for him.” Because at that time the benevolent king of
Barampur, Musilahbad, Mohindranandi, he came to visit that Gaurakiśora Bābājī
Mahārāja as the greatest devotee of the whole
of Gaura-maṇḍala.
And also our
Guru Mahārāja was his disciple, so he gave us so much value.
The
Goswāmī he gives proposal, but he does not speak anything, silent.
In this way,
twice, thrice, proposal was made, but he could defer here.
Then one day
out of his own accord he made arrangement of explaining Bhāgavata just
before, on the land before him. He was in a hut on the banks of Ganges. And
there that Prāṇa Gopāla Goswāmī, the renowned
explainer of Bhāgavatam came with his own men. He made arrangement
of everything, and explained Bhāgavatam for some time, and went.
He did not
speak a single word, Gaurakiśora
Bābājī, kept silence, staying silent. But
after it is finished he asked his attendant, “Just purify this place with cow
dung.”
He was astonished.
“What? This is already purified, and Bhāgavata explanation took
place here. So many gentlemen sat and heard. They have taken out the mat,
everything, but the place is cleansed.” Then he put the question to Bābājī
Mahārāja. “It is all very - no dirt, it is
already a cleansed place. Why do you say to cleanse it again? I can’t
understand, can’t follow you. “I say you cleanse.” I don’t follow what you like
to say. It is already a very clear place. The Goswāmī came and
explained Bhāgavatam here.”
Then he came
out. “You heard Bhāgavatam, but I heard only rupee, rupee, rupee.
He did not explain Bhāgavatam for the satisfaction of Kṛṣṇa.
He did not spread here Kṛṣṇa conception, Kṛṣṇa
consciousness, but of something else. He committed offence against Bhāgavatam.
He wanted to use Bhāgavatam as his occupation, the means to earn
money. Bhāgavata explanation when meant to earn money then it is
offence against Bhāgavatam. It is not devotion, service to Bhāgavatam,
service to Kṛṣṇa. He’s using Bhāgavatam as
servant to serve his family interest. This is not Bhāgavata explanation,
Bhāgavata kathā.”
The object of
the action will judge its characteristic. For himself or Bhāgavatam,
then it’s Bhāgavata kathā. As much as he can, as his capacity,
he must try to satisfy Bhāgavatam. Bhāgavata should be read
for Bhāgavata’s interest, not for any mundane interest. So also we
show our devotion to many gods, but if anyābhilāṣa, karma,
jñāna, if there’s any fleeting desire to be satisfied by that, or
any organised exploitation, even according to the regulation of the dharma
śāstra, or even to work out our salvation, mukti, anyābhilāṣa,
karma, jñāna, to acquire knowledge by which we can attain
our emancipation from this entanglement, that is also not bhakti,
devotion. Devotion presupposes surrender for His interest. That is the test.
For Itself. For Himself. Then it will be devotion proper, Kṛṣṇa
consciousness. Then Bhāgavata reading, or to make it subservient to
some other mundane purpose, or even for the emancipation, liberation, that is
also not considered among devotion. Because the conception of salvation,
liberation, according to Bhāgavata, is to be reinstated in our
serving position. That is liberation proper. Liberation from the mania of
eternal rest, idleness. But life proper is dynamic, is serving, contributing
for the whole, or, for Him, everything, infinite is His part, such whole. That
is Bhāgavata. That is devotion.
So
Bābājī Mahārāja’s, these remarks that, “I shall report
to Yaśodā You are disturbing me Kṛṣṇa.” What does
it say? In what plane he’s living? Everything done, tat te 'nukampāṁ
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 10.14.8], even crossing that,
whatever is done at the suggestion of Kṛṣṇa.
And again,
this explanation of Bhāgavatam by an ordinary scholar of Bhāgavatam
it is offence, it is not Bhāgavata explanation. As
Mahāprabhu wanted, in the case of Devānanda Paṇḍita that
was also worse. The explanation of Bhāgavatam in the line of
impersonal absolute. Mahāprabhu wanted to tear out his books,
Devānanda Paṇḍita. But afterwards he was excused, pardoned,
and became devotee of Mahāprabhu.
So
Bābājī Mahārāja was such type of Vaiṣṇava paramahaṁsa.
And our Guru Mahārāja had the suggestion, as suggested by
Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura, took dīkṣā from that Gaurakiśora Bābājī Mahārāja. His day was this past ekādaśīhe disappeared. Then when he disappeared - how to bury
him?
The sahajiyā
section they approached. “He was one of us, so it is our duty and our claim
to bury him in a place where we will be owner. That we shall show this is the
burial place of that paramahaṁsaBābājī Mahārāja Gaurakiśora,
and our dignity will be increased.” They tried in that way.
But there was
other small party, they informed our Guru Mahārāja. Guru
Mahārāja came and the case was taken to police station. Our Guru
Mahārāja told, “He was not one of these ordinary bābājī
section, he was paramahaṁsa.”
The police
officer told, “We know about Ramakrishna paramahaṁsa. Was there
any paramahaṁsa here?”
Guru
Mahārāja asserted, “Only by the touch of the feet dust of this paramahaṁsa,
hundreds of Ramakrishna paramahaṁsa may be delivered. They’ll be
liberated from these worldly ties.”
“What do you
say? Hundreds of Ramakrishna paramahaṁsa if they can touch the
feet of this Gaurakiśora
Dāsa paramahaṁsa they’ll be all
delivered?”
“Yes, he was
such paramahaṁsa.”
Anyhow, then
all other bābājīs fled away and in some place of his
devotees he was buried, samādhi.
Then again
after few days the Ganges began to encroach, and his samādhi was to
be removed, and our Guru Mahārāja managed to take it to
Māyāpur. And that is a temple you might have seen, Gaurakiśora Bābājī
Mahārāja, on the western bank of Rādhā Kuṇḍa,
his remains were buried there in temple way. Gaurakiśora Bābājī
Mahārāja.
He asked our Guru Mahārāja, “Don’t
go to Calcutta, remain in the Dhāma, and go on chanting Kṛṣṇa
Nāma. Why do you bother about that?”
But Guru
Mahārāja he came with some other inspiration direct. He came to
relieve the whole of the world, with that idea. He answered...
Gaurakiśora Bābājī
Mahārāja told, “Kolikatta means Kalisthan, Kali.”
Kali means -
that you know from Bhāgavatam, Kali, this worst yuga, Kali
personified, sin personified.
So
Bābājī Mahārāja told, “Kolikatta is Kalisthan that is
full of filth, a filthy place. The place of business, the place of
exploitation, mutual robbing, all these things, nasty place. You avoid that.”
But Guru
Mahārāja answered, “By dint of your foot dust, I’ve got so much charm
in your foot dust, by the dint of your foot dust I can conquer thousands and
thousands of Kali. They won’t be able to disturb my attention from your holy
feet. By the power of your holy feet dust I can conquer the whole world. Please
bless me in that line.”
With this
Guru Mahārāja made his attempt to preach. And in his conception, so
powerful the principle of exploiting life seems to be so powerful capturing the
whole humanity almost. All busy to survive at the cost of others. Survival of
the fittest. Struggle. Everyone is making struggle to emulate his condition, a
great competition, everyone wants to be king, to be monarch. “I’m monarch of
all I survey.” Everyone is attempting to become monarch. This idea, this
principle, was seen to be very weak to the eyes of Guru Mahārāja,
Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī.
He used to
say that, “The cocks roam about with very elegant style as if they’ve got much
strength in their leg, with such air.” So he used to give example of that. “Murgī tyang. The strength in the leg of a cock, how much
power it may contain? So the Kali, what power has it got? The present principle
of civilisation, the all exploiting attempt, what is its strength? I can crush
it. With a spark of Kṛṣṇa consciousness I can burn them to
ashes.” With this strength he came. “This present civilisation, what is at its
back? How much strength it has got? I’d like to crush them wholesale by Kṛṣṇa
consciousness, so much prospect, full of prospect, from all round prospect
there. And what meagre prospect these worldly people have got to propose in the
field, in the battle?” That was his idea. So totalitarian war against Kali,
against this age, and the civilisation, including all conceptions of so called
religious views. Maybe some partial representation of some goodness there, but
in comparison with Kṛṣṇa consciousness what position they may
hold? The wholesale solution of every life in its fullest stage is to be found
only in Kṛṣṇa. Akhila-rasāmṛta-murtiḥ[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 8.142]. So sarva-dharmān parityajya,
mām ekaṁ [Gītā, 18.66].
“Give up all
conceptions of your duties and come to Me alone, and you’ll not have to repent
anything. More than what you want, satisfaction you’ll get, your compensation
will get, beyond your aspiration. It is only a mere false statement in the end,
conclusion of Bhagavad-gītā? It is the real statement.
Everything one side, I’m alone one side. And your interest, very best
represented coming to Me, giving up everything. The truth is such, absolute
truth is such, absolute consideration is of such nature. You try to understand.
Try to come in connection and you’ll be able.”
Bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś, chidyante
sarva-saṁśayāḥ, kṣīyante cāsya karmāṇi, [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 1.2.21
& 11.20.30] The wholesale treatment, the wholesale totalitarian transformation
of everything. You’re maladjusted there, and proper adjustment you will find.
...
...and that
is possible, that is real liberation, and that is your best attainment. That is
life. Die to live. That is proper life. And this is the life of abnormal life
of robbery, everyone exploiting another. One body is to be maintained and so
many bodies must be finished. Is this a life? Is this a model of life? At the
cost of so many living friends I’m keeping up, I’m feeding myself. A most
heinous form, most shameful, and sinful life. At the cost of the environment I
can grow only. Hateful things.
So Gaurakiśora Bābājī
Mahārāja his day of disappearance was this last ekādaśī, utthānaekādaśī. Utthāna means the demigods, ordinary gods. Demons and gods,
two classifications, good souls, bad souls. Beyond this body, after leaving
this body, the jīva soul stay in mental body. At the death this
flesh body drops down but the man in the mental system he is. And in a country
also where they can live there is also government classification of. So god,
the good people and the bad people, asura, deva. And they, those
good people beyond this life they stay. They’re supposed to live somewhere in
the Sumeru, nearby. Where from geographical representation we hear the land of
the Eskimo perhaps, Sumeru, where six months day, six months night. When the
sun towards the north those six months day. And sun comes by the movement of
earth towards the south that is their night, six months. So at night this dakṣiṇāyaṇa, that is when the
sun going towards the south of the earth by their movement, mutual movement of
the sun and the earth. Really it is by the movement of the earth, the sun seems
to come to the south. And that is dakṣiṇāyaṇa, that is far off
from the north pole. So that is night, that is the time of sleeping for the
gods. So they’re supposed to sleep in that mental body, and they rise this ekādaśī day, after four months deep sleep. Six months night,
out of six months they sleep four months. So in the early morning they rise in
this ekādaśī day it is supposed, so utthānaekādaśī.
Śayanāekādaśī ______________ [?] in time it changes also. About the
movement with the earth it begins, it is coming earlier.
One Bāl Gaṅgādhar Tilak, a political leader and scholar also of
Maharashtra, when he was imprisoned for six years, from that prison he
continued his search in the Upaniṣads, in Vedic doctrine. And he
told that - and the present scholars they also accepted his theory. He told
that when this particular verse of Veda was written, at that time this
varadin [?] at the beginning of the increment in day, somewhere was in the
month of March or so, Caitra, Phālguna. It was hinted there that the sun was going in
his chariot, and suddenly the legs of his horses were broken. Something like
this was written in a particular verse of the Vedas. And from there he
concluded that the increment of the day over the night was begun at that time,
in the month of Phālguna.
Now it has come to the month of Pauṣa, in December, varadin [?] begins in
December. But it was at that time when this śloka was composed it
was - every hundred years one day is approaching. Every hundred years one day
comes nearer. So, so many hundred years ago this verse was composed. At that
time this varadin [?], the beginning of the bigger day, used to take place at
that time, something in March, and now it’s in December, it advanced so much.
So dakṣiṇāyaṇa [winter solstice],
uttarāyaṇa [summer solstice].
Uttarāyaṇa is considered to
be the day, and dakṣiṇāyaṇa the night. And
according to that, utthānaekādaśī. Śayanāekādaśī _____________ [?] This name has come from this
theory. The utthānaekādaśī day was the day of departure of Gaurakiśora Bābājī
Mahārāja.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
I composed a poem in the name of Gaurakiśora Bābājī
Mahārāja.
[Śrīmad-Gaurakiśora-nāmaskāra-daśakam, ten verses]
Namo namo
gaura-kiśora tubhyam. Guror guro me paramo gurus-tvaṁ. In this way. [from
verse 1]
Mahāyaśo bhaktivinoda-bandho!
mahāprabhu-prema-sudhaika-sindho! jagannātha-dayāspadendo! namo
namo gaura [from verse 7]
Vivikta, vraja-dvandva-raho-vilāsī. Vivikta in Vṛndāvana. And then
come to,
kvacid vrajāraṇya vivikta-vāsī, hṛdi vraja-dvandva-raho-vilāsī
bahir-virāgī tv-avadhūta-veṣī, namo namo
gaura-kiśora tubhyam.
[verse 3]
kvacit punar gaura vanāntacārī, surāpagā-tīra-rajo-vihārī, pavitra-kaupiña-karaṅka-dhārī
[verse 4]
sadā harer nāma mudā raṭantaṁ, gṛhe gṛhe mādhukarīm-aṭantam
namanti devā api yaṁ mahāntaṁ, namo namo gaura-kiśora tubhyam.
[verse 5]
vihāya saṅgaṁ kuliyālayānāṁ, pragṛhya sevāṁ dayitānugasya
vibhāsi māyāpura-mandirastho, namo namo gaura-kiśora tubhyam.
[verse 9]
This way
tried to give a glimpse of his divine life in this poetry. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Today we’re
told the day of disappearance of Bhūgarbha Goswāmī and...
Badrinārāyaṇa: Jagadīśa?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...and Kāśīnātha or someone.
Badrinārāyaṇa: Jagadīśa?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Jagadīśa Paṇḍita?
Badrinārāyaṇa: Yes, Jagadīśa Paṇḍita.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And? Bhūgarbha Goswāmī, and Kāśīnātha, I was told. Bhūgarbha Goswāmī was a friend of
Lokanātha Goswāmī, the Gurudeva of Narottama. Came from the same
place, and lived in Vṛndāvana together. A good Vaiṣṇava,
revered, unassuming nature. And Kasīśvar Paṇḍita, he was Godbrother of
Mahāprabhu, the disciple of Īśvara Purī.
When Īśvara
Purī at the time of his disappearance he
asked those two of his disciples, Govinda and Kasīśvar, “Go to Kṛṣṇa Caitanya and serve
Him as long as you live.”
So after the
disappearance of Īśvara Purīpāda, both of them went to Purī and
surrendered themselves to the divine feet of Mahāprabhu. Saying that,
“This is the order of our Gurudeva that the rest of our life we shall like to
be Your attendants.”
Mahāprabhu showed some hesitation in the beginning. Guru seva haya
manya avanatha [?]
“You are the
servitor attendant of My Gurudeva. How can I engage you in My service? Rather,
I shall have to respect you as My brother.”
But they
told, “Our Guru’s order, we have come to you. What to do? You know best.”
Then
Mahāprabhu, though He knew everything He asked Sārvabhauma,
“Sārvabhauma you have got much knowledge about the scripture. Now what to
do? Generally the disciple of My Guru is My brother. I must show some respect
to them. But Gurudeva has given some order, they say, that to engage them in My
service. What should I do?”
Sārvabhauma told, “Guru ajna bhagavan [?] What he has ordered that
must have preference.”
Then what to
do, He engaged Govinda in His direct service.
And Kasīśvar he came from a brāhmaṇa family,
and he was very strong, and physically very strong. So when Mahāprabhu
used to go to Jagannātha temple and there was much crowd, at that time Kasīśvar’s duty was to go just in front of Mahāprabhu
and to push the crowd on the outside and clear the way. We find his duty in
that way.
And Govinda,
twenty four hours attendant. Even when Mahāprabhu expressed His disgust
with the environment. “Oh, you Govinda, let us go to Allanath. I won’t stay
here. They’re coming and requesting Me unduly. I shall go to plead to the king
for Gopīnātha Paṭṭanāyaka that the king may forgive
his - he stole some money from his state...
83.11.19.B_83.11.22.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...and they’re all coming to Me. “Oh you ply to - in
the, Ramānanda’s brother is going to be harshly treated, cruelly treated
by the crown. If You put a word to Pratāparudra, he’s Your devotee, then they may be saved,
released.” They have come for these worldly affairs to Me. I should not stay
here. Let us go to Allanath. Govinda you arrange bag and baggages. Let us go.”
In this way several times He’s always taking Govinda as His personal attendant
and using in that way.
And
Rāmacandra Purī, one cruel critic, one day came, brother of Īśvara
Purī, who advised his own Guru Mādhavendra
Purī. “Why do you - you’re wailing at the
time of your death. You are that Brahman yourself. These pangs of separation
for Kṛṣṇa, this is all tāma guṇa, śoka
moha.
You must leave this and you must think that ‘I’m Brahman.’”
Then Mādhavendra
Purī, “Be off from here, you māyāvādī
fool. You do not know what is Kṛṣṇa. My misfortune that I
can’t see Kṛṣṇa. And you have come to advise me like a māyāvādī
that I’m Brahman. Be off hence.”
That Rāmacandra
Purī, he came to Śrīkṣetra Purī, and one day came to visit
Mahāprabhu’s quarter and saw some ants are moving. “Oh, there must be some
- at night there was some sweetmeat, so the ants are moving here. Then the sannyāsīs
they have taken the robe of renunciation, and at night they’re eating
sweetmeats, eh? Horrible.” And he remarked in that way and with angry mood he
left the place.
“rātrāv atra aikṣavam āsīt,
tena, pipīlikāḥ sañcaranti aho! viraktānāṁ
sannyāsinām iyam indriya-lālaseti, [bruvann utthāya gataḥ.”]
[“Last night
there was sugar candy here,” he said. “Therefore ants are wandering about.
Alas, this renounced sannyāsī is attached to such sense
gratification!” After speaking in this way, he got up and left.]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Antya-līlā, 8.49]
“Who has
taken the garb of a sannyāsī and they have got such temptation
for the tongue. So many ants are moving here, so at night there must have been
some sweetmeat. So at night privately He’s taking sweetmeats here.” Remarking
in this way he fled away.
Then
Mahāprabhu told, “Govinda, tell to the public only one paisa of
Jagannātha prasāda from this time, no more I shall take. And
you all go to the market and you beg your mādhukarī. And only
one paisa worth prasādam of Jagannātha should come to Me and I
shall take nothing more.”
Then when
this news reached the devotees they felt that a thunder on their head has
happened. “One paisa only.” At that time also Govinda was His attendant, and He
had to ask even Govinda, “Go outside and beg your bread. Only one paisa. If you
take more then you won’t find Me here, I shall be away.”
And another
time Govinda says, “Advaita Ācārya and so many Bengali devotees have
come, and so many mothers also have come. And they have brought many things
preparing for Your taste. And they always ask me, ‘Govinda, have you given my
thing to Mahāprabhu?’ ‘Yes, yes, I shall give, I shall give.’ In this way
these great Vaiṣṇavas and I’m deceiving them by this word and that
word. You are not touching anything. What will be my future? I’m always
speaking lies to those Vaiṣṇavas.”
Then
Mahāprabhu, “Yes, take all what you have brought, take it to Me.” And He
began to swallow, and finishing, “Any more?”
“No, no
more.” Only this ________ [?] portion ________________ [?]
“Yes, keep
it. All finished?”
“Yes,
finished.”
“Yes, now you
go and say to every Vaiṣṇava that I have taken their things.”
In the
confidential and personal service rendered by Govinda to his Godbrother. And
then one Kasīśvar.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
So many Vaiṣṇava representing the peculiar type of serving tendency
personified. Different type of serving tendency personified in so many Vaiṣṇava.
Vaicit, no end of that, in this way. God means, king means with
paraphernalia. Singly the king cannot be conceived as king. As father, relative
term, father means the son is there, husband means wife is there. So king means
so many paraphernalia is there. So Kṛṣṇa means svarūpa
śakti, akhila-rasāmṛta-murtiḥ, so many there. Kṛṣṇa
not a single thing, a system that is representing the whole in the positive
aspect, and indirectly in the negative aspect, both, direct, indirect. Kṛṣṇa.
So Vaiṣṇava they’re part and parcel of Kṛṣṇa, of
svarūpa śakti. Without potency the possessor of potency cannot be
conceived, both combined. Otherwise it would be nirviśeṣa,
non differentiated Brahman if potency is drawn out. So prakṛti, puruṣa,
the possessor of potency and the potency combined makes the thing one. The real
side, and another misconceived side, aspect of reality. Māyā,
svarūpa and māyā, āmnāya itarata,
direct, indirect, both combined in the whole, advaya-jñāna.
vadanti tat tattva-vidas, tattvaṁ yaj
jñānam advayam [brahmeti paramātmeti, bhagavān iti śabdyate
[“Learned
transcendentalists who know the Absolute Truth call this non dual substance
Brahman, Paramātmā or Bhagavān.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.2.11]
The wholesale
conception, all comprehensive conception of the reality of that constituent
both parts, the main and the partials. Elimination, progress means elimination
and acceptance. In this way we’re told to go to Kṛṣṇa
conception of Godhead, representing all sorts of variegated rasa or
ecstasy, ānandam, joy, or pleasure, whatever you may say. Our inner
appeasement of inner hankering. Hṛdaye nābhya nujñāto.
[vidvadbhiḥ sevitaḥ sadbhir, nityam adveṣa-rāgibhiḥ
hṛdayenābhyanujñāto, yo dharmas taṁ
nibhodhata]
[Manu-saṁhitā, 2.1]
The fullest
satisfaction of our inner hankering heart, heart’s hankering. Intellectualism
is considered to be a failure in that search. Heart has been given the primary
position to seek our satisfaction. This is devotion, and the object of such
devotional inquiry is the highest search of Kṛṣṇa.
Qualitatively, quantitatively, but the search of our heart has got its highest
object in Kṛṣṇa, highest representation in Kṛṣṇa
consciousness. We’re to understand that and try how to go, reach there. Search
for Śrī Kṛṣṇa, kṛṣṇānusandhāna.
Brahma-jijñāsā, in Vedānta, the general question
what should be normal in our position, and that is brahma-jijñāsā.
Who am I, where am I, whose am I? What is the conception of the environment?
Where am I? Athāto brahma-jijñāsā. From what everything
has come? And which is who can maintain its existence by His influence, and at
the time of dissolution where there enter.
yato vā imāni bhūtāni
jāyante, yena jātāni jīvanti
yat prayanty abhiṣamviśanti, tad brahma tad
vijijñāsa
[“The Supreme
Brahman is the origin and shelter of all living beings. When there is creation,
He brings them forth from their original state, and at the time of
annihilation, He devours them. After creation, everything rests in His
omnipotence, and after annihilation, everything again returns to rest in Him.”]
[Taittirīya-Upaniṣad,
3.1]
So we cannot
deny our concern with the whole environment. Try to understand you, who are
you, what is your function, what is your goal. Our intellect wants these
answered. This is brahma-jijñāsā. And that came in Bhāgavatam
as kṛṣṇānusandhāna, search the friend of
your heart, Who can fulfil your heart’s demand. And not only the intellectual
explanation of the environment, but your heart’s fullest satisfaction, the
object of your future life, your prospect. Not only the present calculation of
the present environment and to calculate your position, but what is your
future, what is about your prospect. That should have more importance. And you
are to begin search for Kṛṣṇa for your future want, to
satisfy your want. In other words your fulfilment. In another word, home,
you’re to search for your home, your natural residence. Now you’re in abnormal
position, in a foreign land you are cast aside, you feel uncomfortable every
step. Home comfort we’re told, quite comfortable you’ll be without any anxiety.
That is a sort of fulfilment where you can have. That is in the feet of Kṛṣṇa,
Kṛṣṇa consciousness.
So Bhāgavatam
and Mahāprabhu asked us to go on with search for Kṛṣṇa,
your friend, your Master, your Lord, your friend, your Lord, search for Him.
This is the object of your life, and nothing else. All your energy
should be utilised only for this purpose. Search the Lord of your heart Who can
satisfy you from all respects you will have no wants.
na te viduḥ svārtha-gatiṁ hi viṣṇuṁ,
durāśayā ye bahir-artha-māninaḥ
[andhā yathāndhair
upanīyamānās, te 'pīśa-tantryām uru-dāmni
baddhāḥ]
[Prahlāda Mahārāja says: “Persons who are strongly
entrapped by the consciousness of enjoying material life, and who have
therefore accepted as their leader or guru a similar blind man attached to external
sense objects, cannot understand that the goal of life is to return home, back
to Godhead, and engage in the service of Lord Viṣṇu. As blind men
guided by another blind man miss the right path and fall into a ditch,
materially attached men led by another materially attached man are bound by the
ropes of fruitive labour, which are made of very strong cords, and they
continue again and again in materialistic life, suffering the threefold
miseries.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 7.5.31]
Give up your
mania of attraction of the cover of things. Dive deep into reality and you’ll
find your deep representation can only find satisfaction with the deep
representation of the outside, with inner. Your inner self can only be
satisfied with the inner environment of what you can experience and see. There
is Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Here I stop today.
vāñchā-kalpatarubhyaś ca kṛpā-sindhubhya
eva ca
[patitānāṁ pāvanebhyo vaiṣṇavebhyo
namo namaḥ]
[I offer my
respectful obeisances unto all the Vaiṣṇava devotees of the Lord.
They are just like desire trees who can fulfil the desires of everyone, and
they are full of compassion for the fallen conditioned souls.]
Devotee: Jaya Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda
Paramahaṁsa Parivrājakācārya His Divine Grace
Śrīla Bhakti Rakṣaka Śrīdhara Deva Goswāmī
Mahārāja kī jaya!
Devotees: Jaya!
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda
Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī Goswāmī Prabhupāda kī
jaya!
...
[17:55 - 21:32 unclear]
...everything
was dedicated for the service of Kṛṣṇa. He’s all conscious
unit.
So can you
allow your wife to serve another gentleman? Will she allow? She will allow
yourself in her heart to be worshipped and won’t accept any other.
So this all
meant for Kṛṣṇa conciousness, and not for Subramanya
consciousness or any other consciousness. Only reserved, everything here all
dedicated exclusively to Kṛṣṇa, and no other gods.
Ha, ha, ha,
ha. Then of course he was charmed that we have such conception.
We’re not
materialist, everything is conscious and spiritual, and no spirit allows when
exclusively dedicated to his or her Lord. Ha, ha. So we’re of that type.
Then of
course he had to go back. “Yes, if what you say it is such.”
Yes it is
such. Every flower born here only to satisfy Kṛṣṇa-Rādhārāṇī.
And They’ll curse us if we try to utilise them for the service of any other,
they’re all meant for this. They’ll curse us.
So here also
trespassers come, lack flower or this or that, sometimes for medicinal purposes
also come to take some creature. But I pain at my heart. Why? They’re all meant
for the service of Kṛṣṇa. These people for their medicinal
purpose they’re taking, removing something. I ask them, go to Mahāprabhu,
take His permission, and then take away. Whatever necessary that it cannot be
avoided, then I say go get His permission there, go to the temple, pray for His
permission.
Gaura Hari.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Once I heard
in the Yoga-pīṭha, that is the appearance place of Mahāprabhu,
there was one Kadamba bikya [?] and that new flower came. Prabhupāda is
coming out of Dhāma going to Calcutta or so. Some devotee saw that
new flower has come in this Kadamba bikya [?] not given to Prabhupāda, so
he took a few flowers and ran towards the car of Prabhupāda and offered.
“What is
this?”
“A new flower
in Yoga-pīṭha temple tree, new come, so we have come to show you
first, and then we shall give to Mahāprabhu.”
“Oh, you have
taken from, then go and show it to Mahāprabhu, take His permission, and
then take to me. I’m going away. If when I was there you could give it to my
hand then I can show Him and take to Him. But I’m going away. Now go and show
Him and then take it to me. So take His permission. That is prasāda,
anugraha, dedicated. To show to him means to dedicate, then the prasāda
take to me.”
īśāvāsyam idaṁ sarvaṁ,
yat kiñca jagatyāṁ jagat
tena tyaktena bhuñjīthā, mā gṛdhaḥ
kasya svid dhanam
[“Everything
animate or inanimate that is within the universe is controlled and owned by the
Lord. One should therefore accept only those things necessary for himself,
which are set aside as his quota, and one should not accept other things, knowing
well to whom they belong.”] [Śrī Īśopaniṣad,
1]
This is the
key to our life. Tena tyaktena. After offering Him, then you use it.
yajña-śiṣṭāśinaḥ
santo, mucyante sarvva-kilbiṣaiḥ
bhuñjate te tv aghaṁ pāpā, ye pacanty
ātma-kāraṇāt
[“Saintly persons
who partake of the remnants of sacrifice become liberated from all the sins
arising from the five kinds of violence to living beings. But those who cook
for their own consumption, those sinners eat only sin.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
3.13]
Whenever you’ll
dedicate anything to your own self you commit sin, that is you create
disharmony into the environment. But if you offer to the centre, yajña,
for Viṣṇu, and then you use it stays, the harmony, the prestige.
Everything they want to be - they’re born, they’re created to serve Kṛṣṇa.
For Him, For Himself, everything. So anything and everything you dedicate to
Him and then you can take the prasāda remaining. Īśāvāsyam
idaṁ sarvaṁ. Everywhere everything is in possession of the
Supreme Entity, everything belongs to Him. Īśāvāsyam idaṁ
sarvaṁ. Tena tyaktena bhuñjīthā. Whatever you need, tena
tyaktena, after offering, sanctioned by Him, then you take.
All right, no
disturbance into the law and order. The law and order of the whole, that should
be kept intact. You all live as loyal subjects, not a rebel, physically or even
mentally. Thought, word and deed, you must be a loyal subject in this kingdom
of the Lord. That is what is required of us, and then there’s peace and
harmony, and no reaction. Otherwise there’ll be reaction and you’ll have to
suffer for that.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari.
So you did
not see that temporary office opened in Ulṭā Ḍāṅgā
station?
Devotee: _______________
[?] We could not go there, because when we were going down there...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ulṭā Ḍāṅgā
___________________ [?] just near Ulṭā Ḍāṅgā
station. If you could visit they would have been encouraged. Dhīra Kṛṣṇa
Mahārāja for half an hour stayed there.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Then, Lalitā Charan?
Badrinārāyaṇa: He’s going to take prasādam and then
leave.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And these two, Vidagdha Prabhu and...
Badrinārāyaṇa: ____________ [?] all eat together.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Altogether, three, they’re also taking prasādam,
hmm?
Devotee: ______________
[?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Arrange. They’ll also go.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. In this specific place in the world is where Goddess
Kālī is most worshipped. And it seems to me that nowhere in the world
people are smashed so hard by Goddess Kālī than in Calcutta.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Calcutta, everywhere in Bengal. Bengal is especially
selected for Kālī worshipping, the tantra is there. They believe to
satisfy their direct controller, the prison superintendent. In Brahma-saṁhitā
[5.44] Devī [Durgā] is described as the mistress controller of the
whole of this brahmāṇḍa, that is prison house, where
those that lived irregular life they’re put into prison. Do not follow Īśāvāsyam,
or,
yajñārthāt karmaṇo 'nyatra, loko 'yaṁ
[karma-bandhanaḥ
tad-artham karma kaunteya, mukta-saṅgaḥ
samācara]
[“Selfless
duty performed as an offering to the Supreme Lord is called yajña, or
sacrifice. O Arjuna, all action performed for any other purpose is the cause of
bondage in this world of repeated birth and death. Therefore, remaining
unattached to the fruits of action, perform all your duties in the spirit of
such sacrifice. Such action is the means of entering the path of devotion, and
with the awakening of true perception of the Lord, it will enable you to attain
to pure, unalloyed devotion, free from all material qualities (nirguṇa-
bhakti).”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 3.9]
They had no
recognition of the final authority, and thinks themselves all. ‘We’re
separately independent spirit, all Śiva.’ They’re put into prison of māyā,
that is, māyā means misconception. Māyā Devī
who rules over them, and they want to satisfy the Goddess who controls this
prison house. “Release us.” Then after thereby their punishment may be little liberal
and less, they’re given chance to go up. And sometimes those that are very
sincere, She releases them and shows the path. “Go, up to Nārāyaṇa,
go.”
As in Bṛhat-Bhāgavatāmṛta
you may see, Gopa Kumara he was worshipping Kamakaka [?] mantra, Śacī
mantra, and because he was very sincere, so Kamaksa Devī showed the way
towards higher direction. But generally who are insincere, and gives some
offering and wants some advantage in return, they’re dealt always very harshly.
Devotee: It seems like in
Calcutta they’re not very sincere Mahārāja.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Gets liberation of a particular type, but not
advised that take the worship of Nārāyaṇa and then can go up.
Their seed even becomes Śiva, attains the position of Śiva, the
master of the material potency. But remains in connection with the material
potency, and gradually again addicted, and again enters.
ye 'nye 'ravindākṣa vimukta-māninas,
tvayi asta-bhāvād aviśuddha-buddhayaḥ
[āruhya kṛcchreṇa paraṁ padaṁ
tataḥ, patanty adho 'nādṛta-yuṣmad-aṅghrayaḥ]
(Someone may
say that aside from Vaiṣṇavas, who always seek shelter at the
Lord’s lotus feet, there are those who are not Vaiṣṇavas but who
have accepted different processes for attaining salvation. What happens to
them? In answer to this question, Lord Brahmā and the other demigods
said:)
[“O
lotus-eyed Lord, although non-devotees who accept severe austerities and
penances to achieve the highest position may think themselves liberated, their
intelligence is impure. Although they may rise to the level of impersonal
Brahman realisation, they fall down from their position of imagined superiority
because they neglect to worship Your lotus feet.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.2.32]
Cannot secure
any visa, but passport they get, but after securing passport they’re to move in
the boundary line. And then, if no visa they’ll have to enter here again. That
is the general case. But in special case Māyā Devī recommends
for the visa. “You do in this way and then you’ll get visa, and then you’ll go
up to Vaikuṇṭha. Otherwise you may come to the last boundary of
this position, and what to do, you’ll have to enter again in the compound.”
That is the case.
So they that
have got faith some of them think that śakti, potency, is above
everything, and the consciousness is under potency. Potency is the highest
existence, and potency produces consciousness. In other words this fossil
father-ism. Who are out and out śakta, their conception is this,
that potency and consciousness, puruṣa, prakṛti. Puruṣa
means consciousness, enjoyer. Prakṛti means energy. Energy in
course of its evolution it produces consciousness.
And
consciousness of three kinds, Brahmā, Viṣṇu, Śiva.
Brahmā with rāja guṇa, the spirit of creation. And Viṣṇu
the sātya guṇa, that is the nature of sustenance. And Rudra
the tāma guṇa, that is dissolution. Evolution, dissolution,
and in meantime the sustenance with Viṣṇu. Brahmā, Viṣṇu,
Maheśvara. Three guṇa, material qualification is produced by
the potency.
So devoid of
consciousness if any potency can be thought to be the ultimate, it can be only
material potency, that is fossil. The fossil, that is the Darwin theory. The śakta,
they know or know not, admit or may not admit that, but the orthodox śakta
they’re followers of Darwin. ‘The matter produces mind.’
And this Vedānta,
Veda, that is just opposite. “No, the consciousness produces everything,
subjective evolution.” And there, they have got faith, ‘objective evolution,’ prakṛti
produces everything. First three guṇas, sātya, rāja,
tāma. And sātya represented by Viṣṇu, rāja
by Brahmā, and tāma by Śiva. And then the whole
creation comes into existence, that is their theory. And at heart those that
are Vaiṣṇava, sincere, they also have recognition of the prakṛti
but otherwise. “You withdraw mother and give me real vision what is what I
can see and I can go on accordingly.” So that type of progress has been shown
in Bṛhat- Bhāgavatāmṛta by Sanātana
Goswāmī.
[pārtha naiveha nāmutra, vināśas
tasya vidyate] na hi kalyāṇa-kṛt kaścid, durgatiṁ
tāta gacchati
[“O Arjuna,
son of Kuntī, the unsuccessful yogī does not suffer ruination
either in this life or the next. He is not deprived of the pleasures of the
heavenly planetary systems in this universe, nor is he denied the chance to
personally see the Supersoul in the divine realm. This is so, O dear one,
because a person who performs virtuous actions never becomes ill-fated.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
6.40]
Those sincere
at heart they also receive real help from this jail superintendent. The
authority of the prison house guides them properly. ‘They’re good prisoners,
anyhow they’ve come within this prison house, but they’re good men. They should
be guided well that they may go and live well in the family outside, with his
family outside.’
So śakta.
And Buddhists are also of this śakta type. They also believe in
force, in matter, but not eternal conscious unit. With the dissolution, the
Cārvāka, Epicurus, aspect of thinking is, ‘Only with the combination
of some material substance the consciousness has been produced. With the dissolution
of the body nothing remains.’ This is the lowest kind of atheist, or highest
kind as you say.
And Buddhists
are moderate materialists. They say, “With the subtle combination of different
things mind has been produced. And according to the karma they get physical
- their attraction, their objects, they attain physical body. And they have
transmigration. In the physical world they’re getting many bodies according to
their own karma, according to mind.”
So with the
dissolution of the body the jīva soul, the jīva, does
not end, as the Epicurus or the Cārvāka school thinks. ‘But with the
dissolution of the mind everything disappears, nothing remains.’ This is also a
type of atheist. Atheist means ‘soul is mortal.’ Socrates told ‘soul is
immortal’ but these fellows they say ‘soul is mortal.’ Some say ‘with the
dissolution of this physical body nothing remains as soul.’ And Buddhist
school, ‘with the dissolution of the mental body nothing remains as soul.’
And the
Śaṅkara, one step further. Śaṅkara says, “There is
already a light there, and that light is focused here and it seems to be like a
soul. Just as in the glass the sun or moon is reflected. The moon is there, it
is reflected in the glass. Dissolve the glass - no moon here. So all the jīva,
not different soul, but only one soul, like a moon on the sky. And in so many
glasses so many reflections are considered as different souls.” This is Śaṅkara.
And the
Buddists, “No moon, no soul. Only a dissolution of the mind means dissolution
of the soul.”
And the
Cārvāka, the lowest class, “With the dissolution of the body nothing
remains.”
So three
sections of atheists according to Vaiṣṇava. They’re all considered
as atheist because they do not believe in the eternal existence of soul, in the
immortality of the soul. But when soul is immortal it is considered, and God is
there. They’re properly theist, and there is also classification amongst them,
according to the future conception of the prospect and environment there are
differences. This Christianity, Islam, they have got faith in eternal existence
of soul, and also God. But their conception of God and soul and the world is of
different type.
83.11.22.B_83.11.23.A
Jagadisa:
Mahārāja. May I ask you a question? I must say I’m very young,
initiated only two years, but I have some experience.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Who is he?
Devotee: He’s my
disciple Guru Mahārāja.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What is his name?
Devotee: Jagadisa.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Jagadisa. What do you say?
Jagadisa: Yes, my
experience before being initiated and to be dedicated to service I was a
psychologist. I made a lot of research about cultural shock and management
development etc. I saw that many case in some experience the problems that the
Hare Kṛṣṇa movement is doing it doesn’t follow very
scientifically a relative aspect. In other words sometimes they’re very
empirical, and sometimes they follow what Śrīla Prabhupāda did
for certain time, place, and circumstance. But they’re not attached to the new
condition...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So you come nearer. What does he say?
Devotee: What he wants
to say Guru Mahārāja is that, these big American and western
companies, when they go to some place, like for example in south America, they
want to introduce a new product. So they make a big study of the place, the
ethnic type of people and everything, and then they do the propaganda. And
they’re very successful in changing peoples minds. So what he wants to say is
that we should also utilise these techniques and things and try to bring people
Kṛṣṇa consciousness, and try to introduce Kṛṣṇa
consciousness, utilising these modern methods, the way these big companies
study the character of the people. And they more or less like they manage the
situation.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: There should be some limits, how much we shall
indulge to create favourable environment, how much money we should spare to
create the favourable environment of the business. If I spare whole of the
money to create the favourable environment then no capital to take the things
for the sale. So ānukūlyasya saṅkalpa, we
should create favourable circumstances. But there should be proportion in the
energy that how much we can spare for creating favourable environment, and how
much for dealing with the articles. Ānukūlyasya saṅkalpaḥ,
prātikūlya-vivarjjanam [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 22.100]
Do you understand?
Devotee: Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So it is also that a boy may be given some sweetmeat
to get his sympathy and then to make him hear. As Haridāsa Ṭhākura
he used to distribute some sweetmeat to the boy and then he asked him “Chant
Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa.”
But some are of opinion that some
intoxication may be dealt, and we should also take some intoxication, because
the people they love intoxication. So if we go in that much in that way then
we’ll be finished.
Am I clear, no?
Devotee: Yes, for me
it’s clear.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Then you make him understand. That what will be
favourable, that is a proportion. So much we go in advance for the creation of
the field, and then energy must be saved for dealing with the articles, the
proportion. But if whole energy is spent only to create the ground and nothing
to purchase the thing and to sell there then I’m bankrupt.
Devotee: ___________________________________
[?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Always try to keep connection with me by letters.
Christian missionaries, they’re also taking
that sort of temperament. They’re going and they’re attending the people,
making hospital, then education institution, and helping in many ways. Then
attracting their mind and then they say, “Come to worship Jesus.”
Ramakrishna Mission is also of similar type.
They also do some service to the people and attract their mind and sympathy,
and then what they have got to say they say, like that.
But we’re generally concerned as much as
possible to utilise our energy for the real cause. And we’re to spend as less
as possible to create the environment.
With the simple - when Swāmī
Mahārāja approached first in America, what energy he had to create a
field favourable to him? Nothing. Empty handed. His own posture, gesture,
nature, simplicity, and a few books. He began his work with karatālas in
a park - “Gaura-Nityānanda, Hare Kṛṣṇa,” with karatālas
he began his life and a few books by his side.
Acyutānanda told me, “We were the first
batch to approach him. Then we took him as one of so many hippies, he’s also a
hippy. He’s sounding karatālas and Hare Kṛṣṇa and
doing. And that śikhā, and the tilaka, and simple
dress, a kind of hippy has come. Then when we approached a little closely then
he gave one book to me, the Bhagavad-gītā. I saw, ‘Oh, he’s
not a hippy. This is his book.” Acyutānanda told, “My father he was fond
of reading Gītā, but that Gītā was of Śaṅkara
school. I was not much satisfied. But here in his Gītā I find
that Lord is personal. That attracted me.” Acyutānanda he told me. “Then I
connected some friends, “He’s not a hippy, he’s a learned man. You see his
books. He has got some deep purpose for which he has come. With some friends I
connected and came to him and put ourselves at his disposal. He told ‘he has
come for such and such purpose.’ Then we tried to help him. We rented some room,
and took him there. In this way that was begun.”
The capital is not always positive in the
sense of this material world. But some other spiritual capital there may be,
and when that comes to our help then of course a big success we can get. Still,
in ordinary sense we’re to spend something to create favourable environment,
and then to go on with our business. But there must be a proportion, how much
we shall advance.
Generally an educated man when he’s coaching
a child he’ll have to come down to the level of the child and then to speak
with him, then gradually he’ll take him up. So in this way we’re to do
something, but there will be some limit.
Jayatīrtha Mahārāja, one of
the disciples of Jayatīrtha Mahārāja, from where he has written,
quoted a śloka from Bhagavad-gītā?
Devotee:
_________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja:
[saktāḥ
karmaṇy avidvāṁso, yathā kurvanti bhārata]
kuryād vidvāṁs tathāsaktaś, cikīrṣur
loka-saṅgraham
[“O Arjuna, as ignorant, attached persons
work, the wise must also work, but without attachment, in order to protect the svadharma
or religious principles of those who are competent to follow the path of
action. The difference is not in the actions of these two classes of men, but
in their respective attitudes of attachment and indifference.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
3.25]
Loka-saṅgraha, that is to
capture the attention of the ordinary people, a man should imitate some of his
activity. And then he may be allowed to mix with them freely and then he can
draw them up. Karmaṇy avidvāṁso. Cikīrṣur
loka-saṅgraham. Some disciple of Jayatīrtha Mahārāja
he has given that. “We’re publishing Bhagavad-gītā and this śloka
supports us. The people are intoxicated so we also take intoxication and
mix with them, get facility, and then we draw them up.” That is his argument.
So, in Bhagavad-gītā, in
other places it is given, chāstraṁ pramāṇaṁ te
[Bhagavad-gītā, 16.24]. What the specialists of the scriptures
they have given the standard, how much we should approach to the negative side
to take them, to draw them towards positive. There is some limit.
yad yad
ācarati śreṣṭhas, tad tad evetaro janaḥ [sa yat
pramāṇaṁ kurute, lokas tad anuvartate]
[“The general masses imitate the ways of
great men. They follow whatever the great personality accepts as the right
conclusion.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 3.21]
And Śrīmad-Bhāgavata
and many other śāstra it is said that never you lower your
standard by mixing with those intoxication, this kalisthan, dyūtaṁ
pānaṁ striyaḥ sūnā [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.17.38-41]. This gambling, pānaṁ, this intoxication, and
unlawful connection with the men and women, and sūnā, and
slaughtering, killing of animals. We must keep ourselves aloof from four such
commitments.
So do you think that it’s going to answer his
question?
Devotee: Yes.
Devotee:
_________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: All right, a proportion there should be, that how
much capital I have got, and how much I can go down to take one. One is
drowning in the water. I should like to take him up. But how much I shall take
risk to take him my mission may be successful. If carelessly I also jump and
both will die, drown. But that is not laudable. Making my position safe if I
can take the risk and take him up then I’m also saved and he’ll also be saved,
otherwise both will have to drown.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Generally that depends upon the personality,
how much risk one can take, the rescuer, his power, his intelligence, his
capacity, it depends on him.
Haridāsa Ṭhākura was there,
Mahāprabhu’s parṣada, he was in a secluded place, he was
chanting the Name. Then one zamīndār of a very villeint [?],
he anyhow wanted to dissuade Haridāsa Ṭhākura.
“That he’s a Mohammedan born man, and he has
become so much sādhu, all-taking His Name, and showing devotion to
Him.” He could not tolerate, he designed that his character must be spoiled. So
he sent some prostitute and he told the prostitute, “I shall reward you, give
you immense money if you can entice that man.”
So that beautiful lady she approached
Haridāsa Ṭhākura and tried to draw his attention towards her.
Haridāsa Ṭhākura, he was a
man of such high type, she did not disturb him. “Yes, I shall fulfil your
request, you stay here. I’m engaged in taking the Name of the Lord for one crore
every month, so few remaining. When I shall finish it then I shall fulfil
your object. You stay and hear.”
The lady went back when day came, and the zamīndār
he asked her, “How far you have made progress?”
“He has said that only three days remaining
to fulfil his Hari Nāma and then he will attend me.”
“All right, try.”
Then the next night also she went and the
whole night she heard the Hari Nāma.
Then in the morning also he had to tell,
“I’m not yet finished. I thought it would be finished today but not yet
finished. It will be finished tomorrow. You come.”
Then the third night also she came and she
was waiting, hearing the Name. And at the end her mind was changed. “What have
I done? I have come to mislead this real sādhu.” Hearing the Name
of the Lord, wholesale change came in her mind.
And Haridāsa Ṭhākura told,
“My number is finished. Now I’m free to satisfy. What do you want?”
“I want to become your disciple. I want to
get Hari Nāma from you. You are my Gurudeva.”
Haridāsa Ṭhākura told, “Yes,
take Hari Nāma. And I knew that you’ll be converted within three
days, so I asked you to attend, that when my Nāma yajña will be
finished I shall fulfil your desire. I could guess that three nights if you
attend your heart will be changed, and I shall fulfil your desire, I’m keeping
my promise. I’m giving Hari Nāma to you. Otherwise I would have
fled the first day, when you approached me I would have fled from here. But I
did not do, I could guess that after three nights hearing you’ll be converted
and you’ll beg fulfilment of your spiritual life. So I stayed here for three
nights. And now get yourself prepared.”
So that prostitute became a good devotee. So
much so, so many persons used to come to her. “Oh, how the prostitute is
converted within three nights by that great mahātmā.”
And
Haridāsa Ṭhākura fled from that place. “That now the
people will come to know how I converted that notable prostitute.” So many
people will come to flock before him, around him, so he fled from that place.
And that cottage was left to that lady. “You take your seat here, and put a tulasī
on the front, and go on taking the Name of Kṛṣṇa.”
So it was possible for Haridāsa Ṭhākura
to stay there three nights and to convert her. But if ordinary man goes to take
such risk he’ll be finished. So according to the capacity what will be
favourable or unfavourable that needs to be decided. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi. Nitāi.
Badrinārāyaṇa:
_______________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _________________ [?] Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
...
...right or wrong, because it is the most
natural fundamental flow. For Itself, For Himself. Only He has right, the real
right He has got, over anything and everything. The widest circle ever known to
the world. Ha, ha. Beauty, charm, does not care for any, even may not care for
justice, what to say to other things. It is unthinkable that anything fair can
exist over justice, unthinkable, inconceivable. “That justice can be condemned,
what is this? It is impossible. Justice is justice. How can that be
challenged?”
But there is a plane of challenge. Justice
becomes thief to enter into that domain, justice. Two parties, where justice
you need two parties, a question of right and wrong, and a law book you must
have. Administration, book of law, two or more parties, then you can have your
chair.
But no, no room for those things here.
Autocracy the Beauty, Autocracy is Absolute Good, what to speak. You have come
to occupy the chair of justice, do you know what is Absolute Good? What is
Absolute Good which is applicable everywhere? Not dependent on the decision of
your tiny brain. Jñāna śūnya bhakti. Really it is a very
wonderful thing, and that is Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇaloka,
Kṛṣṇa consciousness is that. Despotism, that is beauty. Ha,
ha, ha, ha. Absolute Good is such that its despotism is all good. How to be in
connection with that thing, that plane, where also the cruelty is also love.
Cruelty, love, all of same level, viraha, milan, justice,
injustice, equal there. _______________________ [?] What is in Bengali
__________ [?] to chastise, stricture, that is also desirable. One desire, let
him give some stricture to me. Very sweet.
____________________________________________
[?] Such is the position.
Devotee:
______________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The domain is such, if any loving, affectionate
devotee, speaks something evil against him, Kṛṣṇa is so much
satisfied the hymn in the scriptures cannot come nearby. Such is the domain,
inconceivable, where speech means song, movement means dancing. The land means
touchstone, something like that. Then trees and creepers they’re such
benevolent dealers, donors. Wherever one will make hostels, whatever one will
ask it will come from the tree and creeper. They’re to satisfy the guest. The
creepers and trees they’re also host there, they want to satisfy the guest. It
has been described in Bramha-saṁhitā [5.56].
Inconceivable, acintya, at least let
us think like that. To attain that position of course very, very inconceivable.
But if we can think that there may be such plane of life, the Vaiṣṇavas
of higher type they live there, they do not want anything.
So the environment is lavishly praying for
them, “No, receive something. You are my guest, you take something.”
“No, no, no. We do not want anything. I’m
already satisfied.”
So they compete there in such way. “No, no.
You’ll have to take.”
“No, no. Forgive me. I don’t want anything.
I’m charmed with the very look, very touch of the land. All my thirst removed.
What atmosphere I have come within?” In this way.
Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa.
Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa. All
illusion, so we have nothing to lose. Let us at least have good dream. It is
not waste of time and energy to think of such high ideal. What are we engaged
in? What is reality with us? The reality in our present stage of knowledge,
what value does it carry?
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari
bol.
Gaurāṅga came with such news,
such prospect to us, approached. “Oh you soul you have got such prospect in
your life.” Nityānanda Prabhu begged from door to door with appeal.
Appealing earnestly. “Your prospect is so high.”
This is Navadwīpa Dhāma. Only
we’re to pierce through the surface and to dive deep within the inner
Navadwīpa, the Navadwīpa of Gaura-Nitāi. Externally we may find
Jagāi-Mādhāi, and Kṛṣṇa-nanda, so many,
Chānd Kāzī, etc. But if we dive a little deep we shall find what
is there, what is here. The gift of this Navadwīpa Dhāma, take to the
market and all mercantile will be of less value, charming, no charm. All will
be like trash, in comparison everything will seem to be trash. The gift of
Navadwīpa is so high level. Even Vṛndāvana won’t be able to
stand in competition. But we’re preaching about Vṛndāvana, but Vṛndāvana
plus something. If we close the door then what valuation you’ll have?
Nityānanda Prabhu He’s dragging
Baladeva from the throne. Śacī Devī had the dream. “I had a
dream that Kṛṣṇa and Balarāma on the throne, and
Nityānanda He’s catching hold of Balarāma He’s drawing Him. ‘Your age
is finished. Now the age of My Lord Gaurāṅga has come. You must come
out, come down from the throne.”
“In this age of Kali, if no canvasser, then
what is the value of the property? A canvasser to so many. You are all confined
in a room and You are eating lavishly. Confined in Vṛndāvana, and
Our Vṛndāvana We’re throwing the length and breadth of the world.”
That Vṛndāvana dāsa says. “And there, Rādhā-Govinda
separate, and here combined, more power. Ha, ha, ha. Combined. And They have
made Their mind to loot. Take as much wealth as you can. Combined We’re giving
it to you all here, combined. Impossible.”
____________________________ [?]
Prabodhānanda Sarasvatī.
kaivalyaṁ
narakāyate tridaśapūrākāśa-puṣpāyate
durddāntendriya-kāla-sarpa-paṭalī
protkhāta-daṁṣṭrāyate
viśvaṁ
pūrṇa-sukhāyate vidhi-mahendrādiś ca kīṭāyate
yat kāruṇya-kaṭākṣa-vaibhavatāṁ
taṁ gauram eva stumaḥ
[“The yogīs’ most worshippable
goal of merging with the Absolute appears as hell; the religious sense-
pleasure-seekers’ sought-after reward of entrance to heaven is seen as an
imaginary insignificant flower in the sky; the senses, which are indomitable
for the whimsical sense-enjoyers, appear as a de-fanged black cobra; the entire
universe is perceived as the embodiment of the ecstasy of Kṛṣṇa;
and even the exalted post of Lord Brahmā, Lord Indra, etc, fervently
sought after by the most elevated of the demigods, is seen as comparable to the
position of an insect - for those devotees who have been blessed with the
supreme fortune of receiving the merciful glance of the Supreme Lord
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. Ever do I sing the infinite glories of
that Supreme Lord Śrī Gaurasundara.”] [Caitanya-candrāmṛta,
5]
Kaivalyaṁ
narakāyate.
If one can get the taste of the gift of the dish that is distributed in
Navadwīpa, one can have a slight taste of that dish, then kaivalyaṁ
narakāyate, that permanent liberation, emancipation, that will seem to
him just like hell. Kaivalyaṁ, which has been so much praised,
admired in so many śāstra, that kaivalya mukti, eternal
emancipation from this exploiting world - world of exploitation. Trouble is the
tendency to exploit, that is the trouble found out by the experts of those
tastes. What is the trouble? The exploiting tendency, that forces us to connect
with the environment, and we’re to suffer severely from the reaction. So how to
successfully get out of the action reaction problem? That is the problem
of the whole scholars of the previous age.
So here Prabodhānanda Sarasvatī, a
disciple of Mahāprabhu, who came from the south, who was uncle of
Gopāla Bhaṭṭa Goswāmī - Kaivalyaṁ
narakāyate. “Oh, you talk so much of we’re kaivalya, that we’ll
never have any possibility of coming into connection with the exploiting
tendency, what of reaction. That is like a hell to us, to those that come to
Śrī Gaurāṅga Deva’s lotus feet.
Tridaśapūrākāśa-puṣpāyate. Sometimes you
talk of so much of the heaven. That is just like, ākāśa- puṣpa
means that...
Devotee: Flower in the
air?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Some illusory conception that flower may be produced
by the sky. That is the most negligible type of imagination, concoction, your
heaven. Your heaven is just flower in the sky. That is impossible something. Kaivalyaṁ
narakāyate tridaśapūrākāśa-puṣpāyate.
Durddāntendriya-kāla-sarpa-paṭalī
protkhāta-daṁṣṭrāyate. You feel much
difficulty about your senses, that they became master of you, and force you
against your will to many misdeeds. Durddāntendriya-kāla- sarpa-paṭalī.
Like so many serpents that cannot be controlled. So many senses, your senses
means so many poisonous, venomous serpents, and they’re running here and there.
And in reaction the poison is coming and making you to suffer. But don’t be
afraid. Protkhāta-daṁṣṭrāyate. Their
venomous teeth have been taken out. From the serpent, the teeth of their venom
has been removed. The indriya will play like that, all your senses will
play like so many serpents whose teeth of venom has been removed. So no
apprehension from them.
kaivalyaṁ
narakāyate tridaśapūrākāśa-puṣpāyate
durddāntendriya-kāla-sarpa-paṭalī
protkhāta-daṁṣṭrāyate
Viśvaṁ
pūrṇa-sukhāyate. Whatever you will see or hear or touch, the whole
environment will only carry waves of happiness to you. Every incident will
carry some good news to you. All the waves from outside they will carry only
good news to you. Viśvaṁ pūrṇa-sukhāyate.
Vidhi-mahendrādiś
ca kīṭāyate. And are you afraid of the Brahmā the creator,
the Mahādeva the wholesale destroyer of the world? Are you afraid of them?
They will be to you just like an insect or worm. Their power, their authority
against you will not be of any use. Ha, ha. They’ll be just like a worm to you.
Your position will be unassailable if you get yat kāruṇya-kaṭākṣa-vaibhava,
if you get kāruṇya-kaṭākṣa- vaibhava.
Mahāprabhu is very benevolent, magnanimous. His kaṭākṣa
means His glance, and only a ray of that glance if you get, if you can
achieve, a point of ray of the glance of that magnanimous Lord Gaurāṅga,
then you’ll get such position in the world.
This is described by Prabodhānanda
Sarasvatī Prabhu. Gaurāṅga is such, what to speak, no trouble
all joy, all ecstatic joy, and no problem. And the dayā, His mercy,
is of such type. All difficulties will be far, far away, won’t be able to touch
you, you’ll be in the throne of ecstatic joy. No room for any complaint, you’re
in the normal position. All more or less suffering from abnormal stage,
influence of abnormal stage. How can they venture to approach you? You’re in
the so high degree of normality, normal existence to the extreme you have
attained. So more or less all outside is abnormal. How can they venture to
approach against you? You’re quite in the highest, normal position. You have
got full surrendering spirit into Kṛṣṇa consciousness,
Rādhā-Govinda, Mahāprabhu. Need not care for anything in this
world, no apprehension. Such is the thing we’re to conceive and we’re to have.
And what value, what price we have secured, how much attention we can collect
to go? What passage we have collected to go to that land? Only visa means grace
of that land. How much grace I have collected from the persons that come from
there to here? Collected some grace, favour, their favour, of the agents of the
land. Sādhu kṛpa, sādhu saṅga, bhakta kṛpa
83.11.23.B
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...of that land, and it must have to come from
there. Anyhow it must have to come from that plane, to here. And that will be
accumulated, and with the help of that we’ll be led there. So sādhu saṅga,
śāstra saṅga. All right reserved. So Kṛṣṇa
bhakta, that is our solace, our consolation. Anyhow if we meet them, to
satisfy them, through them to know how to
satisfy Kṛṣṇa, Vṛndāvana, Rādhārāṇī,
all these things, that land, that Navadwīpa. Navadwīpa also in that
layer Navadwīpa and Vṛndāvana. One within the party, another
distribution to the outside. Some are more addicted towards the internal
dealings, and some are more addicted when it’s being distributed to the public
- that is Navadwīpa. And there is another group who bears same sympathy, common
sympathy to this side and that side also.
Just as in Vṛndāvana
also, three kinds. One group especially interested to Kṛṣṇa,
another to Rādhārāṇī, and there’s a particular group
who keeps the balance, this side, that side, both. Lalitā with her maids,
she exclusively supports Rādhārāṇī, she does not like
to hear anything right or wrong. Whatever the Rādhārāṇī’s
side she must hold up under any condition. No rhyme or reason she will care to
listen. There are others also towards, they’re always supporting Kṛṣṇa
in all sorts of dealings. And there are mediators also. Viśākhā
inclined towards holding middle position, doing some
sort of justice to Kṛṣṇa, partially. In this way
Yogamāyā, the potency of Baladeva, They’re arranging the līlā
of Kṛṣṇa. We’re told. And if we’re attracted by the
internal charm of such things, then gradually we may hope to enter into that
plane one day in future. Ruci, taste, laulyam api mūlyam ekalaṁ.
[kṛṣṇa-bhakti-rasa-bhāvitā
matiḥ, kriyatāṁ yadi kuto 'pi labhyate
tatra laulyam api mūlyam ekalaṁ, janma-koṭi-sukṛtair
na labhyate]
[“Pure
devotional service to Kṛṣṇa cannot be obtained by performing
pious activities even for millions of births. It can be purchased only by
paying one price: intense eagerness. Wherever it is available, one must
purchase it immediately.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 8.70]
The only
passage money is our sincere inclination, heart’s natural flow, taste, that is
the passage money, nothing else, our sincere earnestness. Sincere earnestness
to get that thing, that is the only price we’re to pay, then entrance is easy
there. Laulyam api mūlyam ekalaṁ, janma-koṭi-sukṛtair
na labhyate. Not that your good deeds that you have acquired in your
previous innumerable births, that’s not to be accountable. Only recognition of
the sincere earnestness within you. That is they want you, not anything of your
resources. The very gist of your ego they want, that is their demand. And that
plane is built up with that material, the most sincere part of the heart. That
is the material by which that domain has been created, if we’re to say like that.
It is eternal, but it’s with that substance. So back to home means whose home?
The home of your eternal, inner self, home is there. Outwardly, karma strestha
ajnana ________ [?] Externally by our so many demands of the senses we’re being
carried forcibly to this direction, that direction, they’re dragging us there.
But we’re to find out our innermost existence, and that is the member of Vṛndāvana.
Heart of the heart.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
The
commodities there of such type. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari. Gaura
Hari. Gaura Hari. The rasa līlā is finished recently, rasa,
ecstasy, joy. But what do you understand about rasa, sweetness? Rasa,
sweetness, rasa, beauty for the eye, sweetness for the tongue, in this
way, softness for the touch. But all common, you may say anything, sweetness,
beauty, rasa,rājūjya. And extensively that is dealt
with. Just as in a festival we make arrangement for lavish dishes, tasteful
dishes lavishly in a festival. So also in the rasa in the common plane
that rasa has been displayed by Kṛṣṇa. In a general
way mādhurya rasa has been dealt with, rasa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
We’re told,
some hundred or two hundred years back, suddenly one afternoon there was some
sound of flute of Ksna, some afternoon. A peculiar sweet sound rang. And we’re
told, we do not know for certain, only it’s coming down through the persons,
that all began to run towards Yamunā automatically. From the cows, from
the calves, from the men, women, all running towards the sound, madly. They say
sometimes that sweet flute sang in such a peculiar way, that knowingly or
unknowingly, all animation is running madly towards Yamunā. They of course
went there, could not find anything, and gradually they’re calmed and came back
to home.
So what
degree of sweetness in the sound? It is impossible for us from our plane. Our
eye can see a particular degree of light. If light is very high our eye can’t
see, we see darkness. Sound also like that, a particular stage of sound our ear
can - not less, not more. High degree sound, ear cannot catch. So another ear
necessary.
So we’ll
faint there. Swāmī Mahārāja told Acyutānanda.
Acyutānanda came, and Swāmī Mahārāja and myself we had
some talk. And Acyutānanda going to that there, Swāmī
Mahārāja put up in that blue house. Acyutānanda asked, “What
talk you had with Śrīdhara Mahārāja?”
“But you will
faint, you won’t be able to understand.”
So faint,
can’t catch, we’ll faint there. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Degree of
sweetness, or degree of beauty, only relatively a particular stage may be known
to us, given, so we may taste. But higher degree we can’t receive. That is our
condition. But if we’re given,
[na tu māṁ śakyase draṣṭum,
anenaiva sva-cakṣuṣā]
divyaṁ dadāmi te cakṣuḥ,
paśya me yogam aiśvaram
[“You will
not be able to see Me through your present eyes, and therefore I give you
supernatural vision by which to behold My almighty, supreme absolute power.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
11.8]
“I’m giving
you a new eye. See Me.”
And to Dhṛtarāṣṭra,
Kṛṣṇa told, “No, your blindness need not be removed. I say
you see Me, you’ll see. Though you’re blind you’ll be able to see Me. To see Me
it does not require any fleshy eye, it’s transcending that.”
A peculiar
thing. Dhṛtarāṣṭra wanted, “For the time being remove my
blindness so I can see You.”
Kṛṣṇa
replied, “No blindness to be removed to see Me. Remaining blind you’ll be able
to see Me. Only I say you see Me, you’ll see Me.”
What is the
conception, eh? So many, Nārada, Bhīṣma, Droṇa, they’re
praising the beauty and the noble appearance of the Lord. And hearing that Dhṛtarāṣṭra
appealed, “I’m astounded to find that those great personages they’re seeing You
in some colour or figure that they’re charmed and they’re praising in such a
way. For the time being please remove my blindness so I can see. Again You make
me blind.”
“No, no,
blindness not required to be removed. I say you see Me, you’ll be able to see.”
What type of
vision? Of course Dhṛtarāṣṭra saw as a man with eye can
see, he could see that.
So come in
touch with that potency, or the holder, possessor of that potency.
Icchā mayi, icchā śakti, meli kṛṣṇa. [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 20.252-257]
Kṛṣṇa,
Vāsudeva, Balarāma, of different functions of the same Entity. But Kṛṣṇa’s
conception, He controls the icchā deva desire, icchā
śakti. Everything For Himself, to satisfy Him. No other function, no
other power, no delegated power necessary for Him, only guidance. He’s the
Master of guidance, suggestion. “I want this, I want this.” And there are
others, they’re to supply. The Master of that desirability, or suggestion, or
guidance, He’s Kṛṣṇa. Whatever He wants, He desires, that
comes to be effected, icchā śakti.
And how to
please, that is at the control of Rādhārāṇī, hlādinī.
How to supply fulfilment, hlādinī, that is with Her. And other
internal arrangements, that is with Baladeva, a supply officer, making
arrangement for all this. Three principal, this trinity, these first three
principals of the world, thinking, feeling, willing. Jñāna, bala,
krīya, ca.
Kṛṣṇa.
Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura
Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Gaura Hari.
Nitāi Gaura Hari. Nitāi Gaura Hari.
Big words to
pronounce. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Surrender, surrender, surrender. Śaraṇāgati,
śaraṇāgati, for Them. Degree of self surrender, degree
of self surrender, that is the price, self surrender towards the principal.
That is the only - not to fight as a matter of right. Though, still some
devotees they say like that, assert like that. “It is my right.” Ha, ha, ha.
In Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindu
there is a śloka. I don’t remember the śloka but the
purport is like this.
One devotee
he’s making assertion, “That to serve You it’s my duty. Kṛṣṇa,
to serve You, it is my duty. If Baladeva, Lakṣmī, any other devotees
they come to serve You, I shall remove them forcibly. I shall say to them, ‘No,
I’m the servant. My duty is to serve. I won’t allow You to serve Him.’
In a
challenging mood, outwardly, “Lakṣmī Devī she can serve higher.
Baladeva and others They can also render higher services, higher type.” But he
says, “I won’t allow Them to serve. It’s my right to serve You. I shall do it
direct. I won’t allow Them.”
In
Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindu when it was being prepared here, then
another of my Godbrothers, Rāma Gopāla Bābū, coming to this
śloka he was perplexed. “The devotee, he must not have so much
pride that he can render service eliminating those higher servitors. This is an
egoistic statement.”
How? Then he
read it and found out and told, “Here the attitude is some other. He says that
Lakṣmī, Baladeva, or other devotees, I’m servant of Them also. In my
presence I won’t allow those masters to render service to You. They must take
Their stand along with You and alone I shall serve all of Them. They’re also my
master. Baladeva, Lakṣmī Devī, in my presence why They will
serve You? I’ll be here, I shall do everything. And They will take position by
Your side and They will render my service?” That is the spirit here. “I’m the
servant and They’re masters. Your closer servants They’re all masters. I can’t
allow Them to serve You. I shall do the whole thing. And along with You They
will - must receive my service.” That is the spirit. “I’m servant of the
servant, of the servant of the servant of the servant. When I’m present I won’t
allow anybody to serve You. I shall do it myself. And They’re also my masters.
They must sit and accept my service.” Ha, ha. In this way.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Nitāi
Gaura Hari. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
The existence
of the purest type. Surrender. Not to family, not to village, not to country,
not to nation. All extended selfishness. To the whole, to the whole of the
whole. The whole is in one part.
athavā bahunaitena, kiṁ jñātena
tavārjjuna / viṣṭabhyāham idaṁ kṛtsnam,
ekāṁśena sthito jagat
[“But Arjuna,
what is the need of your understanding this elaborate knowledge of My almighty
grandeur? By My fractional expansion as the Supreme Soul of material nature,
Mahā-Viṣṇu (Kāraṇārṇavaśāyī
Viṣṇu), I remain supporting this entire universe of moving and
stationary beings.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 10.42]
“I’m
enumerating, I’m here, I’m there, I’m so, I’m so, all these. What more I shall
speak to you Arjuna? The whole you can conceive is in My negligent part. In
nutshell I say to you. The conception of your infinite is in My negligent part,
I’m such.”
And at the
say time He says, “I’m everywhere, everything in Me. I’m nowhere, nothing in
Me. Try to understand My peculiar position. Impossible. I’m something
impossible. The contradiction, no contradiction in Me. The conception of your
contradiction, that is also a part in Me. Which is absurd in you, that is a
part in Me. I’m such. I’m above your absurdity.”
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
“So don’t
keep anything in your hand. Empty handed clearly surrender. What I am, or
whatever I shall try to make you know, you will know that. You remain satisfied
there. Don’t go to form any estimation before your gain. Don’t go to give any
program to Me, don’t try, don’t make any program beforehand, you’ll be loser.
Whatever you’ll ask that will be beneath the degree of your own goodness.
Whatever your tiny brain can conceive as the Absolute Good to you, that will be
very, very small. So surrender, surrender to Me and you’ll be benefited there.”
Gaura Hari.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
No assertion.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Nitāi
Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
bhaja gaurāṅga, kaha gaurāṅga
laha gauranger nāma,
yei jana gaurāṅga bhaje sei amāra
prāna.
[“Worship
Gaurāṅga, speak of Gaurāṅga, chant Gaurāṅga’s
Name. Whoever worships Śrī Gaurāṅga is My life and soul.
Come straight to the campaign of Śrī Caitanya and you will safely
attain Vṛndāvana.”]
To come
through Gaurāṅga, to come to Gaurāṅga, means to be
qualified in this way, He’ll couch you in this way. The camp of Gaurāṅga,
it is Both parties combined, They know well what is necessary, the best,
Gaurāṅga.
[tabe hāsi’ tāṅre prabhu dekhāila
svarūpa] ‘rasa-rāja’, ‘mahābhāva’ — dui eka rūpa
[“Lord
Śrī Kṛṣṇa is the reservoir of all pleasure, and
Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī is the
personification of ecstatic love of Godhead. These two forms had combined as
one in Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu. This being the case, Lord
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu revealed His real form to
Rāmānanda Rāya.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 8.282]
I’ve got much
attraction for Godāvarī, and Rāya Rāmānanda saṁvāda.
From the beginning to the highest, the whole possible surveying of the whole
spiritual life is there, is given vent there. Beginning from varṇāśrama,
beginning from ordinary theistic life, step by step to the highest attainment.
And Mahāprabhu had to show who He was clearly there. Rasa-rāja,
mahābhāva. And we never find anywhere that He showed Himself in
that way, the combination of Two, only He disclosed to Rāya
Rāmānanda. And never in His līlā in any other place
we find that. And that also most reluctantly He had to show who was He. The
pressure came from Rāmānanda Rāya, Viśākhā
Sakhī.
“When You
have come to grace this fallen soul, what is this Prabhu? You are dealing so
miserly with me. It does not behove You. You’ll be so much miserly to me. You
Yourself have come to this place to deliver me, it does not behove that You’ll
deceive me.”
Mahāprabhu could not stand before his earnest heartfelt appeal. He
had to come out clearly, “I’m such and such.” And Rāmānanda fainted,
could not stand. Rāmānanda could not stand - fainted. Then He touched
him and took him to his previous stage of consciousness. Rāmānanda
found that sannyāsī standing. And what drama was shown and
finished. A very peculiar place, Godāvarī. Rāya
Rāmānanda saṁvāda.
Sarga digni gana ganendra vinite godavari gata ke
Sri caintanya mahaprabhu pada yugam bhakta caitanya
sambavo
Sri siddhanta sarsavatiti gaura dine radhe gauri
rasamyaka [?]
In such and
such time, worshipped by Rāya Rāmānanda, the Divine Feet of
Mahāprabhu was decorated here, shown here. And in such and such date the
leader of the Gauḍīya, the Ācārya of the Gauḍīya,
he’s putting these footprints in stone, and making arrangement for worshipping
that. It is mentioned therein.
Gaura Hari.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Godāvarī, that gosthpada kṣetra.
Gosthpada, there is a fashion that in that shore, in the bank of that
Godāvarī river, sometimes by the current it comes breaking the bank.
But a peculiar type of holes, just as the footprints of the cows, that is
always, that will always remain there. The soil is such that some holes, just
like the footprints of cows is seen there. So gosthpada kṣetra the name, go.
And Kṛṣṇa
has much connection with go. Ha, ha. Go indriya, go veda,
then go in that cow. Govinda, that the Master of senses. If we try to
look attentively in the function of all our senses, then we can see that
they’re meant for Him only. He’s the Master of all our senses. Govinda. Go means
indriya. If we look carefully to the function of the indriya,
then we must find that it carries us towards Him. He can satisfy. They’re meant
to satisfy Him only. And go means śruti, Veda, vedaiś
ca sarvair aham eva vedyo.
[sarvasya cāhaṁ hṛdi sanniviṣṭho,
mattaḥ smṛtir jñānam apohanaṁ ca
vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyo, vedānta-kṛd
veda-vid eva cāham]
[“I am
situated (as the Supersoul) within the heart of all souls, and from Me arises
the soul’s remembrance, knowledge, and the dissipation of both (according to
his karma, or action in the mundane plane). I am the exclusive knowable
(ecstatic) principle of all the Vedas. I am the author of the Vedānta
- Vedavyāsa, the expounder of the knowable meaning of the Vedas.
And certainly I am the knower of the purport of the Vedas.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
15.15]
If we can
notice into the inner meaning of the scriptures then we can also see that it’s
going towards Kṛṣṇa, Govinda. And the go in Vṛndāvana,
śanta rasa, the innocent, all benefiting temperament animals that
have finished their previous karma. And they’re created only for the
benefit of the society, of the world. There is also Kṛṣṇa,
all Kṛṣṇa dedication. The highest species of dedication in
the animal kingdom.
________________ [?] There is - then they’re released
from their karma, again the soul will have to begin. The soul in
transmigration, last species he reaches to cow section. They’re of less demand,
and more giving, and their gift also towards the Deities, to the children, such
holy contribution from that species. And they’re satisfied with some grass or
anything, some small reward, and more giving. In the animal type that is
considered to be the highest stage, they’re released from their previous bad
action, in the last layer. Then again they’re to begin new life of karma in
human species, no more in the animal world.
Govardhana.
As was their species, go dhana, our Guru Mahārāja told, in
Śeṣaśāyī. I heard that Swāmī
Mahārāja mentioned that incident. Many of the sannyāsīs went
to see Śeṣaśāyī mandira, though Guru
Mahārāja himself announced that, “Today I shall speak something.” But
some did not go, I did not go, I attended his lecture. And I think
Swāmī Mahārāja also attended that lecture, did not go to
see some places of pilgrimage there, Śeṣaśāyī.
That day in
his lecture he told, “The Kṛṣṇa bhakta, the breeding,
is like that of the cows. Not much restriction, any place, every place, they
may talk about Kṛṣṇa. To spread Kṛṣṇa
consciousness not much formality is necessary. Only the spirit should be there,
sincere spirit. And external formality is not required very much there in that
in preaching Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Like the breeding of the
cow species.”
Gaura Hari
bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari
bol.
Gaura Hari
bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
āmi - eka bātula, tumi - dvitīya bātula
/ ataeva tomāya āmāya ha-i sama-tula
[Caitanya
Mahāprabhu then said, “Indeed, I am a madman, and you are also a madman.
Therefore we are on the same platform.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 8.291]
Mahāprabhu says to Sanātana [in this śloka - to
Rāmānanda Rāya], “What I talk to you that is a kind of mania, a
madness. But you are a type of madman, I’m also so. So you and Myself are of
same rank. Talking all these things, this delirium. What we say it is all
delirium to the public. So I’m also a madman and you’re also so. You are giving
attendance and I’m speaking. So all delirium. What value in the so called world
of reality these things have got?”
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari.
yad-anucarita-līlā-karṇa-pīyūṣa-vipruṭ-,
sakṛd-adana-vidhūta-dvandva-dharmāvinaṣṭāḥ
sapadi gṛha-kuṭumbaṁ dīnam utsṛjya
dīnā, bahava iha vihaṅgā bhikṣu-caryāṁ
caranti
[“The
transcendental līlā of Śrī Kṛṣṇa
is great nectar for the ears. Those who relish just a single drop of that
nectar even once have their attachment to material duality totally ruined. Many
such persons have immediately given up their futile homes and families and have
come to Vṛndāvana like a free bird out of a cage. Becoming totally
detached from their material life, those devotees have taken up the path of
renunciation and have accepted alms just to maintain their lives on this plane.
In this way they continue to search for Him, the all fulfilment of life.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.47.18]
Rādhārāṇī says to Uddhava. “What should We say
Uddhava to you? Your Master has got such a charm that coming in connection with
Him everyone becomes mad. Only a slight drop of His connection can make
everyone mad. Yad-anucarita. The least part of His life, least part, a
drop, of His activities or life, any connection can make everyone mad. Yad-anucarita-līlā-karṇa-pīyūṣa-vipruṭ.
If enters through the eye it’s like nectar of nectar. Karṇa-pīyūṣa-vipruṭ.
If given a smallest drop. Sakṛd-adana-vidhūta-dvandva-
dharmāvinaṣṭāḥ. If anyone has taken, has
swallowed only a drop, he’s finished. Dvandva-dharma. The good or bad,
heat or cold, or enemy and friend, or husband and wife, all ties at once
dissolved. Dvandva- dharmāvinaṣṭāḥ. Duality.
The love for duality, for any other, environment, friend, what we find in the
midst of, everything dissolved. Karṇa-pīyūṣa-vipruṭ-,
sakṛd-adana-vidhūta-dvandva-dharmāvinaṣṭāḥ.
Sapadi gṛha-kuṭumbaṁ
dīnam utsṛjya dīnā.
Then, what is the effect, consequence? They have no charm for anything else in
the world and environment. They leave, from the core of their heart,
everything. Gṛha- kuṭumbaṁ. Their friends, their
house, family, gṛha, no charm for anything else, leaves at once. Gṛha-
kuṭumbaṁ dīnam. They’re also very - think themselves very
poor, very helpless. But who cares for them? The wife, the father, the mother,
the son, the friends, they become very, very - considers themselves very
unfortunate and suffers, they have to suffer much. But this genuine who has got
the connection with Kṛṣṇa he does not care for them at all,
nothing. Gṛha-kuṭumbaṁ dīnam utsṛjya
dīnā, bahava iha vihaṅgā bhikṣu- caryāṁ
caranti. Just like the birds who have got no attraction for any particular
tree, only from this tree to that tree, that tree, that tree, in this way. So
he also without caring for any comfortable environment, from here, there, he
wanders in search of Him. Vihaṅgā bhikṣu-caryāṁ
caranti. A king, he’s giving up his throne, comes on the street and he
wants to live on begging. King comes to be a beggar. A scholar comes to be on
the street like a madman. So in this way, all the possession of this world
becomes trash to him and he comes out on the street as a beggar, madman. And
he’s hunting after Him, “Where shall I get that kind of taste once more?”
Mahāprabhu,
kāhāṅ mora prāna nātha
muralī-vadana, kāhāṅ karoṅ kāhāṅ
pāṅ vrajendra-nandana
[Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said: “Where is My beloved Kṛṣṇa?
I can’t tolerate His separation. Where is the Lord of My life, who is playing
His flute? What shall I do now? Where should I go to find the son of
Mahārāja Nanda?”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 2.15]
“Oh, My
friends, if you help Me, help in this way, you say where should I go, I shall
get that...
83.11.23.C_83.11.24.A
Śrīla Śrīdhara
Mahārāja: ... I can’t stand without Him, without
that taste. Oh, My friends, try to help Me, say what shall I do. I can’t remain
standing. I can’t live without Him, that is.”
Gaura Hari
bol. Gaura Hari bol. The hankering, that plane of hankering of our heart.
Within heart, within our consciousness, our soul, whatever we may say, the
inner plane is of such, searching. Search For Śrī Kṛṣṇa,
Reality The Beautiful. Athāto
brahma-jijñāsā in Vedānta.
The substance of the Veda collected, and Brahma-sūtrawas given by Vedavyāsa. And beginning athāto
brahma-jijñāsā, the most
relevant question of all of us is here, brahma-jijñāsā, search of the biggest. And that has come by
Mahāprabhu, Search for Kṛṣṇa. Jijñāsā, enquiry after the biggest, all-accommodating thing.
And here the Search for Kṛṣṇa, Reality the Beautiful. Kāhāṅ
Kṛṣṇa. The life is injected into that consciousness, brahma-jijñāsā, the heart is taking the main part.
“I can’t
stand without the object, the meaning of the Brahman, Who is the creator, Who
is the sustainer, Who is everything here, I can’t stand without Him.”
A living
thing of brahma-jijñāsā. That scholarly enquiry that what is the most basic,
fundamental plane where we stand, brahma-jijñāsā. Our heart’s hankering, what for we’re living,
highest fulfilment of our life. Not that scholarly enquiry where do we stand
here? What is the analytical value of the environment? Not such scholarly
investigation, but heart’s inner demand. What for I’m living here? Whom I’m
searching? Where is my fulfilment? In this way. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Gaurāṅga is here such.
kāhāṅ kṛṣṇa
prāna nātha vrajendra-nandana, kāhāṅ karoṅ
kāhāṅ pāṅ muralī-vadana
[Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said: “Where is My beloved Kṛṣṇa?
I can’t tolerate His separation. Where is the Lord of My life, who is playing
His flute? What shall I do now? Where should I go to find the son of
Mahārāja Nanda?”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 2.15]
kāhāre kahiba, kebā jāne mora duḥkha
/ vrajendra-nandana vinu phāṭe mora buka
[“To whom
should I speak? Who can understand My disappointment? Without the son of Nanda
Mahārāja, My heart is broken.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 2.16]
“My heart
wounding without having any touch.”
Gaura Hari
bol. I finish here today. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
Devotee: Jaya Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda
Paramahaṁsa Parivrājakācārya Aṣṭottara-śata
Śrī Śrīmad Bhakti Rakṣaka Śrīdhara Deva
Goswāmī Mahārāja kī jaya!
Devotees: Jaya!
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Śrīpāda Bhaktisiddhānta
Saraswatī Goswāmī Prabhupāda kī jaya!
...
This is not a
separate thing, this is included in the wholesale _______________ [?]
Muktir hitvān-yathā-rūpaṁ
svarūpeṇa vyavasthitiḥ [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
2.10.6]
Their
simplicity, or sincerity, that is the innate nature of us. And general progress
towards the truth, that will reveal our innate nature, and that nature is
sincere and simple. We’re now suffering from abnormal condition, we want to go
back to normal position, normal life. Back to home. So this is general
question, all- comprehensive, how we can make progress towards Kṛṣṇa?
Everything will come, no artificiality, that we shall acquire some particular
quality, and thereby we shall learn something special, it is not like that. The
general progress towards the truth, and that is effected by sādhu and
śāstra, by the general instruction. By the association of the
higher we can get out of our filth which we acquired in company of the abnormal
world of māyā, misunderstanding. The same thing,
misunderstanding will be cleared, and we shall go back to our simple and
sincere life where everyone is engaged cent per cent in the service of Kṛṣṇa.
Reality For Itself. And we shall harmonise, adjust ourselves to that plane of
activity. Common question, not to be dealt by any part. The wholesale progress
is necessary. One will help another, to take the Nāma. So it is
said, that only counting the beads that may not be effective. Sevonmukhe hi
jihvādau.
[ataḥ śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāmādi
na bhaved grāhyam indriyaiḥ
sevonmukhe hi jihvādau svayam eva sphuraty adaḥ]
[“Because the
name of Kṛṣṇa is identical with Kṛṣṇa
Himself, and on the absolute spiritual platform, Kṛṣṇa’s
name, form, qualities, and associates, cannot be appreciated by the material
senses. However, when one engages the tongue in chanting the Holy Names of the
Lord and tasting the remnants of the Lord’s food, Kṛṣṇa
gradually reveals Himself to the purified senses of that devotee.”]
[Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu,
Pūrva-vibhāga, 2.234]
That is to
use the tongue, to use the eye, to use the touch, whatever we’ve got we shall
take advantage of all of them. But the common thing, common capital of everyone
of them will be the sevonmukhatā, to acquire serving tendency. Die
to live, surrender, śaraṇāgati. There we can live. We’re
to dissolve ourselves into the most fundamental plane. And we’ve acquired so
many prejudices for provincial, separate interest, and those must be dissolved,
fully and finally. And then we shall find our soul is dancing in the wave of the
most fundamental. That is For Itself, For Himself, everything for Kṛṣṇa,
for His satisfaction. The whole is moving to create His satisfaction. That is
the universal movement, the dynamic characteristic of the most fundamental
plane. And our heart, our own self, must be a member, must find himself a
member of that plane. All acquired foreign tendencies should be dissolved. Sevonmukha.
What is the nature? That is the serving the universal cause. And to get out of
all provincialism, separate interests, in general. Then eye will be able to see
things properly, Kṛṣṇa consciousness, Kṛṣṇa
relationship. The hand will work for that, the leg will work for that,
everything, the sound will work for that. Whatever we’ve got, everything will
work for Kṛṣṇa consciousness, Kṛṣṇa’s
satisfaction. The wholesale dissolution of the ego, die to live, surrender.
Surrender to the interest, to the cause of Kṛṣṇa, for the
satisfaction of Kṛṣṇa. And dissolve all selfish aspiration
attempt. That is the general thing, wave, and that can be acquired,
[śrīmad-bhāgavatārthānām
āsvādo rasikaiḥ saha] sajātī-yāśye snigdhe
sādhau saṅgaḥ svato vare
[“One should
taste the meaning of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam in the association
of pure devotees, and one should associate with the devotees who are more
advanced than oneself and endowed with a similar type of affection for the
Lord. Those that are in our line, who have the same high spiritual aspirations
as we do, and who hold a superior position. To associate with such saintly
persons will help us the most to progress towards the ultimate goal.”] [Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindu,
1.2.91] & [Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā,
22.131]
With the
association of a saint who is in my line of thinking, and superior to myself,
to be associated. Association means that is to serve him, to work under his
direction, that is association. He’ll get the principal part, he’ll be master,
I’ll be servant. I’ll be instrumental to him, and he’ll work the instrument in
me. In this way. That aim, that fruit, the result, the product, belongs to Him,
and not to anyone. That is the main object of a devotee’s life, that Kṛṣṇa
alone is to enjoy. And if we can accept that and we can, not only theoretical
acceptance but practically if we can accept and mix up with that, then it is
all right.
Sevonmukhe hi jihvādau svayam eva sphuraty adaḥ. Then the Name will come of it’s own accord in me.
The sound representation of Him, the colour representation, figure
representation, touch representation, that will be in me, as in home, most
natural, my own, my beloved. In this way, everything we shall be able to look
at, and have as our most beloved, most desirable atmosphere, object,
everything. And that will also give us experience of sweetness, of beauty,
harmony, everything what is desirable, normal.
So one, and
that is to acquire serving attitude. Service means opposite to exploitation and
renunciation. Minus any movement, minus exploitation and renunciation, the
positive thing will be service. Not self centred activity, nor apathy to the
progress of the whole. So then that service that is to dive deep into the real
interest of the wholesale. Die to live. Throw yourself into fire, assess the
____________ [?] that will be reduced to ashes and the gold will remain in its
pristine glory. Sevā, what is sevā, work for Kṛṣṇa.
sarva-dharmān parityajya, mām ekaṁ
śaraṇaṁ vraja
[ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo, mokṣayiṣyāmi
mā śucaḥ]
[“Totally
abandoning all kinds of religion, surrender exclusively unto Me. I will
liberate you from all kinds of sins, so do not despair.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
18.66]
That
universal call, clarion call. “Give up all conceptions of your duties and come
to Me alone. And you’ll not have to repent.”
Devotee: _______________
[?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: No. That is the common thing, single thing. Sarva-dharma,
all concentrated, all the advices, teachings in Bhagavad-gītā,
concentrated in one śloka in the end.
Sarva-dharmān parityajya. “Give up all conceptions of duties in your life, and
come to Me alone. And I shall look after you. You won’t have to repent, you’ll
be amply paid.”
That is one
final call of Bhagavad-gītā by Kṛṣṇa.
“I’m
everything, what you cannot even conceive of. I’m so friendly to you, you
cannot think it properly now in your present position. I’m such an intimate
friend to you. An indispensable necessity you have with Me only, I’m such. The
whole world may be reduced to ashes, fire, but you do not lose anything.
Whatever you’re thinking is your own, all may be finished, crushed, reduced to
ashes, you’ll never lose anything. Your every engagement is with Me. Your only
requirement is in Me.”
That is His
call, that universal call, that graphic, comprehensive call. No side issue,
then general call.
Devotee: ___________ [?]
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. How am I to understand my connection with such a place as
called Venezuela and my duties towards the preaching...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That is hear-after, should be talked by - with the
consultation of Akṣayānanda Mahārāja, the particulars. But
general thing we’re to deal, and that law should be applied everywhere, in any
particular case. But my general interest must be kept intact, and how, that is
to be applied in particular cases. It will come under that. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
And one
gentleman came here a few months ago, he was busy to write a book of
comparative study in various conceptions of religion. Do you remember, anyone?
Devotee: Bhargava Prabhu?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Bhargava maybe. He was preparing to compile
different principles of different religions, and he had a strong mind to
publish a book with the comparative study of the principles of different
religions.
Ha, ha, ha. I
asked him, physician cure thyself. First try to know. Don’t lose your valuable
time, don’t waste. Know the truth first yourself, and whatever that truth will
ask you to do, you should do that. Don’t go to thrust, to push your mania into
him. Know the truth first, that is all important, valuable human birth, try to
know the truth, be established in truth. No urgent duty like that. Everything
should be accepted or non accepted according to that conception. Know thyself
first, and then try to give it to others. Otherwise without knowing you’ll
distribute something, this and that, an undesirable thing you will take trouble
to distribute to others. Know first what is truth, and then if you get the
inspiration, and then distribute the truth. So first know, to have then give,
have and give. Mahāprabhu says,
bhārata-bhūmite haila manuṣya-janma
yāra, janma sārthaka kari’ kara para-upakāra
[“One who has
taken his birth as a human being in the land of India should make his life
successful and work for the benefit of all other people [by preaching Nāma-saṅkīrtana,
the chanting of the Holy Name of Kṛṣṇa.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Ādi-līlā, 9.41]
Mahāprabhu is saying there, “You are fortunate enough to have a
birth in India. You have come to closer contact with the revealed truth, Kṛṣṇa
consciousness. So get success, get, try to acquire your realisation, and then
distribute that to others. Janma sārthaka kari. First you get your
fulfilment, and then try to fulfil others.” __________________ [?] One who does
not know anything, how he can make it known to others?
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Vidagdha Mādhava: Guru Mahārāja. Can you speak something
about the superiority of Vedic culture.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Superiority of Vedic culture. First, the question of
geography may come, eh?
In America,
what is the place where the position of highest civilisation can be located?
Either scientific, or about finance, there something must be selected to hold
the highest position, in finance, or in scientific knowledge.
Devotee: Oxford.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Oxford, in England.
Devotee: In America, what
is this, near Boston...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: But anyhow, anywhere. Then if other people say, “Why
Oxford should be the seat of highest culture? Why should we give recognition?
Why not my village?” If anyone asserts like that, what will be the answer?
Devotee: Because of the
people, because of the learned men.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Why the learned men will be there only? I’m not less
learned. Learned means in the scientific age those that cultivate about
science. And the Bible will say that those are atheists, uneducated
fellows. Who is well versed in the knowledge of Bible he’s the really
educated man. What do you say?
And educated
man is a religious man, and religion has got the importance over science. It
deals life eternal, and they’re only dealing with the phenomenal part of the
world , not the spiritual side.
Then what place
should be the highest in your consideration? Why it should be there, Oxford? Or
Cambridge _________ [?]
Devotee: You’ve lost us
again Mahārāja.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So, to say that how Vedic culture should be the
highest, why the revealed scriptures that came in India that should be
considered as the highest? And not that came in Arabia, that Koran, and
that Bible, and the Sikhs will say that Grantha Sahib given by
Nanak. Why?
First we’re
to accept with toleration that somewhere in the world it should be, without
being jealous about the position of the land. Then we shall come in comparison
of religious points and find out some criterion, common standard. What is
religion?
I’ve told
many times that gold is the standard between the international currency. The
dollar, the pound, the rupee, so many things, the standard is kept by the gold,
medium.
So we’re to
find first what should be the criterion of religion. Some say that clever
attempt in exploitation, that may be the highest, and to distribute them like a
king, that will be the highest. Buddhists, Śaṅkara, the reactionary,
they’ll say for those that appreciate renunciation, exploitation can never be
higher ideal.
karmaṇāṁ pariṇāmitvād,
ā-virincyād amaṅgalam [vipścin naśvaram paśyed,
adṛṣṭam api dṛṣṭa-vat]
[“An
intelligent person should see that any material activity is subject to constant
transformation and that even on the planet of Lord Brahmā there is thus
simply unhappiness. Indeed, a wise man can understand that just as all that he
has seen is temporary, similarly, all things within the universe have a
beginning and an end.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 11.19.18]
By amassing
energy under ones command and to distribute them to others, these are all
trifle things, all mortal things, so this cannot be the highest position in
life.
So
Brahmā, even the creator, he’s also in the relativity of birth and death,
he’s to suffer from reaction. What to speak of others created, animals or men.
Even the creator himself he’s in relativity with this mortal world, so he’s
also to suffer birth and death.
Then the next
section, that of renunciation. The Buddhists, the Śaṅkarites, they
say by renouncing everything and reducing us to some zero, that is dreamless
sleep, that samādhi, complete retirement from the environment, that
is the highest attainment. According to them, according to Buddhists the
dissolution of personality. And Śaṅkara also, dissolution of the
so-called personality, but there is one common mass of consciousness as the
cause of the whole, non differentiated, non specified. Anyhow renunciation has
been recommended to be the highest attainment.
Then a third
class they say exploitation and renunciation if both eliminated, a third plane
is there by which we can have our association with outside. And that is that of
service. I’m not exploiting anything, I’m not renouncing him also, I shall
serve him. This divine temperament. Whatever I shall be in the midst of I shall
look in the spirit of serving that. That is divine character. Not to exploit,
and nor to renounce, but I shall connect with anything and everything with the
spirit of service. And not only I shall see it part by part, but part of the
whole. One. In that way we’re led towards higher divine life, devotion. And it
may be found in Koran, Bible, to certain extent, partially.
According to the capacity of the local people the instalment has been given to
them.
But in India
from ancient time they have dedicated themselves more for the spiritual life
than this material life. And there specially that is a selected place of the
Lord. First I mentioned about geography. Why God has selected India? The
question will come, why God has selected India to be the place where the
fullest, the highest revelation, revealed truth, should be given down? Some
place must be chosen. India has been chosen, the most important place what
attracted God’s attention to give the fullest spiritual knowledge extended
here. We’re not to envy, not to be jealous of the yoga field position, but we
shall be eager wherever it is we must try to have that. With this spirit we’re
to approach the Vedic culture. Veda has dealt with spiritual life to the
extreme, and of different stages.
That’s why
once Max Muller told, “The India in her Upaniṣad has got so much
wealth that one drop may satisfy the whole of the world, but it won’t be
lessened thereby. So much nectar there is in the store of Upaniṣad in
India that the whole world will be satisfied only with one drop, and India
won’t lose anything. It is of such type nectar.” So this appreciation from a
foreign man, he could appreciate what is there.
So some part
in the globe, in the planet, must be selected, and India was selected, and here
we find the general life is for religion, for God, than this material
aspiration or development. So Vedic culture means Veda. Veda means
‘know.’ Veda, the literal meaning is ‘know.’ As I told about the praṇava,
oṁkāra, the very seed of the Veda is Oṁ. What is
the meaning of the Oṁ? “Yes.” Only in one word the Vedas say
“Yes.” Yes, know, enquire. What is ‘yes?’ Whatever your inner search that
exists. Everyone is searching something, happiness or pleasure, or ecstasy,
joy, something, the inner hankering. In one word says, ‘Yes. What you search
after that is really existing, search.’ The first word is this, this praṇava.
And then comes to Veda you will see this, that, this, these things by
gradation it will say. Whole thing contained there. So Vedic culture, vedaiś
ca sarvair aham eva vedyo.
[sarvasya cāhaṁ hṛdi sanniviṣṭho,
mattaḥ smṛtir jñānam apohanaṁ ca
vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyo, vedānta-kṛd
veda-vid eva cāham]
[“I am
situated (as the Supersoul) within the heart of all souls, and from Me arises
the soul’s remembrance, knowledge, and the dissipation of both (according to
his karma, or action in the mundane plane). I am the exclusive knowable
(ecstatic) principle of all the Vedas. I am the author of the Vedānta
- Vedavyāsa, the expounder of the knowable meaning of the Vedas.
And certainly I am the knower of the purport of the Vedas.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
15.15]
The misguided
people they’ve also come to interpret Veda, but they failed. Atheistic
people also came to Veda, but they could not enter into the real meaning
of the Veda. Śaṅkara was also a great exponent of the Vedic
culture, but he concluded in some spiritual zero, Brahman.
But only the
four Vaiṣṇava Schools, Śrī, Brahmā, Rudra, Sanaka,
they, submitting to the hierarchy, to the spiritual lineage, Ācārya paramparā,
they could find the real meaning. That by surrender we can come in connection
with the super subjective world. We’re subject, and everyone what we see that
is all within the objective world. But there is super subjective world which
can connect with me, with us, the gross type of subject. And that is finer
subject, that can come to us, but we cannot go there according to our own whim.
But if they want to take us in we can go. There is such a sphere of life, such
a plane of living, such a soil where so many jīva, so many souls
are engaged in service. Service of the centre, service of the Lord, of the
world, in this way.
Whatever
you’ll refer from your religious books, it can be pointed out in a part of the Veda.
It’s a general representation of all comprehensive religious conceptions. There
is a general saying, “What is not in Mahābhārata, that is not
in India.”
The Veda will
say, “Whatever is there in the world, everything in Me. I contain everything,
every class of thinkers, by gradation, accommodated in Me. And comparative
study from the lowest conception of spiritualism to the highest, I contain
there. By gradation you can get it.” Vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyo,
Bhagavad-gītā, [15.15] as a guide to Vedic culture generally
says, “The whole Veda attempts to know Me only. Kṛṣṇa
consciousness. The attempt of the Veda is only to show Me as Kṛṣṇa.
The origin of the whole is Myself.” Kṛṣṇa says in Bhagavad-gītā.
“This is the meaning of the Veda. Vedaiś ca sarvair aham eva vedyo.
How the Kṛṣṇa conception is the highest conception of
reality, it will come from Veda.”
And even
somewhere Veda says that, “We beg to be forgiven that we could not
clearly express that Kṛṣṇa conception is the highest
conception of reality.” In śrutisthal, in Bhāgavatam it
is mentioned, that the śruti, that is Veda mantra, they,
personified, they jointly say, give their statement that, “We could not clearly
express that the highest reality is You, Kṛṣṇa, in Your rasa
līlā. That this kind of rasa is the highest object of all
the souls in the world, we could not give it expressidly, clearly, to the
people. So we beg to be forgiven by You my Lord.”
This way, Kṛṣṇa
consciousness. Akhila-rasāmṛta-murtiḥ [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 8.142].
In a general
way if we approach, that we want to express the rasa, joy, ānandam,
pleasure, whatever you say, that thing, our inner hankering is for that. And
that in its fullest conception is in Kṛṣṇa. You gradually try
to find, make experiment, comparative study.
Devotee:
______________________________________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ____________________________ [?]
Vidagdha Mādhava: In the relativity of world religion can Jesus Christ
be considered a śaktyāveśa avatāra?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I don’t follow what he says.
Vidagdha Mādhava: Can Jesus Christ be considered a śaktyāveśa?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Can Jesus Christ - be considered - śaktyāveśa?
Yes, maybe, no harm.
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: No, not to laugh, a serious thing. I think
Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura has told like that, śaktyāveśa
avatāra, but śakti of different kind.
Paraśurāma, he was mainly śaktyāveśa
avatāra in India. Paraśurāma has got special power, śaktyāveśa,
to fight with the so-called atheist kṣatriya.
Vyāsadeva, he has special power, he also - about the dealings of
the revealed scriptures.
Pṛthu,
to show how to give the good administration to the people.
In this way
there were many who got special delegated power. Ordinary jīva but
the delegated power in him from the Supreme for particular function, and they
have done it successfully, there are many.
So Christ, no
doubt he got some special power in him to deal with that sort of religious
conception to the world, śaktyāveśa.
And I
consider personally that Swāmī Mahārāja he also got some
supernatural power to deal with such a graphic program in the foreign - what is
not expected by the general capacity of a human being. Some special power came
in him to make it possible. Śaktyāveśa Avatāra.
But that
inspiration, or that delegation, does not come in any and every man. The man
must have some capacity to a certain degree, then that delegation may come to
him. So he has got also his personal value at the same time, though,
mukam karoti vācālaṁ panghum
langhāyate girīm [yat kṛpā tam ahaṁ vande
śrī gurun dīna-tāranam]
[“I offer my
respectful obeisances unto Mādhava, Who is the Personification of
transcendental bliss. By His mercy, a blind man can see the stars in the sky, a
lame man can cross mountains, and a dumb man can speak eloquent words of
poetry.”] [Bhavārtha Dipikā, maṅgala stotram, 1]
It is
mentioned that His Divine Will can make a lame man to dance, and to cross the
mountain. And who is...
83.11.24.B_83.11.26.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The Supreme Power is endowed with such miraculous
capacity. But still in general we shall think that where that delegation comes
there must be some qualitative capacity, in general.
VidagdhaMādhava: Guru Mahārāja. One last, one other
question on Jesus Christ. In your book Search For Śrī Kṛṣṇa
you said that, “The foundation, the fundamental Vaiṣṇavism is
present in Jesus Christ in die to live, at least physically.” But Jesus Christ
would also repeatedly say, ‘I come only by the will of my father.’ And it seems
that his ego was also surrendered to the father. The ahaṅkāra,
the false ego, no separate interest. At least he expressed that many times.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: It is theism but not full-fledged. Christ preached
about theism but not full- fledged theism. That is our contention. Not
wholesale engagement of a soul with Godly service. Living a separate life, a
reverential mood towards God. Then praying for his material life, bread and
butter, and all these things. And also conception of God not very clear, hazy.
And then direct connection with Him, and to live with Him in wholesale
engagement is not recommended there. And also about the environment, the
animals and the trees they’re not endowed with any soul, you can eat them,
animal and other things. Their pains when we cut an animal for our food there
is some pain, some painful vibration, that has no recognition. So many things
there are. But still there is theism but not full-fledged, in short, theism not
full-fledged, partial representation of theism is there. That is our opinion,
conception.
VidagdhaMādhava: Yes. There are many misconceptions.
Devotee: Sometimes, can
we think, Gurudeva, that he, due to time, place and circumstance, in which he
was preaching, he could not give more than that?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So if we’re to consider the wider, and the oneness
of the high representation, then considering the position, that history and
geography, considering the temperament of the people, such inspiration was
allotted to them. Allotted in him to distribute. We’re not blaming him, but the
highest dispensation has made him medium of such spiritual truth considering
the historical and geographical position of those that were in that locality.
From the absolute standpoint we’re to look like that. Because the highest
dispensation is conscious of all the fact, of all the people, so they’re
sending different agents to different places and equipping them suitably for
the time and place of that locality. So it should be taken in that light, not
going to blame anyone, or to disregard anyone.
Devotee: So we should not
waste our time speculating about what he may have known or not known, and just
take what he did and know that.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: We should be guided by our inner tendency without
thinking much about the environment. Our own concern will be that first of
importance, that is one thing. And sometimes when as a preacher we’re to deal
with them, then we shall have to deal with them respectfully, not negligently.
A professor
should not disregard a primary teacher. If he knows that primary education he’s
imparting, but still the primary teachers they’ve got their necessity for the
society. And they may not be ignored totally and blamed for their job. They’re
trying to promote towards higher education in the beginning, so they’re all
friends. Friendly relation we shall maintain.
But when the
question will come, ‘so far, no further,’ then those points where we develop,
crossing their jurisdiction to higher, then we’re to put some questions which
may not be very palatable to them. Out of necessity we shall have to do, but we
should not relish that thing.
...
...within
seven days he’ll have to die from Takṣaka bite, snake bite. Then he again entered into samādhi
and tried to understand the circumstance what for that Parīkṣit
him in that way. Then he came out from his samādhi and told his
son, “He’s a very religious man, virtuous. Because he’ll have to take back my
merit so he has punished as a king. So he has not done anything wrong,
well-meaning, so you withdraw your curse.”
Then, “No, I
can’t, I won’t.”
He tried his
best to dissuade, but he did not withdraw the curse. Then, what to do, the muni
sent two of his disciples to Parīkṣit Mahārāja to
inform him that, “Such thing has happened, and he must be prepared, because
what the boy has said that will surely come to effect, he’s brahmajñā.”
Then
Parīkṣit Mahārāja, he was also repenting very much, “That
why I did such a wrong decision, I took? I insulted brāhmaṇa.
In natural course what it would have been, happened, that may take place. But
why I have done such? I have insulted brāhmaṇa directly. My
predecessors they used to honour the brāhmaṇas so much. And I
have done this wrong.” In this way he’s repenting too much. “Let my kingdom be
burned into ashes. This and that, I have done so.”
In this way
he was repenting, just at the time two brāhmaṇas sent by Śamīka
Ṛṣi reached him and
reported that such is the thing that has happened.
Then
Parīkṣit Mahārāja was satisfied. “Yes, as I’ve done I’ve
got the punishment, and it has been rightly done, this decision.” Then he made
arrangement. “I’ve only one week’s longevity.” So he had a house on the banks
of the Ganges and he moved there with all his attendants. And his son was
Janamejaya, and the responsibility of the management of the kingdom was given
on Janamejaya, and he retired there.
This news
reached all the corners of India, that the brāhmaṇa’s curse
is going to kill Parīkṣit Mahārāja who is such a virtuous
king. A religious minded king and did so much service to the brāhmaṇas,
he was going to die by the curse of a brāhmaṇa. So all the
leaders of different sections of the brāhmaṇic class they
came to console him and they attended that meeting. And there is a list, all
the leading scholars of the day, they came to join that meeting.
atrir vasiṣṭhaś
cyavanaḥ śaradvān, ariṣṭanemir bhṛgur aṅgirāś
ca
parāśaro gādhi-suto ’tha rāma, [utathya
indrapramadedhmavāhau]
[medhātithir devala
ārṣṭiṣeṇo, bhāradvājo gautamaḥ
pippalādaḥ
maitreya aurvaḥ kavaṣaḥ kumbhayonir], dvaipāyano
bhagavān nāradaś ca
[“From
different parts of the universe there arrived great sages like Atri, Cyavana,
Śaradvān, Ariṣṭanemi, Bhṛgu, Vasiṣṭha,
Parāśara, Viśvāmitra, Aṅgirā,
Paraśurāma, Utathya, Indrapramada, Idhmavāhu, Medhātithi,
Devala, Ārṣṭiṣeṇa, Bhāradvāja, Gautama,
Pippalāda, Maitreya, Aurva, Kavaṣa, Kumbhayoni, Dvaipāyana and
the great personality Nārada.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.19.9-10]
All came to console Mahārāja
Parīkṣit.
Devotee:
________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _____________ [?] In that assembly Parīkṣit
Mahārāja put the question to them.
“You all know
I’m going to die within a week by the curse of a brāhmaṇa boy
for my misdeed, in this and this way. Now only seven days left. How can I
utilise my energy in these seven days that I can achieve the best destination?
You advise me.”
Then they began to advise in their own way,
and there were so many differences between their recommendation.
Then Parīkṣit Mahārāja
told again that, “You please be unanimous in your verdict, otherwise I cannot
oblige all. Some say this, some say that, some say another, then whom I shall
accept? You please come to a common conclusion and ask me to do, I shall do
that.”
At this time the young man Śukadeva
entered the arena. Śukadeva coming, sixteen years old, well developed
body, no dress, naked. And thinking him a madman, so many persons, women and
young boys, casting this dust on him, and coming, following him. And
Śukadeva, no care for anything else he’s automatically coming, yadṛcchagati,
coming without any object. Perhaps directed by the divine will he’s coming that
side.
As soon as the Ṛṣis saw him they
all stood up, seeing such a venerable figure like Śukadeva. Seeing his
posing, his appearance, his gesture, posture, they all in honour stood up. And
then they proposed to Parīkṣit Mahārāja, “You are very,
very fortunate. This mahātmā we could not see him, we hear his
name but we couldn’t see him. But fortunately for you that he has come
suddenly, and we’re all eager to hear from him. You please put him in the
presidential chair and ask your questions, put your questions to him. And he’ll
answer, and all of us will hear with rapt attention what he says, this
boy, what he has got, he’s in such condition.” So it was done rightly.
Then Parīkṣit Mahārāja
put his question to Śukadeva. All hearing with rapt attention what the boy
says. Parīkṣit Mahārāja’s question was that, “I have got
these senses, my property, how can I use them to realise the highest goal of my
life?” That was his question. “What is the highest goal, how can I attain that?
And I’ve got only these things as my capital, how can I use my capital, the
senses, that I can achieve the highest goal of my life?”
Śrīmad-Bhāgavata is of twelve
cantos, the first canto finished, the second canto begins with Śukadeva’s
advice.
varīyān
eṣa te praśnaḥ, kṛto loka-hitaṁ nṛpa /
ātmavit-sammataḥ puṁsāṁ, śrotavyādiṣu
yaḥ paraḥ
[Śrī Śukadeva
Gosvāmī said: “My dear King, your question is glorious because it is
very beneficial to all kinds of people. The answer to this question is the
prime subject matter for hearing, and it is approved by all
transcendentalists.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 2.1.1]
“Oh Parīkṣit Mahārāja,
your question is a very laudable one. Why? That this is the general question of
all the public. Your question represents the whole questions of the public, all
souls, general characteristic. Kṛto loka-hitaṁ / ātmavit-sammataḥ.
Not only it is necessary for all, but the experts will also approve that it is
really a question, it is worthy question, not to satisfy the ordinary, ignorant
mass. But the exceptional scholars they will also approve that this is the question
that should be solved. The only question of everyone, the common question of
the whole creation, whole world, only one question. How we should utilise our
energy to work out, to achieve the highest end of our life. That should be the
only question in the world, and it is so. So it’s a very laudable question, and
I’m going to answer.”
śrotavyādīni
rājendra nṛṇāṁ santi sahasraśaḥ,
apaśyatām ātma-tattvaṁ gṛheṣu gṛha-medhinām
[Śukadeva Goswāmī said to
King Parīkṣit: “Those persons who are materially engrossed, being
blind to the knowledge of ultimate truth, have many subject matters for hearing
in human society, O Emperor.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
2.1.2]
“Oh king, you asked me that, ‘How can I
utilise my ears, what to attend by the ear, what to attend by the eye, what to
attend by the hand, how I can utilise my senses that I can go towards my
highest goal? That śrotavyādīni rājendra nṛṇāṁ
santi sahasraśaḥ. A man, a person, has got thousands of things
to attend, they’re always busy. You will see that everyone is always busy,
they’ve no want of direction, how, what to see, what to hear, what to do,
they’re all busy. Śrotavyādīni rājendra nṛṇāṁ
santi sahasraśaḥ.
Apaśyatām ātma-tattvaṁ. But who are
they who are always busy, very busy about nothing, who are they? Apaśyatām
ātma-tattvaṁ. Very busy for the treatment of the patient, but no
diagnosis. No diagnosis. Apaśyatām ātma-tattvaṁ.
They have not examined what is really necessary of their own. No diagnosis, but
very busy. This is this world.
Apaśyatām
ātma-tattvaṁ gṛheṣu gṛha-medhinām. They’re all
in a family life and engaged in their sense pleasure by mutual agreement.
nidrayā
hriyate naktaṁ, vyavāyena ca vā vayaḥ / [divā
cārthehayā rājan, kuṭumba-bharaṇena vā]
[“At night we see two things; either sleep
or playing with women (sex indulgence). And the day-time is spent either in
search of money or by serving the relatives.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
2.1.3]
The whole night they’re passing either in
sleep or in pleasure. And divā cārthehayā rājan, kuṭumba-
bharaṇena vā. And the whole daytime they’re using for where to
get money, and also kuṭumba, and how to maintain their relatives.
They’re busy daytime in this for money and for attending their own relatives,
and at night time, sleep and some pleasure seeking bliss.
[dehāpatya-kalatrādiṣv,
ātma-sainyeṣv asatsv api] teṣāṁ pramatto nidhanaṁ,
paśyann api na paśyati
[“Such persons complacently believe that
their nations, communities or families can protect them, unaware that all such
fallible soldiers will be destroyed in due course of time. In conclusion, one
should try to associate with persons who engage in devotional service
twenty-four hours a day.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
2.1.4]
“And they’re so busily engaged there,
they’ve no time to find that the death is coming nearby, everything will be
shattered, put to end. They overlook this, no time to, they’re ignoring the
great danger that is approaching day by day towards them. Nidhanaṁ,
paśyann api na paśyati.”
Then he says that, “You say that you’ve only
seven days time.” But I say this is enough.” Saptāhaṁ
jīvitāvadhiḥ [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
2.1.14] But that is enough. Varaṁ muhūrtaṁ viditaṁ,
ghaṭate.
kiṁ
pramattasya bahubhir, parokṣair hāyanair iha / [varaṁ
muhūrttaṁ viditaṁ, ghaṭate śreyase yataḥ]
[“Imperceptibly, many, many years pass
uselessly in the life of a person intoxicated by mundane pleasures. Better if
only for a moment he realises that he is losing valuable time, for he may thus
become serious to attain his eternal benefit.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
2.1.12]
Inattentive we may pass crores of
lives. Infinite number of lives we’re passing unattended, fruitless, no effect,
unproductive life we’re passing many, many lives, but not fruitful. But muhūrttaṁ
viditaṁ, if properly understood, only a moment we can utilise
ourselves, that is enough for our highest realisation. Kiṁ pramattasya
bahubhir, parokṣair hāyanair iha. Ignored life, bahubhir,
life after life, many lives we may live, so no question of time. Only the
question of attention to the proper.
Devotee: Attention of?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Attention to the proper point. Varaṁ
muhūrttaṁ viditaṁ. Properly understood one moment is
sufficient to help our - going to destination, our fulfilment, muhūrttaṁ
viditaṁ. In this way I told,
khaṭvāṅgo
nāma rājarṣir, [jñātveyattām ihāyuṣaḥ
/ muhūrtāt sarvvam utsṛjya, gatavān abhayaṁ harim]
[“The saintly King Khaṭvāṅga,
after being informed that the duration of his life would be only a moment more,
at once freed himself from all material activities and took shelter of the
supreme safety, the Personality of Godhead.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
2.1.13]
There was one king named Khaṭvāṅga,
only in one moment he achieved his fulfilment in life. There was one King Khaṭvāṅga,
he was invited by the [demi] gods to help them in their fight with the demons,
and he did successfully.
After that the gods asked him, “You take
some boon from us. You have done some valuable service. We’re eager to give
something in return.”
Then he told, “If you want to give
something, you give my salvation.”
“No, salvation will come - that is only
reserved for Nārāyaṇa, He can give. We can’t do.”
“Then, what can you do for me? Can you say
how long I shall live?”
“Only one moment.”
“Is it?”
“Yes. Be assured, only one moment left.”
“Then you all go away.”
That one moment he engaged exclusively in
the devotion of Nārāyaṇa and got salvation. So this is a
precedent, one moment is sufficient. But unmindful time, that is crores of
births may pass away without producing any good result.
“So seven days time you have got, it is
enough. Don’t repent for that. Now what I say you hear.”
In this way he began to chant the ślokas
of Bhāgavatam, winding up all the existing different schools of
religious section to devotion. The devotion is everything. In our dealing with
the superior, devotion, surrender, sacrifice, that is what is really necessary
for us.
In this case I want to quote one expression
from one Mr. Hegel, German philosopher. He says that, “Reality must be By
Itself and For Itself.” The Reality, the Absolute Cause of the whole world must
have these two qualifications. What are they? By Itself, and He’s His own
cause, nothing has produced Him. If anything had produced Him, then the
producer that will be more important. Do you follow?
Devotee: ____________
[?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The reality, vāstava-vastu [27:50 -
28:43 ?]
Whatever process you follow, but this main
principle you must have to attend and to acknowledge, that everything for Him,
to satisfy Him. [28:57 - 29:27 ?]
Wherever you are you must have to admit
this, that everything is for Him, to satisfy Him.
Tine lilamaya, para tattva tine lilamaya. It
is His play, and we’re so many constituent parts to satisfy Him. Gītā
__________ [?]
ahaṁ hi
sarva-yajñānāṁ, bhoktā ca prabhur eva ca / [na tu mām
abhijānanti, tattvenātaś cyavanti te]
[“Because I alone am the enjoyer and
rewarder of all sacrifices. But since they cannot know Me in this way, they
again undergo birth, disease, infirmity, and death.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
9.24]
There are so many sacrifices, but sacrifice
for whom? Who is the recipient? [30:10 - 31:24 ?]
Upaniṣad, general
question ________ [?] the only question, common question for the whole.
Vedānta _________ [?] athāto
brahma-jijñāsā, Upaniṣad ________ [?] What is brahma-jijñāsā?
yasmin
vijñāte sarvam evam vijñātam bhavati
yasmin
prāpte sarvam idam prāptam bhavati
[“By knowing
Him, everything is known - by getting Him, everything is gained.”]
If we can understand that, I shall
understand everything. If I can get that I shall get everything.
Upaniṣad, Indian Vedic
culture ____________ [?] What is this? Enquire after such a truth, by knowing
which you will know everything. And by getting which you will get everything.
______ [?]
yasmin
vijñāte sarvam evam vijñātam bhavati
yasmin
prāpte sarvam idam prāptam bhavati
Tad viddhi jnasasa tad eva brahma [?] It is
general enquiry, it is the problem. [32:35 - 32:44 ?]
“Is it possible? It is impossible. If I know
one everything known, if I get one everything is got. This is a madman’s
delirious statement.”
“But no, it is the truth. Upaniṣad
_______ [?], Vedānta says athāto brahma-jijñāsā.
______________ [?] The gist of all the Veda, Upaniṣad, represented
by Vedavyāsa as Vedānta śāstra, sūtra. What is
the beginning? Athāto brahma-jijñāsā. Atha, after
this, considering all the things, past, present and future, we have come to
this conclusion that brahma-jijñāsā, the enquiry after the
greatest thing, the Absolute, that is necessary for our life, for our own
interest, where we are. What is our duty to the environment? All these things
are necessary for our own useful life. Athāto brahma-jijñāsā.
Why?
yato vā
imāni bhūtāni jāyante, yena jātāni jīvanti
yat prayanty
abhiṣamviśanti, [tad brahma tad vijijñāsa]
[“The Supreme Brahman is the origin and
shelter of all living beings. When there is creation, He brings them forth from
their original state, and at the time of annihilation, He devours them. After
creation, everything rests in His omnipotence, and after annihilation,
everything again returns to rest in Him.”]
[Taittirīya-Upaniṣad, 3.1]
From whom we have come, where we stay, and
where we shall enter after this life? [34:25 - 34:50]
A child of a particular soil - what is that
soil? Brahma-jijñāsā. Athāto brahma-jijñāsā.
___________ [?]
In Bhāgavata we get an example,
helping to understand this principle.
yathā
taror mula niṣecanena, tṛpyanti tat-skandha
bhujopaśākhāḥ
prānopahārāc
ca yathendriyānāṁ, tathaiva sarvārhaṇam
acyutejyā
[“Just as if you pour water onto the root of
a tree, the whole tree is fed, and just as when you supply food to the stomach,
the whole body is fed, so if you can gain knowledge of the prime cause,
Brahman, then you can know anything and everything.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
4.31.14]
“Just as if we pour water into the root of
the tree, the whole tree is fed. If we put food into the stomach, whole body is
fed. So if we serve Acyuta, Nārāyaṇa, everything is served.
This very apt example.
[35:44 - 35:55
?] The centre of the whole world is Acyuta, Nārāyaṇa. If we do
our duty to Him.
Yasmin tuṣṭe
jagat tuṣṭam priṇite priṇito jagat. If He’s
satisfied everything is satisfied.
As we find in the case of Draupadī,
when Pāṇḍavas they’re in their life of banishment. Duryodhana
anyhow managed to seduce Durvāsā. After Draupadī’s meal, his
eating is finished, he will be their guest with ten thousand disciples. And
Durvāsā did that, and then he became guest to Mahārāja
Yudhiṣṭhira when he was in jungle.
They managed, so many guests used to come,
so anyhow with the help of Sūrya, sun, they managed to get one cooking
pot. That until Draupadī takes her food, any number of persons may come,
and the pot will be able to supply them with sufficient food. But after
Draupadī finished her meal then none will be fed that day. But
Durvāsā, instigated by Duryodhana to catch the Pāṇḍavas
to finish his enemies he came.
And then Draupadī was in great
disturbed mind, what to do. Then Draupadī began to call for Kṛṣṇa
sakhā. “Oh my friend, save Your Pāṇḍavas in this
great danger, or today they’ll all be finished.”
Suddenly Kṛṣṇa appeared.
“Draupadī, I’m too much hungry.”
And Draupadī began to weep. “Only for
food I’m in trouble and I’ve invited You my friend. Save me from the scarcity
of food.”
“No, no, I’m too much hungry. You please see
if anything is there in the pot.”
Then repeatedly requested Draupadī went
to see and found one piece of vegetable leaf is there.
“Oh, give Me that, give Me.” He took it. “Sthito
smi” He told.
All concerned well fed. And
Durvāsā and his disciples they went to the river to take their bath
and will return and be guest to Pāṇḍavas to be fed in a very
palatable way. They suddenly found their whole belly is filled up, they can’t
eat anything else.
“What to do? If we go back there, the
Pāṇḍavas they must have arranged something. And Bhīma
he’s a very troublesome man, he’ll disturb us if we don’t eat anything. So what
to do, go away from here.”
Durvāsā
________________________ [?]
Kṛṣṇa told, taking the
little particle of that leaf, “Sthito smi.” And all were satisfied,
belly full.
So the prime cause is such, that if we know
Him everything is known, if we serve Him everything is served. And Bhāgavatam
also says.
bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś,
chidyante sarva-saṁśayāḥ / kṣīyante cāsya
karmāṇi, mayi dṛṣṭe 'khilātmani
[“The knot in the heart is pierced, all
misgivings are cut to pieces and the chain of fruitive actions is terminated
when I am seen as the Supreme Personality of Godhead.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.20.30]
The Lord says, “I’m such. Bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś.
All the hankerings, your heart is sealed, and break out that seal. If you come
to attend Me, your heart is sealed and that seal will be broken. And the
natural flow will come and that will be able to recognise the soil outside, of
its own plane. Your inner, automatic taste, when that will come out from your
broken sealed heart, that will find for its own plane. That is the plane of
Mine where I’m found.
Chidyante
sarva-saṁśayāḥ. All your doubts will be cleared. This is one
peculiar thing. Is it possible, all doubts will be cleared? Yasmin
vijñāte sarvam evam vijñātam bhavati. If we can know Him
everything is known. All doubts cleared. How will it be effected? Your natural
flow from your heart, your ruci, your taste, that will come and select
the similar friendly plane outside, that this is my own. This is all foreign
things, and this is my home. The inner flow of the heart, ruci, not yukti,
nor reason, but ruci can give you satisfaction.
Rāmānanda-saṁvāda,
Mahāprabhu questions and Rāmānanda answering, Mahāprabhu
questioning.
“What is our object of life, go on, and how
to attain?”
Rāmānanda answered.
“This is “bāhya, eho bāhya, eho
bāhya.”
“Jñāna śūnya bhakti.”
“Yes, it is. Go further.”
Jñāna
śūnya bhakti, it’s a peculiar thing, devoid of jñāna. Bhakti
means submission, devotion, jñāna śūnya,
unintelligible.
83.11.26.B_83.11.27.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: A natural flow of devotion, not based on any
calculation, any reasoning, a natural flow towards the Absolute.
Mahāprabhu accepted here. “Yes it is, here it is.”
And when the product of our calculation this
is faulty. Our calculation is faulty, we’re limited, our calculation is
limited. So finite calculation cannot give you infinite touch. But you have
your natural relationship with Him, and that is sealed in your heart, ego. And
if ego is broken the natural flow will come and it will select its own soil.
“Yes, this I want.” The bhakti, the natural flow, the natural tendency
within you, that will find the environment of his own. He will recognise that
‘this is my home, and that is foreign, and this is my home.’ The natural
inclination, natural tendency within you that will recognise, but never your
calculation or your decisive faculty of anything like that. Jñāna
śūnya bhakti.
“Eho bāhya āge kaha
āra.”[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā,
8.59] “Go further.” Mahāprabhu told.
It is a very
peculiar thing. ________________________ [?] Jñāna śūnya bhakti. __________
[?] The justice ____________ [?] Judgement, calculation, this party, that
party, then comparison, then conclusion, but this is all defective. They cannot
produce anything perfect. Jñāna śūnya bhakti. Jñāna,
if a tinge of judgement is in the devotion then that is spoiled. What is this?
bahūnāṁ janmanām ante,
jñānavān māṁ prapadyate / vāsudevaḥ sarvam iti,
sa mahātmā sudurlabhaḥ
[“After many,
many births, the knowledgeable person (who happens to attain the association of
such a pure devotee) finally comes to understand that the whole universe of
moving and stationary being is of the nature of Vāsudeva alone, inasmuch
as all are subordinate to Vāsudeva. Having grasped this conception, he
surrenders unto Me. Know such a great soul to be extremely rare.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
7.19]
In Bhagavad-gītā.
na hi jñānena sadṛśaṁ, pavitram
iha vidyate [tat svayaṁ yoga-saṁsiddhaḥ,
kālenātmani vindati]
[“Among the
aforementioned practices of sacrifice, austerity, and yoga, there is nothing as
pure as divine knowledge. After a long time, a person who has achieved
perfection in his practice on the path of selfless action realises such
knowledge spontaneously within his heart.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
4.38]
“There is
nothing in the world which is so much pure as knowledge.” Then again He says
that “After many, many births, a wise man comes to know that his calculation
has no value.”
Everything
depends on Vāsudeva. Everything in the sweet will of the Absolute. And his
calculation has no value there. He’s Autocrat, the Absolute is Autocrat. He’s
not under law, law comes from Him. And where law is necessary, when to decide
the relationship between the two or more. But when there’s the consciousness of
one, oneness, one is whole, no law is necessary. His sweet will is sufficient.
But law is found necessary in a lower position where to make some compromise
between different parties. And where the party is one, no law is necessary. Law
originates from Him. So when a wise man comes to this conclusion, that His
sweet will is everything, law coming from Him, knowledge for everything coming
from Him. He says, “Let there be light.” There was light. He says, “Let there
be water.” There was water. The prime cause includes everything in Him, His
sweet will. Sa mahātmā sudurlabhaḥ. Such a great soul is
very rarely to be found in the world, when the jñānī, a
scholar submits to devotion. So devotion is above all.
sarva-dharmān parityajya, mām ekaṁ
śaraṇaṁ vraja
[ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo, mokṣayiṣyāmi
mā śucaḥ]
[“Totally
abandoning all kinds of religion, surrender exclusively unto Me. I will
liberate you from all kinds of sins, so do not despair.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
18.66]
Śaraṇāgati, surrender, is the highest property of everyone of
us, to surrender to Him. And then He will be gracious to make Him known to us
and we’ll be able to know Him. Yam evaiṣa vṛnute tena labhyas,
in Upaniṣad.
[nāyam ātmā pravacanena labhyo, na
medhayā na bahunā śrutena
yam evaiṣa vṛnute tena labhyas, tasyaiṣa
ātmā vivṛnute tanūṁ svām]
[“One cannot
understand the substance of the Paramātmā, the Super-soul residing
within everyone’s heart, by means of expertise in logic, intelligence or
learning. When the living entity begs the Lord for His mercy, being desirous of
His transcendental loving service, then the Supreme Lord reveals His
self-manifest form directly before him.”] [Kaṭha-Upaniṣad,
1.2.23] & [Muṇḍaka-Upaniṣad, 2.3.2]
Whomever
He’ll select to make Himself known, he’ll know Him. Otherwise none can know Him
against His will. He has reserved all the right of not being exposed to any
senses to any persons. He’s so high He can do that. If He does not want to make
Himself known, none can know Him. Whomever He wants to make Him known to a
party, he can know. This is His position. Yam evaiṣa vṛnute tena.
Whomever He’ll select to be known, to know Himself, he’ll know, otherwise won’t
be able to know. This is the position.
So this Bhāgavatam
was given by Vedavyāsa in the last treatise, his last upadeśa after
he had dealt with Mahābhārata, Gītā, Veda,
Upaniṣad, Purāṇa, everything, the last gift of
Vedavyāsa in the world of the scriptures - Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.
That Kṛṣṇa, that beauty is above all, not knowledge, not
justice. Mercy is above justice. Affection, love, is above justice. Beauty,
charm, harmony, above all. And that conception of the Ultimate Reality is in Kṛṣṇa
conception. Beauty is above knowledge and power. Knowledge is above power, and
above knowledge there is beauty, there is charm, there is love. That is the
Supreme. So Kṛṣṇa conception of Godhead that represents love,
beauty, harmony, that is above all. Kṛṣṇas tu
bhagavān svayam.
[ete cāṁśa-kalāḥ puṁsaḥ,
kṛṣṇas tu bhagavān svayam / indrāri-vyākulaṁ
lokaṁ, mṛḍayanti yuge yuge]
[“All the
above-mentioned incarnations are either plenary portions or portions of the
plenary portions of the Lord, but Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa is
the original Personality of Godhead. All of them appear on planets whenever
there is a disturbance created by the atheists. The Lord incarnates to protect
the theists.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.3.28]
This was
declared by Bhāgavatam. The Kṛṣṇa conception of
Godhead is the most original conception of Godhead, of the Absolute. This is the
declaration of Bhāgavatam. The conception of the beauty as
Lord, that is above all. And next, awe, reverence, power. Nārāyaṇa.
And then all these things.
And
Mahāprabhu Śrī Caitanya Deva, He pointed out, “Go to the
beautiful, Reality the Beautiful. That is our highest attainment. Eliminate
everything - neither hanker for power, nor for knowledge, but for service of
the Beautiful. And you’ll be taken in, that you’ll get entrance into the land
of beauty, beautiful, and that is the highest realisation. Don’t waste your
energy by engaging you in this or that or so many others. But go straight, jñāna
śūnya bhakti, sādhu saṅga, and by the help of that
take the Name of the Lord and try to go straight, march towards Kṛṣṇa
conception of Godhead, Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That is the
highest of our achievement.” That was given by Mahāprabhu, and Bhāgavatam.
And Bhāgavata
came after all the scriptures had been given already by Vedavyāsa. By
the special advice of Devaṛṣi Nārada, his Gurudeva, he gave us
the Bhāgavatam. And Mahāprabhu He pointed out this Bhāgavatam.
The last conclusion of the giver of all śāstras,
Vedavyāsa. And don’t waste your energy for anything else but for Kṛṣṇa
conception of Godhead. That recommended by Mahāprabhu Śrī
Caitanya Deva.
And we try to
go to make our progress in that line. And also at the same time we ask our
friends, “Try to go in this way. That is the fulfilment of life. Anyone and
everyone may connect them from his particular position may take, start from
this direction. And the fulfilment of life of every particle in the existence
of this world is only that. So march towards universal good. Wherever you are
does not matter, whoever you are does not matter, take your course towards Kṛṣṇa
consciousness. And that is the highest fulfilment of the life of everyone. It
is specially recommended by Mahāprabhu, Nityānanda Prabhu, from here,
and it is in Bhāgavatam we find. And all other scriptures also if
we note very specially then we can find that it’s the inner idea everywhere.
Just as in Bhagavad-gītā.
sarva-dharmān parityajya, mām ekaṁ
śaraṇaṁ vraja
[ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo, mokṣayiṣyāmi
mā śucaḥ]
[“Totally
abandoning all kinds of religion, surrender exclusively unto Me. I will
liberate you from all kinds of sins, so do not despair.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
18.66]
What does it
mean? “Give up all your duties and come to Me.”
Bāl Gaṅgādhar
Tilak he also admitted Bhagavad-gītā. And under this sarva-dharmān
śloka he has given this note. It is very beautiful. He says that, “In
the last śloka the Lord has distributed nectar in a golden plate.”
[11.25 - 11.48 ?]
Wherever you
are holding your position does not matter at all. Only you turn your face
towards this and march. And He will, the Truth Absolute will welcome you. Kṛṣṇa.
And this is the campaign of Gauḍīya Maṭha.
yāre dekha, tāre kaha 'kṛṣṇa'-upadeśa
[āmāra ājñāya guru hañā tāra ei deśa
kabhu nā vādhibe tomāra viṣaya-taraṅga,
punarapi ei ṭhāñi pābe mora saṅga]
[“Instruct
whoever you meet in the science of Kṛṣṇa. Teach them the
instructions of Kṛṣṇa in Bhagavad-gītā, and
the teachings about Kṛṣṇa in Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam.
In this way, on My order, become a Guru and liberate everyone in the land. If
you follow this instruction, the waves of materialism within this world will
not affect you. Indeed, if you follow My order, you will soon attain My
association.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 7.128-9]
Mahāprabhu says, “Whomever you come across you talk of Him, about Kṛṣṇa,
the highest end of our life. Only give news to them, “There is Kṛṣṇa,
He’s one, and you belong to Him. Only He’s your only friend. He can satisfy
everything. Whatever demand you have in your inner heart, that only can find
satisfaction in connection with Him, no other. None other can satisfy all your
inner hankering. The corresponding phase only with Him, then He’s Kṛṣṇa.”
In other
words, Rūpa Goswāmī told in a scientific word, akhila-rasāmṛta-sindhu.
Our heart is hankering for satisfaction with happiness of different type. But
He’s the emporium of all such rasas. All types of rasa is in Him,
and He’s the personified of them all. So everyone can find his corresponding
phase in Him alone, and nowhere else. And He’s Kṛṣṇa. Akhila-rasāmṛta-murtiḥ.
All the necessary satisfactions are personified there in a scientific way in
Him only. So He can satisfy you. So He can only say that, “Give up everything,
come to Me, and you won’t have to repent, you will find your highest
satisfaction.” None has said so in any place - only Kṛṣṇa
said that.
And
Mahāprabhu pointed out that, “Go direct that side. Don’t go this side,
hither thither, march straight towards Kṛṣṇa conception. That
is your home.” Tumibe na karana he radha ramana [?] Say like that, this slogan.
“I belong to none but to You my Lord.” With this slogan march towards Him.
Tumibe na karana he. “I belong to none, I’m wholesale Yours. Wholesale I’m
Yours.”
In Vedānta,
brahma-jijñāsā, in Upaniṣad, brahmansa.
And Mahāprabhu, that was given life. The enquiry after Brahman, when that
was given life, then it became kṛṣṇānusandhāna in
Mahāprabhu. Kāhāṅ kṛṣṇa prāna
nātha.
Śaṅkara,
intellectually he’s engaging himself to find out what is Brahman from the Upaniṣad.
And that was
a living thing in Mahāprabhu. “Where is Kṛṣṇa? I can’t
live, I can’t stand without Him. He’s My friend, He’s My Lord, He’s everything
to Me. I can’t live without Him.”
That
brahma-jijñāsā, and kṛṣṇānusandhāna
of Mahāprabhu. That is lifeless, intellectualism. And here it is full
of life. Kṛṣṇa. Kāhāṅ kṛṣṇa.
“I can’t live without Him.” Flow of love and affection for that Brahman, not
satisfaction of intellectualism, but the very life enlivened, enlivened brahma-jijñāsā.
kāhāṅ mora prāna nātha
muralī-vadana, kāhāṅ karoṅ kāhāṅ
pāṅ vrajendra-nandana
[Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu said: “Where is My beloved Kṛṣṇa?
I can’t tolerate His separation. Where is the Lord of My life, who is playing
His flute? What shall I do now? Where should I go to find the son of
Mahārāja Nanda?”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 2.15]
This is also brahma-jijñāsā
but it’s a living type, and that is a dead one, intellectualism. In Upaniṣad.
And so Bhāgavatam
has been called the ripe fruit of the tree of Veda. Veda has been
compared with a tree, and Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam a ripe fruit
of the tree. Full fledged theism. The whole purpose of the tree has come into
the fruit, and that is also ripe to be tasted by us. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Devotees:
Mahārāja. _______________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: [17:24 - 19:20 ?]
Devotee:
____________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: [19:24 - 20:57 ?]
Devotee:
________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: [21:03 - 23:47 ?]
Devotee:
___________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: [23:55 - 25:02 ?]
tamasa bahu rupena, vesthita karma hetuna / antasyam
ya bhavante te, sukha-dukha samanvita.
[When
describing about the creation, the Manu comes to the creation of the trees and
plants. He says, by their own karma they have acquired such deplorable
position. Not to blame to anybody.]
[ - :26:55 ?]
ahastāni sahastānāṁ, apadāni
catuṣpadām / laghuni tatra mahatāṁ, jīvo
jīvasya jīvanam
[“Those who
are devoid of hands are prey for those who have hands; those devoid of legs are
prey for the four-legged. The weak are the subsistence of the strong, and the
general rule holds that one living being is food for another.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.13.47]
[ - 32:48 ?]
...
[33:50 - 40:52 ?]
Devotee: Jaya Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda
Paramahaṁsa Parivrājakācārya Aṣṭottara-śata
Śrī Śrīmad Bhakti Rakṣaka Śrīdhara Deva
Goswāmī Mahārāja kī jaya!
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Goswāmī Prabhupāda. Gaura Hari bol.
...
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. If one particular volume of the śāstras has
been used for witchcraft, or sahajiyā rituals, are we to consider
that particular book as contaminated?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hmm? What do you say?
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. If one particular volume of the śāstras has
been used for witchcraft, or sahajiyā rituals, are we to consider
that particular book as contaminated?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Not that. In the Veda there are different
departments of learning, contains the whole, some āmnāya some vyatireka,
direct or indirect teachings, many things may be added. Just as in the Absolute
there is māyā, misconception, in the whole, in the Absolute,
the māyā has got its position. So it is necessary to have a
conception of the full. Both direct and indirect things should be stored there.
What we should do and what we should not do, description of both things. These
are to be avoided. Just as in Bhāgavatam, Kali, dyūtaṁ
pānaṁ striyaḥ sūnā [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.17.38]
83.11.27.B_83.11.28.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...blind imitation, not, but considerate adaptation,
eliminating the bad, accepting the good. Always, elimination of the lower,
acceptance of the higher.
Devotee:
_____________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: __________ [?] Now I want to...
...
Anujnatu, inner
guidance, that is śraddhā. The appreciation and association
will come from within to recognise where I may be benefited. Inner guidance, caitya
Guru, or śraddhā. By śraddhā we come to
have some inner guidance that is caitya Guru, the Guru, the preceptor
living inside us. And by that help we can come to mahānta Guru, the
Guru outside, and there we are to take instruction, advice, guidance, all these
things. He does not understand my English version perhaps?
Devotee: He understood
what you have said Mahārāja.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
This is Viraha Prakāśa Mahārāja.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ______________ [?]
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
This is Vidagdha Mādhava dāsa.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Vidagdha. So when did you come back?
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
I came on Saturday night. But I paid my daṇḍvats, but you
were busy yesterday, twice I came but you were busy.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Do you follow what I say?
Devotee: Yes
Mahārāja.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: By sukṛti and śraddhā we
have got some inner guiding tendency and by the help of that we shall come to
understand our outside favourable association. Not knowledge but heart will be
able to select about bhakti, śraddhā, ruci. Our
inner tendency, that will guide us, and not our reason. Reason there may be but
the principal guidance from ruci,or our inner hankering, or something,
love, that will guide us. Bhaktyā sañjātayā bhaktyā.
[smarantaḥ
smārayantaś ca, mitho 'ghaugha-haraṁ harim
bhaktyā
sañjātayā bhaktyā, bibhraty utpulakāṁ tanum]
[“The devotees of the Lord constantly
discuss the glories of the Personality of Godhead among themselves. Thus they
constantly remember the Lord and remind one another of His qualities and
pastimes. In this way, by their devotion to the principles of bhakti-yoga,
the devotees please the Personality of Godhead, who takes away from them
everything inauspicious. Being purified of all impediments, the devotees awaken
to pure love of Godhead, and thus, even within this world, their spiritualised
bodies exhibit symptoms of transcendental ecstasy, such as standing of the
bodily hairs on end.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.3.31]
Bhakti can only give bhakti,
nothing else, it is most fundamental, elementary thing. Nothing can produce bhakti,
only bhakti can produce bhakti. Bhakti is by itself. As
Hegel told, “Absolute is by Itself.” So bhakti is by itself, absolute
nature, function, that is by herself, rather. Ahaitukī, no
cause, causeless. Nothing can produce devotion. Devotion is eternally existing
and devotion can give devotion and nothing else can give devotion. Devotion is
such an original substance. Nothing can oppose it, oppose her, and nothing can
create her. She’s eternally existing with the Absolute as His nature,
inseparable from Him.
Ajñāta-sukṛti, jñāta-sukṛti,
śraddhā. Then śraddhā ratir bhaktir anukramiṣyati.
[sataṁ
prasaṅgān mama vīrya-saṁvido, bhavanti hṛt-karṇa-rasāyanāḥ
kathāḥ
taj-joṣaṇād
āśv apavarga-vartmani, śraddhā ratir bhaktir anukramiṣyati]
[“One will rapidly progress on the path of
liberation, and naturally will develop firm faith, attraction and devotion,
when he cultivates the activity of engaging in discussions about My glorious
Pastimes in the association of pure devotees. Such activities are very
nourishing to the ear and heart.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
3.25.25]
By gradual development it gets the name of
the prema, of love, in its final position, in her final position. What
is śraddhā in the beginning, when fully developed that becomes
divine love.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja, you say that association is very important, but this
association is the same mentality?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Mentality, mind is a foreign thing, acquired thing,
from the illusory world. But nature you may say more applicable, same tendency,
same nature.
Devotee: For me it’s
not possible to see the nature of the others, spiritual nature.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: It may not be detectable but undetectably also she
may work. Subconscious work also possible for her. That is called fortune,
sometimes.
brahmāṇḍa
brhamite kona bhāgyavān jīva [guru-kṛṣṇa-prasāde
pāya bhakti-latā-bīja]
[“Wandering throughout the material
universe, the very fortunate living entity who receives the grace of Guru and Kṛṣṇa
receives the seed of the creeper of devotional service.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.151]
While wandering through the different
species in this world of creation, any fortunate soul comes to have a real
guide, Guru, bhāgyavān, fortune. That means sukṛti,
unconsciously, subconsciously acquired wealth, that is in the subconscious
world. That may help us, underground. That is bhāgya, sukṛti,
previously, unconsciously acquired merit, as a part of pure devotion. In crude
form, underground.
... then we have got some action for our
free will, cooperation with that śraddhā, may help me.
Badrinārāyaṇa: Mahārāja, Dāmodara
Prabhu ______________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ______________ [?]
...
Devotee: Can we say
that the jīva has got free will?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Conscious element means endowed with free will. A
part of that possesses a part of free will. Part of consciousness, part of
light, also possesses the quality of light. Something like that.
Do you follow?
Devotee: Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: A part of stone possesses the quality of the stone.
So consciousness means what is endowed with free will, light and free will. So anu-caitanya,
anu free will. A small quantity of free will, small quantity of
consciousness, reason, all these things. Otherwise, how that will be able to
cooperate with the whole? Bindu bindu, in very small quantity.
But in Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindu
it is mentioned Kṛṣṇa possessing full sixty-four qualities.
Nārāyaṇa full, sixty qualities. Ordinary [demi] gods possessing
partial, fifty-five qualities. And ordinary jīva possessing fifty
partial qualities. What are the qualifications it is mentioned there. “Jīva
fifty, higher gods fifty-five, all partial. Nārāyaṇa sixty,
full qualities. And Kṛṣṇa sixty-four, full. And
Rādhārāṇī, She is told to possess twenty-five more
full qualities.” It is mentioned there. You can try to get knowledge from
there.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa kathā.
nāhaṁ
vasāmi vaikuṇṭhe
yogināṁ hṛdayeṣu vā
mad bhaktāḥ
yatra gāyante tatra tiṣṭhāmī nārada
There is a saying in some Purāṇa.
“Nāhaṁ vasāmi vaikuṇṭhe. Nārada,
I do not live in the transcendental world, vaikuṇṭha,
infinite. I’m not to be traced in the conception of infinite. Yogināṁ
hṛdayeṣu vā. Neither I exist in the heart of the thinkers,
heart of the yogīs. That is, thinkers of the smallest part of the
world, the finest part of the world, the subtle-most aspect of the world, not
there. But mad bhaktāḥ yatra gāyante. Wherever My
devotees they chant about Me, I stay there.” Lord says. “My devotees, where
they talk about Me, I’m there.”
In the Rāmānuja School three
Āḷvārs, Āḷvār means pārṣada,
who are eternally living in Vaikuṇṭha with Nārāyaṇa,
eternal servitors, they’re known as Āḷvārs in the South of India,
Tamil word. One dark night anyhow in a temple, three Āḷvārs met
together. Some occasion brought those three together. Then, they cannot see one
another but they heard of their name but can’t see in the dark night. They’re
talking about Nārāyaṇa, one talking about Nārāyaṇa,
another giving answer. In this way these three anyhow met and talking in a dark
night unknown to one another in a temple. And one of them asked, “Do you feel
the presence of a fourth man here, fourth person?” Another says, “Yes.” And
what is meant by that? In their talk, Nārāyaṇa has come there,
He’s also present there.
“Mad bhaktāḥ yatra
gāyante. Wherever My devotees they talk about Me I cannot but be
present there. I may withdraw from the heart of the yogīs. I may
withdraw from the knowledge of those that deal with all-comprehensive aspect of
the world, of the whole. But I can’t withdraw from the place where My devotees
are talking with one another about Me. That is the most charming place for Me.”
So Kṛṣṇa kathā, talk about Kṛṣṇa
is Kṛṣṇa Himself. The Name of Kṛṣṇa is Kṛṣṇa
Himself.
deha-dehi
vibhedo ‘yaṁ neśvare vidyate kvacit
[“There is no difference between body and soul in the
Supreme Personality of Godhead.”]
[Kūrma Purāṇa] & [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,Ādi-līlā,
5.41, purport]
No whole and parts, part and whole, such
consideration is not present there. Each part can work as the whole, can
represent the whole. His eye can represent the ear, the nose, everything. His
foot, His hair also can represent everything for Him. Such autonomy is there.
The autonomy characteristic is there in such a way that every part represents
the whole.
Mahāprabhu told to Sanātana
Goswāmī, “Do you not understand that every letter in Bhāgavatam
represents the whole of Kṛṣṇa?”
When Sanātana Goswāmī told to
Mahāprabhu, “You Yourself are Kṛṣṇa so whatever
explanation You may like to draw from Bhāgavatam You are able to do
that.”
Ātmārāmāś
śloka,
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 1.7.10], one poem Mahāprabhu
gave sixty-one kinds of interpretations on one śloka, one poem.
Then Sanātana Goswāmī told,
“You Yourself are Kṛṣṇa, Infinite, so You can represent
everything in the infinite characteristic.”
“Sanātana, why do you admire Me? Don’t
you know that every part of Bhāgavatam is full Kṛṣṇa.”
A part of Infinite is Infinite. No number of
finite can make Infinite. So every part of Kṛṣṇa is full Kṛṣṇa.
We are to understand in such a way. Puzzling. Acintya, not to enter into
the cell of human brain. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Still, we have no other prospect, highest prospect than to deal with that
thing, which is more than infinite. Infinite is in His one part.
[athavā
bahunaitena, kiṁ jñātena tavārjjuna] viṣṭabhyāham
idaṁ kṛtsnam, ekāṁśena sthito jagat
[“But Arjuna, what is the need of your
understanding this elaborate knowledge of My almighty grandeur? By My
fractional expansion as the Supreme Soul of material nature, Mahā-Viṣṇu
(Kāraṇārṇavaśāyī Viṣṇu), I
remain supporting this entire universe of moving and stationary beings.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
10.42]
“I lie down in Śeṣa,” means
infinite, Ānanta Svayaṁ, His bed is infinite. On the bed of infinite
He lays and sleeps, Ānanta Svayaṁ.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. So give up the
way of knowledge, to know Him, to measure Him. But whatever little quota of
service given to you, try to be satisfied with that. There you will find Him,
according to your fullest capacity, to full degree in your capacity. As much as
in the ocean, so much water, my necessity is only a glass, that will suffice.
So for you, He’s not bankrupt, not bankrupt to anyone of us, or any number of
us. So we’re not to be afraid that so many partners, so many beggars, then how
their thirst may be filled up? No anxiety in that way. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Happiness, satisfaction, we’re hankering for a
drop of it, but the ocean of that mercy, that grace, that love divine, ocean,
how much we can contain? How much can we contain? One drop. Eka-bindu jagat ḍubāya.
[kṛṣṇa-rūpāmṛta-sindhu,
tāhāra taraṅga-bindu, eka-bindu jagat ḍubāya
trijagate yata nārī, tāra citta-ucca-giri, tāhā ḍubāi
āge uṭhi’ dhāya]
[“The consciousness of each woman within the
three worlds is certainly like a high hill, but the sweetness of Kṛṣṇa’s
beauty is like an ocean. Even a drop of water from that ocean can flood the
entire world and submerge all the high hills of consciousness.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Antya-līlā, 15.19]
Mahāprabhu says, “Only one drop is
sufficient to inundate the whole creation, one drop is sufficient. The whole
creation will be inundated. Eka-bindu jagat ḍubāya.”
It is of such character. And no end of our
search, kṛṣṇānusandhāna. No end of such life
that one day our search will be finished and we shall sit tight as a capitalist
with a big belly? No! Always students, always searching, ānusandhāna.
Such a thing, infinite, always searching as a student. When he’s making the
duty of a professor, still he’s a student because Infinite cannot be finished.
To know Infinite, that attempt can never be finished, it will go further and
further.
Kīrtanānanda told me, “Yes, we may
be students but not in your school, in our Guru Mahārāja’s school.”
There may be a common institution where your
Guru Mahārāja and myself were students. Ha, ha, ha.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Our Gurudeva also wrote in Madras in his
Vyāsa-pūjā address, “I’m monitor, a leader in this class, a
leader in the class of devotion, amongst the students.”
The leader student is known as monitor or
something? He posed himself like that.
“All students in the school of bhakti,
devotion. And for this group, I think that I possess the position of a monitor,
the leader amongst the students. I’m making study and also trying to coach others
of lower standard.”
And sometimes he comes to see that, “Oh,
these are higher than myself. Kṛṣṇa has engaged me to serve
them.” Guru, sometimes the Guru sees the disciple as his own Guru, so many
Gurus. “So many Gurus, Kṛṣṇa has engaged me to serve them, to
treat the disciple also to do some service, to that Kṛṣṇa and
the student. I’m serving Him. Not educating him, not in the sense that I’m
master and he’s lower, or holding lower position, not that. Kṛṣṇa
has engaged me to help them in service.”
In the conception of service also it may be
seen that śiṣya is Guru and the Guru is servant to the śiṣya.
Such aspects may also be serving.
So many materials are offered to the Deity
and the devotee does some service to those materials and makes them fit for the
consumption of the Deity. Whatever s/he does is all service, not enjoyment, not
exploitation. Whatever s/he does, a cent per cent Vaiṣṇava, all
their actions are in the mood of service in connection with the Centre and His
relations, His parts. Service, everything is service.
When the husband and wife are being united
that is also service, it is possible. Not exploiting one another. In the mood
of service everything can be done, and that is in the transcendental world.
Without the spirit of exploitation, mood of exploitation, we can cooperate. We
can exploit a thing, we can renounce a thing, and we can serve a thing. Divine
life is in service. Every unit is serving another unit in connection with Kṛṣṇa.
It is possible. What we cannot think, that it cannot be in the spirit of
service, but it can be. Everything can be approached, every action may be
approached in the mood of service, it is possible.
Especially in Vṛndāvana
conception, in Vraja conception, in the highest quarter of the divinity it is
such. Everything, all phases of activity there, but all in the spirit of loving
service. Love means service, service of a sweet type, sweet type of service is
love. Without service in the background, without that love is not possible.
Sacrifice, love means sacrifice, based on sacrifice. Love divine. One who loves
some, then s/he’s ready to sacrifice for them, that is love. Love divine, how
noble that thing. How much tendency to sacrifice oneself for others. The
highest type of sacrificed love we find in Vṛndāvana, that very
sweet plane of love. And the very atmosphere is surcharged with divine
sacrifice and service, that is love, automatic. And there is also the
sweetmeats of different kinds. So that sweet behaviour, conduct with one
another, that is also of different types like different types of sweetmeats,
variety. Variegated sweetness of service there, five groups, and then again
some subdivision, super subdivision, in this way, branching and branching and
branching.
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari
bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. We’re often, due to our past habits, we’re often thinking
that we’re the enjoyers of this devotional process. This is the reverse idea.
It’s a very unhealthy attitude, “I want to enjoy devotional service.”
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Enjoy devotion? Hmm? You say that we can also enjoy
devotion, is it?
In one sense it is there. There is some
enjoyment, means satisfaction. Not only that is the highest quality
satisfaction. If enjoyment means satisfaction, ecstasy, but not exploitation.
Die to live. By robbing a person we may be satisfied, and also by donating
something to a person also we can find satisfaction. But these two
satisfactions of different types. In this way we’re to push. So the
satisfaction in exploitation is not of a similar type when we give something, a
donation to a person who is satisfied, qualitative difference.
So similar, in the highest sacrifice of very
highest type of satisfaction we find rasa. Rasa is everywhere, sukha,
rasa, happiness, pleasure. But lowest kind is reactionary, and the
highest kind, that is also reactionary but that reaction brings you, 'dāsa'
kari' vetana more deha prema-dhana. That sacrificing tendency is increased
more and more, that way. Rasa, the lowest type of rasa and the
highest type of rasa. Lowest type of rasa in the crude
exploitation, then regulated exploitation, then by renunciation, and then by
service, considered and then by automatic, spontaneous service, in this way.
But the rasa, the pleasure, or satisfaction, their quality and degree
will be different.
One can kill, for selfish purpose one can
kill a man, and for the good of the country also in a war also they sacrifice
and they kill. They kill persons when fighting against a country. That killing
and killing for selfish ends may be different. And dedication also in that way.
But this is all mundane, we’re only giving an example to understand that it’s
quite different. Hmm? What do you say?
Devotee: But to seek
satisfaction is natural for the soul? To seek the desire for enjoyment is
natural in the soul, in the living entity?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: No, not in the soul, it is in the mind, it is in the
cover of the soul, not to be found in the soul proper. Soul’s proper function
is service, sevā. And the foreign thing has come, accumulated, that
is this misconceived idea, there is that thing. That is unnatural thing, not in
the nature of the soul. Soul is seeker of satisfaction but by sacrifice, die to
live, that process. Give and be happy. Take and give happiness, and give and
feel happiness. Two kinds of happiness. One by giving, another by robbing,
opposite.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. This is quite
clear in this world also different types of happiness, and that may be
extended, infinite. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Nitāi
Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
Devotee:
Mahārāja. __________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah. From the morning I’m engaged. This party, that
party, this subject, that subject, going on. _________ [?] Nitāi Gaura
Hari bol. So I close here.
Devotee: Jaya Oṁ
Viṣṇu-Pāda Paramahaṁsa Parivrājakācārya Aṣṭottara-śata
Śrī Śrīmad Bhakti Rakṣaka Śrīdhara Deva
Goswāmī Mahārāja kī jaya!
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī
Goswāmī Prabhupāda kī jaya.
83.12.04.A_83.12.09.A
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja:
[kṣipram bhavati dharmātmā,
śaśvac-chāntiṁ nigacchati
kaunteya pratijānīhi, na me bhaktaḥ
pranaśyati]
[“He soon
becomes righteous [dharmātmā] and attains lasting peace. O son
of Kuntī, declare it boldly that My devotee never perishes.” [Bhagavad-gītā,
9.31]
“Śaśvac-chāntiṁ
nigacchati. And he will be seen to acquire the real peace in his life. Kaunteya
pratijānīhi. Oh, you son of Kuntī, you go and declare in the
public with determination. Pratijānīhi. You may promise, give
them a guarantee, to the public, that na me bhaktaḥ pranaśyati.
My devotee never meets destruction, they can’t be ruined.”
So their
contention, Yāmarāja, Brahmā, Nārada, in this point they do
not find solution.
sarva-dharmān parityajya, mām ekaṁ
śaraṇaṁ vraja
[ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo, mokṣayiṣyāmi
mā śucaḥ]
[“Totally
abandoning all kinds of religion, surrender exclusively unto Me. I will
liberate you from all kinds of sins, so do not despair.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
18.66]
“Giving up
all sorts of duties one may come to My feet. This is ananya-bhajana. One
who will give up all phases of duties and only accept his duty towards Me, My
exclusive devotee is he.”
“Now, kṣipram
bhavati dharmātmā, he will again be seen as a dutiful man,
externally pious man.”
This is
anomaly. The meaning of ananya-bhajana is that he’ll give all sorts of
duties.
“Pure,
impure, everything, and he’ll come to My feet.” Again, “He will be very saintly
in his activities in the near future.” What is the meaning? Do you follow?
Then at that
time they marked that Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura he was moving in the sky
and taking the Name, and they sent for him. “He’s a pure devotee, and not any
ordinary devotee but he has got deep knowledge in the scriptures. Let him come
and explain this verse of Bhagavad-gītā.”
So Bhaktivinoda
Ṭhākura was invited and he went there and he gave the meaning. Kṣipram
bhavati dharmātmā. “Who will be dharmātmā?”
api cet sudurācāro, bhajate mām
ananya-bhāk
sādhur eva sa mantavyaḥ, [samyag vyavasito
hi saḥ]
[“If even a
person of extremely abominable practices, abandoning all non devotional
pursuits of exploitation and renunciation engages in My exclusive and
uninterrupted devotional service, he is venerable as a true saint because he
has embraced the revolutionary plane of life.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
9.30]
“The
conclusion should be, or remark will be that he’s a saint, cent per cent saint,
ananya-bhāk. Sādhur eva sa mantavyaḥ, samyag vyavasito hi saḥ.
And his statement is cent per cent right, who utters that decision. That
exclusive devotee of Kṛṣṇa, whatever be his outer practices,
he’s cent per cent saintly. And who can understand and utter this, mantavyaḥ,
who can understand such principle, he will be dharmātmā. He
will in the near future, shortly, he will become dharmātmā,
that is, his conduct will be very pure very soon.”
And śaśvac-chāntiṁ.
“And he will also get the chance of accepting the path towards eternal truth.
So, you Arjuna, you take this advantage and go to the public and there you
declare with boldness that My devotee who is given wholly towards Me, though
apparently, outwardly, he may be doing something wrong, but he won’t be
destroyed, he’ll be saved. Na me bhaktaḥ. No destruction for My
exclusive devotee, his life is ensured. Go to the public and declare, and you
take the benefit of becoming, by this declaration you will get that benefit,
that you will become saintly and you will have the chance of the acceptance of
the spiritually eternal peace. Whoever will understand will have the courage to
declare that My exclusive devotees are never ruined. They get this chance in
their turn and very soon they’ll also come to this path and they will attain
the eternal peace.”
Am I clear?
Devotee: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: It is told there.
...
He has got
that appreciation, that exclusive devotion. Everything is meant, everything is
for Itself and not for any other part. We may obey or disobey the laws of the
provincial and separate interest, may do or not do. But we must obey the rules
“For Itself. Everything For Him.” That is the main rule, all others are
subsidiary. We may carry on or may not carry on, but we must carry on our duty
towards the centre. That is the all-important factor in every case.
“And one who
can appreciate that and boldly assert that to the public, he must have got some
substantial feeling in the matter. And he’s sure to survive to improve his
future condition very soon, and he will get that path of eternal peace, that is
Myself.”
That is the
underlying meaning. Sarva-dharmān parityajya, mām ekaṁ
śaraṇaṁ vraja. That is the highest quality in every part
of the whole, that everyone must be dedicated towards the Centre, even crossing
his dutifulness in respect to other environments, positions. And one who can
feel this, appreciate this, and assert this, he will also soon get such
position, because his inner heart can appreciate and there is something of the
realisation in that path. So that will also come to victory very soon and the
public will also see that he is also coming in this path of ananya-bhajana,
exclusive adherence towards the call of the Absolute Centre. That is all in
all. And these things, kṣipram bhavati dharmātmā, dharma
means moral, dutiful, father, mother, country, society, all these things,
humanity, all these dharmas, duties.
“But
neglecting all these if one keeps up his straight relationship with Me, he will
be considered not committing any fault. He’s in the line of sarva-dharmān
parityajya, mām ekaṁ śaraṇaṁ vraja, he’s doing
right. And one who can appreciate this he will also very soon be converted in
the same class. That is the value.”
Devotee: This is a new
light of your explanation Mahārāja, of your revealed explanation.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ______________ [?]
Devotee: ______________________
kṣipram bhavati dharmātmā _________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Śaśvac-chāntiṁ nigacchati
________________ [?]
Devotee:
_____________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ______ śaśvac-chāntiṁ
nigacchati.
Devotee:
______________________ [?] Mahārāja, this sort of explanation. But
other Guru vargas take...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: “Not only who is following the exclusive devotional
path, but who can appreciate this, he will no sooner be a member of this
school.”
Devotee: How others have
explained it, other Guru vargas, general explanation, it is your
specific explanation...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Sādhur eva sa mantavyaḥ, samyag
vyavasito hi saḥ. Kṣipram bhavati dharmātmā. They
will say that what lack, he’s in a sādhana course, but when he’ll
be mature all these things will disappear. That is it may disappear or may not
disappear, that is my question. But develop sarva- dharmān parityajya.
_________________________________________ [?]
Devotee: Rūpa
Goswāmī Prabhu has already given definition of that.
dṛṣṭaiḥ svabhāva-janitair
vapuṣaś ca doṣair
na prākṛtatvam iha bhakta-janasya
paśyet
[gaṅgāmbhasāṁ na khalu
budbuda-phena-paṅkair
brahma-dravatvam apagacchati nīra-dharmaiḥ]
[“Being
situated in his original Kṛṣṇa conscious position, a pure
devotee does not identify with the body. Such a devotee should not be seen from
a materialistic point of view. Indeed, one should overlook a devotee’s having a
body born in a low family, a body with a bad complexion, a deformed body, or a
diseased or infirm body. According to ordinary vision, such imperfections may
seem prominent in the body of a pure devotee, but despite such seeming defects,
the body of a pure devotee cannot be polluted. It is exactly like the waters of
the Ganges, which sometimes during the rainy season are full of bubbles, foam
and mud. The Ganges waters do not become polluted. Those who are advanced in
spiritual understanding will bathe in the Ganges without considering the
condition of the water.”] [Śrī Upadeśāmṛta, 6]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hmm. Rūpa Goswāmī has seen, has given
description. Just as the Ganges water is seen to be filthy, but externally.
Externally filthy Ganges can it not purify? It can. Externally filthy Ganges
water, the purifurcatory capacity of Ganges water has got no concern with
external filthiness. Good scent or foam and any mud connection that cannot
remove the purifying tendency and capacity of the Ganges water.
So the Vaiṣṇava,
they may have physical and mental defect, but Vaiṣṇava means the ātmā,
in ātmā they’re a purifying agency, the purest, normal factor
in the world. But externally, whatever may be seen there, like that foam and
dirt in the Ganges water. The purifying capacity of the Ganges water cannot be
disturbed by any foam or any dirt mixed with the water. That is something
separate. That spiritual capacity does not depend in any way on these material,
foreign things or capacity. So Vaiṣṇava, he may be seen as a little
greedy, some a little excited easily, all these things. Physically also, one
may be blind, another may be deaf, another may be lame. “Why a Vaiṣṇava
will be a lame man? Why he can’t hear well?” But these things won’t do. That
Vaiṣṇava, that saintly characteristic is independent of the
physical.
The
Vāsudevavipra he was a leper, in Mahāprabhu’s Southern tour, in
Kurmakṣetra, a leper Vāsudeva, he was a great devotee. And in the
physical conduct also if any worm is falling on the earth from his sore he’s
putting the worm back into the sore so it didn’t die. And also suffering from
leprosy but he was a devotee cent per cent. Mahāprabhu found him and that
leprosy disappeared when He embraced him. In this way.
Sanātana
Goswāmī when coming back to Purī from Benares, or Vṛndāvana,
then, by the contact of the bad water in the jungle he had some sores on his
body. Mahāprabhu used to welcome him and he pushed back, “Don’t touch this
body of a sinful man. So many itches and sores are oozing this bad odour, all
these things, don’t touch me.” Mahāprabhu forcibly embraced him.
Then one day
he told that, “I should leave the place, or I should invite death, falling
before the wheel of the Jagganātha cart.”
Then
Mahāprabhu, when He heard He chastised him. And then again forcibly
embraced, and those things disappeared, the good body came out immediately. In
this way.
Mahāprabhu told, “Sanātana, you are a Vaiṣṇava,
your body may not be so defective. Vaiṣṇava 'prākṛta'
kabhu naya, it is Kṛṣṇa’s test to Me. I’m a sannyāsī.
Whether I have got any difference in the recognition in My dealing with the Vaiṣṇava,
'between the show is here, this defect is there in the Vaiṣṇava so
I must keep him aside,' Kṛṣṇa is testing Me. Only for that
purpose it is seen. And your body is already pure. Only to test the public Kṛṣṇa
has created this. And if I cannot see it then I’ll be deceived by Kṛṣṇa.
So it is nothing, it is nothing but a mere show. Your body’s as pure as
anything. You are a Vaiṣṇava, devotee of Kṛṣṇa.
This is only apparently shown to serve some purpose of the divinity of Kṛṣṇa.
And where there is vaiṣṇavatara, saintly devotedness, there
can never be such things. Only to test My devotion Kṛṣṇa has
sent you in this condition to Me.”
So He
embraced and showed that he’s as pure as anything. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
He may be or may not be, still, the principle is this, that our duty is
wholesale dutifulness towards Kṛṣṇa. That is only necessary.
In the
ordinary sense the gopīs, they’re also sinners, they’re crossing
the laws of the society and the śāstra so they’re sinners. But
they hold the highest position of purity for their exclusive devotedness
towards Kṛṣṇa and none else. Even at the risk of so much,
crossing morality, they cannot help themselves but to serve Kṛṣṇa
cent per cent and they’re considered to be the highest devotional ideal. But
that sort of devotion is not very cheap.
Anyone in
this world may say, “go on in taking that advantage,” that won’t do. The
devotion must be there and there will be some measurement of the devotion.
Anyone, he will pass in the name of exclusive devotion, but sahajiyā,
that cannot be allowed.
Badrinārāyaṇa: Mahārāja, two new devotees have come from
America.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: New devotees? Today?
...
Devotee: ... Is that like
we can try to follow in the footsteps of Sanātana Goswāmī while
chanting, while taking the Name? Once I heard you say that we should surrender
to the Name and allow the Name to take us wherever He wants.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Oh yes. That means sevonmukhe hi jihvādau.
[ataḥ śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāmādi
na bhaved grāhyam indriyaiḥ
sevonmukhe hi jihvādau svayam eva sphuraty adaḥ
]
[“Because the
name of Kṛṣṇa is identical with Kṛṣṇa
Himself, and on the absolute spiritual platform, Kṛṣṇa’s
name, form, qualities, and associates, cannot be appreciated by the material
senses. However, when one engages the tongue in chanting the Holy Names of the
Lord and tasting the remnants of the Lord’s food, Kṛṣṇa
gradually reveals Himself to the purified senses of that devotee.”]
[Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu,
Pūrva-vibhāga, 2.234]
To be in the
spirit of service, dedication to the Name, what does it mean? Surrendering
means to get impetus from that quarter to regulate me. And there, the
connection will be supreme. Supreme means He does not come to me as a servant,
subservient, but as a master. His connection means the connection of a master.
He’ll regulate me. As much as I shall come nearer to Him I shall feel His
command and His master-hood that I am fully regulated by Him, to every natha,
impure, every natha. Name connection, to get the connection of the Name
or anything of the Supreme, that means to be regulated by Him. Otherwise I am
subject and that is an object, that is an experience of māyā.
Do you
follow? The criterion is there. “One will find that he’s humbler than humbler,
and he’s only an instrument to the hands of that universal force of Me.” That
is the criterion, and not that I’m a subject and I’m enjoying the sound and
feeling some sentiment within me. And some sort of shivering and the hairs are
standing on end. These external symptoms have no value. The real thing is that,
“as much as I’m entering into the command of Him, and as much as I can think
that I’m helpless of the helpless. Only an instrument in His hand, everything
for Himself, that must be ‘die to live,’ we must keep it in mind, ‘die to
live.’” This ego must be dissolved and another new ego from within will spring
up. It means such thing in reality. The test is there, that I’m being handled
by Him. Gradually more and more. “I’m His servant, nitya-dāsa, servitor.
And He’s kind enough to regulate me to its highest intensity. He’s my Lord,
everywhere, everything is under His control.” That sort of transformation must
come within.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Nitāi
Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
jayati jayati nāmānanda rūpam murarer,
viramita nija dharma dhyāna pujyadhi yatna
[katham api sakṛdāttam muktidaṁ
prānināṁ yat, paramāmṛtam ekaṁ jīvanaṁ
bhuṣanaṁ me]
[Sanātana Goswāmī says, “Let ecstasy in the service of
the Divine Name be victorious. If somehow we can come in contact with that
sound, nāma rupaṁ murāreḥ, then all our other
activities will be paralysed; we will have no necessity of performing any other
activity. Our many variegated duties will have no importance to us at all if we
can achieve the service of the Divine Name of Kṛṣṇa.”]
[Bṛhad-Bhāgavatāmṛtam,
1.1.9]
Nija dharma, duty, as we find
in the direction of the varṇāśrama, our duty to the god,
to the world, to the environment. Dhyāna, meditation about anything
and everything. Pūjā, the arcana of the
Rāmānuja section. Jñāna, of the Śankara and other
sections, and duty of the Jains, karma-kāṇḍi,
everything will be off. Katham api sakṛdāttam muktidaṁ
prānināṁ yat. Anyhow if we get the grace of the Divine Name
our liberation is effected, unconsciously, muktidaṁ prānināṁ
yat, but that is not the real gift of the Name. Muktidaṁ
prānināṁ yat paramāmṛtam ekaṁ jīvanaṁ
bhuṣanaṁ me. And it comes to show that that is one with Kṛṣṇa
and He’s the Lord of your life, and the ornament, everything in your life is
He, that Kṛṣṇa, that Name. The Name and the Kṛṣṇa
Himself, the figure, the colour are one and the same inseparably They’re one.
And that is the Lord of your heart. And the ornamental necessity in you also
comes from there, that is everything to be found in Him. The Lord of your life
and also the supplier of all external activities to you also is He. Jīvanaṁ
bhuṣanaṁ me. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
madhura-madhuram-etan-mangalam mangalanam
sakala-nigamavalli-sat-phalam cit-svarupam
sakrdapi parigitam sraddhaya helaya va
bhrguvara naramatram tarayet krsna nama
[“The Holy
Name of Krsna is the sweetest of the sweet and the most auspicious of all
auspicious things. It is the self-effulgent and beautiful fruit of the Vedic
desire tree. When the Holy Name is uttered once without offence, either
attentively or inattentively, it immediately ensures the deliverance of all
human beings from the bondage of illusion.”] [Hari-bhakti-vilasa,
11.234] [Skanda-Purāṇa]
[Gauḍīya
Kaṇṭhahāra, 17.41]
He’s the
sweetest of the sweet and best of all goods. Mangalam mangalanam. All
auspicious things are there, and the best auspicious good to us. Mangalam
mangalanam, sakala-nigamavalli-sat-phalam cit- svarupam. And that is the
conclusion of all the revealed scriptures. Sakala-nigamavalli-sat-phalam
cit- svarupam. And that is not like only a material sound, or the outcome
of the ether, not that. Cit-svarupam. It’s of spiritual existence,
spiritual, not only a sound which comes from the vibration of the ether, not
that. Cit-svarupam. It has got its spiritual existence, above soul.
madhura-madhuram-etan-mangalam mangalanam
sakala-nigamavalli-sat-phalam cit-svarupam
sakrdapi parigitam sraddhaya helaya va
bhrguvara naramatram tarayet krsna nama
Anyhow if we
come to find His grace we get out from all this sinful life. Bhrguvara
naramatram tarayet krsna nama. And no consideration of any caste or creed,
white or black, or brāhmaṇa or śūdra. Anyone
coming in His real connection he cannot but attain His grace. He’s very, very
precious, nobly gracious, the Name of Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
nikhila-śruti-mauli ratna mālā, dyuti
nīrājita-pāda-paṅkajānta
ayi mukta-kulair upāsyamānaṁ, paritas
tvām hari-nām saṁśrayāmi
[“The acme of
all the Vedas, the Upaniṣads, are like a string of
transcendental jewels. The tips of the toes of Your lotus feet, O Holy Name,
are eternally worshipped by the radiance emanating from those jewels. You are
constantly worshipped by the great liberated souls [headed by Nārada and
Śuka, whose hearts are reposed in complete absence of worldly
aspirations]. Therefore, O Name Divine, I surrender unto You in every time,
place, and circumstance.”] [Śrīla Rūpa Goswāmī’s Nāmāṣṭakam,
1]
Rūpa
Goswāmī says. First Sanātana Goswāmī, second Padma-Purāṇa
perhaps, and third Rūpa Goswāmī. Nikhila-śruti-mauli
ratna mālā, dyuti nīrājita-pāda. “Oh You Divine
Name of Kṛṣṇa, all the leading mantrams of the revealed
scriptures, they’re making some ārātī. With their light
they’re trying to show Your holy feet. Nikhila-śruti. All the
revealed scriptures’ advice, śruti-mauli, leading among those
advices, mauli. Ratna mālā, dyuti nīrājita,
and are very gems, very bright jewels among the śruti, they come to
show by their light, their ray, the holy feet of You, the Name, the most
gracious representation of the Lord, pāda- paṅkajānta. Ayi
mukta-kulair upāsyamānaṁ. And all the liberated souls of
normal type they cannot but show reverence to You. Mukta-kulair
upāsyamānaṁ paritas. They’re seen to worship You, they’re
all around with their hearty appreciation. Hari-nāma saṁśrayāmi.
I have come to beg my shelter under Your Holy Feet.” This is Rūpa
Goswāmī’s verse.
Gaura Hari
bol. Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi, Nitāi,
Nitāi, Nitāi.
Wholesale
transformation to Kṛṣṇa’s satisfaction, and die to live. Die
as a member of your family life, or country life, or human life, social life,
religious life, so far, die there. Ha, ha. Disappear completely from there and
fit into another world. Live, try to have your life in another plane,
exclusively. Exclusively try to float in another plane with full life, full
service of Kṛṣṇa consciousness, transformation, real
adjustment. This is we’re all maladjusted in this universe. Proper adjustment
is the adjustment in the respect of Kṛṣṇa consciousness. He’s
the Supreme. We’re all subservient. Everything for Himself and we’re to follow
that course wholesale. He’s beauty, He’s love, He’s affection, He’s ecstasy,
above justice, and above any energy also, power, exertion. No amount of
exertion, no amount of decision can give Him, only surrender, devotion.
Internal sincere taste for Him, that is qualification. “I want Him from the
core of my heart.” That is the real qualification. “I want Him and Him alone.”
That is the qualification, want and you’ll have, the simple way. Ha. ha. Want
and you’ll have. But want sincerely and not superficially, but from the inner
core of your heart. You want Him, you’ll have Him. This is the general, easy,
simple, natural way to attain Him.
[kṛṣṇa-bhakti-rasa-bhāvitā
matiḥ, kriyatāṁ yadi kuto 'pi labhyate]
tatra laulyam api mūlyam ekalaṁ, janma-koṭi-sukṛtair
[na labhyate ]
[“Pure
devotional service to Kṛṣṇa cannot be obtained by performing
pious activities even for millions of births. It can be purchased only by
paying one price: intense eagerness. Wherever it is available, one must
purchase it immediately.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 8.70]
No good deeds
from your present plane can help you, but the association with them and inner
things. The heart is sealed, that ego, that must be broken, and the inner flow
will come out. And that will recognise where is the plane to love and to mix,
where is his home. Back to God, back to home. The ahaṅkāra,
that is ego, that must be broken and the inner flow will come out.
Bhidyate hṛdaya-granthiś, chidyante
sarva-saṁśayāḥ [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.2.21, & 11.20.30]
All doubts
will be cleared. Just as a child jumps to the mother’s lap can recognise that
she’s my mother, intuitively, like that. That inner flow will come out and
select, “Oh, this is my home plane. I’m child of this soil. I’m floating
externally here and there and suffering from reaction.”
Gaura Hari.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Here I close. Vāñchā-kalpatarubhyaś
ca...
Devotee: Jaya Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda
Paramahaṁsa Parivrājakācārya Aṣṭottara-śata
Śrī Śrīmad Bhakti Rakṣaka Śrīdhara Deva
Goswāmī Mahārāja kī jaya!
Devotees: Jaya!
...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ... to remove the misconception of his followers he
asked them...
...
... I shall
drink and fever will be gone.” And they did so and the fever gone. To teach
them ______ [?] Some sort of divinity began there. Some lower education,
primary education, primary practice in the religious world.
brāhmaṇānāṁ sahasrebhyaḥ
satra-yājī viśiṣyate, [satra-yāji-sahasrebhyaḥ
sarvva-vedānta-pāragaḥ]
[sarvva-vedānta-vit-koṭ yā viṣṇubhakto
viśiṣyate, vaiṣṇavānāṁ sahasrebhyaḥ
ekāntyeko viśiṣyate]
[“Among many
thousands of brāhmaṇas, a yajñika brāhmaṇa
is best. Among thousands of yajñika brāhmaṇas, one who fully
knows Vedānta is best. Among millions of knowers of Vedānta,
one who is a devotee of Viṣṇu is best. And among thousands of
devotees of Viṣṇu, one who is an unalloyed Vaiṣṇava is
best.”] [Hari-bhakti-vilāsa, 10.117] & [Bhakti-Sandarbha,
117]
Ordinary brāhmaṇa
culture they have come in touch.
In
Rāmānanda Rāya [saṁvāda] also Mahāprabhu
says that, “Where to begin?”
[prabhu kahe,] — “paḍa śloka sādhyera
nirṇaya”]
rāya kahe, — “sva-dharmācaraṇe viṣṇu-bhakti haya”
[Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu ordered Rāmānanda
Rāya, “Recite a verse from the revealed scriptures concerning the ultimate
goal of life.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā,
8.57]
“The primary
beginning is with varṇāśrama.” “And then go on. Eho
bāhya. Eho bāhya.” Four, five steps lower. Sarvva-vedānta-vit-koṭ
yā viṣṇubhakto viśiṣyate. “Here proper devotion
begins when Vedānta, or the jurisdiction of the knowledge crossed.
Knowledge area crossed, then pure devotion begins. Sarvva-vedānta-
vit-koṭ yā viṣṇubhakto viśiṣyate. Amongst
crores of scholars in the proper Vedānta, one devotee may be
found, who cannot but be satisfied with the personal character of the God.” And
Rāmānanda Rāya also,
brahma-bhūtaḥ prasannātmā, na
śocati na kāṅkṣati
samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu,
mad-bhaktiṁ labhate parām
[“The
spotlessly pure-hearted and self-satisfied soul who has attained to his
conscious divine nature neither grieves nor craves for anything. Seeing all
beings equally (in the conception of My supreme energy), he gradually achieves
supreme devotion (prema-bhakti) unto Me.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
18.54]
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari bol.
[yasmāt] kṣaram atīto ’ham, akṣarād
api cottamaḥ / ato ’smi loke vede ca, prathitaḥ puruṣottamaḥ
[“Because I
am transcendental to the fallible souls and also superior to My infallible
eternal associates, My glories are sung in the world and in the scriptures as
Puruṣottama, the Supreme Person.”]
[Bhagavad-gītā,
15.18]
Unknowable,
unknown and unknowable. The knowledge above that, that is given by devotion. Adhokṣaja.
To receive suggestion, to be able to come in such a position that we’ll be able
to receive suggestion from the upper world, which is unknown and unknowable. Adhokṣaja,
bhakti, that will guide our life. From the unknown and unknowable quarter
hints will come to guide our life. Jñāna śūnya bhakti.
Pure devotion begins there, above calculation by our reasoning faculty. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Try to respect what you do not know. Who are in connection with the unknowable,
try to revere them. Adhokṣaja. Yato bhaktir adhokṣaje.
[sa vai puṁsāṁ paro dharmo, yato
bhaktir adhokṣaje / ahaituky apratihatā, yayātmā
suprasīdati]
[“The supreme
occupation (dharma) for all humanity is that by which men can attain to
loving devotional service unto the transcendental Lord. Such devotional service
must be unmotivated and uninterrupted to completely satisfy the self.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.2.6]
You will
determine, discriminate, and calculate, and take a decision, then you’ll come
to love Him, or give your service to Him. But that won’t do. Yato bhaktir
adhokṣaje. The unknown and unknowable, all your attempt...
83.12.09.B_83.12.14.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...you risk everything you possess. That is a real
justice to your present possessions. This is all effective, to be disconnected
fully of that, save yourself. Save yourself from your so called friends, as you
think them within you. ‘God, Lord save me from my friends.’ At present who we
consider to be our friends, that must be given up, and we must remain alone.
And search who is my shelter, real, proper.
Devotee:
Mahārāja. __________________________________________________________
[?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: __________________________________________ [?]
...
Akṣayānanda
Mahārāja:
...then Govindaji, Rūpa abhidheya. But then Gopīnāthaprayojana. But prayojana
Ācārya we’re told is Raghunātha.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ______________ [?]
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Gopīnātha, He was installed by _________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ___________________________ [?] Caitanya-caritāmṛta
has given stress on these three. Ay tin gauriya ei koriya acariya pasad [?] In
mantram also Madana Mohana means Kṛṣṇa.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And Govinda - Kṛṣṇa, Govinda, Gopīnātha, in the mantram we find three.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Hmm. Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So Gopīnātha is prayojana, that is ultimately we take
shelter there, we’re ordinary. Though our position mainly in the Govinda, rūpānuga, there. But anyone ordinarily wants Vṛndāvana
he’ll have position in the most magnanimous and gracious acceptance of Kṛṣṇa
as gopī in the rasa. Gopīnātha represents the rasa līlā, the wide
circle in the mādhurya rasa, dancing, chanting. That is Gopīnātha. And select few direct in Gopīnātha. And Madana Mohana, only Rādhā Madana
Mohan, where there’s none, no other gopī also when They’re alone, Kṛṣṇa,
Madana Mohan. Sambandhais there. And Gopīnātha of the rūpānuga is Govinda. Abhidheya tattva also. And Gopīnātha Who gives shelter to all the gopī minded
souls, in general.
[Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja is now humming a
song tune softly to himself - 05:00 - 06:00]
Nitāi.
Nitāi. Nitāi. Nitāi. Dayal Nitāi.
VidagdhaMādhava: Guru Mahārāja. Now that we’re in Calcutta
preaching, I was thinking maybe it would be nice if we could make some nice
covers for some of your books for selling. Some of your books like Śrī
Śrī Prema Dhāma Deva Stotram.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That you may consult with Govinda
Mahārāja. I have no idea. When you may take books to Calcutta and
there that fascinating or charming - eh?
VidagdhaMādhava: Cover.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Cover, book.
VidagdhaMādhava: Yes. Make them attractive.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Binding.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Binding, they may have from there. It may not be
available here.
The binding arrangement may be taken there. And the
ordinary books, this Gītā unbound is here, you may take them
and arrange their binding _________ [?] Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
Tomorrow
morning Badrinārāyaṇa Prabhu and Anurādhā, and Braja
Behari and _________ [?] his wife, four. Then you are also going?
VidagdhaMādhava: I was going to ask you, yes Guru Mahārāja,
I’d like to be able to go tomorrow morning.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Five. Then? Dina Bandhu Prabhu he will also go to
help that ____________ [?] I’m told ________ Prabhu also may go. But discussion
finished. _________ Prabhu is expected here. Day after tomorrow Paramahaṁsa Mahārāja’s festival _______________ [?] So
Saturday, tomorrow morning, our good manager must reach there. Dina Bandhu
Prabhu is a very good managing officer.
...
...but what
for? Not for any material purpose, but for the highest purpose, for Kṛṣṇa
consciousness. External adopt-ability was very, very generous, very, very
broad. But internal position was firm and fixed in the highest position. And he
came with the widest sādhana to take the Name, His worship. And
other forms eliminated. Only through sound we can cultivate, with the help of
sound. But that must be genuine source, not any sham thing, not imitation but
genuine thing. Only through sound, sound is enough. Only sound connection of Kṛṣṇa
is enough, but it must be Kṛṣṇa sound, Kṛṣṇa
conception.
sarva-dharmān parityajya, [mām ekaṁ
śaraṇaṁ vraja
ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo, mokṣayiṣyāmi
mā śucaḥ]
[Totally
abandoning all kinds of religion, surrender exclusively unto Me. I will
liberate you from all kinds of sins, so do not despair.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
18.66]
Autocrat.
Beauty but Autocrat. So degree of surrender you are to consider. No limit of
surrender because going to surrender to the Autocrat, no limit. One side
surrender, another side Autocrat. Now think what to do. You are to die to live.
If you really want to live you’ll have to die as you are, a wholesale death.
Have you got such boldness? So die to live. That is all right, no compromise,
you’ll have to die. And die for what? To sacrifice, to satisfy the Autocrat.
That is Beauty. And thereby you’ll attain your best attainment by your degree
of death, ha, ha, ha, as you are. What is this? Who will come for what, with
such risk?
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
The most optimistic person, he may come. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Gaura Hari bol.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. I’ve one question. In Braja we see that there are many
Mūrtis of Dauji and They’re always blackish. But in the Bhāgavatam
tenth canto we see that it says that Dauji is white colour. But we always
have black Mūrti.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: What does he say? Who is he?
Dhanvantari dāsa: Dhanvantari dāsa.
Devotee: In Vṛndāvana
there are many Śrī Vigraha of Śrī Baladeva.
Dhanvantari dāsa: He understood, he understood. Dauji. And They’re
blackish colour. But He’s whitish in the Bhāgavatam.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha. Yes.
Dhanvantari dāsa: So I’m not understanding.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: You may not understand. Here Keśava
Mahārāja also made Kṛṣṇa in white colour, and in
all our Maṭhas, Rādhārāṇī a golden colour, or
all white stone colour. Do you see? But our eye in the reading of this physical
eye, this black and white and red, has got no relation with that sort of black
and golden and white. We’re to understand that. Do you follow?
Dhanvantari dāsa: Yes. It is a physical thing.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Rādhārāṇī was golden, Kṛṣṇa
was black. That does not mean that the black in the physical eye. So something
nearer approach, by the help of the nearer approach you’re to realise what is
in the original. These are all approach towards that. The whiteness that this
eye can see it has got no relation with that whiteness, and so on, so on. So we
should not lay much stress on this physical experience. It is above,
transcendental. Somehow some nearer impression is being given. Not this black,
this white, this golden, this red, it is something else. Extreme case I’m
giving to you, whether you can follow.
When in
Manipur there was a revolt in the British period. There was one General
Chichandragit [?]
Dhanvantari dāsa: One what?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: One General of Manipur State by name Chichandragit
[?], he made some conspiracy against the British rule, and he used to prepare
bombs and other things in the temple compound. Just as the chiefs are now
demanding. So British got some scent and sent a General to inspect the matter,
for inspection. But Chichandragit [?] General he did not allow that gentleman
to enter the temple compound. But he forcibly tried to enter and he was killed,
murdered there. At this the British were confident there must be some
conspiracy, they sent military. And then the temple and the Deity was smashed
by cannon shot, whole temple and Deity was demolished.
Now our Guru
Mahārāja’s comment on this. “The Śrī Vigraha we’re to
understand, that the Śrī Mūrti is one and the same with Kṛṣṇa,
Rādhā-Govinda temple, Kṛṣṇa. And without the slight
sanction of Kṛṣṇa not even a creeper can move, a straw can
move. Everything, whatever happens by the wish, sweet will of Kṛṣṇa.
And why this temple was smashed by cannon shot, and Kṛṣṇa He
sanctioned that? Without His sanction nothing can happen. So Kṛṣṇa
sanctioned to shoot His Own Deity there that was established and was being
worshipped.”
What is the
reason? Do you follow? Eh?
Dhanvantari dāsa: Yes. I follow the point. What is the reason?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Why Kṛṣṇa willed to shatter His
Own Śrī Mūrti there in Manipur? Without Kṛṣṇa’s
will nothing can happen. And His Own Vigraha was shot to pieces. What is - how?
Our Guru Mahārāja told that,
arcye viṣṇau śilā-dhīr guruṣu
nara-matir vaiṣṇave jātī-buddhir
[viṣṇor vā vaiṣṇavānāṁ
kali-mala-mathane pāda-tīrthe ‘mbu-buddhiḥ
śrī-viṣṇor-nāmni-mantre
sakala-kaluṣa-he śabda-sāmānya -buddhir
viṣṇau sarvveśvareśe
tad-itara-sama-dhīr yasya vā nārakī saḥ]
[Śrīla Vyāsadeva states in Padma-Purāṇa:
“Anyone who considers the worshippable Deity of the Lord to be made out of wood,
stone, or metal; who considers the Vaiṣṇava Guru to be a mortal
man; who considers a Vaiṣṇava to be limited by the confines of
caste, lineage, or creed; who considers the holy foot-wash of Lord Viṣṇu
or a Vaiṣṇava to be ordinary water, although such water has the
potency to destroy all evils of the age of Kali; who considers the Holy Name
and mantra of Lord Viṣṇu, which vanquish all sins, to be common
sound vibration; and who considers the God of gods, Lord Viṣṇu, to
be merely on the level of the demigods - such a person is a diabolical devil.”]
[Padma-Purāṇa] & [Gauḍīya Kaṇṭhahāra,
13.94]
Bhauma ijya-dhīḥ.
[yasyātma-buddhiḥ kuṇape
tri-dhātuke, sva-dhīḥ kalatrādiṣu bhauma
ijya-dhīḥ
yat-tīrtha-buddhiḥ salile na karhicij, janeṣv abhijñeṣu
sa eva go-kharaḥ]
[“One who
identifies his self as the inert body composed of mucus, bile and air, who
assumes his wife and family are permanently his own, who thinks an earthen
image or the land of his birth is worshippable, or who sees a place of
pilgrimage as merely the water there, but who never identifies himself with,
feels kinship with, worships or even visits those who are wise in spiritual
truth — such a person is no better than a cow or an ass.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.84.13]
In Bhāgavatam
and Padma-Purāṇa it is mentioned that what really we do
worship that is not stone, that is not wood, or any mineral. When generally we
think that it is stone, it is mineral, it is wooden, that conception was shut
down in a moment, demolished. Do you follow?
Dhanvantari dāsa: Hmm. Yes. We should not take it externally, the
external is finished.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That external possibility of external conception of
the reality, that had been demolished. So we should not give much importance
into the external representation of things. It is gradually taking me that
side. In this way it has been arranged.
Dhanvantari dāsa: Catching the spirit.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah.
ānukūlyasya saṅkalpaḥ,
[prātikūlya-vivarjjanam / rakṣiṣyatīti
viśvāso, goptṛtve varaṇaṁ tathā.
ātma-nikṣepa kārpaṇye, ṣaḍ-vidhā
śaraṇāgatiḥ / evaṁ paryyāyataś
cāsminn, ekaikādhyāya-saṅgrahaḥ]
[“The six
limbs of surrender are as follows: 1 - To accept everything favourable for
devotion to Kṛṣṇa. 2 - To reject everything unfavourable for
devotion to Kṛṣṇa. 3 - To be confident that Kṛṣṇa
will grant His protection. 4 - To embrace Kṛṣṇa’s
guardianship. 5 - To offer oneself unto Him. 6 - To consider oneself lowly and
bereft.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā,
22.100]
It is towards
that, not that very thing. In this way we’re to accept. Then the red complexion
or - we must not make too much here in the experience of our senses. It is
something like, but not as we have our sensual experience, not, but towards.
Helpful, favourable. In this way we’re to see things.
Dhanvantari dāsa: Like giving an idea.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah. In gradual process we’re being taken to them. We
cannot but read material things, we’re fully surcharged in and out with
material conception. And to take out from that material conception some sort of
material help is necessary. But that does not mean that what is given, extended
to us, that is the thing. We’re to go further and further to have the
real representation.
Dhanvantari dāsa: Very nice, very nice.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja:
loke vyavāyāmiṣa-madya-sevā,
nityā hi jantor na hi tatra codanā
vyavasthitis teṣu
vivāha-yajña,-surā-grahair āsu nivṛttir iṣṭā
[“Everyone is
naturally inclined to have sex, eat meat, and drink wine. There is no need for
the scripture to encourage these things. The scriptures do, however, give
concessions to people who are determined to do these things. The scriptures
therefore grant a license to enjoy sex by allowing sexual intercourse with
one’s lawfully wedded wife at the proper time of the month. They grant a
license to eat meat to those who perform a certain kind of sacrifice, and a
license to drink wine to those who perform the Sautramani sacrifice. The
purpose of granting these licenses for sense gratification is only to restrict
these activities and encourage people to give them up altogether. The real
intention of the Vedic injunctions regarding sex, meat-eating, and
wine-drinking is to make one abstain from these activities.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.5.11]
Just as a
professor he’s helping a boy to study, the professor has got much knowledge,
but the boy not so much advanced in knowledge. So by instalment he will say
when teaching geography, ‘Sun is fixed, and the planets are all moving around
the sun.’ Again in higher study of astronomy or geography he will have to say,
‘No, sun is also moving.’ But if he says that to the boy, the boy will be
perplexed.
So by
instalments teachings are given to us by the śāstra, not
wholesale at once, by instalment.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
Dhanvantari dāsa: I have another question of a different subject. That
in the Caitanya-caritāmṛta purport our Prabhupāda says
that, “If a sannyāsī falls down, the only prāyaścitta
is to drown himself in the triveni.” But I’m thinking that there
must be more understanding to this situation. It’s one statement, a blanket
statement, it’s only prāyaścitta, drowning in the triveni.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That is the standard has been given there, but the
adjustment may be according to that ideal. In the time of application,
according to the different type of cases, the different adjustment should be
made. That is a general example is given. But particular application of the
case may differ.
Dhanvantari dāsa: Kāla-deṣa-pātra.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah. Deṣa-kāla-pātra.
Devotee:
_______________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Dhanvantari dāsa: Guru Mahārāja. One more question please. I
was reading Śrī Guru And His Grace recently, and it’s
challenging some of my...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: You are reading, but we have not read it.
Devotees: (Group laughter)
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh? Anyhow you may ask your question.
Dhanvantari dāsa: Some of my former conceptions are being altered by
this, about the Guru Paramparā. Of course some say that it’s coming down
by dīkṣā, but we understand it may also come by śikṣā
or by sat saṅga. But I was thinking previously that just like
a chain is as strong as the weakest link in the chain. So if in the sampradāya
one of the Gurus is not so qualified, then the disciple will not go beyond
the qualification of the Guru. He will not rise higher than his Guru. But
apparently that is not the fact. The sampradāya is not like a
chain, exactly.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hmm? What does he say?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: If in the sampradāya one of the Gurus is
weaker, if in the sampradāya one of the Gurus is not so strong as
the others, then maybe the chain will suffer, or not.
__________________________________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: __________________ [?]
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja:
____________________________________________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _______ [?] There are many Gurus?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes. If one is not so strong, will it cause
deviation, in the message? Like that.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: You may apply the spiritual matters in ordinary
cases which we understand properly. Suppose a combination of merchants.
_________ [?] Of the merchant syndicate or something like.
Vidagdha Mādhava: Association.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Association of the merchants, so many members there
are. One may understand that mercantile approach little less. Then how will it
affect the association? In ordinary case also we can understand to certain,
there also this common sense may be applied.
Dhanvantari dāsa: Hmm. Very good.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Educational syndicate, merchant association, then
this military _________ [?]
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Regiment.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: All may not be equal, some higher, some lower. And
what will be the effect there, we may apply that to these spiritual things.
If a blunt
headed merchant he’s the supreme, chairman of the association, and at his
instruction everyone moves then that will lose in business. Or even in a
neglected position one idiot merchant in neglected position then by the vote of
the others he will also go on in any way he can.
The
difficulty is this, that when we do not come into real conception of the
spiritual substance there all these troubles come in. It is all vague, all
imagination, all risk. But if we can feel that this is spirituality, and
this is mundane, then we can make choice for our own interest.
Why I’m out?
You’re Catholic, why you’ve become Protestant? You’re Christian, why you have
come to be Islam? That Mohammed he was a wrestler [boxer], he became a Muslim,
that Mohammed Ali or someone. Why have you come from Christianity to Kṛṣṇa
consciousness? What for? What makes you justify leaving your born birth
religion has taken you to Kṛṣṇa consciousness? What is that
thing? You’ll apply that. And in Christianity also, all the bishops they’re all
of same standard?
Everywhere
there’s gradation, wherever we go, in every walk of life we’re to select the
superior thing, everywhere, which is suitable to me according to my capacity.
I’m going by rikshaw, another by motor, he can provide that, he can go by taxi,
but I shall have to go, and some, many are walking.
So
adopt-ability depends on our own sincere selection of the truth. The risk is
with me.
You’ve heard
of Casabianca?
Dhanvantari dāsa: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: “The boy stood on the burning deck, whence all but
him had fled.”
[This is the
first line of a poem called Casabianca by the English poet Felicia
Dorothea Hemans]
In a fight
many may fly away out of fear, but one may stand to fight, knowing fully well
that he’ll have to die. But still he holds the higher principle, “I won’t go
back, I shall die here.” You appreciate whom? And that is also not every case.
That foolish affinity to that order is also not very good. If I go back then I
shall be again able to attack the enemy. That consideration also may be there.
So deṣa-kāla-pātra as you told, it should be judged.
Sometimes to become coward, that is to become brave. So practical application
in different cases will fetch different result. On the whole the sincerity.
[pārtha naiveha nāmutra, vināśas
tasya vidyate] na hi kalyāṇa-kṛt kaścid, durgatiṁ
tāta gacchati
[“O Arjuna, son of Kuntī, the
unsuccessful yogī does not suffer ruination either in this life or
the next. He is not deprived of the pleasures of the heavenly planetary systems
in this universe, nor is he denied the chance to personally see the Supersoul
in the divine realm. This is so, O dear one, because a person who performs
virtuous actions never becomes ill-fated.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
6.40]
We must be
sincere, to our activity, to the outside, and none can defeat me. I’m my enemy.
Enemy is not outside. The worst enemy is within me. If I do not like to deceive
me none can deceive me. For the time being it may seem that one is deceiving
me, but never, none can deceive me, anyone, none. The culprit is within.
Because we
cannot see the real path, so we do not go, is it the problem? Knowing fully
well that this is good, but still we can’t do that. A hundred times I try to go
but I fall down. Who is responsible? That is a row to create, to deceive ones
own self. ‘This is this, this is this.’ The heart will tell plainly that what
is real need in me, what I want. The combination, the majority, that is
everywhere.
Animalism,
then rationalism, then wisdom, then spiritualism. Elimination and advancement.
Who comes to eliminate, the company? We’re all animals, then rational animal,
then wise man, then virtuous man. In this way elimination and acceptance. At
ones own risk one is to take. The quarrel and misunderstanding, that is not the
real cause. Inner sincere adopt-ability that is responsible for every progress.
Sada haya
gaura siksa buliya hoibe [?] If you’re simple and sincere you’ll be able to
understand what advice Gaurāṅga has given to you, it will be plain
to you. A bad workman quarrels with his tools.
[vidvadbhiḥ sevitaḥ sadbhir, nityam adveṣa-rāgibhiḥ]
hṛdaye nābhya nujñāto, yo dharmas taṁ
nibhodhata
[Manu-saṁhitā, 2.1]
Heart’s
approval, inner approval, that is final. Imposing from outside, how much value
it may fetch in ones sincere acceptance? A man may give his head but not his
decision. Eh?
Devotee:
____________________ [?]
...
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: ...enter the International Society For Kṛṣṇa
Consciousness, ISKCON, and after preliminary purification become most repentant
for their previous illicit activities. They are shocked when they realise how
they gave up the personal association of God to pursue the useless forms
created by Māyā.” This question, he has quoted this. “Many people
have come to ISKCON, sinful people, and after purification they repent. And
they’re shocked when they realise how they gave up the personal company of God,
to pursue the useless form of māyā.” So this question of ‘gave
up the personal association’, the old question.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: If anyone had real personal connection, is it
possible for him to give up? That is the question? Eh?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes. That old question.
[na tad bhāsayate sūryo, na
śaśāṅko na pāvakaḥ] yad gatvā na
nivartante, tad dhāma paramaṁ mama
[“My supreme
holy abode is that place which the surrendered souls reach, never to return
again to this deathly plane. Upon going there, one never returns to this
material world. Neither sun, nor moon, nor fire - nothing can illuminate that
all-illuminating supreme abode.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 15.6]
Then Kṛṣṇa’s
statement in Gītā is false. This problem.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Then some possibility that word will be used,
avoiding the possibility of our connection with Kṛṣṇa. Eh?
We’ve come so far into the dense part of māyā. From direct
connection, direct service of Kṛṣṇa, one cannot come to this māyā.
But from taṭasthā he had the possibility to go up, but
without going that side, he has come this side, he may remain like that. Do you
follow?
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes. But this means, according to this statement,
before taṭasthā we might have had personal company of Kṛṣṇa.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That may not come under reasoning.
Akṣayānanda Mahārāja: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Svarūpe sabāra haya, golokete sthiti.
Everyone in his internal real position he’s in connection with Kṛṣṇa.
But from there he has come here, that is another thing. If we’re to say so,
then it is by the līlā, flow of the sweet līlā of
Kṛṣṇa, and coming and going. That is another plane. But
general plane, from the taṭasthā we have come. And by the
help of the sādhus we can avoid our present position and enter into
that company.
Devotee: What should be
the case, or should be the understanding in the case of the brāhmaṇa
assistant of Caitanya Mahāprabhu who was captured by the Bhaṭṭahāris?
When the Lord was travelling in South India He had one brāhmaṇa assistant.
And this assistant he was somehow deluded by the association of these gypsies.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: We’re to accept this, that Caitanya Mahāprabhu
showed by His personal assistant the possibility of such concern and danger. To
show the possibility of such deviation He made it a play to teach us. Satahari
[?] dāsa, then Kālākṛṣṇa dāsa, the
dangers may come in such forms. To show this Caitanya Mahāprabhu by His
own persons has given us the suggestion, that it is possible, beware. Beware of
the danger. It is possible that from such stages one may be enticed by māyā.
So don’t believe you too much, don’t trust you too much. Even in connection
with God’s temple, we have seen, we have heard rather, that in a temple a pūjārī
is worshipping in the temple, engaged, within the temple he’s writing a
love letter...
83.12.15.A_83.12.19.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: “You Yourself put question, and You made me to
answer Your question. That as I’m Guru and You’re disciple. This is very
peculiar. Whatever You like You may do that. You are omnipotent. Within You are
sending the answer, and outwardly You are making enquiry. Ordinary people won’t
follow that. They’ll think that Mahāprabhu He learned all these things
from Rāmānanda. But really I feel that You are sending within the
answer, and outwardly You are as a seeker You are making questions.”
Mahāprabhu in His last talks told, “Why
you are afraid so much?”
kibā
vipra, kibā nyāsī, śūdra kene naya, / yei kṛṣṇa-tattva
vettā sei guru haya.
[“Whether a person is a brāhmaṇa,
a sannyāsī, or a śūdra, if he knows the
science of Kṛṣṇa, he is to be accepted as Guru.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 8.127]
“You are afraid of being placed in the
position of My Guru. But whoever he may be if he knows really Kṛṣṇa
then he’s Guru. Outwardly he may be a brāhmaṇa, or a sannyāsī,
a gṛhastha, or even a śūdra, anyone outwardly.
But within if anyone has got that wealth, the knowledge of Kṛṣṇa,
he’s really Guru. Why you are feeling so much inconvenience?”
In this way some conjecture, that He’s
always Guru. Sannyāsa Guru also gave the mantram. “Is it suitable
for the sannyāsī?” In this way He gave mantram to the ear of
the sannyāsa Guru and then heard from him. Here also Kavirāja
Goswāmī and other devotees said, “Just as the ocean sends gases to
form cloud, and when the cloud becomes rain it falls to the ocean.” Just like
this the talk of Rāmānanda and Caitanya. From Caitanya inspiration
going up to the sky to Rāmānanda, made the cloud. Rāmānanda
is cloud and Caitanya Deva is the ocean. Cloud draws water in the form of gas,
and then again it rains over the ocean.
sañcārya
rāmābhidha-bhakta-meghe, sva-bhakti-siddhānta-cayāmṛtāni
gaurābdhir etair amunā vitīrṇais,
taj-jñatva-ratnālayatāṁ prayāti
[“Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu,
who is known as Gaurāṅga, is the ocean of all conclusive knowledge
in devotional service. He empowered Śrī Rāmānanda
Rāya, who may be likened to a cloud of devotional service. This cloud was
filled with the water of all the conclusive purports of devotional service and
was empowered by the ocean to spread this water over the sea of Śrī
Caitanya Mahāprabhu Himself. Thus the ocean of Caitanya Mahāprabhu
became filled with the jewels of the knowledge of pure devotional service.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā,
8.1]
Rāmānanda is compared with the
cloud, and Caitanya Deva is compared with the ocean. The cloud is made of
drawing water from the ocean, and again raining over the ocean. So
Rāmānanda internally drawing inspiration from Caitanya Deva, and
externally as a cloud he’s raining to Caitanya Deva, giving, distributing those
things to Caitanya Deva.
In this way the devotees have seen
themselves and ___________ [?] in that light. He’s coming from ocean and again
falling in the form of rain coming. Kṛṣṇa. Outwardly Caitanya
Deva is hearing, putting questions and hearing answers, so he that gives the
answer is in the position of Guru, and who is enquiring in the position of
disciple.
But here the nature of the disciple is
something else, that He knows everything. “Further, go further, go further,
little more.” In this way He’s guiding. “This is almost finished. Still if
anything please say.” In this way the enquirer as if He knows everything, in
such a posture it has been distributed.
But still Rāmānanda is afraid.
“Oh, people will say that You have come, really You are describing everything
in me, and outwardly You are posing like a disciple. I don’t relish this
thing.”
Then Mahāprabhu, “You don’t care for
that. Anyone can become a Guru if he’s already with the capital of Kṛṣṇa
consciousness. Formerly, anyone he may be, it does not matter. Kṛṣṇa
consciousness is the wealth, and one who has got that he’s the heaviest.”
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
Guru Mahārāja. In Lord Gaurāṅga by Śiśir
Ghose, the English translation is perhaps awkward in some places. Because he
describes Mahāprabhu going into trance at different times, and at that
time Kṛṣṇa taking possession of His body. And then He would
speak in a different way, and then...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I don’t follow you.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
I see.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Who else, to explain him?
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
This one book Lord Gaurāṅga by Śiśir Ghose...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. Lord Gaurāṅga.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
...there’s one English translation, and in this English translation
Śiśir Ghose describes Lord Caitanya as being possessed by the Supreme
Personality of Godhead, by Kṛṣṇa. And sometimes going, this
possession is leaving, and fainting, Mahāprabhu faints and becomes normal
again.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh?
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
He’s describing Mahāprabhu becoming fully manifest as Kṛṣṇa
and speaking as Kṛṣṇa. And then fainting and then returning
to his normal condition as Nimāi. He’s describing as if a spirit is
possessing Mahāprabhu and leaving. He’s describing that kind of situation.
Devotee: It’s kind of
a māyāvādī conception, that He attains...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I want to hear the original expression, what he has
told.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
OK. I can get that.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa. Nitāi Gaura Hari
bol. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
So, Guru Mahārāja. I’ll read you a short part of this book.
“This is the initiation of Nimāi. And
there was a halo around Nimāi at this particular initiation. And He
addressed His mother with exceeding gravity. I’m leaving this body. I shall
come again. The body I’m leaving behind is your son whom you should tend with
great tenderness when I’m gone.” So saying, Nimāi made an effort to bow to
His mother, but before He could fully perform this act He became unconscious.
The boy then to all intents and purposes seemed dead. Śacī, alarmed,
sprinkled water on His face, called Him loudly by His name, and by this and
other means succeeded in restoring Him to consciousness. As soon as Nimāi
had fallen into a swoon, the light which had shone from His body left Him, and
the halo which had surrounded His head disappeared. And with it disappeared His
awe-full and reverential inspiring aspect. Śacī was relieved to find
her son restored again to His natural state.”
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh? The last line?
Vidagdha
Mādhava:
“Mother Śacī was relieved to find her son restored again to His
natural state.”
And he makes one footnote about the
statement of Nimāi that, “The body I’m leaving behind is your son whom you
should tend with great tenderness when I’m gone.” He footnotes, “This may
either mean, always take care of the body of your son, or revive Him when I
leave this body, for He will fall into a swoon.”
This is only one example, there are many.
“Where Mahāprabhu is shining like a thousand suns, in the house of
Śrīvāsa Paṇḍita. But these manifestations last for
some time and then going away. And sometimes Mahāprabhu falling
unconscious at the end of the manifestation.”
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: We do not admit that Mahāprabhu had any body of
flesh and blood. But He could show anything and everything. That was a show, to
Śacī Devī, and not reality. Not body of flesh and blood, and He
left it, and again came and entered into it and made it active, it is not like
that.
So Kṛṣṇa also showed like
that in different places that He was present - when He left His body, the arrow
thrown by the Jarābad, and blood oozing. And Kṛṣṇa’s
body was burned. All these things are māyā.
Sītā Devī was taken away by
Rāvaṇa, this is all māyā, Mahāprabhu told.
Because His body is purely of consciousness.
Only He has the special power to make a show, of a spiritual body to the plane
of material existence, to communicate with us. But that is not His real body.
To communicate.
[ajo 'pi sann
avyayātmā, bhūtānām īśvaro 'pi san]
prakṛtiṁ
svām adhiṣṭhāya, sambhavāmy
ātma-māyayā
[“Although My eternal form is transcendental
to birth and death, and I am the controller of all beings, I appear within the
world in My original form, by My own sweet will, extending My internal potency
of yoga- māyā.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 4.6]
When a transcendental personality comes to
appear in this world through the ordinary course of this world, but it is all a
show. He controls these material laws by His spiritual laws. And then in that
way they come here and connect with us and deal everything with us in our
layer. But in spite of this not a tinge of matter is in Him. The spirituality
can appear in the grossest substance in this world. He can connect, but this
gross element cannot connect there. He can take any shape, to be intelligible
and approachable by us. But still He’s not to be captured by the eye, or
touched by the hand, or the voice heard by the ear. He can manage to connect
with us, but still He retains His spiritual existence cent per cent. And He can
do, to communicate with us, He can show that as if He has come to our level,
but that is all show.
etad
īśanam īśasya, prakṛti-stho ’pi tad-guṇaiḥ
/ na yujyate sadātma-sthair, yathā buddhis tad-āśrayā
[“This is the divinity of the Personality of
Godhead: He is not affected by the qualities of material nature, even though He
is in contact with them. Similarly, the devotees who have taken shelter of the
Lord do not become influenced by the material qualities.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.11.38]
Prakṛtiṁ
svām adhiṣṭhāya, sambhavāmy
ātma-māyayā. [Bhagavad-gītā, 4.6]
avajānanti
māṁ mūḍhā, mānuṣīṁ tanum
āśritam / paraṁ bhāvam ajānanto, mama
bhūta-maheśvaram
[“Unable to comprehend My super-excellent
divine form of human features, ignorant men blaspheme Me - the Supreme Lord of
all beings - by considering Me a mere human being.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
9.11]
“I can come in the material form when
necessary, but that is not really matter. Without material form I can show My
own form as if it is material to the paraphernalia.”
Prakṛti-stho
’pi.
He’s fully spiritual, but He can also make a show that as if He’s a material
body.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. So I close the
class here.
...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja:
jñānam te'
ham sa-vijñānam, idaṁ vakṣyāmy aśeṣataḥ
yaj
[jñātvā neha bhūyo 'nyaj, jñātavyam avaśiṣyate]
[“Now I shall fully describe to you, with
the taste of the flavour of My divine sweetness, this knowledge of My grand
majestic splendour and opulences. After knowing all this, absolutely nothing
will remain for you to know, being situated on this beautiful, joyful, and
victorious path.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 7.2]
...
yathā
mahānti bhūtāni, bhūteṣūccāvaceṣv anu
/ praviṣṭāny apraviṣṭāni, tathā teṣu
na teṣv aham
[“O Brahmā, please know that the
universal elements enter into the cosmos and at the same time do not enter into
the cosmos; similarly, I also exist within everything and at the same time I am
outside everything.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 2.9.35]
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Tattvava matsana
[?]
Yatham yatham
kalpa jais karmam karmam krodha vimocanana
Aham kalpa jais
karmam krodha kama vimocanana
_____________________________________________________________________________
[?]
... control,
rather we shall aspire after to be controlled.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. In that connection when Rāya Rāmānanda was
talking with Mahāprabhu...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hmm?
Devotee: When
Rāmānanda Rāya was having his discussions with Mahāprabhu
he said that, “Whatever I’m saying it’s coming from You.”
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Oh. “You’re giving inspiration, and I’m giving out
that feeling. It’s a very wonderful thing that You’re speaking from within me
and You’re hearing. You’re putting the question, and the answer You’re
inspiring in me, and I say what You want me to say, and You’re hearing. It’s a
peculiar position I’ve got.” Rāmānanda says. “You’re listening and
You’re speaking through me, so You’re establishing a rapport.”
sañcārya
rāmābhidha-bhakta-meghe, sva-bhakti-siddhānta-cayāmṛtāni
gaurābdhir etair amunā vitīrṇais,
taj-jñatva-ratnālayatāṁ prayāti
[“Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu,
who is known as Gaurāṅga, is the ocean of all conclusive knowledge
in devotional service. He empowered Śrī Rāmānanda
Rāya, who may be likened to a cloud of devotional service. This cloud was
filled with the water of all the conclusive purports of devotional service and
was empowered by the ocean to spread this water over the sea of Śrī
Caitanya Mahāprabhu Himself. Thus the ocean of Caitanya Mahāprabhu
became filled with the jewels of the knowledge of pure devotional service.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 8.1]
Clouds are the product of the water of the
ocean. And the ocean water becomes gas and forms in clouds. And again cloud
means transformed into rain the ocean receives that. That example has been
given. From ocean through cloud coming to ocean.
“So You are in me. You’re putting some
questions, and You’re inspiring me with the answer, and I’m putting that thing
in Your, as reply to Your question. So coming from You and again going to You.
The gesture of Your putting question is such. What is that? What is them? Then
what is them? You know everything, still You want to hear it from my lips.”
“This is external. This is superficial. Go
deeper. Go deeper. This is all superficial. Yes, we can begin with this. Go
deeper, more.”
“Your suggestion is such that You know
everything - only You want to be spoken by my mouth. You’re putting questions
in such a fashion that You know everything. “Go, little more, little more,” so
everything known to You. The gesture, the nature of Your putting questions to
me clearly shows that You’re well versed in everything. Only You want it to
come through my lips.
“So this is external. Go forward. This is
also superficial. Go deeper. Then yes, it is. Then next, it is good. Further.
It is better. Go little more. Yes, it is the highest. Now, how to attain this?
Please speak to Me.”
In this way everything known to You, but
You’re pushing me to pass Your opinions through me. A peculiar type of question
and answer. One who listens He knows everything. And one who advises he’s an
instrument in the hand, a doll in the hand of one who’s listening. Peculiar
things, very sweet it seems.”
So a bhakta, a devotee’s doing,
actually Lord does through him. The Lord does through a devotee, they have no
separate understanding. They’re almost instrumental, still holding some special
individuality, they want to be an instrument. “I have no original position.
Whatever He wants me to do I like to do that.” Agent, cent per cent agent of
different departments, the svarūpa śakti. Surcharged with svarūpa
śakti, the internal potency, they do. Instrumental.
_____________________________ [?] “Whomever You want to dance in what way he
dances in that way. He plays in that way according to Your insinuation, Your
inspiration.” Still, they’ve got separate existence, so many, but all in one
tune, different but harmonised. Though different but harmonised, not opposition
party. Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa. _____________ [?] We
want to have such position. What is necessary how I shall be adjusted in that
position.
[dante nidhaya
trnakam padayor-nipatya, krtva ca kakusatam etad aham bravimi
he sadhavah
sakalam eva vihaya durad-, gauranga-candra-carane kurutanuragam]
[“Taking a straw in my teeth I fall at your
feet hundreds of times and implore you with sweet words, saying, “O noble soul!
Please throw out everything you have learned and cultivate attachment to the
lotus feet of the moon-like Sri Gauranga.”] [Caitanya-candramrta, 120] [Gauḍīya-Kanthahara,
13.148]
Dante nidhaya
trnakam padayor-nipatya. Taking the hand from the feet. Padayor-nipatya.
Falling at the holy feet.
Krtva ca
kakusatam etad aham bravimi. With much entreaty, and also flattery, and also
request and prayer, I want to say to you.
He sadhavah. I have faith
in you that you are all honest man. I’m addressing to the honesty in you. Sakalam
eva vihaya durad. My most fervent prayer to you, give up everything, and
every call, dismiss. And fall flat, wholly at the feet of Śrī
Caitanya Deva. You’ll get the highest benefit. I have faith in your sincere
honest heart. I appeal there. In spite of so many mental tendencies in
different ways, at heart, at the bottom, you are honest and good. So I appeal
to you, give up everything, and come fully under the feet of Lord Caitanya.
Your gain will know no bounds, unlimited gain.
Caitanya-candra-carane
kurutanuragam.
Try to find your attraction for the holy feet of Śrī Caitanya Deva,
the exponent of the divine love. And you will surely get your fulfilment, you
will feel in your heart. Give up everything. So many tendencies are dragging you
out to different directions. Don’t allow yourself to be prey to those different
discordant attractions. My fervent appeal to you my friend, give up everything,
fall flat on the feet of Lord Caitanya Deva.”
This call is coming from the core of the heart
of Prabodhānanda Sarasvatī, one who passed his last time in
Śrīkuṇḍa, Vṛndāvana, alone. A lonely place,
lonely life he led with literary culture. Rādhā-rasa-sudhā-
nidhi, Caitanya-candrodaya, Navadvīpa-śatakam, so
many books. He sings the infinite, and very heart touching, and good style
Sanskrit he has given. Sentiments are very fine and very dignified.
strī-putrādi-kathaṁ
jahur [viṣayiṇaḥ śāstra-pravādaṁ
budhā
yogīndrā
vijahur marun niyamaka-kleśaṁ tapas tāpasāḥ
jñānābhyāsa-vidhiṁ
jahuś ca yatayaś caitanyacandre param
āviṣkurvati
bhakti-yogapadavīṁ naivānya āsīd rasaḥ]
[“Something most wonderful and miraculous
has happened because the Divine full moon Śrī Caitanyacandra has
graciously illuminated the sky of everyone’s heart, imbuing them with ambrosial
transcendental love. Being deeply attracted by that, the materialists have
given up talking about their wives, children and mundane affairs. The paṇḍits
have given up arguing the scriptural conclusions, the yogīs have
given up the difficulty of controlling the breath, the ascetics have given up
their austerity, and the impersonalist renunciates have given up their pursuit
of impersonal philosophy. Now there is only one exclusive and super excellent
taste, the nectar of pure devotional service, compared to which, nothing else
is attractive any more.”] [Caitanya-candramrta, 113] & [Śrī
Bhakti Rakṣaka Bhajana Madhuri, p 11-12]
Strī-putrādi-kathaṁ
jahur.
Very sweet, and he made his appearance to preach the love in the country. What
was the condition of the country at that time? Strī-putrādi-kathaṁ
jahur viṣayiṇaḥ. The worldly people they forgot to
discuss about their family affairs. Such dazzling scene was created, the
example was created, that ordinary people they’re also talking in their home
about Caitanya Deva. They forgot to discuss about their family affairs. Strī-putrādi-kathaṁ
jahur viṣayiṇaḥ.
Śāstra-pravādaṁ
budhā.
Those persons... ke?
Devotee: ______ [?]
Mahārāja.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: They’re quarrelling with the different purpose in
the śāstra. “Oh, śāstra says this.” Another
says, “No, no, the śāstra purport is this.” The third man,
“No, no, the real meaning will be that.” This sort of quarrel was stopped for
the time being when Caitanya Deva came with loving expression of the
transcendental realm. They stopped for the time being their quarrel, the
different types of meanings of the scripture.
Yogīndrā
vijahur marun niyamaka-kleśaṁ. And the yogīs who were very much busy in
controlling their breaths, prāṇāyāma, pratyāhāra,
the so called processes of yoga, for the time being they left that. And
actually took up, actuated what he has taken in this quarter. This very
wonderful thing for which we shall take trouble to control over the breath and
reach some stage of mystic consciousness. A very wonderful thing Śrī
Caitanya Deva has brought into the world.
Vijahur marun
niyamaka-kleśaṁ tapas tāpasāḥ. Those that
are fond of austerity and penance, they also stop their campaign. “What is the
necessity of embracing so much voluntary pain on the body and mind, and to
search after some happiness in future life?” This austerity and penances they
also gave up for the time being, their endeavour to that cause, tāpasāḥ.
Jñānābhyāsa-vidhiṁ
jahuś ca yatayaś. The sannyāsīns, the renunciants,
they gave up the study of the Vedas, Upaniṣads, and to get
by heart all these ślokas etc. The study of the revealed
scriptures, that was also stopped for the time being. The students stopped
their study of the higher scriptures.
Jñānābhyāsa-vidhiṁ
jahuś ca yatayaś caitanyacandre param, āviṣkurvati
bhakti-yoga.
When Caitanya Deva came out with some higher display of the devotional love
divine, all the departments were affected. And more or less they were charmed
and left for the time being their own campaign, and looked at what
Śrī Caitanya Deva was taking in the country at that time.
In this way he has, this Prabodhānanda
Sarasvatī, so many things, very, very beautiful poems.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Nitāi
Gaura. Nitāi Gaura. Nitāi Gaura.
Prema, love,
wholehearted dedication, the whole divine.
83.12.19.B_83.12.20.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja:
__________________________________________________________ [?]
In love divine no possibility of any selfish
appeal. Selfishness completely eliminated. Still it seems to be selfishness but
that is all God centred, His interest centred. Different centres but still all
on His behalf. So many working places, so many centres on His behalf. Fully
eliminated from any special interest, or no interest. Self interest and no
interest, both should be condemned, and God interest should be placed in that.
All agents of the Lord Supreme. The Lord of different type, the Lord of love,
and charm, beauty, ecstasy, joy. Be a member, try to have membership in that
spirit, in that domain. Everyone become an agent of divine love. Selflessness
and also no interest-less. Bhukti-mukti-spṛhā,
piśācī.
[bhukti-mukti-spṛhā
yāvat, piśācī hṛdi varttate / tāvad
bhakti-sukhasyātra, katham abhyudayo bhavet]
[“How can the joy of holy devotion appear in
the heart as long as it is haunted by the ghosts of desire for exploitation and
renunciation?”] [Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindu, Pūrvva, 2.22]
They have been compared to the ghost,
she-ghost, two aspirations, either to enjoy or to renounce. These two functions
have been condemned like a she-ghost. Relieve yourself from her hands, these
two ghosts, witches, be free. Then you’ll be able to understand what is service
divine. Two enemies, to work, anomaly, or to retire. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. But very difficult.
kleśa-ghnī
śubhadā mokṣa-, laghutā-kṛt sudurllabhā /
sāndrānanda-viśeṣātmā, śrī-kṛṣṇākarṣiṇī
ca sā
[“Uttamā-bhakti, the purest
devotion, is the vanquisher of all sin and ignorance, and the bestower of all
auspiciousness; liberation is belittled in the presence of such devotion, which
is very rarely attained, the embodiment of the deepest ecstasy, and the
attractor of Śrī Kṛṣṇa Himself.”]
[Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindu,
Pūrvva, 1.17]
Such devotion is very valuable and very rare
to meet with.
jñānataḥ
sulabhā muktir bhuktir yajñādi puṇyataḥ
seyaṁ sādhana-sāhasrair
hari-bhaktiḥ sudurllabhā
[“By practice of enlightenment, jñāna,
liberation is attained easily enough. By pious work such as sacrifice, yajña,
etc, worldly pleasure in the next life is attained easily enough. But devotion
for the Supreme Lord, Hari bhakti, is very rarely attained.”]
[Mahādeva] [Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu, Pūrvva, 1.36]
By pure knowledge we can get mukti,
we can attain mukti, by culturing about the basic knowledge of the
environment. But all reactionary so give it up. Disconnect yourself with
everything what is tempting you and binding you with the reaction, give up the
charge. Jñānataḥ sulabhā muktir bhuktir yajñādi puṇyataḥ.
And also good enjoyment we can have by performing so many sacrifice in the karma-kāṇḍa.
The offerings to the local agents, they will carry enjoyment for you, as a
reaction. You’ll be much satisfied, you’ll attain much satisfaction with this
mundane sacrifice. Seyaṁ sādhana-sāhasrair hari. But by
thousands and thousands of processes to acquire real devotion, that is very
rarely found. No pure agent is found in this world. What is devotion proper, to
know that, to ascertain that is very, very difficult, from this plane of life.
Raghupati Upādhyāya says. Kam
prati kathayitum īśe, samprati ko vā pratītim
āyātu. “To whom should I say, and who will trust in me, in my
words, in these tales, that the damsels of Vraja they’re object of hunting of
the Absolute, Beauty? The Absolute Beautiful He has come to hunt after the
damsels of Vṛndāvana, eh? It’s a ludicrous thing. To whom should I
venture to speak all this nonsense? And who will believe in these delirious
statements?”
kam prati
kathayitum īśe, samprati ko vā pratītim āyātu
go-pati-tanayā-kuñje,
gopa-vadhūṭī-vitaṁ brahma
[“To whom can I tell it, and whoever will
believe it, that the Supreme Absolute, Param Brahman, the Paramour of the
damsels of Vraja, is enjoying in the groves on the banks of the Yamunā?”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.98]
...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...has come to search after the peace, a hint is
there. After Śrī Caitanya Deva has come, and when He will preach this
in some original way, then people may come to put their faith in such action,
that the Absolute, He’s hunting after the girls of Vṛndāvana. When
Caitanya Deva will come and He will set an example by His personality, and will
preach in such a way that then people will be able to put faith in such
statement, otherwise not. For him, it is impossible, for a tiny brain, or tiny
heart, to think of so high things. And also, yasyālinde paraṁ
brahma.
[śrutim
apare smṛtim itare, bhāratam anye bhajantu bhava-bhītāḥ
aham iha nandaṁ
vande, yasyālinde paraṁ brahma]
[Raghupati Upādhyāya says: “Those
who fear rebirth in this world may follow the advice of the Vedic scriptures -
others may follow the Mahābhārata - but as for me, I follow
Nanda Mahārāja, in whose courtyard the Supreme Absolute Truth plays
as a child.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Madhya-līlā,
19.96]
That Paraṁ Brahma, the highest of the
high, He’s crawling in the compound of Mahārāja Nanda. Yasyālinde
paraṁ brahma. These idle statements will have no value in the world.
No gentleman, no scholars will be able to put faith in such statement. ‘That
Paraṁ Brahma He has no other duty, He has come and crawling on the
veranda here. And He’s stealing and eating the butter from Nanda’s house. He
has no other serious activity and engagement. He has come to do all these
childish things. It’s futile.’
But when Caitanya Deva came and supplied the
basis, the ground, the plans, and from this karma, the elevation, nor
renunciation, all these grave things were pushed down. And put in the highest
rank the simple affection of the gopīs, how it is, why it is
capturing the heart of the highest, by His own personal example. Then people
will come to put faith - it is possible.
kṛṣṇera
yateka khelā, sarvottama nara-līlā, nara-vapu tāhāra
svarūpa
[gope-veśa,
veṇu-kara nava kiśora, nata-vara, nara līlāra haya
anurūpa]
[“Lord Kṛṣṇa has many
pastimes, of which His pastimes as a human being are the best. His form as a
human being is the Supreme Transcendental Form. In this form, He is a cowherd
boy. He carries a flute in His hand, and His youth is new. He is also an expert
dancer. All this is just suitable for His pastimes as a human being.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 21.101]
The most ordinary things in this human
nature, that is in the proper ideal of the highest quarter. In the highest
quarter of the Absolute a play is going on, and that is similar to this human. Aprākṛta.
Everyone will take it as a human thing, but it’s not so. This is the fun. The
human system is created when the ideal of the highest position in the Absolute
it is created. So very similar, but it is here in the mundane, and that is
there in the highest quarter. Only similar but not same, because the materials
are different. The colour is almost the same but matter is quite different. One
is highest sacrifice and another is crude sensual-ism. But this human social
play, form, is not to be blamed, it is the highest. This has been told. Kṛṣṇera
yateka khelā, sarvottama nara-līlā, nara-vapu tāhāra.
Very similar, the pastimes of the highest quarter they’re very similar colour
with this human society. Very befitting. At the same time there’s much
apprehension that we may forget, we may take this as that. That sahajiyāism.
Aprakṛta-rasa-sata-dushani. Written by Guru Mahārāja,
and being translated by Akṣayānanda Mahārāja.
'Virajā,'
'brahmaloka,' bhedi' 'paravyoma' pāya / tabe yāya tad upari 'goloka-vṛndāvana'.
[upajiyā
bāḍe latā 'brahmāṇḍa' bhedi' yāya,
'virajā,' 'brahmaloka,' bhedi' 'paravyoma' pāya
tabe yāya
tad upari 'goloka-vṛndāvana', 'kṛṣṇa-caraṇa'-kalpavṛkṣe
kare ārohana]
[“The creeper of devotion is born, and grows
to pierce the wall of the universe. It crosses the Virajā river and the
Brahman plane, and reaches to the Vaikuṇṭha plane. Then it grows
further up to Goloka Vṛndāvana, finally reaching to embrace the
wish-yielding tree of Kṛṣṇa’s Lotus Feet.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.153-4]
Bhūr, Bhuvaḥ, Svaḥ,
Mahā, Jana, Tapa, Satyaloka. So many planes of subtle enjoyment, enjoying
tendency. Then Virajā then Brahmaloka, towards excelled renunciation. Then
Paravyoma, a routine and controlled process of service towards the Supreme. And
then gradually comes Vṛndāvana, Goloka.
So very difficult. Come so far, now
difficult. We come very far, far away from the home, but still that is our
hope. This is the hope, the hope is there, that that is our home. But we have
come so far, far away. Back to home, back to Godhead, back to home. Home means
home comfort can only be found there, and we’re quite at home. That heart’s
approval. “I do not want anything further. All loving atmosphere. Everyone will
take care of me. Every atom of the whole will take care of me.” Home means
this, that without any paying, without any remuneration, every atom in the
environment will take care of me. That is home. All affectionate, every atom on
all sides of me are affectionate, to take care of me, my interest. That is
home. And not to pay for that. _______________ [?] Nitāi. Nitāi.
Nitāi. What Nārada paid that was not sufficient, even Vyāsadeva,
but Śukadeva had to intervene. One Śuka was necessary to represent
such thought. Śuka-mukhād amṛta-drava- saṁyutam.
[nigama-kalpa-taror
galitaṁ phalaṁ, śuka-mukhād amṛta-drava-saṁyutam
pibata
bhāgavataṁ rasam ālayaṁ, muhur aho rasikā bhuvi
bhāvukāḥ]
[“O expert and thoughtful men, relish Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
the mature fruit of the desire tree of Vedic literatures. It emanated from the
lips of Śrī Śukadeva Gosvāmī. Therefore this fruit has
become even more tasteful, although its nectarean juice was already relishable
for all, including liberated souls.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
1.1.3]
Then the test passed the examination, amply.
It must have to come through Śuka whose indifference to this world is more
than a story. Young man of sixteen, no trace in his look or understanding of
any man and woman, boy and girl. No trace in his movement or in his look or any
attempt from him.
When it came through his mouth to this world
then people had some respect. “Yes, there may be. A man who’s taste is fully
drawn from the charm of this mundane world when he’s young, then there must be
something. Let us enquire.”
A Śukadeva was necessary to inaugurate
this Bhāgavata truth to this mundane world.
Otherwise followers did not care to give it
admission. “Eh? This filthy thing filled with idea they’re going to ascribe
over the highest conception of the Paraṁ-Brahman. They want to carry
these filthy ideas to that Paraṁ-Brahman. Are we fools to accept such
proposal?”
But when Śuka came and he gave
impression, “You know me, who I am, what is my aspiration, what is my ideal.
I’m charmed by that transcendental, loving pastimes of the Lord. It is on the
highest plane.” Śukadeva told.
And again, Śrī Caitanya Deva came
with His brightest scholarship, which could not be found in debt. And He
declared that, “That loving devotion is the highest quarter of our attainment.”
And He showed through His life, proved how it’s possible.
Then people had some easy faith, “That yes,
there may be existence of such high love divine. Love may be the highest. The
highest quarter of existence is love. No dirt, all good, all purity, no dirt,
all purity.”
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
kam prati
kathayitum īśe, samprati ko vā pratītim āyātu
go-pati-tanayā-kuñje,
gopa-vadhūṭī-vitaṁ brahma
[“To whom can I tell it, and whoever will
believe it, that the Supreme Absolute, Paraṁ Brahman, the Paramour of the
damsels of Vraja, is enjoying in the groves on the banks of the Yamunā?”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.98]
śrutim
apare smṛtim itare, bhāratam anye bhajantu bhava-bhītāḥ
aham iha nandaṁ
vande, yasyālinde paraṁ brahma
[“Those who fear rebirth in this world may
follow the advice of the Vedic scriptures - others may follow the Mahābhārata
- but as for me, I follow Nanda Mahārāja, in whose courtyard the
Supreme Absolute Truth plays as a child.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 19.96]
This Raghupati Upādhyāya, a
devotional scholar in Tirhuta, met Śrī Caitanya Deva and told, “Those
that are very much afraid of death and mortality, very earnest to get out of
the mortal pain, let them run after searching the Vedas, the Purāṇas,
the so many scriptures, Mahābhārata. They’re all afraid of
their future, or of their eternal mortality. I don’t care for that. I’m not
afraid of any death. Bhava-bhītāḥ. To come to the world
to suffer. I’m not going to enlist my name among those that being afraid of the
mortal influence of the world run after this Bible, this Koran,
the Veda, the Purāṇa, all these things. But I’m
astounded to find what is the position of Nanda.”
Devotee:
Mahārāja. _______________________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: “I’m dumbfound to find the Paraṁ Brahma may be
so closer, so affectionate, so loving. Though I’m not afraid of my - of the jaw
of death - but I’m attracted by the positive aspect of Paraṁ Brahmā.
That He comes so nearer to our heart, we can have Him in such an intimate way,
is it possible? This is a charming thing. I cannot evade this thing, I can’t
avoid this. I’m not afraid of mortality, of destruction. But this positive
aspect is attracting me very much, that He can come so close to our heart that
we can have Him in every way. Even through the so called senses also we can
have Him is wonderful.”
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Senses are
created only to misdirect us, eh? These things have no positive and some happy
conception of their existence, eh? No! If properly utilised, properly adjusted,
then every atom in our constitution can enjoy the embrace of the Divine Lord.
Every atom in our body may be utilised for His service. No vyādhi,
I’m not violent. Whatever I think to be my enemy, they can be turned into
friend. My eye, my nose, they’re only meant to capture myself to this mundane
satanic world, eh? They have no other positive and real purpose of existence,
eh? Yes! Everything...
prati aṅga
lāgi kānde, prati aṅga mora
[Jñāna
Dāsa says in his Vaiṣṇava-padāvali - Anthology
of Vaiṣṇava Songs:
Śrīmatī
Rādhārāṇī says, “Every part of My being cries for the
corresponding part of Him.”]
The Vaiṣṇava-padāvali,
of course the highest stage. “Every atom of My body is crying to have a touch
of the corresponding atom of the Lord. Every atom in My body has got its
optimistic position.” It is possible. Every atom in me is crying for the
corresponding atom of the Lord’s feet divine. It is possible. Gaura Hari. Gaura
Hari. Gaura Hari bol. Such is the gift of Śrī Gaurāṅga
Deva. Prati aṅga lāgi kānde, prati aṅga mora. My
connection with the Supreme Entity is such that every atom in my body is crying
to have an embrace of the corresponding atom of my Lord. Gaura Hari bol. No
further. I stop here.
Jaya Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda...
...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...that will gradually reveal in the heart of the
devotee, in the Name proper. Spiritual Name that uses, not this worldly rūpa,
colour, or feeling. But the Name will produce some peculiar cinmaya
rūpa, the spiritual substance. Sphirite canmukhe nanam sphiranam [?]
After that the qualities will come from that, the Absolute relativity. From the
relativity of the transcendental sound the figure will come, and from the
relativity of them both the quality will come. Again from the same relativity
paraphernalia must have to come. And then the pastimes between them that will
also come. And the devotee who’s taking the Name he will gradually find himself
there in some quarter, serving position. That is a course.
[ataḥ
śrī-kṛṣṇa-nāmādi na bhaved grāhyam
indriyaiḥ]
sevonmukhe hi
jihvādau svayam eva sphuraty adaḥ
[“Because the name of Kṛṣṇa
is identical with Kṛṣṇa Himself, and on the absolute
spiritual platform, Kṛṣṇa’s name, form, qualities, and
associates, cannot be appreciated by the material senses. However, when one
engages the tongue in chanting the Holy Names of the Lord and tasting the
remnants of the Lord’s food, Kṛṣṇa gradually reveals Himself
to the purified senses of that devotee.”]
[Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindhu,
Pūrva-vibhāga, 2.234]
But that Nāma from the physical
to the spiritual, if there is śaraṇāgati and also
serving attitude, then you’ll take to that spiritual realm, gradually. The
progress will be that type, that life.
And under the inspiration of the devotee and
the Lord Himself, in any stage one may come in the preaching field also. That is
also to preach the nobility, the divinity, divine character of the Holy Name. Saṅkīrtana,
Nāma saṅkīrtana. The cultivation of the sound God. Book
writing also cultivation of the sound. Sound God ______ over everything and
everything, sound transcendental. If we come in touch with the transcendental
sound then that won’t allow us to sit idle, that will inject energy within us
and maybe will make us active. That is also service of the Name, to preach. Kīrtana
means to preach, to assert the divinity of the transcendental sound, some Nāma
saṅkīrtana. Nāma, the Name is one and the same with the
original Godhead, Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣṇa and His Name
is not separate. Acintya bhedābheda.
The Name will suggest, will bring us to His
other respective positions and aspects. Beginning is the sound, then entering
into the domain of līlā, through gradual process. The sound
will draw the internal aspect of the sound, and enter the room of the house,
make us see anything and everything. From far away He represents Himself in the
terms of sound. And the sound will invite you to approach nearer and nearer.
And then gradually we can have, to see, to hear, try to have Himself got there.
Everything we get, sound comes, to ask us to go to Him, to go back to Godhead,
the sound comes.
“Come and see Me. Realise Me. I’m everything
of you. Try to understand Me.”
The sound through Name, in the scripture
also, sound, one sound, but what is one? The Name is all important. In the
mantram or in the scripture, so many things are mentioned. But if instead of Kṛṣṇa
we put there Kālī, and if instead of Kālī we put there God
or Allah, then everything will be taken to that. But if we put Kṛṣṇa,
scripture producing, preaching so much things, “Do this, do this, do this, do
this.” But do this work for the satisfaction of whom? For the satisfaction of
Allah, or God, or Kālī, or Śiva, or Kṛṣṇa, it
will change, wild change, revolutionary change. So Name is all important. And
without anything, go on taking the Name of Kṛṣṇa, it will
suffice to take you nearer to Him. So the mantram also has been discussed, that
so many words they’re there, but the centre may be Kṛṣṇa, or
Kālī, or Śiva, or anyone, it will take you there.
“Take me, take me, take me. Take me to
India. Take me to London. Take me to America. Take me.”
So that is all important. America. If I say,
“America, America,” I can’t say anything else.
Then some person will say, “He says America,
he wants America. Oh. You’re to take this ship, or you’re to take this plane.
If you do not know anything you’ll only pronounce ‘America, America, America.’
Then people will come to help you. Oh, America, he says America, he wants
America. Oh, you go this way, and get the plane and go to America.’
“I want to go, I want to go, I want to go.”
Where, it’s not mentioned. If you put then, “I want to go to Calcutta, I want
to go to Japan, this is limited,” Oh, he’ll go there.
In this way the Name is all important, in
the mantram, everywhere. Ke?
Viraha
Prakāśa:
Viraha Prakāśa.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Viraha Prakāśa Mahārāja. And
there?
Devotee: Bhakti
__________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Here?
Gauravāṇī
dāsa:
Gauravāṇī dāsa.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Gauravāṇī. Then?
Badrinārāyaṇa:
Badrinārāyaṇa. And Purnānanda Prabhu.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: If we conceive ourselves to take the Name, to
culture that spiritual sound, then ___________________ [?] first it will
purify, the Name will purify our heart. There are so many desires, these will
all be brushed aside, and only the Name will stand. Then the rūpa,
figure and colour will come. Not mundane, not as we find in the scripture, or
in the idol, not that. The spiritual colour will come, spiritual figure will
come, then the quality, then the paraphernalia, and then the līlā.
And when the līlā will flow you will find that you have got
also a position there, somewhere. This is the proof.
Sphurite canmukhe purika vaisistham tata
lilayam puresha [?]
Jīva Goswāmī has scrutinised,
analysed all these things. But the seed must be genuine, should be genuine,
spiritual seed. The capacity of the whole thing depends on the genuine nature
of the seed.
kṛṣṇa-nāma
dhare kata bala viṣaya-vāsanānale,
mora citta
sadā jvale, ravi-tapta marubhūmi sama;
karṇa-randhra
patha diyā, hṛdi mājhe praveśiyā
variṣaya
sudhā anupama (1)
hṛdaya
haite bale, jihvāra agrete cale,
śabda-rūpe
nāce anukṣaṇa;
kaṇṭhe
more bhaṅge svara, aṅga kāpe thara thara
sthira haite
nā pāre caraṇa
(2)
cakṣe
dhārā, dehe gharmma, pulakita saba carmma,
vivarṇa
haila kalevara;
(3)
[From the final
song of (8 verses) of Śrīla Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura’s book, Śaraṇāgati.]
[The Songs
Of Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura, p 59-61]
[Gauḍīya
Kaṇṭhahāra, 17.60]
[The Search
For Śrī Kṛṣṇa, p 126-129]
Controlling the whole physical world,
including the body.
Kari' eta
upadrava, citte varṣe sudhā-drava, more ḍāre premera
sāgare.
(verse 4)
Creating so much apparent trouble in me, but
the nectar it flows, the nectar is oozing from them and flowing in the whole
heart.
Kichu nā
bujhite dila, more ta' bātula kaila, mora citta-vitta saba hare. (verse 4)
Gradually I shall find I’m lost. It has
taken the upper hand and using me, my mind and body, everything under the
control of the Name. Sometimes making me dance, sometimes making me weep. In
different ways the Name is utilising, using me. _______________ [?] apparently
it would seem to be so many further disturbances in the physical and mental
world.
83.12.20.B
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...such abnormal way He’s using me. But whatever
transformation is in my body or mind, but I find that a nectarine solution is
always all pervading in me also within me.
lainu āśraya yā'ra, hena vyavahāra
tā'ra, balite nā pāri e sakala;
kṛṣṇa-nāma icchāmaya,
yāhe yāhe sukhī haya, sei mora sukhera sambala (5)
Gradually I
come to realise that He’s my master. In whatever way He may utilise me, He’s
satisfied, let it be fulfilled. He’s my own heart’s friend, and He’s utilising
me in His own whim. Let Him use His own thing. I belong to Him fully.
lainu āśraya yā'ra, hena vyavahāra
tā'ra, balite nā pāri e sakala;
kṛṣṇa-nāma icchāmaya,
yāhe yāhe sukhī haya, sei mora sukhera sambala (5)
He’s the
master. I’m to serve Him. This feeling comes and transforms me to think that
He’s my Lord. In any way He may be satisfied I should follow that. This
surrender complete arouses in me. Let Him be happy at my cost. And there lies
my highest quality of fulfilment and ecstasy. I feel it from innermost heart.
That by His handling independently over me, His lording it over me, and I’m
finding that is the way of my fullest satisfaction.
premera kalikā nāma, adbhuta rasera
dhāma, hena bala karaye prakāśa;
[īṣat vikaśi punaḥ, dekhāya
nija-rūpa-guṇa, citta hari' laya kṛṣṇa-pāśa (6)]
Gradually I
come to find that if He’s a seed containing a marvellous quality happiness is
there, and it is oozing from that, and it’s spreading through the whole of my
nature.
īṣat vikaśi punaḥ, dekhāya
nija-rūpa-guṇa, citta hari' laya kṛṣṇa-pāśa (6)
Sometimes
like a lightening that Name is expressing His own real nature and attracting me
towards Vṛndāvana līlā. And there He puts me in the
adjustment with the līlā of Vṛndāvana in a way
inherent in my nature. Sākhya, vātsalya, mādhurya,
I’m posted, I’m finding among that ecstatic paraphernalia. And a very
favourable environment, and homely confidence and comfort. And feel that my
whole life is transformed into something divine which I never could conceive
previously in this way.
pūrṇa vikaśita hañyā, vraje more
yāya lañyā, dekhāya more svarūpa-vilāsa;
more siddha deha diyā, kṛṣṇa-pāśe
rākhe giyā, e dehera kare sarvva-nāśa (7)
Then I shall
find that this is the goal of my life. My highest attainment is here. I don’t
want any further progress. This is the position I have got by the grace of the
Name. Kṛṣṇa, in the form of Name, went to the mundane world
and has attracted me to such position. He’s given everything. All my innate
tendencies find their fullest satisfaction in the favourable environment here.
No necessity I feel for any sort of want, all fulfilled. Full fledged theism.
[The Songs
Of Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura, p 59-61]
[Gauḍīya
Kaṇṭhahāra, 17.60]
[The Search
For Śrī Kṛṣṇa, p 126-129]
Gaura Hari.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari
bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
But who is to
believe this, eh? Who preaches this he’s also mad, and who accepts this he’s
also mad, all abnormal. This ignoring the present reality of the civilised
world, and running after phantasmagoria. Eh? Kṛṣṇa, He’s so,
He’s God, He’s of such spiritual type.
yā niśā sarva-bhūtānāṁ,
tasyāṁ jāgarti saṁyamī
[yasyāṁ jāgrati bhūtāni,
sā niśā paśyato muneḥ]
[“While
spiritual awareness is like night for the living beings enchanted by
materialism, the self-realised soul remains awake, directly relishing the
divine ecstasy of his uninterrupted spiritual intelligence. On the contrary,
the wakefulness of materialistic persons addicted to sense enjoyment is night
for the self-realised person who is completely indifferent to such pursuits.
The realised souls, indifferent to the mundane, are ever joyful in the divine
ecstatic plane, while the general mass is infatuated by fleeting mundane
fancies devoid of spiritual joy.”] [Bhagavad-gītā, 2.69]
What is night
to one is day to another. The world of the present civilisation is night to us,
and we want to awake in the day of Kṛṣṇa’s līlā,
Vṛndāvana. We ignore this, as night we don’t like to look at, it’s
all in darkness. We may awake in the day of Vṛndāvana. But that is
mania. What is mania to one is reality to another. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari bol.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. I’ve heard that Gaura līlā and Kṛṣṇa
līlā they coexist in the transcendental plane.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes, coexisting. Sometimes when the enjoyment within
His own group that is Kṛṣṇa līlā. In a
particular stage He’s playing with His own group. But when He’s out to give it
to others it becomes Gaura līlā. Only the fixed group they
will avail of this ecstasy, that is Vṛndāvana. Why should not the
outsiders be allowed to taste of this? When this is added to Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa
then it becomes Gaura. And with the company of Nityānanda-Balarāma
He’s out to manage things in such a way that the outsiders also have chance to
enter into that plane and have new fortune. That is Gaurāṅga,
magnanimity is added to beauty, magnanimity, mahā-vadanyāya.
namo
mahā-vadānyāya kṛṣṇa-prema-pradāya te
kṛṣṇāya
kṛṣṇa-caitanya-nāmne [gaura-tviṣe namaḥ]
[“I
offer my respectful obeisances unto You, O most munificent incarnation! You are
the Supreme Lord Śrī Kṛṣṇa Himself appearing as
Śrī Kṛṣṇa Caitanya Mahāprabhu. You have
assumed the golden colour of Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī,
and are more magnanimous than any other incarnation, even Kṛṣṇa
Himself, because You are bestowing freely what no one else has ever given -
pure love of Kṛṣṇa.”]
Rūpa
Goswāmī is composing this praṇāmamantra. Namo
mahā-vadānyāya. The great
magnanimous personage I bow down to Him. Mahā-vadānyāya. Why? Kṛṣṇa-prema-pradāya
te. He has come to distribute the highest nectar in the
creation, so He’s Mahā,
He’s great, magnanimous,
because He has come to distribute that love divine. Kṛṣṇa-prema-pradāya
te. Who is He? Kṛṣṇāya. He’s Kṛṣṇa Himself. Kṛṣṇa-caitanya-nāmne. And He has taken the name of Kṛṣṇa
Caitanya, that He will produce Kṛṣṇa consciousness in the
heart of the world and all.
namo
mahā-vadānyāya kṛṣṇa-prema-pradāya te
kṛṣṇāya
kṛṣṇa-caitanya-nāmne gaura-tviṣe namaḥ
And He has
not that black colour, but He has come in a yellow glow ________ [?]
Devotee: Golden.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yellow, golden, garb. Why this is? Oh.
Rādhārāṇī is also there, mixed and combined with Kṛṣṇa.
So Both have come in the name of Kṛṣṇa Caitanya to distribute
Their Own internal jewels, to scatter them, to distribute them at large to the
ordinary public. Oh. The great Lord, I bow down to Him. Such magnanimity is
possible, eh? He has come to enlist members, to recruit members for His own
family affairs, eh? He will recruit us and take me in, and allow to work in His
own family service. So magnanimous He has come here. Ke?
Badrinārāyaṇa: Badrinārāyaṇa.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Gaura Hari. Nitāi Gaura.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. What is audārya līlā?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Audāryameans generosity, dār. Mādhurmeans sweet. Audārwhen He becomes very much kind to distribute to
others, that is audārya, kindness, generosity, magnanimity. That is audārya. Audāryameans in a giving mood, not only in a fixed circle,
but it must be distributed to a greater boundary, audārya. Audāryameans one who gives enough. Mādhurhe tastes himself, within his own. Audārhe gives it to public.
Devotee: Gurudeva. A
devotee he may relish the two things, by internally participating in Kṛṣṇa
līlā as you say, and externally by pracāra?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: There are mainly three kinds. One group are very
fond of serving within. Another group they’re very eager to give to others. And
another group who wants to engage in both the līlā, here also,
there also, they have their tendency. When they’re engaged within the circle,
very deeply they do that. And when they find that the Lord wants to distribute
to others, there also begins to help that līlā with whole
heart. Gaura līlā, Kṛṣṇa līlā.
Some have special attraction for the mādhurya līlā. Some
have special attraction for the audārya līlā.
And there are some who partakes in both of them - they find satisfaction. When
they engage themselves in a particular līlā - self forgetful,
he’s engaged fully there. And again when by the wish of the Lord is given to
another, he forgets everything and deals it cent per cent engagement there. It
is possible.
[16:12 - 18:06 ?]
Devotee: ...those two līlās,
mādhurya and audārya, they’re existing in the transcendental plane,
simultaneously existing in the transcendental plane?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. What is not in the transcendental that cannot
come here. What is not in the cause cannot come in the effect. In effect we see
we’ll have to trace that within the cause, there. In the transcendental plane
it is there, because they’re fully conscious. Not only conscious Vraja, but
conscious of Ayodhyā, Vaikuṇṭha, and Devī Dhāma,
fully. They know that there are so many devoid of this, only selected few in Vṛndāvana,
and outside Vṛndāvana there are so many. They should also be given
chance, in this way.
Devotee: So preaching is
all over?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah. The preaching - only the outer expression of His
internal will, because He wills, so we like to preach. His will is at the
bottom of everything.
Viraha Prakāśa
Mahārāja: ____________________________ [?]
Devotee: Viraha Prakāśa
Mahārāja is asking if Nityānanda Prabhu
is audārya līlā?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes.
Devotee: Baladeva in audārya līlā?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Audārya līlā.
Nityānanda Prabhu’s jurisdiction in general resurrection, in general. But
in mādhurya rasa, where mādhurya rasa is concerned,
there Rādhārāṇī’s department is there. And
Nityānanda Prabhu in another form as Anaṅga
Mañjarī, He enters the camp of
Rādhārāṇī, mādhurya līlā. Nityānanda
Prabhu is represented there as Anaṅga Mañjarī. And in Jāhnavā here.
Devotee: Jāhnavā?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah! Anaṅga Mañjarī. Yogamāyā. In Rādhārāṇī’s
camp Baladeva represents Himself as Anaṅga Mañjarī. What does he want?
Devotee: Ha, ha. He said
that “How is that?” We read yesterday in your book, that in mādhurya
rasa Baladeva is represented as Anaṅga Mañjarī.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes.
Devotee: So Viraha Prakāśa
Mahārāja is asking “How is that?”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha, ha, ha, ha, ha. This is the fact.
Devotee: Ha, ha.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Just as Baladeva is brother of Kṛṣṇa,
Anaṅga Mañjarī is younger sister
of Rādhārāṇī. Intermingled. Jñāna,
bala, krīya, ca. The three
principles, thinking, feeling, and willing. Though we can understand them in
different ways, still they’re interconnected, not separate three wholes. Three
combined becomes one whole. Three phases, and they’re not completely separated,
they’re intermingled in some way or other. Both, out and in, they’re both out
and in, within them.
...
Devotee: Lately me and Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja
we’ve been a little curious to know something about Lalitā and Viśākhā, especially Viśākhā.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Lalitā Devī exclusively given to the cause
of Rādhārāṇī. And Viśākhā Devī more considerate towards Kṛṣṇa.
Though she also espouse the cause of Rādhārāṇī, but
still she has some consideration for Kṛṣṇa, in the management
and administration of the inner relationship of Both Rādhārāṇī
and Śrī Kṛṣṇa. Sometimes negotiation between Them,
sometimes when there’s reaction, they’re to serve for Their particular cause of
līlā, pastimes, helping hand.
Lalitā
Devī she does not care for Kṛṣṇa so much, for the interest
of Kṛṣṇa so much. She’s always proud with the righteousness
of Rādhārāṇī’s side, life. And for that sometimes she
ventures to chastise Kṛṣṇa, finding its necessity to keep up
the dignified position of Rādhārāṇī.
Rādhārāṇī’s dignity, she’s always very careful for
that.
And Viśākhā is moderate nature, and she also considers the case
of Kṛṣṇa and represents His cause to Rādhārāṇī
and to Lalitā, to effect Their union, minimise Their difference. All these
things in līlā, nature.
But both of
them they’re in the camp of Rādhārāṇī.
There’s
another camp of Candrāvalī, so many other small groups also.
But main
group of Rādhārāṇī, Lalitā, Viśākhā, they’re main sister attendants of
Rādhārāṇī. And they manage the department and the
group of Rādhārāṇī. Innumerable departments,
innumerable persons are serving in that department, their Master, Mistress.
Eh? What do
you say?
Devotee: And Rūpa?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Rūpa is under Lalitā, in the lower camp, mañjarī
camp of less aged, their age is less, not so much advanced as Lalitā, Viśākhā. But they’re small, they’re younger, and the service
suitable to the younger group is given to them. And Śrī Rūpa
Mañjarī is the leader of them, of the younger group in the line of
Rādhārāṇī. She enjoys the confidence of
Rādhārāṇī in the administration of the lower group
and in their services. And speciality in them that they, if any advanced aged sakhī,
they don’t think it good to enter into the room where Rādhā-Govinda
Both, and none else, these mañjarīs, the younger girls, they’re
allowed to enter at that time in that room where Rādhā-Govinda only
the Both, none else there. The advanced aged sakhīs they do not
enter there. But the younger group They may send for their service. So in some
way the younger, the mañjarīs, they enjoy greater confidence in the
mādhurya lila when Rādhā and Govinda and none else
they’re allowed to enter. But advanced aged friends of Rādhārāṇī
they can’t enter at that time. Or, they do not enter out of some etiquette,
courtesy.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Rūpānuga. These are very higher things, and naturally we want
to have them, then we shall have to wait while crossing different planes of
service. But from far we can see in some hazy way that it is there. It is there
on the top, and from here if we can progress regularly, one day we shall climb
up to that plane. In this way we can discuss. The sahajiyās they’re
engaged in those things only, in the physical plane imitating, imitation. But
we do not have any faith in that. We want real, to follow reality in its own
course, considering that there are so many stages between these two. Kṛṣṇa
jñāna is the highest. How? So many other stages of consciousness
and that must be passed on. So many stages and they’re all superior to us at
present.
A servant
will enter into the land of masters, all masters. Big or not, low or high, but
all masters. When we’re crossing the masters of the lower group, to be
connected with the masters of the higher group, and they’re to go on according
to their direction. In this way they’re all venerable. Vaikuṇṭha,
Paravyoma, very subtle, very touchy, still the development cannot be denied.
Spirituality as a whole is superior to us, our existence. Still it is possible,
by the order of Kṛṣṇa we can enter into that, and pass
through that, only for the interest of Kṛṣṇa. Not otherwise,
never otherwise. Only for the interest of Kṛṣṇa we can enter
that domain which is made of higher materials than I am. We must be, such
consciousness within us. Only for the interest of Kṛṣṇa we
can pass through that holy and holier land. Otherwise we can’t go over that
land.
Some genuine
interest there must be for Kṛṣṇa, then they’ll invite us,
welcome us. “Yes. You can render this service to Kṛṣṇa so
you’re welcome. Go over there.” Sympathetically they will allow us to pass
through them. “You have got the visa so you’re allowed to pass, but only due to
visa. In the interest of our country you are allowed the visa, so we should
allow you to go. That similar attitude, otherwise no one can, without visa none
can enter, because there’s no certainty that he’ll not do any harm to the
country. Not allowed.” So that is there, “Yes. You have got the certificate of
your Gurudeva who is acquainted with such and such. With this certificate you
can go, we allow you.”
In this way
to pass through the higher spiritual realm. In one, in interest with the higher
plane, common interest. To have common interest with the interest of the higher
plane, then we may be allowed to have. We must have that sort of interest
within, genuine interest for that.
Devotee:
Mahārāja. ________________________________________ [?]
...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...holy, most holy. You can understand that? Eh?
Devotee: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: And why?
Devotee: Why?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah, what for?
Badrinārāyaṇa: Why is there holy, more holy, and holiest?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The very fundamental principle of holiness, and
degree of holiness. Eh? The principle of holy, or the degree in holiness, what
is the cause, you think?
Devotee: I think there
are gradations everywhere in the world.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes, gradation. The gradation for which? Why they
are so, gradation?
The interest
of Kṛṣṇa. The gradation of the divinity should be considered,
measured, in the interest of the satisfaction of Kṛṣṇa, and
His devotees. Kārttikamās, Kārttikī. Kīrttikā is the mother of
Rādhārāṇī. And Kārttikī - so one of the names of Rādhārāṇī
is Kārttikī, the daughter of Kīrttikā.
So kārttikais representing Rādhārāṇī.
And then mārga-śīrṣaḥ, next after kārttika, mārga-śīrṣaḥ, representing Kṛṣṇa. Māsānāṁ
mārga- śīrṣo ’ham.
[bṛhat-sāma tathā sāmnāṁ,
gāyatrī chandasām aham
māsānāṁ mārga-śīrṣo ’ham, ṛtūnāṁ
kusumākaraḥ]
[“Of all the
mantras in the Sāma-veda I am the Bṛhat-sāma
mantra which is uttered in prayer to Lord Indra, and of mantras in perfect
prosody I am the holy Gāyatrī mantra. Of the months I am the foremost,
Agrahāyaṇa, and of the seasons I am spring.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
10.35]
In Gītā
you will find Kṛṣṇa says, “Of all the months I am mārga-śīrṣaḥ.”
And just
before mārga-śīrṣaḥ there is kārttika.
What is kārttika? Kīrttikā, from Kīrttikā nakṣatra
this name has come, and Kīrttikā, coming as the shadow of
Kīrttikā, mother of Rādhārāṇī. So
Kārttikī, Sanātana Goswāmī has explained this in Hari-bhakti-vilāsa.
The Kārttikī, one of the Names of Rādhārāṇī,
the daughter of Kīrttikā. So we consider that to be the purest month,
representing the connection anyhow of Śrī Rādhārāṇī.
Devotee: In Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindu
it is explained that if one practices bhakti in Vṛndāvana
during kārttika even if he’s not very sincere he will get the
chance to become sincere. It is so much maṅgala.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Oh! But genuine connection of Vṛndāvana
is very difficult to have, so Navadwīpa was necessary.
...
...such was
the age, and he wanted to devise some sort of language and alphabet etcetera.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes.
Devotee: What’s Viṣṇupriyā’s
position?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh?
Devotee: Viṣṇupriyā,
Mahāprabhu’s wife.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: No. Potency. Mahāprabhu. Gaura-Nārāyaṇa
- when connection with Viṣṇupriyā, at that time
Mahāprabhu is Nārāyaṇa, not Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa
combined, from that aspect. Viṣṇupriyā-Gaurāṅga. Viṣṇupriyā-Lakṣmī.
Śrī Bhu, two kinds of potency, Śrī Lakṣmī and
Bhu, līlā. Two potencies of Gaura -Nārāyaṇa...
83.12.22.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...Nāma Saṅkīrtana. That is
Yuga Avatāra. Every Kali-yuga That comes. But Rādhā-Govinda
combined, Gaurāṅga, that is another. That comes only once in
Brahmā’s day.
aṣṭāviṁśa catur-yuge
[dvāparera śeṣe, vrajera sahite haya kṛṣṇera
prakāśe]
[“At the end
of the Dvāpara-yuga of the twenty-eighth divya-yuga, Lord Kṛṣṇa
appears on earth with the full paraphernalia of His eternal Vraja-dhāma.”]
[Caitanya-caritāmṛta, Ādi-līlā, 3.10]
The
twenty-eighth Kali-yuga. Thousand.
sahasra-yuga-paryantam,
ahar yad brahmaṇo viduḥ
[rātriṁ yuga-sahasrāntāṁ, te ’ho-rātra-vido
janāḥ]
[“A day of Lord Brahmā lasts for one
thousand catur-yugas and his night is of the same duration. Persons who
know this have the true conception of day and night.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
8.17]
[One yuga (age) in the time
calculation of the demigods = the four yugas or one catur-yuga in
the time calculation of mankind, or 4,320,000 years.]
In Bhagavad-gītā. Sahasra-yuga-paryantam,
ahar yad brahmaṇo viduḥ. One day of Brahmā contains
thousand of catur-yugas. Every catur-yuga comes only Yuga
Avatāra to preach Nāma Saṅkīrtana. And only
twenty-eighth catur-yuga comes, in Dvāpara also, Svayaṁ-Bhagavān
Kṛṣṇa, and Rādhā Svayaṁ-Rūpa. And also
that Kali-yuga Rādhā-Govinda-milita. Not every Kali-yuga that
combination comes.
Four yugas makes one divya-yuga.
Satya, Tretā, Dvāpara, Kali, these four yugas combined makes
one divya-yuga, or the heavenly yuga. And one thousand such
heavenly yugas, that is four thousand yugas, makes one day of
Brahmā.
So only in the twenty-eighth number the
Rādhā-Govinda-milita Mahāprabhu, and Svayaṁ-Bhagavān
Kṛṣṇa, Svayaṁ-Rūpa, in Vṛndāvana comes,
not all Dvāpara or all Kali. Every Dvāpara or every Kali comes only
Yuga Avatāra. In Satya-yuga to preach meditation. Dhyāyato viṣṇuṁ,
tretāyāṁ yajato makhaiḥ.
[kṛte yad
dhyāyato viṣṇuṁ, tretāyāṁ yajato makhaiḥ
dvāpare
paricaryyāyāṁ, kalau tadd hari-kīrttanāt]
[“Whatever result was obtained in Satya-yuga
by meditating on Viṣṇu, in Tretā-yuga by performing
sacrifices, and in Dvāpara-yuga by serving the Lord’s lotus feet can be
obtained in Kali-yuga simply by chanting the Hare Kṛṣṇa mahā-mantra.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 12.3.52]
And to teach sacrifice in Tretā-yuga,
and arcana in Dvāpara-yuga, and kīrtana in Kali-yuga.
That is the yuga-dharma, and every Kali-yuga comes to preach saṅkīrtana.
But the Purī līlā, Puruṣottama līlā,
Radha-bhava vibhavita, the earnest separation for Kṛṣṇa, it
is not found there.
So Viṣṇupriyā, she’s the
partner of yuga Gaura-Nārāyaṇa, when Mahāprabhu
gives Hari Nāma to the people. Ha. Peculiar things, inconceivable.
And in mādhurya rasa there is
Gadādhara, Gaura-Gadādhara. Though Rādhārāṇī
combined, still, something like shadow, external, that is Gadādhara.
Bhāva Mūrti. Heart drawn. Kṛṣṇa draws the very
substance, the heart of Rādhārāṇī, and
Rādhārāṇī represents as Gadādhara. He’s always
attracted by Gaurāṅga and running after Him. As in the wealth of his
heart the gist, the nectar of his heart has been taken away by Kṛṣṇa.
Empty hearted he’s running, following after Gaurāṅga, helplessly,
helpless. And the very gist of his heart has been captured by Kṛṣṇa
and He has become Gaurāṅga, and he represents only the frame,
running after Gaurāṅga, silently. This is the position of
Gadādhara. Gaura-Gadādhara in bhajana-mārga.
And Gaura-Viṣṇupriyā, viddhi-mārga,
Nārāyaṇa, Lakṣmī Nārāyaṇa.
Peculiar things. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol.
Devotee: And Lakṣmīpriyā?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Lakṣmīpriyā is also like Viṣṇupriyā...
Devotee: Same.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...in the similar, two potency.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. And when in every other yuga, Yuga Avatāra
performs the līlā of Mahāprabhu in Navadwīpa?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes.
Devotee: But not in
Purī?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: In every Kali-yuga. But not full of...
Devotee: In Purī?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Purī also He may go, but He will preach Hari Nāma,
and not about Rādhā- Govinda līlā, the vipralambha
of Rādhārāṇī, of Kṛṣṇa as
Rādhā. That is absent. Hari Nāma Saṅkīrtana He
preaches everywhere.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes.
Devotee: And
Tulasī Mahārāṇī?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh? Tulasī?
Devotee: Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Tulasī also has two aspects. One with
Nārāyaṇa, the Śālagrāma-śilā
Tulasī. Then another internal representation in Vṛndāvana, in Kṛṣṇa
līlā some function. Tulasī, Vṛndā.
Devotee: Can we
consider that Tulasī although many is one?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh?
Devotee: Tulasī
although many, we see in our imperfect vision...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: With Nārāyaṇa, one phase. Then in Vṛndāvana
another function, internal. Mainly with Nārāyaṇa, the peculiar
function as mañjarī in Vṛndāvana.
Devotee: So although
we see many Tulasī plants, Tulasī is actually one?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Plant, under Nārāyaṇa as
Śālagrāma, and Tulasī plant, they come in the surface that
way.
Ha. No end of the search enquiry, infinite.
Only as much help according to our capacity we may try to grasp as much as
possible. All infinite. To try to know much about them that is useless, because
unfathomable. We can’t make them the object of our knowledge. All adhokṣaja,
unknown, unknowable. Only a slight connection we may have by Their Grace. It’s
not that we shall finish them and put within our fist. That is offensive. Ke?
Devotee: Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja.
Devotee: Sometimes
when we’re out in the preaching field, we have to deal with this kind of
mentality.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: We’re always to see that this is not approachable by
our knowledge. Our tiny knowledge cannot capture those infinite conceptions.
That is the basis.
jñāne
prayāsam udapāsya namanta eva, [jīvanti san-mukharitāṁ
bhavadīya-vārtām
sthāne
sthitāḥ śruti-gatāṁ tanu-vāṅ-manobhir, ye
prāyaśo 'jita jito 'py asi tais tri-lokyām]
[“Oh Lord, Oh Unconquerable One, those
devotees who, completely giving up all attempts on the path of jñāna of
attaining the non-differentiated platform known as Brahma by hearing the
transcendental narratives of Your pastimes, which emanates from the lotus
mouths of the mahā-bhāgavat sādhus and pass their lives
by engaging their body, mind and words in pure devotion, easily conquer You
(they easily get Your transcendental association), although You are the most
difficult to attain in the three worlds.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
10.14.3]
Ha, ha. That is not to come within the cage
of our knowledge. Ha, ha. A basic truth is this. So give up your vanity about
knowledge, that you will know everything, you will finish everything. It is all
Vaikuṇṭha. Vaikuṇṭha means it is unlimited, they’re all
unlimited. We venture to approach the unlimited area, we must keep it in mind.
So it’s not possible that like a tiger I shall put in a cage and show to the
people.
As Napoleon was caught and put in a cage and
he was taken through the roads of London. So Napoleon was posing in such a way
that nothing happened seriously. And he used to talk with the public in a most
friendly way. Then the British found that he’s creating a danger, infusing the
spirit of independence into the subjects. Then took him away and put into the
cell, St Helena, that island. So to put Napoleon in the cage and to make a
show, as a fun in the public, it’s not possible.
These Vaikuṇṭha affairs, that
means we may have by their grace, and we must be satisfied with that, grace.
We’re not masters of that land. We’re not masters of them that we can tackle
them in any way we like. Then if we have such temper we’ll have to wander in
this mundane land where we can make other things objects of our research
laboratory. It is not so. In the research laboratory also we cannot finish
anything to the end. Analysis, analysis, analysis, go on.
aṇor aṇīyān
mahato mahīyān, [ātmasya jantor nihito guhāyām
tam akratuḥ
paśyati vīta-śoko, dhātuḥ prasādān
mahimānam ātmanaḥ]
[“Smaller than the atom, greater than the
greatest, the Supreme Self secretly resides even within the core of the atomic
individual soul [the jīva]. When the devotee beholds Him he is
freed from lamentation, and by the grace of the Lord [Dhātṛ] he
realises the superiority of the Supreme Soul.”] [Kaṭha-Upaniṣad,
1.2.20]
If we want to seek, search for the smallest,
no end. Analyse, analyse, analyse, analyse. Atom, proton, in this way it goes
on. And to the big, bigger side also like that, no end. Only in the middle we
can have some knowledge, and we can do with that, must be satisfied with some
middle knowledge. Not extremely subtle, nor extremely big. It’s always only in
a limited circle we can work.
“But it’s better to serve in heaven than to
reign in hell.” This is the underlying principle, the better. Not like Satan,
“It’s better to reign in hell than to serve in heaven.” No, the opposite.
“Better to serve in heaven than to reign in hell.” That principle we’re to
carry out. We want to be servitors to the higher existence, and never we shall
be lords of the lower creation. That is the main principle of life. Mix with
the higher, associate with the higher, though it is a type of service that is
more paying. And to lord it over the lower creation, apparently it may be a
very happy thing, but when the reaction will come we shall have to repent.
Gaura Hari.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. Yesterday I was reading in Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
and at one point...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I don’t follow what you say.
Devotee: Yesterday I
was reading Caitanya-caritāmṛta, and specifically when Lord
Caitanya Mahāprabhu is about to leave for South India. And He says that,
“I’m going alone to look for Viśvarūpa.” His elder brother. So I
venture myself to take this that to look for Viśvarūpa one has to go
alone.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: That was a plea. Really He wanted to preach Himself,
to distribute His grace to so many places, outwardly in the form of preaching
Hari Nāma. And He expressed to some place that, “I like to go in
search of Viśvarūpa.”
But that was a plea, that ordinary people
may accept that, “Yes, it is a legitimate cause.” They did not like His
absence. They were not granting His tour.
So He told like that, “That I must go for
search of Viśvarūpa.”
Then the friends thought, “Oh, of course,
that should be done.”
So that was a plea.
Only when He went to Pandapur there
Śrī Raṅga Purī, who was a follower of Mādhava
Purī, who visited Navadwīpa along with his Guru Mādhava
Purī, when he met Him, this new sannyāsī Caitanya Deva,
he told that, “Where do you come from?”
Mahāprabhu told that, “From
Navadwīpa, Bengal.”
“Oh. Navadwīpa, Bengal. There is one
ideal gṛhastha Jagannātha Mīsra. With my Gurudeva
Mādhavendra Purī we were guest in his house, he’s very hospitable.
And we took there a particular curry of mocha, the plantain flower, and that
was very, very tasteful. The wife of Jagannātha Mīsra she’s a very,
very good cook. And they have most earnestness to serve the guest, specially
the sannyāsīns. And one of his sons he took sannyāsa and
he lived here, and he disappeared here in this Pandapur.”
That Śrī Raṅga Purī
gave this news to Śrī Caitanya Deva.
Then Śrī Caitanya Deva gave, told,
or answered, privately, in a private talk, that, “I’m son of that
Jagannātha Mīsra, and Viśvarūpa was My elder brother. I
come from...”
“Oh. You come from that house, that very
happy, religious household there.”
Śrī Raṅga Purī told, in
Pandapur, Maharastra. Perhaps in Maharastra, or Nagpur, somewhere there, or
Karnatak? Pandapur, Maharastra perhaps.
There He met Śrī Raṅga
Purī who gave this information that, “Viśvarūpa disappeared in
this tīrtha, holy place. And he was the son of Jagannātha
Mīsra of Navadwīpa. And You are his younger brother?”
“Yes.”
A private talk took place of the two sannyāsīns
there.
“The Śacī Devī is like a
mother to the sannyāsīns. She has much affection, specially
for the saints, and very expert cook, and with much earnestness she satisfies
the saintly guests.”
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Badrinārāyaṇa Prabhu.
Badrinārāyaṇa: Yes
Mahārāja.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: The telegram will go in the name of both, Viraha,
Pramāṇa?
Badrinārāyaṇa:
______________ [?] The telegram came in both. Both were requested.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Nine?
Badrinārāyaṇa: Yes.
Mahārāja. [26:32 - 26:50?] Mahārāja, this mantram...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ___________ [?] Where do you read from?
Badrinārāyaṇa: This is
called the Śrī Śrī Gaura Pariṣada Caritavali,
by Haridāsa, Harikṛpa dāsa.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I do not know him.
Badrinārāyaṇa: He’s a
disciple of Ananta Vasudeva.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Oh. So we do not accept him as authority.
What was written about Prabhupāda that
during his stay there was a Sarasvatī-jayaśrī, that is
considered to be authentic, Sarasvatī-jayaśrī, that book.
And these books compiled by Ananta Vasudeva when he left Prabhupāda.
__________________ [?] Hare Kṛṣṇa.
...
Devotee: _______ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: __________ [?]
Devotee: To be
cultivated.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: To be cultivated?
Devotee: Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: It depends on the stage of realisation. How far one
should be intimate to different stages of bhajan. In the service there
are different stages, and according to realisation, and also the Supreme Will,
Supreme Order, one is to adjust. Who are supposed that in the Vṛndāvana
service, Lalitā, she becomes Svarūpa Dāmodara.
Viśākhā becomes Rāmānanda Rāya. Rūpa
Mañjarī becomes Śrī Rūpa Goswāmī. So according to
the realisation. These are fully realised souls. They’re also playing different
parts of duty.
And in the case of the sādhaka,
according to their stage of realisation they will accept. In the beginning to
take the Name of the Lord. And also to preach the grace of the Name, of
Mahāprabhu, devotee, all these things. And to reach, and also to think,
the highest end of life, our goal, is there, somewhere in the high infinite,
which we do not realise fully. But our prospect is there. But at the same time
- “Fools rush in where angels fear to tread.” We must be attentive to that
truth. That is the goal of our life, but I must not march in such a foolish way
that I’ll be finished in the way.
A military general finds his goal to
approach the capitol of the enemy camp. That is in his end, destination, but he
must make progress very carefully, so that he may not be nipped in the bud in
the middle.
Goal is there, but I must considerately and
carefully I must march towards that goal. If I’m out of consideration then I’ll
be nowhere. Do you follow?
Devotee: Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So considerate progress in the realisation of the
higher goal, that will be our goal. But we must make progress carefully,
leaving no enemy in the back. In the gradual and sure process we must march.
That is devotion. Rādhā-Govinda līlā, or
Nanda-Yaśodā, Kṛṣṇa, Bala-Gopāla, all friendly
Kṛṣṇa, whatever it be, but that must be approached carefully.
Conquering the nearest outside environment I must march. That is,
ādau
śraddhā tataḥ sādhu-saṅgo’ tha bhajana-kriyā
tato’
nartha-nivṛttiḥ syāt tato niṣṭhā rucis tataḥ
athāsaktis
tato bhāvas [tataḥ premābhyudañcati
sādhakānām
ayaṁ premṇaḥ prādurbhāve bhavet kramaḥ]
[“In the beginning there must be faith. Then
one becomes interested in associating with pure devotees. Thereafter one is
initiated by the spiritual master and executes the regulative principles under
his orders. Thus one is freed from all unwanted habits and becomes firmly fixed
in devotional service. Thereafter, one develops taste and then attachment. This
is the way of sādhana-bhakti, the execution of devotional service
according to the regulative principles. Gradually spiritual emotions manifest
and intensify, then finally there is an awakening of divine love. This is the
gradual development of love of Godhead for the devotee interested in Kṛṣṇa
consciousness.”] [Bhakti-rasāmṛta-sindu, 1.4.15-16]
This is the method of making progress
further towards the high. This scientific advice we must try to utilise.
Otherwise our too much hurriedness may be our own enemy. Whatever progress I
shall do I must consolidate my position there, again I shall go and consolidate
myself. In this way the progress should be made towards the highest goal, to
Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa, and Mahāprabhu also.
Gaura līlā is also there.
Gaura līlā is more safe. To approach through Gaura līlā
to Kṛṣṇa līlā that is the most advisable
and most safe way. Kṛṣṇa has come here as Gaurāṅga
to advise us how we shall go towards Him. Because there is much possibility of
committing offences against Kṛṣṇa līlā, but
less offence in Gaura līlā. It’s especially arranged for the
fallen how to take them up towards the high position. Gaura līlā is
designed for the fallen souls like us, to take us to that high destination. So
through Gaura līlā we must try to approach Kṛṣṇa
līlā. That will be found. And there we shall find our
pleasure, enjoyment, joy, both in Kṛṣṇa and Gaurāṅga
līlā similar.
Mādhurya
rasa is
all capturing rasa, all accommodating, but that is very high type which
accommodates all sorts of rasa, most valuable. So though we want that,
but we must be very careful that we can enter really mādhurya rasa
and not this similar thing, this kāma, this worldly thing. That is
perverted reflection here in this world, the friend, the parent, and the mādhurya
rasa, all here reflection. And I must not be very eager to catch things
here and we shall make statement that ‘I have got that thing, transcendental.’
We must not accept mundane and give a statement that ‘I have got some
transcendental truth.’ And there’s the difficulty and danger.
We must not be too confident in our own
self, so that I shall have to lose everything, and only collect some offences
in the meantime. The road is clear, clearly shown to us. Śraddhā,
bhajana-kriyā, anartha- nivṛttiḥ, ruci, all
these steps have been given to us to go to that transcendental realm. So I must
not be traitor to my own self. Only for the fame, the glory, that ‘I’m a big
man, a big sādhu, I’ve finished all these things,’ that will be all
suicidal to ones own self. ‘I’ve got everything within me. I’m a big man. I’m
an Ācārya of the highest order.’ To get some position and fame I must
not risk my own life. _____ Ke?
Badrinārāyaṇa: ________
Mahārāja.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Badrinārāyaṇa Prabhu.
Badrinārāyaṇa: And Gauravāṇī.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Gauravāṇī. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Hare Kṛṣṇa. Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
Gaura Hari bol.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari
bol.
There is a tendency to make Nityānanda
as Rādhā. __________ Bābājī. They say that
Nityānanda is Rādhā Himself.
Devotees: ______
Mahārāja. _________________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa. Nitāi.
83.12.22.B
Devotee: ...the field
of my duty, those things are more or less existing in the mental plane. To
conceive like that is māyāvāda?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hmm? I don’t follow.
Devotee: For example,
I am at this moment I’m here with you. Hmm?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes.
Devotee: And sometimes
to my mind it may come the idea of Venezuela, and the temple, and the
disciples. Hmm? What is the actual substantial existence these things?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: It may come, but in consideration of a part of Kṛṣṇa
consciousness. In terms of Kṛṣṇa conscious value, that will
be transformation. It was in my mind, so many things, a part of my mental
thought. But the land of exploitation that must be transformed into part of
dedication, devotion. I’m to serve them. Whatever will come to my mind I shall
think that I must serve them with Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Nirbandha, kṛṣṇa-sambandhe. Everything - not
in connection of exploitation, nor renunciation, but whatever paraphernalia may
come in my mind that must have some tinge of Kṛṣṇa
consciousness. That is, Kṛṣṇa is everywhere. And I shall try
my best to behave with them in that relationship of Kṛṣṇa
consciousness, taking the centre everywhere, taking my Lord, wanting to establish
the Lordship of my Lord everywhere. Kṛṣṇa is our Lord, your
Lord, my Lord. He’s the Lord to me. He’s the goal of our life. We all should be
a serving unit in His holy feet. Nirbandha, kṛṣṇa-sambandhe. You are my
friend if we together can serve Kṛṣṇa. In this way. Nothing
should be exploited, nor should be renounced, but everything should be
connected with Kṛṣṇa consciousness, the service of Kṛṣṇa.
Kṛṣṇa consciousness means service of Kṛṣṇa.
We cannot have Kṛṣṇa in any other attitude but service, wholesale
service, the holiest form of service, perfect form of service, where self
surrender is the basis. We shall try to see anywhere in connection with Kṛṣṇa.
Sarvatya kṛṣṇe ramurti kari jal mal
sei dehki te paya yara rakhina ramore [?]
If the dirts from our eyes removed then we
shall be able to see everywhere the connection of Kṛṣṇa, the
Lord of my heart. He’s the Lord of everywhere. We’re in a family, in a sweet
family we all are, and well connected, helping one another in the service of
the Lord of our heart. That should be the feeling of visiting anything and
everything. Whatever we’ll come in connection with, but everything must be
transformed into Kṛṣṇa consciousness. That is, Kṛṣṇa
is our Lord, with whole heart we must try to satisfy Him. With this idea,
anywhere, everywhere.
Transformation, wholesale transformation
must begin with us, in our mental system, of lives together. Mental experience
also is vast, from our previous - something in the coating and some left in the
depth of our mental plane. But the wholesale transformation is necessary.
Otherwise, what is artificial cover within us that must evaporate and our
innate function will come out, in other words. This is all artificial and
concocted. All these things will vanish and my internal relationship with Kṛṣṇa
will accommodate the whole environment. That is the meaning, all Kṛṣṇa
interest, everything Kṛṣṇa interest.
Back to God, back to home, back to Godhead,
all back to Godhead. God centred, not any other centre, not country centred, or
nation centred, or man centred, woman centred, nothing. All Kṛṣṇa
centred. Rādhā- Kṛṣṇa, or Gaurāṅga-Nityānanda,
all similar things. If we go to one part They’ll take us to other parts also.
Surrender to Nityānanda - Nityānanda will take to Gaurāṅga.
Gaurāṅga and Rādhā-Govinda all embrace us. In this way we
shall try sincerely. As much as we can command our sincerity, our free will, we
shall try our utmost. The rest on Him, leaving on Him. We must try with what is
our own capacity and position, but the rest depending on His good will. Guru,
Vaiṣṇava, Kṛṣṇa, Mahāprabhu,
Nityānanda, the rest They will take care of. As much as possible I shall
what I can command I shall come with that thing to Them, will try.
Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari. Gaura Hari.
Badrinārāyaṇa: Guru Mahārāja. ______________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes.
Devotee: Jaya
Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda Paramahaṁsa Parivrājakācārya Aṣṭottara-śataŚrī
Śrīmad Bhakti Rakṣaka
ŚrīdharaDeva Goswāmī Mahārāja kī jaya!
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ŚrīŚrīmad Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī Goswāmī Prabhupāda kī jaya!
A.C. Bhaktivedānta Swāmī Mahārāja kī
jaya!
...
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...Goswāmī Prabhupāda
kī jaya!
Virabhava
mahotsav kī jaya!
Kṛṣṇa
Vṛndā kī jaya!
Gaurakiśora Bābājī
Mahārāja kī
jaya!
Śrīpāda Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura
kī jaya!
Ācārya
Vṛndā kī jaya!
Śrī Kṛṣṇa-Caitanya, Prabhu
Nityānanda, Śrī Advaita, Gadādhara,
Śrīvāsādi Gaura-bhakta-vṛnda kī
jaya!
Rūpa Sanātana _____________ [?]
Goswāmī Prabhu kī jaya!
Navadwīpa Dhāma kī
jaya!
Samaveta Bhakta-Vṛndā kī
jaya!
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
mahāprabhu śrī-caitanya,
rādhā-kṛṣṇa nahe anya
[rūpānuga janera jīvana
viśwambhara priyaṅkara
śrī-swarūpa dāmodara,
śrī-goswāmī rūpa-sanātana]
[“Mahāprabhu Śrī Caitanya is non-different from
Śrī Śrī Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa and is
the very life of those Vaiṣṇavas who follow Śrī Rūpa
Goswāmī. Śrī Svarūpa Dāmodara Goswāmī,
Rūpa Goswāmī, and Sanātana Goswāmī were the
givers of great happiness to Viśvambhara (Śrī Caitanya).”]
[Verse six of
the Brahma-Mādhva-Gauḍīya sampradāya compiled by
Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī]
...
[ 09:16 - 14:22 kīrtana ? ]
...
[ 14:30 - 18:02 emona durmmati, saṁsāra
bhitare]
(Dainyātmikā)
...
[18:10 - 26:15 sujanārvvuda-rādhita-pāda-yugaṁ]
(Śrīla Prabhupāda-padma-Stavakāḥ)
...
[26:17 - 27:54?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Oṁ ajñāna-timirāndhasya.
[nāma-śreṣṭhaṁ manum api
śacī-putram atra svarūpaṁ
rūpaṁ tasyāgrajam uru-purīṁ
māthurīṁ goṣṭavāṭīm]
rādhā-kuṇḍaṁ giri-varam
aho rādhikā-mādhavāśāṁ
prāpto yasya prathita-kṛpayā
śrī guruṁ taṁ [nato 'smi]
(Śrīla Raghunātha Dāsa
Goswāmī)
namo mahā-vadānyāya kṛṣṇa-prema-pradāya
te, kṛṣṇaya kṛṣṇa-caitanya-nāmne
gaura-tviṣe namaḥ
[“I offer praṇāma
unto Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who is Kṛṣṇa
Himself. He has assumed the golden hue of Śrīmatī
Rādhikā and is munificently distributing Kṛṣṇa prema.”]
dīvyad-vṛndāraṇya-kalpa-drumādhaḥ,
śrīmad-ratnāgāra-siṁhāsana-sthau
śrīmad-rādhā-śrīla-govinda-devau,
preṣṭhālībhiḥ sevyamānau smarāmi
[In a temple
of jewels in Vṛndāvana, underneath a desire tree, Śrī
Śrī Rādhā-Govinda, served by Their most confidential
associates, sit upon an effulgent throne. I offer my humble obeisances unto
Them.]
[Abhidheyādhideva
Praṇāma]
Adharana tinamdante rdhay janati puna puna srimad rupa
padam bhoja dumi syama [?]
mukam karoti vācālaṁ panghum
langhāyate girīm
yat kṛpā tam ahaṁ vande śrī
gurun dīna-tāranam
[“I offer my
respectful obeisances unto Mādhava, Who is the Personification of
transcendental bliss. By His mercy, a blind man can see the stars in the sky, a
lame man can cross mountains, and a dumb man can speak eloquent words of
poetry.”] [Śrīdhara Svāmī’s Bhavārtha Dipikā,
maṅgala stotram, 1]
Today we have
come here for some divine purpose we assembled, we gathered here. Specially
those that have come from far away, the foreign countries. What for? What for?
Because we got some extraordinary hope of fulfilment of our life. That has
attracted us here.
Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī Ṭhākura
Goswāmī Mahārāja, he sent his men to the foreign countries
in an organised way to approach those that were supposed to be at the top of
the present civilisation, to attract them towards the topmost spiritual
conception of the world hitherto known to humanity.
Spiritual
hope has been brought down to this material world several times now and then
amongst human beings. But that was of different type. The Buddhist, the Jains,
the Christians, Mohammedans, and so many type of call in the name of spiritual
conception has been hitherto extended to our view.
But India, by
the decision of the Supreme, is generally thought to be the abode of spiritual
gifts. In a very systematic way difference of religions, religious conceptions
of different shades have been given here. As much as culture about spirituality
is seen to take place in India, so much we do not find in other countries of
the globe.
And the
writings about spirituality reached its most extensive magnitude in the hand of
Vedavyāsa, Kṛṣṇa-Dvaipāyana, Vedavyāsa. Whose āśrama
was in Badarikāśrama. So far no person in human form has given
such a great magnitude of writing of different thoughts, especially the
religious thoughts. So much, there is no two opinions about this. Such a great
volume of writings can never be found, even nearby also not found in the whole
of the world. That so much writing about different thoughts of humanity,
including that of religion. This Mahābhārata, Purāṇa,
Vedānta, Veda, Upaniṣad, so many.
And last of
all Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, and there was some speciality. In
the beginning, in the very introduction here the Vyāsadeva, the greatest
recognised writer in the whole of the world, who could represent innumerable
types of thoughts in the human society, and even further. Even if it’s possible
for us to know even representing the animals and the vegetable kingdom. But in
the introduction of Śrīmad- Bhāgavatam he has given an
impression, that generally sādhus are of two kinds, matsara,
nirmmatsara. Nirmat-sarāṇāṁ satāṁ
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 1.1.2] Exhaustively eliminating self
interest.
Self
forgetfulness. We find these words in Bible also, or the commentators on
Bible. Self forgetfulness. But what is self forgetfulness in reality,
that has been given there. Self forgetfulness, not a lip deep expression, but
in reality what is total self forgetfulness, it is in surrender. Surrender, and
surrender to whom? Surrender to some authority, who provides for our material
life, our bread, butter, our health, our resources, even our knowledge, all
these things.
“Not for
this, but for Himself. For Himself. For the Whole, for the Centre, for the
Reality. Complete surrender, nirmat-sarāṇāṁ satāṁ.
Only those who can know what is surrender, it is, this Bhāgavata instruction
is only for them. Others won’t understand what I’m going to say, to give in
this book, the last production of mine.”
Die to live,
in a general way, die to live, śaraṇāgata. Then after
death of all possible life of all other conceptions, what will be the possible condition
of us? Die. If we merge into all conscious ocean, that is also to die to live.
Live there in the tomb, unknown ocean, merged, that is also. But not that. That
is also - ego is not fully eliminated, selfish conception is not fully
eliminated there.
Then? When
we’re to see in the ocean of consciousness, personality, Vāsudeva, then
our real surrender begins.
bahūnāṁ janmanām ante,
jñānavān māṁ prapadyate
vāsudevaḥ sarvam [iti, sa mahātmā
sudurlabhaḥ]
[“After many,
many births, the knowledgeable person (who happens to attain the association of
such a pure devotee) finally comes to understand that the whole universe of
moving and stationary being is of the nature of Vāsudeva alone, inasmuch
as all are subordinate to Vāsudeva. Having grasped this conception, he
surrenders unto Me. Know such a great soul to be extremely rare.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
7.19]
Spiritualists
when they find that the Reality, the Absolute Truth, the Whole, that is of
personal character, gets out of impersonal conception. Personal character, then
our head bends there. Here begins śaraṇāgati. Before
this no śaraṇāgati, no surrender possible, geocentric
conception does not vanish. Heliocentric conception of the spiritual prime
cause begins from Vāsudeva conception. Here it begins, only, in a hazy
way. Then if we can develop ourselves in this line we’re to find that there is
potency. That Person is not inactive, but that big personality, the Infinite
Personality is active. And how? He has hierarchy, a group, extended self, so many,
administration in that realm, all these things. He’s the owner of all power,
owner of all power He is. I’m an infinitesimal part of His potency. Then what?
That is a land of - that is the sphere of calculative duty. I have got my duty
to do there, and then there I can have my satisfaction of my life, fulfilment
of my life in His service. I can feel from innermost part of my heart. But it
does not end there. In our inner hankering we find that wholesale engagement
with the environment, the corresponding side of the Absolute is not satisfied
there. Gradually we’re to follow - the inner suggestion of our heart of
different types of engagement with...
83.12.23.B
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...love, that becomes most satisfactory to anyone
and everyone. And very shortly I’m saying this. Then the affectionate service,
the question of affectionate service, that we find within us. Innate
inspiration to serve the Supreme, and we can gradually find that is beautiful,
and loving, ultimate reality. Ultimate reality is the store of love and
affection. Sweetness we find. All of us anyhow or other we’re searching after
sweetness, a sweet life, and we can find after all a sweet land. Sweet land,
everything is sweet.
madhuraṁ
madhuraṁ vapur asya vibhor, madhuraṁ madhuraṁ vadanaṁ
madhuraṁ
madhu gandhi mṛdu
smitam etad aho, madhuraṁ madhuraṁ madhuraṁ madhuraṁ
[“O Lord Kṛṣṇa! The beauty
of Your transcendental form is sweet, but Your beautiful face is even sweeter.
The sweet smile on Your face, which is like the sweet aroma of honey, is
sweeter still.”]
[Kṛṣṇa-Karṇāmṛtam,
92]
Sweetness. We can find that we’re all
searching after sweet things. And there is a domain of sweetness.
Vyāsadeva in Bhāgavatam he
discovered for us that land of sweetness in Vṛndāvana. And he
distributed to the scholars of them, historical scholars of that age, through
one whose credit was unchallengeable, Śukadeva Goswāmī. That
sweetness is in the prime cause of the whole, and we can take part there in
that līlā. In that līlā we can take part.
So Śrī Caitanya He took up this
cause exclusively. “That you human beings you need not waste your time running
hither thither. But go straight to the last treatise of Vedavyāsa, Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
where the Absolute has been given to us as the sweetest guardianship.”
And also that we believe that that very
sweet Absolute came as Śrī Caitanya Deva to permit us, to give us
admission into His own land, direct. The sweet Absolute is told of mainly two
aspects - positive, negative. Rasa-rāja mahābhāva. And
both combined came Śrī Caitanya Deva to give us admission, and to
call us for that land of sweetness. And also at the same time the sweetness is
being distributed in the other side of that land, Goloka. Navadwīpa and Vṛndāvana,
side by side. In one portion it is being tasted in the group, and another it is
being distributed to the public.
And all these things we’re given in this
present age of scientific civilisation, verging on atheism. Our
Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī Goswāmī Prabhu he was bold enough
to preach, to distribute such thought to the whole of the world. As
Vyāsadeva in his last book he gave the highest conception of the Absolute,
Śrī Caitanya Deva drew it and announced in the world that ‘this is
such’ with His paraphernalia. And also details He has given with help of the
Goswāmīns. How that attainment, how to live, everything in details
has been given. I’m very shortly going on. And that thing in this age of scientific
civilisation of almost atheistic character, Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī
Ṭhākura he came to give the highest thing to the world, and he began
to distribute this.
And finally we found that A.C.
Bhaktivedānta Swāmī Mahārāja he showed a great success
in this matter to distribute to the whole of the world. So we’re indebted to
him so much. And we see so many faces from the distant parts of the world only
by his grace, A.C. Bhaktivedānta Swāmī Mahārāja. If
we’ve got any real affection and devotion towards our Gurudeva we cannot but be
grateful to that great messiah Bhaktivedānta Swāmī, who
fulfilled the object of our Guru Mahārāja Bhaktisiddhānta
Saraswatī to such a great extent, cannot but. But at the same time we must
think that we may not forget the standard, the reality, for which he tried, and
Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī Ṭhākura also.
And we’re to find in Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura
in his good will for this propaganda. And in a very scientific way he has
distributed the teachings of Śrī Caitanya Deva, Ṭhākura
Narottama, and Rūpa, Sanātana, Śrī Jīva
Goswāmī, Kavirāja Goswāmī, through these messiahs, the
real fulfilment, the whole fulfilment of our whole life in this world of death
and birth.
Every second, every moment, lives are coming
and going, coming and going. Even we do not know that we go and come, we go and
come, we think that we go forever and not to come. How many of us can remember
our previous birth? Very few, almost none, who can remember their previous
birth, and he may have faith that again after this life I shall live. This
practical faith - very few. We’re all challenged by the death, the whole
universe. Now the civilised world is also under alarm that if atomic war begins
then the whole world will be crushed into ashes, reduced to ashes. Such apprehension.
But if we can have real faith in immortality
of soul, beginning with Socrates, and then Christ and others. And fulfilment of
full life in Śrī Caitanya Deva’s teachings and Bhāgavatam,
that we can love. We love a family life, and in toto we can have such eternal
and fully conscious spiritual divine life. The wholesale can be divine - ised,
transformed into divinity. The sweet life what we can aspire, we can imagine,
that can be realised.
kṛṣṇera
yateka khelā sarvottama nara-līlā, nara-vapu tāhāra
svarūpa
[gope-veśa,
veṇu-kara nava kiśora, nata-vara, nara līlāra haya
anurūpa]
[“Lord Kṛṣṇa has many
pastimes, of which His pastimes as a human being are the best. His form as a
human being is the Supreme Transcendental Form. In this form, He is a cowherd
boy. He carries a flute in His hand, and His youth is new. He is also an expert
dancer. All this is just suitable for His pastimes as a human being.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 21.101]
We’re told that human form of life is the
highest in this creation, because in the absolute quarter such model is
existent. So similar life we can have in the spiritual highest quarter, sweet
family life. We can hope to have the all controller, the all harmonising
principle, as our beloved, our guardian, our children, and so on, we can have.
In one word ‘friendly’ life. Loving friendly life that can be spiritualised.
This human society has been formed after that model which is existing in the
highest quarter.
This has been given by Vedavyāsa, and
Mahāprabhu Śrī Caitanya Deva and His followers. This is a new
thing. Twenty four hours we may be engaged in spiritualism. Not that in a week
we shall go to the church and put some prayer to the Lord. He’s far away - not
such. But twenty four hours we can have a fully engaged life of high spiritual
order and taste. It is possible. This is not to be found anywhere.
And this idea Bhaktisiddhānta
Saraswatī Ṭhākura he wanted to push to the whole world. “Why
people won’t accept this?” He came with such force. “They’re running after
phantasmagoria, after misconception they’re running. Why this reality which is
very near to his inner heart, why they should not accept this? They must
accept. They must accept this, they must recognise this as their own inner
wealth. Why shouldn’t they do? If we can push properly then everyone will
eagerly come to accept this, that we can live a family life with the Supreme
Lord, the Sweetest Absolute. Sweetest life of such type.”
With this idea. When he first established a
centre in London, one Mahārājah Adiraja Burdwan [?] he told, “Who is
such a bold man that in this place of high material civilisation he wants to
push the doctrine of love in the machine? Who is he who has got such courage
that he wants to transform these machines into loving agents? What sort of
boldness he has got? Who is that gentleman?” So they were astounded to think
that in mechanised civilisation he wants to inundate everything with affection
and love, in place of higher mechanism.
With such life and such grace and such
prospect and magnanimity our Guru Mahārāja came to this world. And so
many persons were attracted by his grace. And now of course we’re still trying
to stick to his holy feet for our own benefit, and for the benefit of those
that come to us to take this. And also others that may not come, all may be
converted into his disciples, or may be indebted to him for their fulfilment of
their highest benefit in life.
With this I want to close my conversation,
discourse today.
____________________________________________________
[?]
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: ________________________________________ [?]
........
Devotee:
oṁ
ajñāna-timirāndhasya jñānāñjana-śalākayā
cakṣur
unmilitaṁ yena, tasmai śrī-gurave namaḥ
[I was blind in the darkness of ignorance
but my Spiritual Master applied the ointment of proper spiritual knowledge and
thus opened my eyes. Unto him I offer my respectful obeisances.]
vāñchā-kalpatarubhyaś
ca kṛpā-sindhubhya eva ca
patitānāṁ
pāvanebhyo vaiṣṇavebhyo namo namaḥ
[I offer my respectful obeisances unto all
the Vaiṣṇava devotees of the Lord. They are just like desire trees
who can fulfil the desires of everyone, and they are full of compassion for the
fallen conditioned souls.]
nama oṁ
viṣṇu-pādāya kṛṣṇa-preṣṭhāya
bhū-tale
śrīmate
bhaktisiddhānta-sarasvatīti nāmine
[I offer my respectful obeisances unto His
Divine Grace Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī, who is very dear to Lord Kṛṣṇa,
having taken shelter at His lotus feet.]
śrī-vārṣabhānavī-devī-dayitāya
kṛpābdhaye
kṛṣṇa-sambandha-vijñāna-dāyine
prabhave namaḥ
[I offer my respectful obeisances unto
Śrī Vārṣabhānavī-devī-dayita dāsa
[another name of Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī], who is
favoured by Śrīmatī Rādhārāṇī and who
is the ocean of transcendental mercy and the deliverer of the science of Kṛṣṇa.]
mādhuryojjvala-premāḍhya-śrī-rūpānuga-bhaktida-
śrī-gaura-karuṇā-śakti-vigrahāya
namo ‘stu te
[I offer my respectful obeisances unto you,
the personified energy of Śrī Caitanya’s mercy, who deliver devotional
service which is enriched with conjugal love of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa,
coming exactly in the line of revelation of Śrīla Rūpa
Goswāmī.]
namas te
gaura-vāṇī-śrī-mūrtaye dīna-tāriṇe
rūpānuga-viruddhāpasiddhānta-dhvānta-hāriṇe
[I offer my respectful obeisances unto you,
who are the personified teachings of Lord Caitanya. You are the deliverer of
the fallen souls. You do not tolerate any statement which is against the
teachings of devotional service enunciated by Śrīla Rūpa
Goswāmī.]
[20:00 - 25:38
Bengali ?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ________ [?] Pramāṇa Swāmī
_____________ [?]
Devotees: Pramāṇa
Swāmī.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _________ [?] Do you like to say something?
Pramāṇa
Swāmī:
Nama oṁ viṣṇu-pādāya kṛṣṇa-preṣṭhāya
bhū-tale ...
In this way we can see by the grace of
Śrīla Prabhupāda, Śrīla Śrīdhara Deva
Mahārāja, how the line, in that line the pure teachings of
Mahāprabhu is coming down to give us His Grace. The Grace of Lord Caitanya
is our only shelter because in His Grace that we can find the real fulfilment
of our life. Very deep in our selves we have found a need. And trying to
satisfy this need we’ve been going on searching after the religious teachings
in the world. First in the lap of Christianity, then by the grace of our Guru
Mahārāja Bhaktivedānta Swāmī Prabhupāda, we came
to the call of Mahāprabhu’s teachings. And that which was originally
planted in our heart as a small seed, and was somehow or other left in a very
small condition like a small plant needing to be taken care of. At the present
moment it’s being very expertly handled by the hands of Your Divine Grace. And
that love that attracts us to the feet of our Guru Mahārāja, that
same love we find today at your holy feet. And we can see that that same love
it must have been there at the feet of Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda
Paramahaṁsa Parivrājakācārya Śrīla
Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī Goswāmī Ṭhākura. And
we can only pray in this auspicious day that that boundless mercy in past
maintained your elder devotees at the feet of His Divine Grace, that same grace
may be showered upon us so that we can also maintain our faith at your holy
feet. And in that way carry out the message of Lord Caitanya Mahāprabhu
all throughout the world for the glory of our sampradāya. So we
thank you very much Mahārāja for this opportunity.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: All right. Nimāi ____________ [?]
Badrinārāyaṇa Prabhu ______________ [?]
Badrinārāyaṇa:
oṁ
ajñāna-timirāndhasya jñānāñjana-śalākayā
cakṣur
unmilitaṁ yena, tasmai śrī-gurave namaḥ
vāñchā-kalpatarubhyaś
ca kṛpā-sindhubhya eva ca
patitānāṁ
pāvanebhyo vaiṣṇavebhyo namo namaḥ
Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta
Saraswatī Ṭhākura, what he has come to give, this highest form
of bhakti, is not to be found anywhere. And it has spread its wings even
to the western countries, the mleccha countries, attracting any and
everyone to this Holy Dhāma. The spiritual master he never disappears,
he’s also present in his disciples. So by some unknown fortune we’ve had the
grace of being in the association of his most dear disciple Bhakti Rakṣaka
Śrīdhara Deva Goswāmī Mahārāja. And in this way
we can catch some little glimpse of who he was, or who he is eternally. This is
the highest thing we’re speaking about. We’re not speaking of something of a
lower section. Only the greatest scholars are able to appreciate and cultivate
this highest reality. So we do find ourselves very fortunate to be able to sit
at the lotus feet of our Gurudeva and in this way we can learn something. Hare
Kṛṣṇa.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ______________________________________ [?]
Do you like to
speak something, Viraha Prakāśa Mahārāja?
Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja:
oṁ
ajñāna-timirāndhasya jñānāñjana-śalākayā
cakṣur
unmilitaṁ yena, tasmai śrī-gurave namaḥ
Guru Mahārāja
________________________ [?]
Pramāṇa
Swāmī:
Guru Mahārāja was explaining at the beginning of his lecture.
Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja: __________________ [?]
Pramāṇa
Swāmī:
There are many conceptions of religion.
Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja: ______________________________ [?]
Pramāṇa
Swāmī:
There are also many conceptions within Vaiṣṇavism to approach Kṛṣṇa.
Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja: ____________________ [?]
Pramāṇa
Swāmī:
And which I have been able to understand.
Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja: __________________________________________________________
[?]
Pramāṇa
Swāmī:
He said “The highest conception of approaching Kṛṣṇa has been
established by Śrīla Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī
Goswāmī Ṭhākura.”
Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja: ____________________ [?]
Pramāṇa
Swāmī:
So it is a great fortune for all of us...
Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja: ________ [?]
Pramāṇa
Swāmī:
That today...
Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja: ________________________________________________ [?]
Pramāṇa
Swāmī:
We had the opportunity to serve that highest concept.
Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja: ________________________________________________ [?]
Pramāṇa
Swāmī:
And just like our Guru Mahārāja Śrīla Śrīdhara
Deva Goswāmī makes no difference between one person and another.
Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja: _______________________________________ [?]
Pramāṇa
Swāmī:
Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī Goswāmī would make no difference.
Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja: ________________________ [?]
Pramāṇa
Swāmī:
And in that way today our sampradāya goes on.
Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja: ______________________ [?]
Pramāṇa
Swāmī:
And all the varieties of concepts...
Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja: ______________________ [?]
Pramāṇa
Swāmī:
And the highest concept and the purest of all concepts.
Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja: ____________________________________ [?]
Pramāṇa
Swāmī:
That’s why I’m eternally indebted and grateful to the lotus feet of my Guru
Mahārāja.
Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja: Bhaktivedānta Swāmī Prabhupāda.
Pramāṇa
Swāmī:
Śrīla Bhaktivedānta Swāmī Prabhupāda.
Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja: ______________________________________ [?]
Pramāṇa
Swāmī:
To please allow me to render service of the lotus feet of Śrīla
Śrīdhara Deva Goswāmī Mahārāja.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Govinda Mahārāja
_____________________________ [?]
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja: ___________________________ [?]
Devotee:
oṁ
ajñāna-timirāndhasya jñānāñjana-śalākayā
cakṣur
unmilitaṁ yena, tasmai śrī-gurave namaḥ
vāñchā-kalpatarubhyaś
ca kṛpā-sindhubhya eva ca
patitānāṁ
pāvanebhyo vaiṣṇavebhyo namo namaḥ
[35:20 - 39:30
Bengali ?]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hare Kṛṣṇa. ____________________________
[?]
Śrīla
Govinda Mahārāja:
____________________________________________________________ [?]
83.12.23.C
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ... and the song through me, so by trying to sing
that song today also I want to terminate this function.
śrī-rūpa-mañjarī-pada
sei mora sampada, sei mora bhajana-pūjana
sei mora
prāṇa-dhana sei mora abharaṇa, sei mora jīvanera
jīvana
sei mora
rasa-nidhi sei mora vāñchā-siddhi, sei mora vedera dharama
sei vrata, sei
tapaḥ, sei mora maṇtra-japa, sei mora dharama-karama
anukūla
habe vidhi se pade haibe siddhi, nirakhiba e dui nayane
se-rūpa
mādhurī-rāśi, prāṇa-kuvalaya -
śaśī, praphullita habe niśi-dine
tuyā
adarśana ahi, garale jarala dehi, cira-dina tāpita jīvana
hā hā
prabhu kara dayā, deha more pada-chāyā, narottama laila
śaraṇa
[“The divine lotus feet and shelter of
Śrī Rūpa Mañjarī are my ever cherished invaluable wealth
and object of my devotional service and worship. They are the treasure of my
heart that adorns my existence and they are the life of my life. They are the
infinite reservoir of all transcendental mellows and the perfection that
fulfils all my desires. They are the conclusion of the esoteric meaning of the Vedas
for me. They are the goal of my vows, austerity, maṇtras and
meditation. They are the purpose of my inner divine existence and the spiritual
activities of my soul. I am earnestly praying that the divine will of
providence will greatly favour me so I may maintain perfection in the pure
loving service of her lotus feet. At that moment the moon-like beauty and
radiance of Śrī Rūpa Mañjarī will appear before my eyes
captivating and bathing the lotus of my heart with rays of ecstasy constantly
day and night. My heart burns afflicted by the venomous bite of separation from
such a beautiful life of fulfilment. I am in such desperate need therefore, O
my divine mistress Śrī Rūpa Mañjarī, please shower your
ambrosial mercy upon me, soothe me, and embrace me in the shade of your lotus
feet. Narottama dāsa takes complete shelter of you.”]
[Śrī-Rūpa-Mañjarī-Pada,
Prāthanā Lalasa, 16]
Hare Kṛṣṇa
Hare Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa
Hare Hare, Hare Rāma Hare Rāma Rāma Rāma Hare Hare
Hare Kṛṣṇa
Hare Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa
Hare Hare, Hare Rāma Hare Rāma Rāma Rāma Hare Hare
Nitāi
Gaura Hari bol. Hari bol. Hari bol. Hari bol. Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Hari
bol. Hari bol. Hari bol.
Jaya
Oṁ Viṣṇu-Pāda ŚrīŚrīmad Bhaktisiddhānta Saraswatī Goswāmī Prabhupāda kī jaya!
Tadīya
__________ mahotsav kī jaya!
Gaurakiśora Bābājī
Mahārāja kī
jaya!
Śrīmad
Bhaktivinoda Ṭhākura kī
jaya!
ṢaḍGoswāmī Prabhu kī
jaya!
Ācārya Vṛnda kī jaya!
Śrī Kṛṣṇa-Caitanya, Prabhu
Nityānanda, Śrī Advaita, Gadādhara,
Śrīvāsādi, Śrī Gaura-bhakta-vṛnda kī
jaya!
Hari Nāma Saṅkīrtana kī
jaya!
Navadwīpa Dhāma kī
jaya!
Samaveta bhakta-vṛnda kī jaya!
Gaura Hari bol. Gaura Hari bol.
Śrīla Govinda Mahārāja: ________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _______________ [?]
...
[Devotee:
Some people can remember their previous birth?]
[Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Very few can remember about their
previous life.]
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Jñātisya [?], a Sanskrit word there is
jñātisya [?]. There are some, very few, who can remember their past birth.
Here, a few days before, one Bengali
gentleman, Mr Banergee or so, he, in order to prove transmigration of soul, he
began to collect the name of those persons who could remember their previous
life. And he found and mentioned names of several persons.
He tested that one person is here, he says:
“In my previous life I was there, and there is an almirah [chest, wardrobe] and
there are some things stored by me. I want to have them.”
And it was tested and found it is so. Such
cases, several cases he enlisted. So birth and rebirth is proved here. Whether
there is rebirth, birth after birth, it is proved by this instance
scientifically.
“In my previous birth I was so and so. Let
me take there. I kept these things in my almirah.”
In this way a few examples were found in
India. About twenty years or so ago I found one gentleman he was after this
campaign, the birth and rebirth is there. They are told as jñātisya [?]
They can remember, they have previous recollection of life incidents. Do you
follow?
Devotee: Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I also heard that during that second great war some
head and some body, one head is all right and that body is all right, and after
cutting, and one head of a particular man was connected with the body of a
particular man. And it was in the hospital under the care of the doctors they
were well connected and they lived. And they tested that the brain of the man
that was guiding his life. Whose head was connected with the body of another,
the body had no value, but the man whose head was taken, after the connected
body is fully cured, told that, “I have left my things there, I have such and
such things here.” He could tell, the head. An Italian head connected with a
French body. Italian head, according to the head he told that “My father, my
brother, my things, my wife, all these things.” According to the head.
I saw in paper. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Kṛṣṇa.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. Viraha Prakāśa Mahārāja
is asking, “How is that ātmāsamiksa begins?”
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ātmāsamiksa begins? It is the
results of the previous actions, previous sukṛti. The same thing
to be traced. Ātmāsamiksa of different type. The elevationist,
salvationist, then dedicationist, all may have their different types of ātmāsamiksa.
“Who am I? Who am I?”
Elevationist, a karmī, he also
may have ātmāsamiksa according to Jaimini and others. “If we
do in this and this way then I shall flourish. I shall live long in good
health, in good mind, with good enjoying life. In the karma-kaṇḍa.”
Then the salvationists, Buddhists, Śaṅkara,
their ātmāsamiksa will be of another type. “This is not the
world to live in happily. So I must retire from this mortal life.” This sort of
ātmāsamiksa there.
But these are artificial according to us.
Our ātmāsamiksa, of the devotional school is otherwise. Though
the same question, “Who am I?” I am not only a factor of this material world.
Neither a factor of the taṭasthā, that is only mere tiny soul
in the world, but above that there is a huge world, Vaikuṇṭha,
Goloka. There, ātmāsamiksa is of another type. From the sukṛti
gathered from different lives they will come to find that, “No, there is
God. I have some relation with Him and I must get His service. A life of
service is the elevated form of life. Renunciation and elevation in this life
that is not satisfactory.”
So different types of ātmāsamiksa.
The ātmāsamiksa of the devotees, the perfect form of ātmāsamiksa,
self-analysis, self-search, that comes from sukṛti as it is told ajñāta-sukṛti,
jñāta-sukṛti, then it flows over the surface as śraddhā.
“There is One, if we can successfully connect with Him properly, then I shall
be best benefited.” That will develop in that way.
Does he understand my language, statement?
The same thing, ajñāta-sukṛti, jñāta-sukṛti, then śraddhā.
bhaktis tu
bhagavad-bhaktasaṅgena parijāyate
sat-saṅgaḥ
prāpyate puṁbhiḥ sukṛtaiḥ pūrvva-sañcitaiḥ
[“Actually we can recognise a sādhu by
sukṛti. Apparently we can know him from the śāstras,
the scriptures, because the śāstra helps us to know who is a sādhu,
and the sādhu gives us the interpretation of the śāstra.
So sādhu and śāstra are interdependent, but the sādhu
holds the more important position and the śāstra has the
secondary position. The living śāstra is the sādhu,
but to know who is guru, who is sādhu, we are to consult the
descriptions given about them in the scriptures. The symptoms of the sādhu,
both of the guru as well as the disciple, have been written in the Bhāgavatam,
in the Gītā and in the Upaniṣads.”]
[Bṛhan-Nāradīya-Purāṇa]
Ajñāta-sukṛti,
jñāta-sukṛti, that accumulated gives birth to what is śraddhā.
Śraddhā means the faith that if I do my duty towards the centre
then the whole is fed, whole is served. Put food to the stomach whole body is
served. That sort of knowledge comes from the sukṛti that is
ultimately by the grace of the divine agents.
Just as when by accident a man fallen on the
street, no knowledge. Some good persons come with a need to help him. Then by
their treatment, by their nursing, if he has got some knowledge, then he will
say, “Oh, I am so and so. Please take me to my home and they will take care of
me.” That man, getting consciousness by the nursing of the street persons, he
will say, whenever his knowledge will come, “Take me to my home.” He will
cooperate with them, or they may take him to hospital. When the consciousness
will come he will say, “I am so and so, please inform them, they will take care
of me.” Again he may be unconscious, but whenever consciousness comes only he
will suggest.
So, the jīva is moving
unconsciously, whenever particular conscious will comes with the help, first
help when unconscious, first help will come from the outsider. Then when
consciousness comes, he may begin to help himself, self help will come. So
after sukṛti, śraddhā will come, then self help
will begin. Before that, sukṛti, that in an unconscious condition
only the passers by in the street they can help him. But when he has got his
consciousness then he may help his own cause. Before that it is not possible.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. One should always wait for revelation to come down? Or also
one should make some effort towards?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Effort in the proper line in submission with the
superior efficient persons. Whimsical effort won’t bring much success
everywhere. Effort in the proper channel that will be effective, will be of
use, otherwise, whimsical action won’t produce much good result. Regulated
action is necessary, always, and regulation must be by the experts. Vaiṣṇava
anugatya he________ [?], Vaiṣṇava, Guru, Ācārya, anugatya,
śāstra, regulated effort is necessary to attain success. Hare
Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. What should be the sannyāsīs bhajan?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Sannyāsī?
Devotees: Bhajan.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Sannyāsī bhajan?
Devotee: His worship.
The bhajan of a sannyāsī, which nature should be?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Bhajan? What do you mean by bhajan?
Badrinārāyaṇa: What is the nature of the bhajan of the sannyāsī?
Devotee: The nature of
his worship.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ah. Sannyāsī means kāya-mano-vākya, thought, word, deed. Tridaṇḍa sannyāsī.
One who has controlled these three aspects of him and engaged them in the
service of the Lord. Thought, word and deed, kāya-mano-vākya. By word he will speak only for the cause of the
divinity. He will labour with hand, leg, whatever, body, wholly engaged in the
service of the Lord. Body, kāya, mano,
and mind, he will think only in the interest of the Supreme Lord. Three
aspects, one who has dedicated to the service of the Lord, he’s tridaṇḍa sannyāsī.
vāg-daṇḍo ‘tha mano-daṇḍaḥ-stathaiva
ca [yasyaite nihitā-buddhau tridaṇḍīti sa ucyate]
[“One who
accepts the rod of chastisement for the speech, mind, and actions, and who
keeps his senses in check with that rod of chastisement is known as a tridaṇḍī,
or one who has accepted the threefold rod of chastisement and renunciation.”] [Manu-Saṁhitā,
12.10]
He has
controlled these three. He has punished, daṇḍa means
punishment. He has punished these three aspects of him, and engaged them in the
service of the Lord. Not for exploitation, not for gratification of his own
senses and mind. A sannyāsī is he who has renounced the
worldly connection and engaged himself in the service of the Lord. He’s a sannyāsī.
He has devoted himself wholesale to the service of the Lord. Not for his own
sense gratification, nor the gratification of his mental concoction. There are
so many scientists that have controlled their senses from all sorts of worldly
pleasure, and engaged in the laboratory. But they’re not called sannyāsī,
not bhajan. Must be connected with the Supreme. That For Itself. Reality
is For Itself. And he must live a life in consonance with reality, for the
central cause, dedicated to the central cause. Retiring from selfish adventure
and engaging himself for the central cause.
sarva-dharmān parityajya, mām ekaṁ
śaraṇaṁ vraja
ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo, mokṣayiṣyāmi
mā śucaḥ
[“Totally
abandoning all kinds of religion, surrender exclusively unto Me. I will
liberate you from all kinds of sins, so do not despair.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
18.66]
To surrender
everything to Him, and want His cent per cent service, and the Lord will come
to help him, so that he may give up his whims, tendencies towards other things
and can easily concentrate towards Him. He’ll also come if he surrenders to
Him, “Please utilise me,” from the core of his heart, and He will come to help
that he may utilise for Him. That is bhajan, bhajan means not bhoga,
and bhajan means sacrifice, self dedication, bhajan. To give, to
sacrifice. Bhogan means to satisfy him, and bhajan means to
dedicate, sacrifice.
ye yathā māṁ prapadyante, tāṁs
tathaiva bhajāmy aham
[mama vartmānuvartante, manuṣyāḥ
pārtha sarvaśaḥ]
[“As a person
takes refuge in Me, I accordingly respond to him. Being the ultimate goal of
all philosophies and doctrines, I am the objective to be attained by all.
Certainly, O Pārtha, all men follow My various paths.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
4.11]
As one
conducts himself towards Him, He also makes Himself with such reaction, similar
reaction comes to give. The soul is giving him to the Lord, Lord also giving
Him to the soul, visa versa.
Bhajan, do for the
interest of another. Generally meaning to serve, bhajan means to give,
to serve, to sacrifice. And bhogan to take, to enjoy. Bhogan and bhajan,
bhajan to give, bhogan to take. Bhogan means to consume,
and bhajan means to sacrifice. Hare Kṛṣṇa. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
...
Devotee: Lord Caitanya
instructed Nityānanda Prabhu to preach about Rādhā and Govinda.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh?
Devotee: Śrī
Caitanya Mahāprabhu instructed Nityānanda Prabhu to come to Bengal
and preach the glories of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa. But
instead of doing that, Nityānanda Prabhu He started preaching the glories
of Gaurāṅga Mahāprabhu.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes.
Devotee: And Viraha
Prakāśa Mahārāja is asking that how He did that?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Oh. Mahāprabhu came to give
Rādhā-Govinda bhakti, but devotion to Kṛṣṇa
in the line of Rādhārāṇī. To help
Rādhārāṇī in the service of Kṛṣṇa.
For that Mahāprabhu came. And Nityānanda Prabhu found that “If I can
give, I can make one to surrender to Gaurāṅga, Gaurāṅga
is Rādhā- Govinda Himself, you may not speak it to others. Automatically
he’ll get Rādhā-Govinda very easily.”
Gaurāṅga
left Kālākṛṣṇa dāsa. “That he was going
astray. Anyhow I have collected him from the south. And now, you all gave him
to Me for My attendant, I have anyhow taken, and I now make him free. I don’t
require him any further.”
Then
Nityānanda Prabhu did not deject him. He gave him some engagement. “Go to
Śacī Devī and say that Mahāprabhu after two years tour
safely arrived in Purī. This news you say.” He engaged him in service.
Nityānanda Prabhu He realises fully that anyone if connected with
Gaurāṅga his life is ensured. Gaurāṅga is
Rādhā-Govinda, sometimes combined, sometimes separate. Sometimes Both
combined, searching, mutual interest. And sometimes being separated They’re
performing līlā. Deha-bhedaṁ gatau tau. Even we
can’t say - it is in the eternal world - Who is first, Who is second. Whether
Gaurāṅga first, Rādhā-Govinda after. Or
Rādhā-Govinda first, then combination is after. Both eternal.
[rādhā kṛṣṇa-praṇaya-vikṛtir
hlādinī śaktir asmād
ekātmānāv api bhuvi purā]
deha-bhedaṁ gatau tau
caitanyākhyaṁ prakaṭam adhunā
tad-dvayaṁ caikyam āptaṁ
rādhā-bhāva-dyuti-suvalitaṁ naumi
kṛṣṇa svarūpam
[“I worship
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who is Kṛṣṇa Himself,
enriched with the emotions and radiance of Śrīmatī
Rādhārāṇī. As the Predominating and Predominated
Moieties, Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa are eternally one, with
separate individual identities. Now They have again united as Śrī Kṛṣṇa
Caitanya. This inconceivable transformation of the Lord’s internal pleasure-giving
potency has arisen from the loving affairs of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa.”]
[Caitanya-caritamrta, Ādi-līlā, 1.5]
Svarūpa
Dāmodara says, “What is Caitanya Deva? Rādhā-Govinda combined.
He’s searching for Himself in the mood of Rādhā.” That wholesale
searching of Kṛṣṇa for Himself when combined. And sometimes
They divide Themselves and They want to search Their union with another.
Rādhā searching union with Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa
searching union with Rādhā, when separated, sometimes. And sometimes
combined, then Kṛṣṇa searching Himself in the mood of
Rādhā. The two classes of līlā in the eternal
highest quarter. Rasa-rāja mahābhāva. The searching and
the searched, searching object and the searching function, the function of
searching and the object of search, these two things. This is līlā.
And when
combined, as the māyāvādī says, “If Both combined it
will be a static thing.” No, it becomes Gaurāṅga, that He’s
searching Himself in the mood. It is dynamic always, never static, according to
Vaiṣṇava philosophers. The Absolute is dynamic. When Both sides,
Both halves combined, Both Moiety. Negative Positive combined, then also dynamic,
not a static. Searching Himself - that is His movement, always dynamic, vilāsa,
and never static, stagnant. Hegelian philosophy is also of that type.
Devotee: By Your Grace we
can have a glimpse of life.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Hmm?
Devotee: By Your Divine
Grace we can get a glimpse of life.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: By paramparā, guru paramparā. In
the line He wants to express Himself. We can have that clue.
rādhā kṛṣṇa-praṇaya-vikṛtir
hlādinī śaktir asmād
ekātmānāv api bhuvi purā
deha-bhedaṁ gatau tau
caitanyākhyaṁ prakaṭam adhunā
tad-dvayaṁ caikyam āptaṁ
rādhā-bhāva-dyuti-suvalitaṁ naumi
kṛṣṇa svarūpam
What is that śloka?
I forget. What is the beginning I can’t definitely remember the beginning of
the śloka.
Caitanya Deva
is none but Kṛṣṇa, but mixed with the mood and halo, mood and
lustre, nature and lustre, of Rādhārāṇī.
Badrinārāyaṇa: Caitanyākhyaṁ. _________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Beginning?
Badrinārāyaṇa: Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Oh. Rādhā kṛṣṇa-praṇaya-vikṛtir.
Yes. Not Śrī Rādhā - but Rādhā-Kṛṣṇapraṇaya-vikṛtir.
What is Rādhā? Kṛṣṇa has three potencies mainly. Kṛṣṇa
and His potency, three potency, jñāna, bala, krīya,
ca. Sat, cit, ānanda. Ānanda, hlādinī.
Hlādinī is ānanda. So...
83.12.27.A_83.12.29.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...of love of Kṛṣṇa.
Rādhārāṇī, hlādinī
śakti. The main potency of Kṛṣṇa
is hlādinī, that which makes
happy, makes pleasing. So eternally connected with Kṛṣṇa,
Both cannot be separated.
rādhā kṛṣṇa-praṇaya-vikṛtir
hlādinī śaktir [asmād
ekātmānāv api bhuvi purā]
deha-bhedaṁ gatau tau
caitanyākhyaṁ prakaṭam adhunā
tad-dvayaṁ caikyam āptaṁ
rādhā-bhāva-dyuti-suvalitaṁ naumi
kṛṣṇa svarūpam]
[“I worship
Śrī Caitanya Mahāprabhu, who is Kṛṣṇa Himself,
enriched with the emotions and radiance of Śrīmatī
Rādhārāṇī. As the Predominating and Predominated
Moieties, Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa are eternally one, with
separate individual identities. Now They have again united as Śrī Kṛṣṇa
Caitanya. This inconceivable transformation of the Lord’s internal pleasure-giving
potency has arisen from the loving affairs of Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa.”]
[Caitanya-caritamrta, Ādi-līlā, 1.5]
So that is
coexistent with Kṛṣṇa, so sometimes the potency and the owner
of the potency become one. And sometimes They bifurcate and becomes two and
begin Their pastimes. Sometimes closest and sometimes far. In Vṛndāvana
līlā we find Both divided, and Gaura līlā we
find combined. Because one cannot exist without the other. Kṛṣṇa,
the cit śakti, Vāsudeva, jñāna śakti, the
feeler, the enjoyer, and Rādhārāṇī the enjoyed, hlādinī, enjoyed and enjoyer They’re automatically one and
same. Sometimes They come very close, then becomes Gaurāṅga. And
sometimes They divide and They begin Their pastimes.
That is the
meaning of that śloka given by Svarūpa Dāmodara who is
considered to be Lalitā Sakhī in Vṛndāvana. That They
cannot be thought out separately, always They’re connected, sometimes very
closer, and sometimes little far begin Their pastimes. In Vṛndāvana
we find They’re divided and They’re making pastimes. In Navadwīpa They’re
combined and searching Himself and distributing to others.
Devotee: Guru
Mahārāja. By the grace of Guru one can realise himself.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Eh?
Devotee: By the grace of
Śrī Gurudeva one can come to realise himself, can come to understand,
ātmāsamiksa, to the
highest degree. And he can find himself in Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa
līlā, or he can find himself in Gaurāṅga līlā?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: In both the līlā, but tending more
towards one, some group. And some tending more towards another. And some in the
midway. Three classes amongst them. Some more addicted to the separate
pastimes. And some more addicted to the closer, Gaurāṅga. And some
in the middle, both this side that side also. This is found. Some wants more to
see Gaurāṅga līlā, they’re very eager to find
Gaurāṅga līlā when Kṛṣṇa Himself
in the mood of Rādhā searching Himself and distributing to others.
Very fond of serving that līlā. And another group when They
separate Themselves and begin Their pastimes and to help in that affair,
another group is more attracted. And there’s a third group who likes this and
that also, mainly. Then there are so many sub-divisions.
Devotee: So if
somebody is partaking mostly in Gaurāṅga līlā, if
somebody is mostly attracted to Gaurāṅga līlā he’s
at the same time partaking of all the pastimes of Rādhā-Govinda līlā?
They’re all also in Gaura līlā?
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. In a different percolated way. Just who serves Rādhārāṇī
she’s serving Kṛṣṇa the best. Do you follow?
Devotee: Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: How? Rādhārāṇī can render
highest form of service to Kṛṣṇa. So another may not be
trespasser between the Two will help Rādhārāṇī. And
his energy will be utilised by Rādhārāṇī for the
service of Kṛṣṇa, that man will be best benefited. Can you
follow, no?
Devotee: Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Because his energy when it comes in the hand of
Rādhārāṇī is being more qualitatively better and
being utilised to Kṛṣṇa and fetching more gain to that man.
Can you follow?
Devotee: Yes.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So also here, by serving Gaurāṅga līlā,
Both combined, he may serve the most. And it depends on the sweet will of
Those, Both. So it can’t be said definitely because according to Their
necessity it will be designed. And it cannot come under law because They’re
above law. Their whim, any moment demanding anything, and that should be
supplied. That’s not a stereotype stale thing under law. Independent, every second
They’re having new demand and new pastimes. Nava-navayana. Every moment
new, ever new, that does not become old. Always above law.
And we should not try to bring Them under
law, that is above law. This is the primary thing we must keep in our mind.
That we’ll put Them under law and I shall read the law, understand the law, and
I shall get Them in the cage? It is not like that. Always free. Only we can
have a glimpse towards, some glimpse, some spark towards the Whole, that we may
expect.
Dig-darśana, towards this, He’s this side. Not within this cage
we can say. So far we can say ‘this side.’
Śrutibhir vimṛgyām. All the revealed scriptures
are showing the direction, ‘He’s in this direction.’ That much they can assert.
Big philosophers, the theistic philosophers, or scholars, or devotees, they
give some glimpse, some ray to us. ‘Go this side, this direction.’
Of course, Baladeva Vidyābhūṣaṇa has written when he was singing the grace of
Rūpa, Sanātana.
“That the
Rūpa, Sanātana, what type of devotion, devotee they were?” hastastha
ratnadhi vat [?] Just as a jewel is within the palm of one man’s hand and he
can show it this side, that side, every side, in this way. Rūpa,
Sanātana, they showed that ecstatic jewel, that transcendental jewel,
Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa, in that way. This side, that side, as
if a gem within the fist they could show. By the grace of Them, they’re so
favourite of the Supreme Lord that they could do so.”
Sanātana
Goswāmī when writing he said, “What am I? A tiny soul. And I’m
writing about the harem of Kṛṣṇa? That this queen was this
type, this queen this nature, this and that. What a fallen poor soul I am, like
a dust of the earth. And I’m dealing, I’m giving descriptions of the beloved
queens of Kṛṣṇa in the harem. But believe me my friends,
someone is forcibly conducting my hand and making me forced to write, not
myself. Please believe me.” He said. So that is the matter.
Kavirāja
Goswāmī also said,
ei
grantha lekhāya more ‘madana-mohana’ [āmāra
likhana yena śukera paṭhana]
[“Actually Śrī-Caitanya-caritāmṛta
is not my writing but the dictation of Śrī Madana-mohana. My writing
is like the repetition of a parrot.”] [Śrī-Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Ādi-līlā, 8.78]
“What I’m
saying here it is not mine. I’m like a parrot. The Madana-mohana is forcing me to say I’m saying.”
It is He
expresses Himself through them. A quite surrendered soul is instrumental in
that affair. He can, yam evaiṣa vṛnute.
[nāyam ātmā pravacanena labhyo, na
medhayā na bahunā śrutena
yam evaiṣa vṛnute tena labhyas, tasyaiṣa
ātmā vivṛnute tanūṁ svām]
[“One cannot
understand the substance of the Paramātmā, the Super-soul residing
within everyone’s heart, by means of expertise in logic, intelligence or
learning. When the living entity begs the Lord for His mercy, being desirous of
His transcendental loving service, then the Supreme Lord reveals His
self-manifest form directly before him.”] [Kaṭha-Upaniṣad,
1.2.23] & [Muṇḍaka-Upaniṣad, 2.3.2]
He can give
Himself, none else. He can only give Himself. Those that are saying about Him
they’re ultimately saying that. “That I’m mere instrument. He’s doing through
me, I can feel.”
When
Mahāprabhu saying to Rūpa, Sanātana, He also says like that.
“Something passing through Me to you Sanātana. I feel that Kṛṣṇa,
as He is, He’s in the sound, He’s passing through Me thought. Some thought is
passing through Me through some sound and He’s embracing you. I do not know the
meaning that is passing through Me.” In this way. Vyāso vetti na vetti
vā.
[aham vedmi śuko vetti, vyāso vetti na vetti
vā
bhaktyā bhāgavataṁ grāhyaṁ
na buddhyā na ca ṭīkayā]
[Lord
Śiva says: “I know the true purpose of Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam;
Śukadeva, the son and disciple of Vyāsadeva, knows it thoroughly, and
the author of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, Śrīla
Vyāsadeva may or may not know the meaning. The real purpose of the Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam
is very difficult to conceive and can only be known through bhakti.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 24.313]
Sometimes the
Guru may not feel what’s passing through him to a particular disciple, he may
not know. It is also possible. Vyāso vetti na vetti vā.
Vyāsa, through whom so many divine scriptures have come, he may not know
the full meaning of that. He can control, the Absolute, everything in His hand.
Everything is under His control. He’s using A.B.C. according to His own whim,
and they cannot but do so.
mukam karoti vācālaṁ panghum
langhāyate girīm
[yat kṛpā tam ahaṁ vande
śrī gurun dīna-tāranam]
[“I offer my
respectful obeisances unto Mādhava, Who is the Personification of
transcendental bliss. By His mercy, a blind man can see the stars in the sky, a
lame man can cross mountains, and a dumb man can speak eloquent words of
poetry.”] [Bhavārtha Dipikā, maṅgala stotram, 1]
If He likes,
a dumb man may speak, be an orator. Mukam karoti vācālaṁ
panghum langhāyate girīm. A crippled man can cross the mountain. Yat
kṛpā. His grace is such miracle. Miracle of all miracles. Adbutkrāma.
His every stride is wonderful, every movement is beyond our conception and law.
He’s such.
And we have
come to know Him, to understand Him. We have left everything. Nothing in the
world has any charm for us. We want to know that unknown thing. Our mania, not
to search the concrete things what can be had, but what can never be had, our
mania is to search after that. The unknown and unknowable. Adhokṣaja.
Who always keeps all the senses, the instruments of knowing, under Him. Always
His existence always transcending the layer of our understanding. It is His
sweet will. Sometimes suddenly He may come, appear, and give some impression
“I’m so,” then withdraws, we’re helpless. Still our mania to search after Him.
We may not have, does not matter. Still we must not lose our energy in the
search of so many trashes, so many brickbats and fossils. Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Devotee: Gurudeva.
Whatever glimpse of such a high truth one may have, may have had in the past,
to remember that it is no good, no?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Sometimes yes, remembering also good. And that
remembrance also lives on His will. If He likes He can make him forget
everything. All Rights Reserved. So we’re slave, after all we’re aspiring after
slavery, the position of a complete slave. He may make or mar. He may efface me
if He likes. His position is such. Wholesale with Him, nothing with me. And
only I want that my submission to Him, that is the truth. He’s all in all, I’m
nothing of the nothing. Still, I want His consciousness, His association. That
is enough for me, that my Lord, that I’m connected with some magnanimous great
divine hope. That is all, Kṛṣṇa dāsa.
More rakhi madhi sukhe thakur vedam [?] “Their every
right at the expense of us They may enjoy, Rādhā-Govinda.” That
should be our aspiration. “Let Them go on with Their pastimes happily, making
me or doing away with me. If dealing death to me is necessary for Their free
pastimes, I want to go forever.” That sort of surrender we should try to have,
try to reach to that standard. “That He has every right over me, deface me.”
And we’re
told by the spiritual scholars that is the highest position of having Him.
Those that are so much forgetful for Their pastimes, really they live in the
high order. So much intensity of self sacrifice comes - takes us nearer to
Them. So much self abnegation takes nearer to Them, self surrender takes nearer
to Them. That is die to live. Die to live. Ha, ha. If you want to have a real
life you’ll have to die as you can conceive yourself to be ever in this world.
And all your so called prospects, you will die, then your real figure will come
out in pristine glory. Die to live. So as much as we can we’re to embrace
death. Ha, ha. Death in connection with Him of course.
Self
effacement. The renunciation school they also want to efface them, but that is
another thing. That has no connection with the positive truth. They want to
retire into darkness, no consciousness. And here the sacrifice is conscious
sacrifice. To welcome death for the satisfaction of the Universal pastimes, the
positive connection. This death of the Vaiṣṇava school has got
positive background. And the renunciation, self abnegation of the Buddhist and
Śaṅkara school no positive background, not hunting for the
satisfaction of the Whole, not that, the difference. This death is a positive
death, and that is some negative.
Positive
death, I die for a good cause. Just as a soldier dies for the cause of the
country, the patrons die for the country. And the guṇḍā they
also die for selfish quarrel. Both may be brave. But one for some exploitation,
because can’t exploit, there’s hindrance in the exploitation he’s risking his
life. And here, the risk for the cause of the Universal līlā
has a positive background, just no death. Death means highest form of
emancipation, a free - they rather enter into the most confidential group of
the servants. Suicidal squad, just as suicidal squad they hold the highest
patriotism. So here the devotees they’re like suicidal squad, they’re
dependable. In time of need for the pastimes they’re ready to be martyred for
that. So in the highest rank they hold the service, positive. Nitāi
Gaura...
...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ___________________________________________ [?] It’s
clear?
Devotee: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Anything else? Eh? You?
Devotee:
_______________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _____________ [?] In ordinary sense Hare in
vocative, sambodanay, Hare. Kṛṣṇa Who is attracting through
affection, through love, attraction. Kṛṣ means attract, and ṇa
means to give pleasure, satisfaction. Kṛṣ ṇa, two
parts in the word Kṛṣṇa. Kṛṣ means who
attracts, and ṇa means who in reaction gives some satisfaction, is
Kṛṣṇa.
And Hare
means who can deliver us from all environmental difficulty, and wholesale who
can capture me, Hare. Who can capture me, captivate me, who can swallow me
wholesale, who can embrace me, welcome me. And as a part of Him He can
accommodate in His family.
[bhaktyā mām abhijānāti,
yāvān yaś cāsmi tattvataḥ]
tato māṁ tattvato jñātvā,
viśate tad-anantaram
[“By the
potency of that supreme devotion, he is able to completely know My nature of
Almighty Lordship and majesty (aisvaryamaya-svarupa). Thereafter,
acquiring the perception of his divine relationship with Me, he enters into a
group of My intimate personal associates, whose nature is non- different from Mine.”]
[Bhagavad-gītā, 18.55]
And in Bhāgavata.
martyo yadā tyakta-samasta-karmā,
niveditātmā vicikīrṣito me
tadāmṛtatvaṁ pratipadyamāno,
mayātma-bhūyāya ca kalpate vai
[“One who is
subjected to birth and death attains immortality when he gives up all material
activities, dedicates his life to the execution of My order, and acts according
to My directions. In this way, he becomes fit to enjoy the spiritual bliss
derived from exchanging loving mellows with Me.”]
[Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.29.34]
Ātma-bhūyāya kalpate. “He’s accepted within My family.”
Hare. From
the all attraction from outside, and also our inner heart also is captured by
Him, Hare, Kṛṣṇa.
And Rāma
means who can please me, please us. Rāma. And Hare, another meaning is
Harā. In higher realisation they find Hare Kṛṣṇa means
Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa. Harā. Harā, Who can capture
everything, even Kṛṣṇa, the mind of Kṛṣṇa.
He’s also attracted. So though negative, She can attract the positive side, He
or She can. So Her name is Harā, Who can captivate, or capture everything,
including Kṛṣṇa. She can attract Kṛṣṇa by
Her negative qualification. That means surrender, surrender to the extreme for
the service of Kṛṣṇa. That is Her quality. So Hare Kṛṣṇa
means Rādhā-Kṛṣṇa, Rādhe-Kṛṣṇa,
Rādhe-Kṛṣṇa.
That means we
may not approach direct to Kṛṣṇa - there we’ll be loser. Just
as if we can get the best benefit of the sun if we’re a little distant.
Otherwise if we’re nearer we’ll be burned to ashes. So as jīva our
position will be in some respectable distance with Kṛṣṇa -
that is behind Rādhārāṇī. The first Predominated
principle, negative, She will be on our front, and from our particular position
behind Her, then we can get our best benefit. Very closer we won’t be able to
tolerate that and to get properly, we’ll be loser.
Adjustment,
question of adjustment is necessary, the all important. According to my
position and the position of the Whole, where, in what group, and in what
service I shall be adjusted in what place. Proper adjustment, religion is
proper adjustment. Svarūpa. If internally I’m able to serve in the
cooking department, but if I go in the dressing department then I’ll be loser.
According to my capacity I should be adjusted where the maximum service will be
drawn from me.
So Harā,
Hare Kṛṣṇa, the final, the highest play is possible between
Those Two. Predominating Moiety and Predominated Moiety. Negative half,
Positive half. And we’re on the negative side, and from the back of the
negative side, properly adjusted, we can render our highest service and we can
have also our best interest. Am I clear? Eh? What do you say? Eh?
Hare Kṛṣṇa,
Hare means in general Hare means,
Haran kari
pap haran kari tap haran kare ________ [?] [30:35 - 31:20?]
Have you any
question?
Devotee: Yes. You have
been talking about this Rādhā and Kṛṣṇa.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes.
Devotee: So somebody
suggested to me like that will be easier to worship Rādhikā,
Rādhā, than Kṛṣṇa, as the devotees says, that it is
easier then. So how to serve? How are we to do it?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: I can’t follow. Badrinārāyaṇa
Prabhu?
Badrinārāyaṇa: He says that “Someone has suggested to him that the
worship of Rādhā is easier than the worship of Kṛṣṇa.”
So he’s asking, “How to worship Rādhā?”
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Not so easier, but more dignified. More dignified,
and also it is in consonance with our personal position. She’s also of same nature.
She’s also serving Kṛṣṇa. And we’re also servant. So serving
we shall get more help from Her how to serve Kṛṣṇa. In that
way it is easy. But it does not mean that it’s easy means direct service to Kṛṣṇa
that will be more profitable, not that. But by direct service to Kṛṣṇa
we rather become loser. And if we do service through Rādhā,
Rādhikā, then we become gainer.
Do you
understand that?
Devotee: Yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Suppose one is an expert cook, his cooking may
satisfy many. And if I go to cook my cooking may not satisfy others. But rather
if I do some subordinate help to a good cook, I help her and she’ll cook, then
my energy will be well utilised. Do you understand? If I go to myself then it
will not be better. But if I allow who knows to cook better, well, and I give
some supply to that person, then my energy will be utilised more, proper
utilisation. My energy will be properly utilised if I help the best cook, than
I go forward and try to cook, because she’s the expert and I’m not expert. So
I’ll be best benefited by helping another.
So
Rādhārāṇī She can serve Kṛṣṇa best
than any other servitors. And so if I go to serve Kṛṣṇa
direct then it will be below standard. Rather, if I help Rādhārāṇī
in Her direction, “Do this and that,” that will be really worthy of service
towards Kṛṣṇa, through Her, when it will pass through Her. So
it is more profitable to follow the direction of Rādhārāṇī
than to approach Kṛṣṇa for direct service. Indirect service
that brings me more, because by the hand of the superior expert my energy is
best utilised. This is the principle.
Am I clear?
Devotee: Yes, very clear.
Follow the directions of Rādhārāṇī.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So Rādhā-dāsya has been recommended
than our direct service to Kṛṣṇa. It won’t satisfy Kṛṣṇa
very much. But if I help Rādhārāṇī for rendering Her
service my energy will be best utilised to serve Kṛṣṇa when
passing through Her. Whatever defect is there She will make it perfect and my
energy will reach to satisfy Him, very well. This is the goal.
Devotee: So all glories
directly to Rādhārāṇī, not Kṛṣṇa.
Then how to serve Rādhārāṇī?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Service of Rādhārāṇī is
not very easily obtained. First there must be transformation in general way
towards Kṛṣṇa. And when we shall be within the area of Kṛṣṇa’s
special mercy then Kṛṣṇa will adjust us in our proper
position. “Go there, go there, in this way, go.” That will be your - Guru, Kṛṣṇa,
will help us in that matter. “Try to secure for that particular service in that
particular group. That will be best help, beneficial to you.” In general
towards Kṛṣṇa.
Kavi sri caitanya more kore mana daya kabe ami paibe
vaisnava pada chaya [?]
By the grace
of Caitanya Deva then we get the service of Vaiṣṇava. Vaiṣṇava
service is more higher. Generally people may admit the existence of the Supreme
Lord. “I’m in direct communication with Him.” But when he attains some sort of
service then next his attention is drawn towards Vaiṣṇava. When one
has tendency to serve Kṛṣṇa, or God, then he’s of lower
class. When he reaches middle class then his attention has come to serve the
Vaiṣṇava. By serving Vaiṣṇava I can utilise my energy
best, than my attempt to serve Kṛṣṇa direct.
Mad-bhakta-pūjābhyadhikā [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam, 11.19.21]
“The service of My servant that is of higher grade, than direct service to Me.”
So generally
it is easy to be attracted towards God. But to be attracted towards Guru and
other Vaiṣṇavas it is more difficult. And only when we attain some
real position and status into the service world, then only we can revere Vaiṣṇava.
Otherwise some apprehension comes within us, “I shall serve my Lord. Why
another thing will come between us?” But afterwards when really we enter into
that domain we shall feel that a real connection, direct connection with God,
that will be less productive to me. And if I can see through a Vaiṣṇava
my vision, my attempt will be more realistic.
Just as that
is the telescopic system. At present I may think that a particular thing and my
eye there is some barrier, the spectacle. The spectacle enhances and helps me
to see more clearly. So in the telescope, many hindrances, many glasses, but
they all help us when a distant thing can be seen only with the help of
telescope.
So the Vaiṣṇava
they’re seen - Mahāprabhu Himself said, tad
dāsa-dāsa-dāsānāṁ dāsatvaṁ dehi me
prabho. Gopī-bhartuḥ pada-kamalayor
dāsa-dāsānudāsaḥ. “I’m the servant of the servant
of the servant of the servant.” We find that the Vaiṣṇava they say
like this. “I’m not in direct service to Kṛṣṇa.” In general,
but particularly they say, “The servant of the servant of the servant.”
There are so
many guardians, they’re not barriers. Vaiṣṇava, so many Gurus, śikṣā
Guru, dīkṣā Guru, they’re all well wisher, they’re
all guardian. They’re thinking good of me. So I’ll be benefited by accepting so
many guardians. And they help in different ways how we can feel the Supreme
Lord, they help us to understand. So though they’re barriers, apparently, but
that is not barrier, that helps our sight, just like glass.
Do you
follow?
Devotee: Hmm.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So in general we may have some attraction towards Kṛṣṇa,
but in particular when we find special attraction for Guru and Vaiṣṇava,
śikṣā Guru, we’re more elevated. This we’re to
understand. So in Bhagavad-gītā and many places says,
ye me bhakta-janāḥ partha, ne me
bhaktaś ca te janāḥ
mad bhaktānāṁ ca ye bhaktās, te
me bhaktatamā mataḥ
[Kṛṣṇa
says, “Those who worship Me directly are not real devotees; real devotees are
those who are devoted to My devotees.”] [Ādi-Purāṇa]
“If you love
me, love my dog.” If one can love ones dog then it’s sure he loves the man
more. So if I regard your son, then you’ll be satisfied and the son will be satisfied.
But if I try to satisfy you, neglecting your son, then son will not be
satisfied, and your satisfaction will be less. But if I satisfy, serve your
child, then the child will be satisfied - moreover you’ll be satisfied more
than direct respect to you. This analogy you may think of.
So I’m
serving the servant of the Lord. Why? My service, my devotion is so much deep
to my Master that I can adore His servant also. So to adore the servant of the
Lord that means the depth of my serving temperament towards the Lord is
greater. Then I can adore His subordinate and servant.
Devotee:
_______________________________________________________ [?]
83.12.29.B_83.12.30.A
Devotee: ...accept us
before we can render some service to him. So it is not just you serve, you have
to serve proper person. Because in the past I’ve been meeting so many so called
spiritual masters and I didn’t find satisfaction with them. I didn’t find till
now a spiritual master, I’m still searching for a proper one. So it’s a thing
that we have to be accepted also by someone who’s really bona fide like.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ke bolchen? Badrinārāyaṇa
Prabhu.
Badrinārāyaṇa: He says that in searching for Gurudeva, we also have
to be accepted by Gurudeva. He’s been searching and he’s met so many bogus
gurus, but also to find a proper Guru and to be accepted by him.
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: If we’re sincere in our attempt to come nearer the
Supreme Entity then He will also come down to meet me. He will also try to come
to me. And so,
ye
yathā māṁ prapadyante, tāṁs tathaiva bhajāmy
aham
[mama vartmānuvartante,
manuṣyāḥ pārtha sarvaśaḥ]
[“As
a person takes refuge in Me, I accordinglyrespond to him. Being the ultimate goal of all
philosophies and doctrines, I am the objective to be attained by all.
Certainly, O Pārtha, all men follow
My various paths.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,4.11]
His dealings
towards us of three type. General, as we want, so He grants, according to our
demand, our want, He gives accordingly. Another, if we want His devotion,
sometimes He gives us salvation, and avoids. We find. Muktiṁ
dadāti karhicit sma na bhakti-yogam.
[rājan
patir gurur alaṁ bhavatāṁ yadūnāṁ, daivaṁ priyaḥ
kula-patiḥ kva ca kiṅkaro vaḥ
astv evam
aṅga bhagavān bhajatāṁ mukundo, muktiṁ dadāti
karhicit sma na bhakti-yogam]
[“Śukadeva
Gosvāmī continued: My dear King, the Supreme Person, Mukunda, is
actually the maintainer of all the members of the Pāṇḍava and
Yadu dynasties. He is your spiritual master, worshippable Deity, friend, and
the director of your activities. To say nothing of this, He sometimes serves
your family as a messenger or servant. This means He worked just as ordinary
servants do. Those engaged in getting the Lord’s
favour attain liberation from the Lord very easily, but He does not very easily
give the opportunity to render direct service unto Him.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
5.6.18]
Ye
yathā māṁ prapadyante, tāṁs tathaiva bhajāmy
aham. This is the general rule, as we desire
so we have. As we hanker from Him, He also comes in that way, this is general.
But two particular, what are they? One, if I want Him, His service, He avoids
and gives us salvation and says, “You have got better, go away.”
And another
also, ami bhaje magay
visay shuk amrta chaday vishmagay sei bara mukha
ami ______ [?]
“He’s
sincere, he does not know what to want, he wants something else. But in that
case finding in him sincerity, I teach him there. Why do you want this? Rather,
want this, it will be better for you. Don’t want this worldly pleasure, you
want My service.”
That is also
His dealing. So according to our sincerity the variety is in the corresponding
side. He’s the knower of our innermost heart, so as we deserve so we have, in
general. Not clear?
Devotee: It’s clear, yes.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Clear, all right. We find in the śāstra
three process by which we can meet Him, we’re dealt by Him.
ama sei visay magay sei bara mukha amay vijya sei
murkha visay kana jiva satyan amrtadiya bhulay eva [?]
When He’s
graceful from His inner heart, finding my sincerity. I do not know, I’m not
sufficiently trained, and I do not know what to beg from Him. But my heart is
pure and sincere and should be rewarded by His affection. He finds that and He
removes my ulterior motives, and as a teacher He comes to me and says, “Don’t
want this. You want My service.” That is also seen.
And sometimes
the asura, the demonic character, they anyhow somewhere advised they
come to have His service, devotion. Then in that case He avoids him. Though
formerly he’s all right, but materially he’s lacking so he’s avoided. “No, no,
take this mukti. Why do you beg Me, My service? You take mukti.
Go away.”
And in the
general case, “As anyone wants Me I approach him in a corresponding way.”
These three
things we find in the śāstra, and we must try to understand
that, ultimately according to our own sincerity, śraddhā,
faith. And the cause of this faith is sukṛti, that is of two
layers, jñāta-sukṛti, ajñāta-sukṛti.
'śraddhā' - sabde - viśvāsa kahe
sudṛḍha niścaya, kṛṣṇe bhakti kaile sarva-karma
kṛta haya
[“Śraddhā
is confident, firm faith that by rendering transcendental loving service to
Kṛṣṇa one automatically performs all subsidiary activities.
Such faith is favourable to the discharge of devotional service.”] [Caitanya-caritāmṛta,
Madhya-līlā, 22.62]
If I can
serve Him everything is done, everything good is done. The service to the whole
is done, duty to the whole is done, if I can serve Him. This is śraddhā,
and this comes from sukṛti. Sukṛti is of two layers,
and the beginning, the first layer, that is ajñāta-sukṛti,
then jñāta-sukṛti.
Ajñāta-sukṛti, we do not know, but His agents are moving
everywhere. Anyhow my energy is utilised by His agent for His service. And that
comes in terms of sukṛti in me. I have got a flower garden, some
agent, a real sādhu, came and took some flowers and served with
that flower his Lord. I may not know, but my energy is utilised by him for the
service of the Lord. In reaction I get something, I acquire something thereby,
unconsciously.
And then when
that is accumulated to a certain degree, then, though I’ve not got much
attraction for the Lord, but still, seeing some sādhu, “Oh sādhu,
saint, come, be guest in my house today.” Or I’m giving something. “Do service
of your Lord.” Conscious, sukṛti, but not direct he’s wanting the
service of God, or God.
Then this
accumulated to a particular degree produces śraddhā. What is śraddhā?
If I know one, whole may be known. If I get one, whole is got. This peculiar faith.
The centre, the commander, the proprietor of everything, whatever we see, He
is, personal. Then we, with śraddhā, then we find where is
that person, where is that type of sādhu, who are searching after
such thing by knowing which everything is known, by getting which everything is
got. Where are those persons? I mix with them and try to realise my ideal with
his help. And when I’m mixing with such type of persons that are in this way,
there when I find most holding highest position then I try to accept him as my
Guru, my guide. The best of my experience, the saint whom I think to be the
highest, as much as I can understand, then I accept him as my Guru and put me
at his disposal. ‘Whatever I shall do, please, you should take me towards my
Lord.’ In this way connection with Guru happens.
First, śravaṇa-daśā,
varaṇa-daśā, sādhana-daśā, āpana-daśā,
prapanna-daśā. First trial we’re hearing from him, from
another, ABC, so many sādhus we’re hearing.
Then varaṇa-daśā,
śravaṇa, varaṇa. Then we try to have recognition of the
divine group through anyone. So many agents are there whom I shall think to be
the best. According to my conscience I shall surrender me to him, to his
direction, this is varaṇa-daśā.
Then sādhana-daśā,
then when I get his acceptance, then he’ll ask me on behalf of the Lord, he
gives some program, “Do this, do this.” And I go on doing that, śravaṇa,
kīrtana, smaraṇa, vandana, etc, that is sādhana-daśā.
This is third stage.
Then fourth
stage is āpana-daśā. Gradually I can feel myself that
this is the highest position. Under the guidance of this group, in this
particular line of service, this is my point. I have got that, svarūpa-daśā.
Then prapanna-daśā.
Then finally he’s detached from this relativity and enters finally that connection.
And also he’s able to give things to others also. He attains the position where
from he can give things to others, prapanna, he can give. These are the
stages of sādhana.
Devotee:
_________________________ [?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ______________ [?] svarūpa-siddhi and vastu-siddhi
_________________ [?]
________________________________________________ [?]
Discontinuation of any consciousness of any environment, suṣupti.
______________________ [?] With some vague conscious attitude one ceases to
live any individual life. __________________ [?] With the dissolution of the
mental system there is no existence, that is Buddha nirvan, prakṛti
nirvan.
And the
Śaṅkarācārya nirvan - “As regards my individual
personality it is finished. But one conscious atmosphere is there which is
reflected in different glass or any water that was showing so many reflections,
so many separate persons. One sun, but in every water pot you’ll find another
sun, glass you’ll find another sun. With the dissolution of the glass and the
water, no sun. But the sun is there.” This is Śaṅkara.
And according
to Buddha, “No sun is there. Only it has come anyhow in the glass. With the
dissolution of the glass everything disappears.” This prakṛti nirvan,
and brahma nirvan.
Then,
according to Rāmānuja and Vaiṣṇava section, “What is told
by Śaṅkara as brahma nirvan, they find their individuality
there in the sun. Within the sun, within that reflection __________ [?] That is
also a sphere.
__________________________________________________________________________________
[?]
A mass of
light is approaching, They marked. Then when it came nearer They found there is
a figure. More near They found that there is a masculine figure. Then very near
They found Devaṛṣi Nārada is coming.
Rāmānuja also told that the bird is - bird has entered the -
has become one with the jungle in the mountain. _________________ [?] The bird
disappeared in the jungle. That does not mean that the bird is finished. If we
can go there then we can say ‘the bird is there.’ It is out of my sight but it
is there. His wife, child, is also there, he’s taking some food there. All
these things.
So brahmapur,
the spark of brahma, the pratibimba has come, but its original is
there in that locality. If we can enter that luminous sphere, that brahma,
that cetan, then we’ll find that everything is there in the original
position. And here it’s extended into the reflected part. This is
Rāmānuja.
[16:45 - 26:00 ?]
...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: [26:57]
Śrī Kṛṣṇa-Caitanya, Prabhu
Nityānanda,
Śrī Advaita, Gadādhara,
Śrīvāsādi Śrī Gaura-bhakta-vṛnda.
After
pronouncing this five group name of Mahāprabhu, Pañca Tattva, the group of
five, then you will count in this bead.
Hare Kṛṣṇa, Hare Kṛṣṇa,
Kṛṣṇa Kṛṣṇa, Hare Hare,
Hare Rāma, Hare Rāma, Rāma Rāma,
Hare Hare.
These beads.
Now both of you attentively listen to me. The counting must begin from the
bigger beads and it will go towards the smaller, and again it will return in
the back line. Between the big and the small there is one giant bead which is
named as Sumeru, that must not be crossed. But from the bigger side to the
smaller, again returns from the smaller to bigger. In this way, not in this
way. Then when counting, this finger is supposed to always ooze something bad,
gas. So this must not touch the beads, this will be outside. And with help of
the middle finger and the thumb the beads should be counted.
Generally we
shall try at least to count sixteen rounds. In very particular case at least
four rounds. If no time, engaged severely in the service, or severely ill, then
of course at least we shall try to count four rounds. We should not keep the mālikā
fasting. No counting means no food to the mālikā, no
service means no food. So at least some sort of counting should be undertaken.
Now, so this should be put into the bag, and in this way the finger will be
out.
Now, there
are ten offences against this counting of Hari Nāma. We shall try
to avoid them. It is mentioned in Padma-Purāṇa. [Brahma-Khanda,
25.15-18, 22-23] [&Gauḍīya Kaṇṭhahāra,
17.69-75]
Satam ninda namnah paramam aparadham vitanute. If we abuse, we put blame on the Vaiṣṇava,
sādhu, of the saints, if we criticise them, we cast our blame on
them, then the Name becomes dissatisfied.
Because, yatah
khyatim kathamu sahate tad-vigaraham. The Vaiṣṇava, the agents
of Kṛṣṇa, Nārāyaṇa, they’re always trying to
distribute Name and to take the fallen souls up towards higher region. And
those agents that are supposed to come to approach me for my good and I begin
to abuse them, then it’s suicidal. So the Name cannot tolerate that the very
preachers, very givers, very distributors, they will be attacked and blamed. So
Vaiṣṇava ninda, sādhu ninda.
But the
worshippers of other demigods they’re not considered as sādhu.
Because they’re for temporary motive, they approach the so called demigods, for
the time being post holders in some management in this world. So worshippers of
them are not counted here. At the same time we’re not very eager to abuse any
god, and any man. And we shall be indifferent to them, and praise the Vaiṣṇava
and try to serve them.
So, then the
second is śāstra ninda, the abuse of the scripture. Scripture
means those scriptures that these are all that Kṛṣṇa or
Nārāyaṇa devotion. So many other scriptures that are
recommending to worship so many demigods, or country, or something else,
they’re not counted here. Only the śāstra, the scriptures that
reveal to us about Kṛṣṇa conception of Godhead, those
scriptures must be shown proper reverence, not abused.
Then third is
guroravajna, not to look at the Guru, the Spiritual Master, who is
giving me admission, to see him as a mundane man, person. If our approach
towards the Absolute is sincere, then the Absolute is also approaching to me.
And through whom His connection is being established formerly, he should be
considered as the representative of the Absolute. The Absolute has come, Kṛṣṇa
has come in such figure, He’s present as His representative man is doing help
to me for my sincere hankering to attain Him. So the Guru should not be seen as
ordinary man and Vaiṣṇava only, but representative of the Supreme
Lord. Though he apparently seems to do in a human way, but as the Ganges water,
the Śrī Mūrti, from the ordinary aspect that is either stone or
wood. The Ganges water is only water. But the purifying capacity of the Ganges
water is something else. That is not in the conceivable apparent sight of the
thing. That is something transcendental, it is there. In this way we’re
expected to look to Guru.
Then also, sivadi
devata. Śiva, Śakti, there are others, so many gods, but we must
not blame them, must not abuse them. They’re appointed servitors of Kṛṣṇa.
And Kṛṣṇa is only the Supreme-most Absolute and they’re all subordinates.
In this way we’re to look after them.
Then fifth is
namno balad yasya hi papa-buddhir, that arthavad. We must not
indulge us in finding dictionary, ‘what is the meaning of the word Kṛṣṇa?’
Kṛṣ - ṇa, one who attracts He’s Kṛṣṇa.
Attracts and gives some joy. He’s Kṛṣṇa in the dictionary. Or
Hari, Hari means many meanings. Hari means lotus. Hari means water. Hari means
servant. Hari. I won’t try to run after the meanings that are found in this
mundane dictionary. But the Supreme thing that He can express, give His own
meaning. The word has got its own meaning. And by trying, the word will show
His internal existence, internal position to me. The word is Supreme, it is
spiritual word, and not any ordinary. So Nāma, arthavad,
different meanings, consulting dictionary and grammar, we won’t try to approach
to get different meanings. That is Absolute, and that can express His own real
self. And I must go on with serving attitude, and the Name will express Himself
what He is or not.
Then namno
balad, papa-buddhir. Then it is mentioned in the scripture that so much sin
one Name can remove, no man can have the capacity of committing so many sins,
so much sin. The magnitude of sin cannot be so big that one Name cannot finish
them into ashes. ‘So let me commit sins day and night and I shall take one Name
and all the sins will be finished.’ If with this attitude we go to take Name we
commit offence against the Name. Because there our inner tendency is to
cleanse, to make Him our servant. ‘I shall do sin and the Name will come and
cleanse them’, to engage the Name as a servant to cleanse me. So that attitude,
to take the Name with that sort of attitude, ‘that whatever sin I may commit
I’m taking Name and everything will go away.’ With this attitude we must work.
He’s my Master. I shall try to serve, to satisfy Him, and not engage Him only
to cleanse me - I shall continue. Then it will be offence against Name.
Then also
_________ namadah [?] One who is not fit, not sufficient proper faith, and I’m
giving forcibly, ‘take this Name.’ He has no regard, no śraddhā,
no faith, but I’m trying to force, to serve some other purpose of my motive,
that will be bad. One who has śraddhā, if one has real faith,
sincere faith, he can be helped with giving this Name. And also, we must not be
eager to become a Guru, to collect some men after me. To gather some manpower
I’m giving Name to anyone and everyone, without considering the position. That
is offensive.
Then,
__________________ [?] There are many good activities. ‘Yes, you are taking the
Name of the Lord, it is not bad. But there are many other process also to go
towards the Absolute. One can take Name, another is wandering through the holy
places, another is making gift and donations to the public. So many ways to
purify oneself and to make him fit to do the service of the Divinity.’
No. There is
the highest. None, no other means can come to be compared with the Name. The
Name is the substance Himself represented in the sound. And especially to the
sinners and the men born in the iron age, it’s especially meant by the Absolute
to be the highest curative and highest method of approaching the Absolute. It
has special recommendation and power, this Name, for Kali-yuga people
especially.
So there may
be other type of methods to approach towards purification. But none of them in
comparison can come to the Name of the Lord, the sound aspect. Divine sound,
transcendental sound aspect of the Lord, this is the most gracious and most
befitting the fallen souls to take them up.
Then, one
must not have too much attraction for anything. If there is any that must be
uprooted. Just as if there is anchor and the boat in force, the boat will
surround the anchor. The anchor must be taken out, and then the boat will be
allowed to go to its destination.
So the Guru
is there to guide the boat, but the anchor if anything that must be taken off.
And surrender, we must take the Name by surrendering to him, that my best
benefit is there. Our best interest is in Kṛṣṇa, is in the
Absolute, my relationship with the Absolute. With this idea with open mind we
shall take the Name, and the boat will go gradually. The Name will draw towards
Him.
And another,
the last of the ten is yah pritirahito. We must not think that that is
very dreadful, Kṛṣṇa, the Absolute. No. That is friendly,
that is my home. I’m long acquainted within with that substance. That is my
home. I’m going to the friendly circle, and not any grave unapproachable and
dreadful thing, or something like very grand that I can’t mix with them. No.
Very homely, friendly circle. The Lord, Kṛṣṇa, He’s in
friendly relation with us. And there, so many are there, they’re also like so
many friends of our inner heart we shall find. That is I’m back to God, back to
home, back to Godhead. My Name will take me there. With this idea we shall
take.
There are
other, four, nāmābhāsa, if we commit them, then we may
attain renunciation, the mukti, liberation, but not direct participation
in the service. They’re sānketyaṁ, parihāsya, stobha
and helanam, four kinds of indifferent position. ‘I do not like this
position of enjoyment, but at the same time I have no intense hankering for the
serving life in the transcendental service.’
83.12.30.B_84.01.08.A
Śrīla
Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...Bhāgavatam, you might have found,
that when the last time of Ajāmila came, three messengers from the Yāmadūtas of
dreadful figure appeared just before him in coma stage. And he was frightened
to find them, in the coma stage. They’re forcibly trying to take his mental
body forcibly towards that mental judge, the Yāmarāja, in the mental
world.
Then he
found, little before, that his youngest son whose name was Nārāyaṇa,
there. For help he wanted to take the name of Nārāyaṇa.
Calling, “Nārāyaṇa. Furious persons have come to attack.” But
when going to take the name of Nārāyaṇa he thought, ‘These are
strong enough to do away with this little boy Nārāyaṇa. What he
will do with them? No comparison.”
Then
Nārāyaṇa, this Name, He gave him an idea, a peep into the Lord
Nārāyaṇa. His mind from the boy went to the Lord,
Nārāyaṇa. And no sooner, four messengers came down from Vaikuṇṭha,
like Nārāyaṇa servants. And they faced those Yāmadūta
messengers of the Yāmarāja who is the judge of this mundane activity
here. There was a fight, and they were defeated and they were forced to retire,
and they went away.
And this Ajāmila
he saw all these things in coma stage like a dream.
Then all his previous mental impulse and tendencies finished. He got up and
thought, ‘Oh. What is these matters? These Yāmadūtas furious, and
these mild and grand appearance, these Vaikuṇṭhadūta, they had
fight and they’ve released me for the time being from their clutches.’ And his
previous tendencies, his attraction for the family all finished. He woke up and
went straight to Haridwar and began ‘Nārāyaṇa, Nārāyaṇa.’
And after some time when he finished, the four Vaikuṇṭhadūta
came and took him towards that direction, Vaikuṇṭha.
This is sānketya. He began one thing, but something, another came in
its turn, retinue, sānketyanāmābhāsa.
Then there
are other kinds also. One is taking the Name of Kṛṣṇa, ‘Oh.’
In a merry sport one may utter, ‘Oh. You are taking Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa,
Kṛṣṇa. Yes, you may take. See what is the consequence. Kṛṣṇa
will take you.’ He may cut joke of taking the Name of Kṛṣṇa
may be nāmābhāsa. When cutting jokes by uttering the word, the Name of
Kṛṣṇa, sometimes nāmābhāsa may come and he may be liberated from the mundane
tie.
Then another,
sānketya, parihāsya, stobha. Sometimes we use symbolic way. When playing on the mṛdaṅga
and others we use ‘Kṛṣṇa, Kṛṣṇa,
Hare Kṛṣṇa,’ as a matter of some symbol. ‘Hey Kṛṣṇa.’
That symbolic representation we may use. By that also we may get liberation.
Then helana, sometimes negligently we may take. We’re rising from
the bed in the morning taking the Name. ‘Hare Hare Kṛṣṇa.’ In
this way, not very regardfully, or faithfully. But there also I can attain nāmābhāsa, that is liberation. But not participation in the
direct service of the Lord.
So this nāmābhāsa should be avoided, and the nāmāparādha, the offences also should be avoided.
Then how to
proceed? Always aspire after the service of Kṛṣṇa and His own
persons. With this idea go on taking the Name. Then you’ll feel the progress in
no time, that you’re being drawn towards that. Kṛṣṇa
consciousness will rise within you. A wholesale transformation will come within
your mental system. Kṛṣṇa centred, not body centred, or
country centred, or society centred. But Kṛṣṇa centred
transformation wholesale will begin and go on, until gradually you’ll find that
you’re in a particular happy position in the transcendental world.
So now you go
and bow down to those Vaiṣṇavas you find here. And go to the temple
veranda, and there take a few rounds of Name, as I told from the big towards
the small. And then finishing four rounds you may take some anukalpa on Ekādaśī day...
...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: ...have any clash with ISKCON. As much as possible I
want to avoid any clash. But when one finds untenable, their connection
untenable, so at the risk that is caitya-guru, the Guru within. Guru
outside, mahanta-guru. And Guru within, caitya-guru, Guru who is
living within us, giving suggestion in the spiritual matters. So you appeal to
Him, appeal to Nityānanda Prabhu, the general Guru, representative of the
general Guru tattva. Appeal, pray to Him for proper guidance. That is above
all.
The
conscience that took me to Swāmī Mahārāja whom I accept to
be the absolute spiritual guide, I can rely on that. The conscience that took
me to him, I can rely on that conscience sincerely. But avoiding external clash
as far as possible.
One gentleman
came to me, perhaps from Rāmeśvara Mahārāja, Mukundamālā
or someone. Then
Rāmeśvara
Mahārāja he called for explanation from me. “Why have you accepted
him? It is beyond Vaiṣṇava courtesy that one should capture
another’s disciple.” He gave a letter.
‘You see me
and I shall explain.’ Then when he came I told plainly that ‘he had some
complaint against you.’ And I examined as much as possible, and I was satisfied
that is sufficient to disregard you. And I find in his earnest appeal I
approached to help him. That is my explanation to you. I don’t think that you
are a perfect gentleman. Gradation. You are all so many students. I consider
you to be students. I consider myself also a student. And there is gradation.
That you have declared yourself, your committee has declared yourself to be an
Ācārya and you have become perfect - ha, I don’t, I’m not a fool to
accept that. I have got some knowledge about the principle of devotion. For
long time I’m in cultivation of that, so I feel that I have some knowledge. It
is not possible to finish the whole, it is infinite. But some substantial
position where from I can judge to certain extent what is what in the spiritual
world. And what I’ve done, I’ve done with my clear conscience. I don’t consider
your body is perfect, and you are all perfect Ācāryas. You are kaniṣṭhaadhikārī,
madhyamaadhikārī, uttamaadhikārī, so many
considerations. We have got some practical experience of theoretical education
also in that matter, so we’re not guided by any hoax. Some substantial position
we must have in our spiritual faith.’
bhaktiḥ pareśānubhavo viraktir,
anyatra caiṣa trika eka-kālaḥ
[prapadyamānasya yathāśnataḥ
syus, tuṣṭiḥ puṣṭiḥ kṣudapāyo
'nughāsam]
[“As with
every mouthful an eater feels the threefold effects of his satisfaction, his
stomach being filled, and his hunger being dispelled, in the same way when a
surrendered soul serves the Lord he realises devotion of three natures
simultaneously: devotion in love, the personal appearance of the Lord who is
the abode of love, and detachment from all other things.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.2.42]
These are the
three signs must come within a devotee. Bhakti, the tendency towards the
service will increase. Pareśānubhavo, somewhat conception
about Kṛṣṇa, about the spiritual truth, one must possess. And
anyatra viraktir, and withdrawn from any other ambitious things of the
world. Kanak, kāminī, pratiṣṭhā,
withdrawal from all these negative sides, and participation in the positive
side. And also with acceleration the tendency to approach towards the truth,
that will increase with exploration. All these things are there.
Otherwise it
is not anarchy, that by certificate. Why did you come, leaving Christianity, to
Gauḍīya Vaiṣṇavism? What led you to come here? There
also so many certificates. The Catholics, their monks they have got their certificate.
And why have you crossed that and jumped into a new theological conception?
What is the reason? All these things. On the basis of that I’m done.
Devotee: The main thing
my wife is fearing that there might be some reaction, for going to
Sudhīra...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. Don’t feel very impatient, and don’t hurry. But
take time, think soberly, and ask your conscience, her conscience, sincerely.
Appeal to Nityānanda Prabhu and Swāmī Mahārāja ‘what
am I to do?’ Only to the form or to the material? The form is one side, and the
substance is on the other side, we’re to consider over that. The formality, the
committee, all these things, but committee for what? Committee to work for
particular principles, for particular truth, substance. The valuation of the
committee will depend on that. There are no want of any committees in the
world. But because there is the committee and so it is the absolute, that
cannot be the consideration in the case of the truth. When committee is
subservient to the truth then that committee should be allowed, as long as
they’re connected with the truth. Valuation will be according to that. No want
of committees in the world. But committee for what purpose? How much the
committee is true to the spiritual fact, that is for consideration. So,
sarva-dharmān parityajya, mām ekaṁ
śaraṇaṁ vraja
[ahaṁ tvāṁ sarva-pāpebhyo, mokṣayiṣyāmi
mā śucaḥ]
[“Totally
abandoning all kinds of religion, surrender exclusively unto Me. I will
liberate you from all kinds of sins, so do not despair.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
18.66]
Before that,
[śreyān sva-dharmo viguṇaḥ,
para-dharmāt svanuṣṭhitāt]
sva-dharme nidhanaṁ śreyaḥ,
para-dharmo bhayāvahaḥ
[“It is
better to carry out one’s own duties a little imperfectly rather than
faultlessly perform another’s duties. Know that even death is auspicious in the
discharge of one’s duties appropriate to his natural position in the ordained
socio-religious system, because to pursue another’s path is perilous.”] [Bhagavad-gītā,
3.35]
Don’t leave
your position, remain there firmly, hold your position. That means don’t allow
you to go down. Then if there is necessity go forward. When that chance will
come you must take courage and push towards the front, towards the truth,
higher truth. Life is elimination and acceptance, elimination of the bad.
Progress means elimination and new acceptance. Otherwise what is progress? Progress
means elimination and acceptance, both. But not elimination for the lower
order, but for the higher order. We must eliminate and we must go forward. But
we must be cautious also that we may not go down. Leaving the present position
we should not allow ourselves to go down. But to go forward we must take strong
stand there in that position. Just as a general does, where he puts his army he
may consolidate his position so that he may not be pushed back. But whenever he
gets the chance - go forward. So sva-dharme nidhanaṁ śreyaḥ,
don’t leave your position, die, do or die. Then when the chance will come go
forward, do or die. So life is progress, and progress towards spiritual. From
lower to intermediate, from intermediate to higher, in this way. Always we’re
in a progressive world.
But śaraṇāgati
is the basis, śraddhā, faith. Association with the
impurity, what we consider to be impure, of lower level, my association with
that will hamper my cause. Sat saṅga, good association is
indispensable for our progress in our life, sādhu saṅga.
Association can change us. We’re already vulnerable, so bad association will
take us down with greater speed. Good association will help us to go up. So
association, sādhu saṅga association, Vaiṣṇava.
And that is very hard to find a good association in the Vaiṣṇava
world. Everywhere good association is very rarely found. It is not in the
market that we can purchase this. Ha, ha. It’s very, very rare.
Devotee: Is that based on
sukṛti Mahārāja that one gets good association?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes. Good association. The first is sukṛti,
then sukṛti developed comes to śraddhā, then śraddhā
takes us to proper association. And with continual association we select
our Guru. Then we accept our Gurudeva we go on according to that.
But in very
rare case if we’re very unfortunate sometimes we have to leave Guru. But that
sort of curse should not come in anyone’s fate when one is bound to leave Guru.
But still it may come to any person, such misfortune may come. But that is very
bad luck and we should not look at that such unfortunate thing, but still it is
there. So before we accept anyone as Guru we should be very strong in our
judgement before acceptance. Our decision may not be faulty, treacherous. So
when we come to Guru, before that we must be very, very firm in our
understanding. Because after we surrender, to come back it is very unhappy and
detrimental to the cause. But if such case occurs we must have to do.
guror apy avaliptasya, kāryākāryam
ajānataḥ / utpatha-prathipannasya, parityāgo vidhīyate
[“A guru who
is addicted to sensual pleasure and polluted by vice, who is ignorant and who
has no power to discriminate between right and wrong, or who is not on the path
of śuddha-bhakti must be abandoned.”] [Mahābhārata, Udyoga-parva,
179.25]
If such
unhappy incident also is there then in that case we’re to come back. That such
disaster may not come in anyone’s fate, we shall pray to the Lord. But before
we accept any Guru we must be quite confident.
Devotee: _______________
[?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _______________________________________ [?]
Devotees:
_____________________________ [?]
Devotee: When you come to
Navadwīpa - when someone like myself comes to Navadwīpa, I like doing
kīrtana and bhajan, but when I come to Navadwīpa I hear
so many kīrtanas and bhajans where they’re playing so many
instruments, harmonium. Making, chanting the Holy Name very long, like that,
and it seems very attractive.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: We do not do that. Our Guru Mahārāja did
not introduce this. Swāmī Mahārāja might have accepted
there, because he had to modify according to the stages where he had to preach.
Loke vyavāyāmiṣa-madya-sevā. According to the
conditions ________________________ [?] But in our position our Guru
Mahārāja did not allow any other instrument. Because what is not in
the cause is not in the effect.
Mahāprabhu came from the ideal of that world here, and what He
introduced that is eternal partnership that had. And what is not found in His kīrtana
we generally do not accept that. This khola, karatāla,
all these things He used. ‘And the civilisation was in want, no harmonium was
created at that time, so He ignored.’ We don’t take it in that way. Everything
in perfect form in Goloka, His paraphernalia, instruments, everything is there
in full. And He came down with His own paraphernalia. And we adore that. And
what is not found there, such things we don’t like. But sometimes,
loke vyavāyāmiṣa-madya-sevā,
nityā hi jantor na hi tatra codanā
[vyavasthitis teṣu
vivāha-yajña,-surā-grahair āsu nivṛttir iṣṭā]
[“Everyone is
naturally inclined to have sex, eat meat, and drink wine. There is no need for
the scripture to encourage these things. The scriptures do, however, give
concessions to people who are determined to do these things. The scriptures
therefore grant a license to enjoy sex by allowing sexual intercourse with
one’s lawfully wedded wife at the proper time of the month. They grant a
license to eat meat to those who perform a certain kind of sacrifice, and a
license to drink wine to those who perform the Sautramani sacrifice. The
purpose of granting these licenses for sense gratification is only to restrict
these activities and encourage people to give them up altogether. The real
intention of the Vedic injunctions regarding sex, meat eating, and wine
drinking is to make one abstain from these activities.”] [Śrīmad-Bhāgavatam,
11.5.11]
To take up it
is necessary to make progress by instalment. So some experts may allow
something wrong to continue for some time. And then afterwards he’ll say,
“Leave this and take pure things.” In that case according to deṣa-kāla-pātra,
the time, and person, and local necessity, some provision may be given by some
experts for some time. And then he will, after some time he’ll say, “It’s
better to give up these things.” It may be in some places.
But we say in
Mahāprabhu’s time that is the ideal. And what was not used at that time,
we do not like to use those things. That is our contention. Our Guru
Mahārāja did so and we accept that in toto. Harmonium was invented
during his time but he did not allow it. And we also could understand in that
way. Mahāprabhu He’s perfect, His paraphernalia, His environment is
perfect. So what is most suiting to the purpose, that was with Him,
everything. And that was not in want in anything, which is found today in
so-called civilised world. So we do not allow all these things. To introduce
something more, to add something more to the perfect ideal, that is not our
liking. That is perfect we shall try to understand how that is the most perfect
stage in saṅkīrtana.
Why flute was
selected by Kṛṣṇa to be a playing instrument in the first
order, not other things? What is the speciality of the flute of Kṛṣṇa,
and not other things? And why shingha [?] for Baladeva, not the flute?
These things
to be considered, with the stage and the suiting paraphernalia, that is to be
understood particularly. This suits the best there, that suits that stage best.
In this way we’re to understand the gradation everywhere.
Devotee: If someone wants
to learn the mṛdaṅga, we know some teachers they teach many,
many, many mantras. But how much is actually required for one who’s trying to
become pure devotee, śuddha bhakta...
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: We’re not expert in that department, so with a
general idea we move on. In mṛdaṅga, or _____________ [?] we
do not know much. That may come automatically when our svarūpa siddhi
- when we shall reach that position.
During the
time of the war, in Calcutta in a public place, the British constructed one
military dress, and told, underlying there was, this was written, “Accept this
dress, and the dress will teach you what you’ll have to do. The dress will say
that what you’ll have to do. You please put on this military dress, and the
dress will say what you’re required to do.”
So when we
shall reach the particular paraphernalia and our svarūpa siddhi,
that will automatically supply everything in me. The circumstance will make me
fit. My duty is to go up. And the soil will be my teacher, the paraphernalia,
environment will be my teacher, through gradual process. And that will be the
best to nurture this, the ornaments, and everything, the dress, and the soil.
Otherwise will be misfit.
Rāma,
Rāma.
Devotee: When one is
doing bhajan and kīrtana, what should be his attitude, his
meditation?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Ha. Meditation not much effective. Only we shall try
- śaraṇāgati we shall, almost the whole attention should
be concentrated to śaraṇāgati, surrender.
Once, one
gentleman, a zamīndār, took Hari Nāma from our
Guru Mahārāja and asked, “While I shall take to count the beads, what
should I think in the mind? Any portrait of Kṛṣṇa? Or any
Śrī Mūrti anywhere? What should I - how I can engage, utilise my
mind at that time while counting the beads?”
Guru
Mahārāja answered. I was present there. “Mind has nothing to do in
the supra-mental region. Mind he use this like a vulture, mind is like a
vulture. Always vulture goes to the cremation ground. So mind and other senses
they will try to fall on that thing and make it mundane, a cremation ground,
that is all mortal. They have got all mortal experience, the mind, the eye,
etc, the ear, everything has mortal experience. So whenever you will take the Name,
other senses including mind, they will try to make it a mortal field. With
their prejudice and experience of the mortal world they will fall on it, and
will make it a cremation ground. Don’t allow that. Only consider that I’ve got
some spiritual things, or sound, which is completely otherwise from this mortal
world. And that sound will gradually evolve, spiritual figure, or colour, rūpa.
namnastam sravanam anta karana suddatvam apeksam [?]
sudde chantak ranye rupasya sphuranam bhavati [?]
Jīva Goswāmī
says. “When by taking the Name, concentrating over the Name, I have got it,
spiritual sound from my Gurudeva, this is transcendental. And waiting how the
effect may come down in me. With such expectant attitude we shall go on
counting. And never pining ourselves down in this mundane. But rather expecting
something new, transcendental experience.”
Then the
colour will come, figure, the rūpa will come. Then after that from rūpa
will come guṇa, quality, relativity. From that relativity it
will come down from above, from over the soul. The ordinary plane of
experience, the mental plane, the plane of the reason, the plane of soul, plane
of Supersoul - in this way the subtle planes are there. So it will have to come
down with my expectant attention. Just as a particular bird always expects
rain. The cātaka, they do not take any water on the floor, neither
river, nor lake, nothing of the kind. But only rain water, they always try to
have rain water. So our attitude should be...
Devotee: ______________
[?]
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: _____________ [?] So expectant for some
transcendental experience we shall go on. And from the first, from the sound
the rūpa will come, from rūpa ___________________________
[?] the quality will come from that relativity. Then paraphernalia will come,
then the pastimes will come. And we shall find that my self as a unit is there,
not this self mundane, but my soul has got a serving position there in that
plane. In this way we’re to be reinstated in our home.
So mind may
not be allowed to indulge in its own speculative line.
Devotee: So whatever
service we’re doing we should have the anticipation of some higher realisation
to come down.
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: So the stress is always given in this that do under
a bona fide Vaiṣṇava, whatever you do. The direction, if you get
from the higher, you’ll be benefited. You see there are raw materials. Raw
materials if it’s in the hands of expert it can produce miracle. Otherwise raw
materials are raw materials. So we have got raw things, and higher utilisation
or proper utilisation of them is necessary. And that can come from higher
transcendental region. As much as higher direction will come and we shall live,
surrender to its disposal, we’ll be more and more benefited. This is the scientific
life.
Hare Kṛṣṇa.
Nitāi Gaura Hari bol. Nitāi. _______________________ [?]
Devotee: _____________
[?]
...
Devotee: ...chanting the
Holy Name, or can it come when one is rendering some other type of service?
Śrīla Śrīdhara Mahārāja: Yes, some other also, when Vaiṣṇava sevā,
Guru sevā. What is done under the direction of the Vaiṣṇava
that has got another, transcendental value. I’m reading myself, and I’m reading
by the order of a Vaiṣṇava. Anyhow recentralisation is necessary.
We’re wrongly centralised. Recentralising is necessary. And in other words real
spiritual centralising is necessary. We must be Kṛṣṇa
centralised. We’re already we’re different, partial centralised. But all must
be For Itself. One ended, Kṛṣṇa ended, Kṛṣṇa
ending towards Kṛṣṇa’s satisfaction. So this ego must be
demolished, for separate interest, local interest. The enquiry for local
interest, that ego must be dissolved. And we shall try to find that within the
Kṛṣṇa centre ego is there. That is the positive side we’re to
develop or find out within us.
So, to take
the Name, to hear Bhāgavatam, that can be, that may be dharma,
artha, kāma, mokṣa, any, according to its end
purpose. But when it’s done only for the interest of Kṛṣṇa
then it’s devotion. I’m reading this book, not to get any fame by delivering
lectures to the public, then it will not be devotion reading the book. I’m
reading the book because my higher Master he wants me to do this. This line
should be found and should be followed. That whatever I’m doing, not for my
interest, but for the interest of my Master, whatever I do. That will have
spiritual character. That is progress towards Kṛṣṇa, towards
centre. Centre interested we shall try to do anything and everything.
Otherwise
taking the Name, or scripture, all may be false if it’s not for the central
interest. For selfish interest also we may use all those apparently devotional
forms. Some may be sahajiyā, some will be trader and they will have
to go to hell, a reaction. Anyhow, for the interest of Kṛṣṇa,
Kṛṣṇa conception. So it is very imperative necessity,
exclusive necessity, that we should come in contact with a real Vaiṣṇava
who has got Kṛṣṇa interest in his heart. Wholesale converted
into Kṛṣṇa consciousness. Kṛṣṇa
consciousness means Kṛṣṇa centred, for the satisfaction of Kṛṣṇa.
Kṛṣṇa consciousness, Kṛṣṇa centred means
for His satisfaction.
We have got,
every one of us, our separate satisfaction. We’re running after that, in
different shades of life. We’re to eliminate them, and to convert, to find out,
in other words, find out our innermost tendency, home tendency that is moving
towards Kṛṣṇa’s satisfaction. That is to be found out in our
innermost part of our heart. That is there, home. Home consciousness is within
us, it is the innermost. And Kṛṣṇa’s home, that is, He’s our
Master. We’re in one family with Kṛṣṇa. Everyone is busy to
satisfy Him.
Yaśodā whipping Kṛṣṇa, but her heart is
wholesale converted to Kṛṣṇa’s interest. But formally what
she’s doing apparently it may seem she’s against the interest of Kṛṣṇa,
but it’s not so.